pape
foment ese

ayaa

LM
“f

. INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

INSTITUT
saluvy

4 sym |

¢
4

enaast!

INSTITUT

INSTITUT
iaiNoy

INSTITUT

S3IYVUGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS:

S$ Sa)uvugin LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I

NVINOSHLINS SAJtYVy
NVINOSHLINS S3tuvu

Y fer
NVINOSHILIWS
SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

<x Ho <x UY = < ae <x
cc =| oc ie S fa = oc
co = i Yj = a = »
5 S aj S a s Ney
N_ INSTITUTION NOILQLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!IY¥VYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INS|
iy 5 Bie Ss i 5 i e
s f SNE = - 4% 76
,) 5 2) \\ 5 E>) i) 2 a >
2 = = WWE = = J7>= \i
We E Zz Ns i 2 e, a7 2 Xe
7) SS :
ao “ Ae toss Re o = oO

S SIJIYVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NWINOSHLINS S31

OS
:

ae

ek

NVINOSHLINS
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS

N INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INS

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

& & ce a uw a
wat = ce = [aa 2D =
g SI rs a 2. =
: SNS 2 3 2
5 saiuvudit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31
z ae S a = Sn ed z
9° ao om me = wo oN =
E 2 S. 2 = 2 NAR 5
= > Es > E > \ =
Less es) ene a — wm =
E — - = e ard ie
Zz D Baie o z ns uz
N INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
ean Us Y z ey) Zane z
< NS = < = SS WS = Rk
Z ANN. 8 Zz a ZN | Zz S«
5 SQN GC: PA B 9 MS 5 2 N
2NXK 3 2 g ZW 8 2 \
E z E z EF » = E
= cs eS = : =
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

a, ».
IS S3luvugli NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S32

ts z My Re er ul a ul
-_ =| Unease a + — ar _
= ae. % = oc =f ox
< a < og thf A < a % <
oc = a Gry: = oc S (ao
ry = m Zi, ra 2 rs) 2
= Zz a, i z2 a i oe
\N~ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INS
iS Zz RS FS - S Be &
wo c= ise] = ow = ow ¢
E = E Ss
aS = > 2 > z > (Fi
2 Z = 2 ee 2%
a z a z Oo z a
NS SAJIYVYd ect BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI PONNINO SHES oe |
Ee eae = Shine g z z
= Vip fe —s _ —_ =, — Ly

STITU,
nw Sy SOLON

pe

“Ja NO

Qa

ae

= - “4 xy - an ad —
LG a a a |:
ie 2, > = >: > > &
a Ee i a Ee °) iz Sol \¥
m 2 “Ww Z rm g m
w — — ‘o =
IN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYEIT_ LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN NC
77) = g = oF g = n
= << = <= ®e = < =
= > = z NS = z 5
== 4b 9 x. 2 Qi & = 9 3e
o 2 6 Ee \W 3 2 6 %
g ic 2 = s 2 = zi
2 a 2 a 2 a . 2
le LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS Sa tyVvyegit_ LI
= ud z tJ = a uJ =
& =. yt fp = aa a 4
Sy a YZ SF te S cc iS
S =e 8 = S Ry ye S
= 3 2 a z Ay 2
IN NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS usa luvug 7 tl BRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NC
S) ah Ss = mm FS py & So
= ) 5 Es) = wee 5
ye = VE > = A> - |
= 2 - 2 -, a FE
Z a Z is 2 a Z
11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIYVUSIT_LI
Zz 2 z g : ee
< es
3 : z : z 2 Y%.:
Ko & g 8 AD B vis z
= 2 = 2 E Zar ants
zs Ne ee z : 3
IN NOLLALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS $3 1YVYsIT_LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION bk
uw ul r Ww , - ry)
: Z = 4 = Yi, % LOR =
4 — ;
a) < a ,< a < Yi fyli A <
: food Cc VLG KS « \
es a co = ECA 3
ro} = ro) ee
ar Zz a g a $ -
11 LIBRARI ESM SMITHSONIAN S INSTITUTION NOIMEISN| NVINOSHLINS S3Iuvudlt ae
= rc z
- fo) = (es) roan (2) =
\ a 3.% S) a > es)
5} > EZ z > - > = >
|e — “ZZ, 2 - 2 E =
: Wea Z my ie H
IN NOLLNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3 lYvud Mtl BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Ni
w wee RO,
< = < ees < ay z
= 2 = z WS ON 5
z S ae BQ 5 8S =,
Z z= 2° zE WG & = Bt
Be a Beta as 8 2 es
11_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ pow avald_ tl
& 2 a e ra es 5
‘\ = ec. = faa Ea [aad a
ahi < =A < sts < a |
i= = e e = Ss
= a S 5 g a =
ON NOLLALILSNI psalewudi] LIBRARIES | EY ~N
(e) S (e) = oO ie (2)
= wo = = w =
5 2 vg 5 2 5 2 5
8 5 NE 2 = ‘3 E |
, ke — RS NS A _ - eat a
ial ot! BRARI ES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS,,S3 luvu@iT ot
SE *. . : oa <x
—— = Katm <£ @ = Yh, 2 K2m> = fv’, =

‘\

‘nu
Nad

tet
yee

fale
Td Uhh
Lay, +)

LRN eee
Sey Oa af
i iy

in

IANSACTIONS
-=THE ©

m= NTUCKY
ACADEMY OF
SciENCE

2X

\, y Numbers 1 - 2
March 1986

ip fficial Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
| Founded 8 May 1914

OFFICERS FOR 1986

President: Charles Covell, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

Past President: Joe Winstead, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green 42101

Vice-President: William Hettinger, Ashland Petroleum Co., Ashland 41107

Secretary: Robert Creek, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Treasurer: Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Director of the Junior Academy: Patrick Stewart, Warren East High School, Bowling Green 42101
Representative to A.A.A.S.: Joe King, Murray State University, Murray 42071

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Manuel Schwartz 1986 William Bryant 1988
Garrit Kloek 1986 William Beasley 1988
Jerry F. Howell 1987 Douglas Dahiman 1989
Ralph Thompson 1987

EDITORIAL BOARD

Editor: Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475

Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville
40292

Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky Univer-
sity, Highland Heights 41076

Editorial Board: James E. O’Rielly, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, Lexington
40506 (1985)
Donald L. Batch, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475 (1986
Garrit Kloek, Kentucky State University, Frankfort 40601 (1987)
Charles Covell, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be members of the Academy.
The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT.

Membership in the Academy Is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application forms for member-
ship may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing. Annual dues are $15.00 for Ac-
tive members; $7.00 for Student Members; 20.00 family; Life Members $250.

Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00; back issues are $30.00 per volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating to
exchange should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292, the exchange agent for the Academy.

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

Sustaining Member

University of Kentucky

International Machines Corporation

Member

Eastern Kentucky University
Kentucky State University
Morehead State University

Murray State University
Northern Kentucky University
University of Louisville
Western Kentucky University
Associate Member
Alice Lloyd College
Bellarmine College
Berea College
Brescia College
Campbellsville College
Centre College
Georgetown College

Kentucky Wesleyan College
Lees College
Lindsey Wilson College
Spalding College
Thomas More College

Union College

Wild turkeys in Kentucky — Carroll and Thompson

TRANSACTIONS of the
KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

March 1986
Volume 47
Numbers 1-2

SURVIVAL, DISPERSAL, AND HOME RANGES OF TRANSLOCATED WILD
TURKEYS IN EASTERN KENTUCKY

JOHN P. CARROLL* and M. PETE THOMPSON, Department of Biological Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475

*Present address: Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202

ABSTRACT

The survival, dispersal, and home range of wild turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo sylvestris) released into unoc-
cupied habitat in eastern Kentucky was investigated. Twenty four turkeys were captured in Virginia and western
Kentucky, transported to the study area, and released. Ten of these birds were outfitted with radio transmitters
prior to release. Fifty per cent of the radio-tagged turkeys died during the first month after release, with 80% of
the losses attributed to great horned owl (Bubo virginianus) and gray fox (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) predation.
No mortality occurred after one month but all birds were ultimately lost due to radio or harness failure. Average
maximum movements from the release site during the first 12 weeks post-release ranged from 0.95 -1.75 km.
Maximum dispersal was 8.0 km and occurred 6 weeks after release by a juvenile male. The average fall home
range size was 197 ha for 2 males and 223 ha for 4 females. Winter and spring home ranges for 3 males av-
eraged 413 ha and 239 ha, respectively. The summer home-range size for a single adult male was 47 ha. The
mean three-season home range size for 3 males was 476 ha. Reproduction during the first breeding season after
release indicated 3 broods of young turkeys were produced. The evidence suggests the presence of about a one-
month adjustment post-release after which released turkeys appear to function as a resident population. It is ap-
parent that the release of wild-trapped turkeys in eastern Kentucky, as undertaken in this study, results in at
jeast short term establishment of a reproducing population.

INTRODUCTION

The eastern wild turkey (Meleagris gallo-
pavo sylvestris) has been intensively managed
thoughout the eastern United States. Much of this
management has involved the restoration of wild
turkeys to areas from which they were extirpated.
In Kentucky, restoration efforts began in the
1940’s and continue through the present. How-
ever, few efforts have been made to document the
initial activities of turkeys in new habitat, and fac-
tors which may influence the relative success or
failure of such transplants. In other parts of the
southeast several investigations have been con-
ducted. Prestwich (1) studied the survival of wild
turkey in central Tennessee. Eichholz and Mar-
chinton (2) reported on the dispersal of 16 wild
turkeys in northern Georgia. Bowman, Hill and
Burleson (3) studied dispersal of turkeys in North

Carolina, and Everett, Speake and Maddox (4) in-
vestigated ranges of transplanted turkeys, stocked
into occupied habitat in Alabama.

The objectives of this study were to docu-
ment the survival, dispersal and home range of
wild turkeys released into unoccupied Kentucky
habitat.

STUDY AREA

The study was conducted on the Mill Creek
Wildlife Management Area of the Daniel Boone
National Forest in Jackson County, Kentucky.
The area is managed by the Kentucky Department
of Fish and Wildlife Resources. Elevations range
from 385 m to 575 m and the terrain is highly
dissected with narrow v-shaped valleys ascending

2 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 46(1-2)

to relatively flat hilltops. The study area is heavily
forested in hardwoods (63%) including white oak
(Quercus alba), chestnut oak (Q. prinus), scarlet
oak (Q. coccinea), northern red oak (Q. rubra),
yellow poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera) and
hickory (Carya spp.). Some stands of softwoods
(8%) consisting of shortleaf pine (Pinus echinata)
and pitch pine (P. rigida) are also present. About
17% of the area is in mixed hardwood-pine stands
and the remaining 12% consists of clearcut stands
which are being regenerated in shortleaf pine. The
study area has been described in more detail by
Carroll (5).

METHODS

Twenty wild turkeys were captured by
rocket-net in Bath County, Virginia of which 8
were outfitted with radio-transmitters. An addi-
tional 4 birds were captured in Christian County,
Kentucky with oral tranquilizers and 2 of these
birds were radio-tagged.

Captured birds were immediately transported
to the study area in cardboard boxes for release on
the same day as capture. Each bird was aged and
sexed (6) and weighed. A numbered aluminum
wing tag was also attached to each bird. Telemetry
data were collected with Model TRX-24 receivers
(Wildlife Materials Inc., Carbondale, IL 62901)
and a hand-held 3-element Yagi antenna. Each
transmitter was on an individual frequency in the
150-151 mhz range and contained motion and
mortality switches similar to those described by
Bowman, Hill and Burleson (3) and Everett et al.
(7). Transmitter weight ranged from 63 g to 100 g
(1.2% to 2.4% of bird weight). Each radio was
mounted on the bird’s back with nylon braid-
coated latex tubing. The tubing was knotted
under each wing and securely fastened with metal
bands (3,8).

Locations were determined by using
triangulation from known stations and in most
cases 2 bearings with an intersecting angle be-
tween 60° and 120° were used to minimize error (9,
10, 11). Telemetry error of + 6.15° was calculated
for the study area and equipment, and bearings
were accurate within 100 m for about 90% of the
locations (5).

Each bird was located 2 to 5 times per day
during 2 or 3 days each week from release to death
or loss of signal. All locations were plotted on a
USGS topographic map from which dispersal and
home ranges were calculated. The minimum
polygon method (12) was used to calculate home
ranges.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Known survival of radio-tagged turkeys rang-
ed from 2 to greater than 223 days, as all transmit-

ters eventually failed (Fig.1). Fifty % of the radio-
tagged birds died within one month of release with
mean survival of 14.2 days (s.d. = 11.2). After the
first month post-release no deaths were known to
have occurred. Four of the 5 known mortalities
were the result of predation by great horned owls
(Bubo virginianus) and gray foxes (Urocyon
cinereoargenteus). The fifth dead turkey showed
no outward signs of the cause of death and a
subsequent necropsy yielded no information. The
initial high rate of mortality among the released
birds seems to indicate some kind of relationship
with the capture-release process. It could not be
determined if the resulting deaths were caused by
injuries sustained during handling or from the in-
experience of the birds in a new environment,
making them vulnerable to predation. Results of
other researchers are variable. Prestwich (1)
reported 77% mortality within one month of
release. He concluded that the proximity of the
study area to a suburban development and free
ranging dogs caused excess stress and mortality.
The results of Bowman, Hill and Burleson (3) in-
dicated less than 10% mortality in the first 2 mon-
ths after release. Eichholz and Marchinton (2)
reported similar low mortality rates. Little and
Varland (13) reported mortalities of less than 40%
during the first year after release.

Fig 1. Survival of 10 wild turkeys released in the Mill Creek WMA during
1981-1982. J is juvenile and A is adult. Vertical bar is death of turkey
and open circle is loss of signal or transmitter.

Mean maximum movements away from the
release sites ranged from 0.95 - 1.75 km during
the first 12 weeks post-release. The longest
distance moved was 8.0 km by a juvenile male.

The maximum distances moved away from
the release sites by individuals occurred during

Wild turkeys in Kentucky — Carroll and Thompson 3

various times in the first 12 weeks. Ultimately,
all but one of the surviving turkeys included the
release sites as part of their home range. The
gradual movements away from release sites
reported by Eichholz and Marchinton (2) were
not observed during this study, but, the max-
imum distances moved during the first month

Table 1. SEASONAL HOME RANGES FOR INDIVIDUAL WILD
TURKEYS RELEASED INTO THE MILL CREEK WMA, 1981-1982.

Time Season Home Range (ha)
(days)
oJ 10 Fall 217
od 8 Fall 17
od 74 Fall 290
od 30 Fall 183
3 J 47 Fall 177
80 W/Sp 132
188 F/W/Sp 309
oA 26 Fall 264
QA 2 Fall -
gd 21 Fall 157
SA 81 Winter 453
97 Spring 237
67 Summer 47
156 W/Sp 585
oJ 81 Winter 653
47 Spring 348
127 W/Sp 718

J is juvenile and A adult.

were similar between the studies. Bowman, Hill
and Burleson (3) found average maximum
movements to be 7.0 km and concluded disper-
sal continued through the first 6 months follow-
ing release. The lack of dispersal found in this
study may reflect the presence of a large mast
crop of oaks and dogwood (Cornus florida) dur-
ing the study.

Post-release home range size of the radio-
tagged birds surviving more than 2 weeks varied
from 157 ha to 653 ha (Table 1). Fall range
estimates of 197 ha for males and 223 ha for
females were somewhat smaller than those
reported by other researchers, but were similar
to the findings reported by Raybourne (14) in
Virginia. This may be due to the abundant mast
crop available during the fall or some behavior
changes as a result of the translocation process.
The winter ranges for males averaged 413 ha
which was larger than the 270 ha estimate cited
by Everett, Speake and Maddox (4). The
evidence suggests that birds were not restricted
by deep snow and cold weather conditions as
has been reported in northern regions (15). In-
stead, it appeared that the birds had to increase
their home ranges as the fallen mast was con-
sumed. During the late fall - early winter transi-
tion period, a juvenile male shifted its range
about 8 km which was the only major shift in
home range noted during the study.

The spring gobbler home range sizes (239
ha) were similar to those obtained by Barwick

Fig 2. Fall home range (290 ha) of a juvenile female wild turkey released
on 29 September 1981 in the Mill Creek WMA. Star is released location.

oo

A
Fig 3. Winter home range (453 ha, solid line) and spring home range
(237 ha, dashed line) of an adult male wild turkey released on 26
December 1981 in the Mill Creek WMA. Star is release location.

Fig 4. Winter home range (653 ha, solid line) and spring home range
(348 ha, dashed line) of a juvenile male wild turkey released on 26
December 1981 in the Mill Creek WMA. Star is release location.

and Speake (16) in Alabama. These home
ranges were also comparable to the results of
Prestwich (1) and Eichholz and Marchinton (2)
for restocked birds.

4 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 46(1-2)

The summer range for one adult gobbler
was 47 ha which is smaller than summer ranges
reported by other investigators. For example,
Barwick and Speake (16) obtained a mean
range for gobblers in Alabama of 133 ha, and
Bowman, Hill and Burleson (3) reported sum-
mer ranges of 542 ha for gobblers in North
Carolina.

Ranges for males based on three seasons,
with an average size of 476 ha, were within the
224 ha to 1439 ha range given for the eastern
wild turkey (4). This probably reflects the in-
termediate climatic and habitat conditions
found in the study area, as well as the condition
of mast crop and distribution of mast producing
stands throughout the area. These observations
support the contentions of Everett, Speake, and
Maddox (4) that restocked birds quickly adjust
to a new habitat and assume home ranges
similar to those of resident birds. The results
also indicate a great spatial overlap of ranges in
this study (Figs. 2-4), but as noted by Eichholz
and Marchinton (2), there were temporal dif-
ferences in the use of overlapping portions of the
home ranges.

Incidental observations of wild turkeys with-
out radios were sparse. Most observations were
in the vicinity of the release sites. During the
first reproductive season following the release, 4
groups of hens and poults were sighted in the
study area and probably represented production
of 3 broods. Several gobble counts were con-
ducted during April, 1982, and a maximum of 3
males were heard. All gobbling activity was
restricted to the immediate vicinity of the
release sites.

SUMMARY

The results of this study indicate that the
methods utilized to transplant wild turkeys into
unoccupied habitat in eastern Kentucky may be
successful. It is apparent there is a short
(about one month) period during which many of
the released birds succumb to predation. This is
probably due to some combination of capture
stress and inexperience in new habitat.

The lack of dispersal from release sites and
rapid establishment of home ranges similar to
those reported for resident turkeys suggests the
lack of any long-term effects of the transplant
process. Although, the presence of sufficient
habitat to support turkeys in the vicinity may be
the important factor in how quickly transplanted
birds assume roles as a “resident” population.

The subsequent production of 3 broods dur-
ing the first reproductive season indicates the
presence of sufficient habitat components to
support turkeys through all four seasons.
However, ultimate success of a transplant pro-

gram can only be measured by the long-term
survival of a population in addition to the short-
term survival of the released birds.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors thank the Kentucky Division of
Fish and Wildlife personnel, especially T. Ed-
wards, E. Gray and G. Wright for their assis-
tance. Eileen Carroll assisted in data collection
and analysis, and E. Bertrand and T. Towles
assisted with field work. Helpful editorial
assistance was provided by B. A. Branson and
an anonymous reviewer.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Prestwich, J.L. 1977. A survival study of eastern
wild turkey (Meleagris gallopavo) on the
Cumberland Springs Wildlife Management Area,
Tennessee. Tenn. Wildl. Resourc. Agency Tech.
Rep. 77-1:1-84.

2. Eichholz, N.F. and R.L. Marchinton. 1975.
Dispersal and adjustment to habitat of restocked
wild turkeys in Georgia. Proc. S.E. Assoc. Game
and Fish Comm. 29:373-377.

3. Bowman, J.A., C.E. Hill and R.Q. Burleson.
1979. Seasonal movements of restocked wild
turkeys in North Carolina. Proc. Ann. Conf. S.E.
Assoc. Fish and Wildl. Agencies 33:212-223.

4. Everett, D.D., D.W. Speake and W.K. Maddox.
1979. Wild turkey ranges in Alabama mountain
habitat. Proc. Ann. Conf. S.E. Assoc. Fish and
Wildl. Agencies 33:233-238.

5. Carroll, J.P. 1982. Dispersal, home range and
habitat use of translocated eastern wild turkeys
(Meleagris gallopavo sylvestris) in Jackson
County, Kentucky. M.S. Thesis, Eastern Ken-
tucky Univ., Richmond, 79 pp.

6. Larson, J.S. and R.D. Taber. 1980. Criteria of
age and sex. Pages 143-202 in S.D. Schemitz
(ed.) Wildlife Management Techniques Manual.
The Wildlife Society, Washington, D.C.

7. Everett, D.D., D.W. Speake, W.K. Maddox and
R.E. Hawkins. 1978. Multi-purpose radio-
transmitters for studying mortality, natality and
movements of eastern wild turkeys. Proc. Inter.
Symp. Biotelemetry 4:155-158.

8. Brander, R.B. 1968. A radio-package harness
for game birds. J. Wildl. Manage. 32:630-632.

9. Tester, J.R., D.W. Warner and W.W. Cochran.
1964. A radio-tracking system for studying
movements of deer. J. Wildl. Manage. 28:42-45.

10. Heezen, K.L. and J.R. Tester. 1969. Evaluation
of radiotracking by triangulation with special

11.

12.

13.

Wild turkeys in Kentucky — Carroll and Thompson 5

reference to deer movements. J. Wildl. Manage.
33:366-379.

Springer, J.T. 1979. Some sources of bias and
sampling error in radio triangulation. J. Wildl.
Manage. 43:926-935.

Mohr, C.O. 1947. Tables of equivalent popula-
tions of North American small mammals. Am.
Midl. Nat. 37:223-249.

Little, T.W. and K.L. Varland. 1981. Reproduc-
tion and dispersal of transplanted wild turkeys in
Iowa. J. Wildl. Manage. 45:419-427.

14.

15.

16.

Raybourne, J.W. 1969. Telemetry of turkey
movements. Proc. Annu. Conf. S.E. Assoc.
Game and Fish Comm. 22:47-54.

Porter, W.F. 1977. Home range dynamics of wild
turkeys in southeastern Minnesota. J. Wildl.
Manage. 41.434-437.

Barwick, L.H. and D.W. Speake. 1973.
Seasonal movements and activities of wild
turkeys in Alabama. Pages 125-133 in G.C.
Sanderson and H.C. Schultz (eds.) Wild turkey
management: current problems and programs.
Univ. Missouri Press, Columbia.

Freshwater snails in Kentucky—Blair and Sickel

A SURVEY OF FRESHWATER GASTROPODS IN SELECTED HABITATS OF LAND
BETWEEN THE LAKES, KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE

LUCIANNE BLAIR and JAMES B. SICKEL

Department of Biological Sciences
and Hancock Biological Station
Murray State University, Murray Kentucky 42071

ABSTRACT

A survey of freshwater gastropods and an investigation of their ecological relationships were conducted at
44 collection sites in the Tennessee Valley Authority’s Land Between the Lakes in western Kentucky and Ten-
nessee from 14 May to 9 September 1984. Twenty three of the 44 sites supported gastropods. Eight species of
gastropods, Goniobasis laqueata, Physella gyrina, P. integra, P. heterostropha, Helisoma trivolvis, Ferrissia
fragilis, Pseudosuccinea columella, and Gyraulus parvus, were found at various locations in 18 streams, one
isolated spring, and three small lakes. Each collection site was sampled for species of gastropods and selected
water chemistry characteristics, and geological features were noted. The presence or absence of the various
snail species in the streams was correlated with the stream’s physical characteristics, water chemistry, and

underlying geology.

INTRODUCTION

Little work has been done on the freshwater
gastropods in western Kentucky, partly, per-
haps, because of the confusing taxonomy result-
ing from the great variability within what is
referred to as a species, the need for taxonomic
revision in several groups, and the distance from
major universities and museums where gastro-
pod research is currently being conducted. As a
result, little is known about the ecology and
distribution of species occurring in this area.
Bickel (1) emphasized the need for collecting
and publishing records of mollusks throughout
Kentucky. Branson (2) provided a checklist with
distribution records, and more recently Branson
and Batch (3) summarized the distribution
records of aquatic gastropods in Kentucky west
of the Kentucky River. Burch (4) gave general
distribution information for most of the aquatic
gastropods known to occur in Kentucky. These
recent papers significantly add to the knowledge
of gastropod distribution in western Kentucky,
but give little information regarding the eco-
logical relationships of these gastropods; and,
with an increasing interest in the endangered
species (5), this information is sorely needed.

Only 2 published records of gastropods in
LBL could be located, one in which Branson and
Batch (3) reported Lithasia verrucosa and
Pleurocera canaliculatum from the shore of
Kentucky Lake west of Golden Pond, Kentucky,
and a report by Krieger and Burbanck (6) of
Goniobasis semicarinata (= Goniobasis la-
queata in this study) collected from Prior Creek
by J.B. Sickel. Even less knowledge exists about
gastropod ecological relationships in western
Kentucky. Literature on gastropod ecology in

other regions indicates that several factors are
important in determining snail distribution.
These factors include alkalinity and pH (7,8),
substrate (9,10), vegetation (11), dissolved ox-
ygen (10), temperature (12), and pollution (13).

Land Between the Lakes provides two
unique features that may be extremely impor-
tant in future gastropod research. The land and
streams remain relatively undisturbed, and the
impoundments that form the east and west
boundaries tend to isolate the tributaries form-
ing impediments to migration of small stream
gastropods, thus isolating closely related popu-
lations. The undisturbed nature of the streams
could be important in the conservation of rare
species. The isolation of adjacent populations
provides opportunities for studies in population
genetics.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY AREA

Land Between the Lakes is a national
recreation area established in 1965. The area,
approximately 65 km long and 12 km across
(70,000 ha), is oriented north-south and is sur-
rounded on 3 sides by water. The eastern boun-
dary is formed by the Cumberland River (Lake
Barkley) which was impounded in 1964, and the
western boundary is formed by the Tennessee
River (Kentucky Lake) which was impounded in
1944. A canal connects the 2 lakes and forms
the northern boundary. Three counties, Trigg
and Lyon counties of Kentucky, and Stewart
county of Tennessee, include parts of LBL.

Limestone and chert compose the primary
geological formations found in LBL, and these

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 7

formations determine the groundwater char-
acteristics. St. Louis Limestone and Warsaw
Limestone are both Mississippian formations
that occur in LBL. Davis et al. (14) stated that
water from wells drilled in the St. Louis Forma-
tion in western Kentucky was hard to very hard,
with 121 mg/1 or greater calcium carbonate,
and water from Warsaw Limestone was also
hard to very hard.

Fort Payne Formation is also of the Mis-
sissippian age. These rocks have been found to
be less soluble than the Warsaw Limestone or
the St. Louis Limestone. Groundwater from the
Ft. Payne Formation is softer and has a lower
mineral content (14).

Cretaceous deposits overlie the Mississip-
pian age formations of Land Between the Lakes.
The basal unit of these Cretaceous deposits is
Tuscaloosa Gravel. The McNairy Formation
overlies the Tuscaloosa Gravel. Wells drilled in
areas of McNairy Formation have produced soft
waters where the underlying unit was thick and
moderately hard to very hard waters where the
underlying unit was thin (14).

Alluvium deposits are from the Quaternary
Period and are composed of silt, sand, and
gravel formed from the weathering of the
previously mentioned formations. The deposits
may also contain various amounts of clay and
are present along most stream valleys. These
flood plain deposits of alluvium are generally too
thin and fine to yield a significant amount of
groundwater (14).

Within Land Between the Lakes the
streams flowing east to the Cumberland River
are separated from those flowing west to the
Tennessee River by a divide, approximately cen-
trally located and extending the length of LBL.
The short distance between this divide and
either of the lake boundaries results in small
drainage basins, and many of the streams have
only ephemeral or intermittent flow. Several
groundwater springs are present and are usually
located on or near the few perennial streams in
the area. Impoundments of 3 of these perennial
streams and of a few embayments adjacent to
Lake Barkley have created small lakes. Figure 1
shows the streams of LBL with those surveyed
indicated by numbers.

Stehr and Branson (15) showed that inter-
mittent and ephemeral streams are subject to
extremes of temperature, water volume, current
velocity, and dissolved oxygen levels. Because
of these changing conditions, species found in
these streams are generally those that can
withstand long periods of desiccation. Few
freshwater gastropods are able to tolerate these
extremes of conditions. Those belonging to the
genus Physella, however, are able to survive by
burrowing deep into the sediments during dry

periods (16). In the present study, only the
perennial and longest-lived intermittent streams
of LBL were selected for collecting. These
streams would allow more favorable conditons
for mollusk communities to develop.

Eighteen streams, 1 isolated spring, and 3
small lakes were selected for study. Collecting
sites on each stream were chosen to reflect the
influence of different underlyng geological for-
mations, the presence of springs, and change in
stream order. A total of 44 sites was surveyed.
To compare conditions between the different
stream systems, water chemistry sampling sites
were selected at the most accessible points to
allow sampling of all sites during a single day.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The study was conducted from 14 May to 9
September 1984. Three times during the study
period, a survey of all chemistry sampling sites
was made to compare conditions occurring at
each site. These sampling surveys were con-
ducted after at least a week of dry weather to
minimize the influence of surface runoff. All of
the following water chemistry measurements,
with the exception of turbidity, were performed
on site.

Dissolved oxygen and temperature were
measured using a YSI Model 54 Oxygen-Tem-
perature meter. Conductivity was measured
with a Hach Model 2510 conductivity meter,
and the pH values were determined with a
Hellige Model 605-AHT color comparator and
indicator solutions. Concentrations of calcium,
total alkalinity, and hardness were determined
using a Hack digital titration kit. Standardiza-
tion of the titration method against a calcium
standard solution, prepared as described in
Standard Methods (17), gave results within 5%
of the expected value. After the above para-
meters had been analyzed, the water samples
were kept on ice and transported to the Hancock
Biological Station where turbidity was mea-
sured with a Hack Model 16800 turbidimeter.

After the chemical analysis had been com-
pleted, physical characters of the streams were
noted. These included the depth (m), the velo-
city (slow, moderate or swift), the approximate
area of the site exposed directly to incident
sunlight, the primary substrate types, and domi-
nant aquatic vegetation.

Collecting of gastropods at each site was
done using a dip net and by hand picking. Col-
lecting was done qualitatively, picking until no
new forms of gastropods were found. Specimens
from different habitats, for example, pool areas
or riffle areas, were kept in separately labeled
containers. Collected snails were kept in water
and transported back to the Hancock Biological

8 Freshwater snails in Kentucky—Blair and Sickle

Station. The snails were first frozen and then
perserved in a 5% glycerine-50% isopropyl
alcohol solution.

Identification of the gastropods was made
using “Freshwater Snails (Mollusca: Gastro-
poda) of North America” (4), and “Land and
Freshwater Shells of North America Part IV
Strepomatidae” (18). The identifications were
verified by Dr. Billy G. Isom of the TVA labo-

0
Z
ry
Kentucky Lake
(Tennessee River)
01 10
SSS aa

SCALE OF km

ratory at Muscle Shoals, Alabama. Voucher
specimens are deposited in the mollusk museum
in the Department of Biological Sciences, Mur-
ray State University.

Photographs were made of representative
snails from each site and are included in the
master’s thesis which resulted from this study.
Geologic maps of each site are also included in
the thesis (19).

|

N

Lake Barkley

1 (Cumberland River)

T 15, 16

17

18

Figure 1. Map of Land Between the Lakes showing surveyed streams. (1.) Lost Creek (2.) South Fork Pan-
ther Creek (3.) North Fork Panther Creek (4.) Turkey Creek (5.) Duncan Creek (5a.) Duncan Lake (6.) Un-
named Creek at Clay Bay (7.) Mammoth Furnace Creek (8.) Hematite Lake (9.) Energy Lake (10.) Crooked
Creek (11.) Pond Creek (12.) Bacon Creek (13.) Arlt Spring (14.) West Fork Laura Furnace Creek (15.)Prior
Creek (16.)Crockett Branch (17.) Crockett Creek (18.)Fox Hollow Creek (19.) Barrett Creek (20.) Brandon

Spring Branch (21.) Bear Creek.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 9

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Out of the 44 collecting sites, 23 were found
to have aquatic gastropods. Eleven of the 21
sites without mollusks were on streams that
became dry during the study period. This sup-

and alkalinity, high levels of turbidity and slow
flow. The surface layer of substrate at each site
was covered with a layer of silt and organic
debris. Most sites also had a relatively warm
temperature (20° C or above). Van der Schalie
and Berry (12) found that planorbids require

Table 1. Areas sampled in LBL, species of Gastropods collected, and selected stream characteristics.

SPECIES
2
iS 3 a s
2 3 8 5 2 z 2 3
3 ae 3 g > = = $ 2 ic
Sieh or ianal cia hide Meet Seay Pet, Pee Irs Pa itt:
SAMPLE SITES 1S) ra en) e) a a a 1o) a w ae)
Lost Creek H R CaP. A A Cc R = = Cc —
S. Fork Panther Creek H R Cc P,W A =- Cc = = = = =
N. Fork Panther Creek L M Ww P,W — = = oS = = = =
Turkey Creek L M Cc WP = = = = = a, = =
Duncan Creek L Ss w T - Cc Cc - Cc Cc — =
Clay Bay M Ss w T — — Cc = (S = = =
Mammoth Furnace Creek M Ss Ww TL - — — — R = = =
Hematite Lake M Ss Ww LW - - Cc = Cc os — _—
Energy Lake M Ss Ww P - = = = Cc = = =
Crooked Creek M M Ww wW,P — - = = R os = =
Pond Creek L Ss Ww LW - = = = = = = as
Bacon Creek L Ss w TL - - - = =— = = =
Arlt Spring L M (0 4y - — = = = — = =
W. Fork Laura Furnace Cr. 1G M w T - — = = = = = =
Prior Creek H R Cc W,P A A - R - - - R
Crockett Branch L Ss Ww we — — = = os = = a
Crockett Creek H R Cc WL A Cc Cc = = = = =
Fox Hollow Creek M M wile a = _ = Cc 4 as =
Barrett Creek L Ss (G36 — - = os = = = o
Brandon Spring Branch M ) W WL = = Cc = (e = = =
Bear Creek M M Cane, - - R = = = AS =

Calcium:

Flow Rate:
Temperature:

H = High levels (80 mg CaCO,/1 and higher)

M = Moderate levels (30-80 mg CaCO,/1)

L = Low levels (30 mg CaCO,/1 and less)

R = Rapid Flow, M = Moderate Flow, S = Slow Flow
(e Moderately Cool (15-19°C)

W = Moderately Warm (20°C and higher)
Geology: T = Tuscaloosa Gravel, P = Fort Payne Formation

W = Warsaw Limestone, L = St. Louis Limestone
Mollusks: A = Abundant, C = Common, R = Rare

ports the conclusion of Stehr and Branson (15)
that intermittent streams provide poor habitat
for aquatic gastropods, even those snails able to
withstand short periods of desiccation. Other in-
vertebrates and aquatic vegetation were also
usually scarce in these intermittent streams.

Eight gastropod species were found at the
23 collecting sites which supported gastropods.
Several habitat characteristics, including cal-
cium level, flow rate, temperature, and geo-
logy, showed some relation to the species of
gastropods found at particular sites. Table 1 isa
summary of the species found in each stream
along with selected chemical, physical, and
geological characteristics of the streams.

The planorbid snail, Gyraulus parvus (Say
1817), was found at 10 collecting sites. All these
sites had moderate levels of calcium, hardness,

warmer water (23-25° C) for reproduction and
optimal growth rate.

Species of Physella were found at numerous
sites with various levels of calcium and other
parameters. Physella integra (Haldeman 1841),
however, was found only at 2 springs which had
high levels of calcium and minerals and swift
flow. Physella gyrina (Say 1821) was found at
several sites on streams and lakes. The majority
of these latter sites were characterized by the
presence of heavy siltation and organic debris,
and by slow flow. Where Physella gyrina was
present in swiftly flowing streams, such as South
Fork Panther Creek and Lost Creek, they were
found in pool areas or areas of slower flow.
These observations support the conclusions of
Clampitt (20) who compared the ecology of
Physella gyrina and Physella integra. He found

10 Freshwater snails in Kentucky—Blair and Sickel

Physella integra to be a characteristic inhabi-
tant of rocky lake shores but absent from ponds,
while Physella gyrina was commonly found in
both habitats.

Physella heterostropha (Say 1817) has
been reported by Wurtz (13) to be one of the
most common and_ widespread _pollution-
tolerant species. In this study, it was found in
streams of various water chemistry levels, in
areas of very low calcium concentration as well
as in areas of high concentrations. Sites where
Physella heterostropha was found also varied
from swift to slow flow rate, and from little silt to
heavy layers of silt and organic debris. Of the 3
species of Physella collected in the study,
Physella heterostropha appears to be the most
generalistic in habitat requirements.

Pseudosuccinea collumella (Say 1817) was
found at only one collecting site, Duncan Lake.
Baker (21) described Pseudosuccinea columella
as being found in quiet, stagnant habitats
among cattails. These were the conditions pre-
sent at Duncan Lake. Baker went on to say that
although the lymnaeids are widely distributed in
the United States, they are habitat restricted.

The ancylid snail, Ferrissia fragilis (Tryon
1863), is also widely distributed in the eastern
United States, but it is restricted to small bodies
of standing water (4). Ancylids are particularly
susceptible to desiccation because of their large
aperture (22). Ferrissia fragilis was found at one
spring-fed pool. The pool maintained a constant
water level throughout the study period and
showed no signs of probable changes in the
future.

Helisoma trivolvis (Say 1817) was found at
only one spring site. It is common throughout
North America (4). Goodrich (23) described
Helisoma trivolvis as intrinsically adaptive since
it lives in a variety of environmental conditions.

Goniobasis laqueata (Say 1829) was found
in 4 of the perennial streams which were
primarily spring-fed. These streams had several
features in common including swift to moderate
flow rates, moderate to high levels of calcium,
alkalinity, and hardness, moderately low levels
of turbidity, moderately low temperatures, and
little silt and organic debris.

Some differences were found in the appear-
ance of Goniobasis laqueata collected at dif-
ferent sites. Those collected from the South
Fork of Panther Creek were the most strongly
sculptured, although specimens varied from
almost smooth, to those having just spiral lines,
to those with strong costae. Color also varied
from a light greenish brown to a dark brownish
black. Goniobasis laqueata collected at the
headwaters of South Fork Panther Creek were
generally slightly shorter and fatter with less
sculpturing. Those collected from the con-

fluence of the North and South forks of Panther
Creek were longer and thinner, and had the
strongest sculpturing. Goniobasis laqueata
found at other sites on South Fork Panther
Creek showed gradations between the two
forms.

Goniobasis laqueata collected from Lost
Creek were generally dark in color and had less
sculpturing. Those from Lost Creek at Hamm
Hollow had the least amount of sculpturing.
Those specimens were also found to have a
heavy periphyton growth covering the shell.

Goniobasis laqueata found at Crockett
Creek were also dark in color. Those snails
found upstream showed a moderate amount of
sculpturing, but the majority were small in size.
Specimens collected downstream were larger
but with less sculpturing. Goniobasis laqueata
from Crockett Creek also showed the most ero-
sion of all gastropods collected during the study.

The population of Goniobasis laqueata
found at Prior Creek were devoid of any
sculpturing and were light brown in color. The
majority collected, however, had a dark brown
color band that was not observed in specimens
from any other creek.

Although no obvious differences between
the streams could be concluded as the cause of
the variations in Goniobasis laqueata, habitat
differences have been reported by other in-
vestigators to be the cause of shell form
changes. In the case of the streams of this
study, perhaps the separation and isolation of
the populations of Goniobasis laqueata have
caused the divergence in appearance. In 1921,
Goodrich (23) proposed that because
Goniobasis is purely a creek form, any larger
river can act as a barrier permitting the develop-
ment of small distinct races.

At most collecting sites, a clumped distribu-
tion of gastropods was evident. This clumped
distribution may have been the result of the
habitat diversity and stratification at the collec-
ting sites. Those sites with fewer species of
gastropods had fewer habitat types than those
sites where several species were found. It is
doubtful that all the species of aquatic gastro-
pods in LBL have been found since unsampled
areas of streams and isolated ponds may have
different habitat types and thus different
gastropod species than those found.

Differences in water chemistry between
some of the sites was apparently related to the
underlying geologic formations, and those dif-
ferences influence the species of gastropods oc-
curring at the sites (Table 1). Streams in areas
of Tuscaloosa Gravel had lower levels of min-
erals. Arlt Spring, in Tuscaloosa Gravel,
showed calcium levels of under 10mg/1 calcium
carbonate, while Lost Spring, which was of

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 11

similar size and flow rate but in an area of Ft.
Payne and Warsaw Limestone formations, had
much higher calcium levels, 47-94 mg/1.

Streams which were in areas of Warsaw
Limestone, St. Louis Limestone or Ft. Payne for-
mations showed moderate to high levels of min-
erals. Those streams with groundwater springs
showed higher levels of calcium than did
streams without springs. Intermittent or
ephemeral streams that flowed in areas of these
formations still contained low levels of minerals,
perhaps because these streams are more depen-
dent on surface runoff than on groundwater for
discharge.

The results of this study indicate that the
most important factors influencing the aquatic
gastropod distribution in Land Between the
Lakes are the duration of water availability and
calcium levels in the streams. Intermittent
streams of short duration and ephemeral
streams do not appear capable of supporting
gastropods even though at times these streams
may have adequate flow and moderately high
calcium levels. In perennial streams, calcium
levels, food, turbidity and flow rate become
more important as possible limiting factors.

The variation in shell form between popula-
tions of Goniobasis laqueata within the different
streams of LBL illuminates the difficulties in
molluscan systematics and provides material for
future studies in taxonomy and population
genetics. A detailed study of this variation would
be useful for the taxonomic revision needed in
the genus Goniobasis.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Sincere thanks are extended to Billy G.
Isom, Carol B. Stein, and David H. Stansbery
for assistance in identification and Joe M. King,
Marian J. Fuller, Thomas Timmons, Peter
Whaley, and Thomas Forsythe for their helpful
suggestions. The study was made possible
through the cooperation of the Tennessee Valley
Authority's Land Between the Lakes and the
facilities of the Hancock Biological Station. Par-
tial funding came from the Murray State Univer-
sity Committee on Institutional Studies and
Research.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Bickel, David. 1967. Preliminary checklist of re-
cent and Pleistocene Mollusca of Kentucky.
Sterkiana 28:7-20.

2. Branson, Branley A. 1970. Checklist and
distribution of Kentucky aquatic gastropods.
Kentucky Fisheries Bull. No. 54. 35 pp.

3.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Branson, Branley A. and Donald L. Batch. 1983.
Gastropod and Sphaeriacean clam records for
streams west of the Kentucky River drainage,
Kentucky. Trans. KY Acad. Sci. 44:8-12.

Burch, J.B. 1982. Freshwater snails (Mollusca:
Gastropoda) of North America. United States
Environmental Protection Agency Document
EPA-600/3-82-026. 294 pp.

Branson, Branley A., James B. Sickel, and
Bruce M. Bauer. 1983. Notes on the rare and en-
dangered or threatened Pleurocerid snails from
the Cumberland River, Kentucky. Nautilus
97:58-60.

Krieger, K.A. and W.D. Burbanck. 1977. Mor-
phological and electrophoretic evidence of
population relationships in stream snails of the
family Pleuroceridae (Prosobranchia). Doctoral
Dissertation at Emory University, Georgia. 145

pp.

Shoup, C.S. 1943. Distribution of fresh-water
gastropods in relation to total alkalinity of
streams. Nautilus 56:130-134.

Dussart, G.B. 1974. The ecology of freshwater
mollusks in northwest England in relation to
water chemistry. J. Molluscan Studies
42:181-198.

Harman, Willard N. 1972. Benthic substrates:
their effect on fresh-water Mollusca. Ecology 53
(2):271-277.

Houp, Katherine Hanke. 1970. Population
dynamics of Pleurocera acuta in a central Ken-
tucky limestone stream. Amer. Midl. Natur.
83:81-88.

Butcher, R.W. 1933. Studies on the Ecology of
Rivers I: On the distribution of macrophytic
vegetation in the rivers of Britain. J. of Ecology
21:58-91.

Van der Schalie, Henry and Elmer G. Berry.
1973. The effects of temperature on growth and
reproduction of aquatic snails. Sterkiana
50:1-92.

Wurtz, Charles B. 1956. Freshwater Mollusks
and stream pollution. Nautilus 69:96-100.

Davis, R.W., T. Wm. Lambert, amd Arnold J.
Hansen, Jr. 1973. Subsurface geology and
groundwater resources of the Jackson Purchase
region, Kentucky. Geological Survey Water Sup-
ply Paper 1987. 66 pp.

12

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

Freshwater snails in Kentucky—Blair and Sickel

Stehr, William C. and J. Wendell Branson. 1938.
An ecological study of an intermittent stream.
Ecology 19:294-311.

Boss, Kenneth J. 1974. Oblomovism in the

Mollusca. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 93:
460-481.
American Public Health Association. 1981.

Standard methods for the examination of water
and wastewater, 15th Edition. Washington D.C.,
Water Pollution Control Federation. 1193 pp.

Tryon Jr., George W. 1873. Land and fresh-
water shells of North America part IV
Strepomatidae (American Melanians). Smiths.
Misc. Coll. (253):1-453.

Blair, Lucianne. 1985. A survey of the freshwater
Gastropods of selected habitats in Land Between
the Lakes, Kentucky and Tennessee. Unpub-

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

lished Masters Thesis at Murray State Universi-
ty, Murray, KY. 168 pp.

Clampitt, Phillip T. 1970. Comparative ecology
of the snails Physa gyrina and Physa integra
(Basommatophora:Physidae). Malacologia
10:113-151.

Baker, Frank Collins. 1911. The Lymnaeidae of
North and Middle America, recent and fossil.
Spec. Publ. Chicago Acad. Sci. 3:1-539.

Basch, Paul F. 1963. a review of the recent
freshwater snails of North America. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Harvard U. 129:399-461.

Goodrich, Calvin. 1940. Civilization and aquatic
Mollusks. Nautilus 54:6-10.

Goodrich, Calvin. 1921. River barriers to

aquatic animals. Nautilus 35:1-4.

Helminth infections in red-eared turtles — Rosen and Marquardt

ECOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF HELMINTH INFECTIONS IN
CHRYSEMYS SCRIPTA ELEGANS (Wied)

RON ROSEN, Division of Natural Sciences, Union College,
Barbourville, Kentucky 40906

W.C. MARQUARDT, Department of Zoology-Entomology, Colorado State University,
Fort Collins, Colorado 80523

ABSTRACT

Thirteen species of helminths were recovered! from 94 red-eared turtles, Chrysemys scripta
elegans, at Lake Conway, Arkansas. Turtles had an average of 246 helminths each. The relative abundance
(RA) of the acanthocephalan, Neoechinorhynchus emyditoides (165.74) was greater than the RA values of all
the other helminth species combined. The 3 remaining species of Neoechinorhynchus and the 3 nematode
species recovered had RA values ranging between 0.88 - 16.62 and 12.28 - 31.00, respectively, while each of the
6 trematode species had RA values less than 1.70. The mean intensity of Spiroxys contortus was significantly
greater in female than in male turtles. The prevalence of Heronimus mollis and S. contortus was significantly
greater in younger male and/or female turtles. The mean intensity of S. contortus increased significantly in
older female turtles, but the mean intensities of Camallanus trispinosus and Spironoura concinnae were greater
in the younger age class of male and/or female C. s. elegans. The frequency distribution of 7 enteric helminths
was determined from 12 intestinal sections of C. s. elegans. Camallanus trispinosus was most numerous in sec-
tion 1 of the small intestine adjacent to the stomach, Neoechinorhynchus spp. (i.e., N. chrysemydis, N.
emyditoides and N. pseudemydis) in section 3, Telorchis corti in section 5, Telorchis singularis in section 6 and
S. concinnae in section 10 which represented the first section of the large intestine. These results are discussed
with regard to the ecology of the parasite and the host.

INTRODUCTION

Studies concerned with helminth parasites
of the red-eared turtle, Chrysemys scripta ele-
gans, and other turtle species have usually been
limited to work on surveys and life cycles in
North America. Host sex, size and age have
been seldom considered as factors affecting
parasite prevalence and intensity with the ex-
ceptions of Chrysemys picta marginata (1),
Chrysemys scripta scripta (2), and Sterno-
thaerus minor minor (3). In addition, reports
dealing with the intestinal distribution of enteric
helminths in turtles are few (4,5), and are impor-
tant since they contribute to our knowledge of
the physical and chemical requirements of these
parasites.

The objectives of this study were to deter-
mine: 1) the effect of host sex and age on the
prevalence and mean intensity of helminths
found in C. s. elegans and 2) the frequency
distribution of helminths in the intestine of C. s.
elegans.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Ninety four red-eared turtles were captured
with a cylindrical fish basket from the Gold
Creek Landing at Lake Conway, Arkansas

13

(T5N, R13W, Sec.32), from May 20 to August 4,
1977. All turtles were necropsied within 24
hours of their capture. Host sex and plastron
length were recorded, after which the turtles
were killed by an injection of ether into the
brain. Plastron length is used in this study to
give an estimation of host age since these 2
parameters are correlated; however, the sexes
were considered separately since male and fe-
male turtles of similar ages may have different
plastron sizes (6). The intestine was removed
immediately, placed in a dissecting pan filled
with a 0.75% salt solution and its length
measured. The intestine was then separated into
12 equal sections, and each section slit longi-
tudinally and examined for helminths. Sections
1-9 represented regions of the small intestine,
while sections 10-12 represented the large in-
testine. The stomach, urinary bladder, lungs,
liver, heart and gall bladder were also examined
for worms.

A listing of parasites and their location in C.
s. elegans from this study was reported by
Rosen and Marquardt (7). It should be men-
tioned that the identification of the 4 acantho-
cephalan species in the genus Neoechin-
orhynchus was based on the eggs of mature
female worms (8) due to the large number of

14 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

specimens recovered. This technique made it
necessary to assume that the male worms of
each species occur in equal proportion to the
females. Therefore, all calculations dealing with
species in this genus represent estimations
rather than exact values.

Frequency distributions were determined
for 7 helminth species in the 12 intestinal sec-
tions of C. s. elegans. Statistical analysis was
confined to parasite species with adequate sam-
ple sizes. The terms prevalence, mean intensity
and relative abundance are defined according to
Margolis et al. (9). Chi-square contingency ta-
bles (2 x 2) were used to assess differences in
prevalence levels of 9 helminth species due to
host sex and age blocking for sex. A Student’s
t-test or Behrens-Fisher test assessed dif-
ferences in the mean intensity of infection of 4
helminth species due to host sex and age block-
ing for sex using log transformed data.
Homogeneity of variances were tested with the
F-max test (10). In all tests, a probability of 95%
(P < 0.050) was considered to be significant.

RESULTS

All C. s. elegans in the present study were
infected with at least 2 species ( X =4.8, range
2-10) of helminths, and a total of 13 species
were recovered. Turtles had an average of 246
helminths each (range 16-1521). Relative abun-
dance values for the 13 helminth species are
given in Table 1.

Table 1. Relative abundance values for the thirteen helminth species

recovered from 94 Chrysemys scripta elegans. * = intestinal species.
HELMINTH
SPECIES A = ACANTHOCEPHALAN — RELATIVE
N = NEMATODE ABUN--
DANCE
T = TREMATODE 7
Neoechinorhynchus emyditoides A‘ 165.74
Camallanus trispinosus N° 31.00
Neoechinorhynchus pseudemydis A‘ 16.62
Spironoura concinnae N° 13.02
Spiroxys contortus N 12.28
Neoechinorhynchus chrysemydis A‘ 4.30
Telorchis diminutus Ate 1.69
Telorchis singularis Tig 0.96
Neoechinorhynchus stunkardi A‘ 0.88
Telorchis corti Ate 0.65
Heronimus mollis Tj 0.30
Neopolystoma orbiculare ily 0.10
Dictyangium chelydrae 1 0.04

The prevalence and mean intensity values
of the parasite species segregated by host sex
and age blocking for sex are given in Table 2.
Female turtles, which were significantly larger

than the males in this study (female plastron_
length - x = 15.7 cmvs. male plastron length -X
= 13.3 cm, t=3.610, df= 92), had significantly
more of the stomach nematode Spiroxys contor-
tus than males (t = 3.090, df = 83). No other sex-
related differences in prevalence or mean inten-
sity were present for the other parasite species
evaluated. The prevalence of the lung fluke
Heronimus mollis was significantly greater in
the younger age class of male (X?=5.796,
df=1) and female (X?=4.218, df=1) turtles.
The prevalence of S. contortus was also greater
in younger male turtles (X= 5.164, df=1), but
the mean intensity of this nematode increased
significantly (t= 2.755, df= 42) in the older age
class of female hosts. The mean intensities of
the intestinal nematodes Camallanus
trispinosus (t=2.483, df=43) and Spi-
ronoura concinnae (t=2.199, df=28) were
significantly greater in the younger age class of
female hosts. The mean intensity of the former
species was also significantly greater in the
younger age class of male hosts (t=3.195,
df = 47). No other host age-related differences in
prevalence or mean intensity were present
among the remaining helminth species.

The frequency distributions of 7 enteric
helminth species in the 12 intestional sections of
C.s. elegans are summarized in Figure 1. C.
trispinosus and the 3 species of Neoechinorhyn-
chus were most numerous in sections 1 (77.8%)
and 3 (37.1-41.4%), respectively. The
trematodes Telorchis corti and_ Telorchis
singularis were recovered with the greatest fre-
quency from sections 5 (44.3%) and 6 (42.2%),
respectively, while S. concinnae was most
numerous in section 10 (69.2%).

DISCUSSION

The large number of helminth species
recovered from C s. elegans at Lake Conway
Arkansas, is probably indicative of habitat
stability as discussed by Esch et al. (11) for
parasites of C.s. scripta. Acanthocephalans and
nematodes were the numerically dominant
helminths indicating that large numbers of their
intermediate hosts are ingested by C.s. elegans.
The nematode and acanthocephalan species in
this study (with the exception of S. concinnae)
utilize copepods or possibly ostracods as in-
termediate hosts in their life cycles (12,13,14).
These zooplankton may occur in tremendous
numbers, promoting the infection of many se-
cond intermediate and/or definitive hosts. In
contrast, snails and other macroinvertebrate in-
termediate hosts of digenetic trematodes
recovered in this study are probably less abun-
dant than zooplankton. This smaller reservoir of
intermediate hosts may have contributed to the
low relative abundance of flukes in C. s. elegans.

Helminth infections in red-erred turtles — Rosen and Marquardt 15

Table 2. Prevalence and mean intensity of infection of nine helminth species in male vs. female and young (Y) vs. old (O) Chrysemys scripta elegans
blocking for host sex.

HELMINTHS HOST SEX HOST AGE
MALE (49)* FEMALE(45)* MALE FEMALE
Y¥(24)§ 0 (25)§ Y (23)§ 0 (22)§
S. contortus 87.8° 95.6 95.8 72.0 100.0 95.5
10.12 + 1.16 m 16.72 + 2.22 9.44 + 2.06 10.33 + 2.69 11.70 + 2.08 22.71 + 3.62
C. trispinosus 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
25.33 + 3.24 37.96 + 5.31 33.92-+ 5.06 17.12+ 3.44 45.91 + 8.00 28.00 + 6.56
S. concinnae 75.5 66.7 83.3 68.0 65.2 68.2
20.19 + 3.93 15.90 + 3.05 19.90 + 3.96 20.53 +7.33 21.87 + 5.36 9.93 + 2.16
N. emyditoides 95.7 100.0 95.8 95.7 100.0 100.0

142.78 + 18.62 196.77 + 32.11 117.04 + 14.45 169.68 + 34.51 174.00 + 29.18 215.32 + 56.93

N. pseudemydis 27.7 28.9 29.2 26.1 18.2 40.9

N. chrysemydis 16.3 13.3 25.0 8.7 13.6 13.6

T. corti 12.3 22.2 20.8 4.0 26.1 18.2

T. singularis 20.0 15.6 29.2 8.0 21.7 9.1

H. mollis 10.2 8.9 20.8 0 17.4 0

9 ( ) = no. hosts examined; Note Male (47) should be substituted for Neoechinorhynchus spp. as species identification not possible in two
turtles.

() = no. hosts examined in young male (plastron length = 9.0 - 13.2 cm) vs. old male (13.3 - 18.5) and young female (9.1 -16.2) vs. old
female (16.3 - 20.9) turtles; Note 0 (23) should be substituted for Neoechinorhynchus spp. in male turtles as species identification not possible
in two turtles.

* and nm = prevalence and mean intensity + SE, respectively.
= Sig. at P< 0.050

u 8)
a 54
27

123 4 5 6 7 8 910 1112

INTESTINAL SECTIONS
Figure 1. Relative frequency (RF) of C. trispinosus (A - 94, 2913)", N. pseucemydis x (B - 23, 1380), N. emyditoides (C - 72, 13809), N.
chrysemydis (D - 14, 404), T. corti (E - 16, 61), T. singularis (F -16, 90) and S. concinnae (G - 67, 1223) in twelve intestinal sections of
Chrysemys scripta elegans. * = n. of hosts, no. of worms; m = only turtles with more than 20 mature female worms assessed for the fre-
quency distribution of Neoechinorhynchus spp. in the intestine.

16 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

Esch and Gibbons (1) attributed differences
in the mean intensities of some helminths in
male vs. female C. p. marginata to intrinsic dif-
ferences between the sexes. Differences in the
mean intensity of S. contortus in C. s. elegans
due to host sex could be related to hormonal dif-
ferences between the sexes or differential food
requirements between male and female turtles.
The latter assumes that the larger female C. s.
elegans routinely ingest more of the macro-
invertebrate, vertebrate and copepod in-
termediate hosts listed by Hedrick (13) than the
smaller male turtles over a given time to meet
possibly greater nutrient demands.

Several studies (15,16) have indicated that
the degree of parasitism in turtles increases in
relation to the size or age of the host. Both
significant increases and decreases in the
prevalence or mean intensity of several helmin-
ths in relation to host age were observed in this
study. The significant decrease in the prevalence
of H. mollis in the older age class of male and
female C. s. elegans has been reported for other
trematode species in turtles (1,17). This trend,
as stated in previous studies, is probably related
to the differing food habits of juvenile and
mature Chrysemys scripta. C. scripta juveniles
are highly carnivorous and the adults are om-
nivorous (18), the former thus consuming more
of the macroinvertebrate intermediate hosts of
trematodes. The life cycle of H. mollis is com-
pleted by the ingestion of infected snails by
turtles (19), and thus the smaller, juvenile
turtles in this study would be expected to have a
greater prevalence of infection with this worm.
In addition, an age-related immune response
cannot be ruled out as a possible factor con-
tributing to the decreased prevalence of H.
mollis in the lungs of older C. s. elegans. This
reduction of trematode prevalence with an in-
crease in turtle age does not support the general
observation of Brooks and Mayes (20) that older
turtles are more likely to be infected with
platyhelminthes.

Esch and Gibbons (1) found that the pooled
nematode population of C. p. marginata (i.e.,
Camallanus microcephalus, S. contortus, Spi-
ronoura sp. and Aplectana sp.) experienced a
rise and fall in numbers in relation to host age.
Separate consideration of the same or related
species in this study showed that the mean in-
tensity of S. contortus increased significantly in
the older age class of female turtles, while the
mean intensities of S. concinnae and C. tri-
spinosus were highest in the younger age class
of male and/or female C. s. elegans.

It is unclear why younger female turtles had a
significantly greater mean intensity of S. concin-
nae than older female hosts. This nematode lives

in the feces of the large intestine with no direct at-
tachment to host tissues, and thus it is unlikely
that an age-related immune response is involved.
It is doubtful that documented differences in diet
between young and old turtles play a significant
role since S. concinnae has a direct life cycle (14).
Perhaps other behavioral differences in female
turtles associated with host age promote greater
contact between young hosts and the infective lar-
vae of S. concinnae. Further studies on the life cy-
cle of S. concinnae and the behavior of C. s.
elegans will be required to verify this.

Spiroxys contortus and C. trispinosus uti-
lize similar intermediate and transport hosts (i-e.,
copepods and aquatic vertebrates — 13,14) to com-
plete their life cycles, and both nematodes live in
the digestive tract of turtles where they are firmly
attached to host tissues. However, the mean in-
tensity of these 2 nematodes showed opposite
trends with an increase in the age of female
turtles. This may suggest that the life cycle of C.
trispinosus has a greater dependence on vertebrate
transport hosts for its completion than does S.
contortus. This would account for the greater
mean intensity of C. trispinosus in the younger,
more carnivorous male and female turtles. Fur-
ther work focusing on the relative importance of
each type of intermediate or transport host in the
life cycle of these 2 nematodes will be required for
further insight into this problem.

The intestinal habitats occupied by hel-
minths in the present study were determined by
numerous interacting factors which served to
satisfy the physiological requirements of each
parasite species. The concentration of C. tri-
spinosus in intestinal section 1 corroborates the
tindings of Uglem and Beck (5). They found that
this parasite must live in the anterior part of the
turtle intestine where APase activity is abundant
since this nematode is unable to hydrolyze
substances itself. In contrast, they found that
Neoechinorhynchus emydis has a broad spectrum
of APase activity. This may, in part, account for
the more posterior concentration of
Neoechinorhynchus spp. (i-e., most abundant in
section 3) where APase activity would be less (5).
It has been suggested that the location of telorchid
trematodes posterior to the bile ducts (i.e.,
greatest frequency in sections 5 or 6 in this study)
in the small intestine is related to their need to ac-
quire essential substances from the host bile (21).
The preference of S. concinnae for the large in-
testine, where it lives in the lumen, supports
Mackin’s (22) contention that the genus
represents recent parasites which are similar to
free-living species living in dung.

The frequency distribution of enteric hel-
minths should be specific for each host spe-
cies, and therefore considered to be a stable
biological characteristic, as demonstrated for the

Helminth infections in red-eared turtles — Rosen and Marquardt

nematode Trichinella spiralis (23). Recently, Ernst
and Ernst (24) attempted to clarify the status of
the turtle genus, Chrysemys, by using Sorenson’s
Index of Similarity to compare endoparasitic
helminths found in the species of this genus. They
assumed that the parasites were biological
characteristics of the host. In addition to this use
of host specificity, comparison of frequency
distributions of shared species of enteric helmin-
ths in the Chrysemys complex may provide an ad-
ditional biological characteristic for determining
taxonomic relationships of turtles in this genus.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to acknowledge Dr. Arthur
Johnson, Hendrix College, for providing housing
and laboratory facilities for the field phase of this
research. We thank Dr. Gerald Schmidt, Univer-
sity of Northern Colorado, for his assistance with
helminth identification and general comments on
the research. Dr. Terry Dick and Allan Shostak,
University of Manitoba, provided valuable com-
ments on the manuscript. This work represents a
portion of an M.S. thesis completed by the senior
author at Colorado State University in 1978.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Esch, G.W. and J.W. Gibbons. 1967. Seasonal in-
cidence of parasitism in the painted turtle,
Chrysemys picta marginata Agassiz. J. Parasitol.
53:818-821.

2. Esch, G.W., J.W. Gibbons and J.E. Bourque.
1979. The distribution and abundance of enteric
helminths in Chrysemys s. scripta from various
habitats on the Savannah River Plant in South
Carolina. J. Parasitol. 65:624-632.

3. Gibbons, J.W. and G.W. Esch. 1970. Some in-
testinal parasites of the loggerhead musk turtle
(Sternothaerus m. minor). J. Herpetology 4:79-80.

4. Schad, G.A. 1963. Niche diversification in a
parasite species flock. Nature 198:404-406.

5. Uglem, G.L. and S.M. Beck. 1972. Habitat
specificity and correlated aminopeptidase activ-
ity in the acanthocephalans Neoechinorhynchus

cristatus and N. crassus. J. Parasitol. 58:
911-920.

6. Webb, R.G. 1961. Observations on the life
histories of turtles (genus Pseudemys and

Graptemys) in Lake Texoma, Oklahoma. Amer.
Midl. Nat. 65:193-214.

7. Rosen, R. and W.C. Marquardt. 1978. Helminth
parasites of the red-eared turtle (Pseudemys scripta

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

17

elegans) in central Arkansas. J. Parasitol.

64:1148-1149.

Little, J.W. and S.H. Hopkins. 1968. Neoech-
inorhynchus constrictus sp. n., an acantho-
cephalan from Texas turtles. HELMSOC. 35:
46-49.

Margolis, L., G.W. Esch, J.C. Holmes, A.M.
Kuris and G.A. Schad. 1982. The use of ecological
terms in parasitology (Report of an ad hoc com-
mitee of the American Society of Parasitologists).
J.' Parasitol. 68:131-133.

Sokal, R.R. and F.J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry.
W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco.

Esch, G.W., J.W. Gibbons and J.E. Bourque.
1979. Species diversity of helminth parasites in
Chrysemys s. scripta from a variety of habitats in
South Carolina. J. Parasitol. 65:633-638.

Hopp, W.B. 1954. Studies on the morphology and
life cycle of Neoechinorhynchus emydis (Leidy), an
acanthocephalan parasite of the map turtle,
Graptemys geographica (Le Sueur). J. Parasitol.
40:284-299.

Hedrick, L.R. 1935. The life history and mor-
phology of Spiroxys contortus (Rudolphi);
Nemotoda: Spiruridae. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc.
54:307-335.

Cheng, T.C. 1964. The Biology of Animal Para-
sites. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia.

Rausch, R. 1947. Observations on some hel-
minths parasitic in Ohio turtles. Amer. Midl. Nat.
38:434-442.

Johnson, C.A. 1967. Helminth parasites in turtles
collected from farm ponds in Lee County,
Alabama. J. Alabama Acad. Sci. 38:325.

Thatcher, V.E. 1954. Some helminths parasitic in
Clemmys marmorata. J. Parasitol. 40:481-482.

Ernst. C.H. and R.W. Barbour. 1972. Turtles of
the United States. The University of Kentucky
Press, Lexington.

Crandall, R.B. 1960. The life history and affinities
of the turtle lung fluke, Heronimus chelydrae Mac-

Callum, 1902. J. Parasitol. 46:
289-307.
Brooks, D.R. and M.A. Mayes. 1975.

Platyhelminthes of Nebraska turtles with descrip-
tions of two new species of Spirorchiids
(Trematoda: Spirorchiidae). J. Parasitol. 61:
403-406.

18

21.

22.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

Wharton, G.W. 1941. The function of respiratory
pigments of certain turtle parasites. J. Parasitol.
27:81-87.

Mackin, J.G. 1936. Studies on the morphology
and life history of nematodes in the Genus Spi-
ronoura. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 52:1-64.

23:

24.

Dick, T.A. 1983. Species and infraspecific varia-
tion, pp. 31-73. In Trichinella And Trichinosis, ed.
W.C. Campbell, Plenum Pub. Corp.

Ernst, C.H. and E.M. Ernst. 1980. Relationships
between North American turtles of the Chrysemys
complex as indicated by their endoparasitic
helminths. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 93:339-345.

Ichthyoplankton in Ohio River — Simon

VARIATION IN SEASONAL, SPATIAL, AND SPECIES COMPOSITION OF
MAIN CHANNEL ICHTHYOPLANKTON ABUNDANCE, OHIO RIVER MILES 569 to 572

THOMAS P. SIMON
Large Rivers Larval,
Research Station

P.O. Box 727
Grayslake, Illinois 60030

ABSTRACT

Seasonal, spatial, and species composition of ichthyoplankton was investigated in 1983 in 3 main-channel
stations on the Ohio River (River Mile 569 to 572). Specific objectives of this study were to determine the
species composition of ichthyoplankton drift, to assess vertical distribution of taxa at 3 main-channel locations,
and to consider temporal variations in abundance of fish eggs and larvae of main-channel species.

Ichthyoplankton drift was composed of 19 distinguishable taxa distributed among 8 families. Dominant
taxa included the Clupeidae, Cyprinidae, and Catostomidae. The majority of ichthyoplankton collected in the
Ohio River was distributed near the surface, with a small percentage found in mid-depth and bottom samples.

The average density of larvae obtained from 12 sampling

dates, from 30 April to 24 August, was 2.42 larvae/m‘

for the locations combined. Two peaks were observed during 1983, with the maximum density of 16.06 lar-

vae/m!* present on 25 June.

INTRODUCTION

The Ohio River has channeled waters of the
midwest to the Mississippi River for over 200
million years. The present channel of the Ohio
lies roughly at the edge of the southernmost ex-
tension of the last glacial invasion of North
America.

The Ohio River valley has been drastically
altered by man’s activities in the watershed (1,
2). The initial clearing of large sections of forests
for agriculture and the increase in the human
population has changed the physical, chemical,
and biological constituents of the Ohio River.
The Ohio River valley contains one of the worlds
greatest coal-producing regions, 3 major
metropolitan areas, over 40 power plants, and
numerous other large industries. The Ohio
River basin incorporates 8 states and 14 major
river systems draining approximately 528,000
km’. The river carries over 150 million tons of
waterborne cargo per year.

During the 1970’s comprehensive studies
designed to assess the impacts to early life-
history stages of fishes from the operation of
power plants and large industries were under-
taken (3, 4) on the Ohio River. This paper
presents data on patterns of larval fish abun-
dance in 3 study locations within McAlpine Pool,
a section of the Middle Ohio River. Such a study
is basic to the understanding of main-channel
utilization by larval fishes with regard to
seasonal, spatial, and species variation trends.

STUDY AREA AND METHODS

The Ohio River has been converted from a
free-flowing river with annual and seasonal

19

variations in flow, depth, and width, to a river of
relatively constant width and a minimum chan-
nel depth of 9 feet by the installation of a series
of navigation dams. The basin-wide system of
flood control reservoirs store flood water, and
releases them slowly during the dry seasons,
resulting in much lower flood crests, and much
higher flows in late summer. The amount of
rock, gravel, and coarse sand substrates have
decreased, while increases have been observed
in the amount of silt, fine sand and organic
detritus. The construction of the navigation
dams also inundated all of the original rapids
and riffles of the river.

The present study area, situated in northcen-
tral Kentucky, encompasses Ohio River Miles
(ORM) 569 through 572, part of McAlpine Pool
(Fig. 1). Ichthyoplankton sampling was con-
ducted at three study locations in the main
channel of the Ohio River on 12 dates from April
through August 1983. The study site was
selected because of the species diversity, and
previous ichthyoplankton sampling was con-
ducted in the vicinity (5, 6). The 3 sites were
selected based on observed differences in depth,
river width, and substrate composition. Station
1, located 183 m upstream of Big Saluda Creek,
represented the furthest upstream location
(ORM 569). The substrate consisted of hard
clay during April and May, and during August
was composed of rock gravel, silt, fine-sand,
and clay. Station 1 had depths ranging from 4 m
to 5.5 m, and a shoreline that was primarily cut-
bank. Station 2 was located 876.7 m below Lit-
tle Saluda Creek near ORM 570.5, and was a
wider section of the river forming a pool habitat.

20 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

A permanent base of large cobble and boulders
was present, while April substrates were mostly
composed of fine sand, silt, gravel, and to a
limited extent clay; May and August substrates
were composed of silt and accumulated detritus.
Station 2 was the deepest location with depths
ranging from 6.8m to 8.0 m and had a shoreline
composed of rock rip-rap and decidous forest.
Station 3, located near ORM 572, represented
the farthest downstream location. Substrates in-
cluded a permanent base of large cobble and

Figure 1. McAlpine Pool of the Ohio River In-
dicating Three Main-Channel Sampling Stations.

DIDUHARGE |m?/s}

APRIL may

Figure 2. Discharge, River
Ohio River, during 1983.

JUNE JULY

Stage,

boulders, with fluvial substrates in April com-
posed of hard clay; in May accumulated silt and
detritus formed over the hard clay, while in
August the substrate composition included
gravel, clay, and fine sand. Depths at station 3
ranged from 5 m to 6 m, and bluffs lined the
shoreline. Current velocities were equivalent at
stations 1 and 3, with station 2 having the
slowest current of the 3 areas.

Biweekly samples were collected from each
station during late afternoon from the 12 collec-
tion sites. Samples were collected at main-
channel locations at the surface, mid-depth,
and 1 m off the river bottom at each of 3 stations
using paired 0.5 m diameter, conical nets with
560 micron mesh. Near-bottom sampling was
facilitated by a weighted anchor to prevent ac-
cumulation of bottom sediments. Each tow was
made 30 m off the Indiana shore in a upstream
direction for a minimum of 5 minutes. A digital
flowmeter was positioned in the mouth of the net
to quantify the volume of water filtered. The
volume ranged from 50 to 100 m*. Appropriate
collection information was recorded, physical
features (Fig. 2), and the sample preserved with
10% formalin. Data were analyzed by standard
analysis of variance.

RESULTS

Taxonomic Composition

Of the 9 distinguishable families in sam-
ples, members of the Clupeidae, Cyprini-
dae, and Catostomidae constituted 96% of the
total catch (Table 1). Sciaenidae, Centrar-
chidae, Hiodontidae, Percidae, and Percich-
thyidae were sometimes common, but compos-
ed only 4% of the total catch. Lepisosteidae was
represented by a single individual. Adult or

Temperature

WATER
TEMPERATURE
"cI

Elevation

ELEVATION
Im)

Discharge

AUGUST

and Water Temperature at McAlpine Dam,

Ichthyoplankton in Ohio River — Simon

juvenile blackbasses, Micropterus sp., catfishes
Ictalurus/Pylodictis sp., topminnows, Fundulus
spp., commonly occurred in the area, but larvae
were not collected.

Table 1: Per cent Composition by Location of the Ichthyoplankton
Fauna at Stations 1, 2, and 3 in Ohio River Miles 569 to 572.

Per Cent Composition

Taxa Station 1 Station 2 Station 3
Longnose gar = — <0.1
Mooneye 0.2 0.2 0.1
Gizzard shad 72.8 78.6 64.1
Skipjack herring 0.1 0.4 0.9
Catostomus / Moxostoma spp. <0} <0.1 =
Ictiobus / Carpiodes spp. 7.0 4.4 10.0
Carp 0.9 0.5 1.4
Emerald shiner 15.7 13°3) 17.2
Cyprinid spp 0.8 0.3 0.8
White bass 0.3 0.1 0.2
Striped bass — <0.1 0.2
Lepomis spp. <0.1 <O.1 <0.1
Pomoxis spp. 0.1 0.1 0.1
Stizostedion spp. 0.4 0.4 0.5
Orangethroat darter <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
Johnny darter - - 0.1
Logperch <0.1 <0. <0.1
River darter - 0.1 -
Freshwater drum 1.6 1.5 4.1

Identification of the larvae of several
families was facilitated because each family was
represented by only a few species in McAlpine
Pool: Sciaenidae (freshwater drum, Aplodinotus
grunniens); Hiodontidae (mooneye, Hiodon
tergisus, and goldeye, Hiodon alosoides;
Clupeidae (gizzard shad, Dorosoma cepe-
dianum, and _ skipjack herring Alosa
chrysochloris); and Percichthyidae (white bass,
Morone chrysops, yellow bass, M. mississip-
piensis, and striped bass, M. _ saxatilis).
Although mooneye and goldeye have been
reported from the pool (4), goldeye larva were
not collected, identification was based on
characteristics presented by Snyder and Doug-
las (7), Battle and Sprules (8), and Wallus (9).
Hiodontids accounted for less than 0.2% of the
total catch. Gizzard shad were much more
numerous than skipjack herring and were sepa-
rated based on the position of the yolk sac, the
length at which fin rays developed while yolk
was still present, and the number of preanal
myomeres (10). Clupeids dominated the total
catch, comprising 73.9% with gizzard shad ac-
counting for 99.2% of the family. A three-
species assemblage of percichthyids occured in
McAlpine pool. Yellow bass were reported as oc-
casionally occurring as far north as McAlpine
pool (4) but were never collected, while white
bass and striped bass were identified based on
pigmentation, and differential postanal
myomere counts. Specimens were verified by
the Larval Fish Laboratory at Colorado State
University, Fort Collins, Colorado. The per-
cichthyids comprised 0.3% of the total catch.

21

Of the 18 species of cyprinids known to oc-
cur near McAlpine pool (4), common carp,
Cyprinus carpio, emerald shiner, Notropis
atherinoides, spotfin shiner, N. spilopterus,
sand shiner, N. stramineus, mimic shiner, N.
volucellous, spottail shiner, N. hudsonius,
rosefin shiner, N. ardens, silver chub, Hybopsis
storeriana, suckermouth minnow, Phenocobius
mirabilus, bluntnose minnow, Pimephales no-
tatus, creek chub, Semotilus atromaculatus,
and blacknose dace, Rhinichthyes atratulus
were identified in larva collections. However,
consistent identification of cyprinid larvae, ex-
cept those of common carp and emerald shi-
ners, was not possible; consequently these other
species were analyzed only at a family level. The
cyprinidae accounted for 16% of the total catch
with emerald shiners and carp accounting for
96% of the family.

Catostomid larvae collected in McAlpine
pool included buffaloes, Ictiobus bubalus and I.
cyprinellus; carpsuckers, Carpiodes carpio, and
C. cyprinus; redhorses, Moxostoma anisurum,
and M. erythrurum; and white sucker, Cat-
ostomus commersoni. The consistency of iden-
tification for these species was limited to the
genera levels of Ictiobus/Carpiodes and
Catostomus/Moxostoma. The family cat-
ostomidae accounted for 6.5% of the total
catch, while the Ictiobus/Carpiodes spp.
subgrouping comprised 99.9% of the family col-
lected.

Centrarchids accounted for only a small
portion of the total catch (0.1%). Adults of 3
genera, Micropterus, Lepomis, and Pomoxis,
were common in the pool. Larvae of the genus
Lepomis were a mixture of bluegill L. macro-
chirus, longear sunfish, L. megalotis, green sun-
fish, L. cyanellus, warmouth, L. gulosus, and
orangespotted sunfish, L. humilis; bluegill lar-
vae were most abundant in my collection. Both
white crappie, Pomoxis annularis and black
crappie, P. nigromaculatus were present, but
most larvae were identified as white crappie. No
black bass larvae were collected.

The larval percids collected included wall-
eye and sauger, Stizostedion spp.; logperch,
Percina caprodes; river darter, P. shumardi;
johnny darter, Etheostoma nigrum; and
orangethroat darter, E. spectabile. The family
percidae comprised only 0.5% of the total
catch, while Stizostedion spp. accounted for
78% of the family.

Seasonal and Spatial Distribution

Fish eggs and larvae were initially collected
in late April although previous collection at-
tempts were made. Eggs were collected requ-
larly from 24 May until 24 August, while larvae
were collected throughout the sampling period

22 Ichthyoplankton in Ohio River — Simon

until 24 August (Table 2). Ichthyoplankton was
most abundant in June. Five larval fish taxa
were collected in April: the percids Stizostedion
sp., logperch, river darter, and orangethroat
darter and a single creek chub larva (water
temperature 12.7°C). Numbers of taxa and
numerical abundance increased with increases
in temperature. Mooneye, Ictiobus/Carpiodes
spp, carp, and white bass (14.4°C), gizzard
shad and a johnny darter larva (17.2°C) were
collected during May. The greatest abundance
of larvae and a noticeable shift in species com-
position occurred in June. Freshwater drum,

collected, while stations 1 and 3 comprised 26%
and 25%, respectively.

Spatial variations in larva abundance
showed significant interactions (P = 0.05) with
time of year. Larvae were first collected at
upstream stations, which were discharged into
by Big Saluda and Little Saluda Creeks. Larval
orangethroat darters and creek chub larva were
strays from the tributaries. Substrates preferred
by river darters for spawning were present only
at station 2, which included large cobble, boul-
ders, moderate current, and gravel. As the
season progressed, typical main channel species

Table 2: Seasonal Distribution of Ichthyoplankton (number /m’) at Three Main Channel Stations, Ohio River Miles 569 to 572, from April

to August during 1983.

April Re May June July August
Station Station Station Station Station

Species/Taxon 1 2 301 2 Sal 2 iB) we 2 3.1 2 3
Longnose gar = = a - a ae 0.008 — = SS = —
Mooneye ~ - — 0.105 0.281 0.110 0.033 0.009 — — = a = =
Gizzard shad - — — 0.009 0.009 0.081 48.951 95.804 39.980 0.122 0.630 1.304 — - -
Skipjack herring - = —— = — 0.155 0.411 0.792 — = a = =
Catostomus/Moxostoma

spp. = = a - — 0.016 0.006 =
Ictiobua/Carpiodes spp. — - — 5.664 8.228 7.236 0.291 0.271 0.541 — - — = =
Carp - - — 0.286 0.378 0.392 0.358 0.372 0.666 — - 0.009 — - -
Emerald shiner = - - - - — 9.716 16.319 11.457 — 0.040 - = = -
Cyprinid spp. 0.010 - - = 0.009 0.036 0.621 0.311 0.427 0.026 0.032 0.093 — 0.010 0.010
White bass - - - = 0.011 0.009 0.066 0.104 - - - - - - -
Striped bass - 0.161 0.164 — - - - - -
Lepomis spp. — - - - - — 0.051 0.039 0.008 0.008 0.018 - - - 0.010
Pomoxis spp. - - - - - — 0.017 0.010 — 0.009 0.032 0.034 — - -
Stizostedion spp. 0.010 0.081 0.056 0.283 0.246 0.339 — - - - - - - - -
Orangethroat darter - 0.023 0.011 0.010 0.028 - - 0.010 0.011 — - - - - -
Johnny darter - - =—_ — - 0.009 — - - = — - - — —
Logperch 0.010 0.078 0.053 0.012 0.053 — 0.020 - - - - - - - -
River darter - 0.011 - - 0.023 - - - - - = - - - -
Freshwater drum - - - - - — 1.081 1.619 2.726 0.035 0.028 - - - -

Pomoxis spp. and emerald shiner (17.2°C),
skipjack herring (21.5°C), striped bass and
Lepomis spp. (23.5°C), and longnose gar
(25.9°C) first appeared during ichthyoplankton
sampling in June. Egg and larval gizzard shad
were collected from mid-May until late July
(17.2°C to 30.2°C); freshwater drum were col-
lected from early June until late July (19.1°C to
30.2°C); Ictiobus/Carpiodes spp. were col-
lected from mid-May until late June (14.4°C to
25.9°C); while the cyprinids—emerald shiner
occurred from early June until early July
(19.1°C to 25.5°C), carp from mid-May until
early July (14.4°C to 25.5°C), and cyprinid
spp.—had the longest collection period, occur-
ring from late April until mid-August (12.7°C to
29.5°C).

Of the main channel locations sampled dur-
ing the present study, station 2 yielded the
greatest average number of larvae (3.5/m‘).
Average densities at stations 1 and 3 were
equivalent with 1.9/m* and 1.8/m/*, respec-
tively. Station 2 accounted for 49% of the larvae

were collected at upstream locations, and uti-
lized station 2 as a nursery habitat before being
collected downstream at station 3. This was evi-
dent by the larger lengths and advanced
development of larvae collected at stations 2
and 3 on similar collection dates. By mid-June,
larvae were present in collections from all sta-
tions.

Two peaks were observed in_ ich-
thyoplankton sampling in the Ohio River (Fig.
3). On 24 May, larval fish densities were
1.4/m*°, primarily because of the peak drift of
Ictiobus/Carpiodes spp. (1.21/m*), and
mooneve (0.06/m°). The second peak occurred
on 25 June, which corresponded to the maxi-
mum average density observed, with 16.1/m°.
This peak incorporated peak densities for skip-
jack herring (0.113/m’), carp (0.103/m‘), em-
erald shiner (3.903/m‘), striped bass (0.13/m‘*),
and a large number of gizzard shad (13,431 lar-
vae), which composed 74% of the drift on that
date. Peak densities for gizzard shad drift was
observed on 19 June (7.297/m‘), as was fresh-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
—
¥
z
5.0
si
we
{e)
cc
a
Ss 4.0
=)
2
z
3
= 3.0
2.0
1.443
1.253
1.0
/
0.001 0.003 0.001
039
0.0
13. 30 17 24
APR MAY JUN
through August 1983.
water drum (0.50/m*), and white bass

(0.02/m°). Densities of larval fish on the Ohio
River during 1983 averaged 2.42/m3 during
ichthyoplankton collections in McAlpine Pool.
Vertical distribution of larval fishes was sig-
nificantly greater (P < 0.05) in surface collec-
tions. The majority of larvae were collected near
the surface, followed by mid-depth, and bottom
(Table 3). Surface drift was observed for
mooneye (69%), gizzard shad (90%), skipjack
herring (74%), emerald shiner (87%), white
bass (59%), Pomoxis spp. (55%), Stizostedion

23

0.140

0.120

0.110

0.100

0.090

0.080

MEAN NUMBER OF EGGS/m:

0.070

0.060

0.050

0.040

0.030

0.020

0.010

0.000

JUL
Figure 3. Mean Density of Ichthyoplankton Collected in McAlpine Pool, Ohio River, April

AUG

spp. (72%), logperch (57%), and orangethroat
darter (66%). Carp and Lepomis spp.were most
abundant at mid-depths. Ictiobus/Carpiodes
spp. were equally distributed throughout the
water column, while striped bass were collected
mostly at the surface and _ near-bottom.
Freshwater drum were found at mid- to near
bottom depths. Significant surface differences
(P < 0.05) were observed in vertical distribution
trends for gizzard shad, skipiack herring, moon-
eye, and Stizostedion spp. (Fig. 4).

94 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

Table 3: Density of Larval Fishes (number /m’) at Surface, Mid-, and Bottom Depths at Three Main Channel Stations,
Ohio River Miles 569 to 572, during 1983.

Species/Taxon Station 1 - ORM 569 Station 2 - ORM 570.5 Station 3 - ORM 572
Mid Mid- Mid-
Surface depth Bottom Surface depth Bottom Surface depth Bottom
Longnose gar - - - - - - 0.008 - -
Mooneye 0.083 0.161 0.053 0.032 0.073 - 0.023 0.012 0.038
Gizzard shad 38.714 8.567 2.168 91.788 3.246 1.257 36.684 3.684 0.777
Skipjack herring 0.049 0.064 0.041 0.330 0.051 0.031 0.448 0.077 0.051
Catostomus/Moxostoma spp. 0.008 - 0.008 - - 0.006 - = =
Ictiobus/Carpiodes spp. 1.852 1.933 2.178 2.717 3.225 2.599 2.782 2.776 2.366
Carp 0.130 0.291 0.223 0.238 0.223 0.290 0.242 0.425 0.332
Emerald shiner 8.899 0.943 0.892 14.630 0.775 0.974 9.941 0.643 0.874
Cyprinid spp. 0.070 0.370 0.216 0.271 0.107 0.076 0.253 0.240 0.088
White bass 0.096 0.063 0.008 0.099 0.016 - 0.065 0.084 -
Striped bass = 0.008 - 0.141 0.014 - - - 0.156
Lepomis spp. - 0.050 0.009 0.048 0.009 0.006 0.008 0.024 0.025
Pomoxis spp. — 0.009 0.018 0.042 - - 0.016 0.009 0.009
Stizostedion spp. 0.263 0.010 0.061 0.445 0.171 0.025 0.261 0.102 0.045
Orangethroat darter 0.010 = = 0.061 = — = 0.022 0.013
Johnny darter - — = = = = = = 0.009
Logperch 0.020 0.022 - 0.076 0.012 0.053 0.044 0.032 -
River darter = = - 0.022 0.012 - - = —,
Freshwater drum 0.046 0.432 0.639 0.155 0.848 0.644 0.058 1.528 1.141
( SURFACE
= MID-DEPTH
um BOTTOM
Stizostedion spp. Ictiobus/Carpiodes spp. Skipjack herring Mooneye
o4 40
ao 03 3.0)
e
s =
z
S$ 02 20
O41 = 1.0)
ee A fs |
14.6 Emerald shiner Gizzard shad Freshwater drum
a9 (J 99 36.9
: i ee 2
ey 08 30 6.0
wi
=
<
3S o2 20
oa 1.0
oO =

1 2 3 1 2 3 1

2 3 1
STATIONS STATIONS STATIONS

2
STATIONS

Figure 4. Relative Abundance (number/m‘) of Selected Species of Ichthyoplankton During Vertical Distribution
Sampling at Three Stations in McAlpine Pool, Ohio River, 1983.

Ichthyoplankton in Ohio River — Simon

DISCUSSION

The abundance of larval fishes of McAlpine
pool were examined to detect significant
seasonal, spatial, and taxon-specific variations.
Previous studies conducted in McAlpine pool
found similar dominance in taxon composition
(4, 5); however, fluctuations were evident in per
cent composition. The density of larvae is deter-
mined by a variety of factors: species reproduc-
tive capacities (11, 12); time of day or month
sampled (6, 13); water temperature (14); and ef-
fort and gear efficiency (15, 16, 17). The
distribution, species variation, and seasonal
trends observed in the present study were
similar to those reported by Clark (5), Gale and
Mohr (15), Burch et al. (3), and Holland and
Sylvester (13) in lotic systems, but different from
Tuberville (18). Species chronology of ap-
pearance was earlier in Clarks’ (5) study;
however, correlations were equivalent if examin-
ing appearance based on water temperature.

Most of the species-specific data agree with
published accounts (19, 20, 21). The present
study disagreed with Kindschi et al. (22) and
Cada and Hergenrader (23) on the vertical
distribution of freshwater drum. They reported
surface drift for freshwater drum. It was evident
that the high percentage of prolarvae found by
Kindschi et al. (96%) and the difficulty in collec-
ting larger length intervals (23) was due to the
neustonic newly hatched larvae of the fresh-
water drum not yet dispersing into the “normal”
vertical drift pattern. Tuberville (18), Holland
and Sylvester (13), and Matthews (24) found
freshwater drum larvae primarily at
depths below 3-6 m during daylight collections
indicating a phototropic response. White bass
larvae appeared later in Ohio River drift than in
lacustrine studies (22). Kindschi et al. (22)
reported 2 spawnings for white bass with the se-
cond reported spawning occurring at the ob-
served time in the Ohio River. Riverine popula-
tions may be limited to a single spawn later in
the season or an earlier spawning attempt was
unsuccessful due to high discharges. Kindschi et
al. (22) found white bass mostly near the bottom
while the present study found white bass in sur-
face collections.

Striped bass were previously unreported in
larval collections from McAlpine pool. A total of
39 larvae were collected during 1983 indicating
natural reproduction is occurring. Introduction
of striped bass through an egg and larvae stock-
ing program was initiated in 1968 by the Ohio
Division of Wildlife, and the West Virginia Con-
servation Department (2). Spawning occurred
later in the Ohio River than reported from the
Potomac Estuary. Mihursky et al. (25) reported
striped bass spawning at 14° C to 19° C. Larvae

25

were collected in mid-to late June (23.5° C to
25.9° C), with peak drift observed on 25 June.

The large densities of ichthyoplankton ob-
served at station 2 were twice that observed at
stations 1 or 3. The river at station 2 does widen,
has decreased current velocities, a variety of
substrates providing numerous microhabitats,
and serves as a spawning and nursery area for
many large-river species. Increased densities
were not apparent because of the rock rip-rap
shoreline. Rock substrates should have provid-
ed increased spawning substrates for Lepomis
spp, or Pomoxis spp., however, equivalent den-
sities were observed at all stations. Inputs from
Big Saluda and Little Saluda Creek populations
were negligible since the major constituents of
the catch were main-channel species (99%).
Higher density values were the result of a suc-
cessful spawning year and the utilization of the
station as a nursery.

Diel variation was studied by Clark and
Pearson (6), at RM 571 during a single date in
May. They found no significant difference be-
tween surface: bottom distribution, but found
significant differences in night densities for all
larvae collected. They observed higher bottom
densities than surface densities in most sam-
pling periods. The diel sampling period in the
current study did agree with Clark and Pearsons
(6); however, observed tendencies in the present
study were toward surface drift rather than bot-
tom Crift over season.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Appreciation is extended to Greg Seegert,
Regional Director; and Randy Lewis, Senior
Aquatic Biologist, EA Science and Technology
for preliminary review of the manuscript, and to
2 anonymous reviewers for improvements of the
revised draft. I would like to thank Beth Simon
for preparation of Figs. 1, 2 and 4. Represen-
tative specimens from the current study were
deposited with Robert Wallus at the Larval Fish
Information and Identification Collection
(LFIIC), Tennessee Valley Authority, Norris,
Tennessee.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Gammon, J. R. 1977. The status of Indiana
streams and fishes from 1800 to 1900. Proc. Ind.
Acad. Sci. 86:209-216.

2. Trautman, M. B. 1981. The fishes of Ohio. Ohio
State University Press, Columbus, Ohio.

3. Burch, O. S., D. Marguiles, B. F. Clark, G. R.
Finni, and B. L. Huff. 1981. Temporal and
spatial distribution patterns of ichthyoplankton:
Ohio River Ecological Program 1976-1978.

26

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

Rapp. P.-v. Reun. Cons. int. Explor. Mer. 178:
163-164.

Pearson, W. D. and L. A. Krumholz. 1984.
Distribution and status of Ohio River fishes.
Water Resources Laboratory: Louisville, KY.
ORNL/Sub/79-7831/1.

Clark, A. L. 1979. Temporal and spatial distribu-
tion of ichthyoplankton at Ohio River Mile 571.
Masters thesis, Univ. Louisville, Louisville, KY.

Clark, A. L., and W. D. Pearson. 1980. Diurnal
variations in ichthyoplankton densities at Ohio
River Mile 571. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 41:
116-121.

Snyder, D. E. and S. C. Douglas. 1978. Descrip-
tion and Identification of Mooney, Hiodon
tergisus, protolarvae. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
107:590-594.

Battle, H. I. and W. M. Sprules. 1960. A descrip-
tion of the semibuoyant eggs and early devel-
opmental stages of the goldeye, Hiodon
alosoides (Rafinesque). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
17:245-266.

Wallus, R. (unpublished). Larval development of
Hiodon tergisus LeSueur with comparisons to
Hiodon alosoides (Rafinesque). Tenn. Acad. Sci.

Hogue, J. J., Jr., R. Wallus, and L. K. Kay.
1976. Preliminary guide to the identification of
larval fishes in the Tennessee River. Tenn. Valley
Authority, Norris, Tenn. Tech. Note B19. 1-66.

Lewis, S. L. 1969. Physical factors affecting fish
populations in pools of a trout stream. Trans.
Am. Fish. Soc. 98:14-19.

Bidgood, B. F. 1974. Reproductive potential of
two lake white fish (Coregonus clupeaformis)
populations. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 31:
1631-1639.

Holland, L. E. and J. R. Sylvester. 1983. Dis-
tribution of larval fishes related to potential navi-
gation impacts on the Upper Mississippi River,
Pool 7. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 112(2B):
280-285.

Graser, L. F. 1979. Spatio-temporal distribu-
tions of clupeid larvae in Barkley Reservoir
Pages 120-138. In R. D. Hoyt (ed) Proc. Third
Symp. Larval Fish. Western Ky. Univ., Bowling
Green, KY.

Gale, W. and H. Mohr, Jr. 1978. Larval fish drift
in a large river with comparisons of sampling
methods. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107:46-55.

Thayer, G. W., D. R. Colby, M. A. Kjelson, and
M. P. Weinstein. 1983. Estimates of larval-fish

17.

18.

19.

20

PA

22.

23.

24.

25.

abundance: diurnal variation and influences of
sampling gear and towing speed. Trans. Am.
Fish. Soc. 112:2B72-279.

Gallagher, R. P. and J. V. Conner. 1983. Com-
parisons of two ichthyoplanktcn sampling gears
with notes on microdistribution of fish larvae ina
large river. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 112:272-279.

Tuberville, J. D. 1979. Vertical distribution of
ichthyoplankton in Upper Nickajack Reservoir,
Tennessee. Pages 185-203. In R.D. Hoyt (ed).
Proc. Third Symp. Larval Fish. Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, Ky.

Netsch, N. G., G. M. Kensh, Jr., A. Houser, and
R.V. Kilambi. 1971. Distribution of young giz-
zard shad and threadfin shad in Beaver Reser-
voir. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Pub. 8:95-105.

Edwards, T. J., W. H. Hunt, and L. L. Olmsted.
1977. Density and distribution of larval shad
(Dorosoma spp) in Lake Norman, North
Carolina, entrainment at McGuire Nuclear Station.
Pages 143-158. In L. L. Olmstead (ed.) Proc.
First Symp. Freshwater Larval Fish. Duke Power
Company, Huntersville, NC.

Krause, R. A. and M. J. Van Den Avyle. 1979.
Temporal and spatial variations in abundance
and species composition of larval fishes in Center
Hill Reservoir, Tennessee. Pages 185-203. In R.
D. Hoyt (ed) Proc. Third Symp. Larval Fish.
Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
KY.

Kindschi, G. A., R. D. Hoyt, and G. J. Overman.
1979. Notes on the life history of fishes in a small
flood control lake in Kentucky. Pages 139-166.
In R. D. Hoyt (ed) Proc. Third Symp. Larval
Fish. Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY.

Cada, G. F. and G. L. Hergenrader. 1980.
Natural mortality rates of freshwater drum lar-
vae in the Missouri River. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
109:479-483.

Matthews, W. J. 1984. Influence of turbid inflows
on vertical distribution of larval shad and fresh-
water drum. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 113:
192-198.

Mihursky, J. A., E. M. Setzler-Hamilton, F. D.
Martin, and K. V. Wood. 1982. Spatial and tem-
poral patterns of springtime utilization of the
Potomac Estuary by fish larvae. Pages 20-27. In
C. F. Bryan et al. (eds) Fifth Annual Larval Fish
Conf., Baton Rouge, LA.

Public transport in Kentucky — Jaworowski et al.

RESOLVING LOCATIONAL CONFLICT IN PUBLIC TRANSPORT
BY VOTER REFERENDUM: A STUDY OF THE LEXTRAN ISSUE

by

Stanley Jaworowski

Department of Geography
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

Robert G. Cromley

Department of Geography
University of Connecticut
Storrs, Connecticut 06268

and

Thomas R. Leinbach

Department of Geography
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

Public transportation policy has become a source of community conflict because spatially distributed social
groups perceive differential utility in alternative modes of transport services. This paper examines the resolution of
this conflict in Lexington, Kentucky in terms of support for the Lextran referendum, in which voters were asked to
approve a payroll tax deduction to maintain the local transit authority. Results indicate that pro-Lextran support
was a function of socioeconomic status and demographic factors. Areas with a higher concentration of elderly and
lower socioeconomic groups gave greater support to the referendum. The correlations between support and
neighborhood characteristics pose problems for the future of providing public transit by electoral consensus as those
who are most adversely affected by service cuts are least likely to voice public opinion on the issue.

INTRODUCTION

One of the major problems facing American
metropolitan areas today is providing adequate
circulation of people and resources within the
urban environment. The improvement of trans-
portation facilities are often accomplished by
allocating public monies according to trans-
portation policies that exist within munici-
palities. Public transportation policy becomes a
source of community conflict because resources
available for construction and maintenance of
facilities are limited. The allocation of these
funds is in part dependent on how forecasted im-
provements will generate benefits to the popula-
tion as a whole. Any predicted benefits will differ
by the importance attached to specific aspects
of transportation provision. Because the selec-
tion of community goals is reflected in transpor-
tation policy, the decision making process is a
political one.

Conflict occurs as spatially distributed so-
cial groups perceive differences in utility obtain-

ed by alternative types of service. Travel needs
are spatially variable and reflect residential pat-
terns that exist in the city. The perceived utility
of alternative modes is consistent with the
shared situational characteristics of residents in
these social areas. These characteristics help
define the probability of auto use and ownership,
and the degree of dependence on mass transit.
Attitudes regarding the distribution of transport
service expenditures differ among _ spatially
distinct social groups that view the allocation of
transport monies as either promoting or reduc-
ing their mobility and accessibility to points
within the city.

The objective here was to examine the basis
of this conflict in Lexington, Kentucky and to
measure aggregate perceptions of utility in
terms of support for the Lextran referendum, in
which voters were asked to approve a payroll
tax deduction to maintain the local transit
authority. The rational voter model, that states

27

28

that citizens will vote in favor of proposals that
provide greater perceived benefits than personal
liabilities, is used to gain insight into the areal
distribution of voter response to mass transit
issues. The benefits of an improved mass transit
system are weighed against the increased tax
burden by the citizen-consumer. Actual results
of the referendum are compared against ex-
pected support, given the socioeconomic
characteristics and proportion of transit
dependents among different voter precincts.

SPATIAL VOTER RESPONSE AND PUBLIC
EXPENDITURE

The distribution of transportation, like all
municipal services, can be viewed as “a package
of goods and services allocated to sociospatial
groups within the city (2).” The internal spatial
organization of the urban environment assures
differences in mode and destination demand.
These differences are potentially manifested in 2
respects as the voter reveals preferences for col-
lective goods. First, the consumer can realize
preferred political expenditure patterns by selec-
ting a community of residence where taxation
and spending allocations are consistent with his
own. According to Tiebout (3), community dif-
ferences are based upon several factors. Voters
recognize differences in service provision among
communities; communities also recognize op-
timal conditions for providing established ser-
vice priorities and attempt to limit or increase
population within the community to provide
them in the most efficient manner. Additionally,
given a choice of communities, the consumer
will choose the one with the closest approxima-
tion of his preference. In selecting a residential
location, the consumer maximizes his well-
being through spatial mobility within the con-
straints of the market.

Secondly, a voter within a community ex-
presses a preference for certain types of expen-
ditures by voting for those proposals that pro-
mote his own economic self-interest. The deci-
sionmaking process is based upon those inputs
that affect perceived utility. Deacon and
Shapiro (4) concluded that voter acceptance of
transit systems are based on perceived in-
dividual economic self-interest. Voter decision-
making on transit referenda was consistent with
attitudes exhibited in other situations, and
“results obtained cast doubt upon the notion
that individuals somehow alter their preference
(or behavior) away from selfishness and toward
the social good as they leave the market and
enter the polling booth (4).”

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

TRANSPORTATION AND THE URBAN
ENVIRONMENT

Transportation is an integral force in
establishing patterns of residential differentia-
tion; the physical separation of varying socio-
economic groups is a product of perceived resi-
dential opportunity. The utility of any location is
assessed by a potential resident not only in
terms of the attributes of an individual location
but on others adjacent to it (5). A desire exists to
achieve the greatest possible physical distance
from socially undesirable facilities or neighbors
within the budget available for housing (6). Use
of the automobile has increased the availability
of residential land that is feasible for travel be-
tween the home and places of employment,
shopping and other needs. As such, middle and
upper socioeconomic groups can afford to live at
greater distances in lower density levels given an
adequate highway system (7,8). Past policy at
various government levels emphasizing auto
travel reinforces residential segregation, while
simultaneously acting as an agent of urban
dispersal. Auto use is essential to the existence
of low-density residential areas and it is the
primary mode of transport in these areas (9).

The auto-based transport system has pro-
duced the morphological foundation for con-
temporary urban America. However, as the
middle and upper classes have moved from the
original city core, the minorities, the poor, and
the elderly have grown increasingly isolated in
inner-city neighborhoods. The transport needs
of these residents are usually measured in terms
of auto availability which depends primarily on
income and the ability to drive. By providing
these citizens with some degree of mobility,
public mass transit produces positive exter-
nalities, such as accessibility to manufacturing
sites that can reduce unemployment levels (10).

A distinct difference in travel demand by
mode exists throughout the urban areas; the
dispersal of commercial facilities and the con-
centration of transit dependents creates loca-
tional conflict in providing adequate transport
facilities to all residents of the metropolitan
region. Any acceptance of the notion that all
citizens are entitled to a minimum level of
mobility is complicated by the reality of limited
transport expenditures. While the utility of
public transit is largely dependent on the ability
to procure alternative means of travel, the
assessment of that utility is likely to vary among
the spatially segregated residential groups. The
distribution of limited transit funds produces
competition between transit dependent popula-
tions who perceive a loss of the mobility pro-
vided by publicly supported mass transit and
suburban residents who have have little need for

Public transport in Kentucky — Jaworowski et al.

public transit and prefer a proportional increase
in roadway construction.

Until recently, public policy has addressed
the situation as maintaining reasonable levels of
traffic flow. Since the automobile became the
preferred mode of intraurban travel, mobility
has been expressed in terms of traffic volumes
and road capacities (7). Social costs involved in
providing transportation, such as the auto’s ef-
fect on urban form, land consumption, increas-
ed air and noise pollution, and the destruction of
residential neighborhoods for road construction
were rarely recognized or considered (11). As a
result, auto use was supported and encouraged
by all citizens through public policy, and the
costs in terms of both social costs and physical
construction were borne by all taxpayers, not
just the individual car user. Recognition of past
policy inadequacies suggests reassessing all
costs as the basis for determining the utility of
alternative modes of travel. Ideally, this requires
measuring the level of mobility provided by dif-
fering modes, and matching available supply
with a socially acceptable level of mobility for all
area residents. However, this requires a public
consensus that inadequacies do exist and that
certain solutions are more socially acceptable. If
conflict exists among various portions of the
population, it must be resolved through the
political process. Increasingly at the local level,
that means the passage or defeat of initiatives
supporting the allocation of public funds for
transportation projects. As an analysis of the
Lextran issue demonstrates, public support of
mass transit is highly segmented and highly
resistant to increased taxes.

THE LEXTRAN ISSUE

Transit service in Lexington, Kentucky
dates back to the streetcar era when it was the
first system in the country to completely electrify
its lines. In 1937, streetcars were replaced by
motor coaches, and since then bus service has
been the only form of mass transit available in
Lexington. Routes have consistently formed a
radial pattern focused on the central business
district (CBD), and route-mileage extensions
were accomplished by merely adding service to
more distant points along major arterials.

Since public takeover in 1973, bus service
has operated through a combination of rider
fares and government subsidies. Although rider-
ship stablized and improved during the 1970s,
increases in revenue were countered by higher
operating costs. In 1968, the system cost
$991,000 to operate; by 1978, this expenditure
has increased to $2.1 million. Local municipal
contributions increased somewhat but did not

29

begin to meet the local subsidy necessary to ob-
tain federal funds. By September, 1980, it
became apparent to Lextran officials that local
revenues would be 8.0% short of the amount
necessary for the matching federal funds needed
to balance the budget. Despite a fare increase to
50¢ in that month, a $107,000 shortfall in
revenues was anticipated. Expectation of the
deficit prompted Lextran officials to submit a
0.142% payroll tax proposal to county residents
on the fall ballot.

The Lextran payroll tax and a property tax
proposal to support the Lexington Public
Libraries were the first referenda on the ballot in
23 years. This method was prompted in part by
an inability to secure further funding from any
other source. Lextran officials preferred the
payroll tax to other tax schemes because it was
perceived to be less regressive than property
taxes. In public opinion polls, payroll taxes are
generally preferred to sales taxes but are less
popular than property taxes (12).

The fiscal crisis was publicized by the local
papers and reports on Lextran meetings with
local citizen groups received favorable
coverage, despite consistently low attendance.
Editorial support was given by both local
newspapers; this support was in contrast to the
editorial opposition to the proposed library tax
by both papers. Lextran’s annual advertising
budget of $1000 was spent prior to the vote in an
attempt to promote a positive image. A “Lextran
Fact Sheet” brochure and slide show were pre-
pared for the modest campaign. Advertising
posters were obtained for free and posted on the
sides of buses. On the posters, a silhouette of a
bus was pictured with a red ‘X’ marking its ex-
tinction if the tax failed.

Although no organized political opposition
existed, support for the tax was sparse. The
mayor remained uncommitted on the issue, and
the urban county council support was split. A
pre-election poll conducted by one paper
predicted defeat of the tax. (13). This prediction
was fulfilled in the November election when the
transit payroll tax was defeated by a significant
majority. Citywide, a total of only 37% of the
voters supported the levy. In only 30 of the 158
precints did a majority of residents vote for tran-
sit subsidy.

A SPATIAL ANALYSIS OF THE
LEXTRAN VOTE

Many studies have attempted to explain
voter attitude by weighing accrued advantages
of the proposed legislation against liabilities or
taxes borne by the voter (14). For a “rational
voter,” the decision making process is based on
those inputs that affect his perceived utility (1).

30 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

The identification of these inputs provides a
basis for determining the propensity to support a
public good.

If the voter attitudes vary spatially, an areal
analysis of support for a transit referendum
should correlate with the characteristics of an
area’s population. A general assumption of pro-
Lextran support is that it will come from those
areas that contain transit dependent popula-
tions. Housing and population characteristics
provide an indication of social status within tract
boundaries. It is expected that as status in-
creases, the propensity of that area to support
transit will decrease, due to less use and
dependence on the system. Another factor that
may motivate population groups to subsidize
the Lextran system is the distance to the city
center or the university area. Residents of more
distant suburbs are expected to obtain goods
and services in suburban locations, and are less
likely to travel to the CBD. An inverse relation-
ship between distance from the city center and
Lextran support is expected. Lastly, economic
status determines tax liability: studies cited have
indicated that advantages derived by residents
are weighed against tax burden in the voter deci-
sion making process. As income increases,
there is a decreasing probability that residents
will use the transit system, yet they will be pay-
ing more to support it. Therefore, it is expected
that economic status and support will be nega-
tively correlated.

To test the impact of geographically
distributed socioeconomic factors on the results
of the Lextran referendum, social areas were
first identified using factor analysis. Data were
collected for the 42 census tracts in Lexington,
as compiled in 1970 (Fig.1): a total of 25
variables were chosen to measure socioeco-
nomic characteristics as represented by
demographic factors and features of housing
units (Table 1).

Figure 1. Census tract map of Lexington, Kentucky.

Table 1

Socio-economic and Housing Variables

Total Population
Total Employment
Median Value Owner Occupied Homes
Median School Years
Percent Black
Median Family Income
Percent Owner Occupied Dwellings
Percent Employed Professional
9 Percent White Collar
10 ‘Percent Clerical
11 Percent Sales
12 Percent Craftsmen
13 Percent Laborers
14 Percent Service Workers
15 Percent Population over 65 Years Old
16 Percent Population under 5 Years Old
17 Housing Built before 1950
18 Housing Built after 1950
19 Percent Women over 16 Employed
20 Percent Below the Poverty Level
21 Percent Population under 18 Years Old
22 Women as Heads of Household
23 Percent of Females in Workforce
24 Percent Unemployment
25 Median Persons per Unit, All Occupied Units

BNA WHE

A Varimax rotation was employed to pro-
duce the best orthogonal group representation
for the most important factors. Three inter-
pretable factors were produced. Although the
fourth factor had an eigenvalue of 1.7, the
distribution of significant loadings were not con-
sistent and could not be summarized. The fac-
tors, loadings, and communalities are given in
Table 2.

The first factor is an indicator of socio-
economic status; strong positive correlations
are shown with median family income (0.938);
median school years (0.868); white collar
(0.831), sales (0.774) and professional (0.725)
occupations. Higher income and status corres-
pond with higher rates of home ownership
(0.696), less ownership of older homes (-0.709)
and homes built after 1950 (0.581).

Low-income occupations, laborers and ser-
vice workers, scored high negative correlations.
Per cent of the population below the poverty
level, -0.897, also loaded very negatively on fac-
tor 1, as did unemployment (-0.864). Per cent
black (-0.719) is a socioeconomic indicator as it
indicates a lower status.

Demographic variables are less outstand-
ing, yet reinforce notions of socioeconomic
status. The tendency of persons over 65 to score
low (-0.534) reflects lower income; the negative
correlations of per cent women employed
(-0.394) and women as _ household heads
(-0.645) indicates lower economic status.
Percentage of women as part of the workforce,
however, correlates positively (0.328).

Public transport in Kentucky — Jaworowski et al.

31

Table 2

Summary of the Lexington Factor Analysis (Rotated Loadings)

Factor 1 Factor 2 Factor 3 Communalities

1. Population 0.491 0.628 0.662
2. Employment 0.529 0.672 0.767
3. Median Value Unit 0.816 0.894
4. Median School Years 0.868 0.317 0.929
5. Percent Black -0.719 0.406 0.737
6. Median Family Income 0.938 0.938
7. Percent Owner Occupied 0.696 -0.352 0.617
8. Percent Professional 0.725 0.377 0.787
9. Percent White Collar 0.831 0.721
10. Percent Clerical 0.570 0.309 0.526
11. Percent Sales 0.774 0.649
12. Percent Craftsmen -0.506 0.625
13. Percent Laborers -0.883 0.879
14. Percent Service Workers -0.951 0.913
15. Percent Population Over 65 Years -0.534 0.453 -0.340 0.608
16. Percent Population Under 5 Years -0.697 0.443 0.685
17. Homes Built Before 1950 -0.709 0.434 0.705
18. Homes Built After 1950 0.581 0.453 0.532
19. Percent Women Employed 0.394 0.601 0.665
20. Percent Living Under Poverty Level -0.897 0.942
21. Percent Population Under 18 -0.882 0.395 0.925
22. Percent Female Heads of Household -0.645 0.536 0.792
23. Percent Women in the Workforce 0.328 0.527 0.743
24. Percent Unemployment -0.864 0.527 0.882
25. Median Value Per Unit

Interpreted spatially (Fig.2), the most ex-
treme factor scores occur in tract four (3.20) and
tract ten (2.12), both areas of public housing
projects, as well as areas of general decay. Low EMRE: GN
socioeconomic status, measured in high factor ED}
scores, is basically centered around the down- oy |
town area, especially to the north and east. =, |
Middle levels are indicated in the university wer
area, tracts adjacent to downtown on the south i

side, and outlying areas to the northwest and
east. Upper socioeconomic encompasses most
of the southern one-third of the city as well as
outlying areas to the north. Extremely high
status areas are along Richmond Road, in tract
17, along Leestown Pike in tract 22, and in
southern fringe developments in tract 41. In-
complete data in tract 21 is probably due to few
residential developments and heavy industrial
location; in tract 12, the Eastern State Hospital
and associated facilities seem to dominate the
area. These tracts are excluded in all factors.

The second factor is a measure of family life
cycle or family status. High loadings on the fac-
tor indicate high numbers of elderly (0.453);
high negative loadings denote high numbers of
children; population under 18 (-0.822) and
under 5 (-0.679) illustrate the number for this
factor. Houses built before 1950 have a loading
of 0.433; there is also a tendency for fewer per-
sons per dwelling (-0.795).

Total employment (0.529), and types of
employment that receive positive loadings on
factor 2 reflect the types of employment one

——_—7
is
F |

J
INGTON, KY ]
OCIOECONOHIC STATUS)
econo

(3 iacomcere care

DEE wope

Figure 2. Spatial Distribution of factor one.

might expect of a more mature population to
hold, albeit a successful mature population.
Per cent women employed shows a relatively
high degree of correlation (0.601), again
demonstrating a lack of child related activities.

This demographic factor demonstrates the
lack of family oriented activities in the university
area, as well as older neighborhoods in the
north and south of downtown (Fig.3). Highest
family status correlation lies in newer subdivi-
sions around the city periphery, and census tract
4, an area of public housing projects.

The third factor is less readily interpretable,
but appears to be an indicator of race and

32

FRTETTE COUNTY

amen)

LEXINGTON, KY
FACTOR 2,

STAGE IM LIFE CYCLE

Figure 3. Spatial factor of two.

FAYETTE COUNTY

emis)

LEXINGTON, KY
FACTOR 3, RACE & COMMUNITY AGE

Figure 4. Spatial Distribution of factor three.

population characteristics. Communities that
score low on factor 3 (Fig. 4) tend to have a
higher percentage of residents that are black
(0.406), and that have women household heads
(0.536), and have a large per cent of women in
the workforce (0.527). Children, both under 5
(0.443) and under 18 (0.395) load positively,
while the elderly (-0.340) do not. Employment
and population also have considerable impact
on the factor, suggesting that even though ab-
solute numbers were used in these categories,
higher numbers reflect higher densities.

To determine the relationships between
Lextran support and areal social characteristics,
voting patterns were regressed against the fac-
tor scores. Support for the referendum is mea-
sured by the proportion of voters that favored
the subsidy. Socioeconomic status, life-cycle
stage, and ethnicity-population are used to ex-
plain variation in the electoral results. Examina-
tion of patterns of favorable Lextran votes and of
large residuals of support are used to test the
hypothesis of spatial conflict in transit support.

Socioeconomic status provides a negative
relationship with pro-levy votes in the Lextran
referendum. The standardized beta value is
positive because high factor scores indicate low
status. It is consistent with the hypothesis that
increased SES translates into less transit sup-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

port, yet the potential effect of SES is difficult to
predict. It can be argued that tax liability
discourages upper socioeconomic class mem-
bers from voting for subsidy or that their group
is far less likely to use transit. Conversely,
higher education and greater access to informa-
tion sources could enlighten the more affluent to
advantages stemming from a healthy mass
transportation service in their community. In-
tuitive notions of poorer areas supporting transit
in greater proportions than the rich are substan-
tiated to some degree.

Position in family life-cycle was inversely
related to a pro-Lextran referendum vote. Areas
of high family status reflected negative opinion
on the proposed levy. This relationship substan-
tiates the presumption that single and elderly
persons, often living in central city and univer-
sity locations, perceive self-benefit emerging
from an improved transit system. Suburban
areas with high family status have, for the most
part, less need for Lextran services than central
city residents. Auto availability is more likely,
and the system’s radially oriented route pattern
centered on the downtown area does not serve
the majority of transportation needs in suburban
areas.

The weaker direct association between
scores for the factor that represents ethnicity
and population with pro-Lextran votes was
unexpected; the beta coefficient of 0.129 is
relatively unimportant. Higher factor scores in-
dicate fewer minority residents. Thus, the ex-
pected relationship is not substantiated.

Since only 49% of the variation in Lextran
support was explained by the 3 explanatory
variables, the pattern of residuals was examined
(Fig. 5). Areas of high positive and negative
residuals represent locations of unusual varia-
tion from the predicted level of support; such
patterns can of course reveal possible spatial
and systematic influences that affect voter
response (Fig. 5). Generally, the dichotomy of
opinion between inner city voters and suburban
ones is reflected in these areas of high residuals.
Although inner city areas with high minority
concentrations were expected to support the
referendum in greater proportion than others,
precincts had considerably higher observed val-
ues than predicted. Areas in the north end of
town with a high proportion of minority resi-
dents also voted in higher numbers than ex-
pected.The Oakwood and Green Acres pre-
cincts, outside of New Circle Road also contain
many multiple dwelling units, indicating a
generally lower status; Terrace View precinct,
on Versailles Road, also contains many apart-
ment buildings. The university area is bounded
by areas of unexpectedly high support. The
spatial influence of that institution on voter

Public transport in Kentucky — Jaworowski et al.

response is felt not only in student residential
neighborhoods, but in suburban areas directly
to the south, suggesting that university staff and
commuters could value transit as a viable
transportation means. Distance to these sites is
relatively short, and differences in travel time
between home and office is compounded less by
transit use. On the south end of town, areas
bordering New Circle Road with more recent,
higher density development again support the
tax in higher numbers than expected, as did the
Gainesway area. The overall pattern of high
positive residuals follows a very general north-
south axis, passing through the downtown area.
North of the CBD, areas of high density devel-
opment, low socioeconomic status, and high
minority residents voted in greater proportion in

33

favor of the tax than expected. The university ef-
fect and areas containing apartment complexes
exerted a similar but lesser effect on the south
side of town.

Areas of high negative residuals were more
geographically dispersed. Generally, the pro-
bability of observed support being less than
predicted increased with distance from the
CBD. The Walnut Hill precinct, in the distant
southwest portion of the county near Athens,
displayed one of the greatest residual values.
Loudon precinct, on the near north side adja-
cent to many of the areas of highest support pro-
duced the other large residual. Residents of this
working class area may have been particularly
wary of the proposed tax.

GRES
N WI
<—205
20)
=1570
Oo 70

1 10

> +2

STAN JAWOROWSKI

INGTON, KY

SION:
Fel rial Mens

T DEVIATIONS
-1 ST DEVIATIONS
O ST DEVIATIONS
1 ST DEVIATIONS
2 ST DEVIATIONS

ae eS

ST DEVIATIONS

34 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

The pre-election poll indicating greatest op-
position in the $10,000 to $15,000 income brac-
ket, especially by those with a limited educa-
tion, seems applicable in these areas of lower in-
come working class residents.

SUMMARY

The description and analysis of voter
behavior on the Lextran referendum has exam-
ined the spatial distribution of political attitudes.
Behavior is a function of shared characteristics
that are spatially patterned in the urban environ-
ment, and the correlations between areal charac-
teristics and voting patterns demonstrate some
consistency between them. In the Lextran refer-
endum, the differences in transportation demand
are affected by the socioeconomic and demo-
graphic factors indicated in social areas by the
analysis. Areas that are most likely to contain
transit dependents were also areas that sup-
ported the Referendum. It is difficult to separate
the effects of distance from the CBD as a poten-
tial influence from the characteristics that in-
dicate transit dependence because concentra-
tions of people likely to use transit occur in com-
munities near the city center. A definite
dichotomy in suburban and inner city voting
patterns does exist, and _ residential
characteristics like lower percentage of home
ownership and the presence of multi-family
housing units do correspond with increased
transit support.

These correlations pose problems for the
provision of public transit by electoral consensus.
The use of the referendum process to decide an
issue like transit support can be questioned when
the service is of value to a minority within the
community. In the Lextran referendum the in-
equity of the electoral system in this decision
making process is particularly biased. Lextran
ridership surveys show that 80% of its riders are
transit dependent, in terms of employment or
other ride purposes; 37% own no automobiles;
66% of all riders are women, and 12% are elderly
and handicapped. Presumably, these segments
of the population will feel service cuts most of all;
but because these persons are least likely to voice
public opinion on the transit issue, they exert the
least amount of control over the facility that they
use most. As the federal government turns more
transit programs over to states and localities, the
interests of many minority groups will likely be
ignored by the electoral process.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Downs, A. 1957. An Economic Theory of
Democracy. Harper and Row, New York.

2. Lineberry, R.L. 1974. Equality and Urban Policy:
The Distribution of Municipal Public Services.
Sage Publications, Beverly Hills, California.

3. Tiebout, C. 1956. “A Pure Theory of Local Ex-
penditures. Journal of Political Economy 64:
416-424.

4. Deacon, R. and P. Shapiro. 1975. Private
Preference for Collective Goods Revealed
Through Voting on Referenda. Amer. Econ. Rev.
65:943-954.

5. Cox, K. 1973. Conflict, Power, and Politics in the
City. John Wiley, New York.

6. Herbert, D. and R.J. Johnston, Eds. 1978.
Social Areas in Cities: Processes, Patterns, and
Problems. John Wiley, New York.

7. Kemp, M. and M. Cheslow. 1976. Transporta-
tion in The Urban Predicament, W. Gorham and
N. Glazer, Eds. The Urban Institute,
Washington, D.C., 288-289.

8. Timms, D. 1971. The Urban Mosaic: Towards a
Theory of Residential Differentiation. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, 118-119.

9. Pushkarev, B. and J. Zupan. 1977. Public
Transportation and Land Use Policy. Indiana
University Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 32-33.

10. Davies, C. and M. Albaum. 1975. The Mobility
Problems of the Poor in Indianapolis, in The
Manipulated City, S. Gale and E.G. Moore, Eds.
Maaroufa Press, Chicago.

11. Downs, A. 1970. Uncompensated Nonconstruc-
tion Costs Which Urban Highways and Urban
Renewal Impose Upon Residential Households,
in Analysis of Public Output, J. Margolis, Ed.
Columbus University Press, New York, 69-106.

12. Institute of Public Administration. 1979. Finan-
cing Transit: Alternatives for Local Government.
Washington, D.C.

13. Lexington Leader. October 31, 1980.

14. Brunn, S.D., W. Hoffman and G. Romsa. 1970.
The Youngstown School Levies: A Geographical
Analysis in Voting Behavior. Urban Education,
April, 21-51.

15. Hetrick, V. and H. Calkins. 1972. Urban Mass
Transportation in Seattle: A Behavioral
Analysis of Special Election Results. Proc.
Assoc. of Amer. Geog. 4:41-44.

Courtship in Xiphorphorus — Hampton

DISCRIMINATIVE COURTSHIP BETWEEN TWO DOMESTIC COLOR MORPHS
OF XIPHOPHORUS HELLERII HECKEL (PISCES:POECILIIDAE)

RAYMOND E. HAMPTON

Laboratory of Animal Behavior and Behavioral Ecology,
Department of Biology,
Central Michigan University,
Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 48859

ABSTRACT

Males of the live-bearing poeciliid, Xiphophorus hellerii, preferentially court females of their own color
morph when given a choice of females of their own or a different color morph. This discrimination is exhibited
by males raised in single-morph groups as well as by males raised in mixed-morph groups, indicating that males

do not learn this behavior by association with cohorts.

INTRODUCTION

Mating between different phenotypes of the
same species is said to be assortative when it oc-
curs between like phenotypes more often than
would be expected if mating between pheno-
types was random (1). This phenomenon is well
documented in birds and seems to be a result
of the young birds sexual imprinting on the
parents (1,2). Assortative mating in nature may
be advantageous in that it would tend to pre-
serve local adaptations in populations.

Fishes are not known to mate assortatively,
even though many species of fishes are poly-
chromatic. However, Kosswig (3) suggested
that selective (assortative) mating might be an
important factor in the apparent rapid specia-
tion of the cichlid fishes of Africa, although
there is no experimental evidence to support or
reject this hypothesis.

The experiments reported here were under-
taken to determine if color strains of Xipho-
phorus hellerii, produced through selective
breeding, preferentially court members of their
own color morph. X. hellerii, known among
aquarium hobbyists as the “swordtail”, is a sex-
ually dimorphic, ovoviviparous poeciliid which
is indigenous to Mexico and Central America.
Both sexes are promiscuous and mating is al-
most constant. As in other poeciliids, males
assume very active roles in courtship while the
role of the female appears to be quite passive.
There is no parental care by either sex after the
female delivers the young.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Species of X. hellerii of the “green” strain,
which resembles the wild type in coloration, and
of the “red velvet” strain, which is a uniform red
color without the prominent lateral stripes of the
wild type, were obtained from a local pet store.
The fish were quartered in single-morph groups

in 100 L aquaria at a temperature of 25 to 27 C
with constant circulation and filteration of the
water. They were fed once daily with commer-
cial tropical fish food. Individuals of the green
strain which were raised in a mixed-morph
group were obtained by placing newly delivered
green fry into an aquarium containing 2-day old
red velvet fry. (Since the red fry were already two
days old when the green fry were introduced, red
fry were not used in experiments to determine
the mating preference of males raised in mixed
groups).

Courtship preference of males was deter-
mined by placing 2 green females and 2 red
females into a 380 L aquarium and introducing
test males one at a time. Each male was allowed
to remain with the 4 females for 24 hours before
observations were made. Following this ac-
climation period, the frequency of “backing
displays” made by the male to either green
females or red females in a period of 1 hour was
recorded. The “backing display” is a species-
specific courtship display in which the male
darts rapidly about the female with his fins fully
extended and often attempts to touch the female
with the long extension of his caudal fin (the
“sword”) while swimming backward toward her.
The paired t-test (4) was used to test for
significance in differences between the frequency
of courtship displays directed by males to
females of like and unlike morphs. Six males of
each group (green and red males raised in
single-morph groups and green males raised in
mixed-morph groups) were used.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Green males raised in single-morph groups,
red males raised in single-morph groups, and
green males raised in mixed-morph groups all

35

36

directed significantly more courtship displays to
females of their own morph than to females of
the opposite morph (Table 1). Sexual imprinting
on the parents seems unlikely in this species,
since there is no parental care period and, in
fact, parents represent a threat to fry and are
avoided. Imprinting on cohorts as a mechanism
for later sexual identification also seems un-
likely, since green males raised in mixed-morph
groups were exposed from birth to both green
and red females of their own age group.

The possible relationship of discriminative
courtship based on phenotype to assortative
mating is obvious and needs no elaboration.
Genetic experiments are now being conducted to
determine the extent to which such discrimina-
tion in courtship leads to assortative mating
among color morphs of X. hellerii.

SUMMARY

Males of the “green” and “red velvet” vari-
eties of the swordtail, Xiphophorus hellerii,
preferentially court females of their own morph
when given a choice of females of both morphs.
Males discriminate regardless of whether they
were raised in single-morph groups or in mixed-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

morph groups. Such discrimination is expected
to result in assortative mating.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This investigation was supported in part by
a grant from the Faculty Research and Creative
Endeavours Committee of Central Michigan
University.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Partridge, L. 1983. Non-random Mating and Off-
spring Fitness. In, P. Bateson (ed.) Mate Choice.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

2. Cooke, F., and J. C. Davies. 1983. Assortative
Mating, Mate Choice, and Reproductive Fitness
in Snow Geese. In, P. Bateson (ed.) Mate
Choice. Cambridge University Press, Cam-
bridge.

3. Kosswig, C. 1947. Selective Mating as a Factor
for Speciation in Cichlid Fish of East African
Lakes. Nature 159: 604-605.

4. Netter, J., W. Wasserman and G. A. Whitmore.
1982. Applied Statistics. Allyn and Bacon,
Inc., Boston.

Table 1: Courtship Behavior of Green and Red Velvet Swordtail Males with Green and Red Velvet Females.

Males (n= 6)

Mean frequency of “backing” displays

per hour directed to:

Green Females Red Females P°

Green raised in single morph group 44.2 + 4.76 2.3 4 2.14 0.001
(27-59) (0-13)

Red raised in single morph group 4.5 + 2.70 30.4 + 5.64 0.05
(0.-17) (16-46)

Green raised in mixed morph group 37.3 + 4.55 9.7 + 4.58 0.05
(26-56) (0-30)

Figures in parentheses below the means are the ranges of the observations. Figures following the (+) are the standard errors of the means.

*The probability that the difference between groups was not significant.

Green River fishes, Kentucky — Weddle

FISHES OF THE GREEN RIVER
DRAINAGE IN TAYLOR COUNTY, KENTUCKY

by
GORDON K. WEDDLE

Department of Biology
Campbellsville College
Campbellsville, Kentucky 42718

ABSTRACT

A systematic survey of streams in the Green River drainage, Taylor County, Kentucky was conducted to
determine the current ichthyofauna and to examine the influence of physiography on the distribution of fishes.
Forty three species and 3 sunfish hybrids were collected from 41 sites. Combination of these data with data from
previous studies indicates a current Taylor County Green River ichthyofauna of 69 species. Distributional
records for 5 species of fishes are reported. Ericymba buccata, the silverjaw minnow was collected for the first
time in the upper Green River. Presence of this species is likely due to a stream capture exchange with the Roll-
ing Fork drainage in Casey County. Nine species exhibited localized distributions within the survey area
(P<0.02). Two distinctive fish faunal assemblages occur in Taylor County: the first inhabits the Eastern Pen-
nyroyal Province; the second inhabits the Knobs Province and is isolated from the remainder of the Green River
drainage by Green River Reservoir. It is probable that these faunal differences reflect the impact of Green River
Reservoir on Knobs communities of fishes but possible that distributions may be influenced by physiography.

INTRODUCTION

Taylor County is located near the geo-
graphic center of Kentucky and contributes
significantly to the watershed of the Upper
Green River. The only distinctive physiographic
boundary of the country is the Muldraugh
Escarpment, which forms the southwestern rim
of the outer Bluegrass Region and the divide
between the Green and Salt river drainages. The
county is approximately 736 km’ in area and is
characterized by rolling uplands dissected by
relatively flat stream valleys typically aligned in
a southwesterly direction.

Two distinct physiographic regions are pre-
sent in Taylor County. Most of the central and
western portions of the county are included in
the Eastern Pennyroyal, characterized by
Mississippian strata of the Salem-Warsaw and
Fort Payne limestone formations. In contrast to
the Pennyroyal, the Knobs Province, which cuts
across the northeastern corner of the county, is
underlain by shales of the New Province and
New Albany formations that are of Lower Mis-
sissippian and Devonian ages, respectively (1).

In 1969, a flood control dam was con-
structed on the Green River in Taylor County,
forming Green River Reservoir, a 12,950 ha
lake. Approximately one-half of the lake falls
within the boundaries of Taylor County. The re-
mainder is located in adjoining Adair County to
the southeast. Most of the streams that flow

37

through the northeastern Knobs Province of
Taylor County are tributaries of Robinson Creek
which now merges with the reservoir several km
upstream from its pre-impoundment confluence
with Green River. This river flows from the res-
servoir and across the southern tip of Taylor
County, then southwesterly through Green
County. The principal stream system within the
Eastern Pennyroyal is the Big Pitman Creek
drainage. This stream is tributary to Green
River in Green County.

The fishes of the Upper Green River have
been the subject of many studies, including the
historically important early works of Rafinesque
(2) and Woolman (3). More recently, biologists
have examined the effect of point-source pollu-
tion of the Pitman system (4,5,6), the effect of
impoundment on the fishes of the Green River
(7), the sport fishery potential of a number of
sites (8 and B. D. Laflin, pers. com.) and the
water quality and aquatic biota of the oil shale
region in the Knobs Province (9). However, no
systematic survey of the stream ichthyofauna of
Taylor County has been completed.

Accordingly, this study was undertaken to
document the occurrence and distribution of
stream fishes in Taylor County and to examine
the possibility that fish distributions within the
county might be influenced by the presence of
two distinct physiographic regions.

38 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Fishes were sampled from 27 August 1982
through 27 August 1983. One additional site
was sampled in March of 1985. No samples
were taken during January or February of 1983.
A total of 43 samples were collected from 41
locations. Fourteen sites were sampled in the
Knobs Province and 27 sites were sampled in the
Eastern Pennyroyal Province (Fig. 1). No at-
tempt was made to sample either the Green
River Reservoir or its tailwaters.

Initially, fishes were collected with minnow
seines of 5 mm? mesh. However, all later collec-
tions were made using a backpack elec-
troshocker (10). Representative specimens of
each species were fixed in 10% formalin in the
field and returned to the laboratory for final
storage in 35% isopropanol. Identifications
were performed using both published and un-
published keys of several authors (11-16). A

Pennyroyal Province

Taylor
County,
Kentucky

tinct assemblages of fishes occur within the
county. Fisher’s Exact Test was used to
calculate probabilities (two-tailed) that in-
dividual species of fishes were equally
distributed between the Robinson and Pitman
drainages. Data for all species occurring at two
or more sites were examined using a FORTRAN
program (17:731) and an IBM PC computer.

Data from this work have been recorded on
permanent computer files that also contain fish,
macroinvertebrate and physicochemical data
from other sites within the Upper Green River
basin. These efforts may, in time, provide a
significant data base for the aquatic biota of
central Kentucky.

RESULTS

A total of 43 species and 3 sunfish hybrids
in 12 families was identified during this survey.
Table 1 lists species and collection localities.
New distributional records are reported for 5
species.

Knobs Province

40
Green River

7 Reservoir

Figure 1. Map of Taylor County, Kentucky depicting the major streams and the location of sampling sites. Locations 1-27 are in the Eastern Pen-
nyroyal Province; locations 28-41 are in the Knobs Province. The line that depicts the limits of the two physiographic regions is an approximation

drawn form Taylor County soil survey maps (1). A detailed list of sample site localities is available from the author.

voucher collection has been established at
Campbellsville College. A portion of the
voucher collection has been deposited in the
ichthyological collection of Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale.

Distributional data were examined sta-
tistically to test the hypothesis that two dis-

Twelve species of fishes were both
widespread and typically abundant, occurring in
50% or more of the sites sampled. These taxa
were equally distributed between the 2
physiographic regions. Campostoma oligolepis,
Pimephales notatus, Lepomis megalotis and
Semotilis atromaculatus were the most fre-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

quently encountered stream fishes in Taylor
County. Fundulus catenatus, Etheostoma
caeruleum, E. flabellare, L. macrochirus and
Notropis chrysocephalus were nearly as com-

mon.

Table 1. List of the stream fishes of Taylor Co., Kentucky with collection
localities. (Fig. 1) Sample sites marked with an asterisk are new
distributional records (B.M. Burr, pers. com.).

Species

Collection Localities

Ammocoetes larvae
Lepisosteus osseus
Dorosoma cepedianum
Esox americanus
Campostoma oligolepis
Cyprinus carpio
Ericymba buccata
Notropis ardens

N. chrysocephalus

N. spilopterus
Pimephales notatus

P. promelas

Phoxinus erythrogaster

Semotilus atromaculatus
Catostomus commersoni
Hypentelium nigricans
Moxostoma duquesnei
M. erythrurum

Ictalurus melas

I. natalis

Noturus elegans
Fundulus catenatus
Labidesthes sicculus
Cottus carolinae
Ambloplites rupestris
Lepomis cyanellus

L. gulosus

L. macrochirus

L. megalotis

Lepomis x Lepomis hybrid
Micropterus dolomieul

M. punctulatus

M. salmoides

Pomoxis annularis
Etheostoma barbouri

E. blennioides

E. caeruleum
E. flabellare

E. rafinesquei
E. spectabile

E. squamiceps
E. stigmaeum

E. zonale
Percina caprodes

1
27

27, 32, 33, 35

36-38

1, 3-20, 23-41

27, 35, 36

28°, 29°, 30°, 32°, 33°, 35°, 39°, 40°
3-6, 8, 11, 14-19, 29, 33, 35, 36, 39,
40

1-6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 15-19, 23, 26, 27,
29-31, 33-37, 39-41

4-6, 28, 29, 33-36, 38-41

1-3, 4-6, 8-20, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30-41
24

1, 2.5, 10, 14, 15, 18, 19, 24-27, 28°,
40°

1-6, 8-16, 18-20, 23-27, 32-37, 39-41
2, 3, 4, 11, 12, 14, 15, 18-20, 27

1, 3-5, 9-12, 15-20, 28-33, 35, 36-41
5, 7, 9, 17, 18, 30, 36, 40

6, 35

11°, 35°, 36°, 37°

6, 9, 11, 12, 18-20, 30, 32-37, 40

5°. 6°, 9°, 18°, 35, 39

3, 4, 8-20, 25, 26, 28-41

20, 29, 31, 41

1, 3-10, 15, 18, 20, 25, 26, 27

3-6, 9, 11, 17, 18, 27, 40

2, 5, 8-14, 18, 19, 22, 24-27, 32-40
38, 41

2, 6-9, 11-15, 17-20, 22, 23, 25-27, 29,
30, 32-38, 41

2, 4-20, 23, 26, 27, 30-41

10, 18, 35, 36, 38

4, 6, 11, 12, 18, 35

5, 6, 18, 30, 32, 34-37, 40

7,9, 11, 19, 23, 29, 37, 40, 41

30, 37

32-36, 40

1, 3-7, 9-13, 18, 20, 25, 32, 34, 36,
37, 40

1-7, 9-12, 15, 18-20, 25, 27-30, 32-41
1, 3-6, 8-13, 15, 18, 19, 25, 27, 28,
30-41

1-7, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 26

9, 10, 12-16, 18, 20, 23, 26-29, 31-33,
35-37, 39-41

20, 26

7

5,7

6°, 29, 30, 32, 35-37, 39-41

In contrast, one-third of the fauna was rare,

occurring in fewer than 10% of the sites.
Pimephales promelas, E. stigmaeum and E.
zonale were characteristic rare taxa. Several of
the remaining taxa, which occurred at frequen-
cies of 10-50%, demonstrated localized distribu-
tions within the county, being much more pre-

39

valent in one or another of the 2 major physio-
graphic regions (Table 2).

Results of statistical analyses of distribu-
tional data are included in Table 2. The null
hypothesis was that species of fishes were dis-
tributed equally between the Western Penny-
royal and Knobs provinces. Nine species (21%
of the fauna) exhibited unequal distributions (P
< 0.02; Table 2). Calculated probabilities for
several other species, including Esox ameri-
canus (P = 0.0683), Etheostoma caeruleum (P
= 0.0830), E. flabellare (P ='0.0506) and E.
spectabile (P = 0.0756), may represent real dif-
ferences in distribution, but additional collec-
tions would be necessary to verify this. Although
many species were randomly distributed within
the county, fish assemblages inhabiting the 2
physiographic provinces are distinctly different.
Ericymba_ buccata, Notropis_ spilopterus,
Etheostoma barbouri and Percina caprodes
characterize the fauna of the Robinson drainage
in the Knobs Province; Catostomus commer-
soni, Cottus carolinae and Etheostoma rafines-
quei characterize the fauna of the Pitman
drainage in the Eastern Pennyroyal Province.
Because the potential effect of fish migration
was not assessed, additional sampling might
alter these conclusions.

Table 2: Frequency of occurrence of fishes with localized distribution in
Taylor County. Occurrence values are expressed as percentage.
Two-tailed probabilities were calculated with Fisher's exact test.
Significant probabilities (*) indicate statistical differences in distri-

bution.
IN Frequency ofoccurrence
Taxon co Pennyroyal Knobs ei ee:
Esox americanus 0 21 0.0683
Ericymba buccata 0 57 0.0001"
Notropis spilopterus 12 71 0.0003°
Hypentellum nigricans 52 93 0.0171
Micropterus punctulatus 13 50 0.0199
Etheostoma barbouri 0 36 0.0013
E. flabellare 59 93 0.0506
Percina caprodes 4 57 0.0001"
Catostomus commersoni 38 0 0.0083°
Cottus carolinae 58 0 0.0005°
Etheostoma rafinesquel 58 0 0.0005
DISCUSSION

The stream fish fauna of Taylor County is
similar to that reported by Murphy (18) in his
studies of Lincoln and Casey counties and
typifies tributary habitats of the Upper Green
River. Charles (4) and Hoyt and Robinson (7)
made the most extensive collections of Taylor
County fishes prior to this study. Charles re-
ported 57 species from Green River and 48

40

species from Big Pitman Creek during 1960-63.
Hoyt and Robinson collected 45 species in the
Green River tailwater in 1978-79. Most of the
species that were collected by these authors yet
absent from my samples were riverine cyprinids
and percids. This was expected because large-
river habitats were not sampled.

Combination of data from this paper with
earlier surveys indicates that the current Taylor
County fish fauna consists of 69 species. Eight
additional species, collected by Charles (4),
have not been reported since the impoundment
of Green River. Four of these may still inhabit
Big Pitman Creek, but the remainder, which
were originally found only in the tailwater reach
of Green River, have likely been extirpated (7).

New collection localities for 5 species of
fishes are reported here (Table 1). Most notably,
Ictalurus melas and Ericymba buccata had not
been previously reported from Taylor County,
although I. melas has been collected in both Big
Pitman Creek and Green River in adjoining
Green County (4).

Ericymba buccata, the silverjaw minnow,
occurred in 57% of the sampling sites in the
Robinson Creek drainage and was commonly
the most abundant cyprinid. Previously, this
minnow was known in the Green River only from
its extreme lower reaches in western Kentucky
(19, 20). Subsequent collections by Kentucky
Nature Preserves Commission biologists have
substantiated the presence of this fish in Robin-
son Creek (9).

The occurrence of E. buccata in the Upper
Green River is enigmatic. Wallace (21), in an at-
tempt to explain the overall distributional pat-
tern of this species, hypothesized that either it
never occupied the Green River or that popula-
tions formerly inhabiting the drainage had
undergone recent extinction. The discovery of
the silverjaw in the Upper Green River could be
construed as supportive of the latter. However,
it is equally possible that the Taylor County
population is the result of recent introduction
from a stream capture exchange with the Roll-
ing Fork River (Salt River drainage) or from a
bait release. Faunal exchanges have been sug-
gested between the headwaters of the Dix and
Rolling Fork rivers in Boyle County (22). Head-
waters of Green River occur near the same area.
Although Harrison Garman collected fishes
from Robinson Creek in the late 1800's, his
samples (Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard) were in-
complete and did not include E. buccata. Unfor-
tunately, other samples of historical value, that
predate the impoundment of Green River, do
not exist for Robinson Creek, and conclusions
regarding the disjunct distribution of E. buccata
in Kentucky are speculative. Comparative mor-
phometric and electrophoretic studies of Ken-

Green River fishes, Kentucky — Weddle

tucky populations of the species would possibly
clarify distributional history.

The Knobs Province assemblage of fishes,
of which E. buccata is a member, is a distinctive
fauna. Five species occurred in more than 10%
of the samples in the Robinson drainage but
were absent from Big Pitman samples. Con-
versely, excepting rare taxa, only 3 species were
unique to the Big Pitman drainage (Tables 1 and
2). One site, Black Lick Creek, in the Knobs
Province supported the most diverse community
of the study (26 species).

Fishes occurring within streams of the
Robinson Creek drainage are isolated by the
reservoir from those in the Pitman Creek drain-
age of the Eastern Pennyroyal. The reservoir
might also act selectively to filter the dispersal
of fishes from the Knobs Region to the upstream
reaches of Green River. This, coupled with dif-
ferences in bedrock geology and water chemi-
stry between the Pitman and Robinson drain-
ages (9 and unpublished data) and the poten-
tial effect of the impoundment on the Robin-
son drainage, suggests plausible explanations
for the localized distributions of Taylor County
fishes.

Studies of the impact of impoundments on
fish community composition have concentrated
principally on alteration of the tailwater environ-
ment to explain faunal differences upstream and
downstream (7, 23). However, it is possible that
restrictions on fish migratory movements and
certain physical changes in the habitat, such as
increased siltation, channel encroachment (24)
and instability of flow, mediated by fluctuating
reservoir levels, probably alter the composition
of upstream fish communities as well. An in-
crease in number of fishes that can tolerate len-
tic environments in streams above impound-
ments is expected (25). The increased frequency
of Micropterus punctulatus (P = 0.0199),
Etheostoma barbouri (P = 0.0013) and Percina
caprodes (P= < 0.0001) in Knobs Province
streams, relative to Eastern Pennyroyal
streams, is supportive of this idea.

Lotic habitats upstream from impound-
ments are essentially insular in character and
the importance of various limiting factors is, by
and large, dependent on the amount of usable
habitat in the isolated watershed. During per-
iods of stress, such as prolonged drought, the
amount of usable habitat could become limiting
as species aggregate in pools. Under such con-
ditions selection would favor eurythermal
species that are also tolerant of reduced oxygen
concentration. Inbred gene pools in isolated
populations of fishes may predispose certain
habitat restricted species to extinction (26).

Current data are insufficient to allow a con-
clusive explanation of the origins of the distinc-

Green River fishes, Kentucky — Weddle

tive fish assemblage inhabiting the Knobs Pro-
vince of Taylor County. It is likely that the fauna
reflects alteration of habitat caused by the im-
poundment of Green River, but it is also possible
that the Knobs assemblage is, in part, a relict
assemblage adapted to a unique geologic and
physicochemical environment.

Comparative ecological studies of shale
and limestone streams in the Green River
drainage in Casey County are ongoing and
should add to our understanding of the dif-
ferences in these habitats. The results of this
project indicate that future pre-impoundment
studies should include examinations of low-
order streams that will be isolated by the im-
poundment.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to express my sincerest ap-
preciation to the many students who assisted in
field work. Jeff Crask and Robert Netherland
made significant contributions. Dr. Brooks M.
Burr confirmed many of my identifications, pro-
vided distributional data and editorial com-
ments. Dr. Thomas L. Wenke provided in-
valuable recomendations for the _ statistical
analyses and editorial comments. Drs. Robert
L. Doty and Tom Kozel read an earlier version of
the paper and provided useful recommenda-
tions. Dr. R. L. Doty assisted with photography.
Financial support for field and laboratory work
was provided by the Division of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics at Campbellsville
College.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Ross, J. C. and T. R. Leathers. 1982. Soil survey
of Green and Taylor counties, Kentucky. U. S.
Dept. Agri., Soil Cons. Ser., and Nat.Res. and
Environ. Prot. and Ky. Agri. Exp. Sta., U. S.
Gov. Print. Off., Washington, D. C.

2. Rafinesque, C. S. 1820. Ichthyologia ohiensis.
W. G. Hunt, Lexington, Ky.

3. Woolman, A. J. 1892. Report of an examination
of the rivers of Kentucky, with lists of the fishes
obtained. Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm. 10:249-288.

4. Charles, J. R. 1964. Effects of oilfield brines.
Proc. Ann. Conf. S. E. Game and Fish Comm.
18:371-403.

5. Division of Environmental Services. 1984. Little
Pitman Creek drainage biological and water
quality investigation. Dept. Environ. Prot., DES,
Bio. Branch, Tech. Rept. No. 16, Frankfort, Ky.
27 pp.

6. Division of Environmental Services. 1984. Big
Pitman Creek drainage biological and water
quality investigation. Dept. Environ. Prot., DES,
Bio. Branch, Tech. Rept. No. 21, Frankfort, Ky.,
97 pp..

8.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

41

Hoyt, R. D. and W. A. Robinson. 1980. Effects of
impoundment on the fishes in two Kentucky
tailwaters. Proc. Ann. Conf. S. E. Assoc. Fish
and Wildl. Agencies 34:307-317.

Axon, J. R., W. N. McLemore, D. E. Bell, B. D.
Laflin, J. P. Henley, L. E. Kornman, A. R. Jones
and K. W. Prather. 1981. Annual performance
report for statewide fisheries management pro-
ject. Streams research and management . Ky.
Dept. Fish. Wildl. Res., Project No. F-50, Seg-
ment 3, Frankfort, Ky. 165 pp.

Hannan, R. R., R. R. Cicerello, E. D. Keithan,
M. L. Giovannini, and L. J. Andrews. 1984.
Aquatic biota and water quality and quantity
survey of the Kentucky oilshale region. Dept.
Sur. Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Ky.
Nat. Res. and Environ. Prot. Cab., Tech. Rept.,
Frankfort, Ky. 557 pp.

Knudsen, J. W. 1966. Biological techniques: col-
lecting, preserving, and illustrating plants and
animals. Harper and Row, New York.

Clay, W. M. 1975. The fishes of Kentucky. Ky.
Dept. Fish and Wildl. Res., Frankfort, Ky.
Etnier, D. A. 1982. The Tennessee species of the
Family Percidae. Unpub. Ms.

Kuehne, R. A. and R. W. Barbour. 1983. The
American darters. Univ. Press of Kentucky, Lex-
ington, Ky.

Page, L. M. 1983. Handbook of darters. TFH
Publications, Neptune City, NJ.

Pflieger, W. L. 1975. The fishes of Missouri. Mo.
Dept. Cons., Jefferson City, Mo.

Trautman, M. A. 1981. The fishes of Ohio. Ohio
State Univ. Press, Columbus, Oh.

Sokal, R. R. and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W.
H. Freeman, San Francisco.

Murphy, G. W. 1964. Fishes of the Green River
Basin in Casey and Lincoln counties, Kentucky.
Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 25:65-74.

Burr, B. M., M. E. Retzer, and R. L. Mayden.
1980. A reassessment of the distributional status
of five Kentucky cyprinids. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
41:48-54.

Retzer, M. E., B. M. Burr and M. L. Warren, Jr.
1983. Fishes of the lower Green River drainage
Kentucky. Ky. Nature Preserves Comm., Sci.
Tech. Series No. 3:1-48.

Wallace, D. C. 1973. The distribution and
dispersal of the silverjaw minnow, Ericymba buc-
cata Cope. Amer. Midl. Nat. 89:145-155.
Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1971. Stream
capture in Kentucky indicated by distributional
records of Fundulus catenatus and Etheostoma
spectabile. Amer. Midl. Nat. 86:496-500.
Spence, J. A. and H. B. Hynes. 1971. Dif-
ferences in fish populations upstream and
downstream of a mainstream impoundment. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 28:45-46.

Brenner, F. J. 1981. Impacts of impoundments
on six small watersheds in Pennsylvania. In

42

25.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

Warmwater Streams Symposium. (L. A.
Krumholz, ed.). Amer. Fish. Soc., pp. 291-302.
Mundy, P. R. and H. T. Boschung. 1981. An
analysis of the distribution of lotic fishes with ap-
plication to fisheries management. In Warm-

26.

water streams symposium. (L. A. Krumholz,
ed.). Amer. Fish. Soc., pp. 266-275.

Harris, L. D. 1984. The fragmented forest: island
biogeography theory and the preservation of
biotic diversity. Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago.

Sandstone dikes in Kentucky — Cox and VanArsdale

PETROGRAPHIC STUDY OF THE VALLEY VIEW AND CLAY‘S
FERRY SANDSTONE DIKES IN EAST—CENTRAL, KENTUCKY

by

J. MACKLIN COX
Ohio-Kentucky Oil Corporation
3060 Harrodsburg Road
Lexington, Kentucky 40503

ROY B. VANARSDALE

Department of Geology

University of Arkansas
Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701

ABSTRACT

Studies of thin-sections and slabs of the Clay’s Ferry and Valley View sandstone dikes in east-central Ken-
tucky were undertaken in order to determine their petrology and emplacement mechanism. In addition, grain-
mounts of the Irvine Formation sands of Pliocene-Pleistocene age were analyzed to determine if they were a
possible sediment source for the dikes.

The sandstone dikes consist of well-sorted, angular to well-rounded, calcareous quartz arenite apparently
derived from the same sediment source. Petrographic analysis of the two sandstone dikes and the Irvine Forma-
tion suggest that the dike sands were not derived from the Irvine Formation.

Flow structures in the Valley View dike indicate that emplacement occurred through forceful injection of
sediment in a hydroplastic state. The sand in the Clay’s Ferry dike appears to have been emplaced by forceful in-
jection from above the dike’s roadcut exposure. Therefore, sands of Mississippian and Pennsylvanian age are
considered most favorable as a sediment source for the two dikes but an underlying Ordovician sand source can

not be discounted.

Minor reactivation of the Kentucky River fault appears to have occurred after the emplacement and cemen-
tation of the Valley View dike. Cross-cutting relationships within the Valley View dike reveal that south-dipping
normal faults have been displaced by north-dipping reverse faults.

INTRODUCTION

Two sandstone dikes were studied along the
Kentucky River fault zone in east-central Ken-
tucky (Fig 1). One dike is located in northern
Madison County at Clay’s Ferry and the other
extends from southwestern Fayette County into
southeastern Jessamine County near Valley
View. The Clay’s Ferry dike is exposed in a road-
cut along U.S. 25 (Fig.2) and the Valley View
dike is exposed in a roadcut along Kentucky 169
(Fig. 3).

McFarlan (1,2) concluded that the Clay’s
Ferry and Valley View dikes consist of fluvial
sands of either Pennsylvanian or Pliocene-
Pleistocene age that washed into earthquake
fissures resulting from late Paleozoic or Tertiary
movement along the Kentucky River fault zone.
McFarland (1,2) favored the interpretation that
the sand was derived from the Pliocene-

Pleistocene Irvine Formation which was washed
into Pliocene-Pleistocene earthquake fissures.
Rieke and King (3) postulated that the dikes are
solution-widened joints filled with sediments
washed in by the Pliocene-Pleistocene Kentucky
River. More recently, Tillman (4) described a
sandstone dike exposed in a trench 2 km east of
Valley View which appears to be related to reac-
tivation of the Kentucky River fault. The dike
mapped by Tillman appears to have been in-
jected from below (4).

If these dikes are indeed earthquake fissure
fillings, as proposed by McFarlan (1,2), or have
been emplaced coincident with fault reactiva-
tion, as proposed by Tillman (4), then they may
reflect Pliocene-Pleistocene reactivation of the
Kentucky River fault zone. The purpose for this
study was, therefore, two fold: (1) to determine if

43

44 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

/ Counties
Outlined

FAYETTE
COUNTY

MADISON
COUNTY

® DIKE LOCATION
+ IRVINE FORMATION
SAMPLE SITE

Figure 1. Map showing the Kentucky River fault zone (KRFZ), sandstone dike locations, and the Irvine
Formation sample sites.

Sandstone dikes in Kentucky — Cox and VanArsdale 45

the Irvine Formation was the source of the sand
in the two dikes, and (2) to determine how the
dike sands were emplaced.

THE KENTUCKY RIVER FAULT ZONE

The Kentucky River fault zone is a portion
of a discontinuous east-west fault system which
extends from southern Illinois (Shawneetown
fault) through western Kentucky (Rough Creek
fault), then across eastern Kentucky (Kentucky
River fault zone) into West Virginia (Woodward
fault) (Fig. 1) (5,6). The Kentucky River fault
zone cuts across the east limb of the Cincinnati
Arch and is the northern boundary fault of the
Rome Trough (7). The Rome Trough has, in
turn, been interpreted to be part of an east-
trending aulacogen of Late Precambrian and
Palezoic age (7,8).

is to the left.

The surface expression of the Kentucky
River fault zone varies along its trace in the
study area near Lexington, Kentucky (Fig 1.).
The fault zone is a maze of faults within a major
linear graben in the Ford quadrangle (9). Far-
ther west, in the Valley View quadrangle, the
fault zone is an asymmetric graben with the ma-
jor displacement on the north fault.(10).

The sense of movement along the Kentucky
River fault zone has been cited as right lateral,
left lateral, reverse, and normal. The diversity of
sense of displacement is the consequence of

recurrent movement from Precambrian through
Pennsylvanian time (5,6,11,12,13). Late Pre-
cambrian, right lateral offset and early Cam-
brian normal displacement have been reported
(14,7,5). Maximum normal displacement oc-
curred during mid-Cambrian time (7). Minor ac-
tivity continued in the Ordovician, Silurian, and
Devonian periods with larger normal displace-
ments in the Upper Mississippian and Pennsyl-
vanian periods (15,12,7). The total down-to-
the-south displacement at the top of the Pre-
cambrian is approximately 457 m in the area of
figure one (7); however, the Ordovician-to

Mississippian-age rocks are vertically displaced
down-to-the-south an average of 61 m with a
maximum of 183 m at Burdette Knob (13).
Due to the absence of Mesozoic and Lower
Tertiary stratigraphy in eastern Kentucky, it has
not been possible to determine if there has been

iN ue

Figure 3. The sandstone dike at Valley View. North
is to the left.

recurrent fault movement during Mesozoic and
Early Tertiary time. However, Tertiary move-
ment has been suggested based on geomorphic
evidence (2,16). Jillson (16) proposed that the
anomalous southwest bend in the Kentucky
river near Winchester, Kentucky, is due to diver-
sion during Early Tertiary reactivation of the
Kentucky River fault zone. McFarlan (2) propos-
ed that sandstone dikes at Clay’s Ferry and
Valley View (Fig 1) consist of sand derived from
high-level Kentucky river terraces of Late Ter-
tiary age. As discussed above, the dikes were

46 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

proposed by McFarlan to be the filling of earth-
quake fissures formed by Late Tertiary reactiva-
tion of the Kentucky River fault zone. More re-
cent studies by VanArsdale and Sergeant (17)
have revealed folded and faulted Pliocene-
Pleistocene Kentucky River terraces (Irvine For-
mation) which suggest Pliocene-Pleistocene
reactivation of the Kentucky River fault zone.

ORIGIN OF CLASTIC DIKES

Clastic dikes (of which sandstone dikes are
one type) are cross-cutting, tabular-shaped
bodies of clastic sediment created by the filling
or injection of sediment into fissures (18).
Clastic dikes do not create the fissures in which
they are contained; therefore, fissures are
created by another, perhaps related, mech-
anism before clastic dikes may be emplaced
19,20). The fissures may be filled with clastic
sediment through two mechanisms: (1) from
above by wind, water, or gravity; or (2) from
above or below by forceful injection (21,22).

The structures developed within a dike de-
pend upon the emplacement mechanism and/or
the properties of the sediment during emplace-
ment. Dikes emplaced through infilling from
above by wind, water, or gravity generally show
some degree of horizontal stratification (21,23)
and a considerable range in composition and
texture (21,24). When a dike is emplaced
through forceful injection, the resulting struc-
tures depend upon the properties of the sedi-
ment during injection. Sediment injected in a
hydroplastic state is thought to occur under
laminar flow conditions (25). Flow structures
within the dike form as a consequence of these
laminar flow conditions (18,25,26,27). These
structures include oriented grains, banding,
scour marks, rod structures, and crushed and
split-mica folia. Dikes emplaced through
forceful injection of sediment in a liquefied state
are generally massive and well sorted, and then
become finer grained with increasing distance
from their source (28).

METHODS

Both dikes were sampled at their roadcut
exposures on Kentucky 169 and U.S. 25. Five
thin sections were prepared for petrographic
study, two from the Valley View dike and three
from the Clay’s Ferry dike. Two slabs were cut
from the Clay’s Ferry dike and 3 were cut from
the Valley View dike. All slabs were cut perpen-
dicular to the strike of the dike.

Three samples of the Irvine Formation
(Kentucky River terrace sediments of Pliocene-
Pleistocene age) were obtained from 2 locations
(Fig 1). One sample was collected at Sand Hill,

Kentucky, from a foundation excavation. The
other 2 samples were collected in southern
Clark County by TenHarmsel (30) using a truck-
mounted auger rig. The auger samples were col-
lected from 4 to 6 meters below the surface.
Clay layers above the sample depths assured
relatively fresh samples. A grain mount was
prepared from each Irvine sand sample for
petrographic analysis.

RESULTS

CLAY’S FERRY DIKE

The dike at Clay’s Ferry (Figs. 1 and 2) is
approximately 5 cm thick, strikes north 75°
east, and dips approximately 85° to the north-
west. The dike is contained within the Lexington
Limestone and is approximately parallel to, and
61 m south of a major eastward trending fault of
the Kentucky River fault zone. The fault at
Clay’s Ferry has 76 m of down-to-the-south
displacement (9).

PETROGRAPHY OF
THE CLAY’S FERRY DIKE

The Clay’s Ferry dike is a well-sorted,
angular to well-rounded, calcareous quartz
arenite. The framework elements consist of 94%
monocrystalline quartz, 2% polycrystalline
quartz, 1% microcline, 2% rock fragments, and
trace amounts of plagioclase, muscovite,
biotite, zircon, glauconite, and opaques. Clay
matrix occurs only in trace amounts and the
dike is cemented with sparry calcite (17%).

The monocrystalline quartz was initially
subrounded to rounded, although replacement
by calcite has produced irregular grain boun-
daries. Some quartz grains contain vacuoles,
bubble trains, microlite inclusions, and negative
crystals. Much of the polycrystalline quartz is
also partially replaced with calcite. Grains of
this quartz variety are subrounded to rounded,
and many have crenulated internal boundaries.
A majority of the microcline grains are generally
fresh, although some display a high degree of
alteration to clay minerals. Most microcline
grain boundaries are replaced with calcite. In
addition, highly weathered plagioclase grains
were found in one sample.

Biotite and muscovite are present in all
samples. The biotite ranges from relatively fresh
flakes to flakes almost completely altered to
chlorite. Glauconite occurs as green micro-
crystalline, elliptical pellets. Rock fragments
include chert, shale, and possibly schist. The

Sandstone dikes in Kentucky — Cox and VanArsdale 47

chert grains are rounded and partially replaced
with calcite.

The dike consists of well-sorted, angular to
well-rounded grains. The finer grains appear to
concentrate along the walls of the dike and there
is a tendency for the long axis of grains to be
oriented vertically throughout the dike.

SLAB DESCRIPTIONS OF THE
CLAY’S FERRY DIKE

Slab 1 from the Clay’s Ferry Dike, was cut
from a sample collected at the basal exposure of
the dike and revealed that the dike is separated
into one main body and two subsidiary bodies
(Fig. 4). The 3 bodies are oriented vertically and
display no apparent structures within the dike
rock. The dike walls consist of a skeletal
grainstone in the upper portion of the slab and
skeletal packstone in the lower portion of the
slab. Tabular-shaped wall fragments occur
within the dike rock. One fragment, a skeletal
grainstone, appears to have originated from the
upper portion of the slab and was moved
downward within the dike to the lower portion of
the slab (Fig. 4).

Slab 2 from the Clay’s Ferry Dike was cut
from a sample collected 1 m above the first slab.
Here, the dike rock lies between 2 roughly,
parallel walls of skeletal wackestone (Fig 5). The
wall rock is split and a thin layer of sand
penetrates approximately 4 cm into the enclos-
ing limestone (Fig 5). Concave-upward, trough-
shaped structures occur within the main body of
the dike.

VALLEY VIEW DIKE

The Valley View dike (Figs. 1 and 3) varies
from 15 to 23 cm in thickness, strikes north 70°
east and dips 85° to the northwest. The dike lies
along the plane of the Kentucky River fault with
the Tyrone Limestone on the north and the
down-thrown (30 m) Lexington Limestone on
the south (10,31). The dike rock weathers to
produce smooth, wavey, vertical surfaces which
are generally parallel to the dike walls (Fig. 6).

PETROGRAPHY OF THE VALLEY VIEW DIKE

The Valley View dike is a_well-sorted,
angular to well-rounded calcareous quartz

Figure 4. Slab 1 from the Clay’s Ferry dike (cut
perpendicular to dike walls) showing the apparent
downward movement af a biogenic grainstone wall
fragment at A. North is to the left.

Figure 5. Slab 2 from the Clay’s Ferry dike (cut
perpendicular to dike walls) showing concave upward
trough-shaped structures at A. A thin layer of sand
penetrates the enclosing limestone at B. North is to
the left.

48 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

arenite. The framework elements consist of 94%
monocrystalline quartz, 2% polycrystalline
quartz, 2% chert, 1% microcline, and trace
amounts of muscovite, zircon, glauconite, and
opaques. Clay matrix is present only in trace
amounts and the dike is cemented with sparry
calcite (15%).

The monocrystalline quartz grains were ap-
parently subrounded to rounded, but replace-
ment by calcite has produced irregular grain
boundaries. Some of the quartz contains
vacuoles, bubble trains, and microlite inclu-
sions. A minor amount of the quartz is fractured
with the factures displaying no apparent pre-

SLAB DESCRIPTIONS OF THE
VALLEY VIEW DIKE

Slab 1 from the Valley View dike has ir-
regular surfaces that are roughly parallel to the
walls of the dike (Fig. 7). Many of these surfaces
join thus forming sediment enclosures. The sedi-
ment varies in color and/or concentration of
wall fragments across several surfaces.

Slab 1 is also crossed by two sets of frac-
tures both of which contain calcite veins. One
set dips southward approximately 60° and the
other set dips northward approximately 65°.
Reverse fault movement is indicated along the

Figure 6. Apparent flow structures within the Valley
View dike at its roadcut exposure. North is to the left.

ferred orientation. The fractures are filled with
calcite. The polycrystalline quartz is subrounded
to rounded and many exhibit crenulated internal
boundaries. The microcline, which is relatively
unweathered, is almost completely replaced at
the grain boundaries by calcite. Zircon occurs as
round to elliptical grains and glauconite occurs
as green microcrystalline elliptical pellets. Many
of the chert grains, which were originally
rounded, are almost completely replaced by
calcite. There is a tendency for finer grains to
concentrate at indentations in the wall rock.
Many of the elongated grains are oriented _ver-
tically and parallel to the dike walls.

Figure 7. Slab 1 from the Valley View dike (cut
perpendicular to dike walls) showing irregular sedi-
ment enclosures and calcite-filled fractures. The calite
vein at A is displaced 0.25 millimeters. North is to the
left.

northward-dipping fractures by the 2.5 mm
displacement of the southward-dipping veins
(Fig. 7).

Slab 2 contains thin layers which parallel
the dike walls (Fig. 8). These structures are
more planar and continuous than those found in
slab 1. The layers have formed from the parallel
alignment and sorting of grains. This is in-
dicated by an obvious alignment of muscovite
folia and a smooth, wavey parting of the dike
rock parallel to the layering (Fig. 6). Two sets of
calcite-filled fractures, which have southward
and northward dips of approximately 15° and
35°, respectively, cut sample two. Although not

Sandstone dikes in Kentucky — Cox and VanArsdale

readily visible in Figure 8, normal fault move-
ment has occurred along the southward-dipping
fractures, as indicated by an apparent 1.2 mm
displacement of the vertical flow layers. The
northward-dipping fractures show reverse fault
movement and have displaced both the vertical
flow layers and the southward-dipping fractures
approximately 3.8 mm.

Slab 3 exhibits well-developed vertical
layering along the northern edge of the dike
(Fig. 9). The layers are nearly parallel to the
dike walls and reflect parallel alignment and sor-
ting of grains. One layer contains numerous
elongated carbonaceous fragments that are

Figure 8. Slab 2 from the Valley View dike (cut
perpendicular to dike walls) showing layered struc-
tures parallel to the dike walls and calcite-filled frac-
tures at A and B which have been displaced by
faulting. North is to the left.

generally aligned parallel to the dike walls. The
interior portion of the dike appears massive;
however, close inspection reveals muscovite
folia aligned parallel to the dike walls. The dike
rock parts along smooth, wavey surfaces which
apparently result from the general alignment of
elongated and platy grains parallel to the part-
ing. In the upper portion of the slab the dike
rock is fractured into blocks which are enclosed
in a matrix of limestone breccia. The minimum
vertical displacement between the blocks and
the undisturbed dike is 2.5 cm. The fracturing

49

and vertical movement of the dike rock occurred
after the dike’s emplacement and cementation.

PETROGRAPHY OF THE PLIOCENE-
PLEISTOCENE IRVINE SANDS

Petrographic study of the Pliocene-
Pleistocene Irvine sands revealed a_ super
mature, ferruginuous, quartz arenite (32). The
framework elements consist almost entirely of
well-sorted, subangular to subrounded
monocrystalline quartz. Muscovite, zircon, tour-
maline, and shale fragments are present in trace
amounts. Iron oxide occurs as a thin coating on
most grains.

Figure 9. Slab 3 from the Valley View dike (cut
perpendicular to the dike walls) showing well-
developed layered parallel to the dike walls at A, and
fractured blocks of dike rock floating in a matrix of
limestone breccia at B. North is to the left.

DISCUSSION

The framework elements of the Clay’s Ferry
and Valley View dike sediments are very similar,
which suggest that they were derived from the
same sediment source. Monocrystalline quartz,
polycrystalline quartz, microcline, chert, zircon,
muscovite, and glauconite occur in the same
concentrations in each dike and represent
greater than 99% of the framework elements.
The only framework components of the 2 dikes
that do not directly correlate are trace amounts

50

of plagioclase, biotite, and rock fragments pre-
sent only in the Clay’s Ferry dike. However,
biotite and plagioclase may be absent in the
Valley View dike because they have been com-
pletely altered to clay. The shale fragments,
which are not present in every thin section of the
Clay’s Ferry dike, may be derived from the wall
rock. If this is true, then the shale fragments
would have an uneven distribution and may be
limited entirely to the Clay’s Ferry dike.

The Irvine Formation sands are signifi-
cantly more mature than the sand of the dikes.
The Irvine Formation samples consist entirely of
highly resistant minerals, namely
monocrystalline quartz, zircon, tourmaline and
muscovite. Exposure of the Irvine Formation to
chemical weathering since deposition is un-
doubtedly a contributing factor in producing
these super mature sands. If the sand of the
dikes represents relatively unweathered Irvine
age sands, then the Irvine Formation would
represent a weathered residue of these dike
sands. Therefore, the chemically stable minerals
present in the dikes should also be present in the
Irvine Formation. The dikes contain an average
of 2% polycrystalline quartz and 2% chert
fragments. It is unlikely that these highly resis-
tant minerals would be removed from the Irvine
Formation through chemical weathering. These
quartz varieties were not found in the Irvine For-
mation sands studied during this investigation.
Cantrell (32) also noted an absence of poly-
crystalline quartz and chert in the Irvine Forma-
tion. Consequently, it appears unlikely that the
dikes consist of Irvine Formation (Pliocene-
Pleistocene) sand.

If the Irvine Formation is not the sediment
source of the dikes, then other sand bodies must
be considered as possible sediment sources. The
Saint Peter Sandstone and the Rose Run For-
mation, both of Ordovician age, lie approx-
imately 304 m and 422 m, respectively, below
the Lexington Limestone (33). These Ordovician
units are possible sediment sources. Mississip-
pian and Pennsylvanian sands, which would
overlie the study area but are eroded, may also
be the source of the sand. Further petrographic
studies of these alternative sand sources may
help resolve this problem.

The data concerning the emplacement
mechanism of the Clay’s Ferry dike are in-
conclusive. The trough-shaped structures in
slab 2 from the Clay’s Ferry dike, appear to be
bedforms which result from sediment being
washed into open fissures; however, they may
also represent flow structures produced during
downward injection of sediment. The slight ver-
tical orientation of elongated grains and the
tendency for finer grains to occur in wall inden-
tations suggest that the dike sediment was

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

emplaced through injection. Although the data
are inconclusive, the present investigators pro-
pose that the Clay’s Ferry dike was emplaced
from above through forceful injection.

The dike at Valley View was emplaced
along the fault apparently through forceful injec-
tion of sediment in a hydroplastic state from
either above or below the present exposure
level. Evidence for this emplacement
mechanism includes: (1) apparent flow struc-
tures at the dike exposure and in the slabs
prepared from the Valley View dike; (2) vertical
aligment of muscovite folia in slabs 2 and 3 and
along parting surfaces; (3) vertical alignment of
carbonaceous fragments in slab 3; (4) layering
parallel to the walls of the dike in slabs two and
three; and (5) the tendency for finer grains to
concentrate at indentations in the wall rock and
the apparent vertical alignment of elongated
grains.

The Valley View dike also contains evidence
for minor fault movement subsequent to its
emplacement and cementation. This evidence
includes: (1) displaced fractures in slabs 1 and 2;
(2) calcite veins that suggest vertical extension
in slabs 1 and 2; and (3) a minimum 2.5 cm ver-
tical displacement of the dike rock and infilling
of limestone breccia in slab 3. Furthermore, the
cross-cutting relationships revealed in slab 2 of
the Valley View dike (Fig. 8) indicate that nor-
mal displacement along south-dipping faults
was followed by reverse displacement on north-
dipping faults.

SUMMARY

The sandstone dikes at Clay’s Ferry and
Valley View are apparently derived from the
same sediment source. The Irvine Formation
sands are probably not the sediment source, as
suggested by previous investigators (1,2,3). It is,
therefore, proposed that sands of Mississippian,
Pennsylvanian, or Ordovician age may have
been the sand source for the dikes.

Structures within the dikes suggest that the
Valley View dike was forcibly intruded from
above its exposure. We therefore prefer a
Mississippian or Pennsylvanian age sand source
for the dikes; however, more petrographic
analysis is needed.

Minor movement on the Kentucky River
fault, subsequent to dike emplacement and
cementation, is indicated by the presence of
faults within the Valley View dike. Cross-cutting
relationships of calcite veins and faults reveal
that south-dipping normal faults have been
subsequently displaced by north-dipping reverse
faults.

Sandstone dikes in Kentucky — Cox and VanArsdale

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to thank the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission (contract number

NRC-6-04-81-018) and the National Science
Foundation (grant number EAR-8025893) for
funding this project.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

LITERATURE CITED

McFarlan, A.C. 1936. A sandstone dike in the
Kentucky River fault zone of central Kentucky:
Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 7:71.

———.1943. Geology of Kentucky. U. Ky. Press.
Rieke, H.H., and F.K. King, 1961. Preliminary
report on the sandstone dikes in central Ken-
tucky. Compass Sigma Gamma Epsilon 31:
13-19.

Tillman, J. 1985 Post Pliocene displacement
history of the Kentucky River Fault in northwest
Madison and southeast Jessamine counties,
Kentucky. Unpub. MS thesis, Eastern Ky. Univ.,
Richmond, Ky.

Heyl, A.V. 1972. The 38th parallel lineament
and its relationship to ore deposits. Econ. Geol.
67:879-894.

Haney, D.C. 1974. Recurrent movement along
the Kentucky River fault system. Geol. Soc.
Amer. (Abstract) 6:359.

Webb, E.J. 1980. Cambrian sedimentation and
structural evolution of the Rome trough in Ken-
tucky. Unpub. Ph. D. Diss., U. Cinn., Ohio.
Harris, L.D. 1978. The Eastern Interior aula-
cogen and its relation to the Devonian shale-gas
production. Dept. Energy Second Eastern Gas -
Shale Symp. 2:55-72.

Black, D.F.B. 1968. Geologic map of the Ford
quadrangle, central Kentucky. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Quad. Map GQ-764.

Greene, R.C. 1966. Geologic map of the Valley
View gradrangle, central Kentucky. U.S. Geol.
Surv. Quad. Map GQ-470.

Black, D.F.B., and D.C. Haney 1975. Selected
structural features and associated dolostone oc-
currences in the vicinity of the Kentucky River
fault system. Ann. Field Conf. Geol. Soc. Ky.,
Ky. Geol. Surv. Pub.

Horne, J.C., F.C. Ferm and B.P. Baganz 1976.
Sedimentary response to penecontemporaneous
tectonics in the Carboniferous of eastern Ken-
tucky. Geol. Soc. Am. (Abstract), 8:198.
Phillips, D.T. 1976. Deformational history of the
Kentucky River fault system. Unpub. MS thesis,
Eastern Ky. U., Richmond, Ky.

Woodward, H.P. 1961. Preliminary subsurface

study of southeastern Appalachian Interior
Plateau. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol. Bull. 45:
1634-1655.

Haney, D.C. 1976. Structural control on

Paleozoic sedimentation in eastern Kentucky
(Abstract). Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol. Bull. 60:
1620.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

Sit

32:

33.

51

Jillson, W.R. 1945. The Kentucky River. State J.
Frankfort, Kentucky.

VanArsdale, R.B., and Sergeant, R. 1985. Post-
Pliocene displacement on faults within the Ken-
tucky River fault zone of east-central Kentucky.
Geol. Soc. Amer. (Abstract) 17:7.

Peterson, G.L. 1968. Flow structures in sand-
stone dikes. Sed. Geol. 2:177-190.

Smith, A.J., and Rast, N. 1958. Sedimentary
dykes in the Dalradian of Scotland. Geol. Mag.
95:234-240.

Pettijohn, F.J., P.E. Potter and R. Seiver 1972.
Sand and sandstones. New York, Springer-
Verlag.

Shrock, R.R. 1948. Sequence in layered rocks.
New York, McGraw-Hill.

Potter, P.E., and F.J. Pettijohn 1963. Paleocur-
rents and basin analysis. New York, Academic
Press.

Lupher, R.L. 1944. Clastic dikes in the Columbia
Basin region, Washington and Idaho. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bull. 55:1431-1462.

Reineck, J.E., and1I.B. Singh 1975. Depositional
sedimentary environments. New York, Springer-
Verlag.

Dott, R.H. 1966. Cohesion and flow phenomena
in clastic intrusions. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol.
Bull. (Abstract). 50:610.

Vintage, P.W. 1954. Sandstone dikes in the
South Platte area, Colorado. J. Geol. 62:
493-500.

Harms. J.C. 1965. Sandstone dikes in relation to
Laramide faults and stress distribution in the
southern Front Range, Colorado. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bull. 76:981-1002.

Swarbrick, E.E. 1968. Physical diagenesis: in-
trusive sediment and connate water. Sed. Geol.
2:161-175.

Cox, J.M. 1983. Investigation of late Tertiary to
recent movement along the Kentucky River fault
system in northwest Madison and southeast
Jessamine Counties, Kentucky. Unpub. MS
thesis, Eastern Ky. U., Richmond, Ky.
TenHarmsel, R.L. 1982. Investigation of Late
Tertiary to Recent movement along the bounding
faults of the Shearer graben within the Kentucky
River fault system in southern Clark County,
Kentucky. Unpub. MS thesis, Eastern Ky. U.,
Richmond, Ky.

Nosow, E., and McFarlan, A.C. 1960. Geology
of the central Bluegrass area. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
southeastern section guidebook for field trip,
March 23-26, 1960. Kentucky Geol. Surv.
Cantrell, C.L. 1973. The geology of the Irvine
Formation, Irvine, Kentucky. Unpub. MS thesis,
Eastern Ky. U., Richmond, Ky.

Wilson, E.N., and Sutton, D.G. 1973. Oil and
gas map of Kentucky, sheet 3, east-central part.
Ky. Geol. Surv., series x.

NOTES

MISSISSIPPI RIVER STURGEONS: NEW KEN-
TUCKY RECORDS AND COMMENTS ON
STATUS. — The three species of sturgeons (Acipenser
fulvescens, Scaphirhynchus albus, and S. platoryn-
chus) inhabiting the Mississippi River adjacent to
Kentucky are among the poorest known members of
the state ichthyofauna. Inefficiency of conventional
collecting gear and probable historical decline and
rarity of some of these species (Kallemeyn, Fisheries
8:3-9,1983; Forbes and Richardson, The Fishes of II-
linois, 2nd ed., Nat. Hist. Surv. Div., 1920) has
limited the literature on Kentucky populations
primarily to anecdotal accounts. Records are usually
based on occasional reports by fisheries biologists and
sport and commercial fishermen of large individuals
(Barnickol and Starrett, Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.
25:267-350, 1951; Clay, The Fishes of Kentucky, Ky.
Dept. Fish Wildl. Resour., Frankfort, 1975; Burr,
Brimleyana 3:53-84, 1980; Cicerello, Trans. Ky.
Acad. Sci. 42:132-133, 1981) and on commercial
fishery assessments in which the species were not
discriminated (Renaker and Carter, Ky. Dept. Fish
Wildl. Publ., 1968). Few vouchered collections are
known from the state of any sturgeon species (Bailey
and Cross, Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett.
34:169-208, 1954; Burr, loc. cit.; Cicerello, loc. cit.;
Clay, loc. cit.), and the paucity of information
precludes accurate assessments of disiribution, abun-
dance, and conservation status. We report the first
vouchered record in Kentucky of S. albus and the first
confirmed records of A. fulvescens from the Mississip-
pi River of Kentucky. We also comment on the conser-
vation status of each species, including S.platoryn-
chus, in the Kentucky portion of the Mississippi River
as judged from acquisition of specimens, compilation
of recent records, and interviews with commercial
fishermen.

Vouchered records of S. albus were previously
unavailable in Kentucky; however, Burr (loc. cit.)
regarded it as part of the state ichthyofauna, citing its
presence in the Mississippi River, both north and
south of Kentucky. On 5 November 1985, we col-
lected a 685 mm SL, 1.8 kg female S. albus (SIUC
12549) from the Mississippi River adjacent to Middle
Bar (approximately 9 km S of Columbus), Hickman
County. The specimen was 1 of 7 sturgeons taken (the
others being S. platorynchus) by trotline (10 lines with
40 hooks each, baited with worms and fished over-
night). We were previously provided with a head and
partial skin of a Scaphirhynchus sp. (SIUC 10563) by
Mr. Ronald R. Cicerello taken on 2 August 1984, in
the Mississippi River (approximate river mile 921),
near Hickman, Fulton County, by Mr. Roy Wiseman,
a commercial fisherman. The former specimen con-
formed in morphological, meristic, and mor-
phometric features to S. albus as presented by Bailey
and Cross (loc. cit.); however, the latter specimen
possessed features of both S. albus and S. platoryn-
chus. The incompleteness of the specimen somewhat
precluded our identification, but we regard it as a

possible S. albus x S. platorynchus hybrid, a com-
bination suspected in other Mississippi River drainage
populations (Phelps and Allendorf, Copeia 1983:
696-700, 1983). Assessment of the conservation
status of S. albus in Kentucky is problematic given the
limited distributional data available; however, discus-
sions with commercial fishermen indicate that the
species is less commonly taken than S.platorynchus.
Deacon et al. (Fisheries 4:29-44, 1979) classified the
species as threatened throughout its range. We
recommend that the species be placed in the en-
dangered category of the Kentucky Academy of
Science-Keniucky Nature Preserves Commission En-
dangered, Threatened, and Rare Animal list because
of its apparent rarity and the lack of information on
relative abundance.

Twentieth century records of A. fulvescens in the
Mississippi River of Kentucky were lacking except for
anecdotal accounts from commercial fishermen
(Burr, loc. cit.), although Forbes and Richardson (loc.
cit.) noted that the species was formerly abundant
throughout the Mississippi River. We examined
photographs (now at SIUC) of this species caught in
the Mississippi River in 1977 above Smith Island
Chute, Ballard County, by Mr. Glenn M. Burnett, a
sport fisherman, and in 1968 near Columbus,
Hickman County, by Mr. Lynn L. Bencini, a commer-
cial fisherman. The fish captured by Mr. Bencini was
featured in the 8 February 1968 issue of the Carlisle
County News. Additionally, Mr. Wiseman indicated
he had taken a specimen near Hickman, Fulton Coun-
ty, in the late 1960’s (Ronald R. Cicerello, pers.
comm.). The former 2 records are the only ones
verified for the Mississippi River of Kentucky, and bas-
ed on the description provided by Mr. Wiseman, we
accept the latter as valid. Branson et al. (Trans. Ky.
Acad. Sci. 42:77-89, 1981) listed this species as
threatened in Kentucky. As judged from the sporadic
occurrence of this species in the Mississippi River and
its virtual disappearance from the commercial catch,
we consider the population in the Mississippi River as
endangered.

Only 2 vouchered records (SU 17109, Clinton,
Hickman County and UMMZ 111542, Cairo Alex-
ander County, Illinois), reported by Bailey and Cross
(loc. cit.), were known previously for S. platoryn-
chusin the Mississippi River of Kentucky. They also
included a verbal report (Barnickol and Siarrett, loc.
cit.), on their map of the species range in the Ken-
tucky portion of the Mississippi River from Hickman,
Fulton County. We have collected or obtained from
commercial fishermen 43 specimens of this species
from 1979 to 1985, most of which have come from the
Mississippi River near Columbus, Hickman County
(all SIUC). Interviews with commercial fishermen
from Hickman, Columbus, and Cairo indicate the
species is taken year-round with greatest numbers oc-
curring in late fall to spring. Branson et al. (loc. cit.)
listed this species as threatened in Kentucky. Our

observations and interviews with commercial

52

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 53

fishermen suggest the Mississippi River populations of
this species do not warrant a conservation status;
however, further data on abundance, recruitment,
and exploitation rate are needed to formulate
management policies to insure that the species con-
tinues to provide a commercial fishery.

We gratefully acknowledge the cooperation,
logistical support, or photographs of specimens pro-
vided by Mr. Lynn L. Bencini of Columbus, Mr. Glenn

M. Burnett of Barlow, and Mr. Roy Wiseman of
Hickman. Mr. Ronald R. Cicerello of the Kentucky
Nature Preserves Commission graciously provided a
specimen and results of interviews with commercial
fishermen. — MELVIN L. WARREN, JR., BROOKS
M. BURR, and BERNARD R. KUHAJDA,Depart-
ment of Zoology, Southern Illinois University at Car-
bondale, Carbondale, Illinois 62901.

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
The Seventy First Annual Meeting
at
Morehead State University
November 8 - 9, 1985

Arrangements: Dr. John C. Philley

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY

President: ccces.ceciacicucresotexs sare ehcwone occ ateds cle dseelensuestegnyehe, ets tnieasl saerebalO i Netaheasne tern Joe Winstead

Western Kentucky University
President: Elect ytcccyaces cic utcheteretarel atcuel sterenssneratcncie Cevetete nero eret= cots ae iota ger Charles V. Covell, Jr.

University of Louisville
Wice President icrrsc ceec te ucts recs tency aia doncus use anew aveye ovo cpeveFe icin ayeuetonemedet tee etoveneyare Larry Giesmann

Northern Kentucky University
PastiPresident ccevacaccasecouctaves ot onse evens etenelctelss ortee euch etintiebelie Lene? stettetsisieredepecesel sacnenetiat = Gary Boggess

Murray State University
Secretary tise a: teiiccsnctel etisiel esses ekeveysustersr trode io cete etaene nash uedersianet eles \ehcieichsioA- Robert Creek

Eastern Kentucky University
ThenilCiekiin paC EEO O RADE Somborne anoumeron doo due omooeriao.diod Morris Taylor

Eastern Kentucky University
Director-ofdunior Academy secs <= ncie eile sos terete is neue sae onaschal beets! sheer sindoaane Herbert Leopold

Western Kentucky University
Editoroffiransactionsirccscctns cierto chee ee tciotecacietenelieucasrs ci sneteperac Branley Branson

Eastern Kentucky University
RepresentativetovAvAtAS: steele mi ntersrevers seis aus le coe Oiedomsieenel-keteveyinve teloaststonctis Joe King
Murray State University

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

RauliEreytagin ceriers neler rietsiobers sachsen tress 1985
William! Baker 227s s.cciyocrcrsitetseren-tstekess\ tenses 1985
GerritiKloek sc: once an aera archer ereke bate 1986
Manuel Schwartz (Chp).........--..2--++++ 1986
awrence!/Bouchenscseter) so cieeekeleie tener teh eye tern 1987
BilliHettingeniercce tus heey erste heen 1987
WilliamiBryantirercaiekeveteis since ononeteneet-lenseon steer 1988
William/Beasley,Jrcceccitiecsiaseis core etait -seskcheuelsuet=e 1988

54

THE SEVENTY FIRST ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING
OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

MOREHEAD STATE UNIVERSITY
MOREHEAD, KENTUCKY

8-9 November 1985
Host: Dr John Philley
Minutes of the Annual Meeting

The meeting was called to order by President Winstead at 9:15 , 9 November, in the auditorium of the
Claypool-Young Art Building with approximately 115 members in attendance.

After a motion by Secretary Creek, and a second from the floor, the minutes of the 1984 annual business
meeting at Keniucky State University, as recorded in the Transactions Vol. 46(1-2), were approved. Secretary
Creek moved that all new members for 1985 be accepted by the Academy. Following a second from the floor,
the motion passed. Dr. Creek reported that the 1986 meeting will be a joint meeting with the School Science
and Mathematic Association (SSMA), Kentucky Association for Progress in Science (KAPS) and the Kentucky
Council of Teachers of Mathematics (KCTM) on November 20-22 at the Radisson Plaza Hotel and Lexington
Convention Center. The deadline for submitting papers for this meeting will be May 16, 1986. The sectional of-
ficers will be sending out more information in the near future. The secretary states that 50 members had in-
dicated they would participate in the proposed speaker’s bureau. He suggested a committee be set up to begin
putting together the booklet. It was recommended that the speakers be contacted to determine their continued
interest in participating. Dr. Creek indicated the speakers would be contacted.

The Treasurers report was made by Dr. Taylor.

TREASURER’S REPORT
TO THE
KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
NOVEMBER 1, 1984-NOVEMBER 1, 1985

Cash in Madison National Bank (Nov 1, 1984) ............00 0c eee eee eee nee $ 7902.00
RECEIPTS:
Registration 1984 (Total deposits) .... 22... 2... eee ee ee ete $3820.94
Members hiiprwnspycrserscrc netted Fore este ne oth oes eee eres eile eepsks cee sme rcteaederteas us eersianen eye $7400.00
Kibrany; Subseriptionicacrmrc ce cer ec eae rate hee nettekes kote eiredarel saan) erated ysteheltes $2159.00
Institutional Affiliations (1984-1985) .. 0.0.2.0... 0.002 eee $6650.00
Ragei@hargestersencrrcrporaiate torrente ote oder Poker vepeictasa steven clsta eielsus pesca eens asus axe egs $2191.69
Subtotal@errcer eno incre $21,711.69
DISBURSEMENTS:
Junior Academy of Science (1984-1985) ........0.. 0.0 eee ee $1500.00
@peratingiExpenses seers ees sere he cteieie civiecictane fears seosisi ein ti eldions olane ale la $1081.56
Transactions (Vol 45, 3-4 & Vol 46, 1-2).......... 0... cece ee $5620.94
NANG THUG Ga oaoocoppocupoocapudadiond mpindote nooo on EO bOO oe booon $500.00
Subtotal esc cosets rete reece 8702.50
BALANCE:
Tievall Cadena xesinGacacscanacccopgeunwugdub poonanooununooouLOcoUE $21,722.69
MotallDisbursementSper we orks os eerie oe fe oe uso Ne vicar a eens etionaetol eresiey ac eje! es $ 8702.50
CashioniHandiNov/25l 985) oct sc cs cdtenre Sisters tee ceeneiere eise s 2 mic etanec $13020.19
KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOUNDATION:
Botanyoundation Interests 98 Sracy-r getter peyote et orcs se ieee seellenet sic) cree) ej/eeb $ 916.24
Botany Foundation residual from 1984 ............. 0.002 cee eee ee eee $ 340.04
Subtotallerscecctrcens score cicie ees $1259.28

55

56 Academy Affairs

Marcia Athey Fund interest 1985.......... 20.0... cee eens $5413.70
Residual 1984) icchc sc egtieg obs anal ousie se eusuens $2838.40

Subtotals tlic. csausutasroaiseetene ees $8252.10

Grants 1985) 23. oc Sivsrctencs te eae ee olereteste $1374.00

Marcia’ Athey/Fund Total icrra aceon ciao cates ei pre rode oth een toners tone Farce ener weak $6878.10

Dr. Taylor indicated the amount received from the Institutional Affiliations and also included those that had
been received for 1986. He said the $1500 dispersement to the KJAS reflected two years (1985-$500 and
1986-$1,000).

Dr. Taylor then presented the following summary of interest earned on investments by the KAS Foundation.

Date 1982 1983 1984 1985 Totals
Marcia Athey Fund $1627.53 $1632.76 $1819.87 $2213.34 $7293.50
1598.33 1892.66 1696.91 5187.90

(16188.78 CD)
1188.78 704.70 787.04 827.41 3507.93
1062.71 703.09 736.99 676.04 3178.83

($16188.78 CD)
Totals $3879.02 $4638.88 $5236.36 $5413.70 $19168.16
Botany Foundation 657.51 659.62 487.66 517.33 23322.12
419.50 467.46 398.91 1285.87

($10000 CD)

Totals $657.51 1079.12 955.12 916.24 3607.99

Note: The original funds came to us in the following amounts:

Botany: Foundation 2c ysres212ye)2h te tao rai ois saystcie, o/otsteys persion =yapeyelaceteeate vovefelonaretscareqeurahe arahs}sveiayatetsyatajetststapela}stts/=tateta/atepehetsielevelsteyavenelets|= $10000
MarciasAthey: Fund es sts:cccrete scscaeietesstetetestieseteressieccincat Vous eiclevevetenttvefenstedetsteneheve sVeCeptel stat elonsis steed vobeded-aonescnep-Us stevscstaeicusispeteyetaisteie Ze ieyets 10000
25000
15000

The Botany Foundation monies were invested in a CD at the Madison National Bank and the interest
generally was used for grants. The CD remained unchanged until this Fall with the exception of the falling in-
terest rates.

The Marcia Athey Fund monies were received in the amounts shown above but spread over several months.
So CD s were purchased at different times with different investment modes. Since the interest was not used com-
pletely, some of it was reinvested as CD s. This is the reason the CD s are not in the amount of the original gifts.
However, the money was invested at all times to keep it working. Since the interest rates are not as high as we
would like, the monies are being invested in a different mode.

Following a motion and a second from the floor, the report was approved.

The Audit Committee made the following report on the Botany and Marcia Athey Funds.

BOTANY FUND

The Botany Fund Endowment has significantly enhanced student research on various aspects of botany in
Kentucky. During the eight year period since establishment of the Botany Fund, interest earned from the prin-
cipal sum has been accumulated in a separate account. Funds for research grants have been accumulated in a
separate account. The principal has grown at an average annual rate of $195.70, while an average of $434.38 in
awards have been made annually.

Recipients follow:

Deborah Otte Univ N. Carolina Red River Gorge Flora
Sally Arnold W.K. U. : Aquatic Vascular plants
John Roth Indiana University Paleobotany

R. Oddo & G. Houser Murray State Univ. Murphy's Pond Flora
Jay Jones Indiana University Paleobotany

Charles Tarrants Syracuse University Sumac ecology

Kelly Carter Pikeville College Solidago biology
Donna Godbey E. K. U. Flora of Maywoods
Harry Woodward Univ. Louisville Liriodendron anatomy
Max Medley Univ. Louisville Kentucky flora

George Buddell N. K. U. Lewis County flora

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 57

Paul Grote Indiana University Paleobotany
Jennifer Sharp W.K.U. Dendrochronology

The recent reinvestment of the Botany Fund principal ($11,529.01) ina GNMA (10.55%) should insure that
the current level of funding can be continued.

MARCIA ATHEY FUND

Growth of this fund has been substantial. Interest earned on these accounts during 1983-85 totaled
$17,340.50. Fifty-six% of these earnings was retained while the remainder ($7,624.00) was awarded in five
grants. Topics supported by these grants follow:

Survey of the Kentucky Lepidoptera.

The genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in Kentucky.

An undescribed species of rosin weed (Silphium, Asteraceae) in Kentucky.
Inner Bluegrass flora.

Vascular Flora of Rock Creek Natural Area.

Marcia Athey Funds are also being reinvested in GNMA’s with interest accumulation in Money Market Ac-
counts. This will provide monthly statements of earned interest and should enhance stewardship of these funds.

In summary, the Botany and Marcia Athey funds have positively influenced the study of science in Ken-
tucky. This is evidenced by the fact that two of the papers being presented in the Botany Section are the result of
research supported by Botany Fund grants.

Dr. Winstead reported that there were 17 Educational Affiliates which represented an all-time high. He
presented the following list of Educational Affiliates:

Sustaining Member
University of Kentucky

Member
Eastern Kentucky University
Morehead State University
Murray State University
Northern Kentucky University
University of Louisville
Western Kentucky University

Associate Member
Alice Lloyd College
Bellarmine College
Berea College
Campbellsville College
Centre College
Georgetown College
Kentucky State University
Lindsey Wilson College
Spalding College
Thomas More College

1. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION. Dr. Branson made the following report.

In several ways, 1985 has been frustrating for the editor, principally because of the printer’s inability to meet
publication deadlines, as witnessed by the tardiness of the last two issues. Volume 46(3-4) is still not out, although
all materials are in the hands of the printer. Hopefully, this last issue of 1985 will appear while there is still a 1985 in
which to appear.

Otherwise, the business of publishing the journal has flowed along rather smoothly. Volume 46(1-2) consisted
of 80 pages that included 10 feature-length articles, 3 notes, Academy Affairs, the annual program, News and Com-
ments, and abstracts of some papers presented at the annual meeting. Volume 46(3-4) — when it appears — will

58 Academy Affairs

consist of 75 pages (excluding the index, not yet paginated) that will include 11 features, 3 notes, and Robert
Keuhne’s obituary, News and Comments, Academy business, and the index. The cost of printing 46(1-2) was
$3,583.72. Although we have not been billed for 46(3-4), it’s length indicates that it will cost approximately the same
as 46(1-2), for a total cost for 1985 of approximately $7,200.

The subjects of the 21 articles and 7 notes in Vol. 46 were: Zoology and Entomology, 13; Botany and
Microbiology, 8; Geology and Geography, 6; Obituaries, 1. Not a bad mix of subject matter, but it would be nice to
have a few articles dealing with mathematics, anthropology, chemistry and related fields.

Volume 47 is now being compiled, although manuscript flow is on the sluggish side. Unless it picks up tout de
suite, 47(1-2) may be on the thin side. but, then, as circles are not known by greainess of size but by the perfectly
formed, thus, go publications of this sort.

2. KENTUCKY JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. Mr. Leopold made the following report.

Last years operations culminated with the annual symposium held at Eastern Kentucky University. Forty four
titles were scheduled of which forty were read. Our other activities included the Lab-Skills Science-Bowl competi-
tions and refreshments at the conclusion of our organized activities.

The symposium was visited by the K.A.S. Executive Committee which gave us an opportunity to show the
“live-side” of K.J.A.S. which is far more animated and interesting than our annual reports. We appreciated the fact
that this visitation was the first such “review of the troops” in recent years.

Our “Outstanding Science Graduates” program was joined by Cumberland College which made two scholar-
ships available. This was in addition to the Ogden Foundation scholarships.

Mr. Patrick Stewart of Warren East High School was appointed to serve as Co-Director until the end of the
85-86 school year at which time he will become director of K.J.A.S. This was to provide a smooth transition in the
directorate.

A serious problem has arisen which makes this year’s outlook very uncertain. Our established symposium day,
along with two other possible dates, is being pre-empted by the Kentucky Academic Association. Under ordinary
circumstances this would not present an insurmountable problem. But, in this situation we find ourselves pitted
against many of the people whose support has been essential for our success. This year we are having to ask our
members to make a hard choice of participating in our symposium or in a new State-wide Governor’s Cup competi-
tion, operated and governed by the Kentucky Association of School Administration with the active support of the
State Board of Education and the Governor’s office. If we actively oppose this new competition we endanger the ad-
ministrative support we have enjoyed for years. And if we use our only possible date we stand to lose participation.

In conclusion, I would like to take this opportunity to thank the Academy for the help and cooperation it has
given me through the years of my tenure as director.

The following Treasurer’s report was presented for the KJAS.

Balance on Hand, April 27, 1985

1342.70
Disbursements 479.96
Spring Meeting, 1985 (Eastern Kentucky University)
Awards 313.36
Coca-Cola 60.00
Sandwiches /Cakes 95.00
Doughnuts (Judges/Sponsors) 9.60
Total 479.96
Receipts 1010.00
Academy of Science Contribution 1000.00
Club Dues (1985-86)
Calloway County 5.00
Grant County 5.00
Total 1010.00
Balance on Hand, November 7, 1985 1854.74

3. KAS FOUNDATION. Dr. Schwartz reported that many nominations had been received for the Distin-
guished Scientist as well as for the Outstanding Teacher awards. He said it was difficult to make the selections
because of the many excellent nominees. He thanked Dr. Larry Boucher for the work he contributed in obtaining
nominations.
Dr. Ralph Thompson presented the following report for the KAS Foundation Botany Fund Committee.
During this year (1985) no grant proposals were submitted to the committee for review, thus, no monies were
awarded. This assures us that more money will be available during 1986 to fund botanical research in the state.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 59

The committee is now accepting grant proposals for research to be conducted during 1986. Proposals may be
submitted at any time for evaluation. The number of grants awarded depends on the money available in the fund
and the amounts requested. Proposals are evaluated on a first-come basis. Not all grant requests are
funded, however, all interested students are encouraged to apply.

Dr. Joe Winstead presented the following report for the KAS Foundation Marcia Athey Fund Committee. Dr.
Winstead said that in 1984 four grants were funded and one was funded in 1985. The proposals that were funded are
as follows:

1984

1. Charles Covell, Jr., Univ. of Louisville “Survey of Kentucky
Lepidoptera”. $3,350.00.

2. Julian Campbell and Millem Meijer, Univ. of Kentucky “Inner Blue-
grass flora”. $1,500.00.

3. Max Medley, Univ. of Louisville “The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in
Kentucky”. $700.00.

4. Max Medley, Univ. of Louisville “An Undescribed Species of Rosin
Weed (Silphium, Asteraceae) in Kentucky”. $700.00.

1985

1. Ralph Thompson, Berea College and Ronald Jones, Eastern Kentucky
Univ. “The Vascular Flora of Rock Creek Research Natural Area
and Environs, Laurel Co., Kentucky”. $1,374.00.

4. COMMITTEE ON LEGISLATION. Dr. Charles Kupchella presented the following report.

Dr. Kupchella said he had been involved in the Kentucky EPSCOR Program as a member of the Planning
Committee along with Dr. Hettinger. He is also a member of the Science and Technology Committee of the
Kentucky Tomorrow program. This committee has been working on an assessment of science and technology in
Kentucky. He presented the following as the final draft of the Committee Assessment.

The ability of science and technology to expand human capabilities, improve health and extend life, shrink
the world and wage ever more destructive war is well understood, and their impact on the social and economic
structure of the world is an established historic fact. Why then are science and technology any more important
now than they have been in the past—and why are they of special importance to the citizens of Kentucky at this
time?

This question has no simpler answer. Because of the accelerating rate at which important breakthroughs in
science and technology are currently being created, we find ourselves, along with the nation and every other
state, in a new social and economic environment that presents both substantial threats and enormous oppor-
tunities. The range of possible futures is greater than it has ever been, and which of these futures Kentucky
realizes seems likely to be influenced by: (1) How well the underpinnings and implications of this new era are
understood, and (2) How well we plan and act to take advantage of and/or cope with them.

Over the past century we have seen developments in science and technology reshape almost every aspect of
our lives. While many of us grew up seeing space travel as science fiction, our children now know it as history.
Scientific discoveries are being made and applied to all facets of our lives at a staggering pace. The application
of microelectronics technology has revolutionized business, industry, agriculture, education and research. The
world of true robotics on a grand scale is now within sight.

Equally revolutionary developments are happening in many other fields of research and technology. Ad-
vances in biochemical research have provided the tools to diagnose and treat many of the most dreaded
diseases of humanity, leading to longer, more productive and enjoyable lives. The explosion of our knowledge in
this and related areas in the last 20 years has led to the next major phase in new technology— biotechnology
and genetic engineering— which will have impact not only on health care but also will revolutionize agriculture,
materials and energy production and many other facets of our lives. Indeed, the marriage of biotechnology and
microelectronics in the next century will give us the ability to rationally alter the very nature of living organisms
on this planet.

In its deliberations thus far, the committee has reviewed considerable data and engaged in lengthy discus-
sions on the state of affairs relative to technology and scientific research within the Commonwealth. This par-
ticular assessment reflects the thinking of the Committee at this point in its deliberations. What we have learned
thus far gives us cause for concern and stresses to us the importance of developing a workable, imaginative
agenda for Kentucky in this area. The question before us is not whether to choose to participate in the science
and technology revolution but whether we choose to sit on the sidelines and watch as the game is played
without us.

60 Academy Affairs

WHERE HAVE WE BEEN?

Throughout its history, Kentucky has lagged far behind most other states in science and technology, unfor-
tunately finding itself near or at the bottom of far too many lists. Kentucky has been the home of relatively few
corporate headquarters with associated research operations and has never had a federal research installation
(such as Oakridge National Laboratory). Rather than encourage university research, the state has been con-
tinually distracted by the politics of inter-university competition for resources. Kentucky’s leadership has been
dominated by people who have been rather narrowly focused on regional/political interests, oftentimes at the
expense of emerging opportunities. Our colleges and universities have suffered from a lack of attention to their
research and development activities—activities that are critical to the attraction and development of new in-
dustries. Contributing to this lack of attention is a perception shared by many Kentuckians that higher educa-
tion in Kentucky is more than adequate. Together these factors have conspired to keep the Commonwealth out
of the running, even though a number of our colleges and universities possess some very qualified and highly
capable individuals. Throughout the country, Kentucky is perceived as an insignificant player in the science and
technology game.

A brief review of some of the available data illustrates our historical plight. In the early 1970’s a study
funded by the Kentucky Department of Commerce, conducted under the joint auspices of the Kentucky
Academy of Science and the Task Force on Public Science and Technology, concluded that Kentucky fared
poorly in comparison with the rest of the United States in terms of federal support for research and development
activities, with Kentucky ranking 50th among the 50 states in a number of areas.

A comparative quality of life study conducted by the Midwest Research Institute in 1973, revealed that Ken-
tucky received less than half of the national per capita average per college in federal grants for research and
development. Kentuckians received about 13 fellowship and traineeship awards per 100,000 people compared -
to a national average of 46. The study also showed that Kentucky employed 77 scientists per 100,000 people
versus a national average of 103.

In 1978, a study of federal funding of research and development in Kentucky was undertaken by the Council
on Higher Education, the legislative Research Commission and the Kentucky Academy of Science. Their
findings included the fact that in 1977 Kentucky ranked 8th in a group of 11 benchmark states and next to the
last among its contiguous states in total federal obligations for research and development. While it ranked 23rd
in population, it ranked 47th in research and development dollars per capita. While ranked 25th in federal tax
dollars paid in 1976, it ranked only 40th in federal research and development obligations per tax dollar con-
tributed.

In more recent years, while perhaps showing some improvement, the basic situation has remained very
problematic. Kentucky was identified in 1985 by the National Science Foundation as one of 13 states in need of
help in developing its research potential. Again, due to the fact that it finds itself on the low end of the con-
tinuum in a number of key areas. What does all of this mean? It means that Kentucky has lacked an historical
commitment relative to the development of science and technology and consequently must take aggressive
steps to alter the dangerous course on which it now finds itself.

WHERE ARE WE NOW?

As it enters the new era, Kentucky finds itself in the following situation. Kentucky’s high tech industrial sector is
relatively small and is not growing as rapidly as the nation as a whole. Unlike several of the states with similar
geographical characteristics, Kentucky does not have an established major center of advanced technology
industry development and has not participated significantly in the rapid growth in this sector of the economy. At
the same time, Kentucky does have a substantial industrial and related research and development base, both at
its universities and in several industries of medium technology industry—notably chemicals, electrical equip-
ment (especially household appliances) and motor vehicles. These industries as a group appear to have limited
growth potential and also significant long-term potential for substantial technology-induced job losses. There is
a significant need for increased research in automation and information technologies to help these companies
remain competitive.

Most of Kentucky’s small, but important, high technology and medium technology-intensive industries are
concentrated in the Louisville and Lexington areas, with, however, significant technology-based industry
clusters also at Ashland in Northeastern Kentucky, and at Paducah, Owensboro and Bowling Green in Western
Kentucky. Kentucky’s academic science and engineering resources and advanced research are concentrated at
the University of Kentucky and the University of Louisville, although educational opportunities at the
undergraduate and in some cases the master’s level in scientific and technological fields are available statewide.
Research activities at the two research institutions cover a very wide range with certain areas of special focus,
including biotechnology, medical sciences (i.e., cancer, aging, pharmaceutical science, cardiovascular re-
search), energy-related science and technology and ecology/environment.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 61

Considering this pattern, and Kentucky equivalent of the “Silicon Valley” seems certain to be centered in
Louisville and Lexington, and/or along I-64 between them. There may also be the potential for significant
technology-based economic development in the Covington-Newport area, drawing upon the location of the
Greater Cincinnati International Airport and the substantial scientific and technological critical mass of the Cin-
cinnati Metropolitan Area.

A major aspect of the technological revolution is the requirement for strong programs of higher education
with emphasis on applied and basic research. The economy of the present and future will depend increasingly on
access to such institutions for the ideas and the people absolutely essential for the high technology industries.
The University of Kentucky at Lexington and the University of Louisville are our only research universities. Both
are in need of increased financial support to develop and maintain the faculties and the research facilities which
will make them competitive, first rate institutions!

The lack of an aggressive commitment or resources to training and leadership has had a devastating impact on
our ability to mount technology-based industry. We rank far below most of our sister states in the region in percen-
tages of the population who are engineers, scientists and technicians. Texas, Florida and North Carolina have from
three to ten times greater percentages of their population in these trades than Kentucky. We are at the bottom of the
list together with Arkansas and Mississippi, both of whom are already making massive efforts at the state level to
upgrade their economic and research base in science and technology.

Education in the important areas of science and mathematics are critical factors in the development of an ade-
quate foundation on which to build effective science and technology initiatives. And yet again, Kentucky lags
behind many states in science education. Science is not even considered an essential skill in Kentucky. Perhaps this is
one reason why it is often neglected in the elementary grades when student interest is high. Unfortunately, many
teachers, because they do not have adequate science training, feel uncomfortable in trying to teach this subject. Not
only has science been neglected at the lower grade levels, but many secondary school students have not had adequate
training in science.

This is particularly troublesome. The public must be sufficiently knowledgeable to be able to apply the tools of
technology in their everyday lives and job environments. They must also be able to make informed decisions about
the course of change and its implementation, particularly those political decisions which involve the allocation of
limited monetary resources. In addition, we must train a sufficiently skilled work force to make the state com-
petitive for the increasingly technical industry of the future. Yet by most criteria the products of our primary and
secondary education system are woefully lacking in even the basic skills. There is little wonder that the Com-
monwealth has been all but bypassed in the recent revitalization of the economy in the South.

In addition, Kentucky presently does not possess an adequate supportive environment on which to promote and
develop technology-based industries. Certain bureaucratic hurdles at our universities that are regulatory rather than
facilatory as well as a lack of the necessary venture capital are two factors that limit the “incubation” of new ideas
and enterprises. While some initiatives have been made, there has been little impact.

The bottom line is that Kentucky is presently not meeting the challenges created by the demands of the “new
economy.” According to one study, employment growth in high technology industries between 1975 and 1982 grew
in Alabama 83.5%; Arkansas, 31.1%; Florida, 97.1%; Georgia, 92.3%; Tennessee, 42.9%; Virginia, 30.3%; while
in Kentucky it grew at a scant 0.4%.

One report made available to Kentucky Tomorrow concluded after reviewing a number of key factors that

O Kentucky does not presently have a significantly high technology industry sector, and does
not appear to be building one at a time when this sector is growing rapidly nationwide; and

O The great majority of Kentucky’s manufacturing industry is of medium to low
technological intensity as measured by the number of engineers and scientists per 100
employees generally employed by industries of different types.

QUESTIONS AND IMPLICATIONS

We are living in an era of rapidly expending technology unlike any ever experienced by humanity. Ninety per-
cent of all scientists and engineers who ever existed are alive today. We are indeed in the midst of a scientific
“revolution” perhaps unprecedented in our history.

The Commonwealth of Kentucky and its citizens must be prepared to meet the challenges created by this
“future technocracy” and make the very difficult economic, social and ethical decisions which these changes will
surely bring. How well equipped are we in 1985 to make this transition? The answer, we’re afraid, is very poorly.
But our future can be one of opportunity. However, the proper base for growth and development is research, both
academic and industrial. From an historic point of view, the time is fight for a bold, new initiative.

The state of Kentucky is positioned in a fortuitous environmental locale and historic moment. Research in this
state could have a major focus in a tripartite program concerned with energy/ecology/environment. Our coal and
mining resources are a potential source of greater economic growth and development.

62

Academy Affairs

Given the importance of science and technology to Kentucky’s future, we must begin now to develop an ag-

gressive, imaginative program in this area. Over the next 25 years, many experts predict that expansion and
technology-driven industries will result from “spin-offs” from existing businesses rather than from industrial
relocation. The conspicuous absence of a solid research and ¢<chnology base in Kentucky is a clear warning that we
cannot ignore.

5.

SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE. Dr. Ted George presented the following report.

A. Honoring Science Fair Winners and Sponsoring Teachers: At the suggestion of President Winstead and

with approval of the Executive Committee, at last night’s banquet the Academy began what we hope will
become a tradition. We honored the student winners of the five Regional Science Fairs, and the winners
of the Symposium of the Junior Academy and their sponsoring teachers. We feel that this is a very wor-
thwhile project and should help to promote science in Kentucky and should also promote interest in the
Academy. Each student winner and sponsoring teacher was invited to the meeting and was offered a ban-
quet ticket at Academy expense and presented with a plaque noting their achievements. There was no
charge for their registration and each was given a free one-year membership in the Academy. Four hun-
dred dollars was budgeted to pay for the plaques and banquet tickets.

B. Three-Level Certification: Three-level certification is now in place for freshmen teacher candidates for

this fall. They are Elementary (K-5), Middle School/Junior High (5-8) and Secondary (9-12). The old cer-
tification will be valid for graduated teachers and also teacher candidates who graduate before fall, 1989.

The regulations for elementary and secondary certification remain essentially the same. Briefly, the new
requirements for Middle School require forty-eight semester hours in the specialty component, which
must be divided between two teaching fields of twenty-four hours each. The fields are: (1) English and
Communications, (2) Mathematics, (3) Science and (4) Social Studies.

The certification for the science fields is as follows; Science: Preparation shall include biology—9
semester hours; a selection from either earth science—9 semester hours, chemistry—9 semester hours, or
physics—9 semester hours; and the remaining 6 semester hours to be divided equally among the two re-
maining disciplines. All four areas must include laboratory experiences.

We have concerns about the adequacy of the preparation to teach science in middle school, and we can-
not help but contrast that with requirements of the mathematics field: Mathematics Option I: Prepara-
tion to include mathematics for the elementary school teacher—6 semester hours; fundamental computer
techniques and programming—3 semester hours; probability/statics—3 semester hours; geometry—3
semester hours; and the remainder in electives to provide additional breadth and depth in mathematics.

Mathematics Option II: A secondary level teaching major or minor in mathematics plus a two course se-
quence in mathematics for the elementary school teacher.

Thus, the mathematics teacher would most likely have some calculus (to teach eighth grade) while the
science teacher will have only a three-hour course in two of the Physical Sciences. But these regulations
are now in place and the present administration is in no mood to change them.

C. Science Taught by Vocational Education Teachers: In May of this year, the Kentucky State Board of

Education changed the Program of Studies so that certain courses taught by Vocational Education
teachers may give credit in science. A high school student must still take a minimum of two courses in
science in academic areas. However, a vocational student may take certain vocational subjects taught by
vocational teachers and have them counted as science courses. One course is “Special Topics in
Biological Science 2512” which was designed to be taught as an academic course. The new guidelines
allow Horticulture, Health Sciences III], Cosmetology and Practical Nursing to be taught as this course.
Another course is “Special Topica in Physical Science 2564”. Again, this was originally designed as an
academic course. The new guidelines allow Electronics, Electricity, Radio/TV Repair and Air Condition-
ing to be taught as this course.

Vocational Education teachers are not usually certified in science, many are not college graduates and
some only have the GED. The main reason for this change is a requirement of the last legislature that
60% of the clock time of students in secondary schools must be spent in academic subjects. Thus ruling
has caused a drastic drop in vocational enrollments.

At a time when tremendous efforts are being made to upgrade science education, this can only be
described as a step backward. There is some evidence that this movement is occurring in other states and
perhaps should be attacked on a national scale. We are proposing that a resolution be approved to send
to AAAS to the effect that they should investigate this tendency across the country and consider taking
action on a national scale.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 63

6. MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Dr. Larry Elliott made the following report.

The contact people who have served this year are as follows: Dr. Bill Hettinger, Ashland Petroleum Co.; Dr.

Thom Strickler, Berea College; Dr. Gordon Weddle, Campbellsville College; Dr. Susan Studlar, Centre College;
Dr. Blaine Early, Cumberland College; Dr. Ted George, Eastern Kentucky University; Dr. Charles Cantrell,
Elizabethtown Community College; Dr. Thomas Seay, Georgetown College; Dr. Valina Hurt, Hazard Community
College;
Dr. Cathy Hunt, Henderson Community College; Dr. Mike McClure, Hopkinsville Community College; Dr. Ger-
trude Ridgel, Kentucky State University, Dr. Jonnie Blair, Lee’s Junior College; Dr. Michael Trover, Madisonville
Community College; Drs. Herb Richey and Ladonna Barnett, Maysville Community College; Drs. John Philley and
Herbert Berry, Morehead State University; Dr. Harold Eversmeyer, Murray State University; Dr. Jerry Carpenter,
Northern Kentucky University; Dr. Bill Beasley, Jr., Paducah Community College; Dr. Charles Robertson,
Prestonburg Community College; Dr. James Anderson, Somerset Community College; Dr. Jim Fedders, St.
Catherine College; Dr. Lynn Allen, Sue Bennett College; Dr. Mary Fox, Thomas More College; Dr. Ron Rosen,
Union College; Dr. Manuel Swartz, University of Louisville; Dr. Paul Freytag, University of Kentucky and Dr. Joe
Winstead, Western Kentucky University.

A membership list from the secretary of KAS, Dr. Robert Creek, was received in January. Each contact person
was sent a list of inactive members at their institution and asked to contact these people for reenlistment. They were
also asked to recruit new members from their place of employment and in the community. To the other inactive
members in the KAS, the KAS membership chairman sent a letter reminding them they were inactive. This was
useful as our membership roll was corrected and updated.

The secretary of KAS sent me an updated computer list of members in the spring and the same procedure
described above was repeated. At this mailing more contact people were enlisted at the various institutions for
recruitment. The president of KAS was very helpful in overall recruitment of members as letters were sent to
members who were behind in their dues urging them to renew their membership.

If the board would suggest contact people for other organizations that have none, the committee would ap-
preciate it since this would enable KAS to optimize recruitment. The following colleges need contact people for
recruitment: Alice Lloyd, Asbury and Brescia.

Dr. Elliot stated that in 1985 there were 55 new members thereby giving a total of 513 paid-up members for this
year.

7. RARE AND ENDANGERED SPECIES COMMITTEE. Mr. John MacGregor made the report.

He stated that the committee had been updating the old endangered species list which was five years old. The
new list has approximately 570 species. The committee will continue to work on finalizing the list and will publish it
in the Transactions upon completion.

8. NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE. The nominating committee nominated the following candidates, who were
presented to and duly approved by, the Executive Committee and Board of Directors of the Kentucky Academy of
Sciences:

William Hettinger - Vice President
Jerry F. Howell, Jr. (1987)
(to fill unexpired term of Dr. Hettinger)
3. Ralph L. Thompson (1987)
(to fill unexpired term of Dr. Boucher)
4. Douglas L. Dahlman (1989)

no

Nominees from the floor were called for by President Winstead but none were forthcoming. The state was ac-
cepted by the membership and voted in by acclamation.

9. RESOLUTION COMMITTEE. Dr. J. G. Rodriguez presented the following resolutions.

RESOLUTION NO. 1:
Whereas during the past year these members of the Kentucky Academy of Science have departed this life, be resolv-
ed that we extend condolences to their families:

Dr. Robert Kuehne

Dr. Michael Loeb

64 Academy Affairs

RESOLUTION NO. 2:

Whereas the Kentucky Academy of Science has enjoyed the gracious hospitality of Morehead State University for
the 1985 meeting, be it resolved that we express appreciation to the administration, faculty and staff of MSU, and
especially to President Herbert Reinhard, Dean Robert Burns, and to Dr. John Philley and his Local Arrangements
Committee.

RESOLUTION NO. 3:

Whereas our friends at Mineral Laboratories, Inc. have sponsored the Coffee Breaks at the 1985 meeting of the
Kentucky Academy of Science, be it resolved that we thank Mineral Laboratories, Inc. and President E. Paul Lyon,
for this feature which added to the ease and comfort of the meeting.

RESOLUTION NO. 4:

Whereas all our Exhibitory have added substantially to the edification of our Academy members, be it resolved that
each participating company be thanked appropriately by our Secretary.

RESOLUTION NO. 5:

Whereas the officers and Board of Directors of the Kentucky Academy of Science have labored diligently for many
months to make the 71st Annual Meeting the resounding success that it was, be it resolved that we thank them for an
excellent program.

RESOLUTION NO. 6:
Whereas education in science is basic to understanding the modern world, and

Whereas education in science is necessary for informed participation in a democratic society and for productive
work in a modern industrial nation, and

Whereas there is growing evidence of a decline in support of the commitment to precollege science education in the
United States while other industrial nations are placing heavy emphasis on science education at all levels, and
Whereas there is a national trend toward the practice of offering science credit for courses taught in a vocational
setting by teachers who do not have at least a minor in the science courses being taught, and

Whereas the validity of labeling such vocational offerings as science courses is questionable,

Therefore be it resolved that the Kentucky Academy of Science requests that the American Association for the
Advancement of Science investigate the potential impact of these practices on the secondary science curricula
in the United States.

Resolution 6 on Qualified Science Teachers was forwarded to Dr. Joe King, the AAAS representative for
the Academy, for presentation to the authorities of AAAS.

Each resolution was passed as presented.
10. NEW BUSINESS.

A. A motion was made and seconded to raise the Life Member dues to $250. Motion passed.

B. Dr. Donald Batch said the present endangered species list had no authority and he suggested the
Committe have the list made official. Mr. MacGregor responded that the Committee would be work-
ing toward this goal but felt that the list should have the endorsement of the Academy. Dr. Winstead
recommended that the Executive Committee act upon this at their spring meeting. Dr. Hettinger sug-
gested approaching industries and explaining the purpose of the list so as to develop a better
understanding for the necessity of such a list.

C. Dr. Winstead reported that a total of $1,000 had been donated by the Past Presidents toward the
KAS Endowment Fund. Dr. Winstead concluded his tenure as President by giving a slide presentation
reflecting the activities of the past year.

D. Dr. Winstead introduced the President for 1986, Dr. Charles V. Covell, Jr., and presented him with
the gavel.

E. President Covell presented Dr. Winstead with a plaque for his service as President and his contribu-
tion to the Academy.

He announced the appointment of an an hoc committee to study the constitution and by-laws of the
Academy and to recommend changes. The members of the committee are Drs. Rodrigues (chair),
Boggess, and George.

Following a brief address by President Covell, the meeting was adjourned at 10:25.

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
71st ANNUAL MEETING
PROGRAM

Friday, November 8, 1985

0930-1200 Community College Faculty
Meeting -
Riggle Room, Adron
Doran University Center

1130-1300 Executive Committee Luncheon -
Gold Room, Adron Doran
University Center

1200-1600 Registration - Lobby, Claypool —
Young Art Building

1200-1700 Scientific Exhibits - Lobby,
Claypool
Young Art Building

1300-1500 Sectional Meetings - See Follow-
ing Pages

1500-1530 Coffee Break - Lobby, Claypool —

Young Art Building

1530-1700 Plenary Session - Auditorium,
Claypool - Young Art Building

1730-1830 Social Hour - President's Home

1900-2100 KAS Annual Banquet - Crager

Room, Adron Doran University
Center

2100-2300 Hospitality Time - Holiday Inn

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0730-1000 Registration - Lobby, Claypool —
Young Art Building
0800-1200 Scientific Exhibits - Lobby,
Claypool— Young Art Building
0800-0900 Sectional Meetings - See Follow-
ing
Pages

0900-0915 Coffee Break - Lobby, Claypool -
Young Art Building

0915-1015 Annual Business Meeting -
Auditorium, Claypool - Young Art
Building

1030-1200 Sectional Meetings - See Follow-
ing Pages

1300-1600 Sectional Meetings - See Follow-
ing Pages

PLENARY SESSION

Friday, November 8

1530 Auditorium, Claypool-Young ARM
Building “THE NSF-EPSCoR
PROJECT - ENHANCING KEN-
TUCKY’S RESEARCH POTEN-
TIAL”

Speakers: Dr. James Durig

Dean of Science and
Mathematics
University of South
Carolina

Dr. Leonard Peters
Associate Dean of
Research

University of Kentucky
Project Director of
EPSCoR Program in Ken-
tucky

ANNUAL BANQUET

Friday, November 8

1900 Crager Room, Adron Doran
University Center
Speaker: Mr. Harry M. Synder

Executive Director
Kentucky Council on
Higher Education

“SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN KENTUCKY
A HISTORY OF DEFICIENCY”

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION

James Murray Walker, Chairperson and
Acting Secretary, Presiding
Room 219 - Rader Hall

Saturday, November 9, 1985
0800 Excavations at 400B6, a Mississi-
pian Mound in Northwest Ten-

nessee. Jack Michael Schock,
Western Kentucky University.

65

66

0820

0840

0900
0915
1030

1050

1110

1130

Program

Cognitive vs. Ecological Niches in
Prehistoric Egypt. Elizabeth
Finkenstaedt, University of Ken-
tucky

Kentucky Archeology and the
Public. James Edward Henson.
Kentucky Dept. of Parks. (Spon-
sored by Murray Walker)

Coffee Break
Annual Business Meeting

Diffuse Idiopathic Skeletal
Hyperostosis. Joseph F. Powell
(sponsored by James Murray
Walker), Eastern Kentucky
Univer-sity.

Not for Evil: An Ethnographic In-
terpretation of the Third Com-
mandment (Protestant Enumera-
tion). James Murray Walker,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Socio- Political Discourse in the
Muslim Cult of the Saints. Ed
Reeves, Morehead State Universi-
ty.

Who’s to Blame?: Anthropological
Insights into Industrial Disasters.
Cara E. Richards, Transylvania
University.

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Ronald L. Jones, Chairman, Presiding
Ralph L. Thompson, Secretary
Room 126 - Lappin Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1315

1330

1345

Endangered, threatened and rare
animals and plants of Kentucky-a
second look. Richard Hannan,
Kentucky Nature Preserves Com-
mission.

Geographical origin of the
specimens of Orbexilum
stipulatum (T. & G.) Rydb.

( Psoralea stipulata T. & G.).
Jerry Baskin and Duane Isley,
University of Kentucky and Iowa
State University.

Possible determining factors for
low host specificity in VA fungi.
Frederick M. Rothwell, USDA
Forest Service, Northeastern
Forest Experiment Station.

Germination of the seeds of
Euonymus americanus L. with the

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500
1530

use of Clostridium cellobioparum.
G.T. Howard and L.P. Elliott,
Western Kentucky University.

Development of mixed mesophytic
forest through succession and
recovery: monitoring through
time. William H. Martin, and
James M. Fedders, Eastern Ken-
tucky University and West
Virginia University.

Structure and diversity of

Bluegrass forests. William S.
Bryant, Thomas More College.

The role of state native plant
societies in conservation. Ronald
L. Jones, Eastern Kentucky
University.

Election of sectional officers

Coffee Break
Plenary Session

Saturday, November 9, 1985 - Room 126 - Lappin

Hall

0800

0815

0830

0845

0900
0915
1030

1045

Culture of cucumber protoplasts.
Larry A. Giesmann and Karen W.
Hughes, Northern Kentucky
University and University of Ten-
nessee.

The effects of benzimidazole on
duckweed. James J. Dyar, Bellar-
mine College.

Scanning electron microscope
studies of tobacco leaf epidermis
subjected to simulated acid rain.
M.V. Currier, J.E. Winstead, and
J.R. McCurry, Western Kentucky
University.

Sulfur accumulation in xylem
tissue of tree species from Ken-
tucky and Tennessee correlated
with growth and atmospheric
sulfur pollution. J.-L. Sharp,
Western Kentucky University.

Coffee Break
Annual Business Meeting

Effects of blossom-set on fruit pro-
duction and retention in the
California Wonder cultivar of Cap-
sicum. Mary Susan Mardon, and
Thomas L. Keefe, Eastern Ken-
tucky University. (Sponsored by
David Mardon)

Cloning of the gene for glutamine syn-
thetase from soybean. Valgene L.

1100

1115

1130

1145

1200
1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

1445

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 67

Dunham and Brian Cummings, Western
Kentucky University and Native Plants
Incorporated, Utah.

Effect of heavy metal pollutants on the
growth and development of Lemna

minor. Sue Ellen Hugan, Notre Dame
Academy, sponsored by H.A. Leopold.

Chemical influences on root
gravitropism. Kathy Seqgerson, Notre
Dame Academy, sponsored by H.A.
Leopold.

Using centrifugal accelerations to deter-
mine the effect of applied voltage on
root geotropism in Zea mays. Gaylon R.
Lovelace, Jr. Grant County High
School, sponsored by H.A. Leopold.

Limnological studies on Taylorsville
Lake, a new reservoir in Kentucky.
James D. Mayfield, University of
Louisville.

Lunch

A reinvestigation of Claiborne Forma-
tion (Middle Eocene) fruit and seed
floras from western Kentucky and Ten-
nessee. Paul J. Grote and David L.
Dilcher, Indiana University.

Peat Moss in Kentucky. Willem Meijer
and Ray Cranfill, University of Ken-
tucky.

Preliminary report on the violets of Ken-
tucky. Landon E. McKinney, Barcon,
Inc.

Some plant communities of the Fort
Knox Army Base. Hal D. Bryan and
John R. MacGregor, Kentucky Depart-
ment of Highways and Kentucky
Department of Fish and Wildlife
Resources.

A floristic study of Panther Glade - a
unique natural area in Hardin County,
Kentucky. Marc Evans and Jeffrey Sole,
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
and Kentucky Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources.

Preliminary studies of plant biomass
patterns on strip mine spoil. R.G. Reiss
and J.E. Winstead, Western Kentucky
University.

Surface-mine reclamation and native
species from forest topsoil seed banks.
Gary L. Wade, USDA Forest Service,
Northeastern Forest Experiment Station.

Vascular flora of Log Mountain Sur-
facemine Demonstration Area, Bell

1530

County, Kentucky. Ralph L. Thompson,
Berea College.

Discussion: A Kentucky Native Plant
Society?

CHEMISTRY

Audrey L. Campanion, Chairperson
Laurence J. Boucher, Secretary

Friday, November 8, 1985

0800

0815

0915
0930

1030

1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

Tutorial Session: Coal Chemistry
Laurence J. Boucher, Presiding

Eagle Meeting Room

Adron Doran University Center

Introduction. Laurence J. Boucher,
Arkansas State University.

Organic Chemistry of Coal. John W.
Reasoner, Western Kentucky University

Coffee Break

Analytical Chemistry of Coal. John T.
Riley, Western Kentucky University.

Conversion of Coal to Liquid and Gaseous
Products, William G. Lloyd. Western Ken-
tucky University.

Session I. David A. Owen, Presiding

Room 129 - Lappin Hall

Polylithiation and Subsequent Derivatiza-
tion Reactions of Bis-Fulvalenyl Diiron.
Danny J. Garland and David A. Owen,
Murray State University.

Investigations on Thermoplasticity of
Some Kentucky Coals. William D. Schulz
and Kenneth R. Rose, Eastern Kentucky
University.

Mechanistic Studies of the Induced
Decomposition of Diacylperoxides. T.G.
Taylor and Shamala Nuggehalli, Univer-
sity of Louisville.

Functional Group Effect on the Solvent-
induced Swelling of Coal. Elizabeth K.

Sutton and Joan Reeder, Eastern Ken-

tucky University.

Analysis of Rainwater Precipitation in
Southwest Kentucky. Mustafa I. Selim,
Murray State University.

Analysis of Hair and Nail by INAA:
Relationship of Trace Element Levels to
Alzheimer’s Disease. D.E. Vance, W.D.
Ehmann aud W.R. Marksbery, Universi-
ty of Kentucky.

68 Program

1430 Preliminary Plasmid Studies of the Slane
Isolate of Acinetobacter Calcoaceticus.
Thomas Maudru and Vaughn
Vandergrift, Murray State University.

1445 Software for Instrumental Analysis. Jeff
Anderson, Murray State University.

1500 Coffee Break
1530 Plenary Session

Session II. John T. Riley, Presiding
Room 129 - Lappin Hall

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0800 Axioms of Kinetics and a Ther-
modynamic Rate Law. M.L. Trover and
P.L. Corio, University of Kentucky.

0815 Construction and Use of an Adiabatic
Calorimeter to Study the Self-Heating of
Coal. G.S. Yates, S.M. Fatemi and J.T.
Riley, Western Kentucky University.

0830 Use of an Alkali Extraction Test as a
Prediction for Self-Heating in Coal. A.
Parvez, J.W. Reasoner and J.T. Riley,
Western Kentucky University.

0900 Coffee Break

0915 Annual Business Meeting

1030 Laboratory Microcomputing. Samuel L.
Cooke, University of Louisville.

1115 Panel Discussion: Computers in

Chemistry; John M. Chamberlin,
Western Kentucky University, Audrey L.
Companion, University ef Kentucky,
Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky
University, Jeff Anderson, Murray State
University.

1200 Chemistry Section Meeting: Election of
Officers

Session III. Laurence J. Boucher, Presiding
Room 130 - Lappin Hall

0800-0900 Poster Session

Assay of Soluble Fractions from
the Hydro-Liquefication of
Micronized Coals. Cindy Elder and
W.G. Lloyd, Western Kentucky
University.

Kinetics of Proton Removal from
Ethylbis (2, 4-dinitrophenyl)acetate
by Thiethylamine. Carl D. Slater,
Northern Kentucky University.

Hydrogen Transfer Catalysis with
Anchored Palladium Anthranilic
Acid Polystyrene Polymers. Cindy
Elder and L.J. Boucher, Western
Kentucky University.

GEOGRAPHY SECTION

Glen Conner, Chairperson, Presiding

Gary Cox, Secretary
Room 221 - Rader Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500
1530

“A Geographical Analysis of the
1985 Kentucky Essential Skills
Test.” Wayne Hoffman and James
Bingham, Western Kentucky
University.

“Places Rated Almanac and Ken-
tucky Cities.” Michael J. Pirani,
University of Kentucky.

“Napier Cave: A Case of Ground-
water Pollution From Leaking
Underground Storage Tanks.”
James W. Webster and Nicholas
Crawford, Western Kentucky
University.

“Hot Spells, Cold Spells, and
Folklore Climatology.” Glen Con-
ner, Western Kentucky University.

“Names and Landscape Change in
Kentucky, 1955-1985.” William A.
Withington, University of Ken-
tucky.

“Geography of Death: The Case of
Kentucky Farming.” Milos Sebor,
Eastern Kentucky University.

“Built to Last: Brick Architecture
of Cumberland County,
Kentucky.” Albert Peterson, Jr.,
Western Kentucky University.

“Microclimatological Changes In-
curred During a Social Gathering.”
L. Michael Trapasso, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, November 9, 1985 - Room 221, Rader Hall

1030

“Karst Hydrology of the Sunken
Spring Drainage Basin, Warren
County, Kentucky.” Christopher G.
Groves and Nicholas Crawford,
Western Kentucky University.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 69

1045 “Differences Between Kentucky
Counties With and Without In-
terstate Highways: A Discriminant
Analysis.” Henry E. Moon, Jr.,

University of Kentucky.

1100 “Transportation Design Process
Study of Bowling Green,
Kentucky.” Hong Liu, Western

Kentucky University.

1115 “Impact of Early Mills on the
Landscape of Central Kentucky.”
William A. Bladen, University of

Kentucky.

1130 “Urban Reclamation of a British
Coal Mining Area.” James L.
Davis, Western Kentucky Universi-
ty.

“Changing Patterns of Black
Residential Location in Covington,
Kentucky, 1860-1980.” Edwin T.
Weiss, Jr., Northern Kentucky
University.

1145

1200 “Black Surbanization in Jefferson
County, Kentucky: A Preliminary
Report.” John L. Anderson,

University of Louisville.

GEOLOGY SECTION

Gary L. Kuhnhenn, chairperson, Presiding
Alan D. Smith, Secretary
Room 210 - Lappin Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300 Jeptha Knob, Iridium and extinc-
tions. C. Ronald Seeger, Western

Kentucky University.

1315 Structural geology and mineral
distribution in the Boonesboro
limestone mine, Ford quadrangle,
Madison County, Kentucky.
Timothy J. Gustafson, Eastern
Kentucky University, sponsored by

G. Kuhnhenn.

1330 Is a geologic methods course im-
portant to undergraduate training?
David K. Hylbert, Morehead State

University.

1345 Textural evidence for multiple
metamorphism, Brevard Fault
zone, Rosman, North Carolina.
Timothy R. McKinsey and John R.
Monrad, Eastern Kentucky Univer-

sity, sponsored by G. Kuhnhenn.

1400 Petroleum drilling in eastern Ken-
tucky. Graham H. Hunt, Univer-

sity of Louisville.

1415 Analysis of phosphate nodules
from the Borden Formation of nor-
theastern Kentucky Jeffrey T.
Stewart, Charles E. Mason and
Richard L. Hunt, Morehead State

University.

1430 Condonts from the upper Farmers
and lower Nancy Members of the
Borden Formation of northeastern
Kentucky. George B. Clarke, An-
thony R. Hatton and Charles E.

Manson, Morehead State Univer-

sity.

1445 Evaluation of coal beneficiation by
high-gradient magnetic separation:
a case study at TVA’s Paradise
coal preparation facility. Kenneth
W. Kuehn, Western Kentucky

University, sponsored by R. Seeger.
1500
1515
1530

Sectional Business Meeting
Coffee Break
Plenary Meeting

Saturday, November 8, 1985

0900 Coffee Break

0915 Annual Business Meeting

PHYSICS SECTION

Joel Gwinn, Chairman, Presiding
Raymond McNeil, Secretary
Eagle Meeting Room
Adron Deran University Center

Friday, November 8, 1985

1500 Coffee Break

1530 Plenary Session.

Saturday, November 9, 1985

What Can You Do with One Sheet
of Paper? Vincent A. DiNoto, Jdr.,
Jefferson Community College
Southwest.

0800

0815 Physics Lab Safety Instruction. Neil
D. Adams, Paducah Community

College.

0830 Computer-Assisted Lab Evaluation.
William T. Luyster, DeSales High

School.

70

0845

0900

0915
1030

1045

1100

1 I Wb

1130

1145

1200
1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

Program

Selected “Outstanding?”
Demonstrations in Physics. Michael
Schmidt, Thomas More College.

Comic Strip Physics: Humor as a
Mode of Knowledge. Russell M.
Brengelman, Morehead State
University.

Annual Business Meeting

Counting Stars at the South Galac-
tic Pole. Raymond C. McNeil, Nor-
thern Kentucky University.

Impact Ionization of Laser-Excited
Atoms. K.B. MacAdam, N.L.S.
Martin, and D.B. Smith, University
of Kentucky; R.G. Rolfes,
Presbyterian College.

Inelastic Scattering of 28Si on
208Pb. D.L. Humphrey and G. Vour-
vopoulos, Western Kentucky
University; D.C. Hensley, J.R.
Beene, F.E. Bertrand, and M.L.
Halbert, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory.

Automobile Deceleration Force by
the Coast Down Method. William
S. Wagner, Northern Kentucky
University.

Stopping Distances and the Coef-
ficient of Kinetic Friction. Mar-
shall Wilt, Centre College.

Using the Apple II Computer to
Take and Analyze Pendulum
Data. Kevin Cahill, Thomas More
College.

Lunch

Proton Reactions on Indium from
60 to 200 MeV. John Fisher and
C.E. Laird, Eastern Kentucky
University; Tom Ward and Lei
Wan Woo, I.U.C.F.

Level Structure of !2°Sn from (n,
n_) Studies. J.L. Weil, Xiamin
Shi, Z. Zhou, and J. Sa, Universi-
ty of Kentucky.

Measuring c with a Pulsed LED.
Mike Cihoas, Centre College.

Wave Analysis Using Apple Com-
puters. J.P. Stewart, Warren East
High School; F.D. Bryant and
D.L. Humphrey, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Physics Section Business Meeting.

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS, BIOCHEMISTRY
AND PHARMACOLOGY SECTION

John Calkins, chairperson, Presiding
David |. Wiegman, Secretary
Room 113 - Lappin Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985
Workshop - Room 130 - Lappin Hall

1300-1500

Integrative Study in Physiology
and Medicine. Scientific,
philosophic, and pedagogic prin-
cipals in the study of the human
organism at the level of its
wholeness: the milticellular
organism. Joseph Engelberg,
University of Kentucky.

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

Separation and identification of
phenolic and trimethylsilyl
derivatives by gas
chromatography and fourier
transform infrared spectroscopy.
John H. Melhuish, Jr., Raymond
B. Willis and Charles S. Wright,
Northeastern Forest Experiment
Station.

Flowering requirements of
Tussilago farfara. John H.
Melhuish, Jr.,Peter R. Beckjord
and Willis G. Vogel, Northeastern
Forest Experiment Station.

Kinetics of glucuronidation of
4’-Chloro-4-biphenylol. M.A.
Davis and R.F. Volp, Murray
State University.

Photomutagens in synthetic fuel.
Christopher Selby, John Calkins
and Harry G. Enoch, University of
Kentucky and Kentucky Energy
Cabinet.

The effect of the fescue endophyte
on the rat estrus cycle. Dan R.
Varney Michael Ndefru and San-
ford L Jones, Eastern Kentucky
University.

The effect of the fescue endophyte
on the physiology of the female
rat. Hugh Hem-Lee, Dan R.
Varney and Sanford L. Jones,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Reproductivity and lactation in
rats as effected by the fescus en-
dophyte. Joseph Kappes, Dan R.
Varney and Sanford L. Jones,
Eastern Kentucky University,

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 71

1445 The distribution of orally ad-
ministered BHT in tissues of New
Zealand white rabbits. D.R. Hart-
man, B.R. Ferrell and L. Breiwa,
Western Kentucky University.

1500 Coffee Break
1530 Plenary Session

Irvin G. Joshua, Presiding
Room 113 - Lappin Hall

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0800 Positioning kinetics of the colonial
algae Volvox in response to visible
and ultraviolet radiation. Mary
Blakefield and John Calkins,
University of Kentucky.

0815 Caffeine as an inhibitor of repair
radiation damage and as a toxic
agent. John Calkins and John
Wheeler, University of Kentucky.

0830 The relationship of the sensitiza-
tion factor observed with UV
repair inhibition at wavelength
from 254 to 320 nm. John
Wheeler, Cindy I. Keller and John
Calkins, University of Kentucky.

0845 Effect of pulmonary C-fiber
stimulation an left ventricular con-
tractility. Michael A. Kurz,
William B. Wead, Milton T.
Kosfeld and Cary Schooly,
University of kentucky.

0900 Coffee Break
0915 Annual Business Meeting
1030 Serotonin has a differential effect

on arterioles in the rat cremaster
muscle. Andreas S. Luebbe and
Nancy L. Alsip, University of
Louisville.

1045 Enkephalin-induced changes in
microvascular luminal diameter.
J,W. Brock, J.P. Dowe, I.G.
Joshua and F.N. Miller, Universi-
ty of Louisville.

1100 Nutrient and non-nutrient cir-
culatory channels in the canine
kidney. Jamie S. Young and John
C. Passmore, Univeristy of
Louisville.

1115 Relationship between glucose
6-phosphate dehydrogenase ac-
tivity, corticosterone levels, and
diet in 7, 12-dimethylbenz (a) an-

1130

1145

thracene induced rat mammary
tumors. James A. Vansant and
David Magrane (Sponsored by
Jerry Howell, Jr.), Morehead
State University.

Relationship between glucose-6-
phosphate dehydrogenas activity
and hormone dependency in
DMBA.- induced rat mammary
cancer. Lila S. Berry and David
Magrane, sponsored by Jerry
Howell, Jr., Morehead State
University.

The effect of various levels of
dietary fat on DMBA-induced
mammary carcinomas. Brent
Butler and David Magrane, spon-
sored by Jerry Howell, Jr.,
Morehead State University.

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION

Don Birdd, Chairperson
Ed Story, Secretary, Presiding

East Room A

Adron Doran University Center

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

Using Readability Scales in Selec-
ting Science Texts. Dan Varney,
Eastern Kentucky University,
Judith Cunningham, Eastern Ken-
tucky University and Juanita Cox,
Madison County Schools.

“Science in the Tackle box”. Dr.
Randy Falls, Morehead State
University.

50 Minute Chemical Computer
Course. Ted C. Shields, Ashland
Community College.

Plants Used By The Pre-Historic
Indians of Kentucky. by Mel
Hankla, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity. Sponsored by Dr. Charles T.
Crume, Jr.

Commitment True/False Tests. Dr.
Charles T. Crume, Jr., Western
Kentucky University.

Pictures and Recall from Science
Text. Gary J. Anglin and J.
Truman Stevens, University of
Kentucky.

Go For A Slide!!. Larry Pursell,
Elizabethtown Community College.

72 Program

1445 Identification of Learning-skill Dif-
ficulties of Students Technical
Allied Health Programs. Cathy
Hunt, Henderson Community Col-

lege.
1500 Coffee Break
1530 Plenary Session
East Room A

Adron Doran University Center
Saturday, November 9, 1985

0800 Crown Jewels of Science Historic
Scientific Instruments. Dr. Norman
W. Hunter, Western Kentucky
University.

0815 From Amulets To Anesthetics:
Some Views of the History of
Science. Ms. Dawne Durbin,
Western Kentucky University.

0830 Kentucky Governor’s Scholars and
the Creation Science/Evolution
Issue. Dr. Ray Hammond, Centre
College.

0845 Opportunities to Teach Science
During the Elementary Student
Teaching Experience: A Survey.
Herbert Simmons, Western Ken-
tucky University.

0900 Coffee Break
0915 Annual Business Meeting
1030 The Biology of Cancer: An In-

novative Approach In Teaching
Upper Level Biology Students, Dr.
David Magrane, Biology Depart-
ment, Morehead State University.
Sponsored by Jerry Howell, Jr.

1045 An Economical Microcomputer
System and Interface for
Laboratory Data and Collection.
John Meisenheimer, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

1100 Science/Society/Environmental
Education Curriculum Inventory;
An Aid For Teachers. Dr. Ron
Gardella, Northern Kentucky
University.

PSYCHOLOGY SECTION
Virginia Falkenberg, Chair
Barney Beins, Secretary, Presiding

Room 112 - Ginger Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1310

1320

1330

1340

1350

1400

1410

1420

1430

1440

1450

1500
1530

Eye movements during polygraph
exams: A nonverbal clue to decep-
tion? Debbie Finkel and Jack G.
Thompson, Centre College.

Time estimation in blind in-
dividuals. Robert C. Meyer, Mur-
ray State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barrett.

Misattribution and reinforcement.
Thomas D. Valentine, Murray
State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barnett.

Evidence for multiple memories of
identical stimuli learned at different
times. Barney Beins, Steve
Chrisman and Susan Potzick,
Thomas More College.

Relation of self-esteem to accuracy
of self-knowledge: To know me is
to love me? John W. Porter and
Melanie Lucas, Thomas More Col-
lege. Sponsored by Barney Beins.

The relationships between person-
ality, aerobic efficiency and exer-
cise preferences. Margi Lacy and
Jack G. Thompson, Centre Col-
lege.

Apomorphine-induced sensitization
of locomotor activity: Effects of
dose level. Bruce A. Mattingly,
J.E. Gotsick, and J. Salamanca,
Morehead State University.

Apomorphine-induced sensitization
of locomotor activity: Effects of
interinjection intervbal. J.E. Got-
sick, B.A. Mattingly and C. Duff,
Morehead State University.

Birth order: Its relation to motiva-
tion and achievement. Ralph C.
Sweet, Murray State University.
Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

Age differences in memory distor-
tion. Elizabeth Yates, Murray State
University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

Self-identity and bereavement. Lin-
da R. Dann, Murray State Univer-
sity. Sponsored by Terry R. Bar-
rett.

Value modulation as a function of
marital longevity. Frank Kodman

and Shari Shields-Dzurny, Murray
State University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2) 73

Terry R. Barrett, Presiding
Room 112 - Ginger Hall

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0900
0915
1030

1040

1050

1100

1110

1120

1130

1140

Coffee
Annual Business Meeting

Aesthetic preference as a function
of personality characteristics. Gary
G. Bruton, Murray State Universi-
ty. Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

The psychological effects of music.
Joan M. Reeves, Murray State
University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

Alcohol-related domestic violence.
Margaret A. Laster, Murray State
University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

Physical attractiveness and physical
effectiveness in high school and
college students. Robert E. Kramp,
Eastern Kentucky University. Spon-
sored by William Watkins.

Interpretation of gender differences
in perceptions of rape. Gerry F.
Gibson, Murray State University.
Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

Empathy and its association with
altruistic and egotistic helping
behavior. Judith L. Kaelin, Eastern
Kentucky University. Sponsored by
William Watkins.

Visual-Spatial abilities: Sex-
differences, training difference, or
is there really a difference? Heidi
L. Tilenius, Murray State Universi-
ty. Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

Personality differences in women:
Traditional versus nontraditional
roles. Krista L. Tunnell, Murray
State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barrett.

SOCIOLOGY SECTION

Reid Luhman, Co-chairperson
Craig Taylor, Co-chairperson
Room 225 - Rader Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

Victimization, etiology, and social
reaction. John Curra and Steven
Savage, Eastern Kentucky Univer-
sity.

1320

1340

1400

1420

1440

1500
1530

Faculty perceptions of international
education at Murray State Univer-
sity. J. Allen Singleton, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Toward a sociology of war.
Richard Voorhees, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.

Socialization for expressiveness and
instrumentality. Craig Taylor,
Western Kentucky University.

Speed and high tech vs. practical
application and sustainable tech in
the Human Powered Vehicle
Association. Dick Futrell, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Research notes on race, class and
life satisfaction in the United
States. Reid Luhman, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0900
0915

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY SECTION

Thomas C. Rambo, Chairperson, Presiding

W. Blaine Early, Secretary
Room 224 - Lappin Hall

Friday, November 8, 1985

1300

1315

1330

1345

A distributional study of stream
fishes in Taylor County, Kentucky
(Green River). Gordon K. Weddle,
Campbellsville College.

Home range and food habits of the
Barn Owl in central Kentucky.
Peter G. David and Gary Ritchison,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Wintering population dynamics of
the Bald Eagle (Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) at Ballard County
Wildlife Management Area. Jeffrey
Sole, Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources, Terry Siemsen,
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Louisville District, Brian Anderson
and Marc Evans, Kentucky Nature
Preserves Commission.

Feeding patterns of Bald Eagles
(Haliaeetus leucocephalus) at
Ballard County Wildlife Manage-

74 Program

ment Area, Winter 1985/85. Terry
Siemsen, U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, Louisville District and
Jeffrey Sole, Department of Fish
and Wildlife Resources.

1400 Habitat separation in sympatric
shews in Kentucky. Hal D. Bryan,
Kentucky Transportation Cabinet.

1415 The effect of pericarp texture on
oviposition by the maize weevil,
Sitophilus zeamais Motsch. Philip
W. Tipping, J.G. Rodriguez, and
C.G. Peneleit, University of Ken-
tucky and D.E. Legg, Kentucky
State University.

1430 Preliminary notes on Madeophylax
sp. (Insecta:Trichoptera) Guenter
Shuster. Eastern Kentucky Univer-

sity.
1445 Election of Sectional Officers
1500 Coffee Break
1530 Plenary Session

Room 224 - Lappin Hall
Saturday, November 9, 1985

0800 Incidence of lead poisoning in
Canada Geese from Ballard
County, Kentucky. Kevin D. Flowers
and Stephen B. White, Murray
State University.

0815 New distributional records for
some Kentucky mammals. Les
Meade and Matt Meadows,
Morehead State University.

0830 Additional records of the Redside
Dace, Clinostomus elongatus
(Kirtland) in Northeastern Ken-
tucky. Les Meade and Dave McNee-
ly, Morehead State University and
Lew Kormman, Kentucky Depart-
ment of Fish and Wildlife
Resources.

0845 Development of the urinary blad-
der in Rana catesbiana tadpoles.
Theresa L. Powell and John J. Just,
University of Kentucky.

0900 Coffee Break
0915 Annual Business Meeting
1030 The status and present distribution

of the River Otter in Kentucky.
Charles W. Logsdon and Stephen B.
White, Murray State University
and Thomas Edwards, Kentucky

1045

1100

1115

1130

1145

1200

Department of Fish and Wildlife
Resources.

Parasitization and its effects on the
lipid content in Heliothis virescens.
D.L. Coar and Douglas L. Dahlman,
University of Kentucky.

A diabetic insect - Result from
parasitization. Douglas |. Dahlman
and Rosalyn Moore, University of
Kentucky.

A novel form of antibiosis in Nico-
tiana. Joseph Huesing and Davy
Jones, University of Kentucky.
Sponsored by B.C Pass, University
of Kentucky.

Interspecific interactions of insects
at the unopened buds of platanillo
(Heliconia latispatha). Thomas C.
Rambo, Northern Kentucky Univer-
sity, Woddbridge A. Foster, The
Ohio State University, and Richard
B. Buchanan, Northern Kentucky
University.

Ecology and feeding behavior of
Cerion sp. (Gastropoda:
Pulmonata) on San Salvador,
Bahamas. James B. Sickel, Murray
State University.

A model of foraging behavior in
antlions (Neuroptera:Myrmeleon-
tidae). Mary Linton, Kevin
Strohmeier, Pat Dillon, Jeff
Williams, and Hasan Aral, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

SECTION

Herbert Berry, Chairperson

Russel M. Brengelman, Secretary, Presiding

East Room B

Adron Doran University Center

Friday, November 8, 1985

1500
1530

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, November 9, 1985

0900
0915
1100

Coffee Break
Annual Business Meeting

Organizational Meeting

Abstracts of Some Papers Presented
at the Annual Meeting

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY

Cloning of the gene for glutamine synthetase
from soybean. VALGENE L. DUNHAM,” Department
of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY 42101 and BRIAN A. CUMMINGS, Native
Plants Incorporated, Salt Lake City, UT 84112.

Total RNA was isolated from 4-day, etiolated soy-
bean hypocotyls. Poly (A) RNA was isolated by using
d(T)-cellulose chromatography and was purified in
sucrose gradients. The resulting four peaks of mRNA
were separately translated in vitro. Glutamine syn-
thetase (GS) was purified from the translation pro-
ducts, indicating the presence of mRNA. Double
stranded cDNA was prepared from the mRNA and in-
serted into pBR322 using dG’ dC tailing. Escherichia
coli strain RRI was transformed with the recombinant
plasmid, selected by resistance to tetracycline and
transferred into media to induce the synthesis of GS.
Soybean GS was isolated and partially purified from
transformed cells by using agarose and DEAE-cellu-
lose chromatography.

A reinvestigation of Claiborne Formation (Middle
Eocene) fruit-and-seed flora from western Kentucky
and Tennessee. PAUL J. GROTE* and DAVID L.
DILCHER, Department of Biology, Indiana Universi-
ty, Bloomington, IN 47405.

A fruit-and-seed flora from the Middle Eocene
Claiborne Formation (western Kentucky and Ten-
nessee) is being reinvestigated. Morphological and
anatomical studies are in progress on both previously
described and newly discovered undescribed fossil
material. While some fossil fruit types can be placed
into extant genera (e.g., Nyssa), other types can be
assigned only to extinct genera in extant families (e.g.,
Euphorbiaceae, Theaceae, Juglandaceae). Fruit and
seed evidence agrees with interpretations based on
leaves that the Middle Eocene climate of the area was
warm temperate to cool subtropical. (Supported by a
KAS Grant-in-Aid.)

Germination of seeds of Euonymus americanus
with the use of Clostridium cellobioparum. GARY T.
HOWARD* and L.P. ELLIOT, Department of
Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY 42101.

The use of Clostridium cellobioparum was suc-
cessful in stimulating germination of Euonymus
americanus seeds. Scarified and unscarified seed
received the following treatments:40 were treated
with thioglycollate-broth-grown C. cellobioparum
under anaerobic conditions; 40, with the membrane
filter filtrate from thioglycollate-grown C.
cellobioparum; 40, with pasteurized C. cellobioparum
culture; and 40, with only thioglycollate broth. Ger-

mination occurred only when seeds were nonscarified
and subjected to the bacterium under anaerobic con-
ditions; and it began 6 days after incubation in the
growth chamber. Imbibition occurred in scarified and
nonscarified seeds under all three treatments but con-
trol seeds did not imbibe.

Preliminary studies of plant biomass patterns on
strip mine spoil. RALPH G. REISS* and JOE E.
WINSTEAD, Department of Biology, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

A strip mine (abandoned 1963) in Butler County,
Kentucky, provided specific subplots for comparison
of biomass production between seasons in 1985 and
less harsh controlled growth-chamber conditions.
Field growth to 28 May averaged .014 gm/ cm? dry
matter increasing to 0.022 gm/ cm? 130 days later.
Comparative subplots moved from the field 28 May to
laboratory conditions of 16-hr daylengths and 12-hr
temperature cycles of 32-16°C averaged only .017
gm/cm? dry biomass from the spring until harvest
after 130 days, indicating more growth control by
spoil than by climate. Principal species in the test
were Bidens polyiepis, Lechea tenuifolia, and
Polygonum pensylvanicum.

CHEMISTRY

Functional group effects on solvent-induced swell-
ing of coal. JOAN REEDER and ELIZABETH K.
SUTTON,* Department of Chemistry, Eastern Ken-
tucky University, Richmond, KY 40475.

Solvents with various functional groups were ex-
amined to observe their effect on the degree of swell-
ing of several Kentucky coals. The observations show-
ed that increasing the methyl substitution or an in-
crease in the nucleophilicity of the solvent caused an
increase in the degree of swelling. This general trend
could, however, be overshadowed by hydrogen bond-
ing and steric effects. Although the results are far
from conclusive, it appears that nucleophilicity,
hydrogen bonding, and steric factors play the most
important role in determining the degree of swelling.
However, no quantitative correlation parameter has
yet been developed.

Investigation on thermoplasticity of some Ken-
tucky coals. KENNETH R. ROSE, DAVID A. ROSE,
and WILLIAM D. SCHULTZ,* Department of Chem-
istry, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY
40475.

Data from proximate and ultimate analysis of 11
Kentucky Coals were obtained. These coals were ex-
tracted with N,N-dimethylformamide and pyridine.
Extracts (bitumen portions) were analyzed by reverse
phase high performance liquid chromatography

75

76

(R.P.H.P.L.C.) and size exclusion chromatography
(S.E.C.). Extracted coals were subjected to swelling
experiments to determine relative cross link density.
All data were examined for correlation with ther-
moplasticity. The average weight of the extracts, from
S.E.C., was 450 with varying molecular weight dis-
tributions. Neither molecular weight nor polarity
distribution (from R.P.H.P.L.C.) correlated well with
thermoplasticity. The known correlation between car-
ben content of the coals was observed, and an ex-
cellent correlation between the extractibility of the
coals and thermoplasticity was found. No other cor-
relation could be detected.

Analysis of hair and nail by INAA: relationship of
trace element levels to Alzheimer’s disease. D.E.
VANCE,* W.D. EHMANN, Department of Chem-
istry, and W.R. MARKESBERY, Departments of
Neurology, Pathology and Sanders Brown Research
Center on Aging, University of Kentucky, Lexington,
KY 40506.

Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is a dementing disorder
afflicting some 5% of older Americans. Its cause is
unknown. One hypothesis regarding its etiology im-
plicates trace elements as causative factors. In our
study, hair and fingernail samples from both AD and
control patients were analyzed for 25 trace elements
by instrumental neutron activation analysis (INAA) in
an attempt to demonstrate significant differences bet-
ween disease and control groups. Preliminary results
for six of these elements were discussed. Several
elemental imbalances previously observed in AD
brains were also seen in fingernail samples. Hair
analysis revealed no significant control-AD dif-
ferences, probably due largely to the high inherent
variability in hair.

GEOLOGY

Conodonts from the upper Farmers and lower
Nancy Members of the Borden Formation of north-
eastern Kentucky. GEORGE B. CLARK, ANTHONY
R. HATTON,” and CHARLES E. MASON, Depart-
ment of Physical Sciences, Morehead State Universi-
ty, Morehead, KY 40351.

Seven trench samples were examined from one
locality along Interstate-64, 2.9 km west of the
Morehead, Kentucky, exit. Four samples were taken
from the shale intervals of the uppermost Farmers
Member and three from the lower four meters of the
Nancy Member. All samples contained conodonts,
which ranged in abundance from 3 to 129 conodonts
per kilogram. The most abundant taxon was Polygna-
thodus communis followed by the genus Gnatho-
dus. Other associated microfossils include
arenaceous forminifera, ostracodes, and_ scole-
codonts. Also found in all three processed sam-
ples from the Nancy Member were biostratigra-
phically important ammonoids. This association
(conodonts and ammonoids) will be significant in the
biostratigraphic zonation of this interval of geological
time both locally and internationally.

Abstracts

Petroleum drilling and brine pollution in Ken-
tucky. GRAHAM HUNT,’ Department of Geology,
University of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292.

Saline connate water known as brine is often
found in drilling for hydrocarbon accumulations. Late-
ly, the government is attempting to stop possible brine
pollution of Kentucky’s streams, thus forcing oil
operators to make hard economic decisions regarding
control of the brine until it evaporates. After evapora-
tion, the remaining salts are collected and may be us-
ed in water on the public roads. Because the location
for petroleum drilling is directed by geologists it is
concluded that the method of site selection for wells
should include this growing problem of brine pollu-
tion.

Analysis of phosphate nodules from the Borden
Formation of northeastern Kentucky. JEFFREY T.
STEWART,* CHARLES E. MASON, and RICHARD
L. HUNT, Department of Physical Sciences,
Morehead State University, Morehead, KY 40351.

Phosphate nodules from five different
stratigraphic horizons were collected from the Borden
Formation. Most phosphate nodules contained fossils,
three-dimensional burrows, and preserved sedimen-
tary lamina. The phosphate contents determined by
the vandomolyb-date spectrophotometric method
ranged from 19 to 27% P,0,, with an overall average
of 23.2% P,0,. Light and dark nodules from the Nada
Member showed no significant difference in
phosphate content. The Borden Formation does con-
tain phosphate nodules in all members, and they were
formed within the sediments below the sediment-
water interface before much compaction of sediment
had occurred. Submarine erosion exhumed and con-
centrated them at times into thin layers.

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS,
BIOCHEMISTRY, AND PHARMACOLOGY

Kinetics of glucuronidation of 4-chloro-4-
‘biphenylol. M.A. DAVIS and R.F. VOLP,* Depart-
ment of Chemistry, Murray State University, Murray,
KY 42071.

We measured kinetic constants for glucuronida-
tion of 4’-chloro-4-biphenylol (MCBol), the major
metabolite of 4-chloro-biphenyl. Rat liver microsomes
(0.2 mg protein/ml) were incubated in 50 mM Tris,
pH 7.4 at 37°C, with 5 mM MgCL2, 3 mM UDPGA,
and various concentrations of MCBol (total volume:
2ml). Incubations were stopped with 2 ml methanol
and centrifuged. The supernatant (201) was injected
onto a 5-tm cyanopropyl-silane column eluted with
0.01 M KH2P04/ acetonitrile, 4:1 (ph 2.8), at 1.0
ml/min. Eluate absorbance was monitored at 280
nm. Area under the glucuronide peak was measured
and converted to concentration of MCBol via a
Lineweaver-Burke plot. Kinetic constants were: Vmax
6.35 uM/min. mg protein and Km * 300 pu M.

The distribution of orally administered butylated
hydroxytoluene in tissues of New Zealand white rab-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(1-2)

bits. D.R. HARTMAN,* B.R. FERRELL, and L.F.
BREIWA, Department of Chemistry, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Two rabbits were given carbon-14 labled butylate
hydroxytoluene (BHT). Sixteen tissues, urine, and
feces were sampled; They were homogenized in
chloroform:methanol and that fraction was extracted
with water. Carbon-14 determinations were made on
the three fractions. The male excreted more
carbon-14 in the urine in 24 hours than the female.
BHT levels were lower in male tissues, except in the
chloroform fraction, which showed no difference.
Liver, kidney, and feces contained BHT equally
distributed between lipid and insoluble fractions.
Blood and lung tissue had a high percentage of BHT
associated with the insoluble fraction.

Flowering requirements of Tussilago farfara. J.H.
MELHUISH. JR.,* P.R. BECKJORD, and W.G.
VOGEL, USDA-Forest Service, Northeastern Forest
Experiment Station, Rt. 2, Hwy. 21 East, Berea, KY
40403.

Tussilago farfara (coltsfoot) has become
naturalized on disturbed and waste places in the nor-
theast United States and may have a role in some
aspects of surface mine revegetation. However, the
seed has short viability, and germination drops to
50% or less in 4 weeks, thus limiting the species’
usefulness in artificial revegitation. Artificial induction
of flowers can be stimulated by cold temperatures or
by long-day photoperiod and cold temperature (60°C
day, 40°C night) or short-day photoperiod and warm
temperature (80°C day, 60°C night). Flower produc-
tion could probably be accomplished most easily by
growing the plants in a greenhouse and then subjec-
ting them to cold temperature for a period of time.

Separation and identification of phenolic acid
trimethylsilyl derivatives by gas chromatography and
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. J.H.
MELHUISH, JR., R.B. WILLIS, and C.S. WRIGHT,’
USDA-Forest Experiment Station, Rt. 2, Hwy. 21
East, Berea, KY 40403.

Phenolic acid trimethylsilyl derivatives were
separated by gas chromatography using three
separate columns. One of these columns was coupled
to a Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer.
The derivatives could be separated and identified by
comparing the relative retention times of the three dif-
ferent columns. However, where there was overlap,
the accompanying infrared data clearly distinguished
between the questionable derivatives, thus enabling
characterization of all derivatives.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Kentucky Governor’s Scholars and the creation
science issue. RAY HAMMOND, Division of Science,
Centre College, Danville, KY 40422.

77

The 1984 and 1985 Scholars were surveyed (as
rising seniors) regarding their attitudes about creation
science and evolution (response total was 466). With
regard to religious beliefs, 35% considered
themselves fundamental, 49% liberal, and 14%
agnostic or atheistic. In the eastern and western
quarters of the state, 46% claimed to be fundamental
compared to only 18% in the Louisville area. State-
wide, one quarter claimed never to have been taught
about evolution in the classroom. More favor crea-
tionism than evolution (1.5X), but a majority favors a
combination of the two as an explanation of origins.
Nearly three-fourths favor giving creation science
equal time with evolution in the classroom.

An Economical (100.00) microcomputer system
and interface for laboratory data collection. JOHN L.
MEISENHEIMER,* Department of Chemistry,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475.

The development of software to effect laboratory
data collection by a microcomputer was described.
Temperature data can be conveniently collected by us-
ing the inexpensive Atari 400 system with a ther-
mistor wired to a resistance-reading gameport. The
thermistor must be calibrated to obtain a curve of
resistance readings plotted against temperature
change. Values from this non-linear curve permit
calculation of coefficients using a fourth order regres-
sion equation. These coefficients are programmed in-
to the software to afford an internally corrected
temperature for any resistance reading effected by the
thermistor. The computer acquisition of a cooling
curve for paradichlorobenzene was also described.

ZOOLOGY AND
ENTOMOLOGY

Development of the urinary bladder in tadpoles of
three anuran species. THERESA L. POWELL’ and
JOHN J, JUST, Thomas Hunt Morgan School of
Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lex-
ington, KY 40506.

Adult frogs have three osmoregulatory organs:
kidney, skin, and bladder. Although much is known
about the development of kidney and skin, little infor-
mation exists on bladder development. We investi-
gated bladder development in three species by dissec-
ting and weighing the bladder at various Taylor
Kollros stages for metamorphosis. Ratios of bladder
weight (mq) to animal weight (g) in Rana catesbiana
ranged from 0.12 0.09 at stage XVIII to 1.13 0.16 at
stage XXIV; in R. palustris and R. clamitans they
were, respectively, 0.14 0.02 and 0.14 0.04 at stage
XVIII to 1.04 0.11 and 1.02 0.05 at stage XXIV. In all
species studied, 2- and 4-week post metamorphic
ratios (approximately 1.4) are not significantly dif-
ferent from each other.

78

NEWS AND COMMENTS
ANNUAL MEETING

The 72nd annual meeting of the Kentucky Academy of Science will be a joint meeting with the School Science
and Mathematic Association (SSMA), the Kentucky Association for Progress in Science (KAPS), and the Kentucky
Council of Teachers of Mathematics (KCTM), on 20-22 November at the Radisson Plaza Hotel in Lexington Con-
vention Center. The deadline for submitting papers for this meeting is 16 May 1986.

CONFERENCE

The Holden Arboretum is co-sponsoring with the Center for Plant Conservation and the Lakeland Community
College a conference on Plant Conservation Strategies: Options for the Future on 16-18 May 1986 at the Holden Ar-
boretum, 9500 Sperry Road, Mentor, Ohio. For more information write Paul C. Spector, Director of Education, at
the arboretum.

Instructions for Contributions

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in the
‘Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of interest to
the membership will be included as received.

Manuscripts may be submitted at any time to the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by one
¥ more persons prior to its acceptance for publication, and once accepted, an attempt will be made to
ublish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced throughout on
good quality white paper 81/2 X 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles and notes see Volume
(3-4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and the author should retain a copy
use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used for all measurements. The basic pat-
ern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts. The Style Manual of the Council of
Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for Authors of the American Institute of
hysics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and a Manual of Style (Chicago University
Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and spelling. Only those words intended to be
italicized in the final publication should be underlined. All authors must be members of the Academy.

The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, body of the
“manuscript, acknowledgements, literature cited, tables with table headings and figure legends and
4 figures.
; 4. The title page should include the title of the paper, the author’s names and addresses, and any foot-
“note material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.
y

52. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It should
be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgements, and Literature Cited. All Tables and
‘figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide com-
plete information on the materials referred to. See Volume 43(3-4) 1982 for style.

is, For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3-4)
1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals, and set
on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 X 7 or 8 X 10 inches. Line drawings in
India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 82 X 11 inches. Photographs
‘should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should be numbered in
‘Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is
trongly suggested that all contributors follow the quidelines of Allen’s (1977) “Steps Toward Better
Scientific Illustrations” published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

_. The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all

erature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations on the
alley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered when the
‘galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS SU eae

if
Z

Survival, dispersal, and home ranges of translocated wild turkeys in eastern Kentucky. John P. Carroll
and|M:. Pete: Thompsons. )(2j3. ssi ie eels Seley UG UN aes EUeN. RDU nE( UE US MOSCA UO 1

A survey of fresh water gastropods in selected habitats of Land Between the Lakes, Kentucky and Ten-
nessee. Lucianne Blair and James B. Sickel... . 0.0... 00.0000 c ccc cece ce cee weenie 6

See ees

Ecological aspects of helminth infections in Chrysemys scripta elegans (Weid). Ron Rosen and W. a
Marquardt iiieii iii see eee ee Gi ONO OI aS RUSE Cal costo as Taha AV De Le a

Variation in seasonal, spatial, and species composition of main channel ichthyoplankton aad |

Ohio River miles 569 to 572. Thomas P. Simon................. 20+ sees eee eee eee eee 19}
Resolving locational conflict in public transport by voter referendum: a study of the Lextran issue.
Stanley Jaworowski, Robert G. Cromley and Thomas P. Leinbach....................... 27
Discriminative courtship between two domestic color morphs of Xiphophorus hellerii Heckel |
(Pisces:Poeciliidae). Raymond E. Hampton................. 00000 c ccc eee eee ees vee SO
Fishes of the Green River drainage in Taylor County, Kentucky. Gordon K. Weddle.......... 37
Petrographic study of the Valley View and Clay’s Ferry Sandstone dikes in east-central Kentucky. J. |
Macklin'Cox and Roy B: VanArsdale.ii (oi) oie eter eso oo) nl alabama 43

NOTES

Mississippi River sturgeons: new Kentucky records and comments on status. Melvin L. Warren, |
Brooks M. Burr and Bernard R. Kuhajda................- 0c cc eee eee teste ences 52

ACADEMY VARFAIRS o/c ei eicje jaye nia a the aves mana tiuilv aren ailspahalletaliecapersteta} ch s/ATuyie seal otaiel amr ae naa 54 :

TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
KENTUCKY
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCE

Volume 47
Numbers 3 - 4
November 1986

Official Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded 8 May 1914

OFFICERS FOR 1986

President: Charles V. Covell, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

President Elect: Larry Giesman, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076

Past President: Joe Winstead, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green 42101

Vice-President: William P. Hettinger, Jr., Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41101

Secretary: Robert Creek, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475
Treasurer: Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Director of the Junior Academy: Joseph P. Stewart, Warren East High School, Bowling Green 42101

A.A.A.S. Representative: Joe King, Murray State University, Murray 42071

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Manuel Schwartz 1986 Jerry Howell 1987
William A. Baker 1986 Gerrit Kloeck 1986
William Bryant 1988 William F. Beasley 1988
Douglas L. Dahlman 1989 Ralph Thompson 1987
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor: Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475
Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville,

Louisville 40292

Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky

University, Highland Heights 41076

Editorial Board: Donald L. Batch, College of Naturaland Mathematical Sciences,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475 (1986)

Gerrit Kloeck, Department of Biology, Kentucky State University, Frankfort

40601 (1987)

Douglas L. Dahlman, University of Kentucky, Lexington 40546 (1988)
Charles V. Covell, Jr., (KAS President), University of Louisville, Louisville

40292

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be members of the Academy.

The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT.

Membership in the Academy is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application forms for member- __
ship may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing. Annual dues are $15.00

for Active Members; $7.00 for Student Members; $20.00 Family.

Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00, back issues are $30.00 per volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and correspondence relating
to exchanges should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292, the exchange agent for the Academy.

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

Sustaining Member
University of Kentucky

Member

Eastern Kentucky University
Kentucky State University
Morehead State University

Murray State University
Northern Kentucky University
University of Louisville
Western Kentucky University

Associate Member

Alice Lloyd College
Bellarmine College
Berea College
Brescia College
Campbellsville College
Centre College
Georgetown College
Kentucky Wesleyan College
Lees College
Lindsey Wilson College
Spalding College
Thomas More College
Union College

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al.

TRANSACTIONS of the

KENTUCKY

ACADEMY of SCIENCE

November 1986
Volume 47
Numbers 3-4

Endangered, Threatened, And Rare Plants
And Animals Of Kentucky!

Melvin L. Warren, Jr.
Department of Zoology
Southern Illinois University at Carbondale
Carbondale, Illinois

Wayne H. Davis
Department of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky

Richard R. Hannan
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
407 Broadway, Frankfort, Kentucky

Marc Evans
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
407 Broadway, Frankfort, Kentucky

Donald L. Batch
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky

Brian D. Anderson
Illinois Nature Preserves Commission
524 South Second Street, Springfield, Illinois

Brainard Palmer-Ball, Jr.
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
407 Broadway, Frankfort, Kentucky

John R. MacGregor
Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources
Game Farm, Frankfort, Kentucky

Ronald R. Cicerello
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
407 Broadway, Frankfort, Kentucky

Raymond Athey
701 Woodland Drive
Paducah, Kentucky

Branley A. Branson
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky

Glen J. Fallo
United States Army
Schweinfurt, West Germany

Brooks M. Burr
Department of Zoology
Southern Illinois University at Carbondale
Carbondale, Illinois

Max E. Medley
Department of Biology
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky

Jerry M. Baskin
Department of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky

ABSTRACT

The Endangered Species Committee of the Kentucky Academy of Science and the Kentucky Nature
Preserves Commission have updated and revised the rare animal and plant list originally published in
1981. The new list includes 337 plant and 242 animal taxa identified as Endangered, Threatened, Special
Concern, or Category 1 or 2 at the state and/or federal levels.

1 The order in which the authors of this paper are presented has been determined
randomly.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47: 83-98, 1986.

84 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

INTRODUCTION

The passage of the Endangered Species Act
of 1973 marked a significant change in the
conservation ethic of the United States as a
nation. The Act is a declaration that those
species which have been endangered by ex-
tinction “..are of esthetic, ecological, educa-
tional, historical, recreational, and scientific
value to the Nation and its people” (1). The
stated purposes of the Act “..are to provide a
means whereby the ecosystems upon which
endangered and threatened species depend
may be conserved, [and] to provide a program
for the conservation of such endangered
species and threatened species...” These ob-
jectives are to be accomplished in part
through the publication of a list of endangered
and threatened species that become the
targets of protective regulations. The subse-
quent amendments and reauthorizations of
the Endangered Species Act have reaffirmed
the United States’ commitment to this course
of action.

In the absence of a Kentucky endangered
species act and list with the same objectives,
the Endangered Species Committee of the
Kentucky Academy of Science (KAS) and the
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission
(KNPC) published the “Endangered, Threatened,
and Rare Animals and Plants of Kentucky’ (2).
This non-regulatory list served to identify
those native species of Kentucky plants and
animals that are in need of protection,
research, and/or management because they
are rare, the number of populations known for
a species is declining or low, or their distribu-
tion has been reduced. The overall goal of the
publication of the list was to assist in the
recovery and preservation of Kentucky's rich
natural diversity.

A wealth of new information regarding the
flora and fauna of Kentucky has been col-
lected since 1981. The distribution and
ecology of many of the species included in
Branson et al. (2) are much better known. One
species, Epioblasma sampsoni,has been of-
ficially delisted by the United States Fish and
Wildlife Service (3) because of extinction and
may portend similar action at the federal level
for a group of related species. Several species
previously unknown from Kentucky have been
discovered and others not collected in many
years were rediscovered. Thus, this new infor-
mation has provided the impetus to
reevaluate the species listed by Branson et al.
(2) and to generate the updated list and status
designations presented herein.

METHODS

The Kentucky Nature Preserves Commis-
sion, a state agency mandated to identify and
protect natural areas, worked jointly with the
Endangered Species Committee of the Ken-
tucky Academy of Science to identify those
species which are rare or threatened in the
Commonwealth. The Nature Conservancy's
standardized Natural Heritage Program
methodology (4) was used to revise the list by
Branson et al. (2). The program stores
distributional and ecological information on
selected species in map, manual, and com-
puter files and is used by KNPC to locate ag-
gregations of rare species and other natural
entities that become the target of its preser-
vation efforts. The program was therefore
ideally suited for the revision which followed
a process that will be briefly outlined.

Each species listed by Branson et al. (2) and
many previously unlisted species were
evaluated to determine if they should be re-
tained or added to the list. The criteria utilized
included, but were not limited to, the number,
recency, and accuracy of occurrences; historic
and present geographic distribution; habitat
requirements; relative threat of habitat
destruction; and ecological fragility. The in-
formation used to make the evaluation was
that available as of June 30, 1985. Each
species was subjectively assigned a conser-
vation status or suggested for delisting.

The resultant list and statuses were submit-
ted to knowledgeable individuals for peer
review and suggestions for additions and dele-
tions. All comments received were considered
and in many cases discussed with the com-
mentor before final statuses were assigned.
The finalized list and statuses were forwarded
to the Endangered Species Committee for
review and were approved by the Kentucky
Academy of Science at the 71st Annual
Meeting held in Morehead, Kentucky on
November 9, 1985. The only exceptions to
this process were that all species officially
listed or under status review for listing (excep-
ting insects) by the United States Fish and
Wildlife Service under the Endangered
Species Act were included on the list
(3,5,6,7,8,9).

STATUS CATEGORIES

The intent of assigning status designations
is to (1) indicate the degree of rarity of the
species, (2) indicate the degree of threat to
the continued survival of the species, and (3)
aid in establishing priorities for conservation

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al. 85

and/or preservation efforts. The status
designations assigned have no legal or
statutory implication but rather were
established as a tool by the Endangered
Species Committee and KNPC to monitor the
survival potential of the species. The three
KAS-KNPC status categories utilized are coded
in capital letters and defined as follows:

Endangered (E). A species which is in
danger of extirpation and/or extinction
throughout all or a significant part of its range
in Kentucky.

Threatened (T). A species which is likely to
become endangered within the forseeable
future throughout all or a significant part of
its range in Kentucky.

Special Concern (S). A species that should
be monitored because (a) it exists in a limited
geographic area, (b) it may become threatened
or endangered due to modification or destruc-
tion of habitat, (c) certain characteristics or
requirements make it especially vulnerable to
specific pressures, (d) experienced resear-
chers have identified other factors that may
jeopardize it, or (e) it is thought to be rare or
declining but insufficient information exists
for assignment to the threatened or en-
dangered status categories.

Federal status categories and definitions
used include:

Endangered (E). “..any species which is in
danger of extinction throughout all or a
significant portion of its range...” (1).

Threatened (T). “..any species which is likely
to become an endangered species within the
forseeable future thoughout all or a significant
portion of its range” (1).

Category 1 (C1). Status review taxa for
which the United States Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice “..has substantial information on hand to
support the biological appropriateness of pro-
posing to list as endangered or threatened”
(7).

Category 2 (C2). Status review taxa for
which information now in possession of the
United States Fish and Wildlife Service “..in-
dicates that proposing to list as endangered
or threatened is possibly appropriate, but for
which conclusive data on biological
vulneralbility and threat are not currently
available to support proposed rules” (7).

INTRODUCTION TO THE PLANT
AND ANIMAL LISTS

The nomenclature utilized for plant species
follows Kartesz and Kartesz (10). The sources
consulted for the common and scientific
names of animals are as follows: crustace-
ans—Hobbs (11), Holsinger (12), United
States Fish and Wildlife Service (5,13); gastro-
pods—Thompson and Porter (14); pelecy-
pods—Stansbery and Bogan (15); fishes—
Bailey et al. (16), Carney (17), Robins et al.
(18), Stauffer et al. (19); amphibians and
reptiles — Collins et al. (20); birds —American
Ornithologist’s Union (21); mammals — Hall
(22).

DISCUSSION

This new KAS-KNPC list includes 337 plant
and 242 animal taxa. Based on generally ac-
cepted estimates of the number of native
species occurring in Kentucky, the following
approximate per cent of the groups indicated
can be considered Endangered, Threatened,
or of Special Concern: plants—11%,
pelecypods— 36%, fishes—31%, amphibians
and reptiles—23%, birds—15%, and
mammals — 33%. Although extensive, the list
does not adequately treat or include several
groups of organisms found in Kentucky. The
thallophytes, bryophytes, insects, amphipods,
isopods, terrestrial and freshwater gastropods,
and other groups are also important elements
of our natural heritage, but are poorly known
in Kentucky. Researchers are encouraged to
undertake studies that wili provide informa-
tion needed to determine the status of
members of these groups in Kentucky.

The bird monitoring strategies presented by
Branson et al. (2) are no longer being used.
The list and monitoring activities are now
limited to species that nest or historically
nested in Kentucky, and those listed or under
status review by the United States Fish and
Wildlife Service.

All of the species listed are being monitored
in Kentucky by KNPC. However, information
regarding species that have been delisted and
many others that were not included in Bran-
son et al. (2) or this list is being maintained
in manual files at KNPC. This is being done
so that we can respond to unforseen changes
in distribution or status.

We invite input from knowledgeable in-
dividuals on native species they believe
deserve a status change or should be added
to or deleted from the list. Each such petition

86 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

should include the scientific name of the
organism, its habitat requirements, collection
information (i.e., localities, number of
specimens, dates, disposition of specimens),
historic and present distribution, whether the
species has been specifically sought during
field work, threats, and recommended KAS-
KNPC status. Petitions should be forwarded
to the Director, KNPC, who will contact the
Endangered Species Committee Chairperson
and appropriate committee members for
timely petition review and comment. The peti-
tioner will be notified regarding the outcome
of the review. In an effort to make the list
more responsive to changes in information,
all changes resulting from this petition pro-
cess will be succinctly reported in the Trans-
actions as revisions of the list.

We reiterate the hope expressed by Branson
et al. (2) that this updated list of Kentucky's
rare plants and animals will assist developers
and decisionmakers in reaching informed
decisions concerning the most effective use
of Kentucky's natural resources. Only by
focusing attention on the rarest elements of
our natural heritage can we avoid the un-
necessary destruction of our diverse flora and
fauna.

PLANT LIST
KAS- STATUS
KNPC FEDERAL
Acer spicatum T
Mountain Maple
Aconitum uncinatum T
Monkshood
Adiantum capillus-veneris E
Venus Hair Fern
Adlumia fungosa E
Allegheny Vine
Agalinis decemloba E
Purple False Foxglove
Agalinis obtusifolia Ss
Purple False Foxglove
Agalinis skinneriana T
Purple False Foxglove
Agrimonia gryposepala S
Agrimony
Allium burdickii E
Narrow-leaved Wild Leek
Amianthium muscaetoxicum T
Fly Poison
Angelica triquinata E
Filmy Angelica
Apios priceana E Cl
Price’s Groundnut
Arabis glabra S

Tower Mustard

KAS- STATUS
KNPC FEDERAL
Arabis missouriensis E
Missouri Rock Cress
Arabis perstellata var.
perstellata E Cl
Rock Cress
Arenaria cumberlandensis E Cl
Sandwort
Arenaria fontinalis T Cl
Water Stitchwort
Armoracia aquatica T
Lake Cress
Aster concolor E
Aster
Aster pilosus var. priceae S
White Heath Aster
Aster sericeus T
Silky Aster
Aster texanus E
Texas Aster
Aureolaria patula E Cl
False Foxglove
Baptisia leucophaea S
Creme Wild Indigo
Baptisia tinctoria T
Yellow Wild Indigo
Bartonia virginica E
Screwstem
Berchemia scandens E
Rattan Vine
Botrychium matricariifolium E
Matricary Grape Fern
Botrychium oneidense E
Blunt-lobed Grape Fern
Bouteloua curtipendula S
Side-oats Grama
Boykinia aconitifolia T
Brook Saxifrage
Cabomba caroliniana S
Fanwort
Calamagrostis canadensis E
Blue Joint Grass
Calamagrostis cinnoides S
Cinna-like Reed Grass
Calamagrostis porteri E
Porter's Reed Grass
Calopogon tuberosus E
Grass Pink
Caltha palustris E
Marsh Marigold
Calycanthus floridus T
Sweet Shrub
Calylophus serrulatus S
Evening Primrose
Carex austrina E
Sedge
Carex buxbaumii E

Sedge

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al.

KAS-
KNPC

Carex crawei S
Sedge

Carex decomposita T
Sedge

Carex gigantea T
Sedge

Carex hystricina Ss
Sedge

Carex joorii E
Sedge

Carex lanuginosa S
Sedge

Carex leptalea S
Sedge

Carex leptonervia S
Sedge

Carex picta E
Sedge

Carex socialis Ss
Sedge

Carex stricta E
Sedge

Carex tenera S
Sedge

Carex triangularis Ss
Sedge

Carya aquatica S
Water Hickory

Carya ovata var. australis Ss
Hickory

Castanea pumila E
Chinquapin

Castilleja coccinea E
Indian Paintbrush

Cayaponia grandifolia S
Cayaponia

Ceanothus herbaceus E
Redroot

Cheilanthes alabamensis E
Smooth Lip Fern

Cheilanthes feei E

Slender Lip Fern

Chelone obliqua var. obliqua_ T
Pink Turtlehead

Chelone obliqua var. speciosa §
Pink Turtlehead

Chrysogonum virginianum E
Green and Gold

Chrysosplenium americanum’ E
Golden Saxifrage

Cicuta bulbifera Ss
Bulblet-bearing Water Hemlock

Cimicifuga rubifolia T
Bugbane

Circaea alpina E

Small Enchanter’s Nightshade

KAS-
KNPC
Cleistes divaricata Ss
Spreading Pogonia
Clematis crispa T
Leather Flower
Clematis glaucophylla E

Leather Flower
Clematis viorna var. flaccida E
Leather Flower

Comptonia peregrina E
Sweet Fern

Conradina verticillata E
Cumberland Rosemary

Convallaria montana E
Lily-of-the-Valley

Corallorhiza maculata E
Spotted Coral-root

Coreopsis pubescens S
Downy Coreopsis

Corydalis sempervirens Ss
Pale Corydalis

Cotinus obovatus E
Smoke Tree

Crotonopsis linearis E
Linear Rushfoil

Cymophyllus fraseri T
Fraser’s Sedge

Cyperus diandrus S
Umbrella Sedge

Cyperus retrorsus Ss
Umbrella Sedge

Cypripedium candidum E
White Lady’s-Slipper

Cypripedium kentuckiense Ss
Kentucky Lady’s-Slipper

Cypripedium parviflorum E

Small Yellow Lady-slipper
Cystopteris fragilis var. mackayiS
Mackay’s Fragile Fern

Decodon verticillatus T
Swamp Loosestrife

Delphinium carolinianum T
Carolina Larkspur

Deschampsia flexuosa Ss
Hair Grass

Dichanthelium acuminatum var.

villosum S
Panic Grass

Dichanthelium boreale S
Panic Grass

Dichanthelium sabulorum Ss
Panic Grass

Didiplis diandra Ss
Water Purslane

Diplachne panicoides E

Feather Grass

Cl

C2

STATUS
FEDERAL

88

———————

Dodecatheon frenchii
French’s Shooting Star
Draba aprica
Whitlow Grass
Draba cuneifolia
Whitlow Grass
Drosera brevifolia
Dwarf Sundew
Drosera intermedia
Sundew
Dryopteris ludoviciana
Southern Wood Fern
Dryopteris spinulosa
Spinulose Wood Fern
Echinodorus rostratus
Burhead
Echinodorus tenellus
Burhead

Erigeron pulchellus var. brauniae
Lucy Braun's Robin Plantain
Eriogonum longifolium var. harperi

Umbrella Plant
Eryngium integrifolium
Button Snakeroot
Eupatorium luciae-brauniae

Lucy Braun’s White Snakeroot

Eupatorium maculatum
Joe Pye Weed
Eupatorium rugosum var.
roanense
Roan Mountain White
Snakeroot
Euphorbia mercurialina
Spurge
Fimbristylis puberula
Sedge
Floerkea proserpinacoides
False Mermaid
Forestiera ligustrina
Upland Privet
Fuirena squarrosa
Umbrella Grass
Gaylussacia brachycera
Box Huckleberry
Gentiana alba
Yellowish Gentian
Gentiana decora
Showy Gentian
Gentiana puberulenta
Prairie Gentian
Glyceria acutiflora
Manna Grass
Glyceria melicaria
Manna Grass
Gratiola pilosa
Hedge Hyssop

KAS-
KNPC

S

E

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

C2

Cl

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

———————— ________.

Gratiola viscidula
Hedge Hyssop
Gymnopogon ambiguus
Beardgrass
Gymnopogon brevifolius
Beardgrass
Halesia carolina
Silverbell Tree
Hedeoma hispidum
Hairy Pennyroyal
Hedyotis michauxii
Thyme-leaved Bluets
Hedyotis uniflora
Oldenlandia
Helianthus atrorubens
Sunflower
Helianthus eggertii
Eggert’s Sunflower
Helianthus silphioides
Silphium-like Sunflower
Heracleum lanatum
Cow Parsnip
Heteranthera dubia
Water Star Grass
Heteranthera limosa
Mud Plantain
Heterotheca latifolia
Golden Aster
Hexastylis contracta
Heart-leaf
Hexastylis heterophylla
Heart-leaf
Hexastylis shuttleworthii

Shuttleworth’s Wild Ginger

Hieracium longipilum
Long-haired Hawkweed
Hierochloe odorata
Sweet Grass
Hydrocotyle americana
Water Pennywort
Hydrolea ovata
Hydrolea
Hydrophyllum virginianum
Virginia Waterleaf
Hypericum adpressum
St. Johns-wort
Hypericum stans
St. Johns-wort
Iris fulva
Copper Iris
Isoetes butleri
Butler’s Quillwort
Isoetes melanopoda
Midland Quillwort
Juncus articulatus
Rush

KAS-
KNPC

T

S

E

T

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al.

KAS-
KNPC

Juncus elliottii S
Rush

Juncus longistylis S
Rush

Koeleria cristata E
June Grass

Lathyrus palustris S
Marsh Pea

Lathyrus venosus Ss
Bushy Vetch

Leavenworthia exigua

var. laciniata E
Glade Cress

Leavenworthia torulosa E
Glade Cress

Leiophyllum buxifolium E
Sand Myrtle

Lesquerella globosa T
Bladder-pod

Lesquerella lescurii E
Bladder-pod

Leucothoe recurva E
Fetterbush

Liatris microcephala S
Blazing-star

Liatris pycnostachya E
Prairie Blazing-star

Lilium philadelphicum S
Wood Lily

Lilium superbum T
Turk’s-cap Lily

Limnobium spongia T
Frog's Bit

Linum sulcatum E
Grooved Yellow Flax

Listera australis E
Southern Twayblade

Listera smallii T
Small’s Twayblade

Lobelia appendiculata

var. gattingeri E
Gattinger’s Lobelia

Lobelia nuttallii T
Nuttall’s Lobelia

Lonicera prolifera S
Grape Honeysuckle

Ludwigia hirtella E
False Loosestrife

Lycopodium appressum E
Southern Bog Clubmoss

Lysimachia fraseri E
Fringed Loosestrife

Lysimachia radicans E

Creeping Fringed Loosestrife
Lysimachia terrestris
Swamp Candles

S

STATUS
FEDERAL

Cl

C2

C2

Maianthemum canadense
Canada Mayflower
Malus angustifolia
Crab Apple
Malus ioensis
Crab Apple
Marshallia grandiflora
Barbara's Buttons
Matelea carolinensis
Carolina Anglepod
Mecardonia acuminata
Mecardonia
Melampyrum lineare
Cow Wheat
Melanthium virginicum
Bunch Flower
Minuartia glabra
Sandwort
Mirabilis albida
Four-oclock
Monarda punctata
Dotted Monarda
Monarda russeliana
Russell’s Horsemint
Monotropsis odorata
Sweet Pinesap
Muhlenbergia bushii
Bush’s Satin Grass
Muhlenbergia cuspidata
Prairie Satin Grass
Muhlenbergia expansa
Hair Grass
Muhlenbergia glabriflora
Hair Grass
Myriophyllum heterophyllum
Water Milfoil
Myriophyllum pinnatum
Water Milfoil
Noajas gracillima
Slender Naiad
Nemophila aphylla
Nemophila
Oenothera linifolia
Thread-leaved Sundrops
Oenothera perennis
Small Sundrops
Oenothera triloba
Sundrops
Onosmodium hispidissimum
Hairy False Gromwell
Onosomodium molle ssp.
molle
Soft False Gromwell
Onosmodium molle ssp.
occidentale
Western False Gromwell

KAS-
KNPC

T

S

S

E

89

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

90 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science 47(3-4)

KAS- STATUS KAS- STATUS
KNPC FEDERAL KNPC FEDERAL
Orontium aquaticum T Polygala cruciata E
Golden Club Cross Milkwort
Oryzopsis racemosa T Polygala nuttallii E
Black-seeded Rice Grass Nuttall’s Milkwort
Oxalis priceae E Polygala polygama E
Prices Yellow Wood Sorrel Purple Milkwort
Pachistima canbyi E C2 Polymnia laevigata E c2
Mountain Lover Leaf Cup
Parnassia asarifolia E Pontederia cordata S
Ginger-leaved Pickerel Weed
Grass-of-Parnassus Potamogeton praelongus Ss
Parnassia grandifolia E Pond Weed
Grass-of-Parnassus Potamogeton pulcher S
Paronychia argyrocoma E Spotted Pondweed
Silver Whitlow-wort Prenanthes alba E
Paspalum boscianum S Lion’s Foot
Lens Grass Prenanthes aspera E
Paspalum distichum Ss Rough White Lettuce
Lens Grass Psoralea stipulata E Cl
Paspalum setaceum var. Scurf Pea
psammophilum Ss Psoralea tenuiflora E
Lens Grass Scurf Pea
Pedicularis lanceolata E Ptilimnium capillaceum T
Swamp Wood Betony Mock Bishop'’s-weed
Perideridia americana T Ptilimnium nuttallii E
Perideridia Mock Bishop’s-weed
Phacelia ranunculacea S Pycnanthemum albescens E
Phacelia Mountain Mint
Philadelphus hirsutus E Pyrola americana E
Mock Orange Wintergreen
Philadelphus inodorus E Ranunculus allegheniensis T
Mock Orange Allegheny Crowfoot
Philadelphus pubescens T Ranunculus ambigens S
Mock Orange Water Spearwort
Phlox bifida ssp. stellaria T C2 Rhododendron canescens E
Cleft Phlox Honeysuckle Bush
Physostegia intermedia E Rhynchosia tomentosa E
False Dragonhead Erect Rhynchosia
Plantago cordata E C2 Rhynchospora globularis E
Heart-leaved Plantain Grass Beak Rush
Platanthera cristata E Rhynchospora macrostachya E
Crested Fringed Orchid Horned Ane
Platanthera integrilabia E C2 SALES Cele Te s C2
White Fringeless Orchid Wharton's Bramble
g rc A
Plamnthermnercndes E Rudbeckia subtomentosa T
Purple Fri d Orchid Sweet Coneflower
ple Fringe c ‘
Pocianauite E Sabatia CIPO E
Rose Pink
Weak Bluegrass A 2 A
Sagittaria brevirostra S
Podostemon ceratophyllum T A head
: rrowhea
Riverweed Sagittaria graminea T
Pogonia ophioglossoides E Grass-leaved Arrowhead
Rose Pogonia Salvia urticifolia E
Polemonium reptans var. Sage
villosum Ss C2 Sambucus racemosa T

Hairy Jacob's Ladder

Red-berried Elder

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al.

Sanguisorba canadensis
American Burnet
Saxifraga michauxii
Michaux’s Saxifrage
Saxifraga micranthidifolia
Brook Lettuce
Schizachne purpurascens
False Melic
Schwalbea americana
Chaffseed
Scirpus expansus
Bulrush
Scirpus fluviatilis
Bulrush
Scirpus hallii
Bulrush
Scirpus heterochaetus
Bulrush
Scirpus microcarpus
Bulrush
Scleria ciliata
Nut Rush
Scutellaria leonardii
Small Skullcap
Sedum telephioides
Live Forever
Sida hermaphrodita
Virginia Mallow
Silene ovata
Catchfly
Silene regia
Royal Catchfly
Silphium laciniatum
Compass Plant

KAS-
KNPC

E

E

E

E

Silphium terebinthinaceum var.

lucy-brauniae
Lucy Braun's Prairie Dock
Smilacina strellata

S

E

Starry-flowered False Solomon's

Seal
Solidago albopilosa
White-haired Goldenrod
Solidago buckleyi
Buckley's Goldenrod
Solidago curtisii
Curtis’ Goldenrod
Solidago puberula
Puberulent Goldenrod
Solidago radula
Rough Goldenrod
Solidago roanensis
Roan Mountain Goldenrod
Solidago rupestris
Goldenrod
Solidago shortii
Short’s Goldenrod

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

Cl

Solidago spathulata
Goldenrod

Solidago squarrosa
Squarrose Goldenrod

Sparganium eurycarpum
Common Bur Reed

Sphenopholis pensylvanica
Swamp Oats

Spiraea alba
Meadow Sweet

Spiranthes lucida
Shining Ladies’ Tresses

Spiranthes magnicamporum
Ladies’ Tresses

Spiranthes odorata
Sweet Lady’s Tresses

Sporobolus clandestinus
Dropseed

Sporobolus heterolepis
Prairie Dropseed

Stachys eplingii
Hedge-nettle

Stellaria longifolia
Switchwort

Streptopus roseus
Twisted Stalk

Styrax grandifolia
Storax

Sullivantia sullivantii
Sullivant’s Sullivantia

Symphoricarpos albus
Snowberry

Synandra hispidula
Synandra

Taxus canadensis
Canadian Yew

Tephrosia spicata
Goat’s-rue

Thalictrum coriaceum
Maid-of-the-Mist

Thalictrum mirabile
Meadow Rue

Thaspium pinnatifidum
Cutleaf Meadow Parsnip

Thermopsis mollis
Bush Pea

Thuja occidentalis
Northern White Cedar

Torreyochloa pallida
Pale Manna Grass

Trepocarpus aethusae
Trepocarpus

Trichomanes boschianum
Filmy Fern

Trichostema setaceum
Blue Curls

KAS-
KNPC

S

E

E

91

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

92 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

KAS- STATUS KAS- STATUS
KNPC FEDERAL KNPC FEDERAL
Trifolium reflexum E Cambarus batchi E C2
Buffalo Clover Crayfish
Trifolium stoloniferum E Cl Cambarus bouchardi E C2
Running Buffalo Clover Big South Fork crayfish
Trillium nivale E Cambarus cornutus A)
Snow Trillium Crayfish
Trillium pusillum Cambarus ornatus Ss
var. ozarkanum E C2 Crayfish
Ozark Wake Robin Cambarus parvoculus E
Trillium undulatum T Crayfish
Painted Trillium Cambarus sciotensis E
Ulmus serotina S Crayfish
September Elm Gammarus bousfieldi E C2
Utricularia vulgaris E Bousfield’s amphipod
Bladderwort Orconectes australis T
Vallisneria americana Ss Crayfish
Tape Grass Orconectes bisectus E
Veratrum parviflorum T Crayfish
False Hellebore Orconectes inermis T
Veratrum woodii T Crayfish
Wood’s False Hellebore Greenectesiieifereon! E c2
Vernonia fasciculata S Eatissaiticreciehs
Fascicled Ironweed é
Vernonia noveboracensis E Reni lancifer E
sie nies Ponweed Orconectes palmeri E
iburnum lentago E Crayfish
eee ae E Peete pellucidus S
rayfis
aie peta T Palaemonias ganteri E E
Glade Violet Kentucky cave shrimp
Viola pedatifida S Procambarus viaeviridis T
Prairie Violet Crayfish
Viola tripartita E
Yellow Violet GASTROPODS
Viola walteri E Leptoxis praerosa = C2
Walter’s Violet Onyx rocksnail
Woodsia scopulina E Lithasia armigera o C2
Mountain Cliff Fern Armored rocksnail
Xerophyllum asphodeloides Ss Lithasia geniculata -- C2
Turkey Beard Ornate rocksnail
Zizania aquatica E Lithasia salebrosa - C2
Wild Rice Rustic rocksnail
Zizaniopsis miliacea E Lithasia verrucosa -- C2
Southern Wild Rice Varicose rocksnail
ANIMAL LIST rere
Alasmidonta atropurpurea E C2
KAS- STATUS Cumberland elktoe
KNPC FEDERAL Alasmidonta marginata T
CRUSTACEANS Elktoe
Caecidotea barri Cumberlandia monodonta E C2
Clifton Cave isopod -- C2 Spectacle case
Cambarellus puer E Cyprogenia stegaria T C2
Crayfish Fanshell
Cambarellus shufeldtii S Dromus dromas E E

Crayfish

Dromedary mussel

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky - Warren, et al.

KAS-
KNPC
Epioblasma arcaeformis E
Sugarspoon
Epioblasma biemarginata E
Angled riffleshell
Epioblasma brevidens E
Cumberland combshell
Epioblasma capsaeformis E
Oyster mussel
Epioblasma florentina E

Yellow-blossom pearlymussel
Epioblasma florentina walkeri E
Tan riffleshell

Epioblasma haysiana E
Acornshell

Epioblasma lewisi E
Forkshell

Epioblasma obliquata E
Catspaw

Epioblasma stewardsoni E

Cumberland leafshell
Epioblasma torulosa rangiana E
Northern riffleshell
Epioblasma torulosa torulosa E
Tubercled blossom

Epioblasma triquetra Ss
Snuffbox

Fusconaia subrotunda

subrotunda T
Long-solid

Hemistena lata E
Crackling pearlymussel

Lampsilis orbiculata E
Pink mucket

Lampsilis ovata E
Pocketbook

Lasmigona compressa T
Creek heelsplitter

Lasmigona subviridis T
Green floater

Leptodea leptodon E
Scaleshell

Obovaria retusa E
Ring pink

Pegias fabula E
Litile-winged pearlymussel

Plethobasus cicatricosus E
White wartyback

Plethobasus cooperianus E
Orange-footed pimpleback

Plethobasus cyphyus S
Bullhead

Pleurobema clava E
Clubshell

Pleurobema oviforme E

Tennessee clubshell

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

Pleurobema plenum
Rough pigtoe
Pleurobema pyramidatum
Pyramid pigtoe
Potamilus capax
Fat pocketbook
Ptychobranchus subtentum
Fluted kidneyshell
Quadrula cylindrica
Rabbitsfoot
Quadrula fragosa
Winged mapleleaf
Quadrula sparsa
Appalachian monkeyface
Simpsonaias ambigua
Salamander mussel
Toxolasma lividus
Purple lilliput
Villosa fabalis
Bean villosa
Villosa lienosa
Little spectacle case
Villosa ortmanni
Kentucky creekshell
Villosa trabalis
Cumberland bean mussel
Villosa vanuxemensis
Mountain creekshell

FISHES
Acipenser fulvescens
Lake sturgeon
Alosa alabamae
Alabama shad
Amblyopsis spelaea
Northern cavefish
Ammocrypta asprella
Crystal darter
Ammocrypta clara
Western sand darter
Ammocrypta pellucida
Eastern sand darter
Ammocrypta vivax
Scaly sand darter
Clinostomus elongatus
Redside dace
Clinostomus funduloides
Rosyside dace
Cycleptus elongatus
Blue sucker
Erimyzon sucetta
Lake chubsucker
Esox niger
Chain pickerel
Etheostoma cinereum
Ashy darter

KAS-
KNPC

E

E

93

STATUS
FEDERAL

E

C2

E

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

94 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

en

KAS- STATUS KAS- STATUS
KNPC FEDERAL KNPC FEDERAL
Etheostoma fusiforme E Lepisosteus spatula E
Swamp darter Alligator gar
Etheostoma maculatum T Lepomis marginatus E
Spotted darter Dollar sunfish
Etheostoma microlepidum E Lepomis punctatus T
Smallscale darter Spotted sunfish
Etheostoma microperca E Lota lota S
Least darter Burbot
Etheostoma nigrum susanae’ E C2 Menidia beryllina T
Johnny darter Inland silverside
Etheostoma parvipinne S Moxostoma atripinne Ss
Goldstripe darter Blackfin sucker
Etheostoma proeliare T Moxostoma poecilurum S
Cypress darter Blacktail redhorse
Etheostoma sagitta spilotum §S Nocomis biguttatus S
Arrow darter Hornyhead chub
Etheostoma swaini Ss Notropis amnis E
Gulf darter Pallid shiner
Etheostoma tippecanoe Ss Notropis camurus S
Tippecanoe darter Bluntface shiner
Etheostoma lynceum Ss Notropis hudsonius S
Banded darter Spottail shiner
Etheostoma (Nanostoma) sp. § Notropis maculatus T
Firebelly darter (undescribed) Taillight shiner
Fundulus chrysotus E Notropis venustus E
Golden topminnow Blacktail shiner
Fundulus notti (=dispar) E Notropis sp. E C2
Starhead topminnow Palezone shiner (undescribed)
Hemitremia flammea E Notropis sp. E
Flame chub Sawfin shiner (undescribed)
Hybognathus hayi T Noturus exilis E
Cypress minnow Slender madtom
Hybognathus placitus S Noturus hildebrandi S
Plains minnow Least madtom
Hybopsis gelida S C2 Noturus phaeus S
Sturgeon chub Brown madtom
Hybopsis gracilis Ss Noturus stigmosus S
Flathead chub Northern madtom
Hybopsis insignis E Percina burtoni E
Blotched chub Blotchside logperch
Hybopsis meeki S C2 Percina evides Ss
Sicklefin chub Gilt darter
Hybopsis x-punctata E Percina macrocephala T C2
Gravel chub Longhead darter
Ichthyomyzon castaneus Ss Percina squamata E
Chestnut lamprey Olive darter
Ichthyomyzon fossor T Percopsis omiscomaycus S
Northern brook lamprey Trout-perch
Ichthyomyzon gagei E Phenacobius uranops S
Southern brook lamprey Stargazing minnow
Ichthyomyzon greeleyi T Phoxinus cumberlandensis E Cl
Mountain brook lamprey Blackside dace
Ictiobus niger Ss Rhinichthys cataractae Ss
Black buffalo Longnose dace
Lampetra appendix T Scaphirhynchus albus E C2

American brook lamprey

Pallid sturgeon

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al.

KAS-
KNPC

Typhlichthys subterraneus Ss
Southern cavefish

Umbra limi T
Central mudminnow

AMPHIBIANS

Ambystoma platineum E
Silvery Salamander

Amphiuma tridactylum E
Three-toed Amphiuma

Aneides aeneus --
Green Salamander

Cryptobranchus alleganiensis_— --
Hellbender

Eurycea longicauda
guttolineata T
Three-lined Salamander

Hyla avivoca T
Bird-voiced Treefrog

Hyla cinerea S
Green Treefrog

Hyla versicolor Ss
Gray Treefrog

Plethodon cinereus Ss
Redback Salamander

Plethodon wehrlei E
Wehrle’s Salamander

Rana pipiens S
Northern Leopard Frog

REPTILES

Chrysemys picta dorsalis S
Southern Painted Turtle

Clonophis kirtlandii E
Kirtland’s Snake

Elaphe guttata Ss
Corn Snake

Eumeces anthracinus
anthracinus S
Northern Coal Skink

Eumeces anthracinus pluvialis E
Southern Coal Skink

Farancia abacura S
Mud Snake

Lampropeltis triangulum

elapsoides Ss
Scarlet Kingsnake

Macroclemys temminckii T
Alligator Snapping Turtle

Masticophis flagellum E
Coachwhip

Nerodia cyclopion E
Green Water Snake

Nerodia erythrogaster neglecta S
Copperbelly Water Snake

Nerodia fasciata E
Southern Water Snake

Ophisaurus attenuatus Ss

Slender Glass Lizard

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

C2

C2

C2

Pituophis melanoleucus
Pine Snake
Sistrurus miliarius
Pigmy Rattlesnake
Thamnophis proximus
Western Ribbon Snake
Thamnophis sauritus
Eastern Ribbon Snake
Trionyx muticus
Smooth Softshell

BIRDS
Accipiter cooperii
Coopers Hawk
Accipiter striatus
Sharp-shinned Hawk
Actitis macularia
Spotted Sandpiper
Aimophila aestivalis
Bachman’s Sparrow
Ammodramus henslouii
Henslow’s Sparrow
Anas discors
Blue-winged Teal
Anhinga anhinga
Anhinga
Ardea herodias
Great Blue Heron
Bartramia longicauda
Upland Sandpiper
Botaurus lentiginosus
American Bittern
Bubulcus ibis
Cattle Egret
Campephilus principalis

Ivory-billed Woodpecker

Casmerodius albus
Great Egret
Charadrius melodus
Piping Plover
Chondestes grammacus
Lark Sparrow
Cistothorus platensis
Sedge Wren
Corvus corax
Common Raven
Corvus ossifragus
Fish Crow
Dendroica fusca
Blackburnian Warbler
Dendroica kirtlandii
Kirtland’s Warbler
Dolichonyx oryzivorus
Bobolink
Egretta caerulea
Little Blue Heron

KAS-
KNPC

S

T

T

95

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

96 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

KAS-
KNPC

Elanoides forficatus forficatus

American Swallow-tailed Kite

Empidonax minimus
Least Flycatcher
Falco peregrinus
Peregrine Falcon
Fulica americana
American Coot
Gallinula chloropus
Common Moorhen
Haliaeetus leucocephalus
Bald Eagle
Ictinia mississippiensis
Mississippi Kite
Ixobrychus exilis
Least Bittern
Junco hyemalis
Dark-eyed Junco
Lanius ludovicianus migrans
Migrant Loggerhead Shrike
Lophodytes cucullatus
Hooded Merganser
Nycticorax nycticorax
Black-crowned Night-Heron
Nycticorax violaceus
Yellow-crowned Night-Heron
Pandion haliaetus
Osprey
Passerculus sandwichensis
Savannah Sparrow
Phalacrocorax auritus
Double-crested Cormorant
Pheucticus ludovicianus
Rose-breasted Grosbeak
Picoides borealis
Red-cockaded Woodpecker
Podilymbus podiceps
Pied-billed Grebe
Pooecetes gramineus
Vesper Sparrow
Rallus elegans
King Rail
Riparia riparia
Bank Swallow
Sterna antillarum athalassos
Interior Least Tern
Thryomanes bewickii
Bewick’s Wren
Tyto alba
Common Barn-Owl
Vermivora bachmanii
Bachman’s Warbler
Vermivora chrysoptera
Golden-winged Warbler
Vireo bellii
Bell’s Vireo

T

E

STATUS
FEDERAL

C2

C2

C2

KAS- STATUS
KAS-KNPC FEDERAL

Wilsonia canadensis Ss
Canada Warbler

MAMMALS

Clethrionomys gapperi maurus S C2
Gapper’s Red-backed Mouse

Felis concolor couguar E E
Mountain Lion

Lutra canadensis Ss
River Otter

Microsorex hoyi winnemana -- C2
Pygmy Shrew

Mustela nivalis S
Least Weasel

Myotis austroriparius E C2
Southeastern Myotis

Myotis grisescens E E
Gray Myotis

Myotis keenii Ss
Keen’s Myotis

Mvotis sodalis E E
Indiana Myotis

Myotis subulatus leibii E C2
Small-footed Myotis

Neotoma floridana magister -- C2
Eastern Wood Rat

Nycticeius humeralis T
Evening Bat

Peromyscus gossypinus S
Cotton Mouse

Plecotus rafinesquii T C2
Rafinesque’s Big-eared Bat

Plecotus townsendii

virginianus E E
Virginia Big-eared Bat
Sorex cinereus Ss
Masked Shrew
Sorex dispar E C2
Long-tailed Shrew
Spilogale putorius Ss
Spotted Skunk
Sylvilagus aquaticus S
Swamp Rabbit
Sylvilagus transitionalis E C2
New England Cottontail
Ursus americanus E
Black Bear
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Individuals who significantly contributed to
this effort include the following: Carol C.
Baskin, Julian Campbell, and William C.
McComb, University of Kentucky; Hal Bryan,
Kentucky Transportation Cabinet; Sherri A.
Evans and Albert Westerman, Kentucky

Endangered Plants and Animals in Kentucky — Warren, et al. 97

Natural Resources and Environmental Protec-
tion Cabinet; Horton H. Hobbs III, Wittenburg
College; Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., National
Museum of Natural History; Ronald Jones,
William H. Martin, and Guenter A. Schuster,
Eastern Kentucky University; Lewis E. Korn-
man and Jeffery D. Sole, Kentucky Depart-
ment of Fish and Wildlife Resources; Michael
J. Lodato; Charles Logsdon; David L. McNeely
and Les Meade, Morehead State University;
William D. Pearson, University of Louisville;
Anne L. Stamm; James B. Sickel and Tom J.
Timmons, Murray State University; John W.
Thieret, Northern Kentucky University; Robert
E. Todd, Jr.; John O. Whitaker, Jr., Indiana
State University.

LITERATURE CITED

1. United States Congress. 1983. The En-
dangered Species Act as amended by
Public Law 97-304 (The Endangered
Species Act Amendments of 1982). US.
Gov. Printing Office, Washington, District of
Columbia.

2. Branson, B.A., D.F. Harker, Jr., J.M. Baskin,
M.E. Medley, D.L. Batch, M.L. Warren, Jr.,
W.H. Davis, W.C. Houtcooper, B. Monroe,
dr., L.R. Phillippe, and P. Cupp. Endangered,
threatened, and rare animals and plants of
Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 42:77-89.

3. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1986. Endangered and threatened wildlife
and plants. U.S. Dep. Inter., Washington,
District of Columbia.

4. The Nature Conservancy. 1982. Natural
heritage program operations manual. Revised
1985. The Nat. Conservancy, Arlington,
Virginia.

5. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1984. Endangered and threatened wildlife
and plants; review of invertebrate wildlife

for listing as endangered or threatened
species. Federal Register 49:21664-21675.

6. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1986. Piping plover. Endangered Species
Tech. Bull. 11:3.

7. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1985. Endangered and threatened wildlife
and plants; review of vertebrate wildlife.
Federal Register 50:37958-37967.

8. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1985. Interior least tern. Endangered
Species Tech. Bull. 10:7,12.

9. United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1985. Endangered and threatened wildlife

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

and plants; review of plant taxa for listing
as endangered or threatened species; notice
of review. Federal Register 50:39526-39527.

Kartesz, JT., and R. Kartesz. 1980. A
synonymized checklist of the vascular flora
of the United States, Canada and
Greenland. Univ. N.C. Press, Chapel Hill,
North Carolina.

Hobbs, H.H., Jr. 1976. Crayfishes
(Astacidae) of North and Middle America.
Water Pollut. Control Res. Ser. 18050
ELD05/72, US. Environ. Prot. Agency, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio.

Holsinger, J.R. 1972. The freshwater am-
phipod crustaceans (Gammaridae) of North
America. Water Pollut. Control Res. Ser.
18050 ELD04/72, US. Environ. Prot. Agency,
Cincinnati, Ohio.

United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
1980. Endangered and threatened wildlife
and plants; proposed endangered status and
critical habitat for the Kentucky cave
shrimp. Federal Register 45:68975-68977.

Thompson, FG. and C.M. Porter. 1985.
Class Gastropoda - freshwater snails. Pp.
48-55 in American Malacological Union
suggested draft list of common names for
mollusks occurring from America north of
Mexico. Shells and Sea Life 17.

Stansbery, D.H., and A.E. Bogan. 1985.
Class Bivalvia - bivalve mollusks. Pp. 60-65
in American Malacological Union suggested
draft list of common names for mollusks
occurring from America north of Mexico.
Shells and Sea Life 17.

Bailey, R.M., J.E. Fitch, E.S. Herald, E.A.
Lachner, C.C. Lindsey, C.R. Robins, and
W.B. Scott. 1970. A list of common and
scientific names of fishes from the United
States and Canada. 3rd Ed. Am. Fish. Soc.
Spec. Publ. No. 6.

Carney, D.A. 1985. Comparative mor-
phology and reproductive biology of two
species of darters of the subgenus
Nanostoma (Percidae: Etheostoma) in
western Kentucky. Thesis. South. Ill. Univ.
Carbondale, Carbondale, Illinois.

Robins, C.R., R.M. Bailey, C.E. Bond, J.R.
Brooker, E.A. Lachner, R.N. Lea, and W.B.
Scott. 1980. A list of common and scien-
tific names of fishes from the United States
and Canada. 4th Ed. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec.
Publ. No. 12.

Stauffer, J.R., Jr., B.M. Burr, C.H. Hocutt,
and R.E. Jenkins. 1982. Checklist of the
fishes of the central and northern

98

20.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Appalachian Mountains. Proc. Biol. Soc. 21. American Ornithologist’s Union. 1983.
Wash. 95:27-47. Checklist of North American birds. 6th Ed.
Collins, JT., R. Conant, J.E. Huheey, JL. Am. Ornithologists Union, Lawrence,
Knight, E.M. Rundquist, and H.M. Smith. Kansas.

1982. Standard common and current scien- 22. Hall, E.R. 1981. The mammals of North
tific names for North American amphibians America. 2nd Ed. Vols. I and II. John Wiley
and reptiles. 2nd Ed. Soc. Study Amphi- and Sons, New York, New York.

bians and Reptiles, Herpetol. Circ. No. 7.

White Cedar in Kentucky — Hotchkiss, et al.

Thuja occidentalis L. in Kentucky

Arland T. Hotchkiss
Harry H. Woodward
Louis F. Muller
Max E. Medley
University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292

ABSTRACT

The distribution of Thuja occidentalis in the Lake Cumberland region of Kentucky is described. The
steep limestone cliff habitat of the Russell County sites is compared to Braun’s descriptions of similar
habitats in Scioto and Adams Counties in southern Ohio.

OBSERVATIONS

In 1833, Thuja occidentalis (White Cedar,
Arbor Vitae), was included by Short, Peter and
Griswald in their Plant Catalogue of Kentucky
without dates, locations, or specimens. Gat-
tinger (1) discovered it in Tennessee and it was
reported subsequently in most neighboring
states. The impoundment of Lake Cumber-
land in 1950 provided ease of access to some
of the more isolated cliffs with stands of T.
occidentalis in Kentucky. In 1965, the third
author sighted T. occidentalis near the en-
trance to Pumpkin Creek and took specimens
for planting. Continued search in the area by
the first three authors revealed the presence
of T. occidentalis in the upper drainage area
of the Cumberland River in at least 5 distinct
locations near Jamestown, Russell County.
The fourth author (2) reported collecting some
very small specimens in 1978 on the side of
a large sandstone boulder in the Big South
Fork of the Cumberland River in McCreary
County, and, (3) recorded its presence “on or
below limestone bluffs” on Buck Creek,
Pulaski County.

The areas in Russell County are fairly exten-
sive and occur on high, steep limestone cliffs.
There are 2 separate areas of T. occidentalis
on Boundary Low Cut Island in Lake
Cumberland, east of Cumberland Lake State
Park. A third location is on the east side of
Lily Creek, southeast of Jamestown. The
fourth and fifth locations are on points on the
south sides of Pumpkin and Greasy Creeks,
south of Jamestown. All the sites are on
generally north-facing cliffs in isolated, rugged
country and were apparently little visited by
botanists until the building of a dam and the
impoundment of Lake Cumberland by the
TN.A. With the opening of the lake to boating
and fishing in 1950, the bold cliffs, close to
the deeply entrenched Cumberland River and
in the sinuous, narrow canyon tributaries, as
in Greasy Creek, became accessible by water.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:99, 1986.

Boats could move right up the face of the cliff
at a point well above the valley floor. At this
time, and in this manner, the third author first
became aware of T. occidentalis along the
shoreline near the western end of Lake
Cumberland. All subsequent discoveries were
also made by boat.

Specimens of T. occidentalis were taken by
the first author from a station on the south
side of Greasy Creek, which is easily acces-
sible by land from U.S. Highway 127, for
distribution to Kentucky and national her-
baria. Some of the distributions were made
October 28, 1978 at the Kentucky Academy
of Science Meetings. The site is about 1.6 km
south of Jamestown and about 1.6 km east
of the bridge, where the highway crosses
Greasy Creek. Around the next bend of the
valley, below the bridge, can be seen a higher,
north-facing, 0.8 km of cliff, to which conifers
are clinging. These include Juniperus virgi-
niana, Tsuga canadensis, Pinus virginiana, and
in the middle of the highest part of the cliff,
compact trees of T. occidentalis dominating
this area. The cliffs here stand over 61 m
above the normal pool level of the lake and
even higher above the winter draw-down level
of the valley floor before impoundment.

Trees of T. occidentalis growing on the cliffs
appear to have the same habit often seen in
Hemlock and Yellow Birch, that of growing in
thin soil on narrow ledges and of gaining a
foothold by sending roots into deep crevices
and apertures in the rocks. The trunks of many
trees are bent down and grow up again ina
u-shaped turn. One healthy tree, viewed from
the top of the cliff, was in a completely in-
verted position. Most trees appeared to be
mature but a wide range of sizes was evident.
Some seedlings were taken in 1977 for growth
studies. Thuja occidentalis did not extend
across to the south-facing slopes on the op-
posite side of the valley. There, instead, was
an abundance of Virginia Pine, Red Cedar, and

100 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science - 47(3-4)

in the steeper areas, Hemlock which extends
up Greasy Creek to a point east of the
highway.

Above the White Cedar cliffs, the land
slopes gently upward another 30+ m, through
meadows, pastures with small creeks, fence
rows and wooded areas, to high points at the
305 m contour line, which marks the summit
of nearby hills. This altitude provides suffi-
cient head to supply seepages and springs in
the limestone cliffs below. Vegetation noted
in a transect taken along the cliff tops and
wooded slopes above the cliffs, has a generally
mixed mesophytic appearance, including the
following species: Pinus virginiana, Tsuga
canadensis, Juniperus virginiana, Magnolia
tripetala, Asimina triloba, Prunus serotina,
Carya sp., Quercus alba, Quercus borealis,
Quercus falcata, Acer saccharum, Acer
rubrum, Rhamnus caroliniana, Aralia spinosa,
Oxydendrum arboreum, Vibernum acer-
folium, Dryopteris marginalis, Polystichum
acrostichoides, Pachysandra sp., and seen
above the cliffs at nearby Pumpkin Creek,
Aesculus octandra and Kalmia latifolia. Near
the edge of the water at the normal pool level,
the vegetation included Albizzia julibrissin,
Alnus serrulata. Platanuc occidentalis, Acer
saccharinum and Cephalanthus occidentalis.
All these species are a part of the apparently
new strand vegetation.

DISCUSSION

The prospect of finding T. occidentalis in
the flora of Kentucky was always a good one.
In West Virginia, Virginia and Tennessee, (4)
T. occidentalis is found well within the Ap-
palachian region. Strausbaugh and Core (5),
for example, reported it from 6 counties in
West Virginia, growing on “riverbanks and
rocky hillsides, often on limestone.” On the
western edge of the Appalachian Plateau, in
southern Ohio, Braun (6,7) found White Cedar
on calcareous outcrops in Scioto County, and
clinging on dolomite cliffs in Adams County,
in the same manner as seen on higher cliffs
in Russell County, Kentucky. White cedar
populations in 4 counties of northern Illinois
(8,9) and in 2 counties of northern Indiana
(10), are more like those in several counties
of west central Ohio (7), and are found in
cedar swamps and marl bogs, which are more
common habitats for T. occidentalis in the
northern states and Canada. The Russell
County populations of T. occidentalis on Lake
Cumberland appear to be related to, although
as far as is known, not contiguous with, the
nearby Tennessee population, through the

Cumberland River and the South Fork of the
Cumberland, which penetrates southward in-
to the T. occidentalis region in Tennessee (4).

These isolated populations of T. occiden-
talis in restricted topographically and
ecologically circumscribed areas, are relic
communities. As Braun (6) said of the Arbor
Vitae groves of southern Ohio: “past in-
fluences....together with edaphic conditions
make possible the persistence of the relics
among the communities of the climatic
vegetation.” Braun’s statement appears to
describe the T. occidentalis communities
around Lake Cumberland in Kentucky equally
well.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Gattinger, Augustin. 1901. The flora of Ten-
nessee and a philosophy of botany. Bur. of
Agric. St. of Tenn., Nashville, TN.

2. Medley, Max E. and B. Eugene Wofford.
1980. Thuja occidentalis L. and other
noteworthy collections from the big south
fork of the Cumberland River in McCreary
County, Kentucky. Castanea 45:213-215.

3. Medley, Max E., Ray Cranfill and John W.
Thieret. 1983. Vascular flora of Kentucky:
additions and other noteworthy collections.
Sida 10:114-122.

4. Little, Elbert L. Jr. 1971. Atlas of United
States Trees. Volume 1. Conifers and Im-
portant Hardwoods. Misc. Publ. No. 1146.,
US. Govnm. Printing Office, Washington,
DC.

5. Strausbaugh, P.D. and Earl L. Core. 1978.

Flora of West Virginia. Revised Second Edi-
tion. Seneca Books, Inc., Grantsville, WVA.

6. Braun, E. Lucy. 1928. The vegetation of the
Mineral Springs region of Adams County,
Ohio. Ohio Biol. Suvr. Bull. 15:381-515.

7. Braun, E. Lucy. 1969. The Woody Plants of
Ohio. Hafner Publ. Co., New York, NY.

8. Mohlenbrock, Robert H. 1975. Guide to the
Vascular Flora of Illinois. So. Ill. U. Press,
Carbondale, IL.

9. Mohlenbrock, Robert H. and Douglas M.
Ladd. 1978. Distribution of Illinois vascular
plants. So. Ill. U. Press, Carbondale, IL.

10. Deam, Charles C. 1932. Trees of Indiana.
St. of Ind. Dept. Consv. Publ. No. 13. Fort
Wayne Printing Co., Fort Wayne, IN.

Beech-Hemlock Stand in Kentucky — Jones and Thompson

A Beech-Hemlock Stand in the Knobstone Escarpment
of Madison County, Kentucky

Ronald L. Jones
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

and

Ralph L. Thompson
Department of Biology
Berea College
Berea, Kentucky 40404

ABSTRACT

The species composition and forest structure were determined for a small beech-hemlock stand in
the Knobstone Escarpment of southeastern Madison County, Kentucky, in 1984. Fagus grandifolia and
Tsuga canadensis comprised 66% of the total basal area, and ranked first and second in importance values.
The major canopy associates of these 2 dominants were Quercus alba, Liriodendron tulipifera, and Acer
rubrum. In the understory, Fagus grandifolia, Acer rubrum, and Tsuga canadensis made up 83% of seed-
lings and 68% of saplings. Total tree species at the site were 33, of which 22 were represented in the
canopy. Tree densities were 11578 seedlings/ha, 1887 saplings/ha, and 501 canopy trees/ha, with a total
basal area of 29.9 m’*/ha. Pinus strobus is recorded for the first time as native to Madison County. This
community is similar in composition and structure to beech-hemlock forests of the Cumberland Plateau,
but is unusual for the Knobstone Escarpment of Kentucky.

INTRODUCTION

The vegetation of the Knobstone Escarp-
ment of the Interior Low Plateaus was
described by Quarterman and Powell (1) as
varying from oak-hickory on drier slopes to
beech-yellow poplar on mesic slopes to mixed
mesophytic forest relics in some deep ravines.
Wharton (2) described the mixed mesophytic
forests in the black shale Knobstone as be-
ing restricted to small hollows, bases of white
oak-wooded hills, and north slopes above
steep stream banks. According to Braun (3),
the lower slopes in the Knobs Border Area
were once covered by an all deciduous mixed
mesophytic forest. The beech-hemlock mix-
ed mesophytic community has not been quan-
titatively documented for the Knobstone
Escarpment. The objectives of this study were
to determine the species composition of
seedling, sapling, and canopy layers, and to
describe the community structure of a stand
of beech-hemlock in the Knobstone Escarp-
ment of Madison County.

THE STUDY SITE

The study site is located at latitude 37° 34
51” N and longitude 84° 06’ 38” in extreme
southeastern Madison County near Estill and
Jackson counties. (Fig. 1). It lies in Anglin
Hollow, 1.9 km off Long Branch Road and 2.4

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:101, 1986.

km southeast of Red Lick Road (KY 594). The
site is under private ownership but lies within
the congressional boundaries of the Daniel
Boone National Forest. The beech-hemlock
community occupies a mesic, lower,
northeast-trending slope from 240 m to 300
m. It is bordered on the east by an intermit-
tent stream leading to Shirley Creek, on the
south and north by a contiquous lower slope,
and on the west by a midslope bench of oak-
hickory-pine forest.

eH

JACKSON CO.

Beech-Hemlock Stand in southeastern Madison
County, at Anglin Hollow, 2.5 km from junction
of Red Lick Road (Ky. 594) southeast off Long
Branch Road. Map adapted from Alcorn
Quadrangle 7.5 minute topographic series, US.
Geological Survey, 1952.

Figure 1.

102

The stand is within the portion of Madison
County designated as the Knobs Border Area
of the Cumberland Plateau (3) but recently
classified as the Knobstone Escarpment of
the Bluegrass Section of the Interior Low
Plateaus (1). The bedrock at the site belongs
to the Nancy and Cowbell siltstones and
shales of the Borden Formation within the
Mississippian System, while bedrock of the
streambed is New Albany shale of the Devo-
nian System (4). The forest soil on the
moderately steep, colluvial slopes belong to
the Shelocta soil series which are deep, acid,
and well-drained gravelly silt loams (5). The
mean annual temperature for this region is
13.7° C, mean annual precipitation is 119.4
cm, and mean frost-free growing season is 189
days (6).

Table 1.
Kentucky

Species Seedlings Saplings*

1-2 2-3
Fagus grandifolia 3644 134 26 18
Acer rubrum 1542 = 285 (5) 13 4
Tsuga canadensis 1207 448 32 19 (1)
Magnolia tripetala 248 68 (12) 4 (3) 0
Cornus florida 164 40 1 0
Sassafras albidum 186 10 (22) 2 (1) 0
Oxydendrum arboreum 86 51 (25) 26 (4) 1
Nyssa sylvatica 82 34 7 1
Fraxinus americana 88 26 3 0
Quercus alba 58 15 (11) 23 (1) 4
Quercus rubra 83 14 (2) 6 1
Liriodendron tulipifera 33 13 (4) 19 5
Carya glabra 59 6 0 0
Carpinus caroliniana 37 24 (2) 1 0
Ostrya virginiana 36 18 0 0
Quercus coccinea 30 5 (4) 4 (1) 2
Pinus strobus 23 16 2 0
Acer saccharum 14 21 6 0
Quercus prinus 25 4 (1) 3 2
Amelanchier arborea 30 4 0 0
Quercus velutina 19 2 (1) 1 (1) 1
Carya ovata 11 8 (3) 2 0
Juniperus virginiana 10 4 0 0
Castanea dentata 10 3 0 0
Pinus virginiana 0 1 (8) 8 1
Diospyros virginiana 8 1 0 0
Cercis canadensis 5 3 0 0
Prunus serotina 5 0 1 0
Carya cordiformis 4 1 0 0
Robinia pseudoacacia 3 2 0 0
Ulmus americana 3 2 0 0
Aesculus octandra 1 1 1 0
Ilex opaca 3 0 0 0
Total Species: 33 7757 1264 191 59

Decimeter Size-Classes (dbh)

3-4
12

OO OCe oH CO POCO ODOC OOOO Seo Gomme oS DO oS

a
ry

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

METHODS

The beech-hemlock community occupied
an area of 6700 m’ (0.67 ha). A single
macroplot was established to include this
area, and all seedlings, samplings, and canopy
trees were tabulated. Dead saplings and trees
were recorded separately. Seedlings were
designated as individuals under 1.0 m tall;
saplings were classified as those over 1.0 m
tall and under 1.0 dm dbh. No attempt was
made to distinguish seedlings and saplings
from root suckers and stump sprouts.
Diameters (dbh) of canopy trees were
measured with Haglof tree calipers and
recorded by species in size-classes to the
nearest cm. Total tree density was determined
for each stratum, and relative density was

Structural analysis of beech-hemlock stand at Anglin Hollow, Madison County,

Species Relative

Total Density
4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9
5 4 4 3 2 3852 41.17
0 0 1 (1) 0 0 1848 19.75
4 1 2 1 0 1735 18.54
0 0 0 0 0 320 3.42
0 0 0 0 0 205 2.19
0 0 0 0 0 198 2.12
0 0 0 0 0 164 1.75
0 0 0 0 0 125 1.34
0 0 0 0 0 117 1.25
1 0 0 1 0 111 1.19
0 0 0 0 0 105 1.12
2 0 0 0 0 73 0.78
0 0 0 0 0 65 0.70
0 0 0 0 0 62 0.66
0 0 0 0 0 54 0.58
0 0 0 0 0 45 0.48
0 0 0 0 0 42 0.45
0 0 0 0 0 41 0.44
0 0 0 0 0 34 0.36
0 0 0 0 0 34 0,36
0 0 0 0 0 23 0.25
0 0 0 0 0 21 0.22
0 0 0 0 0 14 0.15
0 0 0 0 0 13 0.14
1 0 0 0 0 12 0.13
0 0 0 0 0 9 0.10
0 0 0 0 0 8 0.09
0 0 0 0 0 6 0.06
0 0 0 0 0 5 0.05
0 0 0 0 0 5 0.05
0 0 0 0 0 5 0.05
0 0 0 0 0 3 0.03
0 0 0 0 0 3 0.03
13 5 7 5 2 9357 100.00

(‘) Dead saplings and trees are designated within parenthesis.

Beech- Hemlock Stand in Kentucky — Jones and Thompson 103

then calculated for each species. Relative
density (RD) and relative basal area (RBA)
were calculated for canopy trees, and these
2 values were summed and multiplied by 100
to calculate importance value (IV). Observa-
tions were also made on the presence of
shrubs and vines within the community.
Nomenclature for trees herein follows Little
(7).

RESULTS

There were 7757 seedlings, 1264 saplings,
and 336 canopy trees counted in the 0.67 ha
site (Table 1). Ona per hectare basis, the tree
densities were 11578 seediings, 1887 sapl-
ings, and 501 canopy trees. Thirty three trees
species were present at the site, and 22 of
these species were represented in the canopy.
Based on relative density of all strata, the 3
dominant species were Fagus grandifolia
(41.17%), Acer rubrum (19.75%), and Tsuga
canadensis (18.54%). These 3 species com-
prised 83% of the seedlings and 68% of the
saplings, with Fagus most numerous among
seedlings, and Tsuga most numerous among
saplings. The seedlings and saplings of the
oaks, hickories, and pines were notably
sparse at the site. For canopy trees, F. gran-
difolia was first in all size-classes above 4.0
dm dbh, while T. canadensis was first from
1.0-4.0 dm dbh. The only other species with
individuals above 4.0 dm dbh were A. rubrum,
Quercus alba, Liriodendron tulipifera, and
Pinus virginiana.

In the canopy, Fagus and Tsuga were the
dominants with IVs of 62.23 and 49.89,
respectively (Table 2). These 2 species con-
tributed over 50% of the total IV, and were the
clear dominants over the other major consti-
tuents in the stand. The calculated basal area
20.02 m?/0.67 ha, or 29.9 m?/ha, and 66% of
this total was contributed by Fagus and Tsuga.
Major trees in the lower diameter classes were
Magnolia tripetala, Cornus florida, Carpinus
carolinana, and Ostrya virginiana (Tables 1,2).

A total of 115 dead saplings and trees were
counted at the site (Table 1). The leading
species in this group were Oxdendrum ar-
boreum, Sassafras albidum, M. tripetala, Q.
alba, and P. virginiana. No dead Fagus was
found and only one dead Tsuga was recorded.

The most abundant shrubs were Viburnum
acerifolium and Lindera benzoin. More
sparsely distributed shrubs and suffrutescent
species were Vaccinium stamineum,
Hydrangea arborescens, Gaultheria pro-
cumbens, Chimaphila maculata, and Mit-
chella repens. Vines present were Vitis aesti-

valis, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Rhus
radicans, Smilax glauca, and S. rotundifolia.

Table 2. Canopy tree number (N), relative densi-
ty (RD), Relative Basal Area (RBA), and
Importance Value (RD + RBA=IV) at
beech-hemlock stand at Anglin Hollow,
Madison County, Kentucky.

Species N RD RBA IV (RD+RBA)

Fagus grandifolia 74 22.02 40.21 62.23

Tsuga canadensis 80 23.81 26.08 49.89

Quercus alba 38 11.31 11.65 22.96

Liriodendron tulipifera 27 8.04 5.44 13.48

Acer rubrum 21 6.25 4.97 11.22

Oxydendrum arboreum 27 8.04 2.00 10.04

Quercus coccinea 10 2.98 2.35 5.33

Pinus virginiana 11 3.27 1.79 5.06

Nyssa sylvatica 9 2.68 1.30 3.98

Quercus rubra 8 2.38 1.16 3.54

Quercus prinus 5 1.49 0.88 2.37

Acer saccharum 6 1.79 0.29 2.08

Pinus strobus 3 0.89 0.59 1.48

Magnolia tripetala 4 1.19 0.08 1.27

Fraxinus americana 3 0.89 0.37 1.26

Sassafras albidum 2 0.59 0.23 0.82

Quercus velutina 2 0.59 0.21 0.80

Carya ovata 2 0.59 0.09 0.68

Prunus serotina 1 0.30 0.19 0.49

Carpinus caroliniana 1 0.30 0.04 0.34

Cornus florida 1 0.30 0.40 0.34

Aesculus octandra 1 0.30 0.04 0.34

Total Species: 22 336 100.00 100.00 200.00

DISCUSSION

The Anglin Hollow site is occupied by a
mature beech-hemlock stand with the 2
species dominant in the canopy and in the
understory. Fagus and Tsuga are very shade
tolerant (8), and their presence in all size-
classes indicate continued dominance. The
presence of Tsuga is of particular significance
because it is more restricted than Fagus in
distribution, being more common in pro-
tected habitats of the Cumberland Plateau,
and in a few outliers west of the Plateau (3).

The canopy associates of beech and
hemlock at the study site have become
established during previous seral stages.
Quercus alba, Liriodendron tulipifera, and
Acer rubrum are the most important of these
associates with only the latter reproducing
well in the understory. Acer rubrum and Q.
alba are classified as intermediate to shade
intolerant, but L. tulipifera is very shade in-
tolerant (8). Thus, the continued perpetuation
of these species in the community depends

104 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

partially on the periodic canopy openings
created by windthrow and dead trees. These
canopy gaps will also enhance the persistence
of Nyssa sylvatica, Fraxinus americana, Quer-
cus rubra, and Pinus strobus. The remaining
oaks, hickories, and pine are less likely to sur-
vive because of their shade intolerance and
site requirements. Other invaders being shaded
out of the community include Oxydendrum
arboreum, Sassafras albidum, Prunus
serotina, Robinia pseudoacacia, and
Juniperus virginiana. Castanea dentata per-
sists only from a few stump sprouts. The sub-
canopy in the stand should remain stable with
Magnolia tripetala, Cornus florida, and Car-
pinus caroliniana as the major species.

This is the first report of P strobus occurring
natively in Madison County. The species is
associated with mixed mesophytic com-
munities of the Cumberland Plateau, and in
a few sites west of the Plateau (3). Pinus
strobus may also spread from plantings, so
the original range of the species is now
obscure. Regardless of its origin at the Anglin
Hollow site, the presence of this northern
species together with mature beech and
hemlock give this community a very attrac-
tive Alleghenian aspect.

Beech-hemlock communities have been
reported from several sites on the Cumber-
land Plateau by Braun (3). She classified these
communities as hemlock-mixed mesophytic,
and noted that F. grandifolia, L. tulipifera, A.
rubrum, and Q. alba were typical associates,
and that A. saccharum, Aesculus octandra,
and Tilia heterophylla were often infrequent.
Communities with similar species composi-
tions have been reported from Lilley Cornett
Woods, Letcher County (9,10), and from
Robinson Forest, Breathitt County (11,12) of
the Cumberland Plateau. West of the Plateau,
in Edmonson County, similar communities
have been reported from gorges of Wolf Creek
(13) and Mammoth Cave National Park (14).
Tsuga communities lacking Fagus as an im-
portant associate have been studied at Tight
Hollow, Wolf County (15), and at Rock Creek
Gorge, Laurel County (16).

This is the first quantitative study of a
mature beech-hemlock community in the
Knobstone Escarpment. The basal area of
29.9 m’/ha matches that proposed by Held
and Winstead (17) for a climax mesic forest
stand. Wharton (2) did not include Tsuga as
a major constituent of her mixed mesophytic
association segregates in the Knobs. The
species was present, but the trees were usually
of small diameters and the communities
very limited in size. The beech-hemlock

community was not described by either Fed-
ders (18) or Godbey (19) in their more recent
studies within the Knobs. The Anglin Hollow
site thus appears to be unique for the
Knobstone Escarpment, and is an outlying
representative of the Mixed Mesophytic Forest
Region of the Cumberland Plateau.

Additional studies are needed to determine
the distribution and compostion of the varied
community types in this complex, transitional
Knobstone Escarpment, which Braun (3)
referred to as one of the best examples of the
“interrelations between vegetation and
underlying rock and between vegetation and
physiographic history.”

LITERATURE CITED

1. Quarterman, E. and R. Powell. 1978. Poten-
tial ecological/geological landmarks on the
Interior Low Plateaus. U.S. Department of
Interior, Washington, D.C.

2. Wharton, M.E. 1945. Floristics and vegeta-
tion of the Devonian-Mississippian black
shale region of Kentucky. Ph.D. Disserta-
tion, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

3. Braun, E.L. 1950. Deciduous forests of
eastern North America. Hafner Publishing
Co., Inc., New York, N.Y.

4. Rice, C.L. 1972. Geologic map of the
Alcorn Quadrangle, east central Kentucky,
GQ-963. U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, DC.

5. Newton, J.H. 1973. Soil survey of Madison
County, Kentucky. U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service,
Washington, D.C.

6. Conner, G. 1980. Climate of Berea, Ken-
tucky: Climatology of Kentucky Series.
Kentucky Climate Center, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green.

7. Little, E.L. 1979. Checklist of United States
trees (native and naturalized). U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Forest Service, Agric.
Handb. No. 541:1-375.

8. Fowells, H.A. (Comp.). 1965. Silvics of
forest trees of the United States. US.
Department of Agriculture, Forest Service.
Agric. Handb. No. 271:1-762.

9. Martin, W.H. 1975. The Lilley Cornett

Woods: A stable mixed mesophytic forest
in Kentucky. Bot. Gaz. 136:171-183.

10. Muller, R.N. 1982. Vegetation patterns in
the mixed mesophytic forest of eastern
Kentucky. Ecology 63:1901-1917.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Beech-Hemlock Stand In Kentucky — Jones and Thompson

Carpenter, S.B. 1976. Stand structure of a
forest in the Cumberland Plateau of eastern
Kentucky fifty years after logging and burn-
ing. Castanea 41:325-337.

Phillippi, M.A. and A. Boebinger. 1986. A
vegetational analysis of three small water-
sheds in Robinson Forest, eastern Kentucky.
Castanea 51:11-30.

Van Stockum, Jr., R.R. 1979. Hemlock-
mixed mesophytic forest communities in
southern Indiana, western Kentucky, and
Highlands, North Carolina. Ph.D. Disserta-
tion, University of Louisville.

Faller, A. 1975. The plant ecology of Mam-
moth Cave National Park, Kentucky. Ph.D.
Dissertation, Indiana State University, Terre
Haute.

Herman, T. and M. See. 1973. Secondary

succession following fire in “Tight Holler,”
Kentucky. Castanea 38:275-285.

16.

17.

18.

19.

105

Cameron, M.R. and J.E. Winstead. 1978.
Structure and compostion of a climax mixed
mesophytic system in Laurel County, Ken-
tucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 39:1-11.

Held, M.E. and J.E. Winstead. 1975. Basal
area and climax status in mesic forest
systems. Ann. Bot. 39:1147-1148.

Fedders, J.M. 1980. The vegetation and its
relationships with selected soil and site fac-
tors of the Spencer-Morton Preserve, Powell
County, Kentucky. M.S. Thesis, Eastern Ken-
tucky University, Richmond.

Godbey, D.A. 1984. The vascular flora of
Maywoods Environmental and Educational
Laboratory. Garrard and Rockcastle Coun-
ties, Kentucky. M.S. Thesis, Eastern Ken-
tucky University, Richmond.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky - Miller and Mills

Fishes of the Tradewater River System, Kentucky

Lewis G. Miller and Michael R. Mills
Kentucky Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet
Division of Water, 18 Reilly Road, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

Although ecological integrity in portions of the Tradewater River system has been severely damaged,
the ichthyofauna remains relatively diverse. Sixty two species are known from recent verifiable collec-
tions, with an additional 10 species of probable, though unsubstantiated status. Presence of Hypentelium
nigricans is questionable and in need of substantiation. Six records are known or probable misidentifica-
tions. Percina phoxocephala is considered extirpated. Three species (Lepisosteus oculatus, Erimyzon sucet-
ta, Elassoma zonatum) listed by the Kentucky Academy of Science and Kentucky Nature Preserves Com-
mission as Threatened, of Undetermined Status, and of Special Concern are present in the Tradewater
River system. The future integrity of the Tradewater River ichthyofauna is dependent upon: (1) the iden-
tification and protection of ecologically important habitat areas which serve as refugia and reinvasion
epicenters; (2) protection of water-quality buffer areas; and (3) implementation of effective reclamation
practices to maintain and improve stream-water quality.

INTRODUCTION

Non-point pollutants issuing from abandoned
and active coal mines have greatly altered the
ecological integrity of many streams in the
Tradewater River system (1,2,3). A water-
quality inventory of the Tradewater River
system revealed that 499 stream km were af-
fected by coal-mine drainage (3), with 393 km
or 79% of the total affected stream km being
impacted by acid-mine drainage (AMD).
Generation of much of this AMD can be traced
to the advent of large-scale surface mining
which began in the 1930's. Habitat alteration,
resulting from stream channelization pro-
jects, has also adversely affected ecological
integrity in portions of the Tradewater River
system. Such projects were initiated as early
as 1916.

Knowledge of the Tradewater River ichthyo-
fauna prior to the 1900's is limited to a single
collection by Woolman (4). His collection
from the mainstream near Dawson Springs
revealed a diverse community which included
several species now considered environmen-
tally sensitive. Mainstream collections con-
ducted in 1940 as part of an Ohio River pollu-
tion survey by the United States Public Health
Service (5) included several riverine and
lowland species.

In recent years, studies of the Tradewater
River fishes have been directed toward the
evaluation of sensitive habitats (2,6), water
quality (7,8,9), and fishery potential
(10,11,12,13,14). Burr (15), in a distributional
checklist of Kentucky fishes, included the
Tradewater River system with the lower Green

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:106, 1986.

River system. Burr et al. (16) assessed the
distributional status of several cyprinids
which range into the Tradewater River system.

The purpose of this paper is to bring
together published and institutional collec-
tion records to provide a concise documen-
tation of the Tradewater River ichthyofauna.
Locality and habitat distributional informa-
tion for each species are included. Comments
regarding species of questionable status are
also provided.

DESCRIPTION OF STUDY AREA

Located in western Kentucky between the
Green and Cumberland rivers, the Tradewater
River system drains 2,442 km’ in portions of
Christian, Caldwell, Hopkins, Webster, Crit-
tenden, and Union counties. An area of 194
km? in the upper Cypress Creek watershed in
Union County has been diverted through the
Dennis O’Nan Ditch to discharge directly to
the Ohio River (17). The Tradewater River
heads in northwestern Christian County and
flows northwestwardly 212 km to its con-
fluence with the Ohio River near Sturgis, Ken-
tucky. Major tributaries include: Sandlick
Creek, Caney Creek, Flynn Fork, Donaldson
Creek, Clear Creek, Craborchard Creek, Piney
Creek, and Cypress Creek.

Lowland stream habitats (i.e. low-gradient
streams, wetlands, ditches) predominate in
interior and eastern portions of the water-
shed, while upland stream habitats (ie.
moderate- to high- gradient streams) are af-
forded only by mainstream and western
tributary headwaters. For more details con-

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills 107

cerning habitat types and basin topography, fauna is based on a total of 106 collections
consult Grubb and Ryder (1) and Warren and at 86 sites (Fig. 1). Following is a listing of
Cicerello (6). these collection sites. Acronyms and
literature references accompanying site loca-
COLLECTION SITES tions indicate origin of collection informa-

tion.
This compilation of the Tradewater ichthyo-

eg
Wy
>
=
xc
8
STURGIS 7
1¢ 12
3 6
3) 0 14
WW
on\o 1
15 xe
19 16
0
2
26
2899 39) ag 4
27 7 38
22 1
30649 42
440 4
24 238 R25 BN 4g 833 4l yn
6 ~
nary 43
45
56
5 <
oO
51 =
52
N 53 65
54 o€se 72-73 2
55 ar NGS
64 59 66%6 y S
63 va
79
68 c
8
83
85

Figure 1. Map of Tradewater River drainage, Kentucky, showing locations of collection sites. Open circles
indicate that no fish were collected at site—warmwater aquatic habitat use impaired by AMD.

108

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

. Tradewater River, 4.5 km SW of Sturgis,

Union and Crittenden cos., at end of Locust
Lick Road. 15:XII:1981 (Kentucky Division
of Water (DOW)).

Tradewater River, 2.1 km SW of Sturgis,
Union and Crittenden cos., 180 m
downstream of KY 365. 13:VIII:1981 (12).

. Cypress Creek, 460 m upstream from con-

fluence with Tradewater River, Union Co.
24:VIII:1981 (12).

. Cypress Creek, 2.0 km N of Grangertown,

Union Co., at Urton Gap Road. 25:VIII:1981
(12).

Cypress Creek, 0.8 km NE of Henshaw,
Union Co., at KY 130. 25:VIII:1981
(Southern Illinois University at Carbondale
(SIUC)).

Smith Ditch, 3.0 km SE of Sturgis, Union
Co., at US60/641. 9:XII:1981 (DOW).

. Smith Ditch, 3.1 km E of Sturgis, Union

Co., at Ky 270. 8:X:1978 (SIUC).

Smith Ditch, 5.5 km NE of Sturgis, Union
Co., at Bryon Smith Road. 8:X:1978 (SIUC),
25:VIII:1981 (12).

. Tradewater River, 2.1 km SW of Sullivan,

Union-Crittenden cos., at US60/641.
25:VIII:1981 (12), 16:XII:1981 (DOW).

Tradewater River, at mouth of Vaughn
Ditch, Webster-Crittenden cos. 29:V:1985
(14).

Vaughn Ditch, 0.7 km NE of Derby, Webster
Co., at KY 143. 9:XII:1981 (8).

Caney Fork, 2.5 km SE of Hearin, Webster
Co., at KY 270. 3:X1I:1979 (SIUC),
26:VIII:1981 (12).

Craborchard Creek, 3.7 km SE of Clay,
Webster Co., at KY 270. 27:VI:1974 (11),
8:X:1978 (SIUC).

Craborchard Creek, 5.1 km E of Clay,
Webster Co., at KY 1340. 9:XII:1981 (8).

Fredricks Ditch, 4.2 km SE of Clay,
Webster Co., at KY 270. 27:VII:1974 (11).

Slover Creek, 2.9 km SW of Lisman,
Webster Co., at Lisman-Providence Road.
9:XII:1981 (DOW).

Slover Creek, 1.0 km S of Jolly, Webster
Co., at US 41A. 26:X:1979 (SIUC),
10:111:1980 (Kentucky Department of
Transportation (DOT)).

Tradewater River, at Blackford, upstream of
railroad trestle, Crittenden and Webster
cos. 22:VIII:1974 (11).

Hoods Creek, at Nunn, Crittenden Co.,, at
Manley Road. 26:1X:1979 (SIUC).

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

Tradewater River, 0.5 km downstream of Piney
Creek confluence, Webster-Crittenden cos.
29:V:1985 (14).

Piney Creek, 1.4 km NW of Piney, Crittenden
Co., at Cool Spring Hollow Road. 11:1X:1980
(2,6).

Piney Creek, at Deanwood, Crittenden Co., at
KY 120. 24:X:1973 (Illinois Natural History
Survey (INHS)).

Piney Creek, 3.4 km S of Deanwood, Crit-
tenden Co., at Sugar Grove Church Road.
10:1V:1977 (INHS), 4:VIII:1982 (13).

Piney Creek, 3.0 km S of Tribune, Crittenden
Co., at Copperas Spring Road. 10:1V:1977
(INHS).

Little Piney Creek, 2.1 km S of Deanwood,
Crittenden Co., at Sugar Grove Church Road.
4:VIII:1982 (13).

Tradewater River, 0.3 km N of Piney, Crittenden
and Webster cos., at Fishtrap Bridge on KY
132. 16:X1I:1981 (DOW).

Tradewater River, 3.3 km SW of Providence,
Crittenden and Webster cos., at Bellville Road.
8:XII:1981 (DOW).

Owens Creek, immediately upstream of con-
fluence with Tradewater River, Webster Co.
8:XII:1981 (7).

Owens Creek, at Providence, Webster Co., at
KY 293. 8:XII:1981 (7).

Tradewater River, 0.5 km downstream of Clear
Creek confluence, Webster-Caldwell cos.
3:VI:1985 (14).

Clear Creek, 1.6 km downstream of KY 293
Bridge, Hopkins Co. 3:VI: 1985 (14).

Clear Creek, 0.2 km downstream of KY 293
Bridge, Hopkins Co. 31:V:1985 (14).

Clear Creek, 6.7 km SW of Providence,
Hopkins Co., at KY 293. 26:VII:1973 (10).
Lick Creek, 0.4 km upstream of confluence
with Clear Creek, Hopkins Co. 31:V:1985 (14).

Lick Creek, 1.8 km W of Beulah, Hopkins Co.,
at KY 70. 26:VII:1973 (10).

Clear Creek, 1.6 km upstream of KY 293
Bridge, Hopkins Co. 4:VI:1985 (14).

Clear Creek, 2.4 km upstream of KY 293
Bridge, Hopkins Co. 4:VI:1985 (14).

Weirs Creek wetland, 4.1 km SE of Providence,
Hopkins Co., at KY 109. 2:X:1980 (SIUC).
Weirs Creek wetland, 1.3 km upstream of KY
109, Hopkins Co. 13:VIII:1980 (2,6).

Rose Creek wetland, 2.3 km SW of Nebo,
Hopkins Co., at Schmetzer Crossing Road. 12
and 13:VIII:1980 (2,6).

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills

Clear Creek, 5.8 km NW of Rabbit Ridge,
Hopkins Co., at KY 109. 7:XII:1981 (DOW).

Clear Creek, slough parallel to KY 109,
Hopkins Co. 14:VII:1980 (2,6).

Clear Creek, at Oriole, Hopkins Co., KY 70.
11:XII:1981 (DOW).

Land Branch, 1.3 km upstream of con-
fluence with Tradewater River, 10.2 km NW
of Fryer, Caldwell Co. 22:VIII:1980 (2,6).

Tradewater River, 2.4 km downstream of
Towery Bridge, Caldwell and Hopkins cos.
30:V:1985 (14).

Tradewater River, 0.8 km downstream of
Towery Bridge, 1.7 km SE of Shady Grove,
Caldwell and Hopkins cos. 30:V:1985 (14).

Tradewater River, 1.6 km upstream of
Towery Bridge, 2.7 km north of Fryer,
Caldwell and Hopkins cos. 30:V:1985 (14).

Tradewater River, 5.8 km N of Fryer,
Caldwell and Hopkins cos., at KY 293.
26:VI:1974 (11), 10:XII:1981 (DOW).

Donaldson Creek, 2.2 km N of Fryer,
Caldwell Co., at KY 293. 26:VI:1974 (11),
10:X1I:1981 (DOW).

Donaldson Creek, 2.7 km NE of Flat Rock,
at KY 70, Caldwell Co. 16:V:1985 (14).

Caney Creek, 1.1 km W of Rufus, Caldwell
Co., at KY 109. 29:VII:1954 (University of
Louisville (UL)), 7:X:1978 (SIUC),
4:VIII:1982 (13).

Donaldson Creek, 1.4 km NW of
Farmersville at Sons Bridge, Caldwell Co.,
Pleasant Grove Road. 4:VIII:1982 (13).

Donaldson Creek, 0.8 km W of
Farmersville, at Flat Rock - Enon Road
Bridge, Caldwell Co., 15:V:1985 (14).

Donaldson Creek, 2.3 km SW of
Farmersville, Caldwell Co., below con-
fluence of Black Creek. 14:VIII:1982
(DOW).

Kennedy Creek, 2.5 km S of Farmersville,
Caldwell Co., at KY 139. 10:IV:1977
(INHS).

Tradewater River, 2.5 km NE of Fryer,
Caldwell and Hopkins cos., at KY 70.
25:VI:1974 (11), 7:X:1978 (SIUC).
Tradewater River, at Olney, Caldwell and
Hopkins cos., at Princeton-Olney Road.
24:VII:1973 (10), 12:VIII:1980 (2).

Flynn Fork, at Creekmur Bridge, 1.9 km
upstream of confluence with Tradewater
River, Caldwell Co. 25:VII:1973 (10),
8:VIII:1980 (2,6).

East Fork of Flynn Fork, 6.2 km W of

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

109

Dawson Springs, Caldwell Co., at US 62.
29:VII:1954 (UL).

Flynn Fork, at former site of Morton Bridge,
Mount Olivet Road, Caldwell Co.
25:VII:1973 (10).

Flynn Fork, 2.8 km N of Lewistown,
Caldwell Co., at Lewistown Church Road.
5:VIII:1982 (13), 14:VIII:1982 (DOW).

Pratt Creek, 6.9 km NE of Princeton,
Caldwell Co., at Princeton-Olney Road.
8:1X:1981 (12).

Ward Creek (also referred to as Lamb
Creek), 3.7 km E of Princeton, Caldwell
Co., at US 62. 29:VII:1954 (UL), 7:X:1978
(SIUC), 14:VIII:1982 (DOW).

Phelps Creek, 3.1 km NE of Princeton,
Caldwell Co., at KY 293. 28:X:1979 (SIUC).

Tradewater River 5.8 km NW of Dawson
Springs, Caldwell and Hopkins cos., at
White School/Shell Poe Road. 20:VII:1973
(10), 7:VITI:1980 (2), 10:XII:1981 (9).

Montgomery Creek, 1.2 km SW of Dawson
Springs, Caldwell Co., at KY 672.
26:X:1979 (SIUC), 7:VIII:1980 (2,6).

Tradewater River, approximately 0.6 km
upstream of US 62, at old grist mill, 0.9 km
SW of Dawson Springs, Caldwell and
Hopkins cos. 19:VII:1973 (10). Near
Woolman’s 1892 collection site.

Piney Creek, 5.3 km NE of Friendship,
Caldwell Co., at unimproved road off Haile
Road. 14:VIII:1982 (DOW).

Tradewater River, 2.1 km SE of Dawson
Springs, Caldwell and Hopkins cos., at KY
109. 19:VII:1973 (10).

Tradewater River, below confluence of Hur-
ricane Creek, Hopkins Co. 19:VII:1973 (10).

Hurricane Creek swamp, small pond 0.5 km
E of Pententiary Bend and SE of Dawson
Springs, Hopkins Co. 15:VII:1980 (Kentucky
Nature Preserves Commission (KNPC)).

Hurricane Creek, 2.3 km NE of Dawson
Springs, Hopkins Co., at Maple Swamp
Road. 19:VII:1973 (10).

Copperas Creek, 1.1 km S of Ilsley,
Hopkins Co., at US 62. 19:VII:1973 (10).

Caney Creek, 0.2 km S of Hamby, Hopkins
Co., at KY 1338. 19:VI1I:1973 (10).

Tradewater River, 61 m downstream of con-
fluence with Buffalo Creek, Hopkins Co.
18:VII:1973 (10).

Buffalo Creek, 5.1 km SW on KY 1338 from
junction with US 62, Hopkins Co.
19:VII:1973 (10).

110

77. Tradewater River, 4.3 km SE of Dawson
Springs, Hopkins Co., at Murphy Ford.
18:VII:1973 (10).

78. Tradewater River, 6.7 km SE of Dawson
Springs, Christian Co., at Hopkins Park
Road. 7:XII:1981 (9).

79. McKnight Creek, 0.8 km E of Macedonia,
Christian Co., at KY 109. 18:VII:1973 (10),
27:X:1979 (SIUC).

80. Tradewater River, at Pod, Christian Co, ap-
proximately 180 m upstream of KY 1348
(Pooles Mill Bridge). 17:VII:1973 (10).

81. Sandlick Creek, 5.5 km NW of Era, Chris-
tian Co. at KY 109. 17:VII:1973 (10),
7:X:1978 (SIUC).

82. Tugler Creek, 3.9 km NW of Era, Christian
Co., upstream of confluence with Sandlick
Creek. 27:X:1979 (SIUC).

83. Sandlick Creek, 3.9 km upstream of con-
fluence with Tradewater River, 4.4 km NW
of Era, Christian Co. 15:VII:1980 (2,6).

84. Tradewater River, 5.8 km NE of Era, Chris-
tian Co.,, at KY 800. 19:IV:1970 (Eastern
Kentucky University (EKU)), 10:VII:1973
(10), 27:X:1979 (SIUC).

85. Brushy Fork, 2.3 km E of Era, Christian Co,
at Pleasant Green Hill Road. 27:X:1979
(SIUC).

86. Tradewater River, 3.0 km NW of Kelly,
Christian Co., at T. Sparkman Road.
7:X:1978 (SIUC).

ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES

This compilation resulted in a list of 76
species, representing 42 genera in 18 families.
Taxonomic arrangement, and scientific and
common names, are those of Robins et al.
(18). Following the scientific and common
names for each species, a listing of collection
site records is presented with notes on
distribution. Use of statements concerning
distributional status (i.e. generally distributed,
occasional, or sporadic) follow the definitions
of Smith (19). Voucher specimens are housed
at the institutions or agencies which made
collections with the following exceptions.
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission col-
lections have been deposited into the SIUC
collection. Specimens collected by the Ken-
tucky Department Fish and Wildlife
Resources are not extant.

Lepisosteidae — gars

1. Lepisosteus oculatus (Winchell).

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Spotted gar. Stations 31, 37, 39, 47.
Sporadic in mainstream, occasional in
lower Clear Creek system. A species of
clear pools with vegetation (20), the
drainage of suitable habitat has un-
doubtedly led to its reduction and cur-
rent sporadic distribution.

. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaeus).

Longnose gar. Reported by Woolman
(4) to be very abundant. There are no
recent records. Present in backwater
areas of the Smithland Pool (21), it is
of probable occurrence in the lower
river.

. Lepisosteus platostomus Rafinesque.

Shortnose gar. Stations 3, 4, 6, 46.
Sporadic in mainstream, occasional in
Cypress Creek system. Woolman (4)
reported this species as being less
common than the longnose gar.

Amiidae — bowfins

. Amia calva Linnaeus. Bowfin. Stations

1, 30-32, 34, 36, 37, 39, 45-47, 49, 50.
Confined to the lowlands where it is
occasional in mainstream pools,
streams, and swamps.

Anguillidae — freshwater eels

. Anguilla rostrata (Lesueur). American

eel. Reported by Woolman (4) to be
common. Although there are no recent
records, this catadromous species
possibly occurs infrequently in the
river.

Clupeidae — herrings

. Alosa chrysochloris (Rafinesque). Skip-

jack herring. Stations 48, 56. Sporadic
in the mainstream, the only records
are from the mid-reach of the river.
These records are in need of substan-
tiation. Probably ascends lowermost
reaches of the river as it is common in
the Ohio River (15).

. Dorosoma cepedianum (Lesueur). Giz-

zard shad. Stations 10, 20, 30, 31, 39,
40, 44, 47-49, 56, 57, 66, 77. Generally
distributed in lowland creeks, swamps,
and mainstream pools.

Hiodontidae — mooneyes

. Hiodon alosoides (Rafinesque).

Goldeye. Station 30. Recently reported
by Pearson (14), it occurs sporadically
in the mainstream.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills

9. Hiodon tergisus (Lesueur). Mooneye.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Station 9. The occurence of this
species is based on a record by Axon
(12). This record is in need of substan-
tiation. The mooneye is occasional in
most large and medium-size rivers
throughout the state (15).

Esocidae — pikes

Esox americanus vermiculatus
Lesueur. Grass pickerel. Stations 10,
13, 17, 19, 23, 30, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44,
45, 47, 51, 53, 54, 56, 60, 63, 65, 66,
75, 77, 81, 84. Generally distributed in
creeks, swamps, and mainstream. Ax-
on’s (13) record of E. niger is probably
a misidentification of this species.

Cyprinidae—carps and minnows

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque).
Central stoneroller. Station 84.
Woolman (4) reported the occurrence
of this species as rare. There is only a
single recent record from the system
(Dr. Branley Branson, pers. comm.). An
inhabitant of headwater streams, the
stoneroller is common in the upper
reaches of the physiographically
similar Pond, Mud, and Rough river
systems (2,6,22). Seasonal desiccation
of upland headwater streams and
general lack of suitable habitat areas
in the Tradewater system have prob-
ably contributed to the present
rareness of this otherwise widely
distributed minnow.

Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus. Common
carp. Stations 1-6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 20,
27, 31, 32, 36, 37, 39, 40, 45-47, 49,
51, 57, 77, 80. Generally distributed,
most records are from lower reaches
of the system.

Ericymba buccata Cope. Silverjaw min-
now. Stations 12, 14, and 17. Sporadic
in headwaters of Craborchard Creek
system.

Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz.
Mississippi silvery minnow. Stations
11, 14, 21, 26. Sporadic, apparently
rare in river, though occasional in
Craborchard Creek system.

Hybopsis amblops (Rafinesque). Bigeye
chub. Reported by Woolman (4) to be
uncommon. Woolman’s record is con-
sidered by Melvin Warren (pers.
comm.) to be a misidentification, prob-
ably of Hybopsis storeriana. It has

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

111

not been recently reported.

Notemigonus crysoleucas (Mitchell).
Golden shiner. Stations 5, 14, 21-23,
25, 40, 42, 44, 48-52, 57-59, 62, 65,
66, 75, 77, 79, 81. Occasional in
lowland streams and swamps which
have not been channelized or im-
pacted by AMD.

Notropis atherinoides Rafinesque.
Emerald shiner. Stations 2, 6, 8, 13,
14, 18, 21, 49. Generally distributed in
lower reach of system.

Notropis chrysocephalus (Rafinesque).
Striped shiner. Stations 19, 22, 24, 25,
50, 54, 58, 60, 63, 64, 80, 81, 83, 84,
86. Generally distributed in western
tributaries and upland reach of
mainstream.

Notropis emiliae (Hay). Pugnose min-
now. Stations 50, 53, 66, 80, 81.
Sporadic, though locally abundant. A
fish of clear, well-vegetated lakes and
sloughs, the pugnose minnow was prob-
ably common in the Tradewater system
prior to drainage of suitable habitat
areas and/or water quality degradation.
Smith (23) attributed decimation of
this species in southern Illinois to ex-
cessive siltation in streams and
drainage of lakes and swamps.
Notropis fumeus Evermann. Ribbon
shiner. Stations 1, 9, 11, 22, 23,
25-28, 45, 49, 51, 53, 54, 56, 57, 61,
65, 66, 78, 81, 83, 84, 86. Generally
distributed in mainstream and lower
portions of tributaries.

Notropis lutrensis (Baird and Girard).
Red shiner. Stations 1, 5-7, 11, 12, 14,
16, 49. Generally distributed in lower
reaches of system in lowland streams
and ditches.

Notropis spilopterus (Cope). Spotfin
shiner. Station 5. Reported from a
single site (SIUC) in upper Cypress
Creek.

Notropis umbratilus (Girard). Redfin
shiner. Stations 5, 12, 14, 16, 17,
22-25, 50, 53, 54, 57, 58, 63, 78, 83,
84. Generally distributed in western
tributaries, upper mainstream, and
headwaters of Cypress and Crabor-
chard creek systems. Woolman (4)
stated that this species was quite
common.

Notropis volucellus (Cope). Mimic
shiner. This is probably the species
reported by Woolman (4)

112

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

as N. deliciosus. Trautman (24) listed N.
deliciosus under the current names of
N. stramineus, N. volucellus volucellus,
and possibly of N. volucellus wickliffi.
Notropis stramineus has not been
reported from the lower Green River,
while N. volucellus wickliffi is abundant
in the Ohio and Wabash rivers and is
known to ascend tributaries (23,25).
Though probable in the lower
mainstream, its presence is in need of
substantiation.

Phenacobius mirabilis (Girard). Sucker-
mouth minnow. Stations 11, 12, 14. Oc-
casional in channelized portions of
Craborchard creek system.

Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Blunt-
nose minnow. Stations 5-7, 11-17, 21,
22, 24, 25, 49, 50, 53-58, 60-63, 66, 77,
78, 81, 82, 84, 86. Generally distributed
in western tributaries, upper reaches of
mainstream, and headwaters of Cypress
and Craborchard Creeks. Sporadic in
lowland streams and lower reach of
river.

Pimephalis vigilax (Baird and Girard).
Bullhead minnow. Station 83. Woolman
(4) reported this species as abundant.
The only recent record is from Sandlick
Creek (2,6).

Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).
Creek chub. Stations 5, 12, 14-17, 23,
24, 29, 53-55, 57, 58, 62, 66, 68, 79,
84. Occasional in headwaters of western
tributaries.

Catostomidae — suckers

Carpiodes carpio (Rafinesque). River
carpsucker. Station 1. Only recent col-
lection from lowermost section of
mainstream (DOW). Woolman (4) col-
lected several specimens in the river
near Dawson Springs.

Carpiodes velifer (Rafinesque). Highfin
carpsucker. Station 10. Recently
reported by Pearson (14), it occurs
sporadically in mainstream.
Catostomus commersoni (Lacepede).
White sucker. Stations 14, 25, 50, 58,
63, 66, 77, 79, 81, 83. Occasional in
upper reach of system in mainstream
and upland tributaries. An isolated
record exists from headwaters of
Craborchard Creek.

Erimyzon oblongus (Mitchill). Creek
chubsucker. Stations 12, 14, 17, 22,

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

24, 25, 40, 44, 51, 53, 57-60, 63, 65,
66, 79, 81, 84, 86. Generally distributed
in swamps, headwaters of lowland
streams in Craborchard Creek system,
mid-and upper reaches of mainstream,
and western tributaries.

Erimyzon sucetta (Lacepede). Lake
chubsucker. Stations 42, 44. Sporadic
in wetland habitats (2, 6). An inhabitant
of well-vegetated backwaters and
sloughs (23), it was probably more
widespread before drainage of favored
habitats. Woolman’s (4) record of this
species was a misidentification of the
spotted sucker Minytrema melanops
(Dr. Brooks Burr, pers. comm.).

Hypentelium nigricans (Lesueur). Nor-
thern hog sucker. Woolman (4) reported
this species as uncommon. It has not
been reported recently from the
Tradewater River system, nor has it been
recently from the lower Green River
system (25). In view of an absence of
recent records, its presence is ques-
tionable and in need of substantiation.

Ictiobus bubalus (Rafinesque).
Smallmouth buffalo. Stations 10, 18,
45, 46, 31. Occasional in mainstream,
sporadic in lower Clear Creek system.

Ictiobus cyprinellus (Valenciennes).
Bigmouth buffalo. Stations 20, 30-32,
34, 47. Occasional in mainstream and
lower Clear Creek system.

Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Spot-
ted sucker. Stations 1, 2, 13, 21, 48,
51, 56, 57, 66, 77, 79-81, 84. Generally
distributed in mainstream. Sporadic in
tributaries.

Moxostoma duquesnei (Lesueur). Black
redhorse. Reported to be common by
Woolman (4). Melvin Warren (pers.
comm.) considers this record a misiden-
tification. It has not been reported
recently.

Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque).
Golden redhorse. Stations 1, 13, 25, 58,
77. Sporadic in system.

Ictaluridae —bullhead catfishes

Ictalurus furcatus (Lesueur). Blue cat-
fish. Station 2. Only record of this large
river species is from lowermost reach of
mainstream (12). This record is in need
of substantiation.

Ictalurus melas (Rafinesque). Black

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills

bullhead. Stations 14, 27, 40, 44, 59,
66, 71, 79, 81. Occasional in swamps
and streams.

Ictalurus natalis (Lesueur). Yellow
bullhead. Stations 4, 5, 8, 12, 14, 17,
21, 27, 40, 42, 44, 48, 49, 57-60, 65,
66, 83. Occasional in lowland streams,
swamps, mainstream, and lower por-
tions of western tributaries.

Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque).
Channel catfish. Stations 1-3, 9-11, 18,
20, 21, 31, 45. Generally distributed in
lower reach of mainstream; occasional
in lower reaches of Cypress, Crabor-
chard, Piney and Clear creeks. This
species supports a limited commercial
fishery in the lower section of the river
(Donan Jenkins pers. comm.).

Noturus gyrinus (Mitchill). Tadpole
madtom. Stations 2, 3, 9, 14, 18,
21-23, 25, 27, 48, 49, 58, 60, 66, 77,
78, 84. Occasional in the mainstream
and in lower reaches of tributaries.

Noturus miurus Jordan. Brindled mad-
tom. Station 3. Rare; a single record
reported from Cypress Creek near its
mainstream confluence (12). This
record is in need of substantiation.
Pylodictis olivaris (Rafinesque).
Flathead catfish. Stations 2, 3, and 9.
Occasional in lowermost portion of
system in mainstream and mouth of
Cypress Creek. These records are in
need of substantiation.

Aphredoderidae — pirate perches

Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams).
Pirate perch. Stations 4-6, 11, 15, 17,
18, 21, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28, 38-40, 42,
44, 48, 49, 52, 56-60, 63, 65, 66,
77-79, 83, 84. Generally distributed in
mainstream, lowland and upland
streams, and in relatively unimpacted
portions of swamps in the Clear Creek
system.

Cyprinodontidae — killfishes

Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque).
Blackstripe topminnow. Station 5. Col-
lected from one headwater site in the
Cypress Creek system (SIUC).

Fundulus olivaceous (Storer).
Blackspotted topminnow. Stations 5,
6, 8, 10-12, 14, 16, 17, 21-23, 25, 27,
31, 38-40, 42, 44, 45, 47-51, 53,
55-59, 61, 63, 65, 66, 68, 78, 79,
82-84, 86.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

113

One of the most widespread and com-
mon fishes in the system, occurring in
a variety of habitats. Woolman (4)
reported the occurrence of Zygonectes
notatus as rare in the river. It is not
certain whether this reference is to the
blackspotted or blackstriped topmin-
now as, at the time of his collection,
these species were synonymous (23).

Poecillidae —live bearers

Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard).
Mosquitofish. Stations 1, 5, 6, 8, 11,
13-15, 21, 26, 28, 39, 40, 44, 48, 49,
57, 58, 66. Occasional in the
mainstream, lowland streams and
ditches, and swamps.

Atherinidae — silversides

Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Brook
silverside. Station 3. Reported from a
single site at the mouth of Cypress
Creek. Woolman (4) reported its col-
lection. Its presence is in need of
substantiation.

Percichthyidae — temperate basses

Morone chrysops (Rafinesque). White
bass. Station 1. Known from a single
site in the lowermost reach of the
mainstream; this species is probably
seasonally abundant in spring during
spawning runs.

Centrarchidae — sunfishes

Centrarchus macropterus (Lacepede).
Flier. Stations 40, 42, 44-46, 48, 49,
58, 60, 66, 71, 77, 80. Occasional in
swamps, lowland streams, and the
mainstream. A species of clear, heavily
vegetated waters (20), it was probably
more widespread and abundant
historically prior to drainage and chan-
nelization of lowland swamps and
streams. AMD has eliminated this
species from otherwise suitable
habitat in the Clear and Cany creek
systems in particular.

Elassoma zonatum Jordan. Banded
pygmy sunfish. Station 40. Sporadic,
the only reported record is that of
Warren and Cicerello (6) from the Rose
Creek Wetland. Like the flier, this
species has experienced a reduction in
suitable habitat.

Lepomis cyanellus Rafinesque. Green
sunfish. Stations 1, 3-6, 8, 11, 12,

114

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

14-18, 24, 28, 40, 44, 48, 49, 51, 57,
58, 60, 62-66, 68, 77-79, 81, 84.
Generally distributed, it is one of the
most common fishes in the system.

Lepomis gulosus (Cuvier). Warmouth.
Stations 1, 3, 15, 18, 2i, 26, 28, 39,
40, 42, 44, 48, 49, 51, 56-60, 65, 66,
71, 75, 77, 79, 81-84, 86. Generally
distributed in the mainstream, lower
reaches of tributaries, and swamps.

Lepomis humilis (Girard). Orangespot-
ted sunfish. Stations 14, 16, 50.
Sporadic; the only collections have
been taken in Craborchard and
Donaldson creeks.

Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque.
Bluegill. Stations 1-4, 6, 8-12, 14, 15,
18, 20, 21, 28, 30, 31, 36-38, 40, 42,
44, 47-54, 56-61, 65, 66, 68, 75,
77-84, 86. Generally distributed.
Woolman (4) reported both the oc-
curence of L. macrochirus and, the
now synonymiczed, L. pallidus.

Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque).
Longear sunfish. Stations 1-3, 5, 6, 8,
11-15, 17, 18, 21, 23, 25-27, 30, 31,
37, 45-51, 53, 56-58, 60, 61, 63, 65,
66, 77-79, 81, 84, 86. Generally
distributed in the mainstream, and in
the Cypress, Craborchard, and Flynn
Fork systems in particular. Common to
abundant at most reported sites.

Lepomis microlophus (Gunther).
Redear sunfish. Stations 5, 44, 49, 51,
53, 56. Sporadic; present in lowland
streams, mainstream, and Land Branch
swamp. Pflieger (20) stated that it in-
habits waters which are warm and
clear, with no noticeable current and
an abundance of aquatic plants.

Micropterus punctulatus (Rafinesque).
Spotted bass. Stations 9, 18, 21, 63.
Sporadic in lower mainstream and in
lower tributaries near their con-
fluences. A single record from upper
Flynn Fork system. Woolman’s (4)
record of Micropterus dolomieui from
the Tradewater River is probably either
a misidentification of M. punctulatus
or M. salmoides. Hubbs (26) stated
that the spotted bass was not generally
recognized by fishery workers as a
distinct species before 1927. The
smallmouth bass has not been
reported recently from the Tradewater
River, nor has it been taken from the
lower Green River system (25).

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede).
Largemouth bass. Stations 1, 2, 13,
18, 21, 23, 25, 31, 36-40, 42, 44,
46-49, 51, 56-59, 65, 66, 77, 79-81,
83, 84, 86. Generally distributed in the
mainstream and in swamps. Occa-
sional in streams.

Pomoxis annularis Rafinesque. White
crappie. Stations 1, 3, 14, 18, 21, 30,
39, 48-52, 66, 83. Occasional in the
lower mainstream, and in swamps.
Sporadic in streams. Reported by
Woolman (4) as common. The white
crappie supports a locally important
sport fishery in the lower Tradewater
River (William McLemore, pers.
comm.).

Pomoxis nigromaculatus (Lesueur).
Black crappie. Stations 1, 21, 26-28,
31, 37, 39, 40, 42, 44, 48, 49, 58. Oc-
casional; most reported collections are
from middle reach of system.

Percidae — perches

Etheostoma asprigene (Forbes). Mud
darter. Stations 1, 3, 21, 26, 27, 48,
49, 58. Occasional in lower- and mid-
reach of mainstream and near mouths
of tributaries.

Etheostoma chlorosomum (Hay).
Bluntnose darter. Stations 21, 39, 40,
48, 49, 56, 66, 81-83. Occasional; it
has been collected in the mainstream,
swamps, and streams.

Etheostoma gracile (Girard). Slough
darter. Stations 11, 17, 21, 22, 26, 39,
40, 42, 48, 49, 51, 56, 58, 59, 63, 66.
Occasional in the mainstream, lowland
streams, and swamps. Woolman’s (4)
reported collection of E. fusiforme has
been regarded as a misidentification of
this species (27).

Etheostoma kennicotti (Putnam).
Stripetail darter. Stations 19, 22-25,
39, 40, 42, 48, 49, 55, 58, 63, 64, 66,
78, 79, 81, 82, 84-86. Generally
distributed in western tributaries and
upper mainstream. Page and Smith
(28) stated that abundance of the
stripetail darter in southeastern II-
linois was related to lack of direct
competition with other species of the
subgenus Catonotus. The only other
member of this subgenus in the
system is the distantly related spottail
darter, E. squamiceps. Records of E.
flabellare by McLemore (10) are

69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills

probable misidentifications of the
stripetail darter.

Etheostoma nigrum. Rafinesque.
Johnny darter. Stations 23-25, 49, 54,
58, 60, 64, 81-84, 86. Generally
distributed in western tributaries and
upper mainstream. Woolman (4)
reported this species as common.

Etheostoma squamiceps. Jordan. Spot-
tail darter. Stations 23-25, 49, 54, 55,
58, 63, 64, 68, 81, 84. Generally
distributed in headwaters of western
tributaries.

Percina maculata (Girard). Blackside

darter. Stations 9, 11, 17, 22, 25, 48,
49, 52, 57, 58, 60, 63, 66, 79, 84, 86.
Occasional in the mainstream and in
lowland and upland streams.

Percina phoxocephala (Nelson).
Slenderhead darter. Woolman (4) (as
Etheostoma phoxocephalum) described
its occurence as rare. It has not been
taken recently and is considered
extirpated.

Percina sciera (Swain). Dusky darter.
Stations 9, 56, 57, 84. Sporadic in
mainstream.

Stizostedion canadense (Smith).
Sauger. Several specimens of this
riverine species were taken in the
lowermost reach of the mainstream by
students of Dr. James Sickel (pers.
comm.). Although this was the first
reported collection from the system, it
is probably occasional upstream of the
river's confluence with the Ohio. This
record is in need of
substanstantiation.

Sciaenidae — drums

Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque.
Freshwater drum. Stations 1-3, 9, 18,
21, 30, 31, 36, 46, 47, 49. Generally
distributed in lower mainstream and
mouths of lower tributaries. Isolated
record from mouth of Donaldson
Creek.

Cottidae —sculpins

Cottus carolinae (Gill). Banded
sculpin. Stations 53-55. Sporadic in
headwaters of western tributaries. The
only records are from the upper
Donaldson Creek system.

DISCUSSION

Although the ecological integrity in por-

115

tions of the Tradewater River system has been
severely damaged, much of the ichthyofauna
remains. Of the 76 species listed, 62 species
are known from recent verifiable collections.
An additional ten species (Lepisosteus osseus,
Anguilla rostrata, Alosa chrysochloris, Hiodon
tergisus, Notropis volucellus, Ictalurus fur-
catus, Noturus miurus, Pylodictis olivaris,
Labidesthes sicculus, Stizostedion
canadense) are of probable, though un-
substantiated status. Six records are probable
misidentifications (Esox niger, Hybopsis
amblops, Moxostoma duquesnei, Micropterus
dolomieui, Etheostoma fusiforme, E.
flabellare). Presence of Hypentelium nigricans
is questionable and in need of substantiation.
Percina phoxocephala, not represented in re-
cent collections, is considered extirpated. The
Tradewater River system presently supports
three species (Lepisosteus oculatus, Erimyzon
sucetta, Elassoma zonatum) listed by the Ken-
tucky Academy of Science and Kentucky
Nature Preserves Commission (29) as
threatened, of undetermined status, and of
special concern, respectively.

Ichthyofaunal communities of Clear Creek,
Lick Creek, Cany Creek, Buffalo Creek, Hur-
ricane Creek, and the Tradewater River
mainstream in the vicinity of Dawson Springs,
Kentucky, are severely degraded or eliminated
by AMD (2,9,10,14) (Figure 1).

The future integrity of the Tradewater River
ichthyofauna is dependent upon: (1) the iden-
tification and protection of ecologically im-
portant habitat areas which serve as refugia
and reinvasion epicenters, (2) protection of
water quality buffer areas, and (3) implemen-
tation of effective reclamation practices to
improve water quality conditions in streams
presently impacted by AMD.

Ecologically important habitat areas in the
Tradewater River system have been identified
by the KNPC (30). Land Branch Wetland,
Flynn Fork, Montgomery Creek, Piney Creek,
Sandlick Creek, and Rose Creek Wetland are
recommended for immediate or potential
designation as Outstanding Resource Waters.
These systems support ichthyofaunas that are
characteristic of relatively undisturbed
aquatic habitats in the Western Kentucky
Coalfield.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Several persons were particularily helpful
in sharing collection records: Dr. Brooks M.
Burr, SIUC; Dr. William D. Pearson, UL; Dr.
Branley A. Branson, EKU; Dr. James B. Sickel,
Murray State University; Melvin L. Warren,

116

dr., SIUC; and William N. McLemore, Ken-
tucky Department of Fish and Wildlife
Resources. Appreciation is further extended
to Dr. Burr, Dr. Pearson, Melvin Warren,
Ronald R. Cicerello and William L. Fisher
(KNPC), and Terry Anderson (DOW) for their
review of the manuscript. Field assistance was
provided by Melvin Wyatt of Earlington, Ken-
tucky, during supplemental collections. Ms.
Billie Miller kindly typed the manuscript. Ms.
Elisabeth Portis prepared the map of the
Tradewater River drainage and collection sites.

The senior author would like to
acknowledge the late Dr. Morgan E. Sisk,
whose interest in the study of fishes and advice
greatly contributed to the author's develop-
ment in the field of aquatic biology.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Grubb, H.F. and P.D. Ryder. 1972. Effects of
coal mining on the water resources of the
Tradewater River basin, Kentucky. Geol.
Sur. Water - Supply Pap. 1940.

2. Harker, D.F., Jr..M.L. Warren, Jr., K.E. Cam-
burn and R.R. Cicerello. 1981. Aquatic
biota and water quality survey of the
Western Kentucky Coal Field. Ky. Nat. Pres.
Comm. Tech. Rept., Frankfort.

3. Kentucky Natural Resources and En-
vironmental Protection Cabinet, Depart-
ment of Environmental Protection, Division
of Water. 1981. The effects of coal mining
activities on the water quality of streams in
the Western and Eastern Coalfields of Ken-
tucky. Ky. Nat. Res. Environ. Protect. Cab.
Tech. Rept., Frankfort.

4. Woolman, A.J. 1892. Report of an examina-
tion of the rivers of Kentucky, with lists of
the fishes obtained. Bull. US. Fish. Comm.
10:249-288.

5. United States Public Health Service. 1942.
Ohio River Pollution Survey. Final Rept. to
the Ohio River Comm. Suppl. FBiological
Studies. Cincinnati.

6. Warren, M.L., Jr. and R.R. Cicerello. 1982.
New records, distribution, and status of ten
rare fishes in the Tradewater and lower
Green rivers, Kentucky. Proc. Southeast.
Fishes Council 3:1-7.

7. Kentucky Natural Resources and En-
vironmental Protection Cabinet, Depart-
ment of Environmental Protection, Division
of Environmental Services. 1983. Owens
Creek drainage biological and water quality
investigation for stream use designation.
Ky. Nat. Res. Envirn. Protect. Cab., Pre-

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

liminary Draft, Tech Rept. No. 5, Frankfort.

Kentucky Natural Resources and En-
vironmental Protection Cabinet, Depart-
ment of Environmental Protection, Division
of Environmental Services. 1984(a). Crabor-
chard Creek - Vaughn Ditch drainage
biological and water quality investigation
for stream use designation. Ky. Nat. Res.
Environ. Protect. Cab., Tech. Rept. No.4,
Frankfort.

Kentucky Natural Resources and En-
vironmental Protection Cabinet, Depart-
ment of Environmental Protection, Division
of Environmental Services. 1984(b).
Tradewater River (segments 10012 and
10014) drainage biological and water quality
investigation for stream use designation.
Ky. Nat. Res. Environ. Protect. Cab., Tech
Rept. No. 6, Frankfort.

McLemore, W.N. 1974. Annual performance
report. Proj. No. F41-1. Ky. Dept. Fish
Wildl. Resour., Frankfort.

McLemore, W.N. 1975. Annual performance
report. Proj. No. F41-2. Ky. Dept. Fish
Wildl. Resour., Frankfort.

Axon, J.R. 1982. Annual performance report
for statewide fisheries management project,
Part III of IV, Subsection III: Streams
research and management. Proj. No. F20,
Seg. 4. Ky. Dept. Fish Wildl. Resour., Fish.
Div., Frankfort.

Axon, J.R. 1983. Annual performance report
for statewide fisheries management project,
Part III of IV, Subsection III: Streams
research and management. Proj. NO. F20,
Seg. 4. Ky. Dept. Fish Widl. Resour., Fish.
Div., Frankfort.

Pearson, W.D. No Date. Fish population
survey of the Tradewater River and
tributaries. Contract No. DACW27-
85-R-0037. Tech. Rept. US. Army Corps of
Engineers, Louisville.

Burr, B.M. 1980. A distributional checklist
of the fishes of Kentucky. Brimleyana
3:53-84.

Burr, B.M., M.E. Retzer and R.L. Mayden.
1980. A reassessment of the distributional
status of five Kentucky cyprinids. Trans. Ky.
Acad. Sci. 41:48-54.

Bower, D.E. and W.H. Jackson. 1981.
Drainage areas of streams at selected loca-
tions in Kentucky. Open File Report 81-61.
US. Dept. Interior, Geol. Sur., Louisville.

Robins, C.R., R.M. Bailey, C.E. Bond, J.R.
Brooker, E.A. Lachner, R.N. Lea and W.B.
Scott. 1980. A list of common and scien-

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Fishes of Tradewater River in Kentucky — Miller and Mills

tific names of fishes from the
United States and Canada. 4th ed. Am.Fish.
Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 12. 174 p.

Smith, PW. 1965. A preliminary annotated
list of the lampreys and fishes of Illinois.
Ill. Nat. Hist. Sur. Biol. Note No. 54. 12 p.

Pfleiger, W.L. 1975. The fishes of Missouri.
Missouri Department of Conservation, Jef-
ferson City.

Axon, J.R. 1983. Annual performance report
for statewide fisheries management project,
Part III of III, Subsection III: Ohio River
sport fishery investigation. Proj. No. F40,
Seg. 5. Ky. Dept. Fish Wildl. Resour., Fish.
Div., Frankfort.

Laflin, B.D. 1980. Inventory and classifica-
tion of streams in the Rough and Nolin
River drainages. Ky. Dept. Fish Wildl.
Resour. Fish. Bull. No. 65.

Smith, PW. 1979. The fishes of Illinois.
University of Illinois Press, Urbana.
Trautman, M.B. 1981. The Fishes of Ohio.
The Ohio State University Press, Columbus.

Retzer, M.E., B.M. Burr and M.L. Warren, Jr.
1983. Fishes of the Lower Green River
Drainage, Kentucky. Ky. Nat. Pres. Comm.,
Scientific and Technical Sers., No. 3. 1-48.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

117

Hubbs, C.L. 1927. Micropterus pseudaplites,
a new species of black bass. Oce. Pap. Mus.
Zool. Univ. Mich. No. 184:1-15.

Hubbs, C.L. and M.D. Cannon. 1935. The
darters of the genera Hololepis and Villosa.
Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. No. 30.
1:93. 93p.

Page, L.M. and PW. Smith. 1976. Variation
and systematics of the stripetail darter,
Etheostoma kennicotti. Copeia
1976:532-541.

Branson, B.A., D.F. Harker, Jr., J.M. Baskin,
M.E. Medley, D.L. Batch, M.L. Warren, Jr.,
W.H. Davis, W.C. Houtcooper, B. Monroe,
dr., L.R. Phillippe and P. Cupp. 1981. En-
dangered, threatened, and rare animals and
plants of Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
42:77-89.

Hannan, R.R. and M.L. Warren, Jr., K.E.
Camburn, R.R. Cicerello. 1982. Recommen-
dations for Kentucky's outstanding resource
water classifications with water quality
criteria for protection. Ky. Nat. Pres. Tech.
Rept., Frankfort.

Cause of Reddening in Lettuce — Wall and Elliott

A Causative Agent of Reddening in Lettuce

Robert W. Wall and L.P. Elliott
Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

ABSTRACT

Koch's postulates were used in attempts to determine the causative agent of the reddening of lettuce.
The results indicate that the predominant causative agents are pseudomanads, particularly Pseudomonas

fluorescens.

INTRODUCTION

Lettuce (Lactuca sativa L.) is high in water
content, low in firm tissue, has a high
respiratory rate, and is easily bruised, broken,
or crushed during harvesting and packing. In-
tact surfaces prevent rapid microbial decom-
position after harvest, but bacteria proliferate
when the plant has suffered mechanical
breakage such as a severed stalk. Several
diseases occur in the field (14) and marketing
process. When head lettuce is cooled by water
spray in the retail store, a reddish brown col-
or often appears, particularly on the tip. This
type of spoilage also develops during storage
of lettuce in the home refrigerator. Frazier (5)
noted that investigators disagree as to the
cause of this spoilage, and Frazier and
Westhoff (6) simply called this lettuce
disorder a bacterial soft rot. Palmore (12) sug-
gested that fluorescing pseudomanads were
a cause of this disorder. He found that wrap-
ping the lettuce in 100 gauge Saran Wrap and
holding it at 9° C proved to be the best preser-
vation procedure for the maintaining of let-
tuce that is free of the red discoloration under
commercial conditions.

This work was initiated to further substan-
tiate the fact that pseudomonads are involved
in the reddening of lettuce. The protocol for
establishing the causative agent of a bacterial
disease was outlined following Koch's postu-
lates (13). Significant numbers of a specific
bacterium were continually observed to be
associated with the disease in question. The
suspected bacterium was isolated, grown in
pure culture, and inoculated into a suscepti-
ble host. The susceptible host, sterile
(bacteria-free) lettuce, was expected to
display the symptoms of the disease and the
organism re-isolated and identified.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Sterilization of the lettuce — Before sterili-

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:118, 1986.

zation was attempted, reddened areas
of the store purchased lettuce were excised.
Through experimentation with procedures
found in the literature, it was found that im-
mersing the lettuce in clorox diluted 1:4 with
distilled water and agitating the lettuce for 10
min was ample for sterilization (8,9). The let-
tuce was rinsed in two sterile distilled water
baths for 2 min, each, then placed into a
sterile holding container. One cm’ portions
of the butt, stalk, and leaf of each head was
excised, ground in saline in a sterile mortar
and plated on nutrient agar (Difco) which was
incubated at 30° C for 48 h.

Bacterial Specimens Utilized —The bacteria
utilized were 5 cultures isolated by Palmore
(12) (designated isolate 2,3,15,16, and 23 in
Table 1) as the major flora found in the red-
dened portions of market lettuce. These 5
cultures were identified and confirmed by us-
ing the API 20E (Analytab Products, Plain-
view, NY), oxidase test (Marion Scientific,
Kansas City, MO), motility test (hanging-drop
preparation),and flagella staining (16).

A standard inoculum (4.0 x 107 CFU/ml)
from each culture was injected into the butt,
stalk, and leaf of three heads of sterile lettuce.
The 15 inoculated and control heads of let-
tuce were held in containers at refrigeration
temperature (5° C) and observed for discolora-
tion and sample-plated for bacteria (as
previously described) at 3-day intervals dur-
ing a 12-day period. Indentification of the
predominant flora on the inoculated lettuce
was achieved by use of the API 20E system.

Controls—Three types of control lettuce
were used: heads sterilized and not in-
oculated, heads into which a sterile hypoder-
mic needle was inserted at sites similar to
those where the experimental heads were in-
oculated, and heads into which sterile
nutrient broth (Difco) was injected at sites
similar to those where the experimental heads
were inoculated.

Cause of Reddening in Lettuc;; — Wall and Elliott 119

Table 1.
API-20E System.”

Isolate from Sterile

Reidentification of the Flora Found After Inoculation with Palmore'’s Isolates Utilizing the

Lettuce Inoculated with API-20E API-20E
Bacteria Number Profile Identification
2 0002004-01°* Flavobacterium odoratum
3 0102004-51 Pseudomonas putrefaciens
15 2002004-03 Pseudomonas fluorescens
16 2000004-43 Psedomonas fluorescent group
23 2002004-43 Pseudomonas fluorescens

* These are the same profile numbers that were obtained before the isolates were inoculated

into the lettuce.

** Also closely related to Moraxella spp., other Pseudomonas spp., CDC Group IIF and

Alcaligenes spp.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Inoculation of the lettuce with Palmore’s
(12) isolates resulted in the reddening of the
lettuce over the 12-day period. By day 6,
isolate 3, 15, 16, and 23 (Table 1) caused the
lettuce to redden. Isolate number 2 did not
cause any reddening until day 9. When these
heads of lettuce were sampled the bacteria
isolated were identified as the bacteria initially
inoculated as illustrated in Table 1.

None of the control lettuce reddened or
yielded bacteria upon testing, indicating that
the sterilization procedure was effective. The
data indicate that bacteria, particularly
Pseudomonas fluorescens, cause the lettuce
to redden. The motile pseudomonads could
easily gain entrance into the lettuce plant
from the surrounding soil. The sampling for
surface pseudomonads might be negative as
the pseudomonads could find their way up in-
to the plant through the root system. This
study emphasized the need to grind the let-
tuce and to assay for other than surface
pseudomonads.

That P. fluorescens acting alone is the only
cause of reddening of lettuce is questionable.
Perhaps ethylene produced by plant tissues is
involved in this defect. Williamson (18)
studied ethylene production by diseased and
healthy tissues of 12 species of plants. The
evolution of ethylene was apparently in
response to injury and occurred only as long
as the infected tissue was alive. Injury by cer-
tain pathogenic fungi was sufficient to induce
ethylene production. Penicillium digitatum
was found to produce ethylene while growing
on potatoe-dextrose agar. The genus Pseudo-

monas, as described in Bergey’s Manual (10),
is also quite complex, with phenotypic
similarities to many other genera. Differentia-
tion is made on the basis of rRNA/DNA
homology studies which are beyond the reach
of many laboratories. Thus, since the
pseudomonads are ubiquitous and have
metabolic versatility, species other than P
flourescens are likely to be isolated from let-
tuce. Some of the pseudomonads that have
been isolated from lettuce in the past have only
been partially characterized and some have
been reclassified. For example, P. marginalis,
described by Ceponis and Friedman (3) and
Billing (2), causes soft rot of lettuce is now
assigned to P. fluorescens biovar II.

The reddening of lettuce might be
associated with the pigmentation of
Pseudomonas. Palmore (12) found that his
isolates 3, 16, and 23 formed a red pigment
on egg-yolk agar. Austin and Goodfellow (1)
isolated a gram-negative, nonphototrophic,
non-nitrogen-fixing, pink bacterium from the
leaf surfaces of Lolium perenne (perennial rye
grass) and classified it as a new species, P.
mesophilica. Smith and Park (15) noticed that
P. putida ATCC 31752 and Pseudomonas sp.
ATCC 31753 formed a red pigment in a
fermenter under controlled conditions when
certain bile acids were used as a sole carbon
source. In our study, browning and reddening
were noted in the test lettuce. The red and
brown were two distinct colors. The red color
was Plate 1 (E-3) and the brown was Plate 6
(K-11) as categorized in the “Dictionary of
Color” (11).

Natural sources, such as fresh marketed let-
tuce (120 samples) and fennel (89 samples)

120

were found by Ercolani (4) in Italy to be con-
taminated with bacteria indicating fecal con-
tamination. In addition, 68.3% of the lettuce
and 71.9% of the fennel samples yielded 6 dif-
ferent serotypes of Salmonella. Kominoes et al.
(9) found high counts of P. aeruginosa in raw
vegetables such as tomatoes, radishes, celery,
carrots, endive, cabbage, cucumbers, onions
and lettuce in hospital kitchens and sug-
gested that these foods could act as primary
vehicles for introducing the organisms to pa-
tients. This study prompted Green et al. (7)
to determine whether agricultural soils act as
natural reservoirs of P. aeruginosa and to
determine whether food plants are commonly
colonized by P. aeruginosa from soil in the
field. Their results suggested that soil is a
reservoir for P. aeruginosa and that this
bacterium can colonize plants during
favorable conditions of temperature and
moisture. Wright et al. (19) studying the flora
of foods served to patients in a hospital found
Klebsiella, Enterobacter, Serratia and P.
aeruginosa in salads which may serve as a
reservoir for the above bacteria to colonize
and infect susceptible patients. Pseudomonas
strains may be the cause of nosocomial infec-
tions, particularly in the compromised host
where their normal host defenses are depressed
(neoplasias, burns, cystic fibrosis, etc.).
Certainly pseudomonads are associated
with lettuce and further investigations are
needed to completely elucidate the factors in-
volved in reddening which could be the result
of bacterial pigment, enzymes, or enzymes (3)
plus some other metabolic product (s) (17).

LITERATURE CITED

1. Austin, B., and M. Goodfellow. 1979.
Pseudomonas mesophilica, a new species
of pink bacteria isolated from leaf surfaces.
Int. J. Syst. Bacteriol. 29:373-378.

2. Billing, E. 1970. Further studies on the
phage sensitivity and the determination of
phytopathogenic Pseudomonas spp. J. Appl.
Bact. 33:478-491.

3. Ceponis, M.J., and B.A. Friedman. 1959.
Pectolytic enzymes of Pseudomonas
marginalis and their effects on lettuce.
Phytopathology 49:141-144.

4. Ercolani, G.L. 1976. Bacteriological quality
assessment of fresh marketed lettuce and
fennel. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.
31:847-852.

5. Frazier, WC. 1967. Food Microbiology, 2nd ed.,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York.

10.
11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

Trans. Kentucky A°ademy of Science — 47(3-4)

Frazier, W.C., D.C. Westhoff. 1978. Food
Microbiology, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, Inc., New York.

Green, S.K., M.N. Schroth, J.J. Cho, S.D.
Kominos, and V.B. Vitanza-Jack.
Agricultural plants and soil as a reservoir

for Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Appl.
Microbiol. 28:987-991.

Hesseltine, CW., O.L. Shotwill, W.F. Kwolek,
E.B. Lillehoj, W.K. Jackson, and R.J.
Bothost. 1976. Aflatoxin occurence in 1973
corn at harvest. II. Mycological studies.
Mycologia. 68:341-353.

Kominos, S.D., C.E. Copeland, B. Grosiak,
and B. Postic. 1972. Introduction of
Pseudomonas aeruginosa into a hospital via
vegetables. Appl. Microbiol. 24:567-570.

Krieg, N.R. (ed.) 1984. Bergey’s Manual of
Systematic Bacteriology. Vol. I, Williams
and Wilkins. Baltimore.

Maerz, A., and M.R. Paul. 1950. Dictionary
of Color. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.,
New York. pp. 25, 35.

Palmore, W.E. 1971. Cause and control of a
common market disease of lettuce. Un-
published Masters Thesis, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky,
USA. 56 p.

Penn, M., and M. Dworkin. 1976. Robert
Koch and two visions of microbiology.
Bacteriol. Rev. 40:276-283.

Pieczarka and JW. Lorbeer. 1975.
Microorganisms associated with bottom rot
of lettuce grown on organic soil in New
York State. Phytopathology. 65:16-21.

Smith, M.G., and R.J. Park. 1984. Effect of
restricted aeration on catabolism of cholic
acid by two Pseudomonas species. Appl.
Environ. Microbiol. 48:108-113.

Smith, P.B., K.M. Tomfohrde, D.L. Rhodin,
and A.Balows. 1972. API system: a
multitubemicromethod for identification of

Enterobacteriaceae. Appl. Microbiol.
24:449-452.

Starr, M. 1959. Bacteria as plant pathogens.
Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 13:211-238.

Williamson, C.E. 1950. Ethylene, a
metabolic product of diseased or injured
plants. Phytopathology. 40:205-208.

Wright, C.S. S.D. Kominos, and R.B. Yee.
1976. Enterobacteriaceae and
Pseudomonas aeruginosa recovered from
vegetable salads. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.
31:453-454.

Redside Dace in Kentucky — Meade et al.

New Records of the Redside Dace, Clinostomus elongatus
(Kirtland) in Kentucky, With Comments
About Its Habitat Requirements

Les Meade and David L. McNeely
Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences
Morehead State University
Morehead, Kentucky 40351

Lew Kornman and Al Surmont
Northeastern Fishery District
Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources
Morehead, Kentucky 40351

ABSTRACT

The present distribution of Clinostomus elongatus in Kentucky is based on specimens from Lick Fork
in Rowan County and Edward Branch in Menifee County. Recent research indicates that substantial popula-
tions occur in headwater tributaries of North Fork of Licking River, Beaver Creek and Red River. In fact,
C. elongatus was the dominant species in Slabcamp Creek, Devils Fork and Upper Lick Fork. Streams
located in remote, unpolluted hollows may act as refuges for this species in Kentucky.

Clinostomus elongatus was found in pools with gravel and sandy substrates; here this minnow was
common in cool and clear water, of near neutral pH, in forested watersheds with canopy over the streams.

INTRODUCTION

Clinostomus elongatus is_ sporadically
distributed in the northeastern United States
and southern Canada. It has a discontinuous
range with several widely disjunct populations
from New York to southern Ontario,
southeastern Michigan, Wisconsin and
southeastern Minnesota. It reaches southward
in the Appalachian Mountains to northeastern
Kentucky (1,2). Clinostomus elongatus is
threatened by habitat alteration and pollution
in much of its range (2,3).

The present distribution of C. elongatus in
Kentucky is based on specimens from 2
localities. This species has been considered
to be rare, and possibly extirpated in Ken-
tucky (4,5). Clark (6) reported C. elongatus
from Lick Fork, a tributary of North Fork of
Licking River in Rowan County. Kuehne (7)
reported a single specimen from Edward
Branch, a tributary of Red River in Menifee
County. The purpose of this study was to
determine the distribution of C. elongatus in
Kentucky and to provide preliminary com-
ments about its habitat requirements.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Fishes were collected from tributaries of
North Fork of Licking River, Beaver Creek, and
Red River (Fig.1) by using standard seining
and electroshocking techniques. Specimens

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:121, 1986.

were fixed in 10% formalin and stored in 10%
formalin or 70% ethanol. Voucher specimens
were deposited in fish collections at
Morehead State University, Morehead, Ken-
tucky and at Southern Illinois University at
Carbondale. Thirty five collecting sites were
examined from May 1984-April 1986. The
selection of collecting sites was primarily based
on accessibility by roads and/or trails. The
number of specimens collected was recorded
for each species so that a rough estimate of
species abundance could be determined. Col-
lecting sites 1-18 were located in the Licking
River Drainage; sites 19-35 were in the Red
River Drainage. Collecting sites examined
were as follows:

1. Lick Fork, ca. 2.4 km N of Ky. 801, Rowan Co.
July, 1985.

2. Wallace Branch of Upper Lick Fork, Rowan Co.
5 July, 1985.

3. Upper Lick Fork at mouth of Wallace Branch,
Rowan Co. 5 July, 1985.

4. Upper Lick Fork at mouth of Laurel Hollow,
Rowan Co. 11 April, 1986.

5. Slabcamp Creek, between Deer Lick Hollow
and Stonecoal Branch, Rowan Co. 5 July, 1985.

6. Devils Fork, SE. of Blairs Mills, Elliott-Morgan
Co. line. 16 July, 1985.

7. North Fork of Licking River 0.80 km §S of

122

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Wrigley along Ky. 711, Morgan Co. 25 July,
1985.
Minor Creek, 0.40 km N of confluence with
Craney Creek, Morgan-Rowan Co. line. 2 July,
1985.

Headwaters of Yocum Creek, nr. Blaze, Morgan
Co. 12 July, 1985.

. Brushy Fork of Beaver Creek, Menifee Co. 24

October, 1985.

. Meyers Fork of Beaver Creek, Menifee Co. 24

October, 1985.

. Blackwater Creek, ca. 3.2 km S of Ezel, Morgan

Co. October, 1985.

Skidmore Creek, ca. 2.4 km NW of Scranton,
Menifee Co. November, 1985.

Ratliff Creek, ca. 2.4 km NW of Ky. 1274,
Menifee Co. November, 1985.

Buck Creek at FS. 918, Menifee Co. November,
1985.

. Leatherwood Creek, nr. Joes Branch, Menifee

Co. November, 1985.

. Clear Creek, nr. Clear Creek Iron Furnace, Bath

Co. November, 1985.

. Clark Fork of Salt Lick Creek, Ky. 36 at Ky. 211,

Bath Co. November, 1985.

. Gladie Creek, nr. Cane Branch, Menifee Co. 5

August, 1985.

. Dry Fork of Gladie Creek, 100 m upstream

from mouth, Menifee Co. 31 July, 1985.

. Laurel Fork of Gladie Creek, 100 m upstream

from mouth, Menifee Co. 31 July, 1985.

. Salt Fork of Gladie Creek, 200 m upstream

from mouth, Menifee Co. 31 July, 1985.

Salt Fork of Gladie Creek, 0.30 km. upstream
from mouth, Menifee Co. 4 May, 1984.

Leatherwood Fork of Indian Creek, nr.
Smallwood Branch, Menifee Co. 31 July, 1985.

. East Fork of Indian Creek, 14.5 km upstream

from mouth, Menifee Co. 5 July, 1985.

. East Fork of Indian Creek, between Blackstand

Branch and Hall Sink Branch, Menifee Co. 20
July, 1985.

Powell Branch of East Fork of Indian Creek,
100 m upstream from mouth, Menifee Co. 30
July, 1985.

Chimney Top Creek, 100 m upstream from
Rough Trail, Wolfe Co. 5 July, 1985.

Right Fork of Chimney Top Creek, 100 m
upstream from mouth, Wolfe Co. 5 July, 1985.

Clifty Creek, 200 m upstream from Osborne
Branch, Wolfe-Menifee Co. line. 16 July, 1985.

Clifty Creek, 100 m upstream from mouth,

Wolfe-Menifee Co. line. 30 July, 1985.

32. Osborne Branch of Clifty Creek, ca. 75 m
upstream from mouth, Menifee Co. 16 July,
1985.

33. Wolfpen Creek, 200 m upstream from Ky. 715.
Menifee Co, 2 July, 1985.

34. Parched Corn Creek, at Rough Trail 221 cross-
ing, Wolfe Co. 3 July, 1985.

35. Rockbridge Fork of Swift Camp Creek, ca. 0.60
km upstream from mouth, Wolfe Co. 3 July,
1985.

Because surface mining has occurred in the
past near Redwine, Kentucky (Morgan Co.),
water samples were collected at 5 sites in the
North Fork of Licking River and 3 sites in
Devils Fork for comparison of various
chemical characteristics. Additional samples
were collected at a site downstream from the
confluence of these 2 streams (Fig.1). Four
water samples were collected at each site.
Two samples were acidifed to a pH of 2.0 or
less with HNO, and two were not; all
samples were then cooled to 4°C until analyzed
in the lab. A Fisher combination pH electrode
was used to measure pH in the field. In the
lab, non-acidified water samples were analyz-
ed for sulfate concentration by the barium
chloride turbidimetric method using an HF
Instruments Model DRT-100 nephelometer
according to standard methods (8.) Acidified
samples were analyzed for a series of metals
by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Populations of C. elongatus have been
found in several tributaries of North Fork of
Licking River, Beaver Creek and Red River
(Fig.1). Clinostomus elongatus was common
in Upper Lick Fork, Slabcamp Creek, Devils
Fork, Minor Creek, Yocum Creek and Gladie
Creek. In fact, C. elongatus was one of the
dominant fish species at most of these sites.
Brushy Fork of Beaver Creek and Meyers Fork
of Beaver Creek also had substantial numbers
of this fish. Clinostomus elongatus was rare
at sites 7, 27 and 28; only 1 specimen was
found at each locality. Clinostomus elongatus
was not found at sites 12-18, 24-26 and 29-35.

Species of fish commonly found with C.
elongatus included Campostoma anomalum,
Phoxinus erythrogaster, Rhinichthys atratulus,
Semotilus atromaculatus, Catostomus com-
mersoni, Etheostoma caeruleum, Etheostoma
nigrum and Cottus bairdi. Notropis chrysoce-
phalus was common in the Licking River

Redside Dace in Kentucky — Meade, et al.

a9

d.
Se Se = | }
F cath LicKing/River |
~
LICKING 6 | a a

Rive

We LIEKING ay

:
RSS Ne “Lo
R 3

g 2
> pore > R
b= SW / . <
S = 0. OF" 2 RS
iS <= FF Aw = PS es
O s 3S n ~
ee: es oS
eal? WOog See ee cS Ss LS
ECA &
ENE, WEL X
«3 SS {
WW Seoe
0 G
rap *

10 Km.

Fig. 1. Kentucky locality records for Clinostomus elongatus. The Lick Fork record was
reported by Clark (6); the Edward Branch record is from Kuehne (7). Other locality
records are reported for the first time herein. L = Leisure, W = Wrigley, and
R = Redwine, Kentucky. Water samples were collected at sites 1-9.

123

124

Drainage, but not in the Red River Drainage
(Table 1). Species found in low numbers with
C. elongatus included Lampetra aepyptera,
Ericymba buccata, Notropis rubellis, Pime-

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Wilderness Area.

North Fork of Licking River has an aban-
doned and partially reclaimed surface mine
as its source. Only one specimen of C. elong-

The Abundance of Clinostomus elongatus and Commonly Associated Species in Kentucky.

MC = Minor Creek; SC = Slabcamp Creek; DF = Devils Fork; ULF = Upper Lick Fork; YC =
Yocum Creek; BF = Brushy Fork; SFG = Salt Fork of Gladie Creek; DFG = Dry Fork of Gladie
Creek; LFG = Laurel Fork of Gladie Creek; GCB = Gladie Creek nr. Cave Branch; PB =

Red River Drainage

Table 1.
Powell Branch of East Fork of Indian Creek; CTC = Chimney Top Creek.
Licking River Drainage
Species MC SC DF ULF YC BF

13 137 102 95
4 29 27
97 121 71 28

Clinostomus elongatus
Phoxinus erythrogaster
Semotilus atromaculatus

Rhinichthys atratulus 8 28 4 6
Notropis chrysocephalus 72 2 102 45
Campostoma anomalum 4 60 10
Etheostoma caeruleum 14 1 6
Etheostoma nigrum 29 12 16 1
Cottus bairdi 28 3 1 23

phales notatus, Hypentelium nigricans, Amb-
loplites rupestris, Lepomis macrochirus, Lepo-
mis megalotis, Micropterus dolomieui, Per-
cina caprodes and Percina (Odontophiles) sp.
Generally, streams with populations of this
species shared certain physiochemical traits;
these included cool and clear water, of near
neutral pH, in forested watersheds with
canopy over the stream. The streamside forest
often included hemlock, Tsuga canadensis
and white laurel, Rhododendron maximum.
Clinostomus elongatus was found in pools
with gravel and sandy substrates; current was
moderate, and little or no silt was present.
Many similar streams in eastern Kentucky oc-
cur in isolated hollows and are not readily ac-
cessible by roads. This may account for the
rarity of this fish in earlier collections.
Attempts to relocate the population of C.
elongatus reported by Clark (6) were not suc-
cessful. Lick Fork is greatly modified from
former conditions. It has a mostly unforested
watershed used for agriculture, receives
seepage from rural septic fields and serves as
a source for gravel. Apparently, C. elongatus
has been eliminated from this stream.
Because this fish needs relatively pristine
streams for survival, there is a need to monitor
and protect its habitat to insure its survival
in Kentucky. Gladie Creek (Fig.1) has recently
been included in the Clifty Creek National

SFG DFG LFG GCB PB CTC Total

63 12 4 22 6 5 1 1 461
93 6 28 2 13 68 4 274
26 14 30 19 2 39 29 35 511
25 1 3. 9 2 2 8 11 107
4 25 2 4 256
1 5 3 2 7 3 1 96

8 45 12 6 1 17 3 113
1 15 6 7 4 1 92

2 20 12 10 18 5 15 139

atus was found south of Leisure; this juvenile
fish was probably a stray from an adjacent
tributary. The pH values in this area ranged
from 4.50-6.90; sulfate, iron and manganese
levels ranged upward to 300 ppm., 1.20 ppm
and 1.52 ppm respectively. In Devils Fork, a
relatively undisturbed tributary of North Fork
of Licking River, C. elongatus was very com-
mon. The pH values here ranged from
6.94-7.03; sulfate, iron and manganese levels
ranged upward to 14.9 ppm, 0.50 ppm and
0.05 ppm respectively (Table 2). The North
Fork of Licking River values are comparable
to those for polluted Cumberland Plateau
streams; the Devils Fork values are similar to
those of unpolluted Cumberland Plateau
streams (9,10).

Table 2. Selected Chemical Characteristics for 9
Sites in North Fork of Licking River and
Devils Fork. Values Other Than pH are in
mg/L. Sites 1-9 are Shown in Figure 1.

North Fork of Licking River Devils Fork
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

pH 4.5 4.55 6.90 6.97 7.17 6.96 7.08 7.01 6.94
Sulfate 76.9310.0 97.8109.5 52.4 32.8 149 145 145
Iron 0.57 0.60 0.34 1.20 0.43 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.43
Manganese 1.43 1.52 0.12 0.25 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

Redside Dace in Kentucky — Meade, et al

Sexual dimorphism is very noticeable in
coloration of adult C. elongatus. Adult males
are dark olive-green on the dorsal surface of
their head and body, and bright red on their
sides. Adult females are lighter green on their
dorsum and have pinkish to pale reddish
sides. Schwartz and Norvell (11) used shape
and length of genital papillae, length of pec-
toral and pelvic fins, body coloration and in-
ternal examination of gonads to determine
sex. Schwartz and Norvell (11) found that pec-
toral fin lengths were always greater in males;
they indicated that the ratio of pectoral fin
length to head length could be used to deter-
mine sex with certainty. In fish 2-4 years old,
this ratio ranged from 1.15-1.19 in males and
1.36-1.41 in females.

Clay (12) and Trautman (3) indicated that
C. elongatus is distinguished from a related
species, C. funduloides, by having 60 or more
lateral-line scales and a jaw length greater
than caudal peduncle depth. Systematic
values for number of lateral-line scales, lower
jaw length and caudal peduncle depth in C.
elongatus agree with comments given by
these authors. Systematic values for C.
elongatus from Licking River tributaries and
Red River tributaries are recorded in Table 3.

Table 3. Systematic Data from Kentucky
Specimens of Clinostomus elongatus.
Morphological Characters Range n x SD
Lateral-Line Scales
Licking River Drainage 58-70 99 62.60 2.79
Red River Drainage 59-73 39 63.46 2.33
Lower Jaw Length (mm)
Licking River Drainage 4.9-10.9 113 7.04 1.33
Red River Drainage 4.3-11.9 39 8.54 1.88
Caudal Peduncle Depth (mm)
Licking River Drainage 3.5-7.1 113 4.96 .897
Red River Drainage 3.1-7.6 39 5.75 1.09
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Thanks and appreciation are extended to
Susan King, Steve Yates, Chuck Burchett,
David Provost and former ichthyology
students at Morehead State University for
their assistance in the field; to Brooks Burr,
Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, for
confirming the identification of specimens
and for reviewing this manuscript; to Susan
King and Greg Hignite for assistance with
preparation of distribution maps; to Richard
Hunt for advice and assistance with the
chemical analysis of water, and to Janie
Strunk for typing the manuscript.

10.

11.

12.

125

LITERATURE CITED

. Gilbert, C.R. 1980 Clinostomus elongatus

(Kirtland), Redside Dace. p. 148 in DS. Lee,
et.al. Atlas of North American Freshwater
Fishes. N.C. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Raleigh.

McKee, P.M. and R. Parker. 1981. The
distribution, biology, and status of the
fishes Campostoma anomalum,
Clinostomus elongatus, Notropis
photogenis (Cyprinidae) and Fundulus
notatus (Cyprinodontidae) in Canada.
Can.J.Zool. 60:1347-1358.

Trautman, M.B. 1981. The Fishes of Ohio,
Rev. ed. Ohio State Univ. Press, Columbus.

Burr, B.M. 1980. A distributional checklist
of the fishes of Kentucky. Brimleyana.
3:53-84.

. Branson, B.A., D.F. Harker, Jr., J.M. Baskin,

M.E. Medley, D.L. Batch, M.L. Warren, Jr.,
W.H. Davis, W.C. Houtcooper, B.L. Monroe,
dr., L.R. Phillippe and P. Cupp. 1981. En-
dangered, Threatened, and Rare animals
and plants of Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad.
Sci. 42(3-4):77-89.

. Clark, M.E. 1940. A list of the fishes in nor-

theastern Kentucky. Ky. Game and Fish
Comm., Frankfort. 11 pp. (unpublished
mimeo.)

Kuehne, R.A. 1984. A new Kentucky record
for the minnow, Clinostomus elongatus
(Kirtland). Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 45:77-78.

American Public Health Association. 1985.
Standard Methods for the Examination of
Water and Wastewater. 16th ed. American
Public Health Association, Washington.

Harker, D.F.,, Jr., S.M. Call, M.L. Warren, Jr.,
K.E. Camburn, and P. Wigley. 1979. Aquatic
biota and water quality survey of the Ap-
palachian Province, eastern Kentucky. Tech.
Rep., Kentucky Nature Preserves Commis-
sion, Frankfort.

Branson, B.A., D.L. Batch, and W.R. Curtis.

1984. Small-stream recovery following sur-

face mining in east-central Kentucky. Trans.
Ky. Acad. Sci. 45:55-72.

Schwartz, F.H. and J. Norvell. 1958, Food,
growth and sexual dimorphism of the red-
side dace Clinostomus elongatus (Kirtland)
in Linesville Creek, Crawford County, Penn-
sylvania. Ohio Jour. Sci. 58:311-316.

Clay, W.M. 1975. The Fishes of Kentucky.
Ky. Dept. of Fish Wildl. Res., Frankfort.

Size-Specific Mortality in Gambusia — Hampton

Male Preference for Females of Different Sizes
in Gambusia affinis: A Response to Size
Specific Female Mortality?

Raymond E. Hampton
Laboratory of Animal Behavior and Behavioral Ecology,
Department of Biology,
Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 48859

ABSTRACT

Males of Gambusia affinis from populations in which there are few large females direct most of their
courtship time toward smaller females, even though large females produce more offspring than do smaller
females. Males from populations which contain relatively larger numbers of large females either do not
discriminate among females of different sizes or preferentially court large females. The hypothesis that
the potential reproductive success that a male might expect from investing courtship time and energy
in a female is apparently determined not only by the fecundity of the female but also by the probability
that she will survive at least through the approximately 28-day gestation period is proposed and ten-

tatively supported.

INTRODUCTION

Males of promiscuous species in which
males have little or no parental investment are
generally expected to be nondiscriminating in
their choice of or preference for mates, since
male reproductive success is presumed to be
not limited by sperm production but by the
ability of males to distribute their sperm
among available females (1,2,3). However, as
Dewsbury (4) has recently pointed out, sperm
production and delivery is probably not a
trivial cost to males and may in fact limit the
number of females that a male can successfully
inseminate. When this is the case, and when
different patterns of allocating ejaculates or
spermatophores to females results in dif-
ferences in male fitness, selection should
favor those males who exercise some degree
of selectivity among available females (4). In
promiscuous species, in which female fecun-
dity increases with size, males who selectively
or preferentially inseminate larger females
should sire more offspring, on the average,
than males who do not discriminate.

While observing courtship behavior of the
mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis Baird and
Girard, collected in July 1983 from Jap Beaver
Lake in south-central Oklahoma and from
Hubbard Creek in central Texas (5), I noticed
that males from the Jap Beaver population ex-
hibited a preference for smaller females while
males from the Hubbard Creek population ex-
hibited a slight preference for large females.
Large females were scarce in the Jap Beaver
population and more abundant in the Hubbard
Creek population, although the samples col-

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:126, 1986.

lected were too small to permit statistical
analysis. The assumption was made that this
difference was caused by a higher mortality
rate of large females in the Jap Beaver popula-
tion than in the Hubbard Creek population.

The following working hypothesis was for-
mulated: in G. affinis, size-specific mortality
of females influences male preference. If larger
females have a low probability of surviving the
approximately 28-day gestation period,
perhaps because of selective predation, males
who selectively inseminate smaller females
might be more successful, even though
smaller females produce fewer offspring. On
the other hand, in populations in which large
females have a higher probability of surviving,
males should not discriminate or should
discriminate in favor of large females. In the
summers of 1984 and 1985, additional data
from several populations of G. affinis were
collected to test this hypothesis.

Gambusia affinis is widely distributed through-
out the southem United States, where its preferred
habitats include small streams and densely
to moderately vegetated shallow areas in
small lakes and ponds. Males grow little after
reaching sexual maturity (6) and rarely exceed
3 cm total length, whereas females, which are
sexually mature at 2.5 to 3 cm, continue grow-
ing throughout their life and may grow to over
6 cm total length. Female fecundity increases
with female size (7). Both sexes are pro-
miscuous and courtship and mating are
almost continuous throughout the warmer
months. Females have a gestation period of

Size-Specific Mortality in Gambusia — Hampton 127

approximately 28 days, after which they
deliver from a few to over 100 well-developed
offspring. Females apparently store sperm for
extended periods (7), and males virgorously
court any female present regardless of her
gestational stage. Females are more receptive
to males, or perhaps more attractive to males,
within a few days after delivering a brood (8).
However, even non-receptive females are in-
seminated (9). Rapid habituation of males to
individual females insures that males do not
waste time or ejaculates with any one female
but rather allocate a minimal number of
ejaculates to many females (5).

The primary sex ratio in most poeciilid
populations studied is usually skewed in favor
of females (7,10,11,12,13,14). This is usually
attributed to greater predation on males or
greater longevity of females. Recently,
however, Britton and Moser (15) found that
several species of herons selectively prey on
larger female G. affinis in France. In marshy
areas where heron predation occurred, the
primary sex ratio was skewed in favor of males
and the average size of females was smaller
than in roadside ditches where heron preda-
tion was absent.

METHODS

Specimens of G. affinis were collected in
June and July of 1984 from a small tributary
stream of Lake Texoma, Marshall County,
Oklahoma; from a shallow bay in Lake Tex-
homa at the mouth of Wilson Creek, Love
County, Oklahoma; and from Jap Beaver Lake
in Jefferson County, Oklahoma. Additional
specimens were collected in April of 1985
from Hubbard Creek below Hubbard Creek
Dam in Stephens County, Texas; from Quana
Parker Lake on the Wichita Mountain Wildlife
Refuge in Oklahoma; from the Brazos River
approximately 200 meters below Morrison
Dam in Palo Pinto County, Texas; and from
Jap Beaver Lake. Specimens were collected
with dip nets in adequate numbers to permit
accurate estimation of primary sex ratios,
mean size of both sexes, frequency distribu-
tion of various size classes, and female fecun-
dity as a function of size. Seining was not an
effective method of sampling in the sites
studied because of various factors such as
underwater brush, emergent vegetation, or the
shallow, narrow nature of the creeks. Live
specimens from each population were retained
for observations of male preference for
females of different sizes.

Jap Beaver and Quana Parker lakes are both

small (ca 20 acres), artificial impoundments
with no permanent tributary streams. Both are
near the top of their respective watersheds
and are thus isolated from other bodies of
water from which G. affinis might immigrate.
Quana Parker Lake was impounded in the
mid-1930’s and Jap Beaver Lake in the
mid-1950’s. Since G. affinis is not used as a
bait minnow, introduction of G. affinis from
other populations into either of these popula-
tions is probably rare. Both lakes have areas
of shoreline characterized by shallow water
with moderate to dense submerged vegeta-
tion where G. affinis are found.

The Brazos is a major river flowing generally
southward from north-central Texas. Morrison
Dam is the first of several major dams on the
river and was constructed in the 1940’s. Hub-
bard Creek flows into the Clear Fork of the
Brazos River which, in turn, joins the main
branch of the river well above Morrison Dam.
The dam, which creates a large reservoir, prob-
ably provides an effective barrier to intermix-
ing of populations of G. affinis above and
below the dam. Current flow and water depth
below the dam are variable, depending on the
release of water from the reservoir.

Lake Texoma is a large artificial impound-
ment on the Red River between Texas and
Oklahoma. In the summer of 1984, a period
of very low water level, those small tributary
streams which were not dry supported abun-
dant populations of G. affinis. Collections
were made from a small stream adjacent to
the University of Oklahoma Biological Sta-
tion. Since this is an unnamed stream, it will
be referred to in this paper as UOBS Creek.
Although the water flow in UOBS creek was
extremely slow, it was prevented from becom-
ing completely dry by periodic discharge of
water from large research tanks of the Univer-
sity of Oklahoma Biological Station.

Hubbard Creek was sampled just below
Hubbard Creek Dam where, even during dry
periods, there is at least some standing water
present. Hubbard Creek and UOBS Creek are
in separate watersheds and are therefore well
isolated from each other and from any small
lakes similar to Jap Beaver and Quana Parker
Lakes.

Female fecundity as a function of size was
determined by dissecting preserved
specimens and counting the number of fully
developed eggs or embryos (7). A simple
linear regression model was used for
statistical analysis of the data (16).

Male mate preference for females of dif-
ferent sizes was determined using males from
UOBS Creek, Hubbard Creek, Jap Beaver

128 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Lake, Quana Parker Lake, and the Brazos
River. These populations were chosen
because they are well isolated from each other
and because they represent 2 distinct popula-
tion types with respect to size distribution of
females. The Jap Beaver Lake, Quana Parker
Lake and Brazos River populations had few
large females, while the UOBS Creek and
Hubbard Creek populations had relatively
more large females.

Six males from each population were tested
by placing them one at a time into a 57-liter
aquarium containing 4 females of different
sizes. The total time that each male courted
each female in a 20-min observation period
was recorded using an OS-3 electronic event
recorder (Observational Systems, Inc., Red-
mond, Washington, USA). Males were con-
sidered to be courting when performing any
of the courtship behaviours described by Itz-
kowitz (17).

Since there was a great deal of variation in
the total time that each male spent in court-
ship, the time that a male spent courting any
one female was expressed as the percentage
of the total courtship time by that male. The
mean per cent courtship time by the 6 males
was determined by the arcsine transformation
method (16). The Friedman two-way analysis
of variance (18) was used to test for dif-
ferences among the mean per cent courtship
time directed to each of the four females.
Males from UOBS Creek and Jap Beaver Lake
were tested in August, 1984, using females
from the Clear Fork of the Brazos River.

Males from Hubbard Creek and Quana
Parker Lake were tested in May 1985, using
females from Jap Beaver Lake. Females which
were not sympatric with either of the 2
populations from which the test males were
collected were used, since there is evidence
that males can recognize and prefer females
from their own population over females from
other populations (19). It is also possible that
females might recognize and be more recep-
tive to males from their own population,
although there is no evidence to support this.
Since a female's receptivity to males or her at-
tractiveness to males changes with her gesta-
tional stage (8), males from the 2 populations
which were being compared were tested alter-
nately over a period of not more than 2 days.

Brazos River males were tested in
December, 1985, in a slightly different way.
Males were placed in a 38-1 aquarium con-
taining 2 large females (45 mm and 46 mm
TL) and 2 small females (27 mm and 30 mm
TL). Since the Brazos River males were not be-
ing tested at the same time as males from

other populations, females from the Brazos
River population were used. The time spent
courting either large female and either small
female was recorded as described above. The
Wilcoxon test (18) was used to test for dif-
ferences between the mean percent courtship
time directed to large females and small
females.

RESULTS

Because collections were made at different
times of the year in 1984 and 1985, it is not
possible to directly compare the size distribu-
tions and sex ratios from all of the popula-
tions. However, the samples taken within the
same year may be compared directly. Since
very few immature individuals and no fry were
observed in the April, 1985, collections, I
assume that these populations consisted only
of individuals which had overwintered.

Jap Beaver
Lake

40-

305 UOBS Creek

PERCENT OF MATURE FEMALES

207

10+

SIZE CLASS
(INTERVAL = 3mm)

Size distribution (total length) of
mature female G. affinis collected in
July 1984 from Jap Beaver Lake and
UOBS Creek. Class Interval = 3 mm.
The position of the arrow indicates the
mean size.

Figure 1.

Size-Specific Mortality in Gambusia — Hampton 129

Table 1. Sex ratios and mean sizes of mature
males and females from five popula-
tions of G. affinis.

Jap UOBS Brazos Quana Hubbard
Beaver Creek River Parker Creek

Collected duly 1984 April 1985

N Females 125 128 102 107 91

N Males 172 135 133 161 45

F/M 0.73 0.95 0.77 0.66 2.0

Ps < 0.1 NS. < 0.05 <0.01 < 0.01

Mean Female 30.2 35.7 35.0 32.8 39.8

Size (mm)"* +0.8 +1.1 +0.7 +05 +1.0

Mean Male 218 23.5 26.6 25.3 27.3

Size (mm)** +0.3 +0.4 +0.4 +0.3 +0.6

* The null hypothesis that F/M=1 was tested by the chi squared
test.

** Total length (mm) +95% confidence interval

In those populations which contained few
large females (Jap Beaver Lake, Quana Parker
Lake, Brazos River) males significantly out-
numbered females, while in those popula-
tions in which large females were more abun-
dant (UOBS Creek, Hubbard Creek) the
numbers of mature females equalled or ex-
ceeded the numbers of mature males (Table
1). Females in Jap Beaver Lake were
significantly smaller than females from UOBS
Creek when both were sampled in late July
1984 (Table 1, Fig. 1), and females from both
the Brazos River and Quana Parker Lake were
significantly smaller than females from Hub-
bard Creek when these sites were sampled in
April, 1985 (Table 1, Fig. 2). Great egrets and
little blue herons were often observed forag-
ing in Jap Beaver Lake, Quana Parker Lake,
and, at times of low water, the Brazos River.
These birds were not observed in either Hub-
bard Creek or UOBS Creek, nor was any in-
direct evidence of their presence noted. This
was probably because of the steep banks and
overhead tree canopy of both creeks. Both
UOBS Creek and Hubbard Creek support fish
species which might prey on adult G. affinis
(Lepomis qulosus, L. cyanellus, L.
macrochirus, and, in Hubbard Creek only,
Lepisosteus oculatus were positively
identified).

The fecundity of female G. affinis is known
to increase with size, but not in a consistent
relationship from one habitat to another or
from one time of year to another (7). Regres-
sion analysis of eggs or embryos against fe-

40-4 i
Quana Parker
304 Lake
207
105

404 y
Brazos

30 River

PERCENT OF MATURE FEMALES

304 Hubbard Creek Y

SIZE CLASS
(INTERVAL = 3mm)

Figure 2. Size distribution (total length) of
mature female G. affinis collected in
April 1985 from Quana Parker Lake,
the Brazos River, and Hubbard Creek.
Class interval = 3 mm. The position
of the arrow indicates the mean size.
Table 2. Female fecundity as a function of size in
five populations of G. affinis.
Population Regression Equation Slope’ I
dap Beaver Y=-265+146X 1.46 + 0.28 0.83
UOBS Creek Y=-674+288X 288 + 0.44 0.87
Quana Parker Y = - 80.0 + 3.33X 3.33 + 0.97 0.79
Hubbard Creek Y= 5.7 + 0.66X 0.66 + 0.46 0.49
Brazos River Y =-817+338X 3.38 + 1.44 0.76

* + 95% confidence interval.

130

male size for the various populations which
I sampled revealed a close linear relationship
between the 2 variables except in the Hubbard
Creek population (Table 2). Males from Quana
Parker Lake, Jap Beaver Lake, and the Brazos
River devoted significantly more courtship
time to smaller females, whereas males from
Hubbard Creek had a significant preference
for larger females and males from UOBS
Creek did not discriminate significantly
among the test females (Table 3).

Table 3. Mean percent courtship time of males
from 5 populations of G. affinis directed
to females of different sizes.

Males (n=6) Female Size (mn, tl)

46-47 38-39 31-32 27-30 26-28 p

Jap Beaver Lake 10 ll 62 - 14 <001

UOBS Creek 41 ll 28 : 15 NS

Quana Parker Lake 8 16 37 : 36 <0.01

Hubbard Creek 24 34 19 : 20 <0.05

Brazos River 27 : - 79 < 0.05

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

In the populations which I studied, males
show a clear preference for females of dif-
ferent sizes. This preference varies among the
populations in a manner that is consistent
with the hypothesis stated previously.
Whether or not this behavior may be regarded
as a male adaptation to size-specific female
mortality depends on the validity of two
assumptions: that the observed differences in
female size distribution and sex ratios in
these populations are caused by a higher rate
of mortality of large females in some popula-
tions than in others, and that the ability of
males to inseminate females is not unlimited.
Neither of these assumptions is supported by
direct evidence obtained in this study, but
both are supported by previous investigations
or by convincing circumstantial evidence
discussed below.

The differences in female size distribution
among these populations could be caused by
differences in food availability or quality, or
by differences in selective predation or other
causes of differential mortality of large
females. The possibility that differences in
food availability among the various habitats
account for the observed differences may be

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

discarded, since such differences would be
reflected by corresponding differences in
female fecundity (20). On the other hand,
there is some evidence to conclude that the
differences in female size distribution in these
populations resulted from selective predation
on large females by herons and egrets in those
populations in which there were few large
females.

Those populations in which there were few
large females and in which males were more
abundant than females were in habitats in
which great egrets, little blue herons, and
greenbacked herons were frequently observed
foraging, while those populations in which
large females were more abundant and in
which the number of females equalled or ex-
ceeded the number of males in habitats in
which these birds were not observed. The
female size distributions and sex ratios in
these populations were consistent with the
data of Britton and Moser (15), who demon-
strated that several species of herons and
egrets selectively prey on large female G. af-
finis in France. The Wilson Creek sample is
especially interesting in this regard.

The wide, shallow bay formed by the mouth
of Wilson Creek at its confluence with Lake
Texoma is frequented by foraging great egrets,
great blue herons, green backed herons, and
little blue herons. In the summer of 1984,
when this site was sampled, the G. affinis
which would normally be expected in the
creek itself were apparently forced into the
bay as the creek became dry. Of the 157
mature specimens of G. affinis collected at
Wilson Creek, only 6 were females and none
of these females exceeded 33 mm (tl).

The possibility that the reproductive suc-
cess of male G. affinis is limited by their ability
to produce sperm or by their ability to
deliver sperm to many simultaneously
available females has not been tested.
However, the assumption that male reproduc-
tive success is not limited in these ways in
some promiscuous species has recently been
challenged on theoretical grounds (4) and
there is some empirical support for this
challenge. Males of the lemon tetra
(Hyphessobrycon pulchripinnis), a pro-
miscuous characid, exhibited declining fer-
tilization rates with spawning frequency, and
recently spawned males were less attractive
to females than were males which had not
recently spawned (21). In a previous paper (5),
I reported that males of G. affinis rapidly
habituated to individual females and ex-
hibited a declining frequency of copulatory at-
tempts with sequentially presented females,

Size-Specific Mortality in Gambusia — Hampton 131

which indicates that sperm exhaustion might
occur.

There are two additional considerations,
based on the peculiarities of the mating
system of G. affinis, which indicate that male
selectivity might be advantageous. Since an
individual female G. affinis is likely to be in-
seminated by many males, the probability
that any one male fertilizes a substantial pro-
portion of her eggs might be very small. Thus,
males might have to deliver large quantities
of sperm to many females in order to achieve
a few fertilizations. In this case, it could be
to the advantage of males to exercise some
degree of selectivity. A second and perhaps
more compelling reason to assume that male
sperm production or ability to deliver sperm
to many simultaneously available females is
limited is that males will attempt to in-
seminate any mature female regardless of her
gestational stage (8,9) and that females that
have been previously inseminated still remain
attrative to males.

In many promiscuous species, a female is
no longer available as a potential mate once
she has been inseminated and the pool of
available females is thus limited. This is not
the case in G. affinis. In effect, the pool of
available females remains constant and large
no matter how many times they have been in-
seminated. Since the probability that an in-
dividual male could inseminate all of the
available females in the population in com-
petition with all other males is very small,
male selectivity would be advantageous. As
Burley (3) pointed out, males of promiscuous
species are not expected to be discriminating
except when factors such as sperm depletion
limit access to simultaneously available
mates. Gambusia affinis seems to represent
such an exception.

In view of these considerations and the
observation that males of G. affinis do in fact
exhibit selectivity in mate preference, it
seems likely that the “sperm is cheap” concept
may be overgeneralized and inappropriately
applied to some species as suggested by
Dewsbury (4).

The initial hypothesis, which is at least ten-
tatively supported by the data presented here
and elsewhere and which is consistent with
the prediction of Dewsbury (4), predicts that
the potential reproductive success that a male
might expect from investing courtship time,
energy, or sperm in a female of any particular
size is: pS(x) X E(x), where pS(x) is the pro-
bability that a female of size X will survive at

least the 28-day gestation period and E(x) is
the average number of eggs per brood produc-
ed by a female of size X. This equation pro-
vides only a relative estimate of male success,
since it does not take into account the pro-
bability that a male actually fertilizes all or
a fraction of the eggs of any particular female
that he inseminates. The hypothesis thus
predicts that there should be an optimum size
female in any population which represents the
most profitable trade-off between increasing
female fecundity and decreasing probability
of survival with female size. Whether males
of G. affinis or other species with similar
mating systems discriminate in favor of large
females or small females or do not
discriminate should be adequately predicted
by this relationship. The hypothesis should be
especially useful in investigating possible
relationships between predation and male
mate preferences in G. affinis and species
with similar reproductive strategies.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A portion of this research was conducted
while I was a visiting investigator at the
University of Oklahoma Biological Station. I
thank the faculty and staff of that institution,
and especially Dr. William Matthews, for their
hospitality and encouragement. I also wish to
express my appreciation to Dr. Jack Crabtree
for his efforts on my behalf in obtaining the
necessary permit to collect on the Wichita
Mountain National Wildlife Refuge. The
research was supported by grants from the
Faculty Research and Creative Endeavors
Committee and the Summer Research
Fellowship Committee of Central Michigan
University.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Bateman, A. J. 1948. Intra-sexual selection
in Drosophila. Heredity 2:349-368.

2. Trivers, R. L. 1972. Parental investment and
sexual selection. In B. Campbell, ed. Sex-
ual selection and the descent of man.
Heinemann, London.

3. Burley, N. 1977. Parental investment, mate
choice, and mate quality. Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sci. 74: 3476-3479.

4. Dewsbury, D. A. 1982. Ejaculate cost and
male choice. Amer. Nat. 119: 601-610.

5. Hampton, R. E. 1984. A possible role of
habituation in the sexual behavior of male

132

10.

11.

12.

13.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

mosquitofish (Gambusia affinis Baird and
Girard). Animal Behavior 32: 1262-1263.

Turner, C. L. 1941. Morphogenesis or the

gonopodium in Gambusia affinis. J. Morph.

69: 161-185.

Krumholz, L. A. 1948. Reproduction in the
western mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis
(Baird and Girard) and its use in mosquito
control. Ecological Monographs 18: 1-43.

Carlson, D. R. 1969. Female sexual recep-
tivity in Gambusia affinis (Baird and
Girard). Texas J. Sci. 21: 167-173.

Hughes, A. L. 1985. Male size, mating suc-
cess, and mating strategy in the mos-

quitofish Gambusia affinis. Behav. Ecol.
Sociobiol. 17: 271-278.

Barney, R. L. and B. J. Anson. 1921.
Seasonal abundance of the mosquito
destroying top-minnow, Gambusia affinis,
especially in relation to male frequency.
Ecology 2: 53-69.

Farr, J. A. 1975. The role of predation in
the evolution of social behavior of natural
populations of the guppy, Poecillia
reticulata (pisces: poeciliidae). Evolution
29: 151-158.

Krumholz, L. A. 1963. Relationships be-
tween fertility, sex ratio, and exposure to
predation in populations of the mos-
quitofish, Gambusia manni Hubbs at

Bimini, Bahamas. Int. Rev. fes. Hydrobiol.
48: 201-256.

Sohn, J. J. 1977. The consequences of
predation and competition upon the

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

demography of Gambusia mannii (Pisces:
poeciliidae). Copeia 1977: 224-227.

Snelson, F. F., and J. D. Wetherington.
1980. Sex ratio in the sailfin molly, Poecilia
latipinna. Evolution 34: 308-319.

Britton, R. H., and M. E. Moser. 1982. Size
specific predation by herons and its effect
on the sex-ratio of natural populations of
the mosquitofish Gambusia affinis Baird
and Girard. Oecologia 53: 146-151.

Sokal, R. R. and F. J. Rolf. 1973. Introduc-
tion to Biostatistics. W. H. Freeman, San
Francisco.

Itzkowitz, M. 1971. Preliminary study of the
social behavior of male Gambusia affinis
Baird and Girard (pisces: poeciliidae) in
aquaria. Chesapeake Science 12: 219-224.

Siegel, S. 1956. Nonparametric statistics
for the behavioral sciences. McGraw-Hill,
New York.

Hubbs, C., and E. A. Delco, Jr. 1962.
Courtship preferences of Gambusia affinis
associated with the sympatry of the paren-
tal population. Copeia 1962: 396-400.

Trendall, J. T. 1983. Life history variation
among experimental populations of the
mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis. Copeia
1983: 953-963.

Nakatsuru, K., and D. L. Kramer. 1982. Is
sperm cheap? Limited male fertility and

female choice in the lemon tetra (pisces:
characidae). Science 216: 753-755.

Starling and Bluebird Competition in Kentucky — Davis et al.

Nest Box Use by Starlings: Does It Inhibit Bluebird Production? '

Wayne H. Davis
School of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, Kentucky 40506

William C. McComb
Department of Forestry
University of Kentucky

Lexington, Kentucky 40546

Pierre N. Allaire ”
Lees College
Jackson, Kentucky 41339

ABSTRACT

During a study of bluebird use of different style nest boxes on reclaimed surfaces mines, observations
were made of European Starling (Sturnus vulgaris) and Eastern Bluebird (Sialia sialis) productivity. Boxes
admitted starlings the first two years of the study; starlings were excluded the third year. Vandalism resulted
in 38, 47, and 44 sites available for nesting, respectively, in the 3 years. Starlings used 40% of the sites
the first year and 60% the second. Bluebirds fledged 104, 157 and 169 young, respectively. Starlings
raised a single brood; bluebirds raised two and three broods. The resource was partitioned temporally;
bluebirds nested before and after the starlings, sometimes building over an old nest after starlings had
fledged. We found no evidence of starlings evicting bluebirds.

INTRODUCTION

It has been reported (1) that Eastern
Bluebird (Sialia sialis) populations have
declined because introduced House Sparrows
(Passer domesticus) and European Starlings
(Sturnus vulgaris) appropriate most of the
nesting sites. The adverse effect of House
Sparrows has been well established. House
sparrows will evict bluebirds at any stage of
the nesting cycle, sometimes even killing
adult bluebirds (1, 2, 3).

The effect of starlings on bluebird popula-
tions remains undocumented. Although
Zeleny (1) writes that bluebirds “can never
compete successfully with starlings for the
use of any cavity that a starling can enter, he
presents no evidence to support the state-
ment. In our search of the literature we could
find almost nothing on starlings evicting
bluebirds. During our studies of bluebirds, we
gathered data on bluebird productivity when
many of the boxes were used by starlings.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Two reclaimed surface mines (Press Howard
and Two Mile) in Breathitt County, Kentucky,
served as the study sites. Both areas were
created by mountaintop removal 3-10 years
prior to the study. Vegetation on both sites
was primariy tall fescue (Festuca arun-
dinacea), lespedeza (Lespedeza cuneata),
crown-vetch (Coronilla varia), black locust
(Robinia pseudoacacia), and autumn olive
(Eleagnus angustifolia). Ponds ranging in size
from 0.1-1 ha were located at about 400-m
intervals. Twenty five nest box stations were
established 320 m apart along gravel roads at
each site and maintained from 1982 through
1985. All nest boxes had internal dimensions
of 13 x 13 x 25 cm.

In 1982 we erected 3 boxes at each site: a
standard box with a circular entrance 38 mm
in diameter; a box with a slot entrance at the
top of the front; and one with a slot entrance
in the roof (4). Only the slot-entrance boxes

‘ The information reported in this paper (86-8-48) was collected in association with Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station Project No.

624 and is published with the approval of the Director.

? Present address: Corporate and Foundation Relations, University of Florida Foundation, P. O. Box 14425, Gainesville, FL 32604.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:133, 1986.

134 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

were accessible to starlings. In 1983 at each
station we placed 3 boxes with front slot-
entrance widths measuring 38 mm, 35 mm,
and 31 mm. All were accessible to starlings.
In 1985, a single box with a 30 mm front-slot
entrance was erected at each site. These
boxes excluded starlings but admitted
bluebirds.

Stations were established 8 April, 24 March
and 1 March, 1982, 1983, and 1985, respec-
tively. Inspection began one week after place-
ment. Each box was inspected every 1 to 2
weeks until boxes were no longer being used
for nesting by bluebirds (4 September). Sta-
tions were in the same locations each year ex-
cept for 6 moved in 1985 due to active min-
ing. Nest boxes (3 slot-entrance boxes per sta-
tion) were left on site during 1984 but were
not monitored. Vandalism resulted in 38, 47,
and 44 sites available for nesting in 1982,
1983, and 1985, respectively.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Boxes received heavy use by bluebirds and
starlings. Bluebirds preferred the _ slot-
entrance boxes (4) and they fledged 104, 157,
and 169 young in 1982, 1983, and 1985,
respectively. Starling use of the sites was 40%

Tis

NESTING

90 120

150

in 1982 and 60% in 1983. Thus, bluebirds suc-
cessfully fledged young despite heavy use of
boxes by starlings. Egg-to-young success rate
was 72%, 67% and 63%, respectively for
bluebirds; thus exclusion of starlings in 1985
did not result in an increased success rate of
bluebirds.

At one station, bluebirds and starlings raised
broods at the same time. After the starlings
established their nest the bluebirds moved in-
to a neighboring box that was not accessible
to starlings. This box had previously fledged
a brood of bluebirds. With this exception, no
more than one box per station was in used at
the same time. Thus, if individuals of one
species were nesting, the site was generally
not available for individuals of the other
species. In spite of this, bluebirds fledged
nearly as many young in 1983 when more than
half the sites were used by starlings as in 1985
when starlings were excluded.

Several factors seemed responsible for the
apparent minimal effect of starlings on blue-
bird production. Bluebirds establish their nests
earlier than starlings. Stewart (5) found that
the average date of nest-box exploration for
bluebirds in North Carolina was 18 March and
for starlings 9 April. We found that bluebirds
began nesting before starlings (Fig. 1).

/)\ « STARLINGS

« BLUEBIRDS

180 210 240

JULIAN DATE

Figure 1. Eastern Bluebird and European Starling nestlings present during inspection of 47 nest sites
on reclaimed surface mines, Breathitt County, Kentucky, 1983. Data for 1982 were similar.

Starling and Bluebird Competition in Kentucky — Davis et al. 135

Secondly, starlings always chose empty sta-
tions (some sites on both areas were never
used); in no case did we find evidence sug-
gesting that they evict bluebirds. In one box,
starlings nested after bluebirds had fledged.
Although there are reports of starlings evict-
ing woodpeckers (e.g., 6, 7), we found few
records of bluebird evictions, and these in-
volved only bluebirds in the earliest stages of
nesting. Kalmbach and Gabrielson (6)
described starlings taking over a site after
bluebirds had started to build a nest, and they
reported that among 8 bluebird nests started
in their experimental boxes, the bluebirds
were driven away from 3 by starlings. They
also described incidences where starlings and
bluebirds nested “in close proximity” without
conflict. Gowaty (2) presented data on evic-
tion of bluebirds by House Sparrows. She
found that sparrows were more likely to take
an empty box than to evict, and that the far-
ther into the bluebird nesting cycle eviction
was attempted, the less likely it would occur.
Apparently eviction is difficult work and is
usually avoided if alternatives are available.

A third factor was that starlings on our study
areas produced a single brood, whereas
bluebirds often raised two or more broods.
Most boxes were available for the exclusive
use of bluebirds by early June (Fig. 1). Thus,
there seemed to be temporal partitioning of
the resource, rather than competition, with
neither species appearing to have a significant
negative impact on the other.

Although heavy use by starlings had little,
if any, effect on the successful production of
bluebirds in our nest boxes, this situation may
not hold in other circumstances or other
areas. In western Kentucky (8), New York (9),
Ontario (10), Colorado (11), and Arizona (12)
second clutches of starlings were reported in
50 to 92 per cent of boxes from which young
starlings had fledged. On our study area, star-
lings were rarely seen except during their
short nesting season. Perhaps the absence of
agriculture or other human activities attrac-
tive to starlings rendered the area marginal
habitat for this species and unsuitable for
later nestings. Perhaps starlings could not
tolerate summer heat in these small boxes in
open sites. Four broods of starlings near fledg-
ing died in the boxes, perhaps because of
heat. Clutch size averaged 4.1 (1982) and 4.4
(1983), similar to that reported by others (8,
13) in Kentucky. Egg-to-fledging success was
low (43% and 51%), however.

We suspect that the commonly accepted
view on the adverse effect of starlings on
bluebird populations may be exaggerated. The

situation may be analogous to what has been
found with woodpeckers. Starlings ap-
propriate many woodpecker nesting sites and
some writers (e.g., 7, 14) have expressed con-
cern for the survival of the woodpeckers.
Nevertheless, Dennis (15), in a study of the
decline of the common flicker (Colaptes
auratus) on Nantucket Island during a time
when the starling was becoming increasingly
abundant, concluded that factors other than
appropriation of nest sites were primarily
responsible.

SUMMARY

Bluebirds were nearly as successful at fledg-
ing young when 40% and 60% of the stations
were used by starlings as when starlings were
excluded from the boxes. Bluebirds began
nesting earlier and were not evicted by star-
lings; the starlings chose empty boxes. Star-
lings produced a single brood, whereas
bluebirds produced two or more. Bluebirds
sometimes built nests over old starling nests
and raised broods after the starlings had left.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank Falcon Coal Company for allow-
ing us to work on their lands; S. Bonney, F.
Lassiter, S. Cross, P. Groetsch, G. Jacoby, D.
Ross, and G. McPeek for assistance with field
work; F. C. Fackler for assistance with nest
box construction. P. A. Gowaty and E. H.
Burtt, Jr. provided constructive criticisms of
an earlier draft.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Zeleny, L. 1976. The Bluebird. Indiana Univ.
Press, Bloomington.

2. Gowaty, P. A. 1981. Aggression of breeding
eastern bluebirds (Sialia sialis) toward their
mates and models of intra- and inter-
specific intruders. Anim. Behav.
19:1013-1027.

3. Gowaty, P. A. 1984. House sparrows kill
eastern bluebirds. J. Field Ornithol.
55:378-380.

4. McComb, W. C., W. H. Davis, and P. N.
Allaire. 1987. Excluding starlings from a
slot-entrance bluebird box. Wildl. Soc. Bull.
15: (in press).

5. Stewart, P. A. 1976. Movements of cavity-
hunting starlings and eastern bluebirds.
Bird-banding 47:274-275.

136

10.

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Kalmbach, E. R. and I. N. Gabrielson. 1921.
Economic value of the starling in the
United States. Bull. No. 868, U.S. Dept. Agr.
66 pp.

. Sutton, G. M. 1967. Oklahoma Birds. Univ.

of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Twedt, D. J. and R. S. Oddo. 1984. Breeding
biology of the starling in Kentucky. Ken-
tucky Warbler 60:35-40.

Kessel, B. 1957. A study of the breeding
biology of the European starling (Sturnus
vulgaris) in North America. Amer. Midl.
Nat. 58:257-331.

Collins, V. B. and A. DeVos. 1966. A

nesting study of the starling near Guelph,
Ontario. Auk 83: 623-636.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

DeHaven, R. W. and J. L. Guarino. 1970.
Breeding of starlings using nest-boxes at
Denver, Colorado. Colorado Field Ornithol.
8:1-10.

Royall, W. C., Jr. 1966. Breeding of the
starling in central Arizona. Condor
68:196-205.

Lovell, H. B. 1942. The nesting of the star-
ling in Kentucky. Kentucky Warbler
18:29-34.

Lowery, G. H., Jr. 1955. Louisiana Birds.
Louisiana State Univ. Press, Baton Rouge.

Dennis, J. V. 1969. The yellow-shafted
flicker (Colaptes auratus) on Nantucket
Island, Massachusetts. Bird-Banding
40:290-308.

NOTES

RANGE EXTENSIONS FOR THE MOSQUITO
FERN IN KENTUCKY AND TENNESSEE. — Azolla
caroliniana Willdenow (Azollaceae) is a small,
floating fern found in quiet waters of the Atlantic
and Gulf Coastal plains and along the east side of
the Mississippi River valley (Lellinger, Ferns and
Fern Allies of the United States and Canada,
Smithsonian Institution Press, 1985). Common
associates are various taxa of Lemnaceae, including
Lemna, Spirodela, Wolffia, and Wolffiella. Rapid
asexual growth, documented by Shaver (Ferns of
Tennessee, George Peabody College, Nashville,
1954), often results in masses that may cover the
surface of a pond or pool within a few weeks.
However, populations are ephemeral and often ab-
sent some years. The presence of reddish pigmen-
tation, especially in autumn, is also a noticeable
characteristic.

Although sometimes locally abundant,
documented Kentucky and Tennessee records for
Azolla, as resported in recent fern surveys, are scanty
and confined to the Mississippian Embayment sec-
tion of the Coastal Plain. Eight of the 9 counties
with reported populations adjoin the Mississippi
River. The purpose of this note is to report the
discovery of Azolla in Trigg County, Kentucky and
adjacent Stewart County, Tennessee, thus extending
the known distribution eastward for about 110 km
and onto the Interior Low Plateaus Province in both
states.

Azolla was not known from Kentucky until 1950
when McCoy (Amer. Fern Journ. 40:211-212, 1950)
found a colony in Fulton County near the northern
end of Reelfoot Lake. The recent compendium of
Kentucky ferns by Cranfill (Ferns and Fern Allies of
Kentucky, Nature Preserves Comm., Sci. and Tech.
Series 1, 1980) added the three counties directly
north of Fulton (Figure 1).

Wofford and Evans (Journ. Tenn. Acad. Sci.
54:32-36, 1979), in their atlas of Tennessee plants,
showed Azolla from 5 West Tennessee counties.
Previous reports from East Tennessee, i.e., by Gat-
tinger (Flora of Tennessee, Bureau of Agriculture,
Nashville, 1901) from McMinn County and by Ander-
son (Univ. Tenn. Ext. Series 6:1-40, 1929; Amer. Fern
Journ. 21:64-71, 1931) from Bradley County (based
on an 1856 Gattinger collection), could not be con-
firmed by Shaver (loc. cit., 1954) in his extensive
field and herbarium studies. Likewise, the Shaver
report from Davidson County, based on a liquid-
preserved specimen at Peabody College (now a part
of Vanderbilt University), was not verified by Wof-
ford and Evans (loc. cit., 1979) and their distribu-
tion map, based on documented records, includes
only the Coastal Plain counties indicated in Figure 1.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:137, 1986.

Figure 1. Documented distribution of Azolla in
Kentucky and Tennessee; circles repre-
sent previously-cited reports, squares
represent new records.

During October of 1984 an extensive population
of Azolla was found in a swamp covering several ha
and resulting from beaver dams on Crooked Creek,
a Cumberland River tributary in Trigg County, Ken-
tucky. The swamp is within the TVA-managed Land
Between the Lakes (LBL). The population was also
present in 1985, and examination of several other
beaver ponds and wetlands managed for wildlife
within LBL also revealed large Azolla colonies in
adjacent Stewart County, Tennessee (Figure 1). All
collections were from relatively clean pools and
were associated with Lemna minor L. No specimens
were found in any of the upland ponds or waterholes
which are abundant in LBL.

Azolla is probably a recent immigrant into the
LBL area since the habitat types mentioned (exten-
sive beaver ponds, waterfowl management pools)
have developed since conversion of the region to
public ownership. Cranfill (loc. cit., 1980) related
the importance of waterfowl in dispersing this
species and the large flocks attracted to LBL by ex-
tensive management practices may account for its
presence there.

Voucher specimens for the new records mapped
in Figure 1 are preserved in the herbarium of Austin
Peay State University (APSC) with the following
data (collection numbers are those of the first
author). STEWART COUNTY: Bear Creek Wildlife
Management Area, Snake Pond, 85-1052, 8
November 1985; Gray Hollow beaver pond,
85-1051, 8 November 1985. TRIGG COUNTY:
Crooked Creek beaver swamp, 84-518, 6 September
1984; 85-988, 11 October 1985. — EDWARD W.
CHESTER, Department of Biology, Austin Peay
State University, Clarksville, Tennessee 37044 and
KEVIN SOUZA, Department of Biology, Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tennessee 37235.

138 Notes

ALOPECURUS ARUNDINACEUS (POACEAE)
ESTABLISHED IN KENTUCKY -— Alopecurus arun-
dinaceus Poiret, a perennial European grass, has
been recorded in North America from two widely
separated areas: North Dakota and Newfoundland-
Labrador (Hitchcock and Chase, Manual of the
Grasses of the United States, US.D.A. Misc. Publ.
200, 1950; Scoggan, Flora of Canada, Part 2, Natl.
Mus. Nat. Sci. Publ. Bot. 7(2), 1978; Soil Conser-
vation Service, US.D.A., National List of Scientific
Plant Names, Vol. 1, 1982; Staff, L. H. Bailey Hor-
torium, Hortus Third, Macmillan Publ. Co, New
York, 1976; Sutherland, In Great Plains Flora
Association, Flora of the Great Plains, University
Press of Kansas, 1986; Weintraub, Grasses In-
troduced into the United States, U.S.D.A. Agric.
Handb. 58, 1953). This species has now been
documented in Kentucky, the collection being ap-
parently the first in the eastern United States.

Collection data are as follows: KENTUCKY: Bell
Co.: Log Mountain Surface Mine Demonstration
Area, 18 km W of Middlesboro off Ky. 74 at Maiden
Ridge; seasonally wet depression from east highwall
seep at Scots pine plantation; locally occasional;
associates, Scirpus cyperinus, Carex lurida, C.
vulpinoidea, Panicum clandestinum, R. L. Thomp-
son and R. A. Straw 85-179; 9 May 1985 (BEREA,
KNK, EKY).

The Log Mountain site, a 14.2 ha area at 866 m
elevation, was contour surface-mined on the Red
Springs coal bed in 1963. A grass-legume reclama-
tion mix of tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) and
Korean lespedeza (Lespedeza stipulacea) was seeded
on the mine bench for initial ground cover in the
spring of 1964, and 11 tree species, including Scots
pine (Pinus sylvestris), were planted in 1965 toward
forestry postmining land use. Also, in 1965,
Alopecurus arundinaceus ‘Garrison’ was seeded ex-
perimentally in a wet depression adjacent to the
east highwall and the Scots pine plantation. In the
21 years since the planting, creeping foxtail has
locally persisted, reproduced, and expanded its area
of occurrence. At the Log Mountain site, the source
of the Kentucky collections, the species appears
thoroughly established.

5.0 mm.

Figure 1. Alopecurus arundinaceus. Left, spikelet;
right, floret,

Alopecurus arundinaceus (syn: A. ventricosus
Pers.) is distinguished from other U. S. species of
its genus by the combination of rhizomatous habit,
relatively large spikelets (ca. 5.0 mm long), included
awns, somewhat outcurved glume apices, and
obliquely truncate lemma tip (Fig. 1). It is most
closely similar in general aspect to A. pratensis L.,
also an introduced European species, which shares
the general shape and size of inflorescence and the
long-ciliate glume keels. However, A. arundinaceus
has included awns, blackish caryopses, and vigorous
rhizomes, while A. pratensis has excluded awns,
predominantly white caryopses, and weak rhizomes.
Creeping foxtail should be searched for in other
parts of the eastern United States, especially in wet
meadowland environments that have been artifically
seeded. — RALPH L. THOMPSON, Department of
Biology, Berea College, Berea, KY 40404, and
JOHN W. THIERET, Department of Biological
Sciences, Northern Kentucky University, Highland
Heights, KY 41076.

LIPARIS LOESELII (ORCHIDACEAE) DOCU-
MENTED IN KENTUCKY -— Liparis loeselii (L.) L.
C. Richard, Loesel’s twayblade or fen orchid, had
not previously been recorded for Kentucky (Braun,
An annotated Catalog of Spermatophytes of Ken-
tucky, J. S. Swift, Co, 1943; Ettman, An Annotated
Checklist of the Orchidaeceae of Bell County, Ken-
tucky, Annals of Ky. Nat. Hist. 3 1-7, 1976; Fernald,
Gray's Manual of Botany, Eighth Edition, Van
Nostrand Co., 1950; Gleason and Cronquist, Manual
of the Vascular Plants of the Northeastern United
States and Adjacent Canada, Van Nostrand Co.,,
1963; Luer, The Native Orchids of the United States
and Canada Excluding Florida, New York Botanical
Garden, 1975; McFarland, A Catalogue of the
Vascular Plants of Kentucky, Castanea 7:77-108,
1942), until its discovery in 1982 in southeastern
Kentucky (MacGregor, Two New Orchid Records
from Harlan County, Kentucky, Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
44 (1-2):90, 1983). This inconspicuous orchid has
now been documented from Bell County, the
southeastern most Kentucky county within the
Cumberland Mountains. Luer (1975) mapped its
distributional range from Quebec to Saskatchewan,
south to Kansas, Missouri, Illinois, Ohio, West
Virginia, North Carolina, and Alabama.

The first collection data are: KENTUCKY: Harlan
Co.: Pine Mountain Settlement School, near town
of Pine Mountain, NNW slope of Pine Mountain at
2200 feet, along upper edge of an old road ina
rather dry and weedy situation, Nolansburg
Quadrangle. A colony of plants were present in fruit,
J. R. MacGregor; 25 July 1982 (EKY). Identification
confirmed by C. S. Sheviak.

The second site data are as follows: KENTUCKY:

Bell Co.: Log Mountain Surface Mine Demonstra-
tion Area, 18 km W of Middlesboro off Ky. 74 at

Notes 139

Maiden Ridge, 866 m elevation; seasonally wet
highwall seep at yellow-poplar plantation; locally
occasional; associates, Scirpus cyperinus, Carex in-
comperta, Spiranthes cernua, Platanthera lacera, R.
L. Thompson, P. S. Thompson, and M. E. Medley
85-1017; 27 May 1985 (BEREA, EKY), and R. L.
Thompson and R. A. Straw 85-1600; 27 August 1985
(BEREA).

In the eastern United States excluding Florida,
there are two species of Liparis: L. loeselii inhabits
low wet woodlands, calcareous wet meadows, wet
swampy thickets, seeps, and streams, and L.
lilifolia, the mauve or lily-leaved twayblade, occurs
in dry forest slopes, sandy rocky ledges and ridges,
and upland wooded clearings and borders. These
two twayblades may be distinguishe:’ by the follow-
ing diagnostic key:

1. Flowers yellow-green, lip 4-6 mm long, opaque;
pedicels 4-5 mm long; capsules 10-12 mm
long; leaves elliptic-lanceolate . . . . L. loeselii.

1. Flowers brown-purple, lip 7-12 mm _ long,
translucent; pedicels 6-10 mm long; capsules
14-17 mm long; leaves elliptic-ovate.......
L. lilifolia.

Observations and field data indicate the rarity in
distribution and relative sparsity in numbers of L.
loeselii in Kentucky. Since the fen orchid has not
been included in the most recent publication (War-
ren et al., Endangered, Threatened, and Rare Plants
and Animals of Kentucky, Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
1986), we believe L. loeselii should merit considera-
tion as an endangered species of Kentucky in future
addenda. Loesel’s twayblade should be sought in
wet sedge-grass meadowlands especially
those environments created by disturbances
through surface-mining within the Cumberland
Mountains. — Ralph L. THOMPSON, Department
of Biology, Berea College, Berea, KY 40404, and
John R. MacGREGOR, Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources, Nongame Wildlife Program,
Frankfort, KY 40601.

NEWS AND COMMENTS

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
CITIZEN SCIENTIST AWARD TO
RAYMOND ATHEY

The development of science has periodically been
enhanced by individuals whose principal profession
was far removed from the aspect of scientific in-
quiry. In our country a prime example has been
Thomas Jefferson and in Kentucky a significant
citizen in documenting rare plants of the Com-
monwealth was Sadie Price of Warren County. On
behalf of the Officers, Board of Directors and
Membership of the Kentucky Academy of Science
it is indeed an honor and privilege to present this
day a special Citizen Scientist Award to Raymond
Athey of Paducah, Kentucky, in recognition of his
many achievements in the documentation of rare
and unusual plants of Kentucky and for his support
of botanical and scientific research in the midsouth.

Among plant taxonomists of the southeastern
United States the name of Raymond Athey is well
known for his collection, documentation and
dissemination of information concerning the her-
baceous flora, particularly grasses, of Kentucky and
the surrounding states. Perhaps less well known is
his personal support of numerous students in shar-
ing his knowledge about Kentucky plants as well
his support in developing permanent endowment
funds to provide financial support of botanical and
scientific research. Since 1979, no fewer than 18
students and faculty of colleges and universities in
Kentucky, Indiana, North Carolina and New York
have had individual research projects supported
financially via the Kentucky Academy of Science
from endowment funds developed through the in-
terest and efforts of Raymond Athey.

From his work as a field botanist, herbaria at
Memphis State University, Southern Illinois Univer-
sity, Murray State University, Western Kentucky
University, University of Louisville and others have
received important specimens to add to such
reference collections that are of immeasurable
value in enhancing our scientific knowledge of
plants.

Raymond Athey’s contributions to the scientific
well being of Kentucky are a permanent legacy. He
has, by his leadership and personal example of
botanical field work, contributed greatly to enhan-
cing the spirit of inquiry in Kentucky.

THE MORTON B. RYERSON
FELLOWSHIP

The MORTON B. RYERSON FELLOWSHIP is
established through funds contributed by the
Chicago Community Trust. Applications are being
solicited for fellowships-in-residence to begin
anytime in 1987.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:140, 1986

Open to any student, with preference to graduate
students, the fellowship awards a monthly stipend
of $800, plus room, for any period from two to nine
months. Fellows are granted full and private use of
a comfortable four-room log cabin with kitchen,
spectacularly situated amidst floodplain, hardwood
forest on the banks of the DesPlaines River in the
Edward L. Ryerson Conservation Area, managed by
the Lake County Illinois Forest Preserve District.

Fellows will be expected to conduct independent
field research on any topic relating to ecology
and/or conservation in northern Illinois forests.
Cooperation with a local interpretive nature center
is encouraged, but the research project is
paramount.

Applicants should send a two to three page pro-
posal, a resume or CV, two letters of recommenda-
tion, and a proposed schedule of residency at the
Ryerson Conservation Area.

Address application or requests for complete
fellowship description to:

Dr. John W. Fitzpatrick

Chairman

Morton B. Ryerson Fellowship Committee
Department of Zoology

Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605

Deadline for receipt of 1987 application is 1
February 1987.

ACADEMY BUSINESS

COMMITTEES OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE: 1985-1986

President Covell thanks all of the individuals listed below for graciously accepting the committee
assignments. He especially thanks those individuals who accepted chairperson responsibilities.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Charles V. Covell Jr. (President)
Department of Biology

University of Louisville

Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942 or 588-6771 (home:
456-6122)

Larry Giesmann (President-Elect)
Department of Biology

Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5110

William P. Hettinger, Jr. (Vice-Pres.)
Ashland Petroleum Co.

Ashland, KY 41101

(606) 329-3333, ext. 4650

Joe Winstead (Past-President)
Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6004

Robert O. Creek (Secretary)

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1539

Morris D. Taylor (Treasurer)
Department of Chemistry
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1465

Branley A. Branson (Editor)
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Joe King (AAAS Representative)
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Murray State University

Murray, KY 42071

(502) 762-2786

Joseph P. “Pat” Stewart (Dir., KJAS)
Warren East High School

Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 781-1277

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:141, 1986.

Manuel Schwartz (Chairman, Board of
Directors)

Department of Physics

University of Louisville

Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-6787

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Manuel Schwartz (1986), Chairman
Department of Physics

University of Louisville

Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-6787

William A. Baker (1986)

The General Electric Company
Appliance Park A 35-1301
Louisville, KY 40225

(502) 452-4642

William Bryant (1988)
Department of Biology
Thomas More College
Box 85

Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017
(606) 341-5800

Douglas L. Dahlman (1989)
Department of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546

(606) 257-4962

Jerry Howell (1987)

Dept. of Biology & Environmental Science
Morehead State University

Morehead, KY 40351

Gerrit Kloek (1986)
Department of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6931

William F. Beasley, Jr. (1988)
Department of Biology
Paducah Community College
Paducah, KY 42002

(502) 442-6131

142 Academy Business

Ralph Thompson (1987)
Department of Biology
Berea College

Berea, KY 40404

(606) 986-9341

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS

Branley A. Branson (Chairman)
Department of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Donald L. Batch (1986)

College of Natural & Mathematical
Sciences

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1818

Gerrit Kloek (1987)
Depariment of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6931

Varley E. Wiedeman
Department of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5943

Charles V. Covell, Jr. (KAS President)
Department of Biology

University of Louisville

Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942

KAS FOUNDATION BOTANY
FUND COMMITTEE

William S. Bryant (1986) Chairman
Thomas More College

Box 85

Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017

(606) 341-5800

Ralph Thompson (1986)
Dept. of Biology

Berea College

Berea, KY 40403

(606) 986-9341

Ronald Jones (1987)

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

KAS FOUNDATION MARCIA
ATHEY FUND COMMITTEE

Paul H. Freytag (1986), Chairman
Dept. of Entomology

University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091

(606) 257-7452

James L. Lee (1987)

Dept. of Psychology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 236-5211

Ray K. Hammond (1987)
Division of Science
Centre College

Danville, KY 40422
(606) 236-5211

William S. Wagner (1986)
Dept. of Physical Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 257-7452

William S. Davis (1988)
Department of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5937

COMMITTEE ON LEGISLATION:
STATE GOVERNMENT
SCIENCE ADVISORY COMMITTEE

Charles E. Kupchella (1986), Chairman

Ogden College of Science, Technology
& Health

Western Kentucky University

Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 745-4448

Joe Musacchia (1987)
Graduate School
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6495

Gary W. Boggess
College of Science
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42071
(502) 762-2886

Academy Business 143

Ex Officio

Charles V. Covell Jr. (President)
Department of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942 or 588-6771

Larry Giesmann (President-Elect)
Department of Biology

Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5110

Joe E. Winstead (Past-President)
Department of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 745-6004

SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE

Ted M. George (1986), Chairman
Department of Physics

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1521

Patricia Pearson (1987)
Department of Biology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6009

Ron Gardella (1988)

Dept. of Education, BEP 160
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5237 or 572-5229

Manuel Schwartz (1988)
Department of Physics
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6787

Dan Ochs (1986)
Science Education
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6591

Bill Hettinger (Vice Pres.)
Director of Research
Ashland Petroleum Company
P. O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41101

(606) 329-3333, ext. 4650

COMMITTEE ON RARE
AND ENDANGERED SPECIES

John MacGregor (Chairman)
Ky. Fish and Wildlife Resources
Arnold L. Mitchell Bldg.

#1 Game Farm Road

Frankfort, Ky 40601

(502) 564-5448

Jerry Baskin

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40406-0225
(606) 257-8770

Donald Batch

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1818

Wayne Davis

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40406-0225
(606) 257-1828

Richard Hannan

Director, Ky. Nature Preserves Comm.
407 Broadway

Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-2886

Melvin Warren Jr.

Dept. of Zoology

Southern Illinois University
Carbondale, IL 62901

(618) 536-2314

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-2635

NOMINATING AND RESOLUTIONS
COMMITTEE 1986

Rudy Prins, Chairman

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6004

John C. Philley

Department of Physical Sciences
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 43501

(606) 783-2913

144

Gerrit Kloek

Department of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, Ky 40601

(502) 227-6931

AUDIT COMMITTEE 1986

Modesto del Castillo

Department of Science
Elizabethtown Community College
Elizabethtown, KY 42701

(502) 769-2371

Alan W. Reed
P. O. Box 471
Columbia, KY 42728

Gordon Weddle, Chairman
Department of Biology
Campbellsville College
Campbellsville, KY 42718
(502) 465-8158

MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE

Douglas L. Dahlman, Chairman
Department of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

Thomas C. Rambo (1987)
Department of Biology
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5305

Academy Business

Herbert Berry (1986)

Computer & Information Science
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351

(606) 783-2749

James Murray Walker (1988)
Department of Anthropology
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475-0959

(606) 622-1648 or 622-1644

COMMITTEE TO STUDY
THE CONSTITUTION

J. G. Rodriguez, Chairman
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902

Gary W. Boggess
College of Science
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42071
(502) 762-2886

Ted M. George

Department of Physics
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1521

Abstracts, 75-78
of 71st Annual Meeting, 75-78
Academy Affairs, 54-64
Academy Business, 141-144
Accipiter cooperii, 95
A. striatus, 95
Acer rubrum, 100, 101, 102, 104
A. saccarhinum, 100
A. saccharum, 100, 102-104
A. spicatum, 86
Acipenser fulvescens, 52, 93
Aconitum uncinatum, 86
Acornshell, 93
Actitis macularia, 95
Adiantum capillus-veneris, 86
Adlumia fungosa, 86
Aesculus octandra, 100, 102, 104
Agalinis decemloba, 86
A. obtusifolia, 86
A. skinneriana, 86
Agrimonia gryposepala, 86
Agrimony, 86
Aimophila aestivalis, 95
Alabama shad, 93
Alasmidonta atropurpurea, 92
A. marginata, 92
Albizzia julibrissin, 100
Alcaligenes spp., 119
ALLAIRE, PIERRE N., 133
Allegheny crowfoot, 90
Allegheny vine, 86
Alligator gar, 94
Alligator snapping turtle, 95
Allium burdickii, 86
Alopecurus arundinaceus, 138
in Kentucky, 138
A. pratensis, 138
A. ventricosus, 138
Alosa alabamae, 93
A. chrysochloris, 21, 110, 115
Altzheimer’s disease, 76
relationship of trace element
levels to, 76
Alnus serrulata, 100
Ambloplites rupestris, 39, 124
Amblyopsis spelaea, 93
Ambystoma platineum, 95
Amelanchier arborea, 102
American bittern, 95
American brook lamprey, 94
American burnet, 91
American coot, 96
American eel, 110
American swallow-tailed kite, 96
Amia calva, 110
Amianthium muscaetoxicum, 86
Amiidae, 110
Ammocoetes larvae, 39

INDEX TO VOLUME 47

Ammocrypta asprella, 93
A. clara, 93
A. pellucida, 93
A. vivax, 93
Ammodramus henslouii, 95
Amphibians, 95
Amphipod, Bousfield’s, 92
Amphiuma, three-toed, 95
Amphiuma tridactylum, 95
Anas discors, 95
ANDERSON, BRIAN D.,83
Aneides aeneus, 95
Angelica, filmy, 86
Angelica triquinata, 86
Angled riffleshell, 93
Anglepod, Carolina, 89
Anguilla rostrata, 110, 115
Anguillidae, 110
Anhinga, 95
Anhinga anhinga, 95
Annual Meeting Program, 65-74
Aphredoderidae, 113
Aphredoderus sayanus, 113
Apios priceana, 86
Aplectana sp., 16
Aplodinotus grunniens, 21, 115
Appalachian monkeyface, 93
Apple, crab, 89
Arabis glabra, 86
A. missouriensis, 86
A. perstellata var. perstellata, 86
Aralia spinosa, 100
Ardea herodias, 95
Arenaria cumberlandensis, 86
A. fontinalis, 86
Arlt Spring, 9
Armoracia aquatica, 86
Arrow darter, 94
Arrowhead, 90

grass-leaved, 90
Ashy darter, 93
Asimina triloba, 100
Aster, 86

golden, 88

silky,86

Texas,86

white heath, 86
Aster concolor, 86
A. pilosus var. priceae, 86
A. sericeus,86
A. texanus, 86
Atherinidae, 113
ATHEY, RAYMOND, 83, 140
Audit Committee, 144
Aureolaria patula, 86
Autumn olive, 133
Azolla caroliniana, 137
Axollaceae, 137

145

Bachman’s sparrow, 95

Bachman’s warbler, 96

Bacon Creek, 9

Bald eagle, 96

Banded darter, 94

Banded pygmy sunfish, 113

Banded sculpin, 115

Bank swallow, 96

Baptisia leucophaea, 86

B. tinctoria, 86

Barbara's buttons, 89

Barn owl, 96

Barrett Creek, 9

Bartonia virginica, 86

Bartramia longicauda, 95

BASKIN, JERRY M., 83

Bass, largemouth, 114
spotted, 114
striped, 21, 22, 24
white, 21-24, 113
yellow, 21

Basses, temperate, 113

Bat, evening, 96
Rafinesque’s big-eared, 96
Townsend's big-eared, 96

BATCH, DONALD L., 83

Bean mussel, Cumberland, 93

Bean villosa, 93

Bear, black, 96

Bear Creek, 9

Bear grass, 88

Beard grass, 88

Beaver Creek, 121, 122

Brushy Fork of, 122
Meyers Fork of, 122

BECKJORD, PR., 77

Beech-hemlock stand, 101
of Madison County, 101

Bell County, 138

Bell’s vireo, 96

Berchemia scandens, 86

Betony, swamp wood, 90

Bewick’s wren, 96

Big South Fork crayfish, 92

Big-eared bat, Rafinesque’s, 96

Townsend's, 96
Bigeye chub, 111
Bigmouth buffalo, 112
Bird-voiced treefrog, 95
Birds, 95
Bishops-weed, mock, 90
Bittern, American, 95
least, 96
Black bear, 96
Black buffalo, 94
Black bullhead, 112-113
Black crappie, 21, 114
Black locust, 133

146 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Black redhorse, 112
Black-crowned night-heron, 96
Black-seeded rice grass, 90
Blackbass, 20
Blackburnian warbler, 95
Blackfin sucker, 94
Blacknose dace, 21
Blackside dace, 94
Blackside darter, 115
Blackspotted topminnow, 113
Blackstripe topminnow, 113
Blacktail redhorse, 94
Blacktail shiner, 94
Blackwater Creek, 122
Bladderpod, 89
Bladderwort, 92
BLAIR, LUCIANNE, 6
Blazing star, prairie, 89
Blazing-star, 89
Blotched chub, 94
Blotchside logperch, 94
Blue catfish, 112
Blue curls, 91
Blue heron, great, 95

little, 95
Blue joint grass, 86
Blue sucker, 93
Blue-winged teal, 95
Bluebird, eastern, 133

production, 133-136
Bluegill, 21, 114
Bluegrass, weak, 90
Bluets, thyme-leaved, 88
Blunt-lobed grape fern, 86
Bluntface shiner, 94
Bluntnose darter, 114
Bluntnose minnow, 112
Board of Directors, 141-142
Bobolink, 95
Borden Formation, 76
Botany Fund, 56
Botaurus lentiginosus, 95
Botrychium matricariifolium, 86
B. oneidense, 86
Bousfield’s amphipod, 92
Bouteloua curtipendula, 86
Bowfin, 110
Bowfins, 110
Box huckleberry, 88
Boykinia aconitifolia, 86
Bramble, Wharton's, 90
Brandon Spring Branch, 9
BRANSON, BRANLEY A., 83
BREIWA, L. F., 76
Brindled madtom, 113
Brine pollution, 76

and petroleum drilling, 76
Brook lamprey, American, 94

mountain, 94
northern, 94
southern, 94
Brook lettuce, 91
Brook saxifrage, 86
Brook silverside, 113
Brown madtom, 94
Brushy Fork, 110, 122
of Beaver Creek, 122
Bubo virginianus, 1
Bubulcus ibis, 95
Buck Creek, 122
Buffalo, 21
bigmouth, 112
black, 94
smallmouth, 112
Buffalo clover, 92
running, 92
Buffalo Creek, 109
Bugbane, 87
Bulblet-bearing water
hemlock, 87
Bullhead, 93
Black, 112-113
yellow, 113
Bullhead catfishes, 112
Bullhead minnow, 112
Bulrush, 91
Bunch flower, 89
Bur reed, common, 91
Burbot, 94
Burhead, 88
Burnet, American, 91
BURR, BROOKS M., 53, 83
Bush pea, 91
Bush’s satin grass, 89
Bushy vetch, 89
Business Meeting, 55
Seventy First Annual, 55
Butler’s quillwort, 88
Button snakeroot, 88
Butylated hydroxytoluene, 76-77
in tissues of New Zealand
white rabbits, 76-77

Cabomba caroliniana, 86
Caecidotea barri, 92
Calamagrostis canadensis, 86
C. cinnoides, 86

C. porteri, 86

Caldwell County, 106
Calopogon tuberosus, 86
Caltha palustris, 86
Calycanthus floridus, 86
Calyophus serrulatus, 86
Camallanus microcephalus, 16
C. trispinosus, 13-16
Cambarellus puer, 92

C. shufeldtii, 92
Cambarus batchi, 92
C. bouchardi, 92
C. cornutus, 92
C. ornatus, 92
C. parvoculus, 92
C. sciotensis, 92
Campephilus principalis, 95
Campostoma anomalum, 111,
122, 124
C. oligolepis, 38, 39
Canada mayflower, 89
Canada warbler, 96
Canadian yew, 91
Candles, swamp, 89
Caney Creek, 109
Caney Fork, 108
Cany Creek, 106
Carex austrina, 86
C. buxbaumii, 86
. crawei, 87
. decomposita, 87
. gigantea, 87
. hystricina, 87
. joorii, 87
lanuginosa, 87
leptalea, 87
leptonervia, 87
. lurida, 138
picta, 87
. socialis, 87
. stricta, 87
. tenera, 87
. triangularis, 87
. volpinoidea, 138
Carolina anglepod, 89
Carolina larkspur, 87
Carp, 21-24
common, 111
Carpinus caroliniana, 102-104
Carpiodes spp., 21-24
C. carpio, 21, 112
C. cyprinus, 21
C. velifer, 112
Carpsucker, highfin, 112
river, 112
Carpsuckers, 21
CARROL, JOHN P,, 1
Carya spp., 2, 100
C. aquatica, 87
C. cordiformis, 102
C. glabra, 102
C. ovata, 102, 103
var. australis, 87
Casmerodius albus, 95
Castaena dentata, 102, 104
C. pumila, 87
Castilleja coccinea, 87

annAANAANAAANANAAADA

Catchfly, 91

Royal, 91
Catfish, 20

blue, 112

channel, 113

flathead, 113
Catfishes, bullhead, 112
Catonotus, 114
Catostomidae 19, 20, 112
Catostomus spp., 21, 22, 24
C. commersoni, 21, 39, 112, 122
Catspaw, 93
Cattle egret, 95
Cave shrimp, Kentucky 92
Cavefish, northern, 93

southern 95
Cayaponia, 87
Cayaponia grandifolia, 87
Ceanothus herbaceus, 87
Cedar, northern white, 91
Central mudminnow, 95
Central stoneroller, 111
Centrarchidae, 20, 113
Centrarchus macropterus, 113
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 100
Cercis canadensis, 102
Chaffseed, 91
Chain pickerel, 93
Channel catfish, 113
Charadrius melodus, 95
Cheilanthes alabamensis, 87
C. feei, 87
Chelone obliqua var. obliqua, 87
C. obliqua var. speciosa, 87
CHESTER, EDWARD W., 137
Chestnut lamprey, 94
Chimaphila maculata, 103
Chimney Top Creek, 122

Right Fork of, 122
Chinquapin, 87

4chloro-4-biphenylol, 76

glucuronidation of, 76

Chondestes grammacus, 95
Christian County, 106
Chrysemys sp., 17
C. picta dorsalis, 95
C. picta marginata, 13, 16
C. scripta, 16
C. stricta elegans, 13-18
C. stricta scripta, 13
Chrysogonum virginianum, 87
Chrysosplenium americanum, 87
Chub, bigeye, 111

blotched, 94

creek, 21, 112

flame, 94

flathead, 94

gravel, 94

Index to Volume 47

hornyhead, 94
sicklefin, 94
sturgeon, 94
Chubsucker, creek, 112
lake, 93, 112
CICERELLO, RONALD R., 83
Cicuta bulbifera, 87
Cimicifuga rubifolia, 87
Cinna-like reed grass, 86
Circaea alpina, 87
Cistothorus platensis, 95
Citizen Scientist Award, 140
to Raymond Athey, 140
Clark County, 44
Clark Fork, 122
of Salt Lick Creek, 122
CLARKE, GEORGE B., 76
Clay Bay, 9
Clay's Ferry sandstone, 43-51
Clear Creek, 106, 108, 109, 122
Cleft phlox, 90
Cleistes divaricata, 87
Clematis crispa, 87
C. glaucophylla, 87
C. viorna var. flaccida, 87
Clethrionomys gapperi
maurus, 96
Cliff fern, mountain, 92
Clifton Cave isopod, 92
Clifty Creek, 122
Osborn Branch of, 122
Clinostomus elongatus, 93,
121-125
C. funduloides, 125
new records in Kentucky,
121-125
C. funduloides, 93
Cloning, 75
of gene for glutamine
synthetase, 75
Clonophis kirtlandii, 95
Clostridium cellobioparum, 75
and germination of seeds of
Euonymus americanus, 75
Clover, buffalo, 92
running buffalo, 92
Clubmoss, southern bog, 89
Clubshell, 93
Tennessee, 93
Clupeidae, 19-21, 110
Coachwhip, 95
Coal, 75
solvent induces swelling of, 75
thermoplasticity of, 75
Coal skink, northern, 95
southern, 95
Combshell, Cumberland, 93
Committee on Legislation, 142-143

147

Committee on Publications, 142
Committee on Rare and
Endangered Species, 143
Committee to Study the
Constitution, 144
Common bur reed, 91
Common carp, 111
Common moorhen, 96
Common raven, 95
Compass plant, 91
Comptonia peregrina, 87
Concodonts, 76
from Borden Formation, 76
Coneflower, sweet, 90
Conradina verticillata, 87
Convallaria montana, 87
Cooper’s hawk, 95
Coot, American, 96
Copper iris, 88
Copperas Creek, 109
Copperbelly water snake, 95
Corallorhiza maculata, 87
Coral-root, 87
Coreopsis, downy, 87
Coreopsis pubescens, 87
Cormorant, double-crested, 96
Corn snake, 95
Cornus florida, 3, 102-104
Coronilla varia, 133
Corvus corax, 95
C. ossifragus, 95
Corydalis, pale, 87
Corydalis sempervirens, 87
Cotinus obovatus, 87
Cottida, 115
Cotton mouse, 96
Cottontail, New England, 96
Cottus bairdi, 122, 124
C. carolinae, 39, 115
Courtship, 35-36
between two color morphs of
Xiphophorus hellerii, 35-36
Cow parsnip, 88
Cow wheat, 89
COX, J. MACKLIN, 43
Crab apple, 89
Craborchard Creek, 106, 108
Crackling pearlymussel, 93
Craney Creek, 122
Crappie, black, 21, 114
white, 21, 114
Crayfish, 92
Big South Fork, 92
Louisville, 92
Creek chub, 21, 112
Creek chubsucker, 112
Creek heelsplitter, 93
Creekshell, Kentucky, 93

148 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

mountain, 93
Creeping fringed loosestrife, 89
Creme wild indigo, 86
Cress, glade, 89

lake,86

Missouri rock, 86

rock, 86
Crested fringed orchid, 90
Crittenden County, 106
Crockett Branch, 9
Crockett Creek, 9
CROMLEY, ROBERT G., 27
Crooked Creek, 9
Crontonopsis linearis, 87
Cross milkwort, 90
Crow, fish, 95
Crowfoot, Allegheny, 90
Crown-vetch, 133
Crustaceans, 92
Cryptobranchus

alleganiensis, 95
Crystal darter, 93
Cumberland bean mussel, 93
Cumberland combshell, 93
Cumberland elktoe, 92
Cumberland leafshell, 93
Cumberland rosemary, 87
Cumberlandia monodonta, 92
CUMMINGS, BRIAN A., 75
Cutleaf meadow parsnip, 91
Cycleptus elongatus, 93
Cymophyllus fraseri, 87
Cyperus diandrus, 87
C. retrorsus, 87
Cypress Creek, 106, 108
Cypress darter, 94
Cypress minnow, 94
Cyprinid spp., 21, 22, 24
Cyprinidae, 19, 20, 111
Cyprinodontidae, 113
Cyprinus carpio, 21, 39, 111
Cypripedium candidum, 87
C. kentuckiense, 87
C. parviflorum, 87
Cyprogenia stegaria, 92
Cystopteris fragilis var.

mackayi, 87

Dace, blacknose, 21
blackside, 94
longnose, 94
redside, 93
rosyside, 93

Dark-eyed junco, 96

Darter, arrow, 94
ashy, 93
banded, 94
blackside, 114

bluntnose, 114

crystal, 93

cypress, 94

dusky, 115

eastern sand, 93

firebelly, 94

gilt, 94

goldstripe, 94

gulf, 94

Johnny, 21, 22, 24, 94, 115

least, 94

longhead, 94

mus, 114

olive, 94

orangethroat, 21-24

river, 21, 22, 24

scaly sand, 93

slenderhead, 115

slough, 114

smallscale, 94

spottail, 115

spotted, 94

stripetail, 114

swamp, 94

Tippecanoe, 94

western sand, 93
DAVIS, M. A., 76
DAVIS, WAYNE H., 83, 133
Decodon verticillatus, 87
Delphinium carolinianum, 87
Dendroica fusca, 95
D. kirtlandii, 95
Dennis O’Nan Ditch, 106
Deschampsia flexuosa, 87
Dichanthelium acuminatum var.

villosum, 87
D. boreale, 87
D. sabulorum, 87
Devils Fork, 121
Dictyangium chelydrae, 14
Didiplis diandra, 87
Dikes, sandstone, 43-51

in east-central Kentucky, 43-51
DILCHER, DAVID L., 75
Diospyros virginiana, 102
Diplachne panicoides, 87
Dock, Lucy Braun's prairie, 91
Dodecatheon frenchii, 88
Dogwood, 3
Dolichonyx oryzivourus, 95
Dollar sunfish, 94
Donaldson Creek, 106, 109
Dorsoma cepedianum, 21,

39, 110

Dotted monarda, 89
Double-crested cormorant, 96
Downy coreopsis, 87
Draba aprica, 88

D. cuneifolia, 88
Dragonhead, false, 90
Drocera brevifolia, 88
D. intermedia, 88
Dromedary mussel, 92
Dromus dromus, 92
Dropseed, 91

prairie, 91
Drum, freshwater, 21, 22,

24, 115

Drums, 115
Dry Fork, 122

of Gladie Creek, 122
Dryopteris ludoviciana, 88
D. marginalis, 100
D. spinulosa, 88
Duncan Creek, 9
DUNHAM, VALGENE L.,75
Dusky darter, 115
Dwarf sundew, 88

Eagle, bald, 96
East Fork, 122
of Indian Creek, 122
Powell Branch of, 122
Eastern bluebird, 133
Eastern ribbon snake, 95
Eastern wood rat, 96
Echinodorus rostratus, 88
E. tenellus, 88
Eel, American, 110
Eels, freshwater, 110
Eggert’s sunflower, 88
Egret, cattle, 88
great, 95, 130
Egrette caerulea, 95
EHMANN, W. D., 76
Elanoides forficatus
forficatus, 96
Elaphe guttata, 95
Elassoma zonatum, 113, 115
Elder, red-berried, 90
Eleagnus angustifolia, 133
Elktoe, 92
Cumberland, 92
ELLIOT, L. P., 75, 118
Elm, September 92
Emerald shiner, 21-24, 111
Empidonax minimus, 96
Endangered plants and
animals, 83-98
Energy Lake, 9
Enterobacter, 120
Epioblasma arcaeformis, 93
E. biemarginata, 93
E. brevidens, 93
E. capsaeformis, 93
E. florentina, 93

E. florentina walkeri, 93

. haysiana, 93

. lewisi, 93

. obliquata, 93

. stewardsoni, 93

. torulosa rangiana, 93

. torulosa torulosa, 93

. triquetra, 93

Erect rhynchosia, 90

Ericymba buccata, 37-40,

111, 134

Erigeron pulchellus var.
brauniae, 88

Erimyzon oblongus, 112

E. sucetta, 93, 112, 115

Eriogonum longifolium var.
harperi, 88

Eryngium integrifolium, 88

Esocidae, 111

Esox americanus, 39

E. americanus vermiculatus, 111

E. niger, 93, 115

Estill County, 44

Etheostoma sp., 94

. asprigene, 114

. barbouri, 39, 40

. blennioides, 39

. caeruleum,39, 122, 124

chlorosomum, 114

cinereum, 93

flabellare, 39, 114, 115

. fusiforme, 94, 115

. gracile, 114

. kennicotti, 114

maculatum, 94

microlepidum, 94

microperca, 94

nigrum, 21, 115, 122, 124

nigrum susanae, 94

parvipinne, 94

phoxocephalum, 115

proeliare, 94

. refinesquei, 39

. sagitta spilotum, 94

spectabile, 21, 39

squamiceps, 39, 115

. stigmaeum, 39

. swaini, 94

. tippecanoe, 94

. zonale, 39

. zonale lynceum, 94

Eumeces anthracinus
anthracinus, 95

E. anthracinus pluvialis, 95

Euonymus americanus, 75
germination of seeds of, 75

Eupatorium luciae-brauniae, 88

E. maculatum, 88

mamnmmmm

mmm OOM

Index to Volume 47(3-4)

E. rugosum var. roanense, 88

Euphorbia mercurialina, 88

European starling, 133

Eurycea longicauda
guttolineata, 95

EVANS, MARC, 83

Evening bat, 96

Evening primrose, 86

Executive Committee, 141

Fagus grandifolia, 101-104
Falco peregrinus, 96
Falcon, peregrine, 96
FALLO, GLEN J., 83
False dragonhead, 90
False foxglove, 86
False gromwell, hairy, 89
soft, 89
western, 89
False hellebore, 92
Wood's, 92
False loosestrife, 89
False melic, 91
False mermaid, 88
False Solomon's seal,
starry-flowered, 91
Fanshell, 92
Fanwort, 86
Farancia abacura, 95
Fascicled ironweed, 92
Fat pocketbook, 93
Fayette County, 44
Feather grass, 87
Felis concolor couquar, 96
Fen orchid, 138
Fern, blunt-lobed grape
filmy, 91
Mackay’s fragile, 87
Matricary grape, 86
mountain cliff, 92
slender lip, 87
smooth lip, 87
southern wood, 88
spinulose wood, 88
sweet, 87
Venus hair, 86
FERRELL, B. R., 77
Ferrissia fragillis, 6, 10
Fescue, tall, 133, 138
Fetterbush, 89
Festuca arundinacea, 133, 138
Filmy angelica, 86
Filmy fern, 91
Fimbristylis puberula, 88
Firebelly darter, 94
Fish crow, 95
Fishes, 37-42, 93
in Taylor County, 37-42

149

of Green River drainage, 37-42
of Tradewater River system,
106-117

Flame chub, 94

Flathead catfish, 113

Flathead chub, 94

Flavobacterium odoratum, 119

Flax, grooved yellow, 89

Flier, 113

Floerkea proserpinacoides, 88

Flowering requirements, 77
of Tussilago farfara, 77

Fluted kidneyshell, 93

Fly poison, 86

Flycatcher, least, 96

Flynn Creek, 106

Flynn Fork, 109
East Fork of, 109

Forestiera ligustrina, 88

Forkshell, 93

Four-oclock, 89

Fourier transform infrared
spectroscopy, 77

Fox, gray, 1

Fox Hollow Creek, 9

Foxglove, false, 86
purple false, 86

Foxtail, Garrison's creeping, 138

Fraser's sedge, 87

Fraxinus americana, 102-104

Fredricks Ditch, 108

French's shooting star, 88

Freshwater drum, 21, 22, 24, 115

Freshwater eels, 110

Fringed loosestrife, 89
creeping, 89

Fringed orchid, crested, 90
purple, 90

Frog, northern leopard, 95

Frog's bit, 89

Fruit and seed flora, 75
of Claiborne Formation, 75
from Western Kentucky and
Tennessee, 75

Fuirena squarrosa, 88

Fulica americana, 96

Fundulus spp., 20

F. catenatus, 39

F. chrysotus, 94

F. dispar, 94

F. notto, 94

Fundulus notatus, 113

F. olivaceous, 113

Fusconaia subrotunda
subrotunda, 93

Gallinula chloropus, 96
Gambusia affinis, 113, 126-132

150 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science 47(3-4)

Gammarus bousfieldi, 92
Gapper’s red-backed mouse, 96
Gar, alligator, 94
longnose, 21, 22, 24, 110
shortnose, 110
spotted, 110
Garrison's creeping foxtail, 138
Gars, 110
Gas chromatography, 77
Gastropods, 6-12, 92
freshwater, 6-12
of Land Between the Lakes,
6-12
Gattinger’s lobelia, 89
Gaultheria procumbens, 103
Gaylussacia brachycera, 88
Gentian, prairie, 88
showy, 88
yellowish, 88
Gentiana alba, 88
G. decora, 88
G. puberulenta, 88
Gilt darter, 94
Ginger, Shuttleworth’s wild, 88
Ginger-leaved grass-of-
Parnassus, 90
Gizzard shad, 21-24, 110
Glade cress, 89
Glutamine synthetase, 75
cloning gene for, 75
from soybean, 75
Glade violet, 92
Gladie Creek, 122
Dry Fork of, 122
Laurel Fork of, 122
Salt Fork of, 122
Glyceria acutiflora, 88
G. melicaria, 88
Goat’s-rue, 91
Golden aster, 88
Golden club, 90
Golden redhorse, 112
Golden saxifrage, 87
Golden shiner, 111
Golden topminnow, 94
Goldenrod, 91
Buckley's, 91
Curtis’, 91
puberulent, 91
Roan Mountain, 91
rough, 91
Short’s, 91
squarrose, 91
white-haired, 91
Golden-winged warbler, 96
Goldeye, 21, 110
Goldstripe darter, 94
Goniobasis laqueata, 6, 10

G. semicarinata, 6
Grama, side-oats, 86
Grape fern, blunt-lobed, 86
Grass, bear, 88

beard, 88

black-seeded rice, 90

blue joint, 86

Bush's satin, 89

cinna-like reed, 86

feather, 87

hair, 87, 89

June, 89

lens, 90

manna, 88

pale manna, 91

panic, 87

Porter’s reed, 86

prairie satin, 89

sweet, 88

tape, 92

umbrella, 88

water star, 88

Whitlow, 88
Grass beak rush, 90
Grass lizard, slender, 95
Grass pickerel, 111
Grass pink, 86
Grass-leaved arrowhead, 90
Grass-of-Parnassus, 90

ginger-leaved, 90
Gratiola pilosa, 88
G. viscidula, 88
Gravel chub, 94
Gray myotis, 96
Gray treefrog, 95
Great blue heron, 95, 130
Great earet, 95, 130
Grebe, pied-billed, 96
Green and gold, 87
Green backed heron, 130
Green floater, 93
Green River, 37-42

fishes of, 37-42

in Taylor County, 37-42
Green salamander, 95
Green sunfish, 113
Green treefrog, 95
Green water snake, 95
Gromwell, hairy false, 89

soft false, 89
Grooved yellow flax, 89
Grosbeak, rose-breasted, 96
GROTE, PAUL J., 75
Groundnut, Price's, 86
Gulf darter, 94
Gymnopogon ambiguus, 88
G. brevifolius, 88
Gyraulus parvus, 6, 9

Hair grass, 87, 89
Hairy false gromwell, 89
Hairy Jacob's ladder, 90
Hairy pennyroyal, 88
Halesia carolina, 88
Haliaeetus leucocephalus, 96
HAMMOND, RAY, 77
HAMPTON, RAYMOND E., 35,
126
HANNAN, RICHARD R., 83
Harlan County, 138
HARTMAN, D. R., 77
HATTON, ANTHONY R., 76
Hawk, Cooper’s, 95
sharp-shinned, 95
Hawkweed, long-haired, 88
Heart-leaf, 88
Heart-leaved plantain, 90
Hedeoma hispidum, 88
Hedge hyssop, 88
Hedge-nettle, Nutall’s, 91
Hedyotis michauxii, 88
H. uniflora, 88
Heelsplitter, creek, 93
Helianthus atrorubens, 88
H. eggertii, 88
H. silphioides, 88
Helisoma trivolvis, 6, 10
Hellbender, 95
Hellebore, false, 92
Wood's false, 92
Helminth infections, 13-18
in Chrysemys scripta
elegans, 13-18
in red-earred turtles, 13-18
Hematite Lake, 9
Hemistena lata, 93
Hemitremia flammea, 94
Hemlock, 124
bulbet-bearing water, 87
Henslow’s sparrow, 95
Heracleum lanatum, 88
Heron, great blue, 95, 130
green backed, 130
little blue, 95, 130
Heronimus mollis, 13-16
Herring, skipjack, 21-24, 110
Herrings, 110
Heteranthera dubia, 88
H. limosa, 88
Heterotheca latifolia, 88
Hexastylis contracta, 88
H. heterophylla, 88
H. shuttleworthii, 88
Hickory, 2, 87
water, 87
Hieracium longipilum, 88
Hierochloe odorata, 88

Highfin carpsucker, 112
Hiodin alosoides, 21, 110
H. tergisus, 111, 115
Hiodontidae, 20, 21, 110
Hog sucker, northern, 112
Honeysuckle bush, 90
Honeysuckle, grape, 89
Hooded merganser, 96
Hoods Creek, 108
Hopkins County, 106
Horned rush, 90
Horneyhead chub, 94
Horsemint, Russel’s, 89
HOTCHKISS, ARLAND, T., 99
House sparrows, 133
HOWARD, GARY T., 75
Huckleberry, box, 88
HUNT, GRAHAM, 76
HUNT, RICHARD, L., 76
Hurricane Creek, 109
Hybognathus hayi, 94
H. nuchalis, 111
H. placitus, 94
Hybopsis amblops, 111, 115
. gelida, 94
. gracilis, 94
. insignis, 94
. meeki, 94
. Storeriana, 21
. x-punctata, 94
Hydrangea arborescens, 103
Hydrocotyle americana, 88
Hydrolea, 88
Hydrolea ovata, 88
Hydrophyllum virginianum, 88
Hyla avivoca, 95
H. cinerea, 95
H. versicolor, 95
Hypentelium nigricans, 39,
112, 115, 124
Hypericum adpressum, 88
H. stans, 88
Hyphessobrycon
pulchripinnis, 130
Hyssop, hedge, 88

DZrIIrTIIT

Ichtyomyzon castaneus, 94
I. fossor, 94
I. gagei, 94
I. greeleyi, 94
Ichthyoplankton, 19-26
abundance, 19-26
Ohio River miles 569-572,
19-26
seasonal variation, 19-26
spacial variation, 19-26
species composition, 19-26
Ictaluridae, 112

Index to Volume 47

Ictalurus sp., 20

I. furcatus, 112, 115

I. melas, 39, 40, 112

I. natalis, 39, 113

I. punctatus, 113

Ictinia mississippiensis, 96

Ictiobus spp. 21-24

I. bubalus, 21, 112

I. cyprinellus, 21, 112

I. niger, 94

Ilex opaca, 102

Indian Creek, 122
East Fork of, 122
Leatherwood Fork of, 122

Indian paintbrush, 87

Indiana myotis, 96

Indigo, creme wild, 86
yellow wild, 86

Inland silverside, 94

Instrumental neutron activation
analysis, 76
analysis of hair and nail, 76
relationship of trace element
levels to Altzheimer’s
disease, 76

Interior least tern, 96

Iris, copper, 88

Tris fulva, 88

Ironweed, fascicled, 92
New York, 92

Irvine formation, 44

Isoetes butleri, 88

I. melanopoda, 88

Isopod, Clifton Cave, 92

Ivory-billed woodpecker, 95

Ixobrychus exilis, 96

Jacob's ladder, hairy, 90

JAWOROWSKI, STANLEY, 27

Jessamine County, 44

Joe pye weed, 88

Johnny darter, 21, 22, 24,
94, 115

JONES, RONALD L., 101

Junco, dark-eyed, 96

Junco hyemalis, 96

Juncus articulatus, 88

J. elliottii, 89

J. longistylis, 89

June grass, 89

Juniperus virginia, 99, 100,
102, 103

JUST, JOHN J., 77

Kalmia latifolia, 100

KAS Foundation Botany Fund
Committee, 142

KAS Foundation Marcia Athey

151

Fund Committee, 142
Keen’s myotis, 96
Kennedy Creek, 109
Kentucky cave shrimp, 92
Kentucky creekshell, 93
Kentucky Governor's

Scholars, 77
Kentucky lady’s slipper, 87
Kidneyshell, fluted, 93
Killfishes, 113
King rail, 96
Kingsnake, scarlet, 95
Kirtland’s snake, 95
Kirtland’s warbler, 95
Kite, American

swallow-tailed, 95

Mississippi, 96
Klebsiella, 120
Koeleria cristata, 88
Korean lespedeza, 138
KORNMAN, LEW, 121
KUHAJDA, BERNARD R., 52

Labidesthes sicculus, 39,
113, 115
Laboratory data collection, 77
Lactuca sativa, 118
Ladies’ tresses, 91
shining, 91
Lady-slipper, small yellow, 87
Ladys slipper, Kentucky, 87
white, 87
Lady's tresses, sweet 91
Lake Conway, Arkansas, 13
Lake chubsucker, 93, 112
Lake cress, 86
Lake sturgeon, 93
Lampetra aepyptera
L. appendix, 94
Lamprey, American brook, 94
chestnut, 94
mountain brook, 94
northern brook, 94
southern brook, 94
Lampropeltis triangulum, 95
Lampsilis orbiculata, 93
L. ovata, 93
Land Branch, 109
Lanius ludovicianus migrans, 96
Largemouth bass, 114
Lark sparrow, 95
Larkspur, Carolina, 87
Lasmigona compressa, 93
L. floater, 93
Lathyrus palustris, 89
L. venosus, 89
Laura Furnace Creek, 9
West Fork of, 9

152 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

Laurel, white, 124
Laurel Fork, 122
of Gladie Creek, 122
Leaf cup, 90
Leafshell, Cumberland, 93
Least bittern, 96
Least darter, 94
Least flycatcher, 96
Least madtom, 94
Least tern, interior, 96
Least weasel, 96
Leather flower, 87
Leatherwood Creek, 122
Leatherwood Fork, 122
of Indian Creek, 122
Leavenworthia exigua var.
laciniata, 89
L. torulosa, 89
Leek, narrow-leaved wild, 86
LEINBACH, THOMAS R., 27
Leiophyllum buxifolium, 89
Lemna, 137
Lemon tetra, 130
Lens grass, 90
Leopard frog, northern 95
Lepisosteidae, 110
Lepisosteus oculatus, 110, 115
L. osseus, 39, 110, 115
L. platostomus, 110
L. spatula, 94
Lepomis spp., 21-25
. cyanellus, 21, 39, 113, 127
. gulosus, 21, 39, 114
. humilis, 21, 114
. macrochirus, 21, 39, 114, 124
. marginatus, 94
. megalotis, 21, 38, 39,
114, 124
. microlophus, 114
. pallidus, 114
. punctatus, 94
. qulosus, 127
Lepomis x Lepomis hybrid, 39
Leptodea leptodon, 93
Leptoxis praerosa, 92
Lespedeza, 133
Korean, 138
Lespedeza cuneata, 133
L. stipulacea, 138
Lesquerella globosa, 89
L. lescurii, 89
Lettuce, 118-120
brook, 91
reddening in, 118-120
rough white, 90
Leucothoe recurva, 89
Lexington, 27-34
Lextran issue, 27-34

(sail call soll wall wall

‘il al ll ot

Liatris microcephala, 89
L. pycnostachya, 89
Lick Creek, 108
Lick Fork, 121
Licking River, 121
Lilium philadelphicum, 89
L. superbum, 89
Lilliput, purple, 93
Lily, Turk’s-cap, 89
wood, 89
Lily-of-the-valley, 87
Limnobium spongia, 89
Lindera benzoin, 103
Linear rushfoil, 87
Linum sulcatum, 89
Lion, mountain, 96
Lion’s foot, 90
Liparis lilifolia, 139
L. loeselii, 138-139
in Kentucky, 138-139
Liriodendron tulipifera, 2,
101-104
Listera australis, 89
L. smallii, 89
Lithasia armigera, 92
L. geniculata, 92
L. salebrosa, 92
L. verrucosa, 6, 92
Little blue heron, 95, 130
Little Piney Creek, 108
Little spectacle case, 93
Little-winged pearlymussel, 93
Live bearers, 113
Live forever, 91
Lizard, slender grass, 95
Lobelia, Gattinger’s, 89
Nuttall’s, 89
Lobelia appendiculata var.
gattingeri, 89
L. nuttallii, 89
Locust, black, 133
Loesel’s twayblade, 138
Loggerhead shrike, migrant, 96
Logperch, 21-24
blotchside, 94
Lolium perenne, 119
Long-haired hawkweed, 88
Long-solid, 93
Longear sunfish, 21, 114
Longhead darter, 94
Longnose dace, 94
Longnose gar, 21, 22, 24, 110
Lonicera prolifera, 89
Loosestrife, creeping fringed, 89
false, 89
fringed, 89
swamp, 87
Lophodytes cucullatus, 96

Lost Creek, 9

Lota lota, 94

Louisville crayfish, 92

Lucy Braun’s prairie dock, 91
Lucy Braun's robin plantain, 88
Lucy Braun's white snakeroot, 88 ¢7
Ludwigia hirtella, 89

Lutra canadensis, 96
Lycopodium appressum, 89
Lysimachia fraseri, 89

L. radicans, 89

L. terrestris, 89

MacGREGOR, JOHN R., 83, 139
Mackay’s fragile fern, 87
Macroclemys temminckii, 95
Madison County, 44, 101

a beech-hemlock stand of, 101
Madtom, brindled, 113

brown, 94

least, 94

northern, 94

slender, 94

tadpole, 113
Magnolia tripetala, 100, 102-104
Maianthemum canadense, 89
Maid-of-the-mist, 91
Male preference for females,

126-132

in Gambusia affinis, 126-132
Mallow, Virginia, 91
Malus angustifolia, 89
M. ioensis, 89
Mammals, 96
Mammoth Furnace Creek, 9
Manna grass, 88

pale, 91
Maple, mountain, 96
Mapleleaf, winged, 93
Marchallia grandiflora, 89
Marcia Athey Fund, 57
Marigold, marsh, 86
MARKESBERY, W. R., 76
MARQUARDT, W. C., 13
Marsh marigold, 86 |
Marsh pea, 89
Masked shrew, 96 |
MASON, CHARLES E., 76
Masticophis flagellum, 95
Matelea carolinensis, 89
Matricary grape fern, 86
Mayflower, Canada, 89
McCOMB, WILLIAM C., 133
McNEELY, DAVID L., 121
McNight Creek, 110
MEADE, LES, 121
Meadow parsnip, cutleaf, 91
Meadow rue, 91

Meadow sweet, 91
Mecardonia, 89
Mecardonia acuminata, 89
MEDLEY, MAX E., 83, 99
MEISENHEIMER, JOHN L., 77
Melampyrum lineare, 89
Melanthium virginicum, 89
Meleagris gallopavo
sylvestris, 1-5
MELHUISH, J. H., Jr., 77
Melic, false, 91
Membership Committee, 143
Menidia beryllina, 94
Merganser, hooded, 96
Mermaid, false, 88
Michauy’s saxifrage, 91
Microcomputer system, 77
Micropterus sp., 20, 21

M. dolomieui, 39, 114, 115, 124

M. punctulatus, 39, 40, 114
M. salmoides, 39, 114
Microsorex hoyi winnemana, 96
Midland quillwort, 88
Migrant loggerhead shrike, 96
Milfoil, water, 89
Milkwort, Cross, 90

Nuttall’s, 90

purple, 90
MILLER, LEWIS G., 106
MILLS, MICHAEL R., 106
Mimic shiner, 21, 111
Minnow, bluntnose, 21, 112

bullhead, 112

cypress, 94

Mississippi silvery, 111

plains, 94

pugnose, 111

silverjaw 37, 111

stargazing, 94

suckermouth, 21, 112
Minor Creek, 122
Mint, mountain, 90
Minuartia glabra, 89
Minytrema melanops, 112
Mirabilis albida, 89
Mississippi kite, 96
Mississippi silvery minnow, 111
Missouri rock cress, 86
Mitchella repens, 103
Mock bishop’s-weed, 90
Mock orange, 90
Monarda, dotted, 89
Monarda punctata, 89
M. russeliana, 89
Monkeyface, Appalachian, 93
Monkshood, 86
Monotropsis odorata, 89
Montgomery Creek, 109

Index to Volume 47

Mooneye, 21-24, 111
Mooneyes, 110, 111
Moorhen, common, 96
Moraxella spp., 119
Morehead State University, 55
Morone chrysops, 21, 113
M. mississippienses, 21
M. saxatilis, 21
Morton B. Ryerson
Fellowship, 140
Mosquito fern, 137
in Kentucky and Tennessee, 137
range extensions for, 137
Mosquitofish, 113
Mountain brook lamprey, 94
Mountain cliff fern, 92
Mountain creekshell, 93
Mountain lion, 96
Mountain lover, 90
Mountain maple, 86
Mountain mint, 90
Mouse, cotton, 96
Gapper’s red-backed, 96
Moxostoma spp., 21, 22, 24
. anisurum, 21
. atripinne, 94
. duquesnei, 39, 112, 115
. erythrurum, 21, 39, 112
. poecilurum, 94
Mucket, pink, 93
Mud darter, 114
Mud plantain, 88
Mud snake, 95
Mudminnow, central, 95
Muhlenbergia bushii, 89
M. cuspidata, 89
M. expansa, 89
M. glabriflora, 89
MULLER, LOUIS F., 99
Mussel, Cumberland bean, 93
Dromedary, 92
Oyster, 93
salamander, 93
Mustard, tower, 86
Mustela nivalis, 96
Myotis, gray, 96
Indiana, 96
Keen's, 96
small-footed, 96
southern, 96
Myotis austroriparius, 96
M. grisescens, 96
M. keenii, 96
M. sodalis, 96
M. subulatus leibii, 96
Myriophyllum heterophyllum, 89
M. pinnatum, 89
Myrtle, sand, 89

ZS33858

153

Naiad, slender, 89
Najas gracillima, 89
Nannyberry, 92
Nanostoma sp. 94
Narrow-leaved wild leek, 86
Nemophila, 89
Nemophila aphylla, 89
Neoechinorhynchus spp. 16
. chrysemydis, 13-15
. emydis, 16
. emyditoides, 13-15
. pseudemydis, 13-15
. stunkardi, 14
Neopolystoma orbiculare, 14
Neotoma floridana magister, 96
Nerodia cyclopion, 95
N. erythrogaster neglecta, 95
N. fasciata, 95
Nest box use by
starlings, 133-136
New England cottontail, 96
New York ironweed, 92
Nightshade, small
enchanter’s, 87
Night-heron, black-crowned, 96
yvellow-crowned, 96
Nocomis biguttatus, 94
Nominating and Resolutions
Committee, 143-144
North Fork, 121
of Licking River, 121
Northern brook lamprey, 94
Northern cavefish, 93
Northern coal skink, 95
Northern hog sucker, 112
Northern leopard frog, 95
Northern madtom, 94
Northern riffleshell, 93
Northern white cedar, 91
Notemigonus crysoleucas, 111
Notes, 52-53, 137-139
Notropis sp., 94
. amnis, 94
. ardens, 21, 39
. atherinoides, 21, 111
. camurus, 94
. chrysocephalus, 39, 111,
122, 124
deliciosus, 112
. emiliae, 111
exilis, 94
fumeus, 111
hudsonius, 21, 94
lutrensis, 111
maculatus, 94
. rubellis, 124
. spilopterus, 21, 39, 111
. Stramineus, 21, 112

22222

zzzzzzzz2z22 22222

154

. umbratilus, 111

. venustus, 94

. volucellus, 21, 111, 115
volucellus volucellus, 112
volucellus wickliffi, 112
Noturus elegans, 39

. gyrinus, 113

. hildebrandi, 94

. miurus, 113, 115

. phaeus, 94

. stigmosus, 94

Nut rush, 91

Nuttall’s hedge-nettle, 91
Nuttall’s lobelia, 89
Nuttall’s milkwort, 90
Nycticelus humeralis, 96
Nycticorax nycticorax, 96
N. violaceus, 96

Nyssa sylvatica, 102-104

zzzz2

22222

Oak, chestnut, 2

northern red, 2

scarlet, 2

white, 2
Oats, swamp, 91
Obvaria retusa, 93
Odontophiles, 124
Oenothera linifolia, 89
O. perennis, 89
O. triloba, 89
Oldenlandia, 88
Olive, autumn, 133
Olive darter, 94
Onosmodium hispidissimum, 89
O. molle ssp. molle, 89
O. molle ssp. occidentale, 89
Onyx rocksnail, 92
Ophisaurus attenuatus, 95
Orange, mock 90
Orange-footed pimpleback, 93
Orangespotted sunfish, 21, 114
Orangethroat darter, 21-24
Orchid, crested fringed, 90

fen, 138

purple fringed, 90

white fringeless, 90
Orchidaceae, 138
Orconectes australis, 92
O. bisectus, 92
O. inermis, 92
O. jeffersoni, 92
O. lancifer, 92
O. palmeri, 92
O. pellucidus, 92
Orontium aquaticum, 92
Oryzopsis racemosa, 90
Osborn Branch, 122

of Clifty Creek, 122

Osprey, 96
Ostrya virginiana, 102, 103
Otter, river, 96
Owens Creek, 108
Owl, barn, 96
great horned, 1
Oxalis priceae, 90
Oxydendrum arboreum, 100,
102-104
Oyster mussel, 93
Ozark wake robin, 92

Pachysandra sp., 100
Pachystima canbyi, 90
Paintbrush, Indian, 87
Painted trillium, 92
Painted turtle, southern 95
Palaemonias ganteri, 92
Pale corydalis, 87
Pale manna grass, 91
Palezone shiner, 94
Pallid shiner, 94
Pallid sturgeon, 94
PALMER-BALL, BRAINARD,
JR., 83
Pandion haliaetus, 96
Panic grass, 87
Panicum clandestinum, 138
Panther Creek, North Fork, 9
South Fork, 9
Parched Corn Creek, 122
Parnassia asarifolia, 90
P. granifolia, 90
Paronychia agryrocoma, 90
Parsnip, cow, 88
cutleaf meadow, 91
Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 103
Paspalum boscianum, 90
P. distichum, 91
P. setaceum var.
psammophilum, 90
Passer domesticus, 133
Passerculus sandwichensis, 96
Pea, bush, 91
marsh, 89
scurf, 90
scurfy, 90
Pearlymussel, crackling, 93
little-winged, 93
yellow-blossom, 93
Pedicularis lanceolata, 90
Pegias fabula, 93
Pelecypods, 92
Pennyroyal, hairy, 88
Pennywort, water, 88
Peregrine falcon, 96
Perch, pirate, 113
Perches, 114

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science - 47(3-4)

pirate, 113
Percichthyidae, 20, 21, 113
Percidae, 20, 114
Percina sp., 124
P. burtoni, 94
P. caprodes, 21, 39, 40, 124
P. evides, 94
P. macrocephala, 94
P. maculata, 115
P. phoxocephala, 115
P. sciera, 115
P. shumardi, 21
P. squamata, 94
Percopsis omiscomaycus, 94
Perideridia, 90
Perideridia americana, 90
Peromyscus gossypinus, 96
Petrographic study, 43-51
of sandstone dikes, 43-51
Petroleum drilling, 76
and brine pollution in
Kentucky, 76
Phacelia, 90
Phacelia ranunculacea, 90
Phalacrocorax auritus, 96
Phelps Creek, 109
Phenocobius mirabilus, 21, 112
P. uranops, 94
Phenolic acid trimethylsilyl, 77
Pheucticus ludovicianus, 96
Philadelphus hirsutus, 90
P. inodorus, 90
P. pubescens, 90
Phlox, cleft, 90
Phlox bifida spp. stellaria, 90
Phosphate nodules, 76
from Borden Formation, 76
Phoxinus cumberlandensis, 94
P. erythrogaster, 39, 122, 124
Physella gyrina, 6, 9
P. heterostropha, 6, 10
P. integra, 6, 9
Physosegia intermedia 90
Pickerel, chain, 93
grass, 111
Pickerel weed, 90
Picoides borealis, 96
Pied-billed grebe, 96
Pigmy rattlesnake, 95
Pigtoe, pyramid, 93
rough, 93
Pikes, 111
Pimephales notatus, 21, 38, 39,
112, 124
P. promelas, 39
P. vigilax, 112
Pimpleback, orange-footed, 93
Pine, Scots, 138

Pinesap, sweet, 89
Piney Creek, 106, 108, 109
Pink, grass, 86
ring, 93
rose, 90
Pink mucket, 93
Pink turtlehead, 87
Pinus strobus, 101-104
P. sylvestris, 138
P. virginiana, 99-100, 102
Piping plover, 95
Pirate perch, 113
Pirate perches, 113
Pisces, 35
Pituophis melanoleucus, 95
Plains minnow, 94
Plantago cordata, 90
Plantain, heart-leaved, 90
Lucy Braun’s robin, 88
mud, 88
Platanthera cristata, 90
P. integrilabia, 90
P. psycodes, 90
Platanus occidentalis, 100
Plecotus rafinesquii, 96
P. townsendii virginianus, 96
Plethobasus cicatricosus, 93
P. cooperianus, 93
P. cyphyus, 93
Plethodon cinereus, 95
P. wehrlei, 95
Pleurobema clava, 93
P. oviforme, 93
P. plenum, 93
P. pyramidatum, 93
Pleurocera canaliculatum, 6
Plover, piping, 95
Poa languida, 90
Poaceae, 138
Pocketbook, 93
fat, 93
Podilymbus podiceps, 96
Podostemon ceratophyllum, 90
Poecillidae, 35, 113
Pogonia, rose, 90
spreading, 87
Pogonia ophioglossoides, 90
Polemonium reptans var.
villosum, 90
Polygala cruciata, 90
P. nuttallii, 90
P. polygama, 90
Polymnia laevigata, 90
Polystichum acrostichoides, 100
Pomoxis spp., 21-25
P. annularis, 21, 39, 114
P. nigromaculatus, 21, 114
Pond Creek, 9

Index to Volume 47

Pond weed, 90

Pondweed, spotted, 90

Pontederia cordata, 90

Pooecetes gramineus, 96

Poplar, yellow, 2

Porter’s reed grass, 86

Possum haw, 92

Potamilus capax, 93

Potamogeton praelongus, 90

P. pulcher, 90

POWELL, THERESA L., 77

Prairie blazing star, 89

Prairie dock, Lucy Braun's, 91

Prairie gentian, 88

Prairie satin grass, 89

Prairie violet, 92

Pratt Creek, 109

Prenanthes alba, 90

P. aspera, 90

Price’s groundout, 86

Price's yellow wood sorrel, 90

Primrose, evening, 86

Prior Creek, 9

Privet, upland, 88

Procambarus viaeviridis, 92

Prunus serotina, 100, 102-104

Pseudomonas sp., 119, 120

P. aeruginosa, 119, 120

P. fluorescens, 119

P. mesophilica, 119

P. putida, 119

Pseudosuccinea columella, 6, 10

Psoralea stipulata, 90

P. tenuiflora, 90

Ptilimnium capillaceum, 90

P. nuttallii, 90

Public transport, 27-34
conflict in, 27-34

Pugnose minnow, 111

Purple false foxglove, 86

Purple fringed orchid, 90

Purple lilliput, 93

Purple milkwort, 90

Purslane, water, 87

Pycnanthemum albescens, 90

Pygmy shrew, 96

Pygmy sunfish, banded, 113

Pylodictis sp., 20

P. olivaris, 113, 115

Pyramid pigtoe, 93

Pyrola americana, 90

Pytchobranchus subtentum, 93

Quadrula cylindrica, 93

Q. fragosa, 93

Q. sparsa, 93

Quercus alba, 2, 100, 101-104
Q. borealis, 100

155

Q. coccinea, 2, 102, 103

Q. falcata, 100

Q. prinus, 2, 102, 103

Q. rubra, 102-104

Q. velutina, 102, 103

Quillwort, Butler's, 88
midland, 88

Rabbit, swamp, 96
Rabbitsfoot, 93
Rafinesque’s big-eared bat, 96
Rail, king, 96
Rallus elegans, 96
Rana catesbiana, 77
R. clamitans, 77
R. palustris, 77
R. pipiens, 95
Range extensions for mosquito
fern, 137
in Kentucky and Tennessee, 137
Ranunculus allegheniensis, 90
R. ambigens, 90
Rare plants and animals, 83-98
Rat, eastern wood, 96
Ratliff Creek, 122
Rattan vine, 86
Rattlesnake, pigmy, 95
Raven, common, 95
Red River, 121
Red shiner, 111
Red-backed mouse, Gapper’s, 96
Red-backed salamander, 95
Red-berried elder, 90
Red-cockaded woodpecker, 96
Redear sunfish, 114
Redfin shiner, 111
Redhorse, 21
black, 112
blacktail, 94
golden, 112
Redroot, 87
Redside dace, 93
Reed, common bur, 91
REEDER, JOAN, 75
Reptiles, 95
Rhamnus caroliniana, 100
Rhinichthys atratulus, 21,
122, 124
R. cataractae, 94
Rhododendron canescens, 90
R. maximum, 124
Rhus radicans, 103
Rhynchosia, erect, 90
Rhynchosia tomentosa, 90
Rhynchospora globularis, 90
R. macrostachya, 90
Ribbon shiner, 111
Rice, wild, 92

156 Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

southern wild, 92
Rice grass, black-seeded, 90
Riffleshell, angled, 93
northern, 93
tan, 93
Right Fork, 122
of Chimney Top Creek, 122
Ring pink, 93
Riparia riparia, 96
River carpsucker, 112
River darter, 21, 22, 24
River otter, 96
Riverweed, 90
Roan Mountain white snakeroot, 88
Robin plantain, Lucy Braun’s, 88
Robinia pseudoacacia, 102,
104, 133
Rock cress, 86
Rockbridge Fork, 122
of Swift Camp Creek, 122
Rocksnail, armored, 92
onyx, 92
ornate, 92
rustic, 92
varicose, 92
ROSE, DAVID A., 75
ROSE, KENNETH R., 75
Rose Creek, 108
Rose pink, 90
Rose pogonia, 90
Rose-breasted grosbeak, 96
Rosefin shiner, 21
Rosemary, Cumberland, 87
ROSEN, RON, 13
Rosyside dace, 93
Rough pigtoe, 93
Rough white lettuce, 90
Royal catchfly, 91
Rubus whartoniae, 90
Rudbeckia subtomentosa, 90
Rue, meadow, 91
Rush, 88, 89
grass beak, 90
horned, 90
nut, 91
Rushfoil, linear, 87
Russel’s horsemint, 89
Ryerson, Morton B Fellowship, 140

Sabatia campanulata, 90
Sage, 90
Sagittaria brevirostra, 90
S. graminea, 90
St. Johns-wort, 88
Salamander, green, 95
redback, 95
silvery, 95
three-lined, 95

Wehrle’, 95
Salamander mussel, 93
Salt Lick Creek, 122
Clark Fork of, 122
Salt Fork, 122
of Gladie Creek, 122
Salvia urticifolia, 90
Sambucus racemosa, 90
Sand darter, crystal, 93
eastern, 93
western, 93
Sand myrtle, 89
Sand shiner, 21
Sandlick Creek, 106, 110
Sandpiper, spotted, 95
upland, 95
Sandstone dikes, 43-51
Sandwort, 86, 89
Sanguisorba canadensis, 91
Sassafras albidum, 102, 104
Satin grass, Bush's, 89
prairie, 89
Sauger, 21, 115
Savannah sparrow, 96
Sawfin shiner, 94
Saxifraga, michauxii, 91
S. micranthidifolia, 91
Saxifrage, brook, 86
golden, 87
Michaux’s, 91
Scaleshell, 93
Scaphirhynchus albus, 52, 94
S. platorynchus, 52
Scarlet kingsnake, 95
Schizachne purpurascens, 91
SCHULTZ, WILLIAM D., 75
Schwalbea americana, 91
Sciaenidae, 20, 115
Science Education Committee, 143
Scirpus cyperinus, 138
S. expansus, 91
S. fluviatilis, 91
S. hallii, 91
S. heterochaetus, 91
S. microcarpus, 91
Scleria ciliata, 91
Scots pine, 138
Screwstem, 86
Sculpin, banded, 115
Sculpins, 115
Scurf pea, 90
Scurfy pea, 90
Scutellaria leonardii, 91
Sedge, 86-88
Fraser’s, 87
umbrella, 87
Sedge wren, 95
Sedum telephioides, 91

Semotilus atromaculatus, 21, 38,
39, 112, 122, 124
September elm, 92
Serratia, 120
Shad, Alabama, 93
gizzard, 21-24, 110
Sharp-shinned hawk, 95
Shiner, blacktail, 94
bluntface, 94
emerald, 21-24, 111
golden, 111
mimic, 21, 111
palezone, 94
pallid, 94
red, 111
ribbon, 111
rosefin, 21
sand, 21
sawfin, 94
spotfin, 21, 111
spottail, 21, 94
striped, 111
taillight, 94
Shining ladies’ tresses, 91
Shortnose gar, 110
Showy gentian, 88
Shrew, long-tailed, 96
masked, 96
pygmy, 96
Shrike, migrant loggerhead, 96
Shrimp, Kentucky cave, 92
Shrub, sweet, 86
Shuttleworth’s wild ginger, 88
Sialia sialis, 133
SICKEL, JAMES B., 6
Sicklefin chub, 94
Sida hermaphrodita, 91
Side-oats grama, 86
Silene ovata, 91
S. regia, 91
Silky aster, 86
Silphium laciniatum, 91
S. terebinthinaceum var.
lucy-brauniae, 91
Silphium-like sunflower, 88
Silver chub, 21
Silver Whitlow-wort, 90
Silverbell tree, 88
Silverjaw minnow, 37, 111
Silverside, brook, 113
inland, 94
Silversides, 113
Silvery salamander, 95
SIMON, THOMAS P,, 19
Simpsonaias ambigua, 93
Sistrurus miliarlus, 95
Size specific female
mortality, 126-132

Index to Volume 47 157

response to in Gambusia rupestris, 91 Starhead topminnow, 94

S.
affinis, 125-132 S. shortii, 91 Starling, European, 133
Skidmore Creek, 122 S. spathulata, 91 Starry-flowered false Solomon's
Skink, northern coal, 95 S. squarrosa, 91 seal, 91

State Government Science
Advisory Committee, 142-143

Stellaria longifolia, 91

Sterna antillarum athalassos, 96

Sternothaerus minor minor, 13

STEWART, JEFFREY T., 76

Stewart County, 137

Stichwort, water, 86

Stizostedion, spp., 21-24

S. canadense, 115

southern coal, 95 Solomon's seal, starry-flowered
Skipjack herring, 21-24, 110 false, 91
Skullcap, small, 91 Sorex cinereus, 96
Skunk, spotted, 96 S. dispar, 96
Slabcamp Creek, 121 Southern bog clubmoss, 89
Slender grass lizard, 95 Southern brook lamprey, 94
Slender lip fern, 87 Southern cavefish, 95
Slender madtom, 94 Southern coal skink, 95
Slender naiad, 89 Southern myotis, 96
Slenderhead darter, 115 Southern painted turtle, 95

Slough darter, 114

Slover Creek, 108

Small enchanter’s nightshade, 87
Small skullcap, 91

Small sundrops, 89

Small yellow lady-slipper, 87

Southern twayblade, 89
Southern water snake, 95
Southern wild rice, 92
Southern wood fern, 88

Sparganium eurycarpum, 91

Sparrow, Bachman’s, 95

Stoneroller, central, 111
Storax, 91

Streptopus roseus, 91
Striped bass, 21

Striped shiner, 111
Stripetail darter, 114

Small-footed myotis, 96 Henslow’s, 95 Sturgeon, lake, 93
Small’s twayblade, 89 house, 133 pallid, 94
Smallmouth buffalo, 112 lark, 95 Sturgeon chub, 94
Smallscale darter, 94 Savannah, 96 Sturgeons, 52
Smilacina stellata, 91 vesper, 96 Mississippi River, 52
Smilax glauca, 103 Spearwort, water, 90 new Kentucky records, 52
S. rotundifolia, 103 Spectacle case, 92 Sturnus vulgaris, 133
Smith Ditch, 108 little, 93 Styrax grandifolia, 91
Smoke tree, 87 Sphenopholis pensylvanica, 91 Sucker, blackfin, 94
Smooth lip fern, 87 Spilogale putorius, 96 blue, 93
Smooth softshell, 95 Spinulose wood fern, 88 northern hog, 112
Snails, freshwater, 6-12 Spiraea alba, 91 spotted, 112
in Kentucky, 6-12 Spiranthes lucida, 91 white, 21, 112
in Land Between the Lake, 6-12. S. magnicamporum 91 Suckers, 112
Snake, copperbelly water, 95 S. odorata, 91 Suckermouth minnow, 21, 112
corn, 95 Spirodela, 137 Sugarspoon, 93
eastern ribbon, 95 Spironoura sp. 16 Sullivantia, Sullivant’s, 91
green water, 95 S. concinnae, 14-16 Sullivantia sullivantii, 91
Kirtland’s, 95 Spiroxys contortus, 13-16 Sullivant’s sullivantia, 91

mud, 95 Sporobolus clandestinus, 91 Sundew, 88
pine, 95 S. heterolepis, 91 dwarf, 88
southern water, 95 Spotfin shiner, 21, 111 Sundrops, 89
western ribbon, 95 Spottail darter, 115 small, 89

Snakeroot, button, 88
Lucy Braun’s white, 88
Roan Mountain white, 88
Snapping turtle, alligator, 95
Snow trillium, 92

Spottail shiner, 21, 94 thread-leaved, 89

Spotted bass, 114 Sunfish, banded pygmy, 113
Spotted darter, 94 dollar, 94

Spotted gar, 110 green, 21, 113

Spotted pondweed, 90 longear, 21, 114

Snowberry, 91
Snuffbox, 93

Soft false gromwell, 89
Softshell, smooth, 95
Solidago albopilosa, 91
. buckleyi, 91

. curtisii, 91

. puberula, 91

. radula, 91

. roanensis, 91

ANnNHNDN

Spotted sandpiper, 95
Spotted skunk, 96
Spotted sucker, 112
Spotted sunfish, 94
Spreading pogonia, 87
Spurge, 88

St. Johns-wort, 88
Stachys eplingii, 91
Star grass, water, 88
Stargazing minnow, 94

orangespotted, 21, 114

redear, 114

spotted, 94
Sunfishes, 113
Sunflower, 88

Eggert’s, 88
Silphium-like, 88
SURMONT, AL, 121

SUTTON, ELIZABETH K., 75

Swallow, bank, 96

158

Swallow-tailed kite, American, 95

Swamp candles, 89

Swamp darter, 94

Swamp loosestrife, 87

Swamp oats, 91

Swamp rabbit, 96

Swamp wood betony, 90

Sweet, meadow, 91

Sweet coneflower, 90

Sweet fern, 87

Sweet grass, 88

Sweet lady's tresses, 91

Sweet pinesap, 89

Sweet shrub, 86

Swift Camp Creek, 122
Rockbridge Fork of, 122

Switchwort, 91

Swordtail, 35

Sylvilagus aquaticus, 96

S. transitionalis, 96

Symphoricarpos albus, 91

Synandra, 91

Synandra hispidula, 91

Tadpole madtom, 113

Taillight shiner, 94

Tall fescue, 133, 138

Tan riffleshell, 93

Tape grass, 92

Taxus canadensis, 91

Taylor County, 37-42
fishes of the Green River
in, 37-42

Teal, blue-winged, 95

Telorchis corti, 13-15

T. diminutus, 14

T. singularis, 13-15

Temperate basses, 113

Tennessee clubshell, 93

Tephrosia spicata, 91

Tern, interior least, 96

Tetra, lemon, 130

Texas aster, 86

Thalictrum coriaceum, 91

T. mirabile, 91

Thamnophis proximus, 95

T. sauritus, 95

Thaspium pinnatifidum, 91

Thermopsis mollis, 91

THOMPSON, M. PETE, 1

THOMPSON, RALPH L., 101,

138, 139

Thread-leaved sundrops, 89

Threatened plants and
animals, 83-98

Three-lined salamander, 95

Three-toed amphiuma, 95

Thryomanes bewickii, 96

Thuja occidentalis, 91, 99-100
in Kentucky, 99-100
Thyme-leaved bluets, 88
Tilia heterophylla, 104
Tippecanoe darter, 94
Topminnow, blackspotted, 113
blackstripe, 113
golden, 94
starhead, 94
Topminnows, 20
Torreyochloa pallida, 91
Tower mustard, 86
Townsend's big-eared bat, 96
Toxolasma lividus, 93
Tradewater River system, 106-117
fishes of, 106-117
Treefrog, bird-voiced, 95
gray, 95
green, 95
Trepocarpus, 91
Trepocarpus aethusae, 91
Trichinella spiralis, 17
Trichomanes boschianum, 91
Trichostema setaceum, 91
Trifolium reflexum, 92
T. stoloniferum, 92
Trigg County, 137
Trillium, painted, 92
snow, 92
Trillium nivale, 92
T. pusillum var. ozarkanum, 92
T. undulatum, 92
Trionyx muticus, 95
Trout-perch, 94
Tsuga canadensis, 99-100, 101,
102, 124
Tubercled blossom, 93
Tugler Creek, 110
Turkey beard, 92
Turkey Creek, 9
Turkeys, dispersal, 1
eastern Kentucky, 1
home ranges, 1
survival, 1
translocated wild, 1-5
Turk’s-cap lily, 89
Turtle, alligator snapping, 95
southern painted, 95
Turtlehead, pink, 87
Tussilago farfara, 77
Twayblade, Loesel’s, 138
Small’s, 89
southern, 89
Twisted stalk, 91
Typhlichthys subterraneus, 95
Tyto alba, 96

Ulmus americana, 102

Trans. Kentucky Academy of Science — 47(3-4)

U. serotina, 92
Umbra limi, 95
Umbrella grass, 88
Umbrella plant, 88
Umbrella sedge, 87
Union County, 106
Upland privet, 88
Upland sandpiper, 95
Upper Lick Fork, 121
Wallace Branch of, 121
Urinary bladder, 77
development of in tadpoles, 7
Urocyon cinereoargenteus, 1
Ursus americanus, 96
Utricularis vulgaris, 92

Vaccinium stamineum, 103
Valley View sandstone, 43-51
Vallisneria americana, 92
VANARSDALE, ROY B., 43
VANCE, D. E., 76
Vaughn Ditch, 108
Venus hair fern, 86
Veratrum parviflorum, 92
V. woodii, 92
Vermivora bachmanii, 96
V. chrysoptera, 96
Veronia fasciculata, 92
V. noveboracensis, 92
Vesper sparrow, 96
Vetch, bushy, 89
Viburnum acerfolium, 100, 103
V. lentago, 92
V. nudum, 92
Villosa, bean, 93
Villosa fabalis, 93
V. lienosa, 93
V. ortmanni, 93
V. trabalis, 93
V. vanuxemensis, 93
Vine, rattan, 86
Viola egglestonii, 92
V. pedatifida, 92
V. tripartita, 92
V. walteri, 92
Violet, glade, 92
prairie, 92
Walter's, 92
yellow, 92
Vireo, Bell’s, 96
Vireo bellii, 96
Virginia mallow, 91
Virginia waterleaf, 88
Vitis aestivalis, 103
VOGEL, W. G., 77
VOLP, R. F., 76
Voter referendum, 27-34
Lextran issue, 27-34

Wake robin, Ozark, 92
WALL, ROBERT W., 118
Wallace Branch, 121
of Upper Lick Fork, 121
Walleye, 21
Walter's violet, 92
Warbler, Bachman’s, 96
Blackburnian, 95
Canada, 96
golden-winged, 96
Kirtland’s, 95
Ward Creek, 109
Warmouth, 21, 114
WARREN, MELVIN L., JR., 53, 83
Wartyback, white, 93
Water hemlock, bulblet-bearing, 87
Water hickory, 87
Water milfoil, 89
Water pennywort, 88
Water purslane, 87
Water snake, copperbelly, 95
green, 95
southern, 95
Water spearwort, 90
Water star grass, 88
Water stichwort, 86
Waterleaf, Virginia, 88
Weak bluegrass, 90
Weasel, least, 96
Webster County, 106
WEDDLE, GORDON K.., 37
Wehrle’s salamander, 95

Index to Volume 47

Weirs Creek, 108
Western false gromwell, 89
Western ribbon snake, 95
Western sand darter, 93
Wharton’s bramble, 90
Wheat, cow, 89
White bass, 21-24, 113
White cedar, northern, 91
White crappie, 21, 114
White fringeless orchid, 90
White heath aster, 86
White lady's slipper, 87
White laurel, 124
White snakeroot, Lucy Braun's, 88

Roan mountain, 88
White sucker, 21, 112
White wartyback, 93
Whitlow grass, 88
Whitlow-wort, silver, 90
Wild ginger, Shuttleworth’s, 88
Wild rice, 92

southern, 92
Wild turkeys, 1-5
WILLIS, R. B., 77
Wilsonia canadensis, 96
Winged mapleleaf, 93
Wintergreen, 90
Wolffia, 137
Wolffiella, 137
Wolfpen Creek, 122
Wood betony, swamp, 90

159

Wood fern, southern, 88
spinulose, 88
Wood lily, 89
Wood rat, eastern, 96
Wood sorrell, Price's yellow, 90
Woodpecker, ivory-billed, 95
red-cockaded, 96
Wood's false hellebore, 92
Woodsia scopulina, 92
WOODWARD, HARRY H., 99
Wren, Bewick’s, 96
sedge, 95
WRIGHT, C. S., 77

Xerophyllum asphodeloides, 92
Xiphophorus hellerii, 35-36

Yellow bass, 21

Yellow bullhead, 113

Yellow flax, grooved, 89

Yellow violet, 92

Yellow wild indigo, 86

Yellow wood sorrel, Price's, 90
Yellow-blossom pearlymussel, 93
Yellow-crowned night-heron, 96
Yellowish gentian, 88

Yew, Canadian, 91

Yocum Creek, 122

Zizania aquatica, 92
Zizaniopsis miliacea, 92
Zygonectes notatus, 113

Instructions for Contributions

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in the
Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of interest to
the membership will be included as received.

Manuscripts may be submitted at any time to the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by one
or more persons prior to its acceptance for publication, and once accepted, an attempt will be made to
publish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced throughout on
good quality white paper 81/2 X 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles and notes see Volume
43(3-4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and the author should retain a copy
for use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used for all measurements. The basic pat-
tern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts. The Style Manual of the Council of
Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for Authors of the American Institute of
Physics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and a Manual of Style (Chicago University
Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and spelling. Only those words intended to be
italicized in the final publication should be underlined. All authors must be members of the Academy.

The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, body of the
manuscript, acknowledgements, literature cited, tables with table headings and figure legends and
figures.

1. The title page should include the title of the paper, the author’s names and addresses, and any foot-
note material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.

2. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It should
be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgements, and Literature Cited. All Tables and
figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide com-
plete information on the materials referred to. See Volume 43(3-4) 1982 for style.

5. For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3-4)
1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals, and set
on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 X 7 or 8 X 10 inches. Line drawings in
India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 812 X 11 inches. Photographs
should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should be numbered in
Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is
strongly suggested that all contributors follow the guidelines of Allen’s (1977) “Steps Toward Better
Scientific Illustrations” published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all
literature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations on the
galley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered when the
galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS

Endangered, Threatened, and Rare plants and animals of Kentucky. Melvin L.
Warren: etal ieee Oe es a EEE coe aa ae Rec eaie ae eclace eR ese ET oo 83

Thuja occidentalis L. in Kentucky. Arland T. Hotchkiss, et all. ................2+04+ 99

A beech-hemlock stand in the Knobstone Escarpment of Madison County, Ken-

tucky. Ronald L. Jones and Ralph L. Thompson ...........1:cccecceecccvcescnssecevceees 101
Fishes of the Tradewater River system, Kentucky. Lewis G. Miller and Michael
ROMS eee Se ne Ea ae eo LAC Laci ca BELA ot iy SUS RIRra ae OU Re i La nian cope a 106

A causative agent of reddening in lettuce. Robert W. Wall and L.P. Elliott.... 118

New records of the redside dace, Clinostomus elongatus (Kirtland) in Kentucy
with comments about its habitat requirements. Les Meade, et al. ............... 121

Male preference for females of different sizes in Gambusia affinis: a response
to size-specific female mortality? Raymond E. Hampton..............02...000ese0000 126

Nest box use by Starlings: does it inhibit Bluebird production? Wayne H. Davis,

William C. McComb and Pierre N. Alldire..............:ccccecesncosccceccesnscecnsnsnsncacs 133
NOTES
Range extensions for the mosquito fern in Kentucky and Tennessee. Edward W.
Chester, and) Kevin) Souza). vic. ccccscseccds cise sbbioces senaiescaveeeencon stsclscaesselsesededeeetsciss 137
Alopecurus arundinaceus (Poaceae) established in Kentucky. Ralph L Thomp-
sonjand John W:: Thieret.: oes ce ee eae see eee oOo ee ee ce eee CE Eee eae 138
Liparis loeselii (Orchidaceae) documented in Kentucky. Ralph L. Thompson and
JohniR. Mac Gregor sis. 52... s.escsoasthesceecncceorancossenee abee cpa sneee ued oueipaseseceueatseeas 138
NEWS-AND | COMMENTS ii.c 2.05 aoe ree eee eee aa eae eon aalaiecee eee 140
ACADEMY ‘AFFAIR 8 ii ee eae eee ae Ue eRe eee aoa eene 141
INDEX 25s eo NS IN TT UR ARN a eran SAL a a te 145
INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRIBUTORS ...................2.0c0ceceeees Inside Back Cover

CONTENT Sie POD EER ALT LR RUS ae ORD EERO aR Back Cover

ANSACTIONS
:
KENTUCKY
ACADEMY OF
eriENCE

By : Volume 48

iT ee
a Numbers 1-2
JUL 16 1987 March 1987

CERARIES

i
¢

“Official Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded 8 May 1914

Orricers FoR 1987

President: Larry Giesmann, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076

President Elect: William P. Hettinger, Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41101

Past President: Charles Covell, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

Vice President: Richard Hannan, Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort 40601
Secretary: Robert Creek, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Treasurer: Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Director of the Junior Academy: Patrick Stewart, Warren East High School, Bowling Green 42101
Representative to A.A.A.S.: Joe King, Murray State University, Murray 42071

BoarD OF DIRECTORS

Ralph Thompson 1987 Douglas L. Dahlman 1988
Jerry Howell 1987 ; Gordon Weddle 1989
William Bryant 1988 Larry Elliott 1990
William F. Beasley Jr. 1988 David Legg 1990

EDITORIAL BoarRD

Editor: Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475
Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville,

Louisville 40292
Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky
University, Highland Heights 41076
Editorial Board: Douglas L. Dahlman, Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington 40546
Donald L. Batch, College of Natural and Mathematical Sciences, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond 40475
Gerrit Kloek, Kentucky State University, Frankfort 40601
Larry Giesmann, Department of Biology, Northern Kentucky University,
Highland Heights 41076

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be members
of the Academy.

The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT.

Membership in the Academy is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application
forms for membership may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing.
Annual dues are $15.00 for Active Members; $7.00 for Student Members; $20.00 for Family; $250.00 for Life Members.

Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00; back issues are $30.00 per volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and corre-

spondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292,
the exchange agent for the Academy.

|
f
Fi
:

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

SUSTAINING MEMBERS

University oF KENTUCKY

MEMBER

Eastern KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
Kentucky State UNIVERSITY
MorenHeEap State UNIVERSITY
Murray State UNIVERSITY
NorTHERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
University oF LouIsvVILLE
Western Kentucky UNIVERSITY

AssociaATE MEMBER

Auice Ltoyp COLLEGE
BELLARMINE COLLEGE
BEREA COLLEGE
CAMPBELLSVILLE COLLEGE
CENTRE COLLEGE
CUMBERLAND COLLEGE
GEORGETOWN COLLEGE
Kentucky WESLEYAN COLLEGE
Lees COLLEGE

LinpsEY WiLtson COLLEGE
SPALDING COLLEGE

St. CaTHERINE’S COLLEGE
THomas More CoLieGe

CORPORATE AFFILIATES

ALLTECH, INC.
ASHLAND OIL
IBM

7

OW ten

TRANSACTIONS of the

KENTUCKY

ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 1-4

March 1987
Volume 48
Numbers 1-2

Flowering Requirements of Tussilago farfara

J. H. MELHutsH, JR.

Plant Physiologist, USDA Forest Service, Northeastern Forest Experiment Station,
Berea, Kentucky 40403

P. R. BECKJORD

Research Forester, USDA-ARS, Nitrogen Fixation Soybean Genetics Laboratory,
Beltsville, Maryland 20705

AND

W. G. VOGEL

Range Scientist (retired), USDA Forest Service, Northeastern Forest Experiment Station,
Berea, Kentucky 40403

ABSTRACT

Tussilago farfara L. (coltsfoot) has become naturalized and occurs on disturbed and waste places in the
northeastern United States; consequently, it may have some potential in surface-mine reclamation. Seeding
would be more practical and economical than planting rhizomes, but fresh seeds are only viable for about
a month, interfering with planting schemes. It was determined that flowers can be uniformly generated by
placing mature plants in cold storage for 3 months any time of year to ultimately generate seeds when
needed for various revegetation/reclamation planting schemes.

INTRODUCTION

Tussilago farfara L. (coltsfoot), a member
of the compositae and a rhizomatous herba-
ceous perennial native of the Old World, has
become naturalized on disturbed and waste
places in the northeastern United States (3).
Coltsfoot’s ecological niche for open, unstable
habitats where surface soils are frequently de-
ficient in nutrients, aeration, or moisture (4)
are subject to the invasion of this pioneering
plant where other plants fail to survive. It may
be less competitive than agronomic grasses and
legumes for light, space, and moisture and
might be used as a low-profile companion crop
for tree establishment on areas to be reforested.
Coltsfoot also aids in soil erosion control.

The anatomical and physiological adapta-
tions of coltsfoot enhance its pioneering abil-
ities on diverse sites. Under very moist soil
conditions, coltsfoot survival and growth de-
pends primarily on rhizomes for nutrient and
water uptake. On the other hand, under very
dry soil conditions, adventitious roots may de-
velop and penetrate the soil (to more than a
meter deep) to obtain nutrients and water (1).
When plant population densities become high,
photosynthate is directed primarily toward seed
production rather than vegetative production
resulting in an increase in plant mortality.
Coltsfoot will flower and produce seed in early
spring, but seeds have a brief viability period
and germination is reduced to 50 per cent or

2 TrANs. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

TABLE 1.
conditions in growth chambers.

Warm Cold

Short day

Short day Long day
Fa 16 wk A 8 wk Rb 12 wk
Fa 48 wk xX 22 wk

Anthocyanin and flower production of coltsfoot plants subjected to various temperature and photoperiod

Cold

Long day Even day Even day
fluorescent sodium-vapor
Fa 6 wk Fa 36 wk Fb 36 wk
A 6 wk
Fb 52 wk

Fa = flowering on vegetative stems. Fb = flowering from below ground. A = anthocyanin production. X = dormant.

less after 4 weeks from seed collection (1). This
study was initiated to examine the flowering
and seed-setting requirements of coltsfoot in
order to determine how to maximize propa-
gules necessary for applicable planting schemes.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Greenhouse and Cold Room. — Four
rhizomes', approximately 6 cm long, were
planted in each of 4 flats filled with a vermic-
ulite-peat mixture (5:1) (V/V) and grown ina
greenhouse from November 1983 to Septem-
ber 1984 with overhead lights that extended
the photoperiod to 18 hours. They were then
placed in cold dark storage (4°C, 9 weeks) and
subsequently moved back to the greenhouse.
Two flats were placed on a greenhouse bench
under overhead lighting to extend the photo-
period to 18 hours, and the other 2 flats were
placed on a bench that was covered and un-
covered each day with an opaque plastic sheet
to simulate a short-day photoperiod of 8 hours.
Additional flats of 10-month-old plants were
placed in cold storage for 9, 14, and 16 weeks
as a check on the cold requirement.

Greenhouse Only.—Four rhizomes were
planted in each of 10 flats in February 1984.
Flats were placed on a greenhouse bench with
overhead lighting that extended the photope-
riod to 18 hours. Five of these 10 flats were
put on a greenhouse bench in June 1984 with
an 8-hour photoperiod by using the plastic sheet
procedure. After 8 weeks, these 5 flats were
transferred back to long-day conditions by per-
manently removing the plastic sheet. The re-
maining 5 flats were on an extended 18-hour
photoperiod for the entire period.

' Rhizomes for all experiments were denuded of most
shoots, flower buds, and roots by gingerly pulling them
between two fingers.

Growth Chambers.—Thirty-six 64-inch
planter pots were filled with a mixture of sand,
vermiculite, and peat—5:5:1 (V/V/V). Two
coltsfoot rhizomes (6 cm long) were planted in
each pot. Groups of 9 pots each were placed
in each of 4 growth chambers, each group in

a different chamber with a different temper-

ature and photoperiod regime. The treatments
were: (1) cold x long day, (2) warm x long
day, (3) cold x short day, and (4) warm x
short day. The long day was an 18-hour pho-
toperiod; the short day was an 8-hour photo-
period; the cold day was 60°C day, 40°C night
and the warm day was 80°C day, 60°C night
(Table 1). The growth chambers had standard
fluorescent lights with supplemental incandes-
cent lights.

Two additional growth chambers with 9 pots
each were set up under cold temperature with
an even-day 12-hour photoperiod (instead of
8 or 18 hours). The first chamber had standard
fluorescent lights with supplemental incandes-
cent lights. The second chamber had high-
pressure sodium vapor lighting, which was on
for 4 hours during the middle phase of the day
length, with supplemental incandescent light-
ing for 12 hours. Because there was little or no
growth, the cold-day temperature was raised
after 6 weeks from 60°C to 70°C in the cham-
ber with high-pressure sodium lighting.

RESULTS

Greenhouse and Cold Room.—The colts-
foot plants in all 4 flats were growing vigor-
ously with immature flowers on extended stalks
in all 4 trays when put into the cold room.
Trays were removed from the cold room and
put on the greenhouse bench and after 1 week,
new flower buds were extending from below
the ground in both long-day and short-day
treatments. Of the additional flats placed in
the cold room then back to the greenhouse,

FLOWERING OF COLTSFOOT IN KentucKy—Melhuish et al. 3

those that were in the cold for 9 weeks did not
flower; however, after 1 week, flower buds from
above and below the surface appeared in those
flats taken out of the cold after 14 and 16
weeks. The apparent discrepancy in the two
9-week treatments may be that 9 weeks is about
the minimum cold requirement.

Greenhouse Only.—The coltsfoot planted
in flats and grown only in the greenhouse grew
vigorously during the spring months. During
the hot summer months, the plants showed
stress, particularly those under the short-day
treatment, but plants in all flats resumed their
vigor during the fall. After 9 months, flowers
appeared on vegetative shoots in all flats re-
gardless of day length. During the entire ex-
periment, anthocyanin was not usually evident
on either short- or long-day plants.

Growth Chamber.—After 8 weeks in the
growth chamber, one flower stalk in the cold
short-day treatment and one flower stalk in the
cold long-day treatment had formed from be-
low the surface. Anthocyanin was also preva-
lent in both cold and warm long-day treated
plants. There was some discoloration of the
lower leaves of the warm short-day treated
plants. After 12 weeks, several flower stalks
emerged from below the soil media surface
under cold short days; and in 16 weeks, flower
buds formed on top of vegetative shoots and
flowered in cold long-day treated plants and
in warm short-day treated plants. At about 22
weeks, the cold short-day treated plants be-
came moribund and went dormant. Flower
buds on vegetative shoots formed in about 48
weeks under the warm long-day treatment
(Table 1).

A few flower buds emerged from below the
surface under the cold 12-hour day treatment
after about 8 weeks, and leaves developed 3
weeks later. Flower buds sprouted from below
the soil surface at about 36 weeks in the cham-
ber with high-pressure sodium vapor lighting,
but developed on top of vegetative shoots un-
der the fluorescent lighting (Table 1).

DISCUSSION

In the greenhouse and cold room tests, flow-
er buds formed in the leaf axils of coltsfoot in
late summer and flowered the following spring.
A cold temperature of no more than 9 to 14
weeks is apparently the only requirement for
breaking bud dormancy. Coltsfoot can also

form flower buds on top of vegetative shoots
in about 40 weeks when grown in the green-
house with an 18-hour-day length. This may
be a secondary requirement for flowering to
ensure reproduction.

In the growth chambers, a few flowers in
the cold short-day and 1 flower in the cold
long-day treatments emerged from below the
soil surface. These flowers may have come from
leaf axils not completely broken off the rhi-
zome, and dormancy was broken by the cold
temperature. The time requirement of 40
weeks for flower buds to develop on top of the
vegetative shoots in the greenhouse can be
shortened to about 16 weeks by either short
days or cold temperatures. The production of
anthocyanin in the leaves of only the long-day
plants indicated the plant response to photo-
period. The plants growing under cold short-
day conditions went dormant after about 22
weeks. They started to leaf out after about 33
weeks when the chamber failed.

Under the 12-hour-day cold treatment, flow-
er buds formed after 36 weeks on top of veg-
etative shoots. Since no anthocyanin was pro-
duced, the long-day response was probably not
stimulated; this may answer why the elapsed
time of 36 weeks was similar to that of the
response of the greenhouse plants.

The establishment of vegetation on drasti-
cally disturbed sites such as surface mines is
influenced by organic material and soil mix-
ture (2). The range of soil types and conse-
quently level of soil moisture varies widely
from site to site (5). Many of the plants cur-
rently used in revegetating disturbed sites are
very vigorous but hinder tree growth because
of competition for light, water, and nutrients.
Coltsfoot is a low profile, intolerant pioneering
plant that grows on wet or dry sites, provides
erosion control, intercepts rain, has low re-
quirements for nutrients, and produces leaf
biomass. Investigation of coltsfoot for its po-
tential usefulness as a nurse crop may be ben-
eficial to reforestation programs on some dras-
tically disturbed lands. Coltsfoot seed would
be easier and more economical to use than
rhizomes in planting schemes. One way of cul-
turally producing seed is to grow plants in the
greenhouse under long-day conditions for
maximum growth and then put the plants in
a cold room to be brought out at the appro-
priate time. Further studies would now be jus-

4 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

tified to determine the optimum conditions for
producing viable seed from these flowers.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Bakker, D. 1960. A comparative life-history study
of Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. and Tussilago farfara L.,
the most troublesome weeds in the newly reclaimed pold-
ers of the former Zuiderzee. Pp. 205-222. In J. L. Harper
(ed.) The biology of weeds. Blackwell Scientific Publica-
tions, Oxford, England.

2. Brenner, Fred J. and Connie Goughler. 1983. Role
of nurse, cover crops in encouraging establishment of na-
tives on reclaimed land: an evaluation (Pennsylvania). Res-
toration and Management Notes 1:31-32.

3. Gleason, Henry A. and Arthur Cronquist. 1963.
Manual of vascular plants of northeastern United States
and adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc.,
Princeton, New Jersey.

4. Ogden, John. 1974. The reproductive strategy of
higher plants. II. The reproductive strategy of Tussilago
farfara L. J. Ecol. 62:291-324.

5. Vogel, Willis G. 1977. Revegetation of surface-
mined lands in the East. Pp. 167-172. In Proceedings, 1977
Annual Meeting of the Society of American Foresters, 2—
5 October 1977, Albuquerque, New Mexico. Society of
American Foresters, Washington, D.C.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 5-10

Commuting Patterns Among Female Workers in

Nonmetropolitan Manufacturing

RosBert G. CROMLEY

Department of Geography, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06268

AND

Rosert H. WEBSTER

Department of Geography, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT
The recent movement of industry to nonmetropolitan America has increased the workforce participation
rates for women. As production becomes standardized, companies have located in small towns where cheaper
labor supplies are available. Because an unskilled and semi-skilled labor force is more important, availability

of female workers is more attractive to employees. However, female workers in rural areas have distinctively
different journey-to-work patterns than their metropolitan counterpart. Among a sample of nonmetropolitan
industrial workers in Kentucky, no significant difference was found between male and female workers in
journey-to-work patterns. More importantly, women workers in female-dominated and low-wage industries
had a greater tendency to commute than either males in the same industry groups or workers in male-
dominated and high-wage industry groups. The journey to work for women in nonmetropolitan areas is less
likely to be a function of income but rather the distribution of job opportunities.

INTRODUCTION

As a larger percentage of women have en-
tered the industrial labor force, there has been
a growing interest in the problems that women
encounter with respect to their work and home
environment and its impact on family rela-
tionships. Recent research has been examining
the relationship between female job opportu-
nities and the journey to work. Most of these
studies, however, reflect a strictly metropolitan
perspective. It should not be assumed that the
activity patterns of female workers in a met-
ropolitan setting will directly transfer in a non-
metropolitan setting. Clemente and Summer
suggest that in general models of metropolitan
commuting are not necessarily applicable in
nonmetropolitan regions (1, 2). The purpose
here is to examine the commuting patterns for
female industrial workers in a nonmetropoli-
tan region. The results are compared with the
patterns for male workers in the same region
and findings for metropolitan regions to pro-
vide a better understanding of the female jour-
ney to work.

The expansion of economic activity in non-
metropolitan areas since the 1960s is now being
well documented. An important facet of rural
economic development has been the decen-

tralization of manufacturing (3). Although the
long term impacts that this phenomenon will
have on rural community life are uncertain,
numerous researchers are investigating the
changes in the rural landscape that may be
attributable to increased manufacturing in
small towns (4, 5). The growth of nonmetro-
politan manufacturing has been credited as a
significant factor in the rural population turn-
around that has occurred since 1970 (6, 7). By
providing more job opportunities in the rural
periphery, manufacturing has slowed the rate
of out-migration from these areas and non-
metropolitan counties are experiencing posi-
tive net migration after decades of negative
rates.

The rural economic revival has also meant
more job opportunities for female workers.
Several authors have characterized the spatial
redistribution of manufacturing as a response
to changes in the critical input requirements
of a product (8, 9, 10). As every product under-
goes its life-cycle and production becomes
standardized, the price of labor in metropoli-
tan areas may force a company to locate its
production facilities in smaller towns where
cheaper labor supplies are available. The result
has been the establishment of a branch econ-

EX METROPOLITAN COUNTIES

BARREN RIVER

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

NY a
BUFFALO
TRACE

KENTUCKY
RIVER
CUMBER
LAND

VALLEY

LAKE

CUMBERLAND

Fic. 1.

omy in many nonmetropolitan communities
(9, 10). A corollary to the product-cycle model
is a greater participation rate by women in the
labor force of those industries that have en-
tered the mature phase of development. When
unskilled and semi-skilled labor become im-
portant inputs in the production process, an
available female work force is more appealing
to employers.

These two facets of the evolving nonmet-
ropolitan landscape, the increased importance
of manufacturing employment and the in-
creased participation of females in the work
force, suggest that a significant number of
women in rural areas are commuting to work.
Several metropolitan studies have reported that
work patterns for women differ from those of
men (11, 12). Women are less likely to com-
mute than men and those that do travel shorter
distances to work. There is also a higher ten-
dency among women to use urban transit sys-
tems in their journey to work. The general
explanations for these patterns refer to the home
responsibilities of women and the fact that
monetary cost of commuting would consume
a larger proportion of their wages (13). This is
especially the case when the woman is a sec-
ondary wage earner and has a lower income
than that of the primary income earner.

It is another matter, though, whether these
patterns are relevant for nonmetropolitan
communities where most often there are no
mass transit systems and the range of local
female job opportunities is frequently restrict-

Nonmetropolitan portion of area development districts.

ed. This study examines this situation by ana-
lyzing the journey to work patterns of women
among a sample of industrial workers in non-
metropolitan Kentucky. Male commuting pat-
terns are presented for benchmark compari-
sons. Three hypotheses are tested regarding
female participation in nonmetropolitan man-
ufacturing: (1) that branch plants have signif-
icantly increased job opportunities for women;
(2) that women do not necessarily commute
less than men; and (3) women in low-wage
industries do not commute less than women in
other industries.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The nonmetropolitan portion of the 15 Area
Development Districts (ADDs) in the state of
Kentucky comprise the region for analysis (Fig.
1). The nonmetropolitan portion is defined as
those counties that are not part of a Standard
Metropolitan Statistical Areas (SMSA). Not un-
like other nonmetropolitan areas across the
United States, nonmetropolitan Kentucky has
experienced rapid growth in its manufacturing
sector over the last 2 decades although the rate
of growth has declined dramatically during the
1970s. The percentage increase in manufac-
turing employment since 1960 has been sig-
nificantly higher in the nonmetropolitan re-
gion than for the state as a whole (Table 1). A
substantial proportion of this growth in non-
metropolitan manufacturing employment has
resulted from an increase in branch plant ac-
tivity. Cromley and Leinbach report that since

FEMALE COMMUTING PATTERNS IN KENTUCKY—Cromley and Webster U

TABLE 1.

Growth in manufacturing employment, 1960-1978.

1960-1980
1960 1970 1980 (% change)
State of Kentucky 198,160 278,827 292,495 47.6%
Nonmetropolitan Kentucky
(as a percentage of total manufacturing employ-
ment) 36.1% 41.8% 43.2% 76.4%
“Manufacturing data for 1960 and 1970 were compiled using Census of Population: Characteristics of the Population, Kentucky. The 1980 Kentucky
Directory of Manufacturers was used to compile the 1980 figures for nonmetropolitan Kentucky
» Significantly higher at the 0.05 level (one-tail test)

1960 branch employment increased from 60
per cent of the total nonmetro manufacturing
employment to 79 per cent by 1980 (9).

Furthermore, increased manufacturing em-
ployment has been concurrent with increased
female participation in the work force. Be-
tween 1960 and 1980, female manufacturing
employment increased nearly 112 per cent in
nonmetropolitan areas as compared to only 65
per cent for the state as a whole (Table 2). The
importance of a female work force to branch
plant activity is reflected in the fact that wom-
en comprised a significantly higher portion of
their labor force; nearly 46 per cent of the
branch plant work force in 1980 was female as
compared to only 39 per cent of the indigenous
firms’ total labor force. This supports the hy-
pothesis that the product-cycle of manufac-
turing has increased the role of women in the
nonmetropolitan work force.

To analyze the commuting pattern of these
women workers, a questionnaire was mailed
to each of the 1,371 manufacturing firms lo-
cated in nonmetropolitan Kentucky requesting
the county of residence of its male and female
employees. A total of 720 firms returned the
questionnaire although 6 firms did not differ-

TaBLE 2. Female manufacturing employment.*

State of Kentucky
(as a percentage of total manufacturing employment)
Nonmetropolitan Kentucky

(as a percentage of total nonmetropolitan manufacturing

employment)
Branch employment
(females as a percentage of total workers)
Indigenous employment
(females as a percentage of total workers)

entiate between their male and female em-
ployees. This sample was representative of the
total population for both branch and indige-
nous firms with respect to both firm size and
industrial classification (14). The remaining 714
firms produced a sample size of 53,356 workers
or 42 per cent of the total number of manu-
facturing employees in the region. Males com-
prised 57 per cent of the sample while females
accounted for 43 per cent, roughly the same
percentages as for the region as a whole.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The journey-to-work patterns of women in
this nonmetropolitan setting were aggregated
into two groups: 1) those workers who live and
work in the same county, and 2) those who
commute from a county removed from the
place of employment. The journey-to-work
patterns for male and female industrial work-
ers were not significantly different for the study
area as a whole (Table 3). Roughly 27 per cent
of all females commuted to a nonmetro firm
from another county while just over 29 per
cent of the male workers did the same. This
indicates that one sex is not necessarily trav-
elling farther than the other for work. This

1960-1980
1960 1970 1980 (% change)
27.0% 30.9% 40.6% 65.4%
33.8% 38.7% 44.0% 111.8%"
45.6%»
39.0%

“Manufacturing data for 1960 and 1970 were compiled using Census of Population: Characteristics of the Population, Kentucky. The 1980 Kentucky
Directory of Manufacturers was used to compile the 1980 figures for nonmetropolitan Kentucky.

» Significantly higher at the 0.05 level (one-tail test)

8 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

TABLE 3. The degree of commuting by sex.*

Work and reside in same county

Female Male

Area development district No % No. %
Total study area 16,245 (72.57) 21,753 (70.26)
Purchase THR? (67.90) 2,896 (56.26)
Pennyrile 1,234 (68.94)° atte, (75.44)
Green River 526 (68.31) 589 (62.32)
Barren River 1,805 (85.71) 3,045 (81.90)
Lincoln Trail 1,861 80.39) 2,960 (72.25)
KIPDA 288 (84.70 326 (61.98)
Northern Kentucky 592 (70.56 729 (58.46)
Bluegrass 3,005 74.25 3,111 (70.21)
Lake Cumberland 3,309 (67.21)° 3,114 (84.92)
Buffalo Trace 367 93.15 382 (69.33)
Gateway 343 61.69 589 (60.60)
FIVCO 194 85.46 125 (93.98)
Big Sandy 209 (73.07)° 459 (80.10)
Kentucky River 50 89.28 148 (84.57)
Cumberland Valley 1,690 65.00 1,508 (62.08)

* Compiled by authors.

» Male commuting significantly higher at the 0.05 level (one-tail test)

© Female commuting significantly higher at the 0.05 level (one-tail test)

aggregate pattern does not support the met-
ropolitan differences found in work travel for
both sexes.

This statewide pattern masks a large amount
of local variations in the journey to work for
both men and women. Historically, the west-
ern or non-Appalachian portion of the state
has had a more diversified manufacturing base
than its eastern, Appalachian counterpart.
During the 1960s, the western part of the state
experienced a major increase in nonmetropol-
itan manufacturing, while the eastern portion
grew faster in manufacturing during the 1970s
(15). The western portion today has a much
higher proportion of the total amount of non-
metropolitan manufacturing jobs in Kentucky,
while the eastern region is still dominated by
mining in many of the counties. The western
counties also have a higher percentage of man-
ufacturing jobs associated with branch plants
while the eastern counties have stronger local
firms. Overall, manufacturing opportunities are
more frequent in the west than in the eastern
part of the state.

To analyze commuting patterns at a more
local level, the 15 ADDs in Kentucky were used
as the basis of observation. The labor sheds for
5 of the 15 districts were the same as the state-
wide pattern since the percentages of male and
female commuters were not significantly dif-
ferent; these districts were Barren River, Blue-
grass, Gateway, Kentucky River, and Cum-

berland Valley AADs (Table 3). Barren River
and Kentucky River also had a significantly
lower number of female commuters than the
state as a whole while Gateway and Lake Cum-
berland had a significantly higher percentage
of women commuters than the statewide av-
erage.

In 6 districts, a significantly higher per-
centage of the male industrial workers com-
muted from another county than their female
counterparts. These 6 districts—Purchase,
Green River, Lincoln Trail, KIPDA, Northern
Kentucky, and Buffalo Trace—are all situated
along the Ohio River. Among these 6 districts,
female commuting percentages were signifi-
cantly below the state average in the Lincoln
Trail and KIPDA districts and significantly
above average in the Purchase and Green Riv-
er districts.

Finally, in 4 of the districts a significantly
higher percentage of the female workforce
commuted from another county; these were
the Pennyrile, Lake Cumberland, FIVCO and
Big Sandy. In the Pennyrile and Lake Cum-
berland districts, the female percentages were
above the state average while in the FIVCO
ADD the percentage was below the state fig-
ure.

Overall, women industrial workers in the
eastern districts tended to commute more than
their counterparts in the western districts re-
flecting in part the lack of job opportunities in

FEMALE COMMUTING PATTERNS IN KENTUCKY—Cromley and Webster 9

TaBLe 4. Commuting by sex for female-dominated and
male-dominated industries.*

TaBLe 5. Commuting by sex for low-wage and high-
wage industries.*

Work and reside in same county

No. %

Work and reside in same county

No. %

Female-dominated industries”

Females 6,968° (70.10)
Males 1,949 (79.32)
Male-dominated industries®
Females 3,714 (78.12)
Males 13,039 (70.82)

* Compiled by authors.

» Those industries in which females comprise at least 70 per cent of the
work force. In this study those industries are apparel (87.2%), textiles (72.2%),
and miscellaneous manufacturing (73.8%)

© Those industries in which males comprise at least 70 per cent of the work
force. In this study those industries are lumber (92.6%), tobacco (91.8%),
primary metals (89.0%), transportation equipment (84.7%), chemicals (83.5%),
petroleum refining (81.8%), stone, clay, and glass (76.1%), food (73.2%), fur-
niture (70.8%), and nonelectrical machinery (70.6%)

the eastern counties. Those areas in the east
that did not have higher than expected levels
of female commuting were dominated more
by indigenous firms and mining operations. An
earlier study found that workers tended to
commute less among indigenous manufactur-
ing firms than they did among branch plants
(14). Finally, male/female differences also seem
to be a function of the distribution of manu-
facturing jobs. The industries of the districts
located along the Ohio River are more male
oriented as many metalurgicai and chemical
companies have been attracted to this area. To
examine this relationship fully it is necessary
to examine commuting patterns among various
industry types.

As previously discussed, several explanations
are given for the shorter work trip of women
in a metropolitan setting. The most common
are (1) women tend to choose jobs closer to
their residences because they value their com-
muting time differently than men; (2) they
have less accessibility to private transportation;
(3) their job provides secondary rather than
primary income for a family; and, (4) they
tend to work in low-wage industries thereby
reducing the net-monetary benefit of employ-
ment if long distance commuting is necessary.
Due to the constraints of the data set, the first
3 explanations cannot be examined here al-
though some form of private transportation is
the only option in most nonmetropolitan areas.
If the fourth explanation holds true for women
in a nonmetropolitan setting, then women in
low-wage industries should commute less than

Low-wage industries?

Females 7,887 (71.50)
Males 3,242 (78.21)
High-wage industries‘

Females 343 (78.31)
Males 1,915 (66.19)

* Compiled by the author
» In this study textiles, apparel, furniture, and lumber are identified as low-
wage industries based on the average hourly wage for each industry group.

© In this study petroleum refining, primary metals, and transportation equip-
ment are identified as high-wage industries based on the average hourly wage
for each industry group

their fellow workers in high-wage industries.
In the last section, it was mentioned that more
men commute from another county than wom-
en in those districts along the Ohio River be-
cause many male-dominated industries were
located there. It is expected that women in a
female dominated industry group will com-
mute less than men and women in the male-
dominated industry group. A female-domi-
nated industry is defined here as one in which
70 per cent or more of its workers are women;
likewise, a male-dominated industry is one in
which men comprise at least 70 per cent of its
work force.

As expected, there is a significant difference
among women in a female-dominated indus-
try and male-dominated industries (Table 4);
however, women in the female-dominated in-
dustry group not only show a greater tendency
to commute than males, they also show a great-
er tendency to commute than their female
counterparts in the male-dominated industries
(Table 5).

With respect to wage levels, women in the
low-wage industry group once again not only
had a greater tendency to commute than males
in similar industries, they also show a greater
tendency to commute than females in the high-
wage industries. In this nonmetropolitan area,
commuting patterns for women are contrary
to expected results although the men follow
the metropolitan pattern. Again, the avail-
ability of jobs is probably more of a factor in
nonmetropolitan regions. Firms moving into
nonmetro areas are seeking sites that have
available pools of unskilled labor. The lack of
competition from other firms in the area means

10 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

that the female workers of these low-wage in-
dustries must travel longer distances in their
journey to work.

SUMMARY

It is clear that the nonmetropolitan indus-
trialization phenomenon has had a major im-
pact on the social and economic life of non-
metropolitan America. One aspect that has not
received attention in the literature has been
nonmetro industrialization’s impact on female
participation in the industrial work force. This
paper has shown that the filtering of industry
to rural areas has increased the job opportu-
nities for women in nonmetropolitan areas.
However, unlike women in metropolitan areas,
these nonmetropolitan workers have distinc-
tive journey-to-work patterns.

The results of this study imply that the dif-
ferentials in the commuting patterns of male
and female industrial workers in a nonmet-
ropolitan study are not the same as those in
recent metropolitan investigations. As shown
here, females are not restricted to shorter work
trips among nonmetropolitan industrial work-
ers in Kentucky and there is no significant dif-
ference in the journey-to-work patterns of males
and females. Although hidden in the aggregate
sample, important regional and industrial vari-
ations were identified. Women were more like-
ly to commute in the less industrialized eastern
regions of the state reflecting in part the lack
of closer intervening opportunities in these
areas. However, the most significant finding
indicates that females in female-dominated and
low-wage industries have a greater tendency
to commute than males in those same industry
groups and other females in male-dominated
and high-wage industry groups.

Although this study has shown that non-
metropolitan commuting patterns among fe-
male are significantly different from metro-
politan patterns, it does not fully explain why
or how women are making the journey to work.
More research is needed regarding the signif-
icance of women’s contribution to total,family
income and their relationship to the head of
household. Is a woman’s income more critical
in nonmetro areas than in a nonmetropolitan
setting? Secondly, how are women getting to
work in a rural setting where private vehicles
are the only mode of transportation? As the
role of women in the work force continues to

increase it is essential that we have a better
understanding of their problems and patterns.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank John Diniz for
preparation of all graphics.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Clemente, F. and G. F. Summers. 1975. The jour-
ney to work and rural industrial employees. Soc. Forces
54:212-219.

2. Wilson, F. D. 1975. Journey to work: metropolitan-
nonmetropolitan comparisons. Discussion Paper 327-75,
University of Wisconsin Institute for Research on Poverty,
Madison, Wisconsin.

3. Summers, et al. 1976. Industrial invasion of non-
metropolitan America. Praeger Publishers, Inc., New York.

4. Fisher, J. S. and R. L. Mitchelson. 1981. Forces of
change in the American settlement pattern. Geo. Rev. 71:
298-310.

5. Garrison, C. B. 1967. Economic impact of new
industry on small towns. Unpubl. Doctoral Dissertation.
University of Kentucky, Lexington.

6. Lonsdale, R. E. 1981. Industry’s role in nonmet-
ropolitan economic development and population change.
In C. C. Roseman, J. J. Sofranko, and J. D. Williams (eds.)
Population redistribution in the Midwest. Iowa State Uni-
versity, Ames, Iowa.

7. Wardwell, J. M. 1981. The reversal of nonmetro-
politan migration loss. In D. A. Dillman and D. J. Hobbs
(eds.) Rural society in the U.S.: issues for the 1980s. West-
view Press, Boulder, Colorado.

8. Erickson, R. A. and T. R. Leinbach. 1979. Char-
acteristics of branch plants attracted to nonmetropolitan
areas. In R. E. Lonsdale and H. L. Seyler (eds.) Nonmet-
ropolitan industrialization. Halstead Press, New York.

9. Cromley, R. G. and T. R. Leinbach. 1981. The
pattern and impact of the filter down process in nonmet-
ropolitan Kentucky. Econ. Geo. 57:208-224.

10. Park, S. O. and J. Wheeler. 1983. The filtering
down process in Georgia: the third stage in the product
life cycle. Prof. Geo, 35:18-31.

11. Andrews, H. F. 1978. Journey to work consider-
ations in the labor force participation of married women.
Regional Studies 12:16-20.

12. Ericksen, J. A. 1977. An analysis of the journey
to work for women. Soc. Prob. 24:428-435.

13. Madden, J. F. and M. J. White. 1980. Spatial im-
plications of increases in the female labor force: a theo-
retical and erupisical synthesis. Land Econ. 561:432-445.

14. Cromley, R. G. and R. H. Webster. 1983. Differ-
ences in the commuting fields of beach plants and indig-
enous industrial activity. Southeastern Geo. 23:15.

15. Leinbach, T. R. and R. G. Cromley. 1982. Ap-
palachian Kentucky: the role of manufacturing in micro-
politan development. Growth and Change 13:11-20.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 11-19

Keys to the Aquatic Gastropoda Known from Kentucky

BRANLEY ALLAN BRANSON

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Diagnostic keys to the species of aquatic gastropods known from Kentucky are presented. Most species
are illustrated. Some species from peripheral areas are included.

INTRODUCTION

In various environmental impact statements
and many biological surveys of Kentucky
waters, one group of organisms is practically
always covered in a very cursory manner or
omitted altogether. The aquatic snails form
one of the most conspicuous and diverse groups
of benthic organisms in the state. The most
apparent reason for this hiatus in knowledge
is the lack of easily available literature on the
gastropod fauna, particularly the lack of iden-
tification guides. Other than the two checklists
(1, 2), most of the literature is quite old and
widely scattered.

The purpose of this contribution is to pro-
vide a set of keys designed specifically for the
identification of the species of aquatic gastro-
pods known to live in Kentucky (some of the
keys include species which should be here but
which have not been reported) and to sum-
marize briefly the taxonomic changes that have
been published during the last several years.

Taylor (3) excluded the genus Antroselates
and its only known species, A. spiralis, de-
scribed by Hubricht (4) from Kentucky cave
waters, from the family Hydrobiidae, sug-
gesting that the snail was probably an Amer-
ican representative of the family Micro-
melaniidae. Somatogyrus integer (Say) is syn-
onymous with S. subglobous (Say) (5). The
specimens reported from Kentucky as Lioplax
sulcosa Menke are L. subcarinata occidentalis
Pilsbry.

Some additional important taxonomic find-
ings include the following. Hubendick (6)
combined the families Ancylidae and Planor-
bidae, erected the new familial designation
Ancyloplanorbidae, and fused several genera.
Planorbula now includes Menetus and Pro-
menetus, and the genus Gyraulus includes Ar-
miger. This arrangement is followed here, al-
though Burch (7) retained Menetus and

ll

Promenetus as separate genera. Finally, most
American gastropod experts continue to sep-
arate the Pleuroceridae from the principally
Asian Thiaridae, even though the two groups
are virtually indistinguishable, as pointed out
many years ago by Wenz (8) and Hyman (9).
If this logic is followed, the name Thiaridae
would have priority. However, to avoid con-
fusion this author follows Burch (7) in retaining
the very familiar name Pleuroceridae.

KEY TO FAMILIES OF KENTUCKY
AQUATIC SNAILS

la. Shell with an operculum .............. 2
b. Shell lacking an operculum ............ 5

Za. Operculum concentric (Lioplax has a spi-
ral nuclear portion) .. Viviparidae... Key A
by @perculumyspirally ae ase eee one 8

3a. Operculum circular with many spirals;

shell less than 7 mm in diameter; gill ex-
ternal tea qian Valvatidae ... Key B

b. Operculum not circular, usually with few
Spiralsssculleinternal aemre sie inerrant: 4

da. Shell less than 10 mm long, usually thin
RE ere esha te Biche eRe Hydrobiidae ... Key C

b. Shell more than 15 mm long, usually thick,
heavyercs ve Pleuroceridae ... Key D

5a. Shell sinistral and spiraled ...........
Each tepesteraers sec moet Physidae ... Key E

b. Shell dextral and spiraled, hat-like, or flat-
ly coiled in one plane ................. 6

6a. Shell dextral and spiraled ............
We eRe Gen hee Lymnaeidae ... Key F

b. Shell hat-like or flatly coiled in one plane
eee Ancyloplanorbidae . . . 7
7a. Shell hat-like .. ancyliform snails... Key G

b. Shell coiled flatly in one plane .......
Rep ar saci cns planorbiform snails ... Key H

Key A: KENTUCKY VIVIPARIDAE

la. Shell globose, thin, 30 or more mm in

length; epidermis sometimes banded;
operculum wholly concentric .......... 2

b. Shell turreted, thick, less than 30 mm in

12

6a.

7a.

. Shell with 4 revolving bands

. Shell lacking keels on whorls
. Shell with keels on whorls
. Shell with 3 carinae, upper, middle, and

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

length; epidermis never banded; oper-
culum variable

. Adult shell 35 mm to over 50 mm in

length; whorls not shouldered; epidermis
never banded (introduced)
Cipangopaludina chinensis raalleata
(Figs. 1, 2)
Adult shell usually less than 35 mm but
usually greater than 30 mm; whorls shoul-
dered; epidermis sometimes banded .. .
Bree SIS avarice cea fenennePsyere rte Viviparus ... 4

. Early whorls of spire striate or keeled;

nuclear part of operculum spiral, the rest
concentric ....Lioplax subcarinata (Fig. 3)
Early whorls of spire smooth; operculum
wholly concentric Campeloma ... 6

Sia snecge SiS Viviparus gorgianus (Fig. 4)
Shell lacking bands

. Shell umbilicate, thin, with short spire

and convex whorls
Laan U aa th dente Viviparus intertextus (Fig. 5)
Shell imperforate, thick, with everted spire
and flatly rounded whorls
Aira bias toc ote rr Viviparus subpurpureus'
Shell rather thin and fragile; radula with
central tooth higher than wide; spire usu-
ally eroded (now includes C. integrum)
ade rags Campeloma decisum (Fig. 6)
Shell solid, thick; radula with central tooth
as wide as or wider than high; spire usu-
ally nearly to completely entire
Spire equal to or shorter than aperture;
shell white beneath epidermis
Aen) Meaney ee Campeloma crassula (Fig. 7)
Spire longer than aperture; shell pinkish
or pinkish-white beneath epidermis ...
Arey Secret haere Campeloma rufum

Key B: VALVATIDAE POssIBLY
IN KENTUCKY

lower; spire elevated above other whorls
Fae eminent ended Valvata tricarinata (Fig. 8)
Shell with 2 carinae; spire depressed be-
low other whorls ....... Valvata bicarinata

. Umbilicus narrow and deep, well-like;

whorls regularly enlarging; spire elevated
Valvata sincera

. Umbilicus wide and shallow; whorls rap-

idly enlarging to body whorl; spire de-
pressed (doubtful occurrence) . . . Valvata lewisi

' Not reported from Kentucky but can be expected from

waters in Purchase Area.

la.

oa:

6a.

3a.

_ Size smaller (5.5 mm or less)

Key C: Kentucky HyYDROBIIDAE
AND POMATIOPSIDAE

Shell white; animal colorless and blind;
basal dentacles lacking on central radular
teeth; a cave species .. Antroselates spiralis
Shell with some coloration; animal with
pigments and eyes; basal dentacles pres-
ent on central radular teeth; surface
dwellers

. Shell an elongated, slender cone (5-10

mm); foot divided by a vertical groove;
amphibious
Prete (Pomatiopsidae) ... Pomatiopsis ... 6
Shell short or elongate-globose; foot not

divided; aquatic .............:----4+- 3
. Shell with nuclear (embryonic) whorl el-
evated above others .................. 4

Shell with nuclear whorl sunken below
othersieis Veeco Amnicola emarginata

. Whorls increasing gradually in size; size

small\(Semma)/ seen acee ees Amanicola integer
Body whorl very large; size larger (5.5-

9 mm)
Size larger (9 mm)
boo be Somatogyrus subglobosus (Fig. 10)

EMER Amnicola cincinnatiensis (Fig. 9)
Aperture circular; whorls very inflated and
CONVEX css Pomatiopsis cincinnatiensis
Aperture oval; whorls less inflated, flat-
tened ..... Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Fig. 11)

Key D: Kentucky PLEUROCERIDAE”
(And Genera Elsewhere)

. Aperture drawn down into an obvious

canal; columella twisted
Aperture angled or rounded, not canalic-
ulate; columella not twisted

. Shell spindle shaped and inflated; large

nodules or spines on periphery; no nacre
on columella; canal nearly as long as spire;
restricted to the upper Tennessee River
in Tennessee
Shell conical or ovoid; nodules or spines
low; canal much shorter than spire; col-
umella with some nacre
Shell elongate-ovoid to conical, the height
much greater than width; columella
thickened above but not below; nodules
when present very low ....Pleurocera... 8
Shell oval, turban-shaped, or fusiform,
smooth or with a series of nodules on up-
per portion of body whorl; columella
thickened above and below ... Lithasia ... 12

2 Generic names in parentheses are the ones used by
Burch (1982).

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KENTUCKY— Branson 13

4.0mm

8.0mm
f
<@ °°
7
Nes 8
9.0mm 6.0mm 4.0 mm

Fics. 1-8. 1, 2. Cipangopaludina chinensis malleata. 3. Lioplax subcarinata. 4. Viviparus gorgianus. 5. Viviparus
intertextus. 6. Campeloma decisum. 7. Campeloma crassula. 8. Valvata tricarinata.

14

6a.

8a.

10a.

lla.

. Aperture entire, rounded in front
7a.

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

. Aperture with a deep notch above be-

tween the lip and body whorl; restricted
to the Alabama River system .... Gyrotoma
Aperture without a notch above

. Shell obovate, heavy, angled at periphery

with nodules and short spire; aperture ear-
shaped; columella truncate; 2 species re-
stricted to the French Broad, Powell and
Clinch rivers, Tennessee ....... Eurycaelon
Shell oval, elongate-oval, or turreted; ap-
erture angled below or rounded
Aperture angled below, entire above ..
Hee Sh eed te, ene tns Sete lane a Goniobasis .. . 17

Central denticles of radular teeth degen-
erate; laterals cleaver-like; shell globose
and 20 mm or more in length ........
Bars Anculosa (Leptoxis) praerosa (Fig. 12)
Central denticles of radular teeth not de-
generate; laterals not cleaver-like; shell
subglobose and 15 mm or less in length
eee Nitocris (Leptoxis) trilineata (Fig. 13)
Canal bent backward; shells mostly ovate
to ovate-conical and relatively small (25-
30 mm); with or without darker bands;
lacking nodules and sulci
a nee Pleurocera (Lithasia) curta (Fig. 14)
Canal not bent backward; shells generally
elongate-conical; usually nodulose or sul-

CALE aR ee etcetera reas eine tu cot cde Sot eae 9
. Shells with tubercles on body whorl and

sometimes next whorls above as well ....10

Shells sulcate to nearly smooth ......... 11

Shell short, its width about half the length;
body whorl angled with a row of tubercles
along the angle
...Pleurocera (Pleurocera) alveare (Fig. 15)

. Shell elongate and large, its width much

less than half the length; body whorl cren-
ulate and sometimes nodulose
Eten ee es eee Pleurocera (Pleurocera)
canaliculatum undulatum (Fig. 16)

Lower whorls with low, obtuse carinae

which produce a sulcus; lip of aperture
undulated by sulcus
.... Pleurocera (Pleurocera) canaliculatum
(Fig. 17)

. Lower whorls nearly smooth, lacking dis-

tinct carinae; lip of aperture not undu-
lated
.... Pleurocera (Pleurocera) acuta (Fig. 18)

. Shell with a row of nodules on the pe-

riphery of the body whorl ............. 13
. Shell with nodules on upper portion of

the body whorl or lacking ............. 16
. Body whorl with a crown-like row of tu-

bercles (sometimes a lower one also that

parallels the upper one) ............... 14

b.

14a.

2a.

Body whorl with a central row of tuber-
cles or numerous ones in parallel rows .. .15
Body whorl with a single row of tubercles;
distinctly shouldered
.... Lithasia (Lithasia) geniculata (Fig. 19)

. Body whorl generally with a series of nod-

ules on the shoulder and 2 series of smaller
ones below .. .Lithasia (Lithasia) salebrosia

. Body whorl with a central row of tuber-

....Lithasia (Lithasia) armigera (Fig. 20)

cles

. Body whorl with numerous tubercles in

parallel rows
aaa’ Lithasia (Lithasia) verrucosa (Fig. 21)

a. Shell large (30 to 35 mm), inflated, ovate,

with plicae on whorls
BY ARTE RRR a Lithasia (Leptoxis) plicata

. Shell smaller (25 mm or less), compactly

ovoid, without plicae
Lithasia (Lithasia) obovata (Fig. 22)

. Shell with longitudinal plicae on lower

WOES! 35 sty cye oh seo a eae Ie eee 18
Shell lacking longitudinal plicae on lower
Whorlsit sce yo envi ieee ale ep te 21

. In small tributary streams of the Upper

Cumberland River
eh ee Goniobasis (Elimia) plicata-striata
(Fig. 23)
Not in small streams of the Cumberland
River

. Body whorl smooth except near sutures;

Green-Barren river system
... Goniobasis (Elimia) curreyana (Fig.
Body whorl with plicae extending at least
half-way down

. Lower half of body whorl smooth; base

color pale yellow to horn; usually spirally
striate (sometimes smooth); often with
distinct bands; Green, Barren, and parts
of the Cumberland River system
S Eset Goniobasis (Elimia) laqueata (Fig.
Lower half of body whorl with plicae;
base color dark-horn to brownish; spiral
striae strongly raised; usually without
bands; tributaries of the Ohio River ad-
jacent to Illinois
rer Goniobasis (Elimia) costifera (Fig.
Upper whorls without carinae on periph-
ery of whorls; shell obtusely conical,
smooth; spire relatively short; aperture
often with purplish tinge within; Cum-
berland River system
Goniobasis (Elimia) ebenum (Fig.

25)

26)

27)

. Upper whorls with sharp carinae on pe-

riphery; shell conical; spire elongated; ap-
erture whitish within; common in Lick-
ing, Salt and Kentucky rivers; less common
in Salt, parts of Green and western Ken-
tucky streams

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 15

=>.

14

2.0mm 10.0mm 8.0 mm

10.0 mm
12.0 mm

12.5 mm

10.5 mm 14.5 mm

Fics. 9-20. 9. Amnicola cincinnatiensis. 10. Somatogyrus subglobosus. 11. Pomatiopsis lapidaria. 12. Anculosa
praerosa. 13. Nitocris trilineata. 14. Pleurocera curta. 15. Pleurocera alveare. 16. Pleurocera canaliculatum undulatum.
17. Pleurocera canaliculatum canaliculatum. 18. Pleurocera acuta. 19. Lithasia geniculata. 20. Lithasia armigera.

16

2a.

3a.

3a.

la.

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

A ee eet A Goniobasis (Elimia) semicarinata
(Fig. 28)

Key E: TENTATIVE KEY TO
KENTUCKY SPECIES OF PHysa®
Shell rather thin, large (15 to 21 mm long),

columella twisted and bearing a ridge or
plait; penis sheath constricted near the

middle, divided into two parts ......... 2
Shell thicker, small (usually 13 mm or less
in length); columella smooth, lacking a
ridge or plait (usually); penis not divided
into two parts ..... Physa integra (Fig. 29)
Shell wide, the body whorl inflated; ap-
erture wide and expansive ............. 8
. Shell narrow and nearly cylindric; aper-
ture narrow, elongate ...............
Sorel att nse Physa anatina virgata (Fig. 30)
Spire short; shell without spiral lines; col-
umella strongly twisted .............
ee eee Physa heterostropha (Fig. 31)
. Spire long; shell with distinct spiral lines;
columella only slightly twisted or not at
EN ER rare em etan s Physa gyrina (Fig. 32)
Key F: Key To KENTUCKY
LYMNAEIDAE
. Spire as long as or longer than aperture
reside ae bate aetea etaewe es (enss aieCaasen cade ivi suerte iainosrehees 2
Spire usually shorter than aperture ...... 8

. Spire longer than aperture; whorls regu-

larly increasing in size; shell narrowly
elongate; body whorl long and narrow
he tre ee Lymnaea (Stagnicola) elodes
(Figs. 33, 34)
Spire about as long as aperture; whorls
not regularly increasing in size (body
whorl suddenly enlarged); shell not nar-
rowly elongate
Se ne Lymnaea (Fossaria) humilis (Fig. 35)
Body whorl elongated, not greatly ex-
panded; spire about one-half the iength
of aperture
Lymnaea (Pseudosuccinea) columella
(Fig. 36)

. Body whorl greatly expanded; spire about

one-third length of aperture
Rooner ae Lymnaea (Stagnicola) emarginata
(Fig. 37)

Key G: Kentucky ANCYLIFORM
SNAILS

Shell distinctly radially striated; apex
pinkish or reddish inside; radular teeth in

5 Placed in genus Physella by Burch (1982).

2a.

3a.

4a.

la.

2a.

3a.

4a.

5a.

rows about 30 microns apart, each with
prominent inner cusps

. Shell finely radially striate or smooth; apex

same color as rest of shell; radular tooth
rows about 6 to 10 microns apart, without
prominent inner cusps
Shell elevated (variable); apex with very
fine radial striae; aperture sometimes with
a shelf-life septum enclosing the posterior
part; pseudobranch of one flat lobe; penis
with a flagellum Ferrissia... 4

. Shell depressed; apex smooth, completely

lacking radial striae; septa never formed;
pseudobranch two-lobed, the lower one
being elaborately folded; penis without a
flagellum ....... Laevapex fuscus (Fig. 44)
Shell only moderately elevated; apex usu-
ally entire; posterior slope straight or
slightly concave; anterior slope straight
or slightly convex .... Rhodacmea hinkleyi

. Shell very elevated; apex usually eroded

in adult shells; posterior slope straight or
slightly convex; anterior slope clearly
convex Rhodacmea elatior
Shell over 5 mm long, 1.4 to 1.7 mm wide,
elevated; habitat mostly in creeks, rivers,
and other flowing waters
SO Ce Ferrissia rivularis (Fig. 45)
Shell less than 4 mm long, depressed or
slightly elevated; habitat in standing
waters Ferrissia fragilis

Key H: Key To KENTUCKY
PLANORBIFORM SNAILS

Shell large, 12 to 30 mm in diameter . .
Leen Ge ce PRENATAL SNE Care A Helisoma ... 2

. Shell small, 1.5 to 7.0 mm in diameter

Shell carinate above and below; aperture
angular; umbilicus funicular
Helisoma anceps (Fig. 46)
Shell not carinate; aperture not angular
although it may be asymmetrical; um-
bilicus wide, not funicular.
.. Helisoma (Planorbella) trivolvis (Fig. 47)
Surface of shell not costate; periphery
rounded to carinate
Surface of shell strongly costate; periph-
ery acutely carinate
Gyraulus (Armigera) crista
Aperture bearing whitish barriers
(“teeth”) a short distance within; periph-
ery rounded
Meester Planorbula armigera (Figs. 38-40)
Aperture edentate; periphery of shell
rounded, bluntly angular, or carinate .... 5
Aperture lunate; periphery of shell an-

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 17

7.0mm 7.5 mm

9.0mm

7.0 mm

14.0 mm

7 Omm

8.0mm

———————————— en 13.5 mm

1.5mm 7Omm

13.0 mm

Fics. 21-36. 21. Lithasia verrucosa. 22. Lithasia obovata. 23. Goniobasis plicata-striata. 24. Goniobasis curreyana.
25. Goniobasis laqueata. 26. Goniobasis costifera. 27. Goniobasis ebenum. 28. Goniobasis semicarinata. 29. Physa
integra. 30. Physa anatina virgata. 31. Physa heterostropha. 32. Physa gyrina. 33, 34. Lymnaea elodes. 35. Lymnaea
humilis. 36. Lymnaea columella.

18 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

6.0 mm
13.0mm
<>
a
4 42 43 44
3.0mm ESE 2.5mm 6.5 mm

46b

4.0mm 11.0 mm

47b

7.5mm (0) Taint 4.0 mm
Fics. 37-48. 37. Lymnaea emarginata. 38-40. Planorbula armigera. 41. Gyraulus parvus. 42. Planorbula exacuous.
43, Planorbula dilatatus. 44. Laevapex fuscus. 45, Ferrissia rivularis. 46. Helisoma anceps. 47. Helisoma trivolvis.
48. Probythinella lacustris.

gular or evenly rounded; shell 3 to 5 mm b. Shell only moderately depressed, the pe-
in diameter ..... Gyraulus parvus (Fig. 41) riphery carinate but not sharply; penial

b. Aperture angular; periphery of shell car- gland sausage-shaped ................. if
imates soe Cae Os weedeat at ena! SL enna 6 7a. Umbilicus (spire pit on left side) shallow

c. Aperture not lunate or angular; periphery and wide .. Planorbula (Menetus) sampsoni
of shell not evenly rounded; may have a b. Umbilicus narrow and deep ..............
peripheral keel or a malleated surface; .. Planorbulla (Menetus) dilatatus (Fig. 43)

periostracum sometimes hirsute; 4 to 7
mm in diameter (usually larger than 5
IAIN) syever utha ce eeeetic Gyraulus deflectus ADDITIONAL NoTE

6a. Shell strongly depressed, the periphery ’ ; :
being sharply carinate; penial gland flat- Probythinella lacustris (Fig. 48), somewhat

tened ..Planorbula (Promenetus) exacuous similar to Pomatiopsis, has been implied by
(Fig. 42) range to occur in Kentucky (7).

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 19

LITERATURE CITED

1. Bickel, D. 1967. Preliminary checklist of Recent
and Pleistocene Mollusca of Kentucky. Sterkiana 28:7-20.

2. Branson, B. A. 1972. Checklist and distribution of
Kentucky aquatic gastropods. Kentucky Fish. Bull. 54:1-
20, 45 maps.

3. Taylor, D. W. 1966. A remarkable snail fauna from
Coahila, Mexico. Veliger 9:152-228.

4, Hubricht, L. 1963. New species of Hydrobiidae.
Nautilus 76:138-140.

5. Goodrich, C. and H. van der Schalie. 1944. A re-
vision of the Mollusca of Indiana. Amer. Midl. Nat. 32:
257-326.

6. Hubendick, B. 1978. Systematics and comparative
morphology of the Basommatophora. Pp. 1-47. In V. Fret-
ter and J. Peake (eds.) Pulmonates. Academic Press, New
York.

7. Burch, J. B. 1982. Freshwater snails (Mollusca: Gas-
tropoda) of North America. EPA-600/3-82-026: 1-294.

8. Wenz, W. 1939-1944. Gastropoda Prosobranchia.
In O. Schindewolf (ed.) Handbuch der Palaeozoologie,
Vol. 6, Teil 1-7.

9. Hyman, L.H. 1967. The invertebrates, Vol. 6. Mol-
lusca I. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 20-25

A Bathtub Hazard Model and an Application to
System Warranty

Lioyp R. JAIsINGH

Department of Mathematical Sciences, Morehead State University,
Morehead, Kentucky 40351

WILLIAM J. KOLARIK

Department of Industrial Engineering, Texas Tech University,
Lubbock, Texas 79409

AND

Dipak K. Dey

Department of Statistics, University of Connecticut,
Storrs, Connecticut 06268

ABSTRACT

This research effort has developed a mathematical model for bathtub-shaped hazards (failure rates) for
operating systems with uncensored data. The model can be used to predict the reliability of systems with
bathtub hazards. A warranty application is demonstrated. The model developed for the general bathtub
pattern of failure takes into account all 3 failure regions (increasing, decreasing, and constant) simultaneously
and is validated by least squares estimators. Also, the Kolmogorov-Smirnov (K-S) goodness-of-fit test is applied
as an aid in selecting the best representation for the reliability function.

INTRODUCTION

Reliability modeling is an important tool in
the design and evaluation of a system since it
helps to enable one to understand the success-
failure behavior of systems. One way of de-
termining the model is to plot the failure data
and evaluate it. Researchers, having plotted
and examined failure data for several years,
began to recognize several general models of
failure; namely, increasing, decreasing, ran-
dom and bathtub failures or hazard patterns.

The curve of Figure 1 has been discussed
by early researchers on the subject of reliability
(1) and is often called the BATHTUB CURVE
because of its shape. A decreasing failure rate
is usually encountered during the early life of
a system, when failures are primarily due to
initial weaknesses or manufacturing defects.
This period is called the “infant mortality”
period. A second type of failure occurs when
the system fails by chance alone and the failure
rate is nearly constant. This type of failure is
generally observed when the environmental
stresses exceed the design strength of the sys-
tem. It is difficult to predict the environmental

20

stress amplitudes or the system strengths as
deterministic functions of time, thus these
chance failures are often called “random fail-
ures.” A third type of failure is characterized
by an increasing failure rate as operating hours
are accumulated and the system ages and de-
teriorates. This region of failure is called the
“wearout” period. Graphing these failure rates
simultaneously will result in a bathtub-shaped
curve. Most investigators in the past have not
considered the 3 phases of failure of the bath-
tub curve simultaneously. This investigation is
concerned with the construction of a contin-
uous hazard function that incorporates all 3
modes of failure simultaneously, the investi-
gation of some of its properties and a warranty
application.

In order to understand the state-of-the-art
in bathtub hazard functions, a brief review and
some basic definitions of terminology used are
in order.

Definition 1: Reliability— is the probability
of the system not
failing by time t
and is defined as

RELIABILITY MODELING— Jaisingh et al. 21

We f(z)

dz where f(z) is
the probability
density of failure
as a function of
time.

Definition 2: Hazard Rate—is the conditional
probability of fail-
ure, given that
the system has not
failed by time t
and is given as

From this it follows that f(t) = h(t)- R(t).
Hjorth (2) considered a survival probability

or reliability function

_ exp(—at?/2)

R(t) (+ Bye”

where a, 8, 6 > 0 with the corresponding haz-
ard rate

h(t) = at +

; => 0 2
1+ Bt 2]
When 0 < a@ < 68 in [2], the curve is bathtub.

An equivalent form of equation [2] was given
by Lawless (3) as

r

NO Sea ae

t=0 [3]
where X, ¢ > 0.

Gaver and Acar (4) presented some general
procedures for constructing bathtub hazards
and a 4-parameter example given by them was
of the form

+Bt+D, t2=0 [4]

aw) tasG

where A, B, C, and D > 0 and B < A/C?.

Another model for the simultaneous contin-
uous bathtub hazard function was given by
Shooman (1). The method for deriving the
model is not an exact one but an approximate
method for describing the hazard function for
a given bathtub curve. This method is often
referred to as a piecewise-linear analysis meth-
od. The accuracy of the method increases as
the number of fitted segments increases.

l
——_+}—

Random failures Wearout failures

h(t) Early failures

'
!
(
!
I
|
i)

Time

Fic. 1. General bathtub curve.

Considering Figure 2, the 3 regions chosen
are i= tt = t,t, — t = t,and t, <t < co,
In region 1, the hazard is given by

hie = 7b t= t. [5]
In region 2,
h(t) ee at ty) tee Sato [6]
and in region 3,
h(t) Sie seiga(t "tats — t= 00. 117]

Another general failure model that can be
used to approximate h(t) is a polynomial of
order n,

h(t) = Ky + K,t + K,t?...
+ K,t", t = 0. [8]

The above model is extensively used in all
branches of engineering (1) to fit experimental
data. Since the various K’s can be positive or
negative constants, a very wide variety of
curves, including the bathtub, can be modeled.

Krohn (5) discussed a procedure for con-
structing a bathtub-shaped hazard function.
He selected an appropriate probability density
for each of the 3 periods of decreasing, constant
and increasing hazard rates shown in Figure
1 and called them f,(t), f,(t) and f,(t), respec-
tively. He restricted only one of the failure
causes to occur for a system where P,, P, and
P; were the probabilities for each of the 8
causes and P, + P, + P; = 1. Hence, a prob-
ability density (mixture) could be developed
from

f(t) = P,f,(t) als Paf,(t) ar P3f3(t) [9]

with the corresponding hazard function de-
rived from [9]. Krohn pointed out that this
procedure will indeed yield complex hazard
functions. The preceding references give an
indication of some of the work that has been
done specifically on the bathtub curve.

22 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

h(t)

sl
ope ny

Region 1

Fic. 2.
region 3 extends to 20, the model is required to fit well

Region 2 Region 3

Piecewise-linear failure model. Note: Although

only over the range t < ts.

THE MODEL
The assumptions for the model are:

1. The model is designed for nonrepairable
systems only.

2. The model and analysis are developed for
relatively large samples.

3. The model is designed to handle complete
failure data only.

Let the hazard for this model be of the form
(4)

h(t) =A + g(t) + k(t) [10]

where g(t) > 0 is a decreasing function of t
such that lim g(t) > 0; k(t) is an increasing
t-0o

function of t such that k(0)=0 and lim
t-0o

k(t) + 00, and X > 0 is a real number. Such a
function can yield a bathtub curve that satisfies
the properties of a hazard function. Therefore,
let

s)=
o>0 06> 0, t=0 [11]
and
k(t)=at, p=1, a>0, t2=0. [12]
The proposed model is then
h(t) =A + pipire +at’, t=O. [13]

t+¢

This model simultaneously describes the bath-
tub hazard function when the parameters sat-
isfy their restrictions and is indeed a flexible
hazard function that can fit various bathtub
patterns. Note that when p = 1, a < 6/¢° for

TaBLE 1. Generated (observed) values for the reliability,
hazard and density functions (4).

Generated Generated

Generated probability hazard,
Age at failure reliability, density, h(t) x 10°,

time t, hr R(t) f(t) x 104 fr/hr
600 0.74767 2.56150 0.34259
1,200 0.63830 1.31090 0.20537
1,800 0.57367 0.92564 0.16135
2,400 0.52111 0.85546 0.16416
3,000 0.46905 0.88706 0.18912
3,600 0.41445 0.93111 0.22466
4,200 0.35783 0.95046 0.26562
4,800 0.30114 0.93247 0.30964
5,400 0.24668 0.87730 0.35564
6,000 0.19647 0.79196 0.40308
6,600 0.15204 0.68674 0.45168
7,200 0.11424 0.57265 0.50126
7,800 0.08330 0.45960 0.55173
8,400 0.05891 0.35526 0.60300
9,000 0.04040 0.26460 0.65503
9,600 0.02684 0.18997 0.70776
10,200 0.01728 0.13149 0.76117

h(t) to be bathtub and for p > 1, h(t) is always
bathtub shaped.

The corresponding density and reliability
model for the proposed hazard in [13] are, re-
spectively

w=(r+ 2 + oe]
t+@¢

x-fi + 6 In(t/@ + 1)

fe atetl | 14]
pt 1| ;
and
R(t) = ex] 0 + 6 In(t/@ + 1)
p+
ce ) [15]
pt+l
since R(t) = exp[— J‘, h(z) dz].
SPECIAL CASES FOR THE MODEL
1. For 6=0, a=0, and A > O, then
h(t) = [At > 0 [16]

a |0, ew

RELIABILITY MODELING— Jaisingh et al. 23

h(t)

Legend: O = observed values
0.0008 + A
' A = predicted values ; 0
0.0007 5 °
! i
0.0006 i co)
A
! °
i) A
0.0005 * 2
i} i)
i} a
0.0004 * 0
1 )
] 0
A
0.0003 * °
a a
1 °
A
! °
A
0.0002 °
a a
! ° ° 0
A a
0.0001 4
1
1
sopoge x ee eene--- beree- to-e---. ee ee et enn--- to----- +-—--- $ere--- be----- ee genee-- teon--- od beeen tenn
600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 6600 7200 7800 3400 9000 9600 10290
Fic. 8. Plot of the observed and predicted hazard values.
That is, the hazard rate is constant and the 6
corresponding probability density function is Oe t>0 [18]
0 e'w
—~At eS 0) a
f(t) = Ire , [17] and
|0, e-w
hich is th 1 distrib os t>0
which is the exponential distribution. Tan Tn AE
P f(t) = 4 (t + og) [19]
2. ForX =0,a=0,6>0,¢>0 0, ew

Now, let y =t + @, then [19] is transformed to

the density of y as
TaBLe 2. Predicted hazard, reliability and the absolute

differences of the reliability values. O°
5 >@
Predicted Predicted Absolute f(y) aa ee
“Mime hr Wg ihr “RQ IR RO ee
600 0.29196 0.74003 0.00764 which is the Pareto distribution.

1,200 0.19725 0.64332 0.00492
1800 0.17686 0.57611 0.00244 3. For A= 0, 8=0, a > 0, p 2 1, then
2,400 0.18143 0.51792 0.00319
3,000 0.19992 0.46217 0.00688 Jat», t>0
3,600 0.22695 (0.40676 0.00769** h(t) = 0, e-w [20]
4,200 0.26019 0.35155 0.00628 :
4,800 0.29834 0.39739 0.00375 and
5,400 0.34059 0.24556 0.00112
6,000 0.38641 0.19747 0.00100
6,600 0.43542 0.15435 0.00231
7,200 0.48735 0.11704 0.00280 f ) atrexp) — tea | uenteeas O 21
7,800 0.54196 0.08596 0.00266 (ie Pastel [21]
8,400 0.59909 0.06105 0.00214 0, e-w
9,000 0.65859 0.04187 0.00147
9,600 0.72035 0.02769 0.00085
10,200 0.78430 —-0.01763 0.00035 which is a “restricted” Weibull distribution

+> Dun reliability) since p > 1. For the Weibull, p > —1.

24 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

P(X, > w)
1
0.90 «
(
1 ry a a ry
1 a
| a
0.83 © a
!
1 rN
1
i}
0.80 +
' a
|
1 A a ry ry
i} a ry
0.75 + ry
1
!
Ia
ry
!
0.70 +
{ ry
'
1 a ry
! 4 a a
0.65 ¢ Aa a
' ry
!
1
fa
0.60 * A
!
1
i}
1
0.55 ¢
a
1
1
i}
0.30 +
!
!

+

Fic. 4.

VALIDATION AND WARRANTY
APPLICATION OF THE MODEL

The model was validated by using the in-
formation given in Table 1 (6). Table 1 gives
the generated reliability, hazard rate and den-
sity values for ninety components over a period
of 10,200 hours at 600-hour intervals. These
values were obtained by Kececioglue (6) by
grouping the failed components into two sub-
populations.

The six-parameter mixed Weibull

_3T ae T eee
650

90 650
a 532.27 Rees ‘ (5) [22]
90 5,750\5,750) ©

generated the density values and

R(t) - 1 es) + 58 (or) [23]

generated the reliability values. The hazard
rates, h(t), were obtained from the relation

Se ee, eee nee See Sy Sy oe cee

a w = 30 days
A A a
A A
Aa
a a
a
a
A
A
- a w = 60 days

w = 90 days

ay ee eer eee Sey Smit Sey oe ae

1890 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3000 3800 4900

burn-in time, hrs.

Plot of P(X; > w) against burn-in times.

f(t) = h(t)-R(t). For illustration purposes the
derived model will be demonstrated using these
generated values as the observed values.

The estimated least squares parameter values
for the hazard function were \ = 9.946898 x
10-6, 6 = 2222.97288 x 10-4 or = 220, a=
7.696699 x 10°! and p = 149. 44079 x 10°
with an R? (hazard) value of approximately
98% using SAS PROC NLIN. Figure 3 shows
plots of the observed and predicted values for
the hazard rate. In addition, Table 2 gives the
predicted hazard and reliability values and the
absolute differences (| observed-predicted | ) for
the reliability values. Using the K-S goodness-
of-fit test, D,,,, (reliability) = 0.00769 < D, =
0.3180 at the 5% level of significance. There-
fore, the fitted reliability model does provide
acceptable results in predicting the reliability
values.

Example: Given a warranty period, determine
the optimal burn-in time for a system with
the simultaneous bathtub hazard rate such
that the system does not fail before the war-
ranty period expires.

RELIABILITY MODELING— Jaisingh et al. 25

Solution (values of A, 0, ¢, & and determined
above are used to work this example): Let
X be the random variable for the life of the
system from time zero. Let X; be the ran-
dom variable for the life of the system after
burn-in of time T. Let w be the warranty
period. Theoretically, one needs to compute
B(xe' = w)! Now,

P(X; > w) = P(X — T>w|X > T)
= 10.C SP Se aie |p Se dD)
Pox Tt wx 1)
P(X > T)
eR (SS sw)
P(X > T)
R(T + w)

7 ay ed

where R is the reliability of the system from
time zero. Then by using equation [15],

P(X; > w)

= ex] —Aw — 6|n(1 + w/(T + 4))

Qa

- (T+ wet?
pt+l
te = 7] [25]

Observe from Figure 4 that the plot of P(X; >
w) against burn-in times results in curves that
are concave downwards. This is a direct result
of the bathtub nature of the proposed hazard
model. The optimal burn-in time will corre-
spond to the time when P(X; > w) is a max-
imum. For w = 30, 60, and 90 days, the optimal
burn-in times were 1,800, 1,400, and 1,000
hours, respectively. The corresponding prob-
abilities that the system will survive beyond
these warranty periods for these burn-in times

were 0.88026, 0.77041 and 0.66752, respec-
tively.

CONCLUSION

The purpose of this paper has been to con-
struct a (flexible) bathtub hazard model for
nonrepairable systems with uncensored data.
Special cases of the model produced classical
density functions that frequently arise in re-
liability studies. The validity of the model was
established by the nonlinear least-squares es-
timation method. Potential applications of the
model include the effect of burn-in to elimi-
nate the infant mortality region so that the
finished product will be operating in the region
of near constant failure rate, and situations
where one desires to model the entire lifetime
of a product or population; where the lifetime
is characterized by a period with a decreasing
failure rate, a constant failure rate and an in-
creasing failure rate. The example presented
illustrates how the optimal burn-in time can
be computed for different warranty periods.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Shooman, M. L. 1968. Probabilistic reliability: an
engineering approach. McGraw-Hill Electrical and Elec-
tronic Engineering Series, McGraw-Hill, New York.

2. Hjorth, U. 1980. A reliability distribution with in-
creasing, decreasing, constant and bathtub-shaped failure
rates, Technometrics 22:99-107.

3. Lawless, J. F. 1982. Statistical models and methods
for lifetime data. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

4. Gaver, D. P. and N. Acar. 1979. Analytical hazard
representations for use in reliability, mortality, and sim-
ulation studies. Commun. Statis. Simula. Computa. B8(2):
91-111.

5. Krohn, C. A. 1969. Hazard versus renewal rate of
electronic items. [EEE Trans. Reliability R-18:64-73.

6. Kececioglue, D. 1985. Lecture notes. 11th Annual
Reliability Testing Institute 1985:215-257.

7. Griffith, W.S. 1982. Representation of distributions
having monotone or bathtub-shaped failure rates. IEEE
Trans. Reliability R-31:95-96.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 26

NOTE

Linum grandiflorum (Linaceae), Papaver dubium
(Papaveraceae), and Salvia pratensis (Labiatae): Addi-
tions to the Kentucky Flora—The following 3 taxa rep-
resent additions to the known vascular flora of Kentucky.
Voucher specimens are in the herbarium of Northern Ken-
tucky University (KNK).

Linum grandiflorum Desf. Small population on a steep
roadside slope N of the I-275 bridge, Ft. Thomas, Camp-
bell Co., 15 Jun 1986, JWT & JOL 56402. This North
African species is not included in the key to Linum in
Gray’s Manual of Botany (8th ed., American Book Co.,
New York, 1950) but is mentioned incidentally in the text.
Among North American flaxes it is unmistakable because
of its large (3-4 cm wide) flowers, its deep red petals, and
its long (8-11 mm long) sepals. We suspect it was probably
introduced to this site in seed sown for purposes of reveg-
etation. The hillside was severely disturbed during high-
way construction about 7 years ago and is now highly
eroded.

Papaver dubium L. Rare in railroad yard 2 miles S of
Latonia, Kenton Co., 8 May 1985, JWT 56066; same lo-
cality, 2 Jun 1985, JWT 56069 (in fruit); locally abundant
along railroad tracks, 3.2 km SE of Ross, Campbell Co.,
20 May 1986, JWT 56350. These plants have red-orange

26

petals, dark brown anthers, and rather narrowly obovoid
to obconic, glabrous capsules with 7-9 stigmatic rays. Their
striking petal color makes them easy to see in their rather
drab habitat. Although P. dubium, a European species, is
said to be “very variable” (Mowat and Walters in Flora
Europaea 1:248, 1964), our plants are quite uniform in
basic vegetative and floral morphology, even though they
vary considerably in stature. The capsules match well the
one shown in Gleason (The New Britton and Brown II-
lustrated Flora of the Northeastern United States and Ad-
jacent Canada, New York Botanical Garden, New York,
1952).

Salvia pratensis L. Hundreds of plants on steep, open
slope and eroding cutbank above Hands Road, 1.6 km S
of junction of Hands Road and state route 17, Covington,
Kenton Co., 4 May 1986, JWT 56329. With the leaves
chiefly in a basal rosette (only 2-3 pairs of leaves on the
stem); the nearly sessile flowers; the purple corollas with
a strongly curved upper lip; and the 3-toothed upper calyx
lip, this handsome European species is easily identified. —
James O. Luken and John W. Thieret, Department of
Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky University, High-
land Heights, Kentucky 41076.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 27-32

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

THE SEVENTY-SECOND ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING
OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Lexington Convention Center Ballroom 1
Lexington, Kentucky

20-22 November 1986

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING

The meeting was called to order by President Covell at
0915, 22 November, in Ballroom 1 of the Lexington Con-
vention Center. There were approximately 75 members
in attendance.

The Secretary's report was made by Dr. Creek. The
approval of the minutes of the 1985 annual meeting was
deferred until the 1987 annual meeting since they were
recorded in Vol. 47(1-2) of the Transactions which has
not been published. Dr. Creek moved that all new mem-
bers for 1986 be approved. Following a second from the
floor, the motion passed.

The Treasurer’s report was made by Dr. Taylor.

TREASURER 'S REPORT

Kentucky Academy of Science
November 1985-November 1986

Cash in the Madison National Bank

SpNovem berg 985 ses ee ee $13,020.19
RECEIPTS

Registration 1985 $ 4,461.22
Membership 7,082.00
Library Subscription............... 2,640.00
Institutional A ffiliations.......... 4,650.00
Page Charges 1,139.00
Interest (MMF) 235.00
$20,207.22

Total Cash and Receipts $33,227.41

DISBURSEMENTS

$ 588.62
Fall Meeting 1985 1,104.61
Hales Office Supply 581.95
INAS ee PO 60.00
Morehead State University .. 1,969.00
Postmaster 224.36
Miscellaneous 89.55
1,000.00
18.00
71.92
$ 6,153.41

27

BALANCE
Total Cash and Receipts -.22...2.00...-:ce $33,227.41
Total Disbursements 6,153.41
Cash on Hand 4 November 1986... $27,074.00
KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
FOUNDATION
Botany Foundation Interest 1986.................. $ = 751.20
Botany Foundation Residual from 1985... 1,259.28
Subtotal $ 2,010.48
Botany Foundation Grant occ 432.00
Ten Per Cent Interest Added to
Rrincipal eee eee 75.12
Total $ 1,503.36
Marcia Athey Fund Interest 1986.............. 5,334.68
Marcia Athey Fund Residual 198b............... 6,878.10
Subtotal $12,212.78
Marcia Athey Fund Grants 1986.................. 6,100.00
Total $ 6,112.78
Endowment Fur o...csccccsscccsceceseeeeceeeenceseeee 1,040.00

Following a motion and a second from the floor, the
report was approved. The report was audited by Gordon
Weddle and Alan Reed and found to be in order.

ComMITTEE REPORTS

1. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION. Dr. Branson made
the report.

The reprinted volume of the Transactions Vol. 46(3-
4) will be reissued within a few weeks. According to the
University of Kentucky Printing Office, Vol. 47(1-2 & 3-
4) will be published in early 1987.

Dr. Branson announced that the Executive Committee
had decided to return to Allen Press for publication of the
Transactions starting with Vol. 48(1-2). This will put the
publication of the Transactions back on schedule.

2. KENTUCKY JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. Mr.
Pat Stewart made the report.

Last year’s operations culminated with the annual sym-
posium held at Warren East High School. Forty-four titles
were scheduled of which 39 were read. Our other activities

28 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

included a tour of the General Motor Corvette plant, Lab-
skills, Science-Bow] Competitions and refreshments at the
conclusion of our organized activities.

The symposium was once again honored to have as
special guests the K.A.S. Executive Committee. This gave
us an opportunity to show our “troops in action.” We
appreciate the fact that this was the second year for review
by the K.A.S. Executive Committee. We hope this will
become an annual part of the K.J.A.S. symposium.

Scholarships were once again offered by Cumberland
College and Western Kentucky University in conjunction
with our “Outstanding Science Graduates” program.

This year promises to be another exciting year for K.J.A.S.
The data base has been established and we now have the
capability to send personalized letters to our clubs. Of the
clubs that have joined, enrollment for each club seems to
be up. Our annual symposium is scheduled at Eastern
Kentucky University on 24-25 April 1987.

3. MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. The report was made
by Dr. Dahlman.

A total of 43 individuals at 33 different colleges, uni-
versities and state agencies were contacted to serve as KAS
representatives at their respective work places. Each was
provided with KAS application blanks, brochures, etc. A
list of those individuals is attached and appreciation is
expressed to each for their willingness to serve.

At the winter meeting of the KAS Board, approval was
given to change the name and definition of the Industrial
Affiliate to that of Corporate Affiliate. Having this ap-
proved change in hand and through the assistance of Mrs.
Jane Dennis, Kentucky Department of Economic Devel-
opment, we were able to obtain mailing addresses of a
large number of Kentucky businesses with science inter-
ests. Throughout the summer and early fall a strategy was
developed to present these companies with the opportunity
to support KAS as Corporate Affiliates and to give KAS an
opportunity to interact and serve these same companies.
The final product consisting of letters from President Charles
Covell on KAS letterhead, a revised brochure describing
KAS and an invoice were sent to approximately 250 com-
panies within the state.

As a part of the above described activity, the brochure
describing KAS was edited, updated and reprinted. These
were placed in each registration packet to be picked up
by those attending the combined SSMA-KAS meeting in
Lexington. They will also be used for future membership
promotion activities.

The committee strongly endorses the establishment of
a collegiate level KAS program. A separate committee is
working on plans for this program.

During this past year, all individuals who have not paid
dues since 1983 were removed from the membership list.
The total number of members as of 16 November 1986,
that have paid dues at least in 1984 is 782. Of this number,
524 have paid their 1986 dues (including 49 life members).
Of the remaining 258, many have paid their 1985 BUT
NOT 1986 dues. The net increase of 11 members over

1985 resulted after purging those who had not paid dues
since 1983. We have actually had 91 new members added
to the roles since the 1985 KAS meeting.

The Membership Committee strongly urges each mem-
ber to serve as a committee of one in the recruitment of
new KAS members.

4. BOTANICAL GRANTS COMMITTEE. Dr. Bryant
made the report.

During 1986 the Botanical Grants Committee received
3 proposals. Of those 3, 2 were funded. The other proposal
was not appropriate and was referred to the Athey Com-
mittee. The proposals funded are as follows:

1. Mr. Joseph Abner, $432.00, for a research project on
the Vascular Flora of Jackson County, Kentucky. This
project is directed by Dr. Ronald Jones, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

2. Mr. Alan W. Reed, $225.00 for a research proposal
concerned with Increased Aluminum Release from Leaf
Litter of Carpinus caroliniana in Response to Acid
Rainfall. This project is being directed by Dr. Joe Win-
stead, Western Kentucky University.

A preliminary report on the work done on the latter
grant was given at the November 1986 KAS Botany and
Microbiology Section Meeting.

The Botanical Grants Committee will not receive grant
proposals for the 1987 funding period. Guidelines for grants
have been published in the Transactions and KAS News-
letters.

Members of the Committee are: William S. Bryant,
Chairman; Ralph Thompson; and Ronald Jones.

5. MARCIA ATHEY FUND. Dr. Freytag made the report.

There were two grants approved and funded for 1986.
They were:

1. Dr, Steven I. Usdansky, Department of Geoscience,
Murray State University. “Petrologic Characterization
of Dike Rocks from the Western Kentucky Fluorspar
District.” A 1-year study funded for $1,000.00

. Dr. Joe E. Winstead, Department of Biology, Western
Kentucky University. “An Investigation of Sulfur De-
position in the Wood of Shortleaf Pine on the Cum-
berland Plateau of Kentucky in Relation to Atmospher-
ic Sulfate.” A 2-year study funded for $7,500.00

bo

6. SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE. Dr. George
made the report.

Awards for Students and Sponsoring Teachers.—At
the annual banquet we recognized the student winners of
the 5 regional science fairs in Kentucky and the winners
of the KJAS Symposium last spring. We honored 10 stu-
dents and 10 sponsoring teachers. Each honoree was given
a plaque recognizing their achievements. They were also
the guests of the Academy at the banquet and were given
a free membership in the Academy for 1 year. We appre-
ciate all the hard work and initiative shown by these stu-
dents and their teachers.

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 29

The Pre-College Curriculum.—This program was de-
signed by the Council on Higher Education and is set to
go into effect by fall, 1987. Students meeting this require-
ment are eligible for unconditional admission to Ken-
tucky’s public universities. These universities may exempt
up to 20% of entering freshmen who have not completed
the Pre-College Curriculum.

Two units of science are required in this curriculum of
which at least one must be from Biology I, Chemistry I
or Physics I. CHE published and distributed a brochure
which was very misleading. It stated “Science—2 units—
Biology I or Chemistry I or Physics I and a science elec-
tive.” It was not clear to science teachers, principals, and
superintendents that the elective could also be chosen from
Biology, Chemistry or Physics. This has since been rectified
with a more specific recommendation:

Science
A. Required course
1. Biology I (2517) or Chemistry I (2521) or Physics I
(2532) or advanced placement courses
B. Elective courses
1. Biology I (2517) or Chemistry I (2521) or Physics I
(2532) could become the elective course after one
of the others is taken to meet the required course
. Advanced Placement Genera Biology (2513)
Advanced Biology (Biology II) (2516)
. Advanced Placement General Chemistry (2522)
. Advanced Chemistry (Chemistry II) (2533)
. Advanced Placement Physics B (2533)
. Advanced Placement Physics C (2534)
. Advanced Physics (Physics II) (2538)

CNMRMAHRwWD

However, the flawed brochure will undoubtedly create
problems.

Advanced Placement.—Increasing numbers of high
schools in Kentucky are beginning to offer courses for
Advanced Placement (AP) of the College Entrance Ex-
amination Board (CEEB). The reason seems to be the
newly instituted Commonwealth Diploma.

The Commonwealth Diploma requires: 22 units of ap-
proved credits, successful completion of all minimum re-
quirements of the Pre-College Curriculum required by
the Kentucky Council on Higher Education, successful
completion of at least 4 AP courses and completion of 3
examinations of the 4 AP courses taken. (NB—it is not
required that any of the AP examinations taken be passed.)

It has been reported from several sources that some high
schools are simply designating their usual high school sci-
ence courses as AP. Such practices are a severe distortion
of the intentions of AP. Advanced Placement is intended
to allow outstanding students that are capable of doing
college level work while in high school to do so and get
college credit. Standard high school courses would not
normally be expected to meet this level of achievement.

Our concerns are that AP courses:

(1) should have adequate lab facilities—by all means
should meet and go beyond the requirements of the Min-
imum Equipment List of the Department of Education;

(2) should have hands-on lab time equivalent to college
courses. Demonstrations of experiments do not suffice. The
student is expected to have undergone these hands-on ex-
periences in later college courses;

(3) should have college-level textbooks. College level
work cannot be done by students using high school texts;

(4) should have adequate budget for supplies and
equipment above what is normally expended in secondary
science courses;

(5) should be taught by a teacher with a major in the
discipline. However, the College Board does not say any-
thing about the qualifications of the teacher; and

(6) that the teacher must go through the training work-
shop in organizing/teaching AP courses.

This committee proposes that the academy, along with
the Kentucky Association for Progress in Science (KAPS)
pass a joint resolution expressing our concerns about AP
and inform all science teachers, principals, superinten-
dents and the appropriate officials of the Kentucky State
Department of Education. This would require an article
in both newsletters and mailings to all the above individ-
uals. A resolution to the affect will be offered through the
Committee on Resolutions.

Incentive Loan Program.—This program has been suc-
cessful in attracting new teaching majors in science and
mathematics. This committee recommends that we en-
courage the State Department of Education to continue
this program as long as there is a shortage of these teachers.
Other science societies have agreed to join with the acad-
emy in sponsoring a resolution to this effect. These societies
are Kentucky Association for Progress in Science, Ken-
tucky Council of Teachers of Mathematics, Kentucky
Chapter of the Wildlife Society and The Kentucky Na-
tive Plant Society. A resolution to this effect has been
forwarded to the Resolutions Committee.

Science Advisory Council.—This council has previously
functioned as an Advisory Council to the Superintendent
of Public Instruction. It was a widely-based committee
consisting of classroom teachers, science supervisors, su-
perintendents and representatives from government, in-
dustry and the science societies. Wide-ranging proposals
developed from diverse points of view were able to give
input to the Superintendent and his advisors. Some funding
is required since classroom teachers (whose presence is
vital) must have to pay for a substitute teacher when they
attend to meetings and also need travel money. If such a
council is in place, we should be able to get our concerns
before the Superintendent much more quickly and effi-
ciently.

Those societies are the same ones that joined in the
resolution on the Incentive Loan Program. A resolution to
this affect has been forwarded to the Resolutions Com-
mittee.

7. COMMITTEE ON RARE AND ENDANGERED
SPECIES. Dr. Branson made the report.

The Rare and Endangered Species list, with modifica-
tions and recommendations, is now in press. It will be in
Vol. 47(1-2) of the Transactions.

30 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

8. AUDIT COMMITTEE. Mr. Weddle made the report.

Endowment funds of the Kentucky Academy of Science
Foundation are being and have been invested to assure
continued growth. However, we believe that certain changes
in management policy would allow more accurate ac-
counting of these funds. Our concerns are twofold as fol-
lows.

Historically, awards have not kept pace with interest
income and substantial residual funds have accumulated.
Currently, ten per cent of earned incomes generated by
the Botany Fund is compounded annually. The remainder
is accumulated in other interest-bearing accounts or
awarded as grants. Income from the Marcia Athey Fund
is significantly larger yet no policy exists for its reinvest-
ment, nor does policy exist to specifically direct the trea-
surer in managing any residual fund. Reinvestment de-
cisions regarding residuals have been left totally to the
discretion of the treasurer. The potential for additional
confusion in record keeping and for increased difficulty
in maintenance of the integrity of separate funds is of
growing concern.

Secondly, financial institutions holding foundation funds
provide balance sheets only in July and January. Accord-
ingly, reports of activities in these funds provided to the
membership at the annual meeting in November are based
on untimely information and are, at best, tentative.

We recommend that the Executive Committee and the
Board of Directors consider the following:

1. A detailed and specific policy for reinvestment of a
position of the interest accrued from the Athey Fund
and for reinvestment of residuals from all KAS Foun-
dation funds should be established. This policy should
be sufficiently specific and inclusive to preclude the
necessity for decision making, on the part of the trea-
surer, and should insure the continued integrity of funds.

2. The Annual Audit of KAS Foundation funds should be
completed in January after year end bank statements
are available. This information could then be dissem-
inated to the membership of publication in the news-
letter. A tentative report could be included with the
audit report provided the membership in November.

3. Consideration should be given to secure an independent
accounting firm to establish a plan for management
and reporting of all KAS Endowment Funds.

9. AD HOC COMMITTEE FOR THE REVISION OF THE
CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS. Dr. Rodriguez made
the report.

Dr. Rodriguez said that the Committee was studying
the constitutions of other Academies and would make a
report to the Executive Committee at its January meeting.
The committee would try to have a revised copy of the
constitution in the spring Newsletter.

Dr. Rodriguez made a proposal for increasing the en-
dowment funds. He suggested that when an individual’s
contributions to the endowment fund reached the amount
needed for life membership, that person would then be-
come a life member. No action was taken on the proposal.

10. LONG RANGE PLANNING COMMITTEE. Dr. Het-
tinger made the report.

He reported the committee was continuing its efforts to
obtain a central office for the Academy. He said the Ken-
tucky Society of Professional Engineers had their head-
quarters just outside of Frankfort and had offered to pro-
vide telephone answering service and possibly a small room
to serve as a repository and office for a KAS representative.
This offer would be discussed at the next meeting of the
Executive Committee.

In order to get a better understanding of how other
Academies handled their administrative details, the com-
mittee had obtained copies of constitutions and by-laws of
other Academies (1) for review as to how they handle
membership, Board of Directors, Executive Secretary,
Central Office, etc. This information would also be used
by the Ad Hoc Committee on the revision of the Consti-
tution and By-Laws.

Dr. Covell reported that Dr. Rodriguez had agreed to
serve as a special assistant to the President for the upcom-
ing year.

11. RESOLUTIONS AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE.
Dr. Prins submitted the following resolutions which were
accepted unanimously.

Resolution 1

Whereas, the science societies of Kentucky, namely the
Kentucky Academy of Science, Kentucky Association for
Progress in Science, Kentucky Association of Physics
Teachers, Kentucky Chapter of the Wild Life Society, and
Kentucky Native Plant Society are vitally interested in the
future of science in Kentucky, and

Whereas, this future depends upon the education in sci-
ence in the public schools, and

Whereas, to aid the diffusion of scientific knowledge, these
societies wish to take an active interest in, and give all
support possible to the Kentucky Department of Education
in science education, and

Whereas, science education needs the broad support and
insight from many different groups such as classroom
teachers, science supervisors, science societies, principals,
superintendents, business and lay persons,

Therefore be it Resolved: that these science societies pro-
pose that the Superintendent of Public Instruction should
appoint a permanent Science Advisory Council to advise
the Superintendent on all matters relating to science ed-
ucation in the public schools. Some minor funding will be
necessary for travel expenses. Such funding must be set
up as a line item in the annual budget of the Kentucky
State Department of Education.

Resolution 2

Whereas, the science and mathematics societies of Ken-
tucky, namely the Kentucky Academy of Science, Ken-
tucky Association for Progress in Science, Kentucky As-
sociation of Physics Teachers, Kentucky Council of Teachers

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 31

of Mathematics, Kentucky Chapter of the Wild Life So-
ciety, and Kentucky Native Plant Society are vitally in-
terested in the future of science and mathematics in Ken-
tucky, and

Whereas, this future depends upon the education in sci-
ence and mathematics in the public schools, and

Whereas, for many years, there has been a shortage of
qualified teachers of science and mathematics, and

Whereas, the Incentive Loan Program has been in effect
for four years which has been highly successful in attract-
ing many fine undergraduates into the teaching fields of
science and mathematics.

Therefore be it Resolved: that the Kentucky Department
of Education be praised for this excellent program and
that the aforementioned science and mathematics societies
of Kentucky join together and request that the Incentive
Loan Program be continued and regularly budgeted until
the shortage of science and mathematics teachers be elim-
inated.

Resolution 3

Whereas, the Kentucky Academy of Science and the Ken-
tucky Association for Progress in Science are deeply in-
terested in all phases of science education in Kentucky,
and

Whereas, we support all efforts directed toward improve-
ment of education in Kentucky, and

Whereas, we support the institution of Advanced Place-
ment courses in the Kentucky curriculum, and

Whereas, it appears that some high schools in the Com-
monwealth are instituting Advanced Placement without
the proper budget, preparation, and facilities for such
courses,

Therefore be it Resolved: that the Kentucky Academy of
Science and Kentucky Association for Progress in Science
join together to inform all parties—teachers, principals,
superintendents and pertinent state officials—of the re-
quirements of Advanced Placement courses along with a
plea that these requirements should be met.

Resolution 4

Whereas, the School Science and Mathematics Association
chose Kentucky as the location for its 1986 national meet-
ing, and

Whereas, the School Science and Mathematics Association
has provided the opportunity for this unique joint meeting
by inviting the Kentucky Academy of Science, Kentucky
Association for Progress in Science, and the Kentucky
Council of Teachers of Mathematics to join with it, and

Whereas, the Conference Planning Committee consisting
of Bob Creek, Ron Gardella, Frank Howard, Mike How-
ard, Ron Pelfry, Linda Jensen Sheffield, Sheila Vice and
Joe E. Winstead has done an exemplary job of planning
the joint meeting,

Therefore be it Resolved: that the Kentucky Academy of
Science expresses its sincere appreciation to the School
Science and Mathematics Association and the planning
committee representing all organizations involved and that
the Secretary of the Kentucky Academy of Science be
instructed to inform the members of the committee and
the Presidents of the organizations.

Resolution 5

Whereas, the State of Kentucky received an EPSCoR grant
of $3 million from the National Science Foundation, and
with instate matching funds the EPSCoR program pro-
vided over $16 million for research in Kentucky,

Whereas, Charles Kupchella and Gary Boggess played key
roles in initiating the EPSCoR movement and participated
in the grant application process,

Therefore be it Resolved: that the Kentucky Academy of
Science expresses its sincere appreciation to Charles Kup-
chella and Gary Boggess and that the Secretary of the
Kentucky Academy of Science be instructed to so do.

Dr. Prins offered the following nominations and moved
their acceptance.

Richard Hannan
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission

Vice President:

Secretary: Robert Creek
Eastern Kentucky University
Treasurer: Morris Taylor
Eastern Kentucky University
Board of Gordon Weddle (1989)
Directors: | Campbellsville College

Larry Elliott (1990)
Western Kentucky University

David Legg (1990)
Kentucky State University

The motion was seconded and, with no further nomi-
nations, was passed.

NEw BusINEss

Dr. Covell reported that Dr. Winstead, on behalf of
Western Kentucky University, had extended to the Acad-
emy an invitation to hold its 1987 annual meeting at West-
ern Kentucky University on 6-7 November. Dr. Covell
said the Executive Committee had voted to accept the
invitation.

President Covell concluded his tenure as President by
giving a brief address concerning his past year as president
(presented elsewhere in the Transactions). He thanked
everyone for their help and then presented President-elect
Giesmann with the gavel and welcomed him as President
of the Kentucky Academy of Science for 1987.

President Giesmann presented Dr. Covell with a plaque
for his service as President and contributions to the Acad-
emy. President Giesmann gave a short address in which
he briefly outlined his goals for the coming year. He said

82 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

his theme would be “Service to and Through the Acade- all members of the Academy, Following his remarks he
my.” His goals were to develop a data base for all members adjourned the meeting at 1040.

of the Academy, increase membership, develop a local
arrangement handbook for putting on annual meetings
and to improve public relations. He requested the help of

Robert Creek, Secretary
Kentucky Academy of Science

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 33-35

1986 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE ACADEMY

: — « AA

CHARLES V. COVELL, JR.

Professor of Biology, University of Louisville, Kentucky 40292

What are the goals of the Academy and how are we meeting them?

On 8 May, 1914, 25 scientists met at the “State University” in Lexington to found the
Academy. Chemist Joseph H. Kastle, Director of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station,
was elected as first President; and 5 papers were delivered on such subjects as bone ossification,
theories of thermal and electrical conductivity, and the significance of the work of the Exper-
iment Station to the agricultural prosperity of the state. The Constitution unanimously adopted
at that meeting stated the object of the Academy to be: “to encourage scientific research, to
promote the diffusion of useful scientific knowledge, and to unify the scientific interests of the
state.” The first Transactions were published in 1924, detailing activities of the first decade of
the Academy’s existence. By reading this and subsequent volumes of the Transactions one can
trace the interests and activities of Kentucky’s scientific community over the decades. Today,
more than 72 years later, the goals of the Academy remain the same. In 1986, how have we
adhered to them, and what have we accomplished during the past year?

I cannot imagine any year in which there has been more “encouragement of scientific
research” in Kentucky. The successful efforts of the Kentucky EPSCoR Committee in stimulating
the writing of 146 grant proposals, many of which have received or will receive funding outside
the EPSCoR grant of $15.5 million, is the greatest achievement along these lines in the history
of Kentucky science. If you have not done so, please read the “EPSCoR Summary” sent with
your latest KAS Newsletter. Along with Chuck Kupchella (the “Father of the Kentucky EPSCoR
Project’’), Gary Boggess and many other KAS members have worked hard toward the ultimate
victory in obtaining the $3 million from NSF, $3 million from state government, $600,000 from
industry, and the rest from the institutions involved. This achievement represents not only hard
work of high quality by many individuals, but also the fruition of increased cooperation among

33

34 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

academia, state government and the private sector during the past 3-4 years—a deliberate
focus of the Academy’s leadership during this period.

In addition to the direct and indirect encouragement of research through the EPSCoR
Program, the Academy itself has been able to provide tangible assistance as never before. Besides
recognizing the Scientist, High School Teacher, and College Teacher of the Year, and 10 JKAS
student prize winners and their mentors, we have been able to grant $8,500 in research funds
under the Marcia Athey Fund to two investigators—the largest dollar amount support ever
possible for the Academy to grant. For this we are greatly indebted to Raymond Athey for
providing the Fund; and to Paul Freytag and the Marcia Athey Fund Committee members for
administering it.

In the area of “promoting the diffusion of useful scientific knowledge” we continue to publish
our Transactions in 2 annual issues. This year financial and printing-house problems resulted
in a double setback: our Volume 46(3/4) was released late and with an unacceptable number
of errors; and our Volume 47 has been delayed as well. However, the former is being reprinted,
and we hope to get back on schedule in 1987 after returning our printing operation back to
Allen Press, a specialized and efficient, although more expensive, company. Our Secretary
publishes 2 newsletters a year; and the Junior Academy also diffuses information via its own
newsletter.

Press coverage of Academy activities has been poor in the past, but we expect improvement
in the future. Also in the area of diffusing scientific information is the creation of a speaker's
bureau list, which should be published soon with over 50 of our members listed as available to
speak to school and other groups on a wide range of topics. Finally, the record participation
by KAS members in this annual meeting, with 252 papers presented (86 more than last year)
attests to the strength of this aspect of our mission. Besides quantity, I have noted a steady
increase in the quality of papers presented in recent years. Thanks to all of you who have
contributed this year; it has been a most stimulating meeting!

The most difficult aspect of the Academy’s mission, I feel, is to “unify the scientific interests
in the state.” To some extent, this is accomplished as members from our various sections agree
to serve the Academy in various committees and offices. Yet there are segments of Kentucky's
scientific community in the private sector and in some areas of education that we have not yet
reached. We hope to make contact with them and feel we have had an excellent chance to do
so at this combined meeting. Others have yet to be convinced that membership in the Academy
is beneficial to them, and have either dropped their memberships or never have joined. You
can help us here by bringing in at least one new or reinstated member in 1987. Selling points
can include the fact that communication among scientists in the state is important, and sharing
research results by presenting papers and publication in the Transactions is worthwhile, and
is also a “good place to start” for student scientists trying their wings.

As to affecting the course of science in Kentucky, we seem to be having an increasing effect
as our numbers grow, and as we increase the involvement of our colleges and universities and
our science-related businesses and industries. Last year’s President Joe Winstead began a major
effort to enlist these as Institutional and Corporate Affiliates in the Academy, and we have
continued that effort this year. Affiliates have provided vital additional income of over $6,000
last year, and $5,550 so far this year from 19 institutions and 2 corporations. The campaign is
still underway with our appeal to corporations (and for individual memberships from the private
sector as well), Letters are going out to over 300 companies in the Commonwealth, thanks to
our Membership Committee, chaired by Doug Dahlman, and President-elect Hettinger.

Some unification of science interests surely accrues from the activity of the Kentucky To-
morrow Cominission, led by Lt. Governor Steve Beshear, and the membership of KAS members
on the Commission’s Science and Technology Committee. And of course the monumental
EPSCoR effort cited above has done much toward attaining that objective.

These are some of the ways the Academy is meeting the goals established in 1914. Other
aspects of our activity include constitutional revision, which has progressed from initial rec-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS 35

ommendations presented in September by our ad hoc revision committee consisting of Ted
George, Gary Boggess, and J. G. Rodriguez (Chairman). Your Executive Committee and Board
of Trustees hope to have these revisions ready for your approval in the coming year. A new
officer, that of Executive Secretary, may be established through this revision. For now President-
elect Giesmann and I have jointly appointed Dr. Rodriguez as a Special Assistant to the President
for 1 year. His duties are yet to be fully defined; but he will assist in public relations and other
functions to carry out the goals of the Academy. To develop financial recommendations to
guide our Treasurer, an ad hoc Committee on Financial Policy has just been appointed, made
up of Paul Freytag (Chairman), Manuel Schwartz, and Alan Reed. A further activity pertaining
to strengthening the Academy is the exploration of a possible “home office” by our ad hoc
Committee for Long Range Planning (Bill Hettinger, Chair). Such an office will be selected
after our constitutional revisions have been completed.

During the past year Academy members participated in the successful drive for improved
funding of higher education by the Legislature. Several Academy members formed a small
contingent at the “Capital Caravan” rally held in Frankfort on 5 February. We have initiated
the development of a Collegiate Academy branch to bring undergraduate college students into
Academy activities. Herb Leopold is heading that effort. I explored the possibility of establishing
a summer Nature Camp at Pine Mountain Settlement School in conjunction with the Kentucky
Federation of Garden Clubs. However, that organization did not elect to pursue this idea,
despite the support of its President. In 1986 we signed a document by which we joined 16 other
state academies of science and 72 Nobel laureates as amici curiae in a brief filed in the case
of Edwards vs. Aguillard et al. pending before the U.S. Supreme Court. This case seeks to
overturn a Louisiana law requiring public school teachers to give “balanced treatment” in class
to evolution and “creation science.”

This has been an exciting and stimulating Annual Meeting, capping an equaliy exciting and
stimulating year. I am deeply grateful for the opportunity to have been your President, and
wish to express this gratitude to all of you who have done so much this past year to further the
goals of the Academy. I particularly wish to single out Bob Creek and Joe Winstead for their
help in many ways as I pursued this job, and also who had the most to do in arranging the
Academy’s participation in this joint conference. Thanks to all you committee chairs and
members for your good service. I want to encourage all of you to continue sharing your scientific
interests and achievements with the rest of us through publication and presentation of papers
in the years ahead. Also, we want to broaden the participation of our members in the governance
of Academy affairs; so let us know your ideas, and indicate your desire to participate.

Now, as is our tradition, I will turn the gavel of the Academy over to your new President,
Larry Giesmann of Northern Kentucky University. Good luck to you, Larry, and to all Academy
officers, for continuing success in 1987.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 36-46

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
72ND ANNUAL MEETING PROGRAM

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE:
Basic Topay, CRUCIAL TOMORROW

1986 NATIONAL MEETING
SCHOOL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS ASSOCIATION

Co-sponsored By:

Kentucky Academy of Science
Kentucky Association for Progress in Science
Kentucky Council of Teachers of Mathematics

Lexington, Kentucky
20-22 November 1986

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1986 OFFICERS

Charles V. Covell, Jr., Ph.D. Morris D. Taylor, Ph.D.
President Treasurer

University of Louisville Eastern Kentucky University
Larry Giesmann,Ph.D. Branley A. Branson, Ph.D.
President Elect Editor of Transactions
Northern Kentucky University Eastern Kentucky University
William P. Hettinger, Jr., Ph.D. Joseph P. Stewart, M.A.
Vice President Director of KJAS

Ashland Petroleum Co. Warren East High School
Robert O. Creek, Ph.D. Manuel Schwartz, Ph.D.
Secretary Chair, Board of Directors
Eastern Kentucky University University of Louisville

BoarpD OF DiRECTORS

Manuel Schwartz (chp)—1986
William A. Baker—1986
Gerrit Kloek—1986

Ralph Thompson—1987

Jerry Howell—1987

William Bryant—1988
William F. Beasley, Jr.—1988
Douglas L. Dahlman—1988

CONVENTION HIGHLIGHTS IBM Math/Science Software

IPS Physical Science

Voyage of the Mimi

1300-1600 Preconference Workshops 1300 Community College Faculty Meeting (Ra-
F.A.S.T. disson, Lincoln and Davis Rooms)

36

Thursday, 20 November

1500-1700

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 37

Task Force on Middle School Science and
Mathematics Meeting (open to all inter-
ested persons)

1830 KAS Board of Directors Dinner Meeting (Ra-
disson, Breckinridge Room)
Friday, 21 November
0800-1700 Exhibits (including the NASA Aerovan)
0800-0900 Special Lecture: John Saxon
0915-1015 Special Workshop: Dean Vaughn
1230-1730 Tour #1: Buckley Nature Sanctuary and An-
cient Age Distillery
1300-1430 General Session I: Judah L. Schwartz
1800-2030 Banquet: F. Story Musgrave and Awards Pre-

2030-2400

sentations
Social and Dance

Saturday, 22 November

0800-1700 Exhibits (including the NASA Aerovan)

0915 KAS Business Meeting (Convention Center,
Ballroom 1)

0915-1015 Special Lecture: Paul G. Hewitt

0915-1015 Elementary Make-and-Take

0915-1015 “Science Teacher Shop Talks” for Biology
and Chemistry Teachers

1030-1209 General Session II: Patrick Suppes

1330-1430 “Science Teacher Shop Talks” for Physics
and Earth/Physical Science Teachers

1230-1630 Tour #2: Kentucky Horse Park, Headley-

0800

0812

0824

0836
0848

Whitney Museum, and Henry Clay Home

FripAY MORNING
21 November 1986

PAPER PRESENTATIONS
0800-1130

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION

James Murray Walker, Chairperson, Presiding

John Hale, Presiding
Radisson Plaza, Boone A

The Time Required for Bone Repair in Untreated
Fractures. Elizabeth Finkenstaedt, University of
Kentucky.

Beyond Land Bridges: Exploring the Effects of
Changing Sea Levels on Man During the Last Ice
Age. Jules De Lambre, Frankfort, Ky.

Two Millennia of Cultural Continuity in a Eu-
ropean Farming Commune: Archaeological Dis-
coveries at a Roman Villa in Portugal, and Their
Relation to the 20th Century Collective Farm of
Torre de Palma. John Hale, University of Louis-
ville.

Break

Archaeological Evidence for the Viking Intrusion

0900

0912

0936

0948

1000
1012

1024

1036

1048

1100

0800

0900

0912

0924

0936

0948
1000

1012

into North America. James Murray Walker,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Paleo-Nutrition in Central-Eastern United
States. Dean Henson, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity. (Sponsored by James Murray Walker.)
Excavations at 40-OB6, a Mississippi Mound in
Northwest Tennessee. Jack Michael Schock,
Western Kentucky University.

A Description of the Adena Tablet from Madison
County, Kentucky. Robert C. Moody, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Beyond “God’s Little Acre”: The Journal of a
Defunct Anthropologist “Surviving.” Earl Rob-
bins, Jr., Irvine, Ky.

Changing Home Health Care Patterns in Ken-
tucky. Thomas L. Bulgrin, Eastern Kentucky
University. (Sponsored by James Murray Walker.)
Break

Civil Religious Beliefs among the Baptist Clergy
of Kentucky. Robert Moore, Campbellsville
College.

Evangelicals Arrive in Latin America: A Chal-
lenge to the Catholic Church. Raymond Lewis,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Women and What’s Happening to Them in the
Free Trade Zones in the Third World. K. Ann
Stebbins, Eastern Kentucky University.
Group Size and Magical Numbers.
Richards, Transylvania University.
Business meeting for Anthropology Section.

Cara E.

BoTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Jerry M. Baskin, Chairperson, Presiding
Carol C. Baskin, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 1

“The Largest Flower of the Tropical World,”
Studied at the University of Kentucky. Willem
Meijer, University of Kentucky.

Decomposition of Oil Waste in a Pond by En-
riching for Hydrocarbon-utilizing Microorgan-
isms. J. M. Clauson and L. P. Elliott, Western
Kentucky University.

The Presence of Staphylococcus Epidermis Slime
Producing Bacteria on Orthopedic Devices. David
Overley and Joanne J. Dobbins, Bellarmine College.
Electrophoresis of Plasmids from Coagulase-neg-
ative Staphylococci. Pablito Sembillo and Joanne
J. Dobbins, Bellarmine College.

Induction of Systematic Protection in Cucumber
to Disease Caused by Colletotrichum lagenar-
Nancy Doubrava, R. A. Dean, L. Mat-
thews, and J. Kuc’, University of Kentucky.
Break

Koch’s Postulates: Potato-Phytophthora infestans
Interaction. Joseph Kuc’ and Etta Nuckles, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

The In Vitro Translation of Glutamine Synthe-

ium.

38

1036

1048

1100

0800

0812

0836

0848

0900

0800

0812

0824

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

tase. Stanley L. Silver and Valgene Dunham,
Western Kentucky University.

Diatoms Associated with Coarse Stream-sedi-
ments (Epipsammon) as Influenced by Drainage
Basin Physiography. Stephen D. Porter, Ken-
tucky Division of Water, Frankfort.

Control of Flowering in Shoot Tip Cultures of
Cucumber. Larry A. Giesmann, Northern Ken-
tucky University.

In Vitro Micropropagation of Paulownia Tomen-
tosa. Karen Kaul, Kentucky State University.
Hydrologic Patterns and ?hosphorus Dynamics
of Forested Wetlands in Western Kentucky.
Kimberly Benson, Jefferson Community College.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Laurence J. Boucher, Chairperson
Vaughn Vandergrift, Secretary

Concurrent Session I

C. H. Henrickson, Presiding
Heritage Hall-Ballroom 3

Chemical Education for the Health Profession-
als—An ACS Committee Report. C. H. Hen-
rickson, Western Kentucky University.

Software Implementation of the Temporally Op-
timized Integrating Ratemeter. Steve Engh and
F. James Holler, University of Kentucky.

PREP ROOM: A Microcomputer Tutorial in the
Preparation of Solutions for the Chemistry
Lab. Darnell Salyer, Eastern Kentucky Univer-
sity.

Computer Drills for the First Organic Course. Vic-
tor I. Bendall, Eastern Kentucky University.
John William Strutt, The Third Lord Ray-
leigh. Norman W. Hunter, Western Kentucky
University.

Experiences at Argonne National Laboratory in
the Student Research Program. Wheeler Con-
over, Cumberland College. (Sponsored by Ann M.
Hoffelder.)

Concurrent Session II

Mustafa I. Selim, Presiding
Heritage Hall-Ballroom 4

Synthesis of -Hydroxyenones. An Approach to the
Side Chain of the Cytotoxic Cucurbitacins. Charlene
Haertzen, Mark Sabol, and D. S. Watt, University
of Kentucky. (Sponsored by Audrey Companion. )
An Approach to the Synthesis of Trichothecenes
from Pulegone. Stewart Richardson, A. Jegan-
athan, and D. S. Watt, University of Kentucky.
(Sponsored by Audrey Companion.)

An Approach to the Synthesis of Phyllanthocin
from Glucose. R. S. Mani and D. S. Watt, Uni-
versity of Kentucky. (Sponsored by Audrey Com-
panion.)

0836

0848

0900

0930

1000

1030

1130

0800

0836

0848

0900

Polymers of Benzo(b)thiophene.
win, Cumberland College.
Analysis of Tree Ring Wood for Determining the
Environmental Impact on the Rate of Tree
Growth. Keith McClain and Mustafa I. Selim,
Murray State University.

Investigation of Groundwater Quality in Western
Kentucky. Sandra Dean Grant and Mustafa I.
Selim, Murray State University.

Larry J. Bald-

Symposium on NMR

J. P. Selegue, Presiding
Heritage Hall-Ballroom 3

Introduction to 2D NMR. Mary Ann Yacko,
University of Kentucky. (Sponsored by Audrey
Companion. )

2D NMR Applied to Organometallic Com-
plexes. J. P. Selegue and P. N. Nickias, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

Invited Lecture

NMR Imaging. Stanford Smith, University of
Kentucky.

A tour of the University of Kentucky NMR re-
search facilities will be conducted Saturday, 22
November from 1230 to 1330. Attendance will be
limited. Sign-up sheets and maps will be provided
at the symposium. The tour will originate from
the Slone Building, Room 107, Washington Ave-
nue.

Business meeting for Chemistry Section.

GEOGRAPHY SECTION

Gary Cox, Chairperson, Presiding
L. Michael Trapasso, Secretary
Heritage Hall-Room E

Variation in pH of Precipitation in Louisville-
Jefferson County, Kentucky. David A. Howarth
and Clara A. Leuthart, University of Louisville.
Another Look at Kentucky Tornadoes. Glen
Conner, Western Kentucky University.
Agriculture and Wetlands of Clear Creek-Wiers
Marsh in the Tradewater River Drainage. Clara
A. Leuthart and Hugh T. Spencer, University of
Louisville.

Mechanisms Responsible for Summer Precipita-
tion in Kentucky. L. Michael Trapasso, Western
Kentucky University.

Regional Semantics of “Barren” and “Desert” in
18th and 19th Century North American Land-
scape Descriptions. Conrad Moore, Western
Kentucky University.

Constructing Topographic Block Diagrams from
Projected Profiles. Anthony Clarke, University
of Louisville.

0912

0924

0936

0948

1000

1012

1024

1036

1048

1100

1112

1124

1136

1148

1200-
1300

0824

0836

0848

0900

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 39

Oil Wells in Karst Regions.
Western Kentucky University.
Watershy Geography. Edmund E. Hegen,
Western Kentucky University.

Back to the Land Architecture in Cumberland
County, Kentucky. Albert Petersen, Western
Kentucky University.

Isolationism in Kentucky: Revisited. Wayne L.
Hoffman, Western Kentucky University.

The Influence of Transportation on Urban De-
velopment: A Case Study. James Davis, Western
Kentucky University.

Primate Cities and Vanishing Cities: The Precep-
tion of Foreign Urban Areas of Kentucky Stu-
dents. Edwin T. Weiss, Jr., Northern Kentucky
University.

Dhaka: The Metropolis of Bangladesh. Reza
Ahsan, Western Kentucky University.

When Silver Threads Turn to Gray: A Spatial
Analysis. James M. Bingham, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Geography of Death: Kentucky Farming Fatali-
ties (Report of 1985). Extension of Project to 1986:
Review, Comparative Statistics, Outlook and Con-
cluding Comments. Milos Sebor, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Delafield: A Neighborhood Analysis in Bowling
Green, Kentucky. Hong Liu, Western Kentucky
University.

Ecuador’s Colorado Indians.
Western Kentucky University.
Place Names in Fayette County, Kentucky. Wil-
liam A. Withington, University of Kentucky.
Report from the State Geographer. Neil Weber,
Murray State University.

Business meeting for Geography Section.
Discussions concerning geography undergraduate
and graduate research. All participants.

Ron Dilamarter,

Mark Lowry II,

GEOLOGY SECTION

Alan D. Smith, Chairperson, Presiding
Charles Mason, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room B

Hydrocarbon Potential of the Ohio Shale (Devo-
nian), Southeast Kentucky. J. R. Moody, J. R.
Kemper, I. M. Johnston, and W. T. Frankie, Ken-
tucky Geological Survey. (Sponsored by C. E. Ma-
son.)

Petroleum Exploration & Production.
Hunt, University of Louisville.

The Integration of Remotely Sensed Digital Data
Into a Computerized Petroleum Exploration Mod-
el—The Illinois Basin. Lynn Shelby, Murray State
University. (Sponsored by John Philley.)
Structural Controls on Oil Occurrence in South-
Central Kentucky. Kenneth W. Kuehn, Western
Kentucky University.

Graham

0912

0924

0936

0948

1000

1012

1024

1036

1048

1100

1112

1136

0800

0812

Computer Simulation of Thrust-faulted Terrains
and Subsurface Geometrics. Scott Wilkerson and
Steven I. Usdansky, Murray State University.
Mississippian Reactivation of the Irvine-Paint Creek
Fault System, East-Central Kentucky. Garland R.
Dever, Jr., Kentucky Geological Survey. (Spon-
sored by C. E. Mason.)

Reliability of Count Data in Palynology.
Helfrich, Eastern Kentucky University.
Conodont Biostratigraphy of the Duffin Member
of the New Albany Shale in East Central Ken-
tucky. Charles C. Mellon, University of Ken-
tucky. (Sponsored by Frank Ettensohn.)

A Biostratigraphic Re-examination of the Basal
New Providence Shale Member of the Borden
Formation, Jefferson and Bullitt Counties, Ken-
tucky. Charles E. Mason, Morehead State Uni-
versity.

Manifestations of Seafloor Topography During
Deposition of the Bedford-Berea Sequence,
Northeast Kentucky and South-Central Ohio.
Jack Pashion, University of Kentucky. (Sponsored
by Frank Ettensohn.)

Tidal Deltaic Deposits in the Lee Formation in
Southeastern Kentucky. Bruce C. Amig, Uni-
versity of Kentucky. (Sponsored by Frank Etten-
sohn.)

Carbonate Paleosols in the Mississippian Carbon-
ates of Northeast Kentucky. Frank R. Ettensohn,
University of Kentucky.

Investigation of Mascot Dolomite (Knox Group)
Relating to Zinc and Petroleum Resources in South
Central Kentucky. Warren H. Anderson, Ken-
tucky Geological Survey. (Sponsored by C. E. Ma-
son.)

Trace Element Variation in Vein Minerals, Cen-
tral Kentucky Fluorspar District. M. A. Altic and
J. R. Monrad, Eastern Kentucky University.
(Sponsored by G. L. Kuhnhenn.)

Topological Properties of Petrologic Phase Dia-
Steven I. Usdansky, Murray State Uni-

C. T.

grams.
versity.
Engineering and Strength Characteristics of Silty-
clays Derived from Richmond, Kentucky. Alan
D. Smith, Robert Morris College.

Business meeting for Geology Section.

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE SECTION

Herbert Berry, Chairman, Presiding
Russell M. Brengelman, Secretary
Radisson Plaza-Boone C

Secondary Computer Science Courses and Certifi-
cation of Teachers. Don E. Ryoti, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Math Achievement: A Statistical Analysis of East-
ern Kentucky. John Fox and Mark Sohn, Pike-
ville College. (Sponsored by Russell Brengelman.)

0836

0848

0900

0912

0924

0936

1000

1012

1036

1048

1100

1112

1145

0836

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

Twisting and Tying: Mathematical Enrichments
for the Classroom. Caroll G. Wells, Western
Kentucky University.

Partnership with Industry: Adapting the Tradi-
tional Curriculum for Non-traditional On-Site
Courses. Carol W. Wilson, Western Kentucky
University.

A Pascal Course for Gifted and Talented Middle
School Students. Virginia Eaton, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Applications of Graph Theory in Computer Sci-
ence. John H. Crenshaw, Western Kentucky
University.

Applying Software Engineering Principles in De-
veloping CAI Software. Richard A. Rink, East-
ern Kentucky University.

Developing Expert Systems for Scientific Use: Some
Problems and Possible Solutions. .John D.
McGregor, Murray State University.

Computer Security Privacy and Ethics: The
Law. Marlene Campbell, Murray State Univer-
sity.

The Differential Effect of Computer Program-
ming Languages on Mathematical Problem Solv-
ing Abilities. William Blubaugh, University of
Texas.

Teachers’ Perceptions of Instructional Problems
in Teaching Mathematics. Sue Caraway/John
Morrow, University of S. Alabama.

A Directed Reading Procedure for Mathematics
Word Problems. Charles E. Lamb, The Univer-
sity of Texas at Austin.

Word Processing/Text Editing and the Quality of
Student Abstracts. George E. O’Brien/Edward
L. Pizzini, Univ. of Pittsburgh/Univ. of Iowa.
Cognitive Preference of Algebra Students Across
Grade and Ability Levels. Wm. O'Donnell and
Glenn Endsley, Cherry Creek High School, En-
glewood, Colo.

Effects of Positive/Negative Instances on Learn-
ing. Arthur White, Ohio State University.
Teaching Educational Applications with Super
PILOT. Donald Pratt, Bloomsburg University,
Bloomsburg, Pa.

Business meeting of Mathematics and Computer
Science Section.

PsyCHOLOGY SECTION

Barney Beins, Chairperson, Presiding
Bruce A. Mattingly, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room F

The Authoritarian Personality: A Comparison of
Students and Police Officers. Edward C. Love-
lace, Eastern Kentucky University. (Sponsored by
Robert M. Adams.)

0848

0900

0912

0936

0948

1000

1012

1036

1048

1100

1112

1136

Improving Attending Behavior in an Attention
Deficit Disordered Boy. M. Shawn Reaves, Uni-
versity of Kentucky. (Sponsored by Arthur J.
Nonneman.)

Sex Differences in Tattling Behavior in Kinder-
garten Students. Susan Burgan, Eastern Ken-
tucky University. (Sponsored by Robert M. Adams.)
The Use of Stress-Challenge Activities to Improve
Self-Efficacy. Carol Jean Clevenger, Eastern
Kentucky University. (Sponsored by Robert M.
Adams.)

Self-touch as an Indicator of Social Anxie-
ty. James C. Burch, Eastern Kentucky Univer-
sity. (Sponsored by Robert M. Adams.)
Accuracy in Students Self-prediction of Academic
Performance. Kathy Hamilton, Eastern Ken-
tucky University. (Sponsored by Robert M. Adams.)
Problem-solving Appraisal as it Relates to State-
trait Personality Factors and Family Prob-
lems. David M. Carscaddon, Pathways, Inc.
(Sponsored by Frank H. Osborne.)

The Relationships of Motivational Variables and
Achievement in College Science Technolo-
gies. R. E. Simpson, L. Greeley, L. P. Elliott, E.
T. Park, and D. Thayer, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

The Effects of Trait Anxiety on Classroom
Achievement of College Freshmen. M. Sohn,
Morehead State University. (Sponsored by Frank
H. Osborne.)

The Interaction of Orientation and Wing Angle
on the Muller-Lyre Illusion. Robert C. Martin,
Jr. and Frank H. Osborne, Morehead State Uni-
versity,

Tip Distance in the Muller-Lyre Illusion: Effect
or Artifact? Frank H. Osborne and Sandra K.
Combs, Morehead State University.

Factors Responsible for Age-related Differences
in Incidental Learning. Terry R. Barrett, Mur-
ray State University.

Rooster Postures in Males: Are They More Prom-
inent in Solitary Males, Males in All-male Groups,
or Males in Mixed-sex Dyads? Kimberly S.
Turner, Eastern Kentucky University. (Sponsored
by Robert M. Adams.)

Latent Sensitization Effects Following Repeated
Administration of Low Doses of Apomor-
phine. Bruce A. Mattingly, James E. Gotsick,
and Dawn Letcher, Morehead State University.
Entorhinal Cortex Lesions Disrupt Spatial Learn-
ing and DRL-20 Performance. Michela La Roc-
ca, Arthur J. Nonneman, Teri Landers, and Wal-
ter Isaac, University of Kentucky.
Age-dependent Effects of Sulpiride on Punished
Key-Peck Responding in the Chick. Karen H.
Hagglund, Sanders A. McDougall, and James F.
Zolman, University of Kentucky.

0800

0812

0824

0836

0848

0900

0912

0924

0936

0948

1012

1024

1036

1048

1100

1112

1124

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 4]

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION

Kathy Hunt, Chairperson, Presiding
Maurice Esham, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room A

Interhemispheric Communication in Learning
Disabled Children—Implications for Mathemat-
ics and Science Education. Donna Berlin, The
Ohio State University at Newark.

School Science & Mathematics Journal. Gary G.
Bitter, Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Using Questions in Science Classes. Patricia

Blosser, Ohio State University.

Essential Science Elements—Texas’ Key to Sci-
entific Literacy. Jacob Blankenship, University
of Houston.

Research on Problem Solving in Middle School
Science. Stanley Helgeson, Ohio State Univer-
sity.

A Comparison of the Factors Associated With High
School Science Enrollment of Black Stu-
dents. Joy Lindbeck and Ellen Goggins, Uni-
versity of Akron.

A Report on a Problem-solving Workshop for
Middle School Mathematics and Science Teach-
ers. John C. Park, N. Carolina State University.
Developmental Influences of Science Process Skills
Instruction. Lawrence Scharmann, Indiana Uni-
versity of PA.

Secondary Science Methods Students Concepts of
Teaching at the Beginning of a Methods
Course. Lucille Slinger, Indiana University of
PA.

Effectiveness of Computer-aided Instruction in a
Physical Science Course. John Wernegreen,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Examining a General Chemistry Examina-
tion. Curtis Wilkins and Norman W. Hunter,
Western Kentucky University.

Data Handling With the Microcomputer in Gen-
eral Chemistry Laboratory. Experiences and Stu-
dent Response. C. H. Henrickson, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Aspects of 1986 NSF Workshop Held at MSU for
High School Chemistry and Physical Science
Teachers. Vaughn Vandegrift, Murray State
University.

The Perils of Textbook Publishing. William R.
Falls, Morehead State University.

The Scientist at Work as Perceived by Pre-service
Elementary Teachers. Betty Stoess, Eastern
Kentucky University.

The Construction and Use of Economical Elec-
trophoresis Apparatus. David R. Hartman,
Western Kentucky University.

Computer Prediction of Grades Using Pattern

1136

1148

0800

0812

0836

0848

0900

0912

0924

0936

0948

1000

1012

Recognition. Earl Pearson and Larry Wood,
Western Kentucky University.

Early Kentucky Naturalists: A Small Museum’s
Educational Approach. Lorna P. Harrell, Beh-
ringer-Crawford Museum.

Business meeting of Science Education Section.

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY SECTION

W. Blaine Early III, Chairperson, Presiding
Blaine R. Ferrell, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 2

Sensitivity of the Alfalfa Weevil Stem-count
Technique to Several Environmental Parame-
ters. Robert J. Barney and D. E. Legg, Kentucky
State University.

Factors Influencing the Distribution of Maize
Weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) Eggs on
Maize. D.E. Legg, R. J. Barney, P. W. Tipping,
and J. G. Rodriguez, Kentucky State University.
Life History Studies on the Green Stink Bug,
Acrosternum Hilare (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae).
Alvin Simmons and K. V. Yeargan, University of
Kentucky.

Ecology and Predatory Behavior of Three Co-
existing Damsel Bug Species. Susan Kristine
Braman and K. V. Yeargan, University of Ken-
tucky.

The Effects of Parasitization by Microplitis cro-
ceipes on Heliothis Virescens. Danise L. Coar
and Douglas Dahlman, University of Kentucky.
The Influence of Mating on Longevity in Male
Treehole Mosquitos, Aedes triseriatus. Richard
B. Buchanan and Blaine R. Ferrell, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Natural History of a Bolas Spider, Mastophora
hutchinsoni Gertsch, in Kentucky: When Sex Calls,
Death Answers. Kenneth V. Yeargan, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

Biologies of Euschistus servus and E. variolar-
ius. Dwinardi Apriyanto, J. D. Sedlacek, and L.
H. Townsend, University of Kentucky.

Life History of Madeophylax sp. (Trichoptera:
Limnephilidae), Guenter Schuster, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Food Utilization and Development of Corn Ear-
worm Heliothis zea (Boddie), on Different Soy-
bean Foliages. Raden Saleh and D. L. Dahlman,
University of Kentucky.

Pollen Dietary of Some Predator Mites. A. M.
Afifi, M. F. Potts, C. G. Patterson, and J. G. Ro-
driguez, University of Kentucky.

The Effect of Habitat and Hosts on the Abun-
dance of Lonestar Ticks and American Dog
Ticks. Robert H. Zimmerman, T.V.A. Land Be-
tween the Lakes.

1036

1048

1100

1112

1136

1148

1200

1500

1512

1536

1548

1600

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

Lyme Disease: The Unknown Arthropod-borne
Spirochete. Allen N. Hunt, Elizabethtown Com-
munity College.

The Distribution and Abundance of Kentucky’s
Cave Bats. John R. MacGregor, Nongame Wild-
life Program.

The Foraging Behavior of Male and Female
American Kestrels. Christopher J. Kellner. and
Gary Ritchison, Eastern Kentucky University.
Home Range Size of Bobcats in The Land Be-
tween the Lakes. Linda Beth Penry and Robert
B. Frederick, Eastern Kentucky University.
Competition for Nest Sites: Do Starlings Inhibit
Bluebird Production? Wayne H. Davis and Wil-
liam C. McComb, University of Kentucky.
Animal Life in Abandoned Coal Mines in Eastern
Kentucky. John R. MacGregor and Hal Bryan,
Nongame Wildlife Program.

Ohio River Fish Population Studies at Thomas
More College Aquatic Biology Station, Campbell
County Kentucky. John W. Ferner, Thomas
More College.

Osmoregulation by Amphibian Larvae. Janis
Lynn Goldsmith and J. J. Just, University of Ken-
tucky.

Business meeting of Zoology Section.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON
21 November 1986

ParER PRESENTATIONS
1445-1700

BoTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Jerry M. Baskin, Chairperson, Presiding
Carol C. Baskin, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 1

On the Occurrence of Quercus montana Willd.
the Mountain Chestnut Oak, Along the Bluegrass
Palisades. Ronald E. Houp, Kentucky Division
of Water, Frankfort.

The Stemless Blue Violets of Kentucky: A Year
Later. Landon E. McKinney, Vanderbilt Uni-
versity.

The Role of Carpinus caroliniana in Release of
Aluminum in Response to Acid Rain. Alan W.
Reed and Joe E. Winstead, Lindsey Wilson Col-
lege and Western Kentucky University.

Patch Dynamics and Community Development
on Roadside Embankments. James O. Luken,
Northern Kentucky University.

Hydrologic Patterns and Phosphorus Dynamics
in Forested Wetlands of Western Ken-
tucky. Kimberly Benson, Jefferson Community
College, SW.

Vascular Flora of Rock Creek Research Natural

1612

1624

1448

1500

1512

1536

1548

1600

1612

1648

Area and Environs, Kentucky. R. L. Thompson
and R. L. Jones, Berea College and Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Notes on Kentucky Vascular Plants Currently
Listed or Under Petition for Listing as Federally
Endangered or Threatened. Hal D. Bryan, Max
E. Medley, and Jerry M. Baskin, Department of
Transportation, Frankfort, University of Louis-
ville and University of Kentucky.

Business meeting for Botany and Microbiology
Section.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Laurence J. Boucher, Chairperson
Vaughn Vandergrift, Secretary

Concurrent Session I

Audrey L. Companion, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 3

Math-Pack—An Apple [le Numerical Package for
Chemists. Audrey L. Companion, University of
Kentucky.

Syntheses of Metallacumulenes of Rutheni-
um. Ramnath S. Iver and John P. Selegue, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Reactions of Zwitterionic (Fe(CO)(PPH2)2CH) E
(n-C5H5) with Electrophiles. John P. Selegue and
James Goodrich, University of Kentucky.

A Redox Study of the Reaction Between Iodine
and CoTSPC4- in Various Solvents. Byung-Soo
Yu and Robert D. Farina, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Temperature Dependence of Formation Con-
stants of EDTA Complexes. Vickie Triantafyl-
lakis and Harry M. Smiley, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Excess Volumes of Mixing of Benzene and Isomers
of Octane. Michelle Drewes, Steve House, Kevin
Briney, and Joan Reeder, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Synthesis, Structure, and Reactivity of Com-
pounds with Bonds Between Early and Late Tran-
sition Metals. William J. Sartain and John P. Se-
legue, University of Kentucky.

Synthesis and Reactivity of Ruthenium Alkynyl
and Vinylidene Complexes. John P. Selegue and
Bruce A. Young, University of Kentucky.
Mechanisms and Stoichiometries. P. L. Corio,
University of Kentucky.

Synthesis and Reactivity of Electron Rich Iron
Phosphine Complexes. Kevin Frank and John
Selegue, University of Kentucky.

Synthesis and Reactivity of Early-Late Transition
Metal Hetero-bimetallic Complexes. Stanley L.
Latesky and John P. Selegue, University of Ken-
tucky.

1700

1436

1448

1500

1512

1536

1548

1600

1612

1636

1648

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 43

Simultaneous Determination of Nitrogen and
Phosphorus in Biological Tissues by 14 MeV
INAA. YiXian Mao, W. D. Ehmann, and W. R.
Markesbery, University of Kentucky.

Concurrent Session II

Vaughn Vandegrift, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 4

Studies of Antibiotic Resistance-containing Plas-
mids Isolated from Pathogenic Bacteria. V. Van-
degrift and T. Maudru, Murray State University.
‘Detection of Chloroalkane Metabolites by Deri-
vatization and High Performance Liquid Chro-
matograph. M. A. Toon and R. F. Volph, Mur-
ray State University.

Fugitive Emissions from Packaging of Household
Organo Phosphate Products. Michael W. Nold
and William D. Schulz, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Separation and Identification of an Unknown Es-
trogenic Compound from Various Feedstuffs in
Western Kentucky. Mustafa I. Selim and Karola
Doak, Murray State University.

Influence of Sialic Acid on the Motion of Terminal
Galactose Residues on Human Erythrocyte Gly-
coconjugates. D. Allan Butterfield, Joseph W.
Wyse, and J. Dwayne Jarrell, University of Ken-
tucky.

Electron Spin Resonance of Human Erythrocyte
Membranes: Investigations of the Membrane Skel-
etal Network and Interactions of Potential Neuro-
toxins. D. Allan Butterfield, University of Ken-
tucky.

Membrane Alterations in Erythrocytes from Zinc-
deficient Rats. Donna Palmieri, Michael Jay, and
D. Allan Butterfield, University of Kentucky.
Electron Spin Resonance Studies of Membrane
Alteration: Implications to Biochemical Stud-
ies. Joseph W. Wyse and D. Allan Butterfield,
University of Kentucky.

Hydrogenation of Nitrogen Containing Hetero-
cycles with Pd(II) Anchored Anthranilic Acid
Polymer Catalysts. Laurence J. Boucher and
Thomas M. Pope, Arkansas State University and
Western Kentucky University.

Attempted Syntheses of Ruthenium-Butatrienyli-
dene Complexes. John Davis and J. P. Selegue,
University of Kentucky.

Elemental Concentrations at the Cellular Level
in Alzheimer’s Disease by INAA. D. E. Wen-
strup, W. D. Ehmann, and W. R. Markesbery,
University of Kentucky.

Decarboxylation of I-Aminocyclopropanecarbox-
ylic Acid and its Derivatives. Ganesan Vaidya-
nathan and Joseph W. Wilson, University of Ken-
tucky. (Sponsored by Audrey Companion.)

1445

1500-
1600

1448

1500

1512

1536

1548

1600

1612

ScIENCE EDUCATION SECTION

Kathy Hunt, Chairperson, Presiding
Maurice Esham, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room A

Student Water Quality Monitoring Network. Jane
Sisk-Calloway County High School, Murray.

Aerial Photographs and Remote Sensing Products
in the Classroom. David Hylbert, John Philley,
and Maurice Esham, Morehead State University.

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY SECTION

Symposium: Plant/Arthropod Interaction
W. Blaine Early III, Moderator
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 2

Visual Patterns and Flower Visitation by Phy-
ciodes tharos. W. Blaine Early III, Cumberland
College.

Factors Involved in the Utilization of UV Patterns
in Flowers by Bees. Rozenna Blandford Carr,
University of Louisville.

Strawberry Foliage: Seasonal Biochemical Changes
and Mite Interaction. J. G. Rodriguez, T. R.
Hamilton-Kemp, R. A. Anderson, C. G. Patterson,
and J. M. Loughrin, University of Kentucky.
Biochemical Changes in Soybeans in Response to
Mite Feeding. D. F. Hildebrand, J. G. Rodri-
guez, G. C. Brown, and C. S. Legg, University of
Kentucky.

Physiological Impact of a Scale Insect on its Woody
Plant Host. Stephen D. Cockfield and D. A. Pot-
ter, University of Kentucky.

Naturally Occurring Insecticides—Effect of En-
dophyte-infected Tall Fescue Extracts. Douglas
L. Dahlman, L. P. Bush, and M. R. Siegel, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Prickles, Poisons and Leathery Leaves: Leafminer
Interactions on American Holly. Daniel A. Pot-
ter and T. W. Kimmerer, University of Kentucky.
Interactions Between Tree Stress and Attraction
of the Two-lined Chestnut Borer to White
Oak. James P. Dunn and D. A. Potter, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

SATURDAY MORNING
22 November 1986

PAPER PRESENTATIONS
0800-0900

BoTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Symposium: The Vegetation and Flora of Kentucky

0800

Carol C. Baskin, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 1

Introduction. Carol C. Baskin, University of

Kentucky.

44

0810

0830

0800

0812

0824

0836

0915
1230-
1530

0800

0812

0824

0836

0848

0900

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

Late Glacial and Holocene Vegetation of Ken-
tucky: A General Overview. Jerry M. Baskin and
Carol C. Baskin, University of Kentucky.

The Mixed Mesophytic Forest Region: Diversity
and Change After Chestnut and E. Lucy
Braun. William H. Martin III, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Laurence J. Boucher, Chairperson
Vaughn Vandergrift, Secretary
Audrey L. Companion, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 4

Why is the Bond Energy of FeO* Less Than That
of FeO, While That of FeO~ is Larger? Audrey
L. Companion, University of Kentucky.
Construction of an Inexpensive, Versatile Labo-
ratory Interface. Earl Pearson and James Howze,
Jr., Western Kentucky University.

Interaction of Hydrogen With Defects in Alu-
minum Metal. H. F. Ades, University of Ken-
tucky.

The Effect of Kel-F and Graphite Particle Sizes
in Kel-F Graphite Electrodes. J. E. Anderson, C.
L. Hughes, and R. J. Tompkins, Murray State
University.

Annual Business Meeting.

Tour of NMR Research Facilities, Slone Building.
See NMR Symposium (Friday) for Details.

PuysioLocy, BropHysics, BloCcHEMISTRY
AND PHARMACOLOGY SECTION

David L. Wiegman, Chairman, Presiding
Nancy L. Alsip, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room D

“New” Diseases in Kentucky: A Study of
Origins. Elizabeth Finkenstaedt, University of
Kentucky.

The Osmoregulatory Role of a Functional Asym-
metry in Homologous, Bilaterally Symmetrical
Neurons. R. Scot Payne, University of Ken-
tucky.

Neural Control of Microvessels in the Rat Cre-
master. Jeffery Brock, Irving Joshua, and An-
drew Roberts, University of Louisville.

Oxygen Control of Small Blood Vessels. Andreas
S. Luebbe, Nancy L. Alsip, and Patrick D. Harris,
University of Louisville.

Reflex Effects of Left Atrial Distension. Michael
Kurz, W. B. Wead, and A. M. Roberts, University
of Louisville.

Protein Synthesis in Alzheimer’s Disease.
A. Cole, University of Kentucky.

Janice

0800

0812

0824

0836

0848

0800

0812

0824

0836

0848

0900

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY SECTION

W. Blaine Early III, Chairperson
Blaine R. Ferrell, Secretary

Concurrent Session I

Blaine R. Ferrell, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 2

Tenacity of the Marine Gastropods, Nerita pelo-
ronta and N. versicolor on San Salvador Island,
Bahamas. Mark Domalewski and Thomas E.
Bennett, Bellarmine College.

North and South American Freshwater Isopods:
Anatomical Comparisons of Copulatory Append-
ages. Rudolph Prins and Rodney McCurry,
Western Kentucky University.

Morphological Differences Between Light and
Dark Adapted Ommatidia in the Cockroach, Leu-
cophaea maderae. Patrick K. Alexander and
Blaine R. Ferrell, Western Kentucky University.
Altered Integumental Pigmentation of Lirceus li-
neatus. David F. Oetinger, Kentucky Wesleyan
College.

Mollusca From a Mammoth-Excavation Site (Wis-
consin) in Dewey County, Oklahoma. Branley
Allan Branson, Eastern Kentucky University.

Concurrent Session IT

W. Blaine Early III, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 3

Effects of 4-nitrophenol (PNP) and Low pH on
Hatchability and Survival Rates of Fathead Min-
now (Pimephales promelas) Embryos and Lar-
vae. Lee Colten and Barbara A. Ramey, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Avoidance Responses of Juvenile Fathead Min-
nows to Acid pH. Barbara A. Ramey and Lee
Colten, Eastern Kentucky University.
Hemolymph Proteins of Heliothis vires-
cens. Billy R. Thomas and D. L. Dahlman, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Biochemical Strategies of Overwintering in
Achaeta domesticus. John C. Mobley, Cumber-
land College.

Zoology and Entomology. Catherine Hunter and
K. V. Yeargan, University of Kentucky.

Food Quality and Growth in Garter Snakes. Roy
M. Scudder-Davis and Gordon M. Burghardt, Be-
rea College.

SATURDAY AFTERNOON
22 November 1986

PAPER PRESENTATIONS
1330-1700

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 45

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Symposium: The Vegetation and Flora of Kentucky

1330

1350

1410

1430

1450

1510

1530

1550

1610

1630

1324

1336

1348

Carol C. Baskin, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 1

Forest Vegetation of the Knobs Region. Robert
N. Muller, University of Kentucky.
Presettlement Vegetation of the Bluegrass Region,
a Eutrophic Island Within the Primeval Land-
scape. Julian Campbell, University of Kentucky.
Actual and Potential Vegetation of the Bluegrass
Region. William S. Bryant, Thomas More Col-
lege.

Actual and Potential Vegetation of the Pennyroyal
Plateau. Joe E. Winstead, Western Kentucky
University.

An Overview of the Vegetation of the Shawnee
Hills of Kentucky. Mare Evans, Kentucky Na-
ture Preserves Commission.

Some Aspects of the Vegetation of the Jackson
Purchase Region of Western Kentucky. Max E.
Medley, University of Louisville.

Planted and Volunteer Vegetation on Surface-
Mines in the Eastern Kentucky Coal Field Re-
gion. William G. Vogel and Ralph L. Thomp-
son, U.S.D.A., Forest Service and Ber College.
The Native Flora of Kentucky and its Geograph-
ical Relationships. Willem Meijer, University of
Kentucky.

The Weed Flora of Kentucky and its Geograph-
ical Relationships. Patricia Dalton, University of
Kentucky.

The Bryoflora of Kentucky and its Geographical
Relationships. Susan Moyle Studlar and Jerry
Snider, Centre College and University of Cincin-
nati.

CHEMISTRY SECTION

Laurence J. Boucher, Chairperson
Vaughn Vandergrift, Secretary

Coal & Petroleum Pitch Symposium

John T. Riley, Presiding
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 4

Mineral Matter Segregation in Particle Size Frac-
tions of Pulverized and Attritor-Milled Coal. John
T. Riley and Fred Hayes, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

The Role of Coal’s Soluble Fraction in Coal Plas-
ticity—One View. John W. Reasoner, Jana Whitt,
and Mark McElroy, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

Measurement of Micron-Range Size Distributions
in Ultrafine Milled Coals. Leonor M. Lopez-
Froedge and William G. Lloyd, Western Ken-
tucky University.

1400

1412

1436

1448

1500

1524

1536

1548

1600

1612

1624

1336

1348

Components of Fresh vs. Aged Coal Extracts. Da-
vid Igo, William D. Schulz, and Joan Reeder, Eastern
Kentucky University.

The Nature of Volatile Matter in Coal. Dallas
Mellon and John T. Riley, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Thermodynamics of Coal-solvent Interac-
tions. Thomas K. Green, George Ransdell, and
Doug Kimbler, Western Kentucky University.
Analysis of Petroleum Pitch by Pyrolysis Gas
Chromatography. M. D. Kiser and W. L. Bud-
den, Ashland Petroleum Co.

Determination of Carbon Fiber Length Using a
Coulter Particle Counter. W. L. Budden and M.
D. Kiser, Ashland Petroleum Co.

A Study of the Effect of Gauge Length on the
Tensile Strength and Modulus of Carbon Fi-
bers. E. E. Perdue, Ashland Petroleum Co.

Chemistry Paper Presentations
Oliver J. Muscio, Jr., Presiding

Hydrolysis of Fluoro-N-Heteroarenes in Buffer
Solutions: Nucleophilic or General Base Cataly-
sis? Oliver J. Muscio, Jr. and Kelly A. Marlow,
Murray State University.

A Kinetic Study of the Reduction of Anthraqui-
none. Rita K. Hessley and Duane L. Osborne,
Western Kentucky University.

Binuclear Copper Complexes as Models of the
Active Site in Tyrosinase. Robert M. Buchanan
and Cheryl W. Blumenberg, University of Louis-
ville.

Magnetic Exchange Interactions in Binuclear
Copper(II) Complexes. Robert M. Buchanan,
Thomas Doman, and J. Frederick Banks, Univer-
sity of Louisville.

Synthesis and Characterization of Binuclear Schiff
Base Macrocycles and Their Transition Metal
Complexes. Robert M. Buchanan, Mark S. Ma-
shuta, and Thomas Doman, University of Louis-
ville.

Preparation and Characterization of Binuclear
Manganese Complexes. Models of the Photosyn-
thetic Water Oxidation Apparatus. Robert M.
Buchanan and Rajesh Desai, University of Louis-
ville.

Puysics SECTION

Doug Humphrey, Chairperson
Jack Wells, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Ballroom 3

Halley's Comet—A Stimulus of Science. Joel
Gwinn, University of Louisville.
A Multi-photogate Timer System. W. F. Huang,

University of Louisville.

46

1400

1448

1500

1324

1336

1348

1400

1412

1424

1436

1448

1500

1512

1524

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

A Computer Description of the Atom, Based on
the Independent Particle Model. John Morrison,
University of Louisville.

A Physics and Astronomy Update at J.C.C._ Les
Burton, Jefferson Community College.

A Computerized Free-fall, Inclined Plane Ap-
paratus. Terry Flesch, Thomas More College.
New Experimental Data on the Structure of the
Glass—As2Se3. Jack Wells, Thomas More Col-
lege.

The Nucleus of Quarks and Gluons.
Davis, University of Louisville.

A Large Portable Telescope for Teaching, Re-
search, and Community Service. Raymond C.
McNeil, Northern Kentucky University.

Christopher

PuysioLocy, BropHysics, BIOCHEMISTRY AND
PHARMACOLOGY SECTION

David L. Wiegman, Chairman, Presiding
Nancy L. Alsip, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room D

Physiology of the Developing Urinary Bladder in
Amphibians. Theresa L. Powell and John J. Just,
University of Kentucky.

The Wavelength Dependence of Avoidance Be-
havior in the Green Algae Volvox. Mary Blake-
field and John Calkins, University of Kentucky.
Properties of Photomutagens in Synthetic
Fuels. Christopher P. Selby, John Calkins, and
Harry Enoch, University of Kentucky.

Evidence Suggesting an Inducible DNA Repair
System in the Eukaryote, Tetrahymena pyrifor-
mis. John Wheeler and John Calkins, University
of Kentucky.

The Effects of Inducible Repair on UV-B-UV-C
Action Spectra Shape in Tetrahymena pyrifor-
mis. John Calkins and John Wheeler, University
of Kentucky.

Effects on Division Time of Paramecium aurelia
and Tetrahymena pyriformis by the Timed Ad-
dition of Caffeine. Melinda K. Eades and John
Calkins, University of Kentucky.

Effect of Fescue Endophyte on Reproductive
Hormones in Rats. Dan R. Varney, Loretta Car-
rico, and Sanford L. Jones, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Examination of Potyviral Proteins in Infected To-
bacco Protoplasts. Gary M. Hellmann, Univer-
sity of Kentucky.

Protein-DNA Interactions Regulate Gene Activ-
ity. Robert C. Dickson, Michael Whitte, Lewis
Wray, Jr., and Michael Riley, University of Ken-
tucky.

Comparison of Two Molecular Weight Forms of
an Enzyme by Fluorescence. David Robbins,
University of Kentucky.

Molecular Cloning of Ca2+ AtPase. Paul Brandt,

1536

1548-
1700

1336

1348

1400

1412

1436

1448

1500

1512

Mauri Zurini, Robert E. Rhoads, and Thomas C.
Varaman, University of Kentucky.

Business meeting for Physiology, Biophysics, Bio-
chemistry, and Pharmacology.

Workshop

Integrative Study in Physiology and Medicine.
This workshop will be devoted to integrative ap-
proaches to the study of the human organism. A
medical case history (Case 26-1969, New England
Journal of Medicine 280:1466-1473, 1969) will
provide the framework for discussion. The case
involves consequences of a partial, congenital ob-
struction of the aorta, and involves cardiovascular,
respiratory, acid-base, and electrolyte problems.
Providing an opportunity for discussions which
transcend specific scientific problems, organ sys-
tems, or areas of specialization, this session will
focus on the elucidation of physiologic events which
generate disease processes. Physiologic interrela-
tionships which shed a light on differences be-
tween health, illness, dying, and death will also
be examined. Joseph Engelberg, University of
Kentucky.

PsYCHOLOGY SECTION

Barney Beins, Chairperson, Presiding
Bruce Mattingly, Secretary
Lexington Convention Center-Room F

The Role of Postural Cues in Nonverbal Com-
munication. Jack Thompson, Tammy Day, and
Debbie Finkel, Centre College.

Postural Correlates of Affect. Jane Kelly and Jack
Thompson, Centre College.

The Relationships between Health, Mood and
Psychological Stress. Linda Young and Jack
Thompson, Centre College.

Beauty is Best: An Investigation of the Effects of
Physical Attractiveness on Performance Evalua-
tion. Kevin Patrick Bucknam, Eastern Kentucky
University. (Sponsored by Robert M. Adams.)
Effects of Viewing Graphic Portrayals of the Con-
sequences of Violence on Aggressive Behav-
ior. Krister Martin Harnack, Eastern Kentucky
University. (Sponsored by Robert M. Adams.)
Effects of Pornography on Sexual Behavior in Er-
otopholer and Erotophiler. Dana Cooper, East-
ern Kentucky University. (Sponsored by Robert
M. Adams.)

Altruistic Behavior: When Do People Stop Help-
ing? Dean Henson, Eastern Kentucky Univer-
sity. (Sponsored by Steve Falkenberg.)

The Effect of Physical Attractiveness on Chil-
dren’s Altruistic Behavior. Constance L. Mason,
Eastern Kentucky University. (Sponsored by Rob-
ert M. Adams.)

Business meeting for Psychology Section and Pre-
sentation of Griffith Awards.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 47-50

ABSTRACTS OF SOME PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE
ANNUAL MEETING, 1986

BOTANY & MICROBIOLOGY

Patch dynamics and community development on road-
side embankments. JAMES O. LUKEN, Department of
Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky University, High-
land Heights, KY 41076.

Differences in amount and vertical distribution of
aboveground biomass were measured between patches of
crownvetch (Coronilla varia) and Kentucky-31 tall fescue
(Festuca arundinacea) on a revegetated roadside em-
bankment in Northern Kentucky. Growth of tall fescue
was stimulated when growing in crownvetch patches (field)
and when growing in soils collected from crownvetch
patches (greenhouse). In comparison, growth of crown-
vetch was inhibited when growing in tall-fescue patches
(field) and when growing in soils collected from tall-fescue
patches (greenhouse). These data coupled with a measured
growth response of tall fescue to nitrogen fertilization sug-
gest that tall fescue will eventually invade and dominate
crownvetch patches.

The role of Carpinus caroliniana in release of aluminum
in response to acid rain. ALAN W. REED* and JOE E.
WINSTEAD, Departments of Biology, Lindsey Wilson
College, Columbia, KY 42728, and Western Kentucky
University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

To test Carpinus caroliniana Walt. (ironwood) as an
aluminum contributor in acidic aquatic systems, we placed
leaf samples in solution buffered to pH 3.5, 4.4, and 7.0
and one of 4.4 inoculated with 10 g of limestone. After
75 days, microbial activity altered solution pH as follows:
3.5 to 4.7; 4.4 to 5.0; 7.0 to 4.8; and 4.4 to 6.1. Aluminum
assay of leachate was by atomic absorption techniques.
More acidic leachates contained higher aluminum levels
with 1 g leaf samples contributing 0.341 mg/liter under
initial pH of 3.5 compared to 0.153 mg/liter in pH solution
with limestone.

CHEMISTRY

Detection of chloroalkane metabolites by derivatization
and high-performance liquid chromatography. MARK A.
TOON* and ROBERT F. VOLP, Department of Chem-
istry, Murray State University, Murray, KY 42071.

2-Chloropropane is metabolized to acetone. Our goal
was to obtain an analytical method of detecting the acetone
produced by liver microsomes. By reacting acetone with
dansyl hydrazine, we were able to form a fluorescent hy-
drozone derivative, which could then be analyzed using
reversed-phase HPLC and a fluorescence detector. The
derivatization procedure was optimized with respect to
reagent concentration, pH, and water content and gave
reproducible, quantitative results. After 60 minutes in-
cubation of 5.0 mM 2-chloropropane (5 mg protein/ml),

47

117 uM acetone was present in the mixture. By varying
the incubation time, this method can be used to determine
the rate of 2-chloropropane metabolism.

Components of fresh vs. aged coal extracts. DAVID
IGO*, WILLIAM D. SCHULZ, and JOAN REEDER, De-
partment of Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, KY 40475.

Authorities believe soluble portions of coals reflect struc-
ture of insoluble portions and that loss of thermoplasticity
upon heating or aging are mechanistically similar. To study
these phenomena, Kentucky coal KCER 9091 was crushed,
“artificially aged” by stirring under oxygen for 7, 21 and
24 days. Control and “aged” samples were soxhlet extract-
ed, concentrated and analyzed by capillary gas chroma-
tography /mass spectrometry. Chief differences in extracts
were lower boiling alkenes, dienes and aromatics present
in control samples, and not in aged samples. We believe
that these compounds are oxidatively incorporated into
cross-linked coal structure during aging.

Fugitive emissions from packaging of household organo-
phosphate products. MICHAEL W. NOLD and WIL-
LIAM D. SCHULZ*, Department of Chemistry, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475.

Several samples of “controlled-release” household pes-
ticide products containing organic phosphate ester (cho-
linesterase inhibitor) active ingredients were examined for
fugative toxic emissions. Products included “‘flea collars’
and “pest strips” of various brands. These products are
sealed in polymer-foil or treated paper packages. Sealed
packages were washed with methylene chloride, concen-
trated, and analyzed by capillary gas chromatography /
mass spectrometry. All products had traces of active in-
gredient on outsides of sealed packages. Concentrations
ranged from 15 mg to traces of hydrolyzed ingredient.
We have yet to determine if these results are due to dif-
fusion through the package or deposition during pack-

aging.
GEOGRAPHY

Regional semantics of “barren” and “desert” in 18th
and 19th century North American landscape descriptions.
CONRAD MOORE, Department of Geography and Ge-
ology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY
42101.

Previous interpretations of the meaning of “barren” and
“desert” in historic North American landscape descriptions
have emphasized the importance of an absence of trees.
An examination of 371 travel accounts written during 1774-
1880, revealed that the primary indicators of “barren”
landscapes were the presence of shrubs and small trees in
the humid East, a lack of grass in the subhumid-semiarid

48 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

Central Plains, and the presence of sand hills or plains and
xerophytes in the semiarid-arid Far West. Dominant “des-
ert” criteria were a lack of settlement in the East and the
presence of unconsolidated sand in the Central Plains and
Far West.

Place names of Fayette County, Kentucky. WILLIAM
A. WITHINGTON, Department of Geography, Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506-0027.

Place name studies or gazetteers, frequent at national
and state or provincial levels, are few for the U.S. county
level. This place-name study focusing on Fayette County
in east-central Kentucky adds to those few. The purpose
is to identify place names of sufficient prominence for
inclusion in a county gazetteer. Fayette County place names
and their numbers, classifications, and sources are re-
viewed. Onomastic questions of name sources and ques-
tions of inclusion of historic but non-current or detailed
feature names are examined, indicating several possible
approaches to place-name studies in such localized areas
as Fayette County.

GEOLOGY

Carbonate paleosols in the Mississippian carbonates of
northeastern Kentucky. FRANK R. ETTENSOHN, De-
partment of Geology, University of Kentucky, Lexington,
KY 40506.

Subaerial exposure crusts are common atop disconform-
ities separating Meramecian and early Chesterian (Missis-
sippian) members of the Slade Formation in northeastern
Kentucky. Although the crusts commonly attributed to
diagenetic processes, the widespread presence of soil fea-
tures suggests a pedogenic origin. Significant pedogenic
features include root traces, soil structure, and soil hori-
zons. Evidence for rooting includes root molds, root tu-
bules, and alveolar texture. Soil structures most commonly
occur as megascopic peds. Most soil profiles are immature
or truncated, and only the C horizon remains; locally relict
A and B horizons are present. The crusts themselves rep-
resent carbonate illuviated in the C horizon during dry,
evaporative periods.

Petroleum exploration and production in the U.S.A.
GRAHAM HUNT*, Department of Geology, University
of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292.

With the collapse of oil prices there are many and widely
various projections and predictions for the years ahead in
this historically cyclical business. For this country recent
data indicate: (1) a rise in petroleum demand (3% an-
nually); (2) a decline in oil production (2% from 8.9 million
barrels per day, 1985, to 8.5 million barrels per day); (3)
a decline in development drilling (62%, the lowest level
in the last 40 years, 954 rigs operating in 1986 compared
with 1962 rigs operating a year ago); and (4) a highly
fluctuating oil price (prices with lows of $7/barrel to highs
near $18/barrel).

The demand for energy alternatives in the U.S.A., such

as natural gas and coal, may start to increase sharply (1990
to 2000) in reply to the rising oil prices and declining
production and increased imports. As the oil begins to
become more scarce there will be more drilling for natural
gas at depths near 15,000 feet in host sedimentary rocks.

MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE
ENGINEERING

Applications of graph theory in computer science. JOHN
H. CRENSHAW, Department of Computer Science,
Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Deadlock detection is a practical application that can
be used as an example in teaching graph theory. In graph-
theoretical terms, a deadlock occurs when the adjacency
matrix describing the physical system possesses a cycle. If
there are M processes in a system, then the adjacency
matrix A isan M x M matrix where A(J, J) = 1 if process
I is waiting for a resource possessed by process J and 0
otherwise. The classical technique is to compute A™. If
A™ is non-zero then A possesses a cycle. However, the time
constraints of a practical system make this approach inef-
ficient and impractical; faster techniques must be devised.

A Pascal course for gifted and talented middle-school
students. VIRGINIA EATON, Department of Computer
Science, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
KY 42101.

During summers 1984, 1985, and 1986 Western Ken-
tucky University offered a Pascal course for middle school
students. The course is offered as part of WKU’s Summer
Program for Verbally and Mathematically Precocious
Youth, which is a cooperative effort with the Duke Uni-
versity Talent Identification Program. Students alternate
between attending lectures and doing lab work. They are
in class for 6 hours per day for 3 weeks. The material
covered is the same material taught in WKU’s introductory
Pascal course. The students learn TURBO Pascal on mi-
crocomputers and VAX Pascal on a VAX 11/785.

Expected utility and decision making. WALTER
FEIBES, Department of Business Administration, Bellar-
mine College, Louisville, KY 40205.

When one or more of the outcomes of a decision problem
results in either an extraordinary large monetary or utility
loss, the expected monetary value criterion for obtaining
an optimal decision is replaced by Von Ne~.nann’s ex-
pected utility criterion. Criticism of the classical utility
assumptions are discussed and illustrated with the Allais
paradox and Raiffa’s “money pump” problem. Specifi-
cally, the assumptions of transitivity and the existence of
a unique utility function are questioned and possible al-
ternative assumptions are proposed.

Partnership with industry: adapting the traditional cur-
riculum for non-traditional on-site courses. CAROL W.
WILSON, Department of Computer Science, Western
Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 49

Teaching at an industrial site can be challenging and
rewarding, During academic year 1985-1986, I taught
Introduction to Programming and Programming I (BA-
SIC) at the Logan Aluminum plant in Russellville, KY.
Class examples and programming assignments were cho-
sen carefully to relate to the adult experience or the in-
dustrial environment. Students were delighted when they
realized that they were capable of generating the pro-
duction reports that they used in their daily work. Reaction
was so positive to these first courses that three additional
university courses hav been offered at the Logan site and
more courses are planned for the future.

Classroom enrichments from topology. CARROLL G.
WELLS*, Department of Mathematics, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Topology is the geometry which studies what happens
when objects are twisted, stretched, bent, cut, glued, etc.
Using a strip of paper, form the following objects: (1) strip;
(2) band—bend the strip without twisting and tape the
seam; (3) band with full twist—bend and put a full twist
in the strip and tape the seam; (4) Mobius strip—bend and
put a half twist in the strip and tape the seam. Now de-
termine how many sides each has and what happens when
each is cut lengthwise.

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS &
PHARMACOLOGY

Reflex cardiac effects of left atrial distension. MICHAEL
A. KURZ*, WILLIAM B. WEAD, and ANDREW M.
ROBERTS, Department of Physiology and Biophysics,
University of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292.

To determine the effects of left atrial distension on myo-
cardial contractility, a balloon-tipped catheter was placed
in the left atrial appendage of anesthetized dogs. Left
ventricular pressure was recorded for determination of
Vmax. Inflation of the balloon with warm saline increased
Vmax and heart rate. External pacing of the ventricles did
not eliminate the inotropic effect. Following bilateral cer-
vical vagotomy, distension had no effect on heart rate but
caused an increase in Vmax. Sympathectomy eliminated
all reflex cardiac effects. We conclude that left atrial dis-
tension causes a vagally mediated increase in heart rate
and a sympathetically mediated increase in contractility.

Physiology of the developing urinary bladder in the
amphibian Rana catesbiana. THERESA L. POWELL*
and JOHN J. JUST, Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Bi-
ological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY
40506.

Transition of fully aquatic larval amphibians to semi-
terrestrial adults involves osmoregulatory alterations. We
are interested in how the developing urinary bladder, which
serves as a water storage organ in adults, contributes to
this process. Isolated bladders transport water at a rate of
32 ul/cm?/min in vitro. In 2-week-old froglet bladders
arginine vasotocin (AVT), 10~° M, increased the rate of

water loss to 1.25 ul/em?/min. However, preliminary ex-
periments on stages XXII-XXV (Taylor-Kollros) show no
significant response to AVT over control rates. These data
along with electron microscopy suggest that completion
of metamorphosis results in a fully developed and func-

tional bladder.

PSYCHOLOGY

Entorhinal cortex lesions disrupt spatial learning and
DRL-20 performance. M. LAROCCA*, A. NONNEMAN,
T. LANDERS, and W. ISAAC, Department of Psychology,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506-0044.

The hippocampus seems to be critical for working mem-
ory (comparison of current situation with results of variable
preceding events) but not reference memory (situation is
stable/predictable). Lesions of the entorhinal cortex elim-
inate the major sensory input to the hippocampus. The
consequences of such lesions in rats were studied with
respect to retention of a preoperatively learned, spatial
orientation, reference memory task and a postoperatively
learned, DRL-20, working memory task. The lesions caused
a transient retention deficit on the spatial task but totally
prevented learning of DRL-20. The entorhinal cortex ap-
parently provides information to the hippocampus critical
for efficient working memory.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

The construction and use of economical electrophoresis
apparatus. DAVID R. HARTMAN, Department of Chem-
istry, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY
42101.

Plans and a materials list were presented for the con-
struction of an electrophoresis chamber to use paper, cel-
lulose acetate, or thin layer strips. Amino acids, blood
proteins, and enzymes can be separated in the economical
clear plastic chamber. Designs for an economical power
supply and uses for the equipment were discussed.

ZOOLOGY & ENTOMOLOGY

Ohio River fish population studies at the Thomas More
College Aquatic Biology Station, Campbell County, KY.
JOHN W. FERNER* and STEVEN C. ROSCHKE, De-
partment of Biology, Thomas More College, Crestview
Hills, KY 41017.

The Thomas More College Aquatic Biology Station is
located at mile 450.5 of the Ohio River near California,
KY. Fish populations have been monitored since 1974 at
this location and nearby power plants during the summer
months. While most sampling has been done with elec-
troshocking, some collections by hoop nets, seines, and gill
nets and on power-plant intake-screens have also been
made. A total of 11,064 fishes representing 49 species has
been captured over this 13-year period, the majority in
the past 3 years. The most abundant species were Doro-

50 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(1-2)

soma cepedianum, Notropis atherinoides, Lepisosteus os-
seus, Lepomis macrochirus, and Carpiodes carpio.

Osmoregulation by the bullfrog tadpole, Rana cates-
beiana. JANIS L. GOLDSMITH* and JOHN J. JUST,
Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.

Osmoregulatory capacity of tadpoles and froglets was
studied using osmotic saline stress. All stages were osmo-
regulators in solutions between 8 and 200 mOsm/liter;
above these concentrations, all were osmoconformers. In
an attempt to determine onset of adult urinary bladder
function, time-course studies were performed in a 250
mOsm/liter medium. Urine could be isolated only from
bladders of newly metamorphosed froglets. In 1-week-old
froglets, urine osmolarity increased from 30 to 100 mOsm/
liter during short-term osmotic stress while the plasma
osmolarity temporarily decreased. Thus, although the
bladder develops early (state XII, Taylor-Kollros), it does
not appear to be used as an osmoregulatory organ until
after metamorphosis.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(1-2), 1987, 50

Altered integumental pigmentation of Lirceus lineatus.
DAVID F,. OETINGER, Department of Biology, Ken-
tucky Wesleyan College, Owensboro, KY 42302.

Lirceus lineatus (Say 1818) (Isopoda, Asellidae) were
collected from tributaries of Panther Creek (Daviess Coun-
ty, KY) during the winter months, 1985 and 1986. There
were high levels of infection (11-42%) of isopods with
acanthocephalans, Acanthocephalus dirus (Van Cleave
1931). Ninety-six per cent of the infected isopods had
altered integumental pigmentation: 10 were more lightly
pigmented (as has been described for North American
asellids infected with acanthocephalans); 37 were more
darkly pigmented (as has been described for European
asellids infected with acanthocephalans). This is the first
report of acanthocephalan-infected isopods, from the same
populations, exhibiting both lighter and darker extremes
of altered integumental pigmentation. Examination of in-
fected isopods failed to relate altered pigmentation to size
or sex of isopods, different strains of isopods, or size and
sex of parasites.

NEWS AND COMMENTS

PRINTER CHANGE

The membership of the Academy of Science
will be happy to learn that the Board of Di-
rectors voted at the November meeting in Lex-
ington to return to Allen Press for the produc-
tion of the Transactions. This change will not
only insure high quality of the journal, but it
will also make life for the editor more pleasant.

ANNUAL MEETING

The next annual meeting of the Kentucky
Academy of Science is scheduled for 6-7 No-
vember 1987 at Western Kentucky University,
Bowling Green. Watch for additional infor-
mation in the Newsletter.

Instructions for Contributors

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in
the Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of
interest to the membership will be included as received.

Manuscripts may be submitted at any time to the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by
one or more persons prior to its acceptance for publication, and once accepted, an attempt will
be made to publish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced
throughout on good quality white paper 8% x 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles

and notes see Volume 43(3-4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and

the author should retain a copy for use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used
for all measurements. The basic pattern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts.
The Style Manual of the Council of Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for
Authors of the American Institute of Physics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and
a Manual of Style (Chicago University Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and
spelling. Only those words intended to be italicized in the final publication should be underlined.
All authors must be members of the Academy.

The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, abstract, body of
the manuscript, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables with table headings, and figure legends
and figures.

1. The title page should include the title of the paper, the authors’ names and addresses, and
any footnote material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.

2. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It
should be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgments, and Literature Cited. All tables and
figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide
complete information on the material referred to. See Volume 43(3—4) 1982 for style.

5. For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3-
4) 1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals,
and set on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 x 7 or 8 x 10 inches. Line drawings
in India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 8% x 11 inches. Pho-
tographs should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should
be numbered in Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is

strongly suggested that all contributors follow the guidelines of Allen’s (1977) “Steps Toward

Better Scientific Illustrations’’ published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all
literature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations
on the galley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered
when the galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS

Flowering requirements of Tussilago farfara. J. H. Melhuish, Jr., P. R.
Beckjord)and;'W. |G: Vogel...) ee nUN al winger tare salto petioie yan Gini

Commuting patterns among female workers in nonmetropolitan manu-
facturing. R. G. Cromley and R. H. Webster ............. Sa ALN EA Maa

Keys to the aquatic Gastropoda known from Kentucky. B. A. Branson . .

A bathtub hazard model and an application to system warranty. L. R.
Jaisingh, W. J. Kolarik, and D. K. Dey ................-.20000000-

NOTES
Linum grandiflorum (Linaceae), Papaver dubium (Papaveraceae), and Sal-

via pratensis (Labiatae): additions to the Kentucky flora. J. O. Luken and
Si We TMS rebel bieiseaiante 16 Velhens serena uray aves el en asl ay Catena Leeb outa Oh anna e a eT a REO uE

1986 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE ACADEMY (Charles V. Covell, Jr.)
PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING ....................

NEWS: AND COMMENTS tres ci ay A ases eA Hate 7S ae tigate seal UO ie ire ce aR Uae

11

20

26

27

33

36

50

TRANSACTIONS

= hee
ip

ACADEMY OF
SaiENCE

Volume 48
Numbers 3-4
October 1987

eicial Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded 8 May 1914

Orricers For 1987

President: Larry Giesmann, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076
President Elect: William P. Hettinger, Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41101

Past President: Charles Covell, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

Vice President: Richard Hannan, Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort 40601
Secretary: Robert Creek, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Treasurer: Morris Taylor, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Director of the Junior Academy: Patrick Stewart, Warren East High School, Bowling Green 42101
Representative to A.A.A.S.: Joe King, Murray State University, Murray 42071

BoarpD oF DIRECTORS

Ralph Thompson 1987 Douglas L. Dahlman 1988
Jerry Howell 1987 Gordon Weddle 1989
William Bryant 1988 ‘ Larry Elliott 1990
William F. Beasley Jr. 1988 David Legg 1990

EDITORIAL BoarRD

Editor: Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475
Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville,
Louisville 40292
Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky
University, Highland Heights 41076
Editorial Board: Douglas L. Dahlman, Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington 40546
Donald L. Batch, College of Natural and Mathematical Sciences, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond 40475
Gerrit Kloek, Kentucky State University, Frankfort 40601
Larry Giesmann, Department of Biology, Northern Kentucky University,
Highland Heights 41076

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be members
of the Academy.

The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT.

Membership in the Academy is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application
forms for membership may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing. |)

Annual dues are $15.00 for Active Members; $7.00 for Student Members; $20.00 for Family; $250.00 for Life Members.
Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00; back issues are $30.00 per volume.
The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.
Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and corre-

spondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292,
the exchange agent for the Academy. "

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

SusTaINING MEMBERS

UNIveRSITY OF KENTUCKY

MEMBER

Eastern Kentucky UNIVERSITY
MorEHEAD StaTE UNIVERSITY
Murray State UNIvERSITY
NorTHERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
University oF LouIsvILLeE
Western Kentucky UNIVERSITY

AssociaTE MEMBER

Auice LLoyp COLLEGE
BELLARMINE COLLEGE
Brescia COLLEGE
CAMPBELLSVILLE COLLEGE
CENTRE COLLEGE
CUMBERLAND COLLEGE
GEORGETOWN COLLEGE
Kentucky State UNIVERSITY
Kentucky WESLEYAN COLLEGE
Lees COLLEGE

Linpsey WiLtson COLLEGE
SPALDING COLLEGE

St. CATHERINE’S COLLEGE
Tuomas More CoLieGe

CORPORATE AFFILIATES

ALLTECH, INC.
ASHLAND OIL
IBM

TRANSACTIONS of the

KENTUCKY

ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 51-54

October 1987
Volume 48
Numbers 3-4

Sumac-directed Patch Succession on
Northern Kentucky Roadside Embankments

JAMES O. LUKEN AND JOHN W. THIERET

Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky University,
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076

ABSTRACT

There was little evidence that staghorn sumac (Rhus typhina L.) colonies growing on revegetated roadside

embankments in Northern Kentucky were facilitating tree invasion. Rather, the primary effect appeared to
be inhibition of crownvetch (Coronilla varia L.) and Kentucky-31 tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea Schreb.),
which in turn allowed other herbaceous and shrub species to invade the colonies. Amur honeysuckle (Lonicera
maackii (Rupr.) Maxim.) was an important bird-dispersed invader, but wind-dispersed herbaceous species
were also present in the seedbank and vegetation. Unique patches of vegetation are generated by staghorn
sumac, but the background of introduced species and the landscape position of these colonies will likely

preclude tree invasion for many years.

INTRODUCTION

Two previous studies documented indirect
facilitation of tree seedling establishment by
sumac (Rhus) species (1, 2). Colonies of sumac
apparently attracted seed-carrying animals and
also eliminated dense stands of perennial herbs
and grasses that were inhibiting colonization
by trees. This role of sumac species in patch
succession, however, may not be universal.
Even when sumacs are present, rates of tree
invasion might be modified by the severity of
initial disturbance, the availability of seeds and
seed dispersers, and the background of intro-
duced plant species.

The purpose of our study was to determine
from seed banks and vegetation analyses
whether staghorn sumac (Rhus typhina L.) was
modifying colonization of revegetated road-
side embankments in Northern Kentucky. Be-
cause our research sites were revegetated with
highly competitive perennial grasses and herbs,
and also because the staghorn sumac colonies
were isolated from natural seed sources, we

dl

hypothesized that staghorn sumac growing on
these road embankments may not be an im-
portant successional link in the development
of a deciduous forest. Such data are clearly
needed as ecologists experiment with tech-
niques to restore natural plant communities
following severe disturbance (3, 4).

METHODS

Staghorn sumac colonies we sampled were
located on roadside embankments within 8
miles of the Northern Kentucky University
(NKU) campus, Highland Heights, Campbell
County, Kentucky. Maximum colony ages, as
indicated by increment borings of the largest
ramets, indicated all were 8-10 years old.
Vegetation around the colonies and records of
the district road engineer (Ralph Dietz, pers.
comm.), indicated that the sites were revege-
tated with either crownvetch (Coronilla varia
L.) or Kentucky-31 tall fescue (Festuca arun-
dinacea Schreb.). Scarification of these sites
during road construction was severe; but we

52 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

TaBLE 1. Mean prominence values for plant species found
inside and outside staghorn sumac colonies. Means are
derived from 16 sites inside the colonies and from 14 sites
outside the colonies.

TABLE 2. Seedlings of plant species emerging from soils
collected inside and outside staghorn sumac colonies. Val-
ues indicate the cumulative number of seedlings that
emerged during 1 year.

Out-
Inside side
Herbs and grasses
Coronilla varia L. 437 766
Festuca arundinacea Schreb. 79 107
Poa sp. 40 6
Alliaria petiolata (Bieb.)

Cavara & Grande 30 —
Aster cordifolius (typical) 26 =
Ambrosia artemisiifolia L. 17 <l
Solidago sp. 15 4
Cirsium vulgare (Savi) Tenore 11 2
Impatiens capensis Meerb. 3 _
Ambrosia trifida L. <l 4
Allium vineale L. 1 —
Rumex crispus L. <l <1
Linaria vulgaris Hill - <l
Lactuca serriola L. <1 =
Trifolium repens L. =<l =
Chenopodium album L. <1 —

Shrubs and trees
Rhus typhina L. 71 18
Lonicera maackii (Rupr.) Maxim 35 <I
Rubus occidentalis L. 5 _—
Rosa setigera Michx. 1 —
Carya sp. <1 <l
Number of resident species 3 3
Number of alien species 17 9
Total number of species 20 12

do not know whether sumac colonies origi-
nated from seed or from buried roots and rhi-
zomes.

During July 1986, per cent cover and fre-
quency of plant species growing inside and
outside staghorn sumac colonies were mea-
sured. Sixteen colonies and 14 adjacent areas
outside the colonies were sampled. At each site,
seven 1-m? plots were systematically arranged
and visually analyzed.

Prominence values (% coverage X square
root of frequency) were calculated for each
species at each site. Then the positions of the
30 sites on a multidimensional polar ordination
were calculated using the prominence values.
Calculations followed Mueller-Dombois and
Ellenberg (5).

Soil samples for seedbank analyses were col-
lected during November 1985 at the centers
of 7 different colonies and outside these same
colonies (3 m downslope). The techniques used
for estimating seedbanks provided an estimate

Out
Inside side
Herbs and grasses
Coronilla varia L. 71 384
Festuca arundinacea Schreb. 27 12
Lamium purpureum L. 24 5
Solanum ptycanthum Dun.
ex DC. 24 10
Verbascum thapsus L. df 4
Trifolium repens L. 6 8
Aster sp. 4 6
Galium aparine L. 8 16
Polymnia canadensis L. 3 0
Stellaria media L. 2 0
Chenopodium album L. 1 0
Solidago sp. 1 0
Typha latifolia L. 1 0
Rumex crispus 0 2
Lepidium campestre L. 0 1
Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. 0 1
Shrubs and trees
Rhus typhina L. 47 5
Rubus occidentalis L. 1 0
Number of resident seedlings 145 401
Number of alien seedlings 77 53
Total number of seedlings 222 454
Number of resident species 8 8
Number of alien species 12 9
Total number of species 15 12

of readily germinable seeds but did not record
those seeds that did not break dormancy. In
each area, 10 randomly distributed soil samples
were removed with a soil core (21.2 cm? at the
top; 84.9 cm? in volume), composited, and then
taken to the greenhouse (mean temperature
20°C). Fourteen flats (1,300 cm?) were pre-
pared with 3 cm of moistened potting soil
(Metro-mix®). The soils were spread on the flats
and mixed with another 0.5 cm of soil. Pho-
toperiod was extended to 16 hours with flu-
orescent lights, soils were kept moist with tap
water, and they were stirred once every month.
During the next 12 months, seedlings emerging
from the soils were counted, removed, trans-
planted, and identified.

RESULTS

Areas inside and outside staghorn sumac col-
onies were still dominated by Coronilla varia
L. and Festuca arundinacea Schreb., the 2

ROADSIDE PaTcH SuccEssion—Luken and Thieret 53

species introduced during revegetation (Table
1). But, inside the colonies there was decreased
prominence of these 2 species and greater
prominence of alien herbs and shrubs (Table
1). Specifically, vegetation inside was charac-
terized by Poa sp., Alliaria petiolata (Bieb.)
Cavara and Grande, Aster cordifolius (typi-
cal), Ambrosia artemisiifolia L., Solidago sp.,
and Lonicera maackii (Rupr.) Maxim. Inside
the colonies there was little evidence to indi-
cate tree invasion except for a few Carya seed-
lings; some Carya seedlings also occurred out-
side the colonies. Separation and clustering of
the 30 different sites were most evident when
sites were positioned along X and Y axes of the
ordination (Fig. 1).

Inside and outside the colonies, the seedbank
was dominated by seeds of Coronilla varia L.,
although many more seedlings of this species
emerged from soils collected outside the col-
onies (Table 2). More seedlings of Festuca
arundinacea Schreb., Lamium purpureum L.,
and Solanum ptycanthum Dun. ex DC.
emerged from soils collected inside the colo-
nies as compared to soils collected outside the
colonies. As might be expected, the dominant
woody species in the seedbank was staghorn
sumac. Various species were represented in the
seedbank that were not present in the mid-
summer vegetation (Tables 1, 2). In general,
no seedlings of alien, bird-dispersed, woody
species emerged from the soils.

DiscussIon

There was little evidence of tree invasion in
the staghorn sumac colonies. It is possible that
enough time has not passed for such invasion
to occur. However, this is not likely since max-
imum colony age was 8-10 years and these
ages are conservative estimates of site age.
Werner and Harbeck (2) noted that trees be-
gan invading under staghorn sumac in Mich-
igan old fields 5-8 years after field abandon-
ment. Thus, on roadside embankments in our
area, it appears that tree invasion under stag-
horn sumac is either much slower than re-
ported in previous studies or is not occurring.

It is also possible that the landscape position
of the colonies affected arrival rates of seeds.
Because the colonies are isolated from forest
edges and have little surrounding woody vege-
tation, birds may be reluctant to use them. This
would not agree with a study in New Jersey

Positions of 30 research sites on a two-dimensional

Fic. 1.
polar ordination. The X axis is 100 units; the Y axis is 97
units. Sites inside staghorn sumac colonies are represented
by I’s; sites outside staghorn sumac colonies are represented
by O's.

old fields where seed deposition was greatest
beneath tree stems that projected farthest above
the surrounding vegetation (6).

Even if seeds arrive in the colonies, seedling
establishment might be modified by interac-
tions with Coronilla varia L. and Festuca
arundinacea Schreb. (7). Both of these species
are aggressive competitors that produce high
amounts of aboveground biomass and detritus
(8); Festuca arundinacea Schreb. also pro-
duces allelopathic chemicals (9). The de-
creased prominence of these 2 species inside
the colonies probably explains why more alien
herbs and grasses were found here. However,
Coronilla varia L. and Festuca arundinacea
Schreb. still dominate the vegetation inside and
this could be a major factor controlling the
establishment of invaders. The elimination of
perennial grasses and herbs under staghorn su-
mac by shading or by the excretion of allelo-
pathic chemicals is considered critical for tree
invasion (1, 2).

One woody plant species, Amur honeysuck-
le (Lonicera maackii (Rupr.) Maxim.), suc-
cessfully invades staghorn sumac colonies. This
Eurasian native is a fast-growing shrub with
bird-dispersed seeds. Throughout Northern
Kentucky and elsewhere it has become well
naturalized, occupying both forests and open
sites (10). Since shrubs can successfully com-

54 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

pete with tree seedlings (11), it is possible that
staghorn sumac colonies growing on roadside
embankments will be replaced by relatively
homogeneous stands of Amur honeysuckle.

Estimated seedbank sizes of 1,500-3,067
seeds m ? were similar to seedbanks measured
in other successional sites (12, 13, 14). The
make-up of the seedbank was indicative of the
relative dominance of Coronilla varia L. and
Festuca arundinacea Schreb. inside and out-
side the colonies. Slightly more alien seedlings
emerged from soils collected inside the colo-
nies (77 inside vs. 53 outside), but most of the
alien species found in the seedbank were small-
seeded annual or perennial herbs that lack
fleshy fruits, the exceptions being Solanum
ptycanthum Dun. ex DC. and Rubus occiden-
talis L. Although it is possible that seeds of
woody species were present in the seedbank
but did not break dormancy in our experiment,
it is clear that resident and wind-disseminated
species are important in seedbank and subse-
quent vegetation development.

From a synthesis of vegetation and seedbank
data, we conclude that staghorn sumac colonies
depress the growth of Coronilla varia L. and
Festuca arundinacea Schreb. This in turn al-
lows both wind and animal-dispersed species
to grow beneath the canopy. Although there
is no evidence of tree invasion, Lonicera
maackii (Rupr.) Maxim. is a prominent bird-
dispersed component of the colonies. This in-
troduced shrub emerges from competition with
perennial herbs and grasses that persist inside
the colonies.

Our study indicates that successional trends
observed in old fields may not be valid in se-
verely man-disturbed sites such as highway
corridors. This is especially true if there is a
large background of aggressive introduced
species, if the seedbank has been destroyed by
soil scarification, and if the sites are isolated
from natural seed sources.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Funds for this research were supplied by an
NKU Faculty Project Grant. We thank the

Kentucky Department of Transportation for
granting permission to sample the right-of-way.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Petranka, J. W. and J. K. McPherson. 1979. The
role of Rhus copallina in the dynamics of the forest-prairie
ecotone in north-central Oklahoma. Ecology 60:956-965.

2. Werner, P. A.and A. L. Harbeck. 1982. The pattern

-of tree seedling establishment relative to staghorn sumac

cover in Michigan old fields. Am. Mid]. Nat. 108:124-132.
3. Bradshaw, A. D. and M. J. Chadwick. 1980. The

ecology and reclamation of derelict and degraded land.

University of California Press, Berkeley, California.

4. DePuit, E. J. and J. G. Coenenberg. 1980. Estab-
lishment of diverse native plant communities on coal sur-
face-mined lands in Montana as influenced by seeding
methods, mixture and rate. Montana Ag. Exp. Station Res.
Rept. #163, Montana State University, Bozeman, Mon-
tana.

5. Mueller-Dombois, D. and H. Ellenberg. 1974. Aims
and methods of vegetation ecology. John Wiley and Sons,
New York.

6. McDonnell, M. J. 1986. Old field vegetation height
and the dispersal pattern of bird-disseminated woody plants.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 113:6-11.

7. Vogel, W. G. and W. A. Berg. 1973. Fertilizer and
herbaceous cover influence establishment of direct-seeded
black locust on coal-mine spoils. Pp. 190-197. In R. J.
Hutnik and G. Davis (eds.) Ecology and reclamation of
devastated land. Gordon and Breach Inc., New York.

8. Luken, J. O. 1987. Potential patch dynamics on a
roadside embankment: interactions between crownvetch
(Coronilla varia L.) and Kentucky-31 tall fescue (Festuca
arundinacea Schreb.). Reclam. Reveg. Res. (in press).

9. Creek, R. and G. L. Wade. 1985. Excretion of phe-
nolic compounds from the roots of Festuca arundinacea,
Eragrostis curvula, and Lespedeza striata. Trans. Ken-
tucky Acad. Sci. 46:51-55.

10. Pringle, J. S. 1973. Lonicera maackii (Caprifoli-
aceae) adventive in Ontario. Can. Field Nat. 87:54-55.

11. Huenneke, L. F. 1983. Understory response to
gaps caused by the death of Ulmus americana in central
New York. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 110:170-175.

12. Johnson, R. G. and R. C. Anderson. 1986. The
seed bank of a tallgrass prairie in Illinois. Am. Midl. Nat.
115:123-130.

13. Lippert, R. D. and H. H. Hopkins. 1950. Study
of viable seeds in various habitats in mixed prairies. Trans.
Kansas Acad. Sci. 53:355-364.

14. Livingston, R. B. and M. L. Allessio. 1968. Buried
viable seed in successional field and forest stands, Harvard
Forest, Massachusetts. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 95:58-69.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 55-61

Development of a Multinomial Based Attributes
Control Chart and OC Surface

WILLIAM J. KOLARIK

Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering, Texas Tech University,
Lubbock, Texas 79409

AND

Lioyp R. JAIsINGH

Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Morehead State University,
Morehead, Kentucky 40351

ABSTRACT
This paper develops families of general case attributes control charts applicable to sorting operations. The
charts are based on the multinomial distribution. Formulas and computer programs for the operating
characteristics associated with the chart families are also developed. Possible applications are demonstrated

through the use of an example.

INTRODUCTION

Control charts are fundamental and useful
tools in the field of quality assurance. The sta-
tistical development of variables and attributes
control charts, as well as applications of these
charts, can be found in most statistical quality
control books (1, 2). Ghare and Torgersen (3)
discussed multicharacteristic control charts re-
lated to the multivariate normal distribution.
Only limited attention has been devoted to
multicharacteristic attributes control charts.

In the case of p and np control charts, pro-
visions are made for only 2 classifications. Items
either conform to specifications or they do not
conform to specifications. No provisions are
made for items which might be classified or
sorted in more than 2 ways. For example, an
item might be classified in 3 ways, acceptable,
reworkable, or scrap. It has been suggested that
multiple binomial based p charts are appli-
cable to sorting operations (2). However, such
a classification system is technically beyond the
scope of binomial based control charts.

Sorting into 3 or more classifications occurs
frequently in practice in both industrial and
agricultural fields as well as in service indus-
tries. Blank (4) briefly discussed a multinomial
inspection example, but did not consider mul-
tinomial control charts. It is worthwhile to in-
vestigate appropriate control charting tech-
niques which apply specifically to sorting
operations.

55

OBJECTIVE

The objective of this paper is to develop the
mathematical basis for general purpose attri-
butes control charts for sorting operations and
to demonstrate the technique through a simple
example. The multinomial distribution is the
basis for this development.

The following notation is used:

n
i

sample size
a variable index, i= 1, 2,...,1r

where r => 2

X,; = random variable i
n, = positive integer value i
r

where 3 n, =n

i=1

P; = proportion i

where p; > 0 and ) p, = 1

i=1
p; = stabilized or process proportion i

where p,; > 0 and » p=1

i=l

ASSUMPTIONS

In order to utilize the multinomial distri-
bution the following assumptions must be met:

56 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-—4)

1. Successive units inspected must be inde-
pendent of each other.

2. Each unit must be classified into only one
of r categories.

3. A continuous production process is being
sampled.

DEVELOPMENT
The multinomial distribution can be ex-
pressed as:

P(X, > X, i n,)

Dee

=n), Xo =MNy,...
n!
Sinan
int... n!

In the special case where r = 2, equation [1]
reduces to the binomial distribution which pro-
vides the basis for the usual development of
the p and np charts (4). However, if the general
case is maintained, it is possible to develop np;
chart families.

The mean of the ith variable in the multi-
nomial distribution is

Mw, = np [2]
and the variance is
o° = np(1 — p,) [3]

Making use of equations [2] and [3] and sigma
limits, families or sets of r — 1 np, control
charts can be developed. The ith mean cor-
responds to the center line for the np, chart.
Sigma limits for the np, charts can be set at
multiples of o; or probability limits may be
used. The latter technique is used in this paper
since computer programs were developed to
perform the many calculations involved in ob-
taining exact probability limits. Operating
characteristics for a chart family for a given
set of p,’s are calculated by the following re-
lationship:
n!
p=2

n 7 Pi"'P2"? Dey Pp," [4]

n,! no! ..
where >’ in [4] represents a sum over all fea-
sible combinations of n; values subject to:

LeL, =n = UCh. y t= r

nen

i=1

The calculation for a, the probability of a Type
I error, is shown below.

n!

!

n,! no! ..

a= Bi

[5]

BB"?
.n!

ILLUSTRATIONS
Case I: r = 2

In this case equation [1] reduces to the bi-
nomial distribution. The result is a typical np
chart as described in statistical quality control
texts (1).

Case II: r = 3

This case establishes a 3-dimensional control
concept. In practice, one might develop a fam-
ily of r (3) charts with control limits set at some
specified number of items as shown in Figure
1. For example, items produced by a certain
process might be of 3 different classifications:
acceptable, reworkable, or scrap. A sample of
size n would be drawn. The sample would be
inspected and each item classified into one of
the 8 classes. Then, the number of reworkable
items and the number of scrap items would be
plotted. The family of np; charts (Fig. 1) would
be set up and interpreted for control.

In this case, for a process to be considered
in control, three conditions must hold:

Cin = == UCL, [6]
and

Ch, = 5, UCL, (7]
and

ECL = 34 = UGK. [8]

The last condition can be expressed in terms
of LCL;, UCL; and x, + Xx.

Since
Xz = NM — X, — Xg
then
LCL, =n — x, — x, = UCL,
and

me UCle = x xe =n se (9)

Therefore, the third condition above can be
stated as

n— UCL,= x, +s =n — CIs 10)

The result is that a non-rectangular acceptance

C
QO
te

=

!
)

meen ne Ba eee ees

Scrap Chart

UCL) = 4
nes =
LCL = 0
- LCL
i 3
np. + np
Pr 12)
ne — UCL
3
Interaction Chart
Sampling
; 2 3 g 2 Sequence

Fic. 1. Conceptual np, chart family for r = 3.

58 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

LCL
1

In control Region

S

a Area Identifiers

Fic. 2.

O

or in control region may be encountered. In
the most general case, it would be a hexagonal
region, when plotted on x,, x, axes (Fig. 2).
Conceptually, the operating characteristics
for this family of np, charts would be an OC
surface, rather than an OC curve as in the
binomial case. The calculations for the OC sur-
face would be made using equation [4] and
considering the 3 conditions stated above in
equations [6], [7] and [10]. The number of cal-
culations needed to completely develop the
OC surface would be much higher than the
number required to develop a typical OC curve.
Example.—Assume one is interested in con-

In control region for np, chart for r = 3.

trol charting an operation where items pro-
duced are classified into 1 of 3 categories: scrap,
reworkable, or acceptable. Further, assume that
the process has been running at a 10% scrap
rate, a 20% rework rate and an acceptable rate
of 70%. For simplicity of calculations, a sample
size n = 10 will be used.

Making use of equations [2] and [3], the mean
and variance associated with scrap and rework
are:

uw, = 1010.1) =1
> = 10(0.2) = 2
us; = 10(0.7) =7

MILTINOMIAL BasEp ArrripuTes—Kolarik and Jaisingh 59

Fic. 3. OC surface “8” probabilities for the example problem (np, = 1, LCL, = 0, UCL,

UCL, = 4, np, = 7, LCL, = 4, UCL, = 10)

¢2 = 10(0.1)(0.9) = 0.9 and o, = 0.949
pee 10(019)(018) = 1.6 and o, = 1.265
o3° = 10(0.7)(0.3) = 2.1 and o; = 1.449

where i = 1 represents scrap, i = 2 represents
rework and i = 3 represents acceptable prod-
uct.

Considering an np; chart, assume the control
limits are set as follows:

np, = | LCL, = 0 UCL, =3
np, = 2 LCL, = 0 VCE; =4
np; = 7 LCL, = 4 UCL, = 10

These settings would represent about a 2 sigma
setting for the scrap parameter, and about a
1.6 sigma setting for the rework parameter and
about a 2 sigma setting for the acceptable pa-
rameter products when calculated in a fashion
similar to that used for a conventional np chart.
Using a probability limit approach and a FOR-
TRAN computer program, developed by the
authors, Type I and Type II error probabilities
can be calculated. The program was written
in MICROSOFT FORTRAN77 v3.2 and runs
on an IBM PC with an 8087 co-processor. One
program, called BETA, calculates one minus
the Type I error probability (1 — a) when the

3, np, = 2, LCL, = 0,

process is centered at np, and np. This pro-
gram will calculate a single “8” value or the
user may specify the option of having the pro-
gram generate an entire OC surface such as
the one shown in Figure 3. When utilized on
a microcomputer the program will interact with
the user so that the user may develop a single
point on the OC surface or an entire OC sur-
face. The program utilizes equation [4] recur-
sively and the 3 previously discussed control
conditions. It checks to see that only feasible
combinations of n,, n,, and ng are considered,
when the distribution is centered at x, and x,
combinations.

This example demonstrates the case where
r = 3. The idea of an a error or “false alarm”
when the process is centered at np, and npg is
more complex than the usual np chart case
(r = 2). Figure 2 shows a conceptual picture
of the general situation, where the a “area” is
the non-dotted region. The non-dotted area
can be divided into 10 subareas, numbered 1-
10 as shown in Figure 2.

Note that subareas 2, 4, 6, and 8 represent
cases where one parameter (scrap or rework)
is still within control limits but the other is
outside control limits. Subareas 9 and 10 rep-

60 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3—4)

Rework

io

X = Process Center
O=

Fic. 4.

resent out of control cases, even though both
scrap and rework are within this control limits,
due to the combined effect of scrap and re-
work. In order to assess the portion of a which
lies in each of these 10 regions, another FOR-
TRAN computer program was developed. This
program is named ALPHA. It was developed
to run interactively under MICROSOFT
FORTRAN?77 v3.2 on the IBM PC microcom-
puter. Results for the example problem are
shown in Figure 4. Figure 4 shows the results
in a graphical format for each of the 10 sub-
areas, as previously discussed. It should be not-
ed that since the control limits for both scrap
and rework were set at 0, ALPHA1, ALPHA2,
ALPHA8, ALPHA7, and ALPHAS are zero.
In addition, ALPHAS is very small thus indi-

a Area Identifiers

Scrap

x =

Graphical results of the ALPHA (a) sub-areas for example (np, = 1, np, = 2).

cating a very low probability of an a error or
“false alarm” outside both upper control limits
simultaneously. The ALPHA 10 region is equal
to 0 because the UCL; = 0. The ALPHA9Y
region is present since the LCL, was set greater
than 0. The second computer program utilizes
equation [4] in a manner similar to that of the
first computer program, however, the second
program must calculate the probabilities out-
side the control limits in each of the 10 areas,
shown in Figure 2. Both programs are available
from the authors.

Case III: r = 4

The development of this case is analogous
to that of Case II. As r increases, the number
of np, charts increase and the effort in estab-

MILTINOMIAL BasED ATTRIBUTES—Kolarik and Jaisingh 61

lishing and maintaining them increases. The
conceptual operating characteristics surpass a
surface and become abstract in shape. The op-
erating characteristics of Case HI np, chart
families are similar to those of Case I, but the
number of calculations involved becomes ex-
tremely large.

CONCLUSIONS

The preceding sections of this paper have
expanded the scope of attributes control charts.
The expansion from a binomial to a multino-
mial basis allows one to address situations with
3 or more item classifications. Such situations
are common in many sorting operations in-
volving manufactured items. In addition, ser-
vices are sometimes rated by classifications such
as good, fair, and poor. The np; chart families
previously developed are applicable to these
situations, provided the assumptions listed pre-
viously are valid.

The mathematics involved with the np, chart
families is relatively simple. Charts can be
readily set up and maintained. However, the
number of calculations involved with operat-
ing characteristics become extremely large as
the number of classifications and the sample
size n increase. The example and computer
programs provided develop the case where
three classifications occur and demonstrate the
procedure for a small sample size.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Duncan A. J. 1974. Quality control and industrial
statistics. D. Irwin, Inc., Homewood, Illinois.

2. Grant, E. L. and R. S. Leavenworth. 1980. Statis-
tical quality control. McGraw-Hill, New York.

3. Ghare, P. M. and P. E. Torgersen. 1968. The mul-
ticharacteristic control chart. Journal of Industrial Engi-
neering 19:269-272.

4. Blank, L. 1980. Statistical procedures for engi-
neering, management, and science. McGraw-Hill, New
York.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 62-70

Distribution of Aquatic Snails (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in
Kentucky with Notes on Fingernail Clams
(Mollusca: Sphaeriidae: Corbiculidae)

BRANLEY ALAN BRANSON AND DONALD L. BATCH

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

AND

SAMUEL M. CALL

Kentucky Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet,
Division of Environmental Services, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

Data are presented for 6 families, 16 genera and 29 species of aquatic gastropods, 4 of which are in the
threatened category. Cipangopaludina chinensis malleata (Reeve, 1862) and Gyraulus deflectus (Say, 1824)
are reported for the first time from Kentucky. Subfossil specimens of Io from Pulaski County, Kentucky are
discussed. Data and notes on 2 families, 3 genera and 7 species of sphaeriacean clams are presented. Pisidium

casertaneum (Poli, 1791) is reported from Kentucky.

INTRODUCTION

In view of the ongoing attempts to unscram-
ble the problem of endangered species in Ken-
tucky (1), it seems appropriate to present data
on groups of organisms for which the published
records are sparse or old. In the case of the
Mollusca of Kentucky, information on the
Unionidae (“mussels’’) has far outstripped that
on the Gastropoda, particularly in the aquatic
species. In recent years, a few authors (2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10) have attempted to provide
additional ecological and distributional infor-
mation on aquatic snails, including species
newly reported from Kentucky (11). This con-
tribution provides new distributional data for
6 families, 16 genera and 29 species of aquatic
gastropods. Four of the species were previously
unreported from Kentucky, and 2 of them are
under consideration for federal listing (1). Data
are presented also for 2 genera and 6 species
of fingernail clams.

COLLECTING SITES

1. Pond at Ballard County Wildlife Management Area,
Ballard Co.; 6 May 1982.

2. Clear Pond, 4.8 km NW of County Road (CR) 1105
Bridge on Hazel Creek, Ballard Co.; 18 May 1982.

3. Pond at Cave Hill Cemetery, Louisville, Jefferson Co.;
30 March 1984.

4. Bert T. Combs Pond, Pineville, Bell Co.; 14 September
1980.

. Little South Fork of the Cumberland River, Ritner

Ford, McCreary Co.; 14 September 1980.

. Slate Creek at U.S. 60, Bath Co.; 23 February 1980.
. North Fork of Elkhorn Creek at Galloway Road Bridge,

Scott Co.; 28 March 1986.

. Salt River at U.S. 31E, Bullitt Co.; 7 October 1980.
. Ohio River, 8.1 km north of Louisville at I-65, Jeffer-

son Co.; 25 September 1982.

. Licking River at Cynthiana, Harrison Co.; 8 Septem-

ber 1984.

. Spring seep, 9.3 km north of Richmond, KRS 288,

Madison Co.; 13 November 1979.

. Muddy Banks of Kentucky River below main ceme-

tery, Frankfort, Franklin Co.; 6 November 1980.

. Spring seep, S-Tree Recreation Area, Jackson Co.; 23

July 1982.

. Muddy hillside, 1.6 km west of KSR 111 on CR 1940,

Montgomery Co.; 25 February 1984.

. Licking River at I-64, Bath Co.; 25 February 1984.
. Townsend Creek at U.S. 27 at Bourbon-Harrison co.

line in Bourbon Co.; 15 March 1986.

. Bullskin Creek at junction of Antioch and Garrington

roads (Salt River Drainage), Shelby Co.; 16 October
1981.

. Marrowbone Creek at KSR 100, Cumberland Co.; 14

April 1981.

. Boone Creek at Grimes Mill Road, Clark Co.; 7 Sep-

tember 1982.

. North Fork of Kentucky River, 1.2 km east of Banks,

CR 1103, Letcher Co.; 13 April 1984.

. Bear Creek at junction of U.S. 461 and KSR 90, Cum-

berland Co.; 11 April 1981.

. Buck Creek at KSR 192, Pulaski Co.; 31 August 1981.
. Licking River at Butler, Pendelton Co.; 23 June 1981.

AQuaTIC SNAILS IN KENtucKy—Branson et al.

. Donaldson Creek at Skinner Road, 1.65 km east of

KSR 807, Donaldson-Trigg County line; 6 July 1981.

. Laurel River, 0.84 km south of junction of CR 1189

with KSR 830 on KSR 830, Laurel Co.; 3 July 1979.

. West Fork of Skeggs Creek at CR 1152, Rockcastle

Co.; 30 July 1979.

. Meshack Creek at Vernon, Monroe Co.; 18 September

1979.

. Little South Fork of Cumberland River, 4.2 km east

of junction of KSR 167 with Mt. Pisgah Road, Wayne
Co.; 2 June 1978; 10 July 1979.

. Greasy Creek, 2.4 km above Chappell, Leslie Co.; 3

July 1978.

. Mud Lick Creek at Lipps, Clay Co.; 4 May 1978.
. Buckhorn Creek at KSR 28, Breathitt Co.; 19 June

1978.

. Rock Creek at mouth of Puncheon Creek, McCreary

Co.; 3 October 1979.

. Big South Fork of Cumberland River at mouth of

Troublesome Creek, McCreary Co.; 24 October 1979.

. North Fork of Elkhorn Creek at Galloway Road Bridge,

Scott Co.; 28 May 1986.

. Rockeastle River at KSR 490, Rockcastle Co.; 13 Oc-

tober 1983.

. Fishing Creek, 10.3 km south of confluence with Lick

Creek, Pulaski Co.; 31 July 1978.

. Clear Fork at first bridge east on KSR 217 from its

junction with KSR 988, Bell Co.; 4 July 1979.

. Bunches Creek, 3.2 km above mouth, Whitley Co.; 22

August 1979.

. Brush Creek at KSR 328, Rockcastle Co.; 1 July 1979.
. Roundstone Creek, 1.8 km northeast of Wildie, on CR

1786, Rockcastle Co.; 5 August 1978.

. Marsh Creek above mouth of Brushy Creek, McCreary

Co.; 12 November 1979.

42. Rockcastle River at mouth of Eagle Creek, Rockcastle

Co.; 12 December 1979.

. Kennedy Creek at confluence with Little South Fork

of Cumberland River, Wayne Co.; 4 August 1979.

. Licking River at Claysville, Robertson Co.; 23 June

1984.

. Smith Creek, 3.8 km southeast of Albany, KSR 696,

Clinton Co.; 20 September 1978.

46. Middle Fork of Rockcastle River at Lick Road Ford,

53.
54.

near Parrot, Jackson Co.; 23 August 1979.

7. Mud River at Gus, Butler Co.; 6 July 1984.
. Pitman Creek at U.S. 210, Taylor Co.; 19 April 1975.
. Red River at KSR 591 (“Price’s Mill’’), Simpson Co.;

13 July 1982.

. West Fork of Red River at Barker’s Mill, Christian

Co.; 7 July 1982.

. Whippoorwill Creek at James Road, Logan Co.; 8 July

1982.

. Kentucky River at Ann Street, Frankfort, Franklin

Co.; 12 August 1984.

Gasper River at KSR 626, Warren Co.; 9 July 1982.
Kentucky Lake at end of KSR 732, Calloway Co.; 21
August 1983.

55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

63

Ohio River at river mile 243.7, Hancock Co.; 27 July
1982.

East Fork of Clarks River at Bryantford Road,
McCracken Co.; 22 September 1984.

Wolf Lick Creek at KSR 107 near Lewisburg, Logan
Co.; 20 July 1984.

Eagle Creek, 1.6 km northwest of Wheatley, Owen
Co.; 19 October 1982.

Green River at mouth, Henderson Co.; 16 August 1981.
Red River at KSR 765, Logan Co.; 13 July 1982.
Red River at KSR 848, Todd Co.; 8 July 1982.
Montgomery Creek at Pruitt Road, Christian Co.; 18
August 1979.

Mossy, dripping cliffs (shale) overlooking Marrowbone
Creek at KSR 691, 0.8 km west of junction with KSR
90, Cumberland Co.; 13 April 1986.

Roundabout Swamp, 1.4 km southwest of confluence
of Biggerstaff Creek and Mud River, Butler Co.; 26
April 1982.

West Fork of Otter Creek, 9.3 km north of Richmond
on KSR 60, Madison Co.; 13 November 1979.
Kentucky River at Clay’s Ferry Bridge, Madison Co.;
26 June 1968.

Spring flowing into Donaldson Creek, 1.85 km east of
KSR 807-Old Dover Road junction, Trigg Co.; 6 July
1982.

East Fork of Clarks River, 3.0 km northwest of the
junction of KSR 348 with KSR 641, Marshall Co.; 28
April 1982.

Crane Pond Slough, 0.3 km west of Daviess-Ohio county
line, 3.4 km northeast of Pleasant Ridge, Daviess Co.;
22 July 1980.

. Owsley Fork Lake at Owsley Fork Church, Jackson

Co.; 9 December 1982.

. Pond at Central Kentucky Wildlife Management Area,

Madison Co.; 14 March 1984.

2. Pond, 2.0 km northeast of Sassafras Ridge Church

(Fish Creek Road), Fulton Co.; 26 April 1982.

. Muddy Creek at KSR 231, Ohio Co.; 30 September

1980.

. Spring seep near base of Black Mountain, KSR 100,

Harlan Co.; 13 September 1980.

. Salt River at KSR 52, Mercer Co.; 9 October 1980.

RESULTS

In the discussion that follows, species are

correlated with collecting sites by station num-
bers, and the figures in parentheses represent
the number of specimens collected.

in

VIVIPARIDAE

Three native genera of this family are known

Kentucky, Campeloma Rafinesque 1819,

Lioplax Troschel 1856, and Viviparus Mont-
fort 1810. This report adds a fourth genus for
Kentucky, Cipangopaludina Hannibal 1912.

64 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

Cipangopaludina chinensis malleata (Reeve
1862)

Collecting Sites.—1 (4), 2 (1), 3 (A).

This Asian species was introduced into Cal-
ifornia prior to 1900 and in the interim became
dispersed to many other sections of the country
(12). This large (39 mm or more), live-bearing
snail prefers habitats in permanent ponds and
lakes or sluggish portions of rivers with mud
bottoms that have a minimal calcium concen-
tration of 5.0 ppm (13). The food is bottom
detritus and associated algae. Because of the
environmental conditions observed at the col-
lecting sites in Ballard and Jefferson counties,
we may safely assume that the species is a
permanent addition to the gastropod fauna of
Kentucky.

Campeloma decisum (Say 1817)

Collecting Sites.—4 (2), 5 (5), 6 (2), 7 (3).

Campeloma decisum, another live-bearing
species, ranges through much of the eastern
United States and adjacent Canada (12). The
range in Kentucky based upon the older lit-
erature is misleading but has been clarified
recently by Burch (14). Campeloma integrum
(Say 1821) and C. obesum Lewis 1865 are 2
synonyms applicable to the Kentucky fauna.

Campeloma crassula Rafinesque 1819
Collecting Sites.—7 (1), 8 (1), 9 (1).
Previously reported as C. ponderosa (Say

1821) (15), C. crassula is considered to be an

Ohio River derivative in the fauna rather than

a Cumberland or Tennessee river mollusk, al-

though the species occurs marginally in the

Cumberland (4, 16).

Lioplax subcarinata occidentalis Pilsbry 1935

Collecting Sites.—10 (1).

This relatively thin, small (25 mm or less in
length), usually pale-green snail is not very
abundant in Kentucky, although it is relatively
abundant in the lower Licking River though
uncommon elsewhere. Clench (12, 17) and
Clench and Turner (18) considered this sub-
species to be a synonym of L. sulcosa Menke
1828, mostly because typical L. swbcarinata is
smaller (around 20-21 mm in length). This
snail bears watching by concerned scientists
since its populations appear to be dwindling
in waters where it was once common, often in

association with unionid beds, especially in the
lower Kentucky River.

POMATIOPSIDAE

Although these small, elongated and oper-
culated snails are considered by certain authors
(19) to be terrestrial, their habits indicate an
amphibious life style. Until very recently, Po-
matiopsis was included in the family Hydro-
biidae. Burch (14, 20) and Hubricht (19) res-
urrected the Pomatiopsidae Stimpson 1865.

Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say 1817)

Collecting Sites.—11 (2), 12 (3), 18 (1), 14
CD mh (ear

This amphibious, calciphilic species (19) is
often found varying distances away from bod-
ies of water, usually on a mud substrate. In
addition to the localities cited above, Hubricht
(19) recently included Carter, Edmonson, Jef-
ferson, Rockcastle and Pike counties in the
known Kentucky distribution.

PLEUROCERIDAE

The Pleuroceridae is one of the most per-
vasive groups of aquatic gastropods in the Mis-
sissippi River drainage, and systematically the
family is almost an enigma. Literally hundreds
of nominal species have been described; hence,
the list of synonyms for any currently recog-
nized species is usually long. The center of
distribution and speciation appears to be the
Alabama-Coosa River system and, secondarily,
the Tennessee and middle Cumberland river
systems (21), with depauperacy becoming more
noticeable northward. Because pleurocerids
have used various Kentucky streams as migra-
tion routes in pre- and post-Pleistocene times
and as refugia (Green River, Licking River) at
various times (21), the state has a fairly large
representation of these snails.

There is considerable debate over generic
designations (and recognition of species) in the
family. In his massive presentation, Burch (14)
resurrected a number of generic names that
have not been used for many years; recent
authors are divided on the use of resurrected
names. Because of the more familiar desig-
nations of Calvin Goodrich (22 and afterward),
we have elected to follow that author’s logic.
In the text that follows, however, we have in-

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KeNtucKy—Branson et al. 65

cluded in parentheses Burch’s (14) generic des-
ignations of the various species discussed.

Goniobasis (=Elimia) semicarinata (Say ie
Collecting Sites. —5 ates on aleeQley ye at
(21), 19 (11), 20 ae 43), 22 (1 S 23 (9 :
24 (5), 25 (59), 26 (8 37 . ue 8 (86), 29 (3),

30 (2), 31 (2), 32 (1), 33 (3) (2).

This is the most abundant Sone of the
whole Kentucky River basin (3, 5, 6), the Salt
River (15), and “tributaries of Ohio River,
Scioto River, Ohio, to Big Blue River, Indiana;
Licking River to Salt River in Kentucky; two
creeks of Green River of Kentucky” (22). The
latter distribution, written by Goodrich, has
been cited by practically every paper dealing
with aquatic gastropods from Kentucky, and
it has greatly biased the opinions of collectors
in other drainages within the state. For ex-
ample, Krieger and Burbank (24) designated
specimens from Prior Creek in Trigg County
as this species, but Blair and Sickel (2) referred
carinate specimens from the same general area
as deviate specimens of Goniobasis laqueata
(see below). In some previous work (4), abun-
dant specimens from various Cumberland Riv-
er streams were found to be indistinguishable
from typical Kentucky River specimens and
ones from the Blue River and the East Fork
of the White River in Indiana (26).

Thus, the specimens we have designated as
G. semicarinata from Donaldson Creek, a trib-
utary of Lake Barkley in Trigg County, tend
to substantiate the previous report of the species
from that environs (24). Goniobasis semicar-
inata has a much wider distribution in the
Ohio River basin than previously discerned and
research needs to be accomplished to clarify
the recognition of the various forms of the
species.

Goniobasis (=Elimia) ebenum (Lea 1841)

Collecting Sites. —35 (3), 36 (4), 37 (2), 38
(2), 39 (20), 40 (2), 42 (109), 43 (75).

This weakly differentiated but common
species is known from the Cumberland River
above the falls through Pulaski County, Ken-
tucky and in springs and tributaries of the
Cumberland River to Dickson County, Ten-
nessee (23). The records presented here add to
the distributional knowledge of the species and
indicate that its populations appear to be sta-

ble.

Goniobasis (=Elimia) costifera (Haldeman

1841)

Collecting Site.—44 (1).

Goniobasis costifera has been considered as
amore or less typical pleurocerid of Ohio River
tributaries in Kentucky and Illinois (23). How-
ever, the species does not seem to be abundant
in Kentucky streams. The populational status
of the species needs to be determined before
any conservation recommendations can be
suggested. We have a few specimens from the
upper Kentucky River, where the species is
rare.

Goniobasis (=Elimia) laqueata (Say 1829)

Collecting Sites. —24 (1), 27 (5), 28 (2), 43
(6), 45 (36), 46 (5), 47 (15), 48 (75), 49 (4), 50
(62), 51 (2).

Some of us (4) previously reported speci-
mens of G. laqueata from segments of the
Cumberland River drainage, the eastern-most
distribution of the species. This distinctive snail
ranges west to Trace Creek (Tennessee River)
in Humphreys County, and in the Duck and
Elk rivers, Tennessee (27). In the upper Cum-
berland River drainage, the species is fairly
widespread but of sporadic occurrence. In
western Kentucky (Green including Mud Riv-
er, Cumberland including Red River, and Ten-
nessee River) it is the most common species of
Goniobasis encountered.

To fluvialis (Say 1825)

Collecting Sites.—None.

A relatively large collection of mollusks from
prehistoric Indian middens located near old
Burnside, Pulaski County, Kentucky, removed
before impoundment of Cumberland Lake,
contain a number of large specimens of this
peculiar species. This raises an interesting
question. The modern distribution of Jo lies in
the Tennessee River of western Virginia and
eastern Tennessee, including the main tribu-
taries Clinch, French Broad, Holston, Noli-
chucky and Powell rivers (28). The nearest
straight-line locality in which Jo can be found
lies in the Powell River of Tennessee. The ques-
tion is, did the Indians transport the specimens
of Jo all the way from the Powell River or
elsewhere to the Burnside area as food items—
operculated snails such as this can live for hours
or even days in cool weather out of water—or

66 Trans. KeENTucKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

for other uses? Or, was there at one time a
population of Io in the Cumberland River that
has become extinct in the interim? The ques-
tion is, of course, partially rhetorical. However,
the presence of the Io in the middens suggests
that surveys of bank and/or old flood deposits
should be undertaken to help answer this per-
plexing question.

Anculosa (=Leptoxis) praerosa (Say 1824)

Collecting Site.—50 (41).

Although this species has been reported from
various sites in the Tennessee section of the
Cumberland River, the record presented here
from the Red River in Christian County is the
farthest west it has been found in Kentucky.
The most recent list of Kentucky endangered
plants and animals (1) lists A. praerosa in Cat-
egory 2, i.e., species up for possible status re-
view by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
because their information “indicates that pro-
posing to list as endangered or threatened is
possibly appropriate, but for which conclusive
data on biological vulnerability and threat are
not currently available to support proposed
rules.” Because our sample from Red River
contains both young and reproductive adults,
it seems probable that C2 is the appropriate
category for the species in this very important
population.

Lithasia obovata (Say 1829)

Collecting Sites.—51 (18), 52 (5).

Lithasia obovata is the most widespread
member of the genus in Kentucky. Six of the
specimens from site 51 are morphologically
similar to that termed forma sorida by Good-
rich (22). Most populations of the snail in Ken-
tucky appear to be healthy. Prehistoric Indians
apparently used the species for food, along
with Goniobasis curreyana and Pleurocera
canaliculatum (29).

Pleurocera acuta Rafinesque 1831

Collecting Sites. —57 (3), 58 (1).

An attempt should be made to determine
population sizes of this species. It probably de-
serves a place on the Kentucky list as of special
concern, at least at the C2 level on the federal
list.

Pleurocera alveare (Conrad 1834)

Collecting Site.—59 (1).

Pleurocera alveare is not at the present time
under consideration for inclusion on the na-
tional list of endangered species. However, the
snail is very rare in Kentucky, and Sinclair (30)
listed it as extirpated from the Tennessee River
in Tennessee. The species should be listed as
threatened in Kentucky waters.

Pleurocera canaliculatum (Say 1821)

Collecting Sites. —44 (2), 47 (9), 52 (1), 56
(7).

Most populations of this large river snail ap-
pear to be healthy. The snail is known to be
resistant to several types of pollution, including
moderate siltation (30).

Pleurocera canaliculatum undulatum (Say
1829)

Collecting Sites. —23 (88), 54 (2), 55 (1).

Of the 88 specimens from Station 23, 50
were banded. This dimorphism has sometimes
led to misidentifications but, as Goodrich (31)
pointed out, banding is common in this variety
in various streams, particularly in the Ken-
tucky and Green rivers.

Pleurocera curtum (Haldeman 1841)

Collecting Sites.—60 (1), 61 (1).

A highly variable species (32) known from
headwater tributaries of the Tennessee and the
main stream near Knoxville to Muscle Shoals,
Alabama, and the Cumberland River above
Burnside, Kentucky to the vicinity of Davidson
County, Tennessee (also, the Caney Fork Riv-
er, Tennessee) (23), P. curtum is not abundant
in Kentucky. Some of us (4) reported small
populations in the Rockcastle River in Laurel
County and the Cumberland River in Mc-
Creary County. Population assessments should
be undertaken to determine the conservation
status.

Pleurocera cf. walkeri Goodrich 1928

Collecting Site.—62 (4).

The characteristics of these 4 specimens fit
the description of P. walkeri (32) better than
those for any other described species. This
species is known from the Cumberland River
at Granville, Jackson County, Tennessee, the
Little Sequatchie River near Marian, Tennes-

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KeENTUCKY—Branson et al. 67

see, and from the Tennessee River at Muscle
Shoals and Shoals Creek, Lauderdale County,
Alabama. However, in the opinion of the first
author, P. walkeri is probably conspecific with
the variable P. curtum.

LYMNAEIDAE

There is divergence of opinion regarding
generic designations in this family. Burch (14),
for example, resurrected many of the genera
of F. C. Baker (34), whereas Hubendick (33)
considered these as subgenera. We follow the
latter author.

Lymnaea (Fossaria) humilis (Say 1822)

Collecting Sites.—16 (2).

Although there are few published records
for this species in Kentucky (11 scattered rec-
ords in the same number of counties) (16), it
probably occurs throughout the state.

Lymnaea (Pseudosuccinea) columella (Say
1817)

Collecting Sites.—4 (5), 6 (1), 15 (1), 64 (1),
65 (5).

This snail prefers quiet, vegetated back-
waters over mud bottoms, where it sometimes
produces prodigious populations. Statements
of distribution within Kentucky are similar to
those made for L. humilis.

PHYSIDAE

The Physidae is doubtless one of the most
confusing taxa in North America, in spite of
Te’s (35) valiant effort to bring order to the
family. One of the reasons for confusion is the
extreme variability within a nominal “species,”
variability that reflects ecological plasticity. Te
(35) recognized 4 genera: Physa Draparnaud
1801 with 2 northern species (P. jennessi Dall
1919 and P. skinneri Taylor 1954); Physella
Haldeman 1843 (most species in the family,
including all those known from Kentucky); the
monotypic Aplexa Fleming 1830 (A. elongata
(Say 1821)—outside our area); and Stenophysa
Martens 1898 (2 species from northern South
America, Central America, and Mexico, and
introduced into Texas). These “genera” are
most easily distinguished by features of the
mantle.

Physa (=Physella) gyrina (Say 1821)

Collecting Sites.—1 (3), 67 (10), 68 (34), and
10 from Reelfoot Lake, Reelfoot National
Wildlife Refuge, Tennessee.

Several of the specimens from Station 1 ap-
proach the morphology of P. gyrina ampul-
lacea Gould 1855. This is a common species in
western Kentucky, becoming progressively less
common eastward.

Physa (=Physella) heterostropha (Say 1817)

Collecting Sites.—4 (3), 16 (2), 21 (4), 65
(8).

Except in sections of the Purchase Area, P.
heterostropha is the most widespread and
common physid in Kentucky, occurring in vir-
tually every kind of water, often to the exclu-
sion of other species.

ANCYLOPLANORBIDAE

Although Burch (14) retained the Planor-
bidae and the Ancylidae as separate families,
Hubendick (36) and Stardbogatov (37) provid-
ed compelling reasons why the 2 families should
be combined, and we follow the latter authors.
Their subfamily Rhodacmeinae includes the
genus Rhodacmaea Walker 1917 which occurs
in Kentucky. Laevapex Walker 1903 and Fer-
rissia Walker 1903, both with Kentucky rep-
resentatives, are placed in the subfamily Bu-
lininae, which also includes Helisoma Swainson
1840. The subfamily Planorbinae includes
Planorbula Haldeman 1840 (including Me-
netus H. and A. Adams 1855 and Promenetus
F. C. Baker 1935) and Gyraulus Charpentier
1837 (includes Armiger Hartmann 1840). In
Burch’s (14) treatment, Promenetus and Me-
netus are retained as separate genera and Heli-
soma is divided into Helisoma and Planorbella
Haldeman 1842.

Gyraulus parvus (Say 1817)

Collecting Site.—4 (5).

There are very few records for this (and
similar species) small (3-4 mm diameter) snail
in Kentucky. Specimens are easily missed in
general collecting. Fine-mesh dip nets and
sieves should be used in searching aquatic
vegetation and bottom debris.

68 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

Gyraulus deflectus (Say 1824)

Collecting Site.—16 (2).

Previously unreported from Kentucky, this
species is slightly larger than G. parvus. It tends
to have an asymmetrical aperture, although it
is not loop-shaped as in the last species. Like-
wise, the body whorl is not evenly rounded or
carinate. Our specimens were both 4.3 mm in
diameter.

Helisoma (Helisoma) anceps (Menke 1840)

Collecting Sites. —16 (2). Also, 3 from Lau-
rel Lake, Breaks Interstate Park, Virginia.

Helisoma anceps frequents streams and
running water as well as lakes, and it is much
more common in such habitats than the next
species, which prefers backwaters and lowland
ponds, lakes, and sluggish streams.

Helisoma (Planorbella) trivolvis (Say 1817)
Collecting Sites.—1 (10), 16 (3), 64 (5), 68
(2), 69 (5), 70 (4), 71 (9), 72 (8).

Menetus dilatatus (Gould 1841)

Collecting Sites. —16 (2), 73 (1).

Although widespread east of the Mississippi
River (38), there are few published records for
this species in Kentucky. The preferred habitat
is in quiet, vegetated backwaters.

Planorbula armigera (Say 1821)

Collecting Site.—69 (A).

This very distinctive little aquatic snail, re-
cently reported from western Kentucky (11),
is often mistaken for other small members of
this family. There are white, tooth-like barriers
a short distance within the aperture. Planor-
bula jenksi (H. F. Carpenter), reported from
Crane Pond Slough in Henderson County (10),
is a synonym (14).

Ferrissia fragilis (Tryon 1863)

Collecting Sites. —74 (1), 75 (3).

This small lentic snail has been reported from
two Kentucky counties only (Jefferson, Madi-
son) (16). The small size, cryptic coloration,
and fragility are all factors causing it to be
overlooked in general collecting. The species
is doubtless of state-wide distribution.

SPHAERIACEA

This superfamily contains the familiar bi-
valves generally called “fingernail” and “pea”

clams (Sphaeriidae) and the introduced Asian
clam of the Afro-Asian family Corbiculidae.
Since Kentucky records for the sphaeriids are
scanty, the following data are of interest.

SPHAERIIDAE
Pisidium casertanum (Poli 1791)
Collecting Site.—16 (2).
This small bivalve has not been previously
reported from Kentucky (39).

Sphaerium (Musculium) transversum (Say
1829)

Collecting Sites. —4 (2), 64 (2), 68 (2).

In spite of the relatively few records for
Kentucky, this is a very common lentic species.

Sphaerium simile (Say 1816)

Collecting Site.—16 (2).

Also with paltry Kentucky records, S. simile
prefers sluggish streams and backwaters and
ponds and lakes with abundant vegetation.

Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck 1818)

Collecting Site.—65 (1).

This is one of the most common lotic sphae-
riids in the state, particularly in small- to me-
dium-sized creeks and in shallow riffles of large
rivers.

Sphaerium rhomboideum (Say 1822)
Collecting Site.—16 (2).
This distinctive bivalve prefers sheltered,
sluggish waters with vegetation (39).

Sphaerium partumeium (Say 1822)
Collecting Site.—1 (1).
This species is retained in Musculium by
Burch (38). It is common throughout the United
States.

CoRBICULIDAE
Corbicula manilensis (Philippi 1844)

Collecting Sites. —47 (3), 61 (12).

Records from these sites have not been pub-
lished previously, but this obnoxious clam is
now very widespread in Kentucky waters. In
many places it occurs to the exclusion of native
sphaeriids. Whether there is a correlation re-
mains to be determined. There are many un-
published records for this species in the files
of the Kentucky Nature Preserves Commis-
sion.

AQUATIC SNAILS IN KENTucKy—Branson et al. 69

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We greatly appreciate the assistance of var-
ious students and associates in making collec-
tions, including J. R. Omer, Tim Towles,
Yvonne Thompson, Mark Vogel, D. E. van
Norman, K. E. Camburn, R. R. Cicerello, B.
Kuhajda, Glenn Fallo, John MacGregor, and
Hal Bryan. Special thanks to Melvin Warren,
Department of Zoology, Southern Illinois Uni-
versity, for contributing important specimens
and for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Warren, M. L., W. H. Davis, R. R. Hannan, M. Evans,
D. L. Batch, B. D. Anderson, B. Palmer-Ball, Jr., J. R.
MacGregor, R. R. Cicerello, R. Athey, B. A. Branson, G.
J. Fallo, B. M. Burr, M. E. Medley, and J. M. Baskin. 1986.
Endangered, threatened, and rare plants and animals of
Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:83-98.

2. Blair, L. and J. B. Sickel. 1986. A survey of fresh-
water gastropods in selected habitats of Land Between the
Lakes, Kentucky and Tennessee. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 47:
6-12.

3. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1982. The Gas-
tropoda and sphaeriacean clams of Red River, Kentucky.
Veliger 24:200-204.

4. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1982. Molluscan
distributional records from the Cumberland River, Ken-
tucky. Veliger 24:351-354.

5. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1981. The gas-
tropods and sphaeriacean clams of the Dix River system,
Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 42:54-61.

6. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1981. Distribu-
tional records for gastropods and sphaeriid clams of the
Kentucky and Licking rivers and Tygarts Creek drainages,
Kentucky. Brimleyana 7:137-144.

7. Branson, B. A., J. B. Sickel, and B. M. Bauer. 1983.
Notes on rare and endangered or threatened pleurocerid
snails from the Cumberland River, Kentucky. Nautilus 97:
58-60.

8. Hannan, R. R., R. R. Cicerello, E. D. Keithan, M. L.
Giovannini, and L. J. Andrews. 1984. Aquatic biota and
water quality survey of the Kentucky oil shale region. Ky.
Nat. Pres. Comm. Tech. Rept. 1984. 2 vols.

9. Hannan, R. R., M. L. Warren, Jr., K. E. Camburn,
and R. R. Cicerello. 1982. Recommendations for Ken-
tucky’s outstanding resource water classifications with water
quality criteria for protection. Ky. Nat. Pres. Comm. Tech.
Rept. 1982.

10. Harker, D. F., M. L. Warren, Jr., K. E. Camburn,
and R. R. Cicerello. 1981. Aquatic biota and water qual-
ity survey of the Western Kentucky Coal Field. Ky. Nat.
Pres. Comm. Tech. Rept. 1981. 2 vols.

11. Branson, B. A. and S. Rice. 1981. Planorbula ar-
migera (Say) in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 42:134.

12. Clench, W. J. 1962. A catalogue of the Viviparidae
of North America with notes on the distribution of Vivip-

arus georgianus Lea. Oce. Pap. Moll. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard Univ. 2:261-287.

‘13. Jokinen, E. H. 1982. Cipangopaludina chinensis
(Gastropoda: Viviparidae) in North America, review and
update. Nautilus 96:89-95.

14. Burch, J. B. 1982. Freshwater snails (Mollusca:
Gastropoda) of North America. EPA-600/3-82-026: 1-293.

15. Rosewater, J. 1959. Mollusks of the Salt River,
Kentucky. Nautilus 73:57-63.

16. Branson, B. A. 1972. Checklist and distribution of
Kentucky aquatic gastropods. Ky. Fish. Bull. 54:1-20; 45
maps.

17. Clench, W. J. 1962. New records for the genus
Lioplax. Occ. Pap. Moll. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ.
2:288.

18. Clench, W. J. and R. D. Turner. 1955. The North
American genus Lioplax in the family Viviparidae. Occ.
Pap. Moll. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. 2:1-20.

19. Hubricht, L. 1984. The distributions of the native
land mollusks of the eastern United States. Fieldiana n.s.
24:1-191.

20. Burch, J. B. 1978. An outline classification of the
Recent freshwater gastropods of North America (north of
Mexico). J. Conchyliologie 65:4-9.

21. Branson, B. A. 1985. Aquatic distribution patterns
in the Interior Low Plateaus. Brimleyana 11:169-189.

22. Goodrich, C. 1934. Studies of the gastropod family
Pleuroceridae—I. Oce. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan
286:1-17.

23. Goodrich, C. 1940. The Pleuroceridae of the Ohio
River drainage system. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich-
igan 417:1-21.

24. Krieger, K. A. and W. D. Burbank. 1977. Mor-
phological and electrophoretic evidence of population re-
lationships in stream snails of the family Pleuroceridae
(Prosobranchia). Ph.D. Dissertation. Emory University,
Atlanta.

25. Kuehne, R. A. and R. M. Bailey. 1961. Stream
capture and the distribution of the percid fish, Etheostoma
sagitta, with geologic and taxonomic considerations. Co-
peia 1961:1-8.

26. Bickel, D. 1968: Goniobasis semicarinata and G.
indianensis in Blue River, Indiana. Nautilus 81:133-138.

27. Goodrich, C. 1930. Goniobasis of the vicinity of
Muscle Shoals. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 209:
1-358.

28. Adams, C. C. 1915. The variations and ecological
distribution of the snails of the genus Jo. Mem. Nat. Acad.
Sci. 12:1-185.

29. Taylor, R. W. 1982, Mollusk shells associated with
evidence of habitation by prehistoric native Americans in
a Hardin County, Kentucky cave. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
43:155-157,

30. Sinclair, R. M. 1969. The pleurocerid fauna of the
Tennessee River, Gastropoda: Prosobranchia. Ann. Rept.
Amer. Malacol. Union 35:45-47.

31. Goodrich, C. 1938. Studies of the gastropod family
Pleuroceridae—VII. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan
376:1-12.

70 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

32. Goodrich, C. 1928. Strephobasis: a section of
Pleurocera. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 192:1-
19.

33. Hubendick, B. 1951. Recent Lymnaeidae, their
variation, morphology, taxonomy, nomenclature, and dis-
tribution. Kung]. Svenska Vet. Hand]. 3:223; 5 pl.

34. Baker, F. C. 1928. The fresh water Mollusca of
Wisconsin. Wisc. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 70:i-xx, 1-
507; 28 pl.

35. Te, G. A. 1978. The systematics of the family
Physidae (Basommatophora: Pulmonata). Ph.D. Disserta-
tion. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

36. Hubendick, B. 1978. Systematics and comparative

morphology of the Basommatophora. Pp. 1-45. In V. Fret-
ter and J. Peake. Systematics, evolution and ecology. Vol.
2A. Pulmonates. Academic Press, London.

37. Stardbogatov, Y. I. 1970. Mollusk fauna and the
zoogeographic partitioning of continental water bodies of
the globe. NaukLeningrad Br. Akad. Sci. USSR.

38. Burch, J. B. and J. L. Tottenham. 1980. North
American freshwater snails: species list, ranges, and illus-
trations. Trans. Poets Soc. 3:1-215.

39. Burch, J. B. 1975. Freshwater sphaeriacean clams
(Mollusca: Pelecypoda) of North America. U.S. Env. Prot.
Agency Ident. Manual 3:1-96.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 71-75

In Vitro Micropropagation of Paulownia tomentosa Steud.'

Karan kA
KSUCRS Plant and Soil Science Research, Kentucky State University, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

In vitro micropropagation of Paulownia tomentosa Steud. was achieved on a modified Murashige and
Skoog’s medium. Nodal segments from mature (35-40-year-old) trees were used as explants to obtain shoots
from axillary buds. Repeated multiplication from nodal segments of such shoots could be achieved. Rooted
plantlets could be produced in about 6 weeks. These plants could be grown outside the culture tubes. The
procedure described can be used for mass propagation of superior trees of P. tomentosa.

INTRODUCTION

The increasing demand for forest products
makes sound management of forest resources
a necessity. Such management practices in-
clude reforestation to renew both timber as
well as biomass resources. In many instances
it is desirable to use propagules vegetatively
derived from proven stock in order to ensure
continued superior quality of forest resources
(1, 2, 3). Vegetative propagation of mature
forest trees from cuttings has not been possible
for most species (1, 2, 4). Plant tissue culture
technique has been suggested as a possible
method for mass propagation of both conif-
erous and hardwood tree species (1, 5, 6, 7).
Many taxa of hardwood trees have been prop-
agated in vitro with varying degrees of success
(2). However, in most cases the starting ex-
plants were derived from juvenile material (2).
Only in a few instances have explants from
mature trees been successfully used for plantlet
regeneration in vitro (2, 8, 9, 10). The present
work describes a tissue-culture procedure for
micropropagation of Paulownia tomentosa
Steud. (empress tree) from shoot segments of
mature trees. P. tomentosa grows as a natu-
ralized tree in many parts of the eastern and
southeastern United States including Ken-
tucky; it is valuable as a source of biomass and
for reclamation of strip-mined land (11, 12,
13). Trees with superior form are a source of

' Any opinions, findings, conclusions, and/or recom-
mendations expressed in this publication are those of the
author and do not necessarily reflect the view of the United
States Department of Agriculture, Cooperative State Re-
search Service (USDA/CSRS). Mention of a trade name
does not constitute a guarantee or warranty of the product
by USDA/CSRS and does not imply their approval to the
exclusion of other products that may also be suitable.

al

exportable timber to Japan. The procedure de-
scribed in this paper can be used for mass
propagation of P. tomentosa trees with supe-
rior growth characteristics.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The experimental material was collected
during the spring and summer of 1984 and
1985 from 35- to 40-year-old trees of P. to-
mentosa growing in central Kentucky. The
experimental material consisted of the top 15
to 20 cm segments from young (4 to 12 weeks
after bud break) shoots of such trees. The shoot
segments were wrapped in wet paper towels
and brought to the laboratory. Within 1 hour
of collection, shoots were cut into approxi-
mately 3-cm-long pieces which were surface
sterilized by treating them with a 2.265% so-
dium hypochlorite (50% clorox) solution for 10
min followed by a 70% ethanol treatment for
2 min. Shoot segments were washed 4x with
sterilized double distilled water. About 1-cm-
long segments of stem containing 1 node, pieces
of petiole, and leaves were put on medium C—
a modified (14) Murashige and Skoog’s basal
medium (MS) supplemented with 0.2 mg/liter
a-naphthaleneacetic acid (NAA) and 2.0 mg/
liter benzyladenine (BA). For the study of the
effects of auxin and cytokinin concentration
on organogenesis, nodal segments of stems of
5- to 6-week-old plantlets which had devel-
oped on medium C were inoculated on MS
supplemented with 0, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5,
1.0, and 2.0 mg/liter NAA in combination with
0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, and 5.0 mg/liter BA.

All media used in the present study were
prepared with analytical grade reagents, con-
tained 2% sucrose, 0.7% Difco bacto-agar and
were sterilized by autoclaving at 1 kg/cm?
pressure at 121°C for 15 min. The pH of all

72

TABLE lL.
tomentosa Steud. }

a

Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

Effects of BA and NAA concentration in the medium on shoot regeneration from axillary buds of Paulownia

BA and NAA concentration

% Cultures with

Effects on shoot development

Approx. height of

% Cultures with ax. shoots after 8 Secondary & tertiary branches

in medium shoots after 1 wk — shoots after 8 wk wk after 8 wk
0-1 mg/liter BA + 0-0.1 mg/liter NAA 100 100 5-10 cm absent
2 or 5 mg/liter BA + 0-0.2 mg/liter NAA 100 100 1-3 cm present
0-1 mg/liter BA + 0.2-2 mg/liter NAA 10-50 20-100 0.5-3 cm absent
2 or 5 mg/liter BA + 0.5-2 mg/liter NAA 0-30 10-80 0.5-2 cm absent or present

media was adjusted to 5.8 before sterilization.
All cultures were grown on 10 ml medium in
25- x 150-mm culture tubes and were incu-
bated at 25 + 1°C under continuous cool white
fluorescent illumination of 450-500 »W /cm?.
Ten to 20 cultures were grown on each me-
dium. Weekly observations were made on the
development of shoots from axillary buds, cal-
lusing, and root differentiation for a period of
8 weeks after inoculation. Each experiment
was repeated twice.

RESULTS
Response of Explants on Medium C

Within 7 days after inoculation small shoots
developed in both leaf axils and callus prolif-
eration occurred at the cut basal end of stem
axis. The 2 shoots which developed from the
axillary buds grew equally well for some time,
but in most instances 1 of the shoots became
dominant 4-5 weeks after inoculation. Basal
portions of the axillary shoots formed green,
compact callus which differentiated into many
shoots. Four to 6 weeks after inoculation root
differentiation also occurred from the callus as
well as the basal end of the original explant.
Nodal explants from such plantlets were used
for further experiments to study the effects of
auxin and cytokinin concentration on organ-
ogenesis.

TABLE 2.
Steud. cultures.

Effects of Auxin and Cytokinin
Concentration

Shoot Development.—The effects of auxin
and cytokinin concentration in the culture me-
dium on shoot development have been sum-
marized in Table 1. Shoot initiation from ax-
illary buds and their subsequent growth was
influenced by the BA and NAA concentrations
in the media. On media containing 0.2 mg/
liter or more of NAA, shoot initiation was de-
layed by 2 to 3 weeks. This effect could be
partially overcome by the presence of 2 or 5
mg/liter BA.

On media containing 1 or 2 mg/liter NAA
only 10 to 40% of the cultures produced shoots
which were poorly developed. Media contain-
ing 1 mg/liter or higher concentration of BA
and up to 0.2 mg/liter NAA induced growth
of secondary branches which gave a bushy ap-
pearance to the shoots. Secondary branching
was inhibited by the presence of NAA in the
medium. Frequently on media with 2 or 5 mg/
liter BA, shoot development also occurred from
the callus produced from the basal part of new-
ly developed shoots.

Root Development.—Root development oc-
curred either from the explant axis close to the
developing axillary shoot or from the callus
formed at the basal cut end of the explant axis.
Root development occurred within 2 weeks

Effects of BA and NAA concentration in the medium on root regeneration from Paulownia tomentosa

Effects on root development

Time taken for root devel-
BA and NAA concentration opment (wk after inocula- — % Cultures with roots af- % Cultures with roots after 8
in medium tion) ter 2 wk wk
0-0.5 mg/liter NAA + 0 mg/liter BA 2 10-50 70-100
1 or 2 mg/liter NAA + 0 mg/liter BA 3 0 100
0-2 mg/liter NAA + 0.1 to 2 mg/liter BA 3-5 0 30-100
0-2 mg/liter NAA + 5 mg/liter BA =6 0 0-100

MICROPROPAGATION OF PAULOWNIA—Kaul 73

Fic. 1.

Rooted plantlet derived from nodal stem segment
of P. tomentosa on MS + 0.2 mg/liter BA + 0.02 mg/
liter NAA 45 days after inoculation. Notice the well-de-
veloped root system.

after inoculation on media containing 0-0.5
mg/liter NAA and no BA. Higher concentra-
tion of NAA in absence of BA, and all con-
centrations of BA in presence or absence of
NAA delayed initiation of root development
for up to 6 weeks after inoculation. Very high
amounts of BA (2 or 5 mg/liter) in absence of
NAA or in presence of 0.02 mg/liter NAA
caused total inhibition of root formation. Data
on root regeneration have been summarized
in Table 2. Roots in cultures on media con-
taining 1 mg/liter or higher amounts of BA
were very thin, few in number, and often grew
out of the culture medium.

Callus Proliferation.—Callus proliferation
occurred on all media except those containing
0-0.1 mg/liter NAA and no BA. All concen-
trations of BA used, alone or in presence of
NAA, induced callus proliferation. In most in-
stances callus proliferated from the basal cut
end of the explant axis but in presence of 1
mg/liter or higher amounts of BA callusing
also occurred from the base of newly formed

Fic. 2. In vitro-derived plantlet of P. tomentosa growing
in vermiculite/peat moss/potting soil (1/1/1).

shoots. High concentrations (2 or 5 mg/liter)
of BA also induced shoot differentiation from
the callus tissue. Similarly high concentrations
(1 or 2 mg/liter) of NAA caused root differ-
entiation from callus in the absence of any
shoot differentiation.

Growth of Plantlets Outside the
Culture Tube

Plantlets produced on media containing 0.1,
0.2, or 0.5 mg/liter BA in combination with
0.02 or 0.05 mg/liter NAA were about 10 cm
tall and had a well-developed root system about
6 weeks after inoculation (Fig. 1). These plant-
lets were transplanted to a 1/1/1 vermiculite/
peat moss/potting soil mixture under high hu-
midity under a glass bell jar. Gradually the
humidity was decreased until the plants could
grow outside the bell jar (Fig. 2).

Discussion

Thus far only a few in vitro studies on Pau-
lownia tomentosa have been published (2, 10,
15, 16). In all instances except 1 (10) juvenile
plants were used as explant source. While the

74 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

present study was in progress, Burger et al.
(10) published their studies on micropropa-
gation of Paulownia. These authors used nodal
segments collected either from flowering trees
or from greenhouse-grown trees derived from
cuttings of mature trees as explants. The de-
velopment of axillary buds into shoots was
achieved on a MS + BA + NAA medium. The
elongated shoots were rooted on MS supple-
mented with indolebutyric acid (IBA). The in-
duction and development of axillary buds was
easier on explants derived from greenhouse-
grown trees compared to field-grown trees. In
the present study the explants were derived
from 35- to 40-year-old trees. The develop-
ment of axillary buds into shoots occurred in
only 10 to 15% of the cultures if the explants
were taken directly from the mature field-
grown trees. However, shoot development oc-
curred in 100% of the cultures if explants were
taken from plantlets developed on medium C.
It seems that growth in vitro rejuvenates the
explants from the mature trees. The present
study, unlike that of Burger et al., describes a
l1-step procedure for mass clonal propagation
of Paulownia tomentosa where development
of axillary shoots and rooting of these shoots
can be achieved on the same medium. On
MS + 0-0.05 mg/liter NAA + 0-0.5 mg/liter
BA transplantable plantlets were obtained in
40-45 days after inoculation. Assuming | plan-
tlet developing from each of the 5 nodal seg-
ments (number of nodes varies between 5 and
7) in 45 days, 78,125 transplantable plantlets
can be obtained from a single nodal segment
after 1 year of multiplication in vitro.
Doubts have been raised about the uniform-
ity of tissue culture-derived plants because of
the possibility of somaclonal variations within
such plant populations (17). The procedure de-
scribed in the present study minimizes the
chances of somaclonal variations because of the
absence of a dedifferentiation phase before the
plantlet development. However, on certain
media (for example medium C), the possibility
of somaclonal variation does exist. On this me-
dium, not only does the plantlet development
take place from axillary buds on the explant
but the callus formed from the cut end of ex-
plant also differentiates to give rise toa number
of plantlets. It seems possible that this phe-
nomenon can be used to obtain plantlets from
genetically engineered callus tissue. Once such

plantlets with desirable characteristics have
been obtained, their clonal mass propagation
can be achieved by the procedure described
in this paper.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This research was supported by USDA/CSRS
grant No. KYX10-85-P3. I thank Ms. Linda
Winkle for technical assistance. I thank Mr.
Keith Bennett and Dr. Jeff Rush for the ex-
perimental material. Continuous support of Dr.
Harold Benson, Director of Land-Grant Pro-
grams and his staff is gratefully acknowledged.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Bonga, J. M. 1974. Vegetative propagation: tissue
and organ culture as an alternative to rooting cuttings. NZJ
For. Sci. 4:253-260.

2. Sommer, H. E. and H. Y. Wezstein. 1985. Hard-
woods. Pp. 511-540. In P. V. Ammirato, D. A. Evans, W.
R. Sharp, and Y. Yamada (eds.) Handbook of plant cell
culture. Vol. 3. Crop species. Macmillan Pub. Co., New
York.

3. Thorpe, T. A. and S. Biondi. 1984. Conifers. Pp.
435-470. In W. R. Sharp, D. A. Evans, P. A. Ammirato,
and Y. Yamada (eds.) Handbook of plant cell culture. Vol.
2. Crop species. Macmillan Pub. Co., New York.

4. Brown, C. L. and H. E. Sommer. 1982. Vegetative
propagation of dicotyledonous trees. Pp. 109-149. In J. M.
Bonga and D. J. Durzan (eds.) Tissue culture in forestry.
Dr. W. Junk Publishers, Boston.

5. Durzan, D. J. and R. A. Campbell. 1974. Prospects
for the mass production of improved stock of forest trees
by cell and tissue culture. Can. J. For. Res, 4:151-174.

6. Karnosky, D. F. 1981. Potential for forest tree im-
provement via tissue culture. BioScience 31:114—-120.

7. Konar, R. N. and R. Nagmani. 1974. Tissue culture
as a method for vegetative propagation of forest trees. NZJ
For. Sci, 4:279-290.

8. Jaiswal, V. S. and P. Narayan. 1985. Regeneration
of plantlets from the callus of stem segments of adult plants
of Ficus religiosa L. Plant Cell Reports 4:256-258.

9. Gupta, P. K., A. L. Nadgir, A. F. Mascarenhas, and
V. Jagannathan. 1980. Tissue culture of forest trees: clon-
al multiplication of Tectona grandis L. (teak) by tissue
culture. Plant Sci. Lett. 17:259-268.

10. Burger, D. W., L. Liu, and L. Wu. 1985. Rapid
micropropagation of Paulownia tomentosa. Hortscience
20:760-761.

ll. Tang, R. C., S. B. Carpenter, R. F. Wittwer, and
D. H. Graves. 1980. Paulownia—crop tree for wood
products and reclamation of surface-mined land. Southern
J. Appl. For. 4:19-24.

12. Stearns, J. L. 1944. Paulownia as a tree of com-
merce. Am. For. 52:60-61, 95-96.

MICROPROPAGATION OF PAULOWNIA—Kaul 75

13. Preston, D. J. 1983. Paulownia—miracle tree or
passing fancy? Am. For. 89:10-15, 47.

14. Kasperbauer, M. J. and R. A. Reinert. 1965. Pho-
tometrically assayable phytochrome in vivo in callus tissue
cultures from Nicotiana tabacum. Physiol. Plant. 20:977-
981.

15. Marcotrigiano, M. and D. P. Stimart. 1983, In
vitro organogenesis and shoot proliferation of Paulownia
tomentosa Steud. (Empress tree). Plant Sci. Lett. 31:303-
310.

16. Radojevic, L. 1979. Somatic embryos and plantlets
from callus cultures of Paulownia tomentosa Steud. Z.
Pflanzenphysiol. 91:57-62.

17. Larkin, P. J. and W. R. Scowcraft. 1981.
clonal variation—a novel source of variability from cell
cultures for plant improvement. Theor. Appl. Genet. 60:
197-214.

Soma-

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 76-83

Hydrocarbon Degradation in a Waste-Water Pond by
Enriched Indigenous Microorganisms

Joun M. CLAuSON AND Larry P. ELLiott!

Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

ABSTRACT
Indigenous microorganisms were stimulated to degrade hydrocarbon waste oils in a waste-water pond.
The dominant organism isolated and identified from the pond was Acinetobacter calcoaceticus subsp.
anitratus. Laboratory and field experiments on aeration and fertilization with 10 ppm garden fertilizer (10-

10-10) were conducted and the results evaluated by quantitative gravimetric analyses and gas chromato-
graphic techniques to determine if oil degradation occurred. The biodegradation of this waste oil was

considerably enhanced by the combination of forced aeration and fertilization as compared to controls.
Gravimetric analyses of oil from laboratory ecosystems incubated 42 days at 25°C indicated that 38.2% more
oil was degraded in the aerated and fertilized system than in the control system. Gas chromatographic
analyses of oil from laboratory and field ecosystems showed quantitative decreases in individual hydrocarbon
compounds associated with aeration and fertilization.

INTRODUCTION

In the early 1970s an aluminum die cast
industry in southcentral Kentucky began dis-
posing toxic waste products into a 1.0-acre,
aboveground lagoon that was constructed on
site. The waste products included chromium
hydroxide, polychlorinated biphenols (PCB)
and petroleum from in-plant processes. The
lagoon is no longer receiving wastes but the
Environmental Protection Agency and the
Kentucky Department of Natural Protection
are now requiring this facility to be recondi-
tioned. The petroleum wastes were quite no-
ticeable, and their removal could be monitored
visibly by the disappearance of the abundant
oily film. Since petroleum wastes have been in
the lagoon for years, the probability is high
that the indigenous flora has been enriched to
utilize hydrocarbons because of its long ex-
posure to them. Numerous reports in the lit-
erature suggest that microorganisms metabo-
lize petroleum (1, 2, 3). Several studies have
been concerned with the biodegradation of hy-
drocarbons by microorganisms in marine and
estuarine waters (4, 5, 6, 7). Studies conducted
on freshwater systems, however, are more lim-
ited (8, 9, 10).

Petroleum in freshwater seems to be de-
graded mainly aerobically (1) and is temper-
ature affected. Also, growth of the microor-
ganisms may be limited by the amount of

! To whom correspondence should be addressed.

76

available nitrogen and/or phosphorus present
in the aquatic habitat (1).

This study was conducted to determine
which petroleum-degrading microorganisms
were in the petroleum-containing waste lagoon
and if aeration and/or fertilization would en-
hance their activity.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Preliminary studies on the microbial com-
munity of the lagoon were initiated 30 October
1985. Water samples were collected monthly
in sterile dilution bottles from the same sample
sites (Fig. 1) and their heterotrophic micro-
organisms were enumerated on plates of Bush-
nell-Haas medium containing 0.5% SAE 30
motor oil and Nobel agar (1.5% wt/vol) as the
solidifying agent. The medium was sterilized
by autoclaving for 15 min at 121°C, 1 atm. In
order to assure adequate dispersal of the oil,
the medium was prepared in small volumes
(200 ml), tempered and swirled just before
pouring it into plates. Control and oil agar
plates were incubated in separate incubators
at 25°C for 14 d (7). Triplicate plates were
prepared for each enumeration. Counts on
control plates were subtracted from counts on
the oil agar plates, and the plate count esti-
mates of hydrocarbon-degrading microorgan-
isms were recorded as colony-forming units
(CFU) per ml of water.

A preliminary study was conducted to de-
termine if hydrocarbon-degrading microor-
ganisms were present in this pond. Represen-

MicropiAL HypROCARBON DEGRADATION—Clauson and Elliott 77

Fic. 1. Diagram of waste pond. Symbols: O sample sites,
A aeration sites.

tative colonies were picked from each of the
triplicate oil agar plates, purified and tested
for their ability to decompose oil. Each pure
culture was inoculated into 3 flasks of Bushnell-
Haas broth containing 0.5% SAE 30 motor oil,
incubated at 25°C along with 3 uninoculated
controls for 14 d, then observed for oil deg-
radation.

The waste lagoon was separated into 2 parts

by building an earthen dam. This provided a
50- xX 100-ft section to use as an experimental
pond and the remainder as a control. The ex-
perimental site, estimated to contain 700 kl of
waste water and oil, was fertilized with 3.3,
50-lb bags of 10-10-10 garden fertilizer to ob-
tain a 10-ppm nitrogen and phosphorus sup-
plement. The fertilizer was broadcast over the
entire surface of the experimental side (Fig.
2). Additional fertilizer was added as needed
to maintain stable nitrogen and phosphorus
levels. Aeration was provided with 2, 2-hp air
pumps delivering 16 psi through a 3-inch pipe
(Fig. 3). Water samples were collected period-
ically and analyzed by the Water Quality Lab-
oratory of Western Kentucky University to
monitor the levels of nitrogen and phosphorus
in the pond.

Laboratory ecosystems were prepared by
mixing a known amount of purified lagoon oil
and 100 ml of lagoon water in each of 32, 250-
ml sterile, cotton-plugged erlenmeyer flasks.
The lagoon water was obtained from the con-
trol portion of the lagoon and refrigerated until
used. The purified lagoon oil was prepared

Fic. 2. Broadcasting the fertilizer over the surface of the experimental pond.

78 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3—4)

Fic. 3.

from oil obtained from the control portion of
the lagoon by dissolving it in hexane, suction-
filtering the solution through Whatman 541
paper, distilling the hexane from the solution,
then oven-drying (2 h at 110°C) the residue.
The amount of purified lagoon oil in each eco-
system was determined by adding approxi-
mately 0.5 g oil to an oven-dried (2 h at 110°C),
weighed flask, weighing the flask plus oil, then
subtracting the weight of the flask from the
weight of the flask plus oil. Eight of the flask
ecosystems were used in testing each of 4 pa-
rameters: no treatment, aeration by 200 rpm
ona rotary shaker (New Brunswick Model V.5),
fertilization with 10 ppm of 10-10-10 garden
fertilizer, and aeration plus fertilization. Four
of the flasks of each parameter were steam
sterilized and used as controls. Our unpub-
lished data indicate no loss of hydrocarbons
occurred during drying or autoclaving. These
data agree with Walker and Colwell (12). The
flasks were incubated at 25°C for 28 and 42 d
after which the oil was extracted and subjected
to gravimetric and gas chromatographic anal-
yses. Ten ml of hexane were introduced into

Aeration of experimental pond.

duplicate flasks of each parameter and mixed
at 200 rpm on a rotary shaker (New Brunswick
Model V.5) for 2 h. The hexane layer was sep-
arated in a 250-ml separatory funnel and col-
lected into appropriately numbered glass petri
dishes that had been dried and weighed. The
hexane was allowed to evaporate under a hood,
the oil dried and weighed, and the percentage
of decomposed hydrocarbons calculated.
After the gravimetric calculations were
completed, the oil from the laboratory ecosys-
tem was analyzed by gas-liquid chromatog-
raphy. A 20-mg sample of oil was collected
from each petri dish and diluted with 0.1 ml
hexane. A 10-ul GC syringe was used to remove
2 ul of the hexane extract which was then
resolved on a glass column (6 feet by % inch
by 2 mm) packed with 3% OV-1 on 80/100
Supelcoport from Supelco Laboratories. Gas
chromatograms were obtained using a Varian
Model 3700 gas chromatograph with an ion-
flame detector and a Hewlett-Packard 3390A
integrator. Parameters on the integrator were
as follows: attenuation, 0; chart speed, 0.5; peak
width, 0.4; threshold, 0; and area rejection, 0.

MICROBIAL HyDROCARBON DEGRADATION—Clauson and Elliott

79

© 207 ; ye 10°
w “ GES
al ‘ ay oe 10°
& : was ~
a , >
oF ot ‘° 4 104 o
Ss 4
Ww a a
|
-10+ 10°

aaa —I =r t =

OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR

1985 1986

Fic. 4.

Enumeration of microbial populations from the pond with average monthly temperature. Symbols: O average

monthly temperature, oil plate counts from control side of pond, A nonoil plate counts from control side of pond,

Boil plate counts from experimental side of pond,

Injections of 0.4 ul of hexane extract were made
into the injection port set at 300°C and the ion-
flame detector was set at 270°C. The chro-
matograph was programmed for 160°C for 1
min, 8°C/min to 335°C, and 15 min isothermal
at 335°C. Compounds in the eluted fractions
were compared with gas chromatographic re-
tention times of known alkanes and compared
with the peak height response of these indi-
vidual components. Gas chromatograph anal-
yses were also performed on the oils obtained
from the water from the control and experi-
mental portions of the waste lagoons.

RESULTS

Since Roubal and Atlas (7) were able to plate
count oil decomposers in a marine ecosystem,
it was hypothesized that this technique would
estimate hydrocarbon-utilizing microorgan-
isms in limnetic ecosystems. Unfortunately,
most of the counts on Bushnell-Haas agar were
higher than counts on the Bushnell-Haas agar
with oil. This indicated the oil was toxic to the
microbial flora and an oligotrophic microbial
population existed (13).

Figure 4 depicts the waste lagoon plate counts
and temperature over time. Plates counts were
started on the waste lagoon before the dam
was constructed. Counts on Bushnell-Haas agar
without oil were highest in October (3.6 x 10°)
before declining to 43 x 10° in January. On
only 2 occasions were counts on the Bushnell-
Haas oil agar higher than counts obtained on
Bushnell-Haas agar without oil which is need-

nonoil plate counts from experimental side of pond.

ed to give a correct estimate of petroleum-
degrading, aerobic, heterotrophic bacteria. Af-
ter the dam was constructed, counts from the
experimental side of the pond gave higher
counts on the non-oil agar, thus no meaningful
estimate of petroleum-degraders could be
made.

It was demonstrated, however, that this au-
tochthonous population could be stimulated to
degrade the petroleum pollutants by aeration
and fertilization and oil decomposition deter-
mined by gas chromatographic techniques.
Observation of the changes in surface oil in-
dicated changes in viscosity and brown zones
of decomposed oil occurred in the experimen-
tal portion as compared to little change in the
control portion of the waste lagoon. Only 1
bacterial colony type was dominant in the oil
agar plates and exhibited oil degradation in
Bushnell-Haas broth with 0.5% SAE 30 motor
oil present. These isolates produced zones of
degradation after 14 d incubation at 25°C (Fig.
5). Characterization of these isolates was per-
formed with the API 20E (Analytab products,
Plainview, New York) and gave a profile num-
ber of 000500203, which was a very good iden-
tification for Acinetobacter calcoaceticus subsp.
anitratus. This organism gave a typical distinct
colonial growth on eosin-methylene blue agar
as described by Spino and Geldreich (14).

Quantitative gravimetric analysis on labo-
ratory ecosystems also demonstrated that the
microbial population may be stimulated to in-
crease the amount of petroleum degradation

80 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

Fic. 5. Preliminary experiments showing zones of degradation occurring after 14 days of incubation at 25°C. Left:
Flask inoculated with Acinetobacter calcoaceticus. Right: Uninoculated control flask.

(Table 1). Results obtained from both trials 1
and 2 indicate that biodegradation increased
approximately equally upon fertilization or
aeration. An even greater increase in biodeg-

radation occurred when both aeration and fer-
tilization of the systems was done. Water sam-
ples used in trial 1 ecosystems, which were
collected 9 January 1986, had more oil-decom-

MicroBiAL HypROCARBON DEGRADATION—Clauson and Elliott 81

TaBLE 1. Gravimetric analysis of oil in laboratory eco-
systems.
% Degradation % Degradation
experimental® control*
Treatment 4wk 6 wk 4 wk 6 wk
Trial #1
None 25.5 27.8 2.5 0.9
Fertilizer P(e) 30.6 3.0 ial
Aeration 24.0 31.8 0,02 0.6
Fertilizer and
aeration 28.0 39.3 0.04 lei
Trial #2"
None 22.8 23.3 1.9 0.02
Fertilizer 24.2 24.1 0.8 0.03
Aeration 24.3 26.0 0.4 0.01
Fertilizer and
aeration 29.8 83.2 iz 0.01

“Average of duplicate flasks, 32 flasks per trial
’Water samples for trial #2 were affected by EPA-enforced water clean
up procedures.

posing microorganisms than did water samples
used in trial 2 ecosystems. Water samples that
were collected for trial 2 analysis were exposed
to commercial treatment procedures, which
were ordered by the Kentucky Department of
Natural Protection, and contained large quan-
tities of pond sediment. Sludge and water re-
moval possibly caused less oil degradation ob-
tained in trial 2 (33.2%). Because the pond
ecosystem was completely disturbed, the field
study was terminated in March 1986.

Gas chromatographic analysis of oil re-
covered from the laboratory ecosystems also
indicated that experimental flasks given aer-
ation and fertilization showed a greater de-
crease in individual hydrocarbon components
than did their sterile controls (Fig. 6). Gas chro-
matographic analyses of oils recovered from
the waste lagoon (Fig. 7), showed that the oil
was degraded more in the experimental por-
tion than in the untreated portion of the la-
goon.

DISCUSSION

Our results agreed with Roubal and Atlas
(7) who found that the use of purified agar did
not eliminate the problem of some organisms
growing on control plates with no added car-
bon sources. Possibly GELRITE could be used
as an agar substitute to alleviate this problem
(15). Plate-count procedures for enumerating
hydrocarbon-utilizing microorganisms have
been criticized because trace amounts of or-

rc =
Aa bed efg hi j
B

C

alas Sat tae al

1 5 10 15 20
RETENTION TIME (min)

Fic. 6. Gas chromatographic analyses of oils recovered
from laboratory ecosystems. (A) Known model com-
pounds. (B) Control flask receiving aeration and fertiliza-
tion. (C) Experimental flask receiving aeration and fertil-
ization. (a) Retention time for standard n-hexadecane. (b)
Retention time for standard n-tetracosane. (c) Retention
time for standard n-pentacosane. (d) Retention time for
standard n-hexacosane. (e) Retention time for standard
n-octacosane. (f) Retention time for standard n-nonacos-
ane. (g) Retention time for standard n-triacontane. (h)
Retention time for standard n-dotriacontane. (i) Retention
time for standard n-tetratriacontane. (j) Retention time for
standard n-tetracontane.

25

ganic contaminants in the media may support
the growth of microorganisms other than hy-
drocarbon utilizers. Atlas (16) described a tech-
nique that uses radiolabeled hexadecane-spiked
crude oil to specifically enumerate petroleum-
degrading microorganisms. This procedure is
problematic since handling and disposing of
radiolabeled compounds are problems and
many laboratories could not be properly
equipped to carry out such analyses. Only 1
colony type, which was always in dominant
numbers on the oil agar plates, was isolated
from the pond water and was able to biode-
grade the waste oil. This suggests that this pond
bacterium was indigenous. More oil degrada-
tion occurred during warmer months but deg-
radation also occurred at low temperatures
which agrees with Lock et al. (9) who found

82 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

=]

Aa bed efghi i
B
Cc
1 5 10 15 20 25
RETENTION TIME (min)
Fic. 7. Gas chromatographic analyses of oils recovered

from the field study. (A) Known model compounds (see
Fig. 6). (B) Control side of pond. (C) Experimental side
of pond.

river bacteria which degraded oil quite rapidly
at 4°C.

There have been other reports that Acine-
tobacter can degrade petroleum. Walker and
Colwell (12) reported that A. lwoffi degrades
petroleum and produced long-chained n-al-
kanes which was a waxy residue. Hauxhurst et
al. (17) performed numerical taxonomic anal-
yses on bacteria strains isolated from the Gulf
of Alaska and 9 of them met the characteristics
of the genus Acinetobacter and 6 decomposed
pristane. A study by VanAken et al. (18) of the
carbon sources that support bacterial growth
in metal-working fluids used in large-scale in-
dustrial operations demonstrated that 7 strains
of Acinetobacter reached high densities with
oleic acid as sole carbon source. The Acine-
tobacter strains also grew in liquid culture on
hexadecane, and naphthenic petroleum oils.
Acinetobacter calcoaceticus RAG-1 (ATCC
31012) was found by Pines and Gutnick (19)
to produce an emulsifying agent termed emul-
san which allows the bacterium to grow in a
petroleum-abundant environment.

Chromatographic analyses of the field con-
trol ecosystem revealed that weathering did
not have much effect in reducing the concen-
tration of hydrocarbons. Pond controls were

not available to test the effect of aeration or
fertilization on decomposition of the oil. Gas
chromatographic analyses of oil from the ex-
perimental portion of the waste lagoon dem-
onstrated that the indigenous flora almost com-
pletely decomposed the waste oil in the
probable range of n-alkanes C,;—C,, and to a
lesser extent degraded the waste oil in the
probable range of n-alkanes C,,—Cy. Similar
results were obtained by chromatographic
analyses of the oil in laboratory ecosystems.
One noted difference was that the field eco-
system (Fig. 7) flora decomposed the waste oil
more uniformly as indicated by the 2 large
peaks (retention times 17.59 and 19.03) as com-
pared to data obtained in the laboratory eco-
system analyses. The laboratory ecosystems
were incubated without controlled lighting in
contrast to the field ecosystem which had nat-
ural lighting. This would possibly stimulate al-
gae to grow which did not grow in the labo-
ratory ecosystems. Such algae may be involved
in petroleum degradation. As the water tem-
perature increased in the field ecosystem, algae
(Oscillatoria and euglenoids) increased in
numbers enough to be detectable by micro-
scopic observation. Atlas (2) reviewed the ac-
tion of microorganisms on petroleum hydro-
carbons and recognized that cyanobacteria such
as Oscillatoria spp. and algae were capable of
hydrocarbon degradation.

When conducting gravimetric analyses it was
found, in order to get 100% recovery of the
oil, the flasks containing the ecosystems should
be washed with hexane twice when transfer-
ring the oil to drying dishes. Drying the pond-
recovered oil at 110°C did not cause volatiliza-
tion of the hydrocarbons, as determined by gas
chromatographic analysis. These analyses in-
dicated that the initial peaks of this oil re-
covered from the column were hydrocarbons
in the probable range of n-alkanes C,;-Cy,
which have boiling points greater than 270°C.

Gravimetric and gas chromatographic anal-
yses of waste oil from field and laboratory eco-
systems have shown that aeration and fertil-
ization can stimulate indigenous microbial
communities to degrade contaminating hy-
drocarbons. The combination of aeration and
fertilization may be the logical and least ex-
pensive method for removing contaminating
hydrocarbons after oil spills in freshwater sys-
tems.

MICROBIAL HYDROCARBON DEGRADATION—Clauson and Elliott 83

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This study was supported by a grant from
the Faculty Research Committee of Western
Kentucky University.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Hambrick, G. A., II, R. D. DeLaune, and W. H.
Patrick. 1980. Effect of estuarine sediment pH and ox-
idation-reduction potential on microbial hydrocarbon deg-
radation. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 40:365-369.

2. Atlas, R. M. 1981. Microbial degradation of petro-
leum hydrocarbons: an environmental perspective. Micro-
biol. Rev. 45:73-86.

3. Walker, J. D. 1984. Chemical fate of toxic sub-
stances: biodegradation of petroleum. Mar. Tech. Soc. J.
18:73-86.

4. Atlas, R. M. 1975. Effects of temperature and crude
oil composition on petroleum biodegradation. Appl. Envir.
Microbiol. 30:396-403.

5. Davis, S. J. and C. F. Gibbs. 1975. The effect of
weathering on a crude oil residue exposed at sea. Water
Res. 9:275-285.

6. Walker, J. D. and R. R. Colwell. 1976. Long chain
n-alkanes occurring during microbiol degradation of pe-
troleum. Can. J. Microbiol. 22:886-891.

7. Roubal, G. and R. M. Atlas. 1978. Distribution of
hydrocarbon-utilizing microorganisms and hydrocarbon
biodegradation potentials in Alaskan continental shelf areas.
Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 35:897-905.

8. Horowitz, A. and R. M. Atlas. 1977. Response of
microorganisms to an accidental gasoline spillage in an
Arctic freshwater ecosystem. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 33:
1252-1258.

9. Lock, M. A., R. R. Wallace, and D. W. S. Westlake.
1982. Biodegradation of synthetic crude oil in two rivers
of northern Alberta, Canada. Water Res. 16:497-500.

10. Sayler, C. S., R. E. Perkins, T. W. Sherrill, B. K.

Perkins, M. C. Reid, H. L. Kong, and J. W. Davis. 1983.
Microcosm and experimental pond evaluation of microbial
community response to synthetic oil contamination in fresh
water sediments. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 46:840-845.

11. Olivieri, B., P. Bacchin, A. Fobertiello, N. Oddo, L.
Degen, and A. Tonolo. 1976. Microbial degradation of
oil spills enhanced by slow-released fertilizer. Appl. Envir.
Microbiol. 31:629-634.

12. Walker, J. D. and R. R. Colwell. 1976. Enumer-
ation of petroleum-degrading microorganisms. Appl. En-
vir. Microbiol. 31:198-207.

13. Horowitz, A., M. I. Kricheusky, and R. M. Atlas.
1983. Characteristics and diversity of subarctic marine
oligotrophic, stenoheterotrophic and euryheterotrophic
bacterial populations. Can. J. Microbiol. 9:527-535.

14. Spino, D. F. and E. E. Geldreich. 1981, Acine-
tobacter spp.: distinct morphology on eosin methylene blue
agar as an aid to identification in drinking water. Appl.
Envir. Microbiol. 41:1063-1064.

15. Shungu, D. M., V. Valiant, E. Tuthane, E. Wein-
kerg, B. Weissherger, L. Koupal, H. Gadebush, and E.
Stapley. 1983. Gelrite as an agar substitute in bacterio-
logical media. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 46:840-845.

16. Atlas, R. M. 1975. Effects of temperature and
crude oil composition on petroleum biodegradation. Appl.
Envir. Microbiol. 30:396-403.

17. Hauxhurst, J. D., M. I. Kricheusky, and R. M. Atlas.
1980. Numerical taxonomy of bacteria from the Gulf of
Alaska. J. Gen. Microbiol. 120:1160-1169.

18. VanAken, F., J. A. Brown, W. Young, I. Salmern,
T. McClur, S. Napier, and R. H. Olsen. 1986. Common
components of industrial metal-working fluids as sources
of carbon for bacterial growth. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 51:
1160-1169.

19. Pines, O. and D. Gutnick. 1986. Role for emulsan
in growth of Acinetobacter calcoaceticus RAG-1 on crude
oil. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 51:661-663.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 84-87

Index Herbariorum Kentuckiensis II

RONALD L. JONES

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

A survey conducted during the academic year 1986-1987 provides information on herbarium collections
in 19 herbaria in Kentucky. A total of about 212,000 vascular plant specimens and 5,400 nonvascular plant

specimens is reported for the state.

INTRODUCTION

This survey is an update of the one published
by Lassetter in 1978 (1), in which a total of
119,000 vascular plant specimens were re-
ported from 12 herbaria. For the present study,
a questionnaire was sent to all colleges, uni-
versities, agencies, and individuals known to
have herbaria in the state. The following data
were requested: name and address of collec-
tion, phone number, date of establishment,
number of specimens, emphasis and special
collections, names of curator and other staff,
exchange policies, and loan policies. The ob-
jective of the survey is to determine the current
status of herbarium collections in Kentucky.
The cooperation of all who responded to the
survey is appreciated.

RESULTS

This survey provides information on 19 her-
baria in the state. Fifteen are institutional, 3
are private individual collections, and 1 is a
state government collection. The total number
of mounted vascular plant specimens in these
Kentucky herbaria is roughly 212,000. Collec-
tions at the University of Kentucky (2 herbaria)
and the University of Louisville account for
about 96,000, while the number of specimens
at the 5 regional universities is about 82,000.
Collections at private colleges total about 10,000
with the great majority at Berea College. The
total number of nonvascular plant specimens
is about 5,400 with the largest collections at
Centre College and the University of Ken-
tucky.

The information obtained in this survey is
listed below. The acronyms (given in paren-
theses after the institution) and general format
of the data are based on Index Herbariorum
(2). Proposed but unpublished acronyms are
indicated by an asterisk.

BEREA: Herbarium, Department of Biology,
Berea College (BEREA), Hall Science Build-
ing Rm 212B, Berea, KY 40404. 606-986-
9341, ext. 6320. Established about 1961.
8,000 vascular plants, and 4,700 being pro-
cessed. Label information now being en-
tered into computer data files. 200 fruits for
teaching use only. Flora of south-central and
eastern Kentucky, especially surface-mine
flora and the floras of Madison, Rockcastle,
and Laurel counties. Complete sets of spec-
imens from floristic studies of Berea College
Forest and Rock Creek Research Natural
Area. Special collections of the Fabaceae of
Kentucky. Exchange for eastern Kentucky
plants, especially legumes. Loans to acro-
nymed herbaria for a 4-month period, sub-
ject to renewal. Ralph L. Thompson, Cu-
rator.

BLEDSOE: Elwood J. Carr Plant Collection,
Pine Mountain Settlement School, Bledsoe,
KY 40810. 606-558-3571. Dates and num-
bers not given. A collection of edible and
medicinal plants, containing specimens,
slides, and books. Available for students of
plant life. No exchange or loans. Mary Rog-
ers, Curator.

BOWLING GREEN: Herbarium, Biology De-
partment, Western Kentucky University
(WKU*), Thompson Science Complex, North
Wing Rm 218, Bowling Green, KY 42101.
502-745-3696. Established in 1967. 13,538
vascular plants; 500-700 fungi. Flora of cen-
tral and western Kentucky. Collections of E.
Beal from the Carolinas, R. Athey from
western Kentucky, and G. Johnson from
Barren County. Limited exchange and stan-
dard loan policy. Kenneth A. Nicely, Cu-
rator; Jeff Jenkins, Mycologist.

CAMPBELLSVILLE: Biological Collection,

HERBARIA OF KENTUCKY— Jones 85

Campbellsville College, Science Building Rm
101, Campbellsville, KY 42718. 502-465-
8158, ext. 263. Established in 1965. About
1,000 vascular plants. Flora of Taylor Coun-
ty and surrounding counties. Exchanges and
loans available. G. Weddle and M. Rogers,
Staff.

COLUMBIA: Herbarium, Lindsey Wilson
College, Science Building Rm 210, Colum-
bia, KY 42728. 502-384-2126, ext. 231. Es-
tablished in 1986. 300 vascular plants, about
1,700 unmounted. Collections are currently
being entered into a computer database.
Flora of south-central Kentucky; economic
botany collections. Special collections of
Castanea. Exchanges and loans available.
George P. Johnson, Curator.

CYNTHIANA: Varner Herbarium, Rt. 3, Cyn-
thiana, KY 41031. Established in 1965. 18,945
vascular plants; 217 fruit specimens. Ken-
tucky woody plants, southern Appalachian
collections. Special collections of Crataegus.
No exchanges, no loans, no visitation. John-
nie B. Varner, Curator.

DANVILLE: Bryophyte Herbarium, Division
of Science and Math, Centre College
(KBRYO), Danville, KY 40422. Established
in 1974. 2,600 mosses and hepatics. Collec-
tions from Red River Gorge, Central Ken-
tucky Wildlife Refuge, and Mountain Lake,
Virginia. Exchange only with research as-
sociates. Susan Moyle Studlar, Curator.

FRANKFORT: Rare Plant Reference Collec-

tion, Kentucky Nature Preserves Commis-
sion, 407 Broadway, Frankfort, KY 40601.
502-564-2886. Established in 1985. About
1,000 vascular plants. Collection of rare plant
species being monitored by KNPC. No ex-
change or loans; visitors welcome. Richard
Hannan, Director; Marc Evans, Curator.

GEORGETOWN: Herbarium, Biology De-
partment, Georgetown College, George-
town, KY 40324. 606-863-8085. Established
in 1945. 275 vascular plants and 42 nonvas-
cular. Herbarium used for teaching purpos-
es only. No exchange or loans. Johnnie B.
Varner, Curator.

HIGHLAND HEIGHTS: Herbarium, Biolog-
ical Sciences, Northern Kentucky University
(KNK), NS 501, Highland Heights, KY

41076. 606-572-6390. Established in 1973.
18,560 vascular plants; 129 nonvascular
plants; 230 cones and fruits. Flora of North-
ern Kentucky. Special collections of gym-
nosperms and Poaceae. Usual policies for
loaning and borrowing. John W. Thieret,
Director; George F. Buddell I, Research
Associate.

LEXINGTON: Herbarium, College of Agri-

culture, Department of Agronomy, Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Agricultural Science
Building North Rm A-4, Lexington, KY
40546-0091. 606-257-3587. Established about
1887. About 21,000 vascular plants. Em-
phasis on weedy plants and agricultural
weeds of Kentucky. Many old specimens,
mostly collected by Harrison Garman and
Mary Didlake from 1896 to 1930. A public
service collection, providing identifications
of specimens sent to the College. No ex-
change or loans; visitors welcome. Patricia
Dalton Haragan, Curator.

LEXINGTON: Herbarium of the Thomas

Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences,
University of Kentucky (KY), Funkhouser
Building Rms 207, 213, 216, Lexington, KY
40506. 606-257-3240. Reestablished in 1948
after fire destroyed the previous collection.
About 50,000 vascular plants; about 1,500
nonvascular, mostly bryophytes. Flora of the
Bluegrass; swamp forests around the Blue-
grass; Berea Forest; Mary Wharton collec-
tions; various Kentucky county floras. Spe-
cial collections of the Tiliaceae—Flora
Neotropica; economic plants of Indonesia.
Standard exchange and loan policies. Wil-
lem Meijer, Curator; Julian Campbell, Re-
search Associate.

LOUISVILLE: Davies Herbarium, Depart-

ment of Biology, University of Louisville
(DHL), Life Sciences Rm 214, Louisville,
KY 40292. 502-588-6771. Established in
1953. 25,000 vascular plants. Flora of Car-
roll County, Bernheim Forest, Kleeber Bird
Sanctuary, Horner Wildlife Sanctuary. Re-
search collections of Malacothrix (Astera-
ceae). Exchange of vascular plants from
Kentucky and southeastern states. Loans for
a 12-month period. W. S. Davis, Curator.

MOREHEAD: Herbarium, Department of Bi-

ological and Environmental Sciences, More-

86 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-—4)

head State University (MOK Y*), Lappin Hall
Rm 306, Morehead, KY 40351. 606-784-
2947. Established in 1930s, reestablished in
1970 after long period of inactivity. 10,000
vascular plants; 200 fruits and seeds. Flora
of eastern Kentucky, especially Cave Run
area (Rowan, Morgan, Bath, and Menifee
counties); duplicates of some of McCoy’s
Kentucky ferns. Exchanges available. Loans
to established herbaria. Howard L. Setser,
Curator.

MURRAY: Herbarium, Department of Biolog-
ical Sciences, Murray State University
(MUR), Blackburn Science Building, 5th
Floor, Murray, KY 42071. 502-462-2687. Es-
tablished in 1967. Over 24,000 vascular
plants; 600 nonvascular plants. Floras of Cal-
loway, Fulton, Hickman counties; Loess
bluffs of Carlisle County. Exchanges on a
one-for-one basis. Loans for a 6-month pe-
riod. Marian J. Fuller, Curator.

PADUCAH: Athey Herbarium, 2723 Tennes-
see St., Paducah, KY 42001. Established in
1967. 5,069 unmounted vascular plant spec-
imens. Flora of western Kentucky, espe-
cially of swamps and prairie sites. Duplicates
at Memphis State University Herbarium. No
exchange or loans. Raymond Athey, Cura-
tor.

RICHMOND: Herbarium, Department of Bi-
ological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity (EKY), Moore Building Rm 109,
Richmond, KY 40475. 606-622-1531. Estab-
lished in 1974. 15,000 vascular plants, and
about 2,000 being processed. Specimens now
being mapped on Kentucky county maps
and preparations underway for entering data
in computer files. About 150 fruit and seed
collections for teaching use only. Flora of
eastern Kentucky, especially woody plants
and aquatics. Collections from Lilly Cornett
Woods, Maywoods, Brodhead Swamp, Ken-
tucky River Palisades, Oil Shale areas of Bath
and Montgomery counties, and Rock Creek
Research Natural Area. Special collections
in the Asteraceae, Poaceae, and Fabaceae.
Interested in exchanges for vascular plants
of Kentucky and southeastern U.S., espe-
cially woody plants, composites, aquatics,
and grasses. Loans for a 6-month period,

subject to renewal. Ronald L. Jones, Curator;
William H. Martin, Associate Curator.

WILLIAMSBURG: Herbarium, Biology De-
partment, Cumberland College, Science
Building Rm 120, Williamsburg, KY 40769.
606-549-2200. Established in 1984. About
650 vascular plants. Herbarium currently
under development, with primary purpose
as a teaching collection and depository of
local county floras; interest in McCreary,
Whitley, Knox, Bell, Laurel, and Pulaski
counties, Kentucky, and Campbell County,
Tennessee. Special collections from Berea
College Forest and of the Vitaceae of south-
eastern U.S. Limited exchange and loans.
David D. Taylor, Curator.

WILMORE: Herbarium, Department of Bi-
ology, Asbury College, Wilmore, KY 40390.
Established in 1967. 120 vascular plants; 20
nonvascular. Mostly student collections. No
exchange or loans. John Brushaber, Curator.

DIscussION

A number of Kentucky plant specimens are
housed in herbaria outside of the state. In ad-
dition to those listed by Lassetter (1), the fol-
lowing herbaria also have considerable num-
bers of Kentucky specimens: Austin Peay State
University (APSC), Gray Herbarium of Har-
vard University (GH), Missouri Botanical Gar-
den (MO), New York Botanical Garden (NY),
University of North Carolina (NCU), and Van-
derbilt University (VDB).

The total of 212,000 Kentucky herbarium
specimens is an increase of 93,000 over the
total of 119,000 in 1977 (the actual date of the
survey). Because the UK College of Agricul-
ture Herbarium was not listed in this previous
survey, the actual increase in new collections
is about 75,000 over the last decade, or about
7,000 specimens a year. Most surrounding states
have collections that number several times these
Kentucky totals. For example, in 1981, there
were over 600,000 specimens in Tennessee her-
baria, and over 1 million specimens were
housed in Ohio herbaria (2). With the initiation
of several new herbaria (Lindsey Wilson Col-
lege and Cumberland College) and the in-
creased activity at several others, these Ken-
tucky numbers should rise sharply over the

HERBARIA OF KENTUCKY— Jones 87

next few years. A number of county floras are
currently in progress in the state, and this is
very encouraging. Only 32 Kentucky counties
have published floras, with 12 of these being
done prior to the turn of the century, and only
9 completed since 1950 (3). The completion of
additional county floras, especially from the
neglected eastern and western regions of the
state, is one of the best ways to increase our
knowledge of the flora and vegetation of Ken-
tucky.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Lassetter, S$. 1978. Index herbariorum kentuckien-
sis. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 39:147-149.

2. Holmgren, P., W. Keuken, and E. Schofield. 1981.
Index herbariorum. Part I. The herbaria of the world, 7th
ed. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht, Netherlands.
452 pp.

3. Jones, R. 1986. The need for county floras. The
Kentucky Native Plant Society Newsletter 1(3):1.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci,, 48(3-4), 1987, 88

NEWS

ANNUAL MEETING

The next annual meeting of the Kentucky
Academy of Science is scheduled for 6-7 No-
vember 1987 at Western Kentucky University,
Bowling Green.

88

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987, 89-95

ACADEMY BUSINESS

COMMITTEES OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE: 1986-1987

On behalf of the membership of the Academy, President Giesmann expresses the sincere
appreciation for the commitment and dedication shown by the individuals serving in the many

important leadership roles listed below.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President
Larry A. Giesmann
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5304 or 572-5110
home: (606) 635-5322

President-Elect

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Carbon Fibers Division

Ashland Petroleum Co., Box 391
Ashland, KY 41101-4114

(606) 329-3333, ext. 4650

Vice-President

Richard Hannan

Director

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission
407 Broadway

Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-2886

Past-President

Charles V. Covell, Jr.
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942 or 588-6771

Secretary

Robert O. Creek

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1539

Treasurer

Morris D. Taylor

Dept. of Chemistry

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1465

Editor

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

AAAS/NAAS Rep.

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Carbon Fibers Division

Ashland Petroleum Co., Box 391
Ashland, KY 41001-4114

(606) 329-3333, ext. 4650

Director, KJAS

Joseph P. “Pat” Stewart
Warren East High School
6867 Louisville Rd.
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 781-1277

Chair, Board of Directors
Douglas L. Dahlman
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

Special Asst. to President
J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902

BoarD OF DIRECTORS

Chair

Douglas L. Dahlman (1989)

Dept. of Entomology

University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091

(606) 257-4962

William F. Beasley, Jr. (1988)
Dept. of Biology

Paducah Community College
Paducah, KY 42002

(502) 442-6131

William Bryant (1988)
Dept. of Biology
Thomas More College
Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017
(606) 341-5800

Larry Elliott (1990)

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6002

Jerry Howell (1987)

Dept. of Biology and Environmental Science
Morehead State University

Morehead, KY 40351

(606) 783-2952

David Legg (1990)
Community Research Service
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 227-6582

Ralph Thompson (1987)
Dept. of Biology

Berea College

Berea, KY 40404

(606) 986-9341

Gordon Weddle (1989)

Dept. of Biology

Campbellsville College
Campbellsville, KY 42718

(502) 465-8158

* temporary address, spring ‘87 *
Dept. of Zoology

Southern Illinois University
Carbondale, IL 62901

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS

Editor and Chair

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University

Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Douglas L. Dahlman (1988)
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

Gerrit Kloek (1987)

Dept. of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6066

Varley E. Wiedeman
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5943

Ex Officio

Larry A. Giesmann (KAS President)
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076

(606) 572-5304 or 572-5110

ACADEMY BUSINESS

KAS FouNpDATION Marcia ATHEY FUND COMMITTEE

William S. Davis (1988)
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5937

Paul H. Freytag (1989)
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-7452

Chair

Ray K. Hammond (1987)
Division of Science
Centre College

Danville, KY 40422
(606) 236-5211

James L. Lee (1987)

Dept. of Psychology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1115

William Wagner (1989)

Dept. of Physical Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5414

KAS FouNDATION BOTANY FUND COMMITTEE

Ralph Thompson (1988)
Dept. of Biology

Berea College

Berea, KY 40403

(606) 986-9341

Joe Musacchia (1987)
Graduate School
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6495

Chair

William S. Bryant (1988)
Dept. of Biology
Thomas More College
Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017
(606) 341-5800

Ronald Jones (1987)

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1539

COMMITTEE ON LEGISLATION

Chair

Gary W. Boggess (1988)
College of Science
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42071
(502) 762-2886

Ex Officio

Larry A. Giesmann (President)

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5304 or 572-5110

91

92 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

Joe Winstead (1989) William P. Hettinger, Jr. (Pres-Elec)
Dept. of Biology Carbon Fibers Division

Western Kentucky University Ashland Petroleum Co., Box 391
Bowling Green, KY 42101 Ashland, KY 41101-4114

(502) 745-6004 (606) 329-3333, ext. 4650

Charles V. Covell, Jr. (Past-Pres)
Dept. of Biology

University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942

SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE

Chair

Ron Gardella (1988)

Dept. of Education

Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5237 or 572-5229

Blaine Early (1989) Patricia Pearson (1987)

Dept. of Biology Dept. of Biology
Cumberland College Western Kentucky University
Williamsburg, KY 40769 Bowling Green, KY 42101
(606) 549-2200, ext 382 (502) 745-6009

Mike Howard (1987) Manuel Schwartz (1988)
Fayette County Schools Dept. of Physics

701 E. Main St. University of Louisville
Lexington, KY 40502 Louisville, KY 40292

(606) 259-1411, ext 325 (502) 588-6787

Ted M. George (1989) Ex Officio

Dept. of Physics Richard Hannan (Vice-President)
Eastern Kentucky University Ky. Nature Preserves Comm.
Richmond, KY 40475 407 Broadway

(606) 622-1521 Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-2886

MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE

Chair

Douglas L. Dahlman
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

Thomas C. Rambo (1987)
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5305

Randy Falls (1989)

Dept. of Physical Sciences
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351
(606) 783-2913

ACADEMY BUSINESS

James Murray Walker (1988)
Dept. of Anthropology
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1648 or 622-1644

COMMITTEE ON RARE AND ENDANGERED SPECIES

Chair

John MacGregor

Ky. Fish and Wildlife Resources
Arnold L. Mitchell Building

#1 Game Farm Road
Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-5448

Jerry Baskin

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40406-0225
(606) 257-8770

Donald Batch

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1818

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Wayne Davis

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40406-0225
(606) 257-1828

Paul H. Freytag

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-7452

Richard Hannan, Director

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission

407 Broadway
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 564-2886

Max Medley

1386 S. 3rd St
Louisville, KY 40208
(502) 588-6771

Melvin Warren, Jr.

Dept. of Zoology

Southern Illinois University
Carbondale, IL 62901
(618) 536-2314

93

94 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3-4)

NOMINATING AND RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE (1987)

Chair
Gerrit Kloek
Dept. of Biology

Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 227-6066

Charles V. Covell, Jr.
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5942

John C. Philley

College of Arts and Sciences
211 Rader Hall

Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 48501

(606) 783-2650

AupiIT COMMITTEE (1987)

Chair
Alan W. Reed
Dept. of Biology

Lindsey-Wilson College
Columbia, KY 42728
(502) 384-2126, ext 231

Modesto del Castillo

Dept. of Science
Elizabethtown Comm. College
Elizabethtown, KY 42701
(502) 769-2371

Gordon Weddle

Dept. of Biology
Campbellsville College
Campbellsville, KY 42718
(502) 465-8158

ad hoc COMMITTEE ON REVISION OF THE CONSTITUTION

Chair
J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091

(606) 257-4902

Gary W. Boggess
College of Science
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42071
(502) 762-2886

Ted M. George

Dept. of Physics

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1521

ACADEMY BUSINESS 95
ad hoc COMMITTEE ON FINANCIAL POLICY

Chair

Paul H. Freytag

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-7452

Alan W. Reed Manuel Schwartz
Dept. of Biology Dept. of Physics
Lindsey-Wilson College University of Louisville
Columbia, KY 42728 Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 384-2126, ext 231 (502) 588-6787

ad hoc COMMITTEE ON SITE SELECTION FOR ANNUAL FALL MEETING

Chair

Debra Pearce

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5362

Frank Howard Joe Winstead

Kentucky Dept. of Education Dept. of Biology

1829 Capital Plaza Tower Western Kentucky University
Frankfort, KY 40601 Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 564-2672 (502) 745-6004

Gerrit Kloek

Dept. of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6066

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 48(3-4), 1987,

Abstracts of Some Papers Presented
at the Annual Meeting, 1986,
47-50

Academy Affairs, 27-32

Academy Business, 89-95

Acanthocephalus dirus, 50

Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, 80, 82

subsp. anitratus, 79

Alliaria petiolata, 52, 53

Allium vineale, 52

Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 52, 53

A. trifida, 52

Amunicola cincinnatiensis, 12, 15

A. emarginata, 12

A. integer, 12

Anculosa (Leptoxis) praerosa, 14, 15,
66

Ancyliform snails, 16

Ancyloplanorbidae, 11, 67, 68

Annual Meeting, 50

Program and Abstracts, 36-46

Antroselates, 11

A. spiralis, 12

Aplexa, 67

A. elongata, 67

Aquatic snails, 62-70

in Kentucky, 62-70

Armiger, 11

Asbury College herbarium, 86

Aster cordifolius, 52, 53

A. sp., 52

Athey herbarium, 86

Atrial distension, 49

reflex cardiac effects of left, 49

Audit Committee (1987), 94

BATCH, DONALD L., 62
Bathtub hazard model, 20-25
and an application to system war-
ranty, 20-25
BECKFORD, P. R., 1
Berea College herbarium, 84
Board of Directors, 90
Botany & Microbiology Abstracts, 47
BRANSON, BRANLEY ALLAN, 11,
62
Bryophyte herbarium, 85

CALL, SAMUEL M., 62
Campbellsville College biological
collection, 84, 85
Campeloma, 63
C. crassula, 12, 13, 64
C. decisum, 12, 18, 64
C. rufum, 12
Carbonate paleosols, 48
in the Mississippian carbonates, 48
of northeastern Kentucky, 48
Carpinus caroliniana, 47
role in release of aluminum, 47
in response to acid rain, 47
Carpiodes carpio, 50

INDEX TO VOLUME 48

Carr, Elwood J. plant collection, 84
Carya sp., 52, 53
Chemistry Abstracts, 47
Chenopodium album, 52
Chloroalkane metabolites, 47
detection of by derivatization, 47
detection of by high-performance
liquid chromatography, 47
Cipangopaludina, 63
C. chinensis malleata, 12, 13, 62, 64
Cirsium vulgare, 52
Clams, fingernail, 62-70
CLAUSON, JOHN M., 76
Coal extracts, 47
components of fresh vs. aged, 47
Coltsfoot, 1-4
Committee on Financial Policy, ad
hoc, 95
Committee on Legislation, 91
Committee on Publications, 90
Committee on Rare and Endan-
gered Species, 93
Committee on Revision of the Con-
stitution, ad hoc, 94
Committee on Site Selection for An-
nual Fall Meeting, ad hoc, 95
Commuting patterns, 5-10
among female workers, 5-10
in nonmetropolitan manufactur-
ing, 5-10
Control chart, 55-61
development of multinomial based
attributes, 55-61
Corbicula manilensis, 68
Corbiculidae, 62-70
Coronilla varia, 47, 51-54
COVELL, CHARLES V., JR., 33
CRENSHAW, JOHN H., 48
Crownvetch, 47, 51
Cumberland College herbarium, 86

Davies herbarium, 85

Decision making, 48
expected utility and, 48

DEY, DIPAK K., 20

Dipsacus sylvestris, 52

Dorosoma cepedianum, 49-50

DRL-20 performance, 49
entorhinal cortex lesions disrupt,

49

Eastern Kentucky University her-
barium, 86
EATON, VIRGINIA, 48
Electrophoresis apparatus, 49
construction and use of economi-
cal, 49
ELLIOTT, LARRY P., 76
Entorhinal cortex lesions, 49
disrupt spatial learning and DRL-
20 performance, 49
ETTENSOHN, FRANK R., 48

96

Eurycaelon, 14
Executive Committee, 89

FEIBES, WALTER, 48
Female workers, 5-10
commuting patterns among, 5-10
in nonmetropolitan manufactur-
ing, 5-10
FERNER, JOHN W., 49
Ferrissia, 16, 67
F. fragilis, 16, 68
F. rivularis, 16, 18
Fescue, tall, 51
Festuca arundinacea, 47, 51-54
Fingernail clams, 62-70
Fugitive emissions, 47
from packaging of household or-
ganophosphate products, 47

Galium aparine, 52
Gastropoda, 11-19, 62-70
aquatic, 11-19, 62-70
from Kentucky, 11-19, 62-70
keys to, 11-19
Geography Abstracts, 47
Geology Abstracts, 48
Georgetown College herbarium, 85
GOLDSMITH, JANIS L., 50
Goniobasis, 14
G. (Elimia) costifera, 14, 17, 65
G. (E.) curreyana, 14, 17, 66
G. (E.) ebenum, 14, 17, 65
G. (E.) laqueata, 14, 17, 65
G. (E.) plicata-striata, 14, 17
G. (E.) semicarinata, 16, 17, 65
Graphy theory, 48
applications in computer science,
48
Gyraulus, 11
G. deflectus, 18, 62, 68
G. parvus, 18, 67
G. (Armigera) crista, 16
Gyrotoma, 14

HARTMAN, DAVID R., 49
Helisoma, 16, 67
H. anceps, 16, 18
H. (Helisoma) anceps, 68
H. (Planorbella) trivolvis, 16, 18, 68
Honeysuckle, Amur, 51, 53
HUNT, GRAHAM, 48
Hydrobiidae, 11, 12
Hydrocarbon degradation, 76-83
in a waste-water pond, 76-83
by enriched indigenous microor-
ganisms, 76-83

IGO, DAVID, 47

Impatiens capensis, 52

Index Herbaricrum Kentuckiensis II,
84-87

Integumental pigmentation, 50
of Lirceus lineatus, 50

To fluvialis, 65

ISAAC, W., 49

JAISINGH, LLOYD R., 20, 55
JONES, RONALD L., 84
JUST, JOHN J., 49, 50

KAS Foundation Botany Fund Com-
mittee, 91

KAS Foundation Marcia Athey Fund
Committee, 91

KAUL, KARAN, 71

Kentucky flora, additions to, 26

KOLARIK, WILLIAM J., 20, 55

KURZ, MICHAEL A., 49

Labiatae, 26

Lactuca serriola, 52

Laevapex, 67

L. fuscus, 16, 18

Lamium purpureum, 52, 53

LANDERS, T., 49

LAROCCA, M., 49

Lepidium campestre, 52

Lepisosteus osseus, 50

Lepomis macrochirus, 50

Linaceae, 26

Linaria vulgaris, 52

Lindsey Wilson College herbarium,
85

Linum grandiflorum, 26

Lioplax, 11, 63

L. subcarinata, 12, 13

L. subcarinata occidentalis, 11, 64

L. sulcosa, 11

Lirceus lineatus, 50

altered integumental pigmenta-

tion of, 50

Lithasia, 12

L. obovata, 66

L (Leptoxis) plicata, 14

L. (Lithasia) armigera, 14, 15

L. (L.) geniculata, 14, 15

L. (L.) obovata, 14, 17

L. (L.) salebrosia, 14

L. (L.) verrucosa, 14, 17

Lonicera maackii, 51-53

LUKEN, JAMES O., 26, 47, 51

Lymnaea (Fossaria) humilis, 16, 17,
67

L. (Pseudosuccinea) columella, 16,
17, 67

L. (Stagnicola) elodes, 16, 17

L. (S.) emarginata, 16

Lymnaeidae, 11, 16, 67

Mathematics & Computer Science
Engineering Abstracts, 48

MELHUISH, J. H., JR., 1

Membership Committee, 92-93

Menetus, 11, 67

M. dilatatus, 68

INDEX TO VOLUME 48

Micropropagation, 71-75
of Paulownia tomentosa, 71-75
Mollusca, 62-70
MOORE, CONRAD, 47
Morehead State University herbar-
ium, 85-86
Multinomial based attributes, 55-61
development of, 55-61
Murray State University herbarium,
86

News and Comments, 50, 88

Nitocris (Leptoxis) trilineata, 14, 15

NOLD, MICHAEL W., 47

Nominating and Resolutions Com-
mittee (1987), 94

NONNEMAN, A., 49

Northern Kentucky University her-
barium, 85

Notropis atherinoides, 50

OETINGER, DAVID F., 50
Ohio River fish population studies,
49
at the Thomas More College
Aquatic Biology Station, 49
Osmoregulation, 50
by the bullfrog tadpole, 50
by Rana catesbeiana, 50

Papaver dubium, 26
Papaveraceae, 26
Partnership with industry, 48
adapting the traditional curricu-
lum, 48
for non-traditional on-site courses,
48
Pascal course, 48
for gifted and talented middle-
school students, 48
Patch dynamics, 47
and community development on
roadside embankments, 47
Petroleum exploration, 48
and production in the U.S.A., 48
Paulownia tomentosa, 71-75
in vitro micropropagation of, 71-
75
Physa, 16, 67
P. anatina virgata, 16, 17
P. gyrina, 16, 17
P. heterostropha, 16, 17
P. integra, 16, 17
P. jennessi, 67
P. skinneri, 67
P. (Physella) gyrina, 67
. (P.) heterostropha, 67
Physella, 16, 67
Physidae, 11, 67
Physiology, Biophysics & Pharma-
cology Abstracts, 49
Physiology of developing urinary
bladder, 49

~

97

in the amphibian Rana catesbei-
ana, 49
Pisidium casertaneum, 62, 68
Place names, 48
of Fayette County, Kentucky, 48
Planorbiform snails, 11, 16
Planorbula, 11, 67
P. armigera, 16, 18, 68
P. jenski, 68
P. (Menetus) dilatatus, 18
P. (M.) sampsoni, 18
P. (Promenetus) exacuous, 18
Pleurocera, 12
. (Lithasia) curta, 14
. (Lithasia) curtum, 66, 67
_ cf. walkeri, 66, 67
. (Pleurocera) acuta, 14, 15, 66
. (P.) alveare, 14, 66
. (P.) canaliculatum, 14, 66
. (P.) canaliculatum canalicula-
tum, 14, 15
P. (P.) canaliculatum undulatum,
14, 15, 66
Pleuroceridae, 11, 12, 64-67
Poa sp., 52
Polymnia canadensis, 52
Pomatiopsidae, 12, 64
Pomatiopsis, 12, 18
P. cincinnatiensis, 12
P. lapidaria, 12, 15, 64
POWELL, THERESA L., 49
Presidential Address to the Acade-
my, 1986, 33-35
Printer change, 50
Probythinella lacustris, 18
Promenetus, 11, 67
Psychology Abstracts, 49

ne} la|ias} taslenshin-}ias)

Rana catesbeiana, 49, 50
osmoregulation by, 50
physiology of the developing uri-

nary bladder in, 49

Rare plant reference collection, 85

REED, ALAN W., 47

REEDER, JOAN, 47

Reflex cardiac effects, 49
of left atrial distension, 49

Regional semantics, 47
of “barren” and “desert,” 47
in 18th and 19th century North

American landscape descrip-
tions, 47

Rhodacmea, 67

R. elatior, 16

R. hinkleyi, 16

Rhus typhina, 51, 52

ROBERTS, ANDREW M., 49

Rosa setigera, 52

ROSCHKE, STEVEN C., 49

Rubus occidentalis, 52, 54

Rumex crispus, 52

Salvia pratensis, 26
SCHULZ, WILLIAM D., 47

98 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 48(3—4)

Science Education Abstracts, 49
Science Education Committee, 92
Snails, aquatic, 62-70
in Kentucky, 62-70
Solanum ptycanthum 52, 53, 54
Solidago sp., 52, 53
Somatogyrus integer, 11
S. subglobosus, 11, 12, 14
Spatial learning, 49
entorhinal cortex lesions disrupt,
49
Sphaeriacea, 68
Sphaeriidae, 62-70
Sphaerium partumeium, 68
S. rhomboideum, 68
S. simile, 68
S. striatinum, 68
S. (Musculium) transversum, 68
Stellaria media, 52
Stenophysa, 67
Sumac, staghorn, 51
-directed patch succession, 51-54
on northern Kentucky roadside
embankments, 51-54

System warranty, 20-25
a bathtub hazard model and an
application to, 20-25

THIERET, JOHN W., 26, 52
TOON, MARK A., 47
Topology, 49

classroom enrichments from, 49
Trifolium repens, 52
Tussilago farfara, 1-4
Typha latifolia, 52

University of Kentucky herbaria, 85
Department of Agronomy, 85
Thomas Hunt Morgan School of

Biological Sciences, 85

Valvata bicarinata, 12
V. lewisi, 12

V. sincera, 12

V. tricarinata, 12, 13
Valvatidae, 11, 12

Varner herbarium, 85
Verbascum thapsus, 52
Viviparidae, 11, 63-64
Viviparus, 12, 63

V. gorgianus, 12, 13

V. intertextus, 12, 13
V. subpurpureus, 12
VOGEL, W. G., 1
VOLP, ROBERT F., 47

Waste-water pond, 76-83
hydrocarbon degradation in, 76-

83

WEAD, WILLIAM B., 49

WELLS, CARROLL G., 49

Western Kentucky University her-
barium, 84

WILSON, CAROL W., 48

WINSTEAD, JOE E., 47

WITHINGTON, WILLIAM A., 48

Zoology & Entomology Abstracts, 49

oe

Ne
' 4)
ye
h i

Instructions for Contributors

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in
the Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of
interest to the membership will be included as received.

be made to publish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced
throughout on good quality white paper 842 x 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles
and notes see Volume 43(3-4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and
_ the author should retain a copy for use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used
for all measurements. The basic pattern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts.
The Style Manual of the Council of Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for
“Authors of the American Institute of Physics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and
F _a Manual of Style (Chicago University Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and
: spelling. Only those words intended to be italicized in the final publication should be underlined.
All authors must be members of the Academy.

_ The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, abstract, body of
_the manuscript, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables with table headings, and figure legends
_and figures.

‘1. The title page should include the title of the paper, the authors’ names and addresses, and
any footnote material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.

2. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It
should be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
‘Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgments, and Literature Cited. All tables and
figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide
_ complete information on the material referred to. See Volume 43(3—4) 1982 for style.

}
5. For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3—
; i) 1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals,
and set on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 x 7 or 8 x 10 inches. Line drawings
‘in India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 8% x 11 inches. Pho-
tographs should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should
be numbered in Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is
‘strongly suggested that all contributors follow the guidelines of Allen’s (1977) “Steps Toward
Better Scientific Illustrations” published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

‘

The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all

literature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations

_ on the galley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered
_when the galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS

Sumac-directed patch succession on northern Kentucky roadside em-
bankments. James O. Luken and John W. Thieret .................. 51

Development of a multinomial based attributes control chart and OC sur-
face. William J. Kolarik and Lloyd R. Jaisingh ....................- 55

Distribution of aquatic snails (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in Kentucky with
notes on fingernail clams (Mollusca: Sphaeriidae: Corbiculidae). Branley
A. Branson, Donald L. Batch, and Samuel M. Call .................. 62

In vitro micropropagation of Paulownia tomentosa Steud. Karan Kaul .. 71

Hydrocarbon degradation in a waste-water pond by enriched indigenous

microorganisms. John M. Clauson and Larry P. Elliott .............. 76

Index Herbariorum Kentuckiensis II. Ronald L. Jones .............. 84
NEWS

Annual: Meeting (25.0000) oe a de aia 5) duameaaeaeey Ae eeepc ae 88
ACADEMY BUSINESS

Committees of the Kentucky Academy of Science: 1986-1987 ....... 89
INDEX TO VOLUME! 48) eyepiece 2 ON ED OS el oa eure Ste 96

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRIBUTORS ................... Inside Back Cover

TRANSACTIONS

als THE fy |

Seni TUCKY

ACADEMY OF

2 -NCE

1988
Volume 49

Numbers 1-2
March 1988

Bcd Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded 8 May 1914

Orricers FoR 1988

President: William P. Hettinger, Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41101

President Elect: Richard Hannan, Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort 40601
Past President: Larry Giesmann, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076
Vice President: Debra K. Pearce, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076
Secretary: Virginia Eaton, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green 42101

Treasurer: Paul H. Freytag, University of Kentucky, Lexington 50546

Director of the Junior Academy: Patrick Stewart, Warren East High School, Bowling Green 42101 ©
Representative to A.A.A.S.: Joe King, Murray State University, Murray 42071 \

BoarD OF DIRECTORS

Valgene Dunham 1991 3 Douglas L. Dahlman 1989. |

W. Blaine Early 1991 Gordon Weddle 1989
William Bryant 1988 Larry Elliott 1990
William F. Beasley Jr. 1988 : David Legg 1990.

EDITORIAL BoaRD

Editor: Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475 a
Associate Editor: John E. Riley, Chemistry Department, Western Kentucky University, Bowling ‘
Green 42101 4
Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville,
Louisville 40292
Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky
University, Highland Heights 41076
Editorial Board: Douglas L. Dahlman, Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington 40546
Gerrit Kloek, Kentucky State University, Frankfort 40601
James E. O’Reilly, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky,
Lexington 40506
Steven Falkenberg, Department of Psychology, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond 40475
Larry Giesmann, Department of Biology, Northern Kentucky University,
Highland Heights 41076

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be ee a
of the Academy.

The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT.

Membership in the Academy is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application ©
forms for membership may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing. |
Annual dues are $15.00 for Active Members; $7.00 for Student Members; $20.00 for Family; $250.00 for Life Members. i

Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00; back issues are $30.00 per volume.

The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and corre- E

spondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292, —
the exchange agent for the Academy. vy

1
|
i
|
|
i

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

SUSTAINING MEMBERS

UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY

MEMBER

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
MOREHEAD STATE UNIVERSITY
Murray STATE UNIVERSITY
NORTHERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
UNIVERSITY OF LOUISVILLE
WESTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY

ASSOCIATE MEMBER

AticE LLoyp COLLEGE
BELLARMINE COLLEGE

BEREA COLLEGE

BRESCIA COLLEGE
CAMPBELLSVILLE COLLEGE
CENTRE COLLEGE
CUMBERLAND COLLEGE
GEORGETOWN COLLEGE
KENTUCKY STATE UNIVERSITY
KENTUCKY WESLEYAN COLLEGE
SAINT CATHARINE COLLEGE

CORPORATE AFFILIATES

Att-RitE Pest CONTROL

ALLTECH, INC.

INTERNATIONAL Business MACHINES
UNITED CaTALystTs, INC.

SUSTAINING CORPORATE
AFFILIATES

ASHLAND OIL, INC.

TRANSACTIONS of the

KENTUCKY

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 1-7

ACADEMY of SCIENCE

March 1988
Volume 49
Numbers 1-2

Silicon Content in Wood and Bark of Baldcypress
Compared to Loblolly Pine and Southern Red Oak

LYNNE JORDAN BOWERS

Christian Brothers College,
4920 Cole Road, Memphis, Tennessee 38117

AND

JoHN H. MELHuISH, JR.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service,
Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Berea, Kentucky 40403

ABSTRACT

The durability and resistance to decay of baldcypress wood have been attributed to the quantity and type

of extractives in the wood. Studies of agricultural plants have linked variations in silicon content with the

degree of resistance to herbivory and fungal attack. The data presented here show that baldcypress bark

and wood contain higher concentrations of silicon than pine and oak. The durability of baldeypress wood

as well as the ability of this tree to tolerate long periods of flooded soil may be related to this higher silicon

content.

INTRODUCTION

Baldcypress (Taxodium distichum L.
Rich.)—Taxodiaceae—wood is known for its
durability and resistance to decay (1). This du-
rability has been disputed and reported to be
highly variable but has been historically at-
tributed to the quantity and type of extractives
in the wood (2). The durability of coastal red-
wood (Sequoia sempervirens (D. Don) Endl),
a member of the Taxodiaceae, has also been
attributed to the type and quantity of extrac-
tives (3).

It has been suggested and debated that some
tropical woods which exhibit resistance to ma-
rine borers contain considerable quantities of
silica (4, 5). Studies of agricultural plants have
linked variations in silicon content with the
degree of resistance to herbivory and fungal
attack (6, 7, 8, 9). If the content of silicon in

baldeypress wood is significantly higher than
other tree species, it is logical to assume that
variation in the silicon content as well as the
extractives contribute to the natural resistance
to decay and the variation in the durability
reported for baldcypress wood. In addition, if
the content of silicon is greater in baldcypress
tissues, it may suggest that silicon accumula-
tion is a mechanism related to the species sur-
vival in its natural habitat. The most obvious
difference in the natural habitat of baldcypress
when compared with southern red oak and
loblolly pine is that baldcypress is most com-
monly found growing in flooded soils. Silicon
accumulation by another wetland species, rice
(Oryza sativa L.)—Poaceae—has been docu-
mented (9).

Wetland plants are adapted to flooded soils
and the concomitant low oxygen conditions.

2 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

Anaerobic conditions affect the bioavailability
of nutrients and potentially toxic substances.
Complexities exist but the net result of soil
submergence is that it often enhances the avail-
ability of manganese and iron to plants. As
shown by Patrick and Delaune (10), the oxi-
dized and reduced layers in a flooded soil can
be characterized by a vertical distribution of
the redox potential and concentrations of oxy-
gen, nitrate, manganous manganese, ferrous
iron, and sulfide depending on the degree of
reduction. The findings of Okuda and Taka-
hashi (11) suggest that the amount of silicon
accumulation in rice plants promotes the oxi-
dation power of rice roots resulting in the de-
position of iron and manganese oxides on the
root surface. Thus, silicon uptake by rice can
reduce the probability of iron and manganese
toxicity by decreasing the uptake of iron and
manganese, Analysis of the leaves of baldcy-
press and another wetland species, tupelo
(Nyssa sp.), by Dickson (12) indicates that tu-
pelo rapidly absorbs and tolerates high internal
manganese concentrations while baldcypress
apparently excludes manganese.

Flooded soil conditions also increase the
amount of silica in the soil solution and the
uptake of silica by rice increases with increas-
ing water content of the soil. Ponnamperuma
(13) suggested that silica improves the oxygen
supply to rice roots by increasing the volume
and rigidity of the gas channels to the shoot
and root.

Elemental analysis was conducted on wood
and bark samples from southern red oak
(Quercus falcata Michx.)—Fagaceae, loblolly
pine (Pinus taeda L.), and baldcypress as part
of a pilot study for an air pollution study (14).
The silicon content of the wood and bark of
the 3 species is compared here. The trees sam-
pled are growing adjacent to an abandoned
smelter.

Study Area.—Chrome Mining and Smelting
Corporation (Chromasco) is located north of
Memphis near Millington, Tennessee in the
Illinois Central Woodstock Industrial Park (Fig.
1). The location of the oak, pine, and bald-
cypress sampled with respect to the smelter is
shown. Although the baldcypress trees are lo-
cated upwind from the smelter it is assumed
that they received smelter impact comparable
to that of the oak and pine because of air in-
version within the proximity to the smelter.

Silicon dioxide was one of the documented
emissions from the smelter (14).

METHODS
Sample Collection and Processing

Two cores were chemically analyzed from
each of 5 red oak trees, 7 loblolly pine trees,
and 1 core from 4 baldcypress trees growing
approximately 1.2 km from the abandoned
smelter. Two bark samples were analyzed from
each of 5 red oak trees, 7 loblolly pine trees,
and 5 baldcypress trees.

A teflon-coated Swedish increment borer was
used to remove two 5-mm cores from each tree.
The borer and extractor were rinsed with a
10% solution of quaternary ammonium chlo-
ride in 2-heptanone and rinsed with acetone
before insertion into the tree. This procedure
removes any surface lead contamination (15).
The cores were taken approximately 1.4 m
from the ground on opposite sides of the tree.
Studies of lead movement within xylem tissues
suggest metal gradients may occur within the
xylem making the standardization of sampling
height advisable in comparative studies (16).
Wooden plugs were inserted into the core holes
to reduce the risk of fungal invasion (17). The
cores were inserted into plastic straws, labeled
and placed in plastic bags to prevent contam-
ination in transport to the laboratory. Bark
samples were removed with a stainless steel
knife from the 2 core sites, placed in Ziploc
plastic bags, and labeled. Field notes included
date, tree species, tree location, tree diameter,
and core location.

Samples were processed immediately or fro-
zen until surfaced to eliminate microbial
growth and/or contamination as described by
McLaughlin et al. (18) and Baes (19). Surfacing
consisted of “peeling” the samples to reduce
contamination and to reveal ring detail. Each
specimen was examined under 10 magnifi-
cation and the skeleton-plot technique of cross-
dating was used to accurately date each growth
ring as described by Stokes and Smiley (20).
After the rings were measured the ring widths
for each sample were plotted and checked for
errors. The listing and plotting procedures of
the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences
(SPSS) were used.

Ring widths are not usually directly com-
parable between trees, e.g., the ring width for

ao

SILICON IN BALDCYPRESS AND PINES—Bowers and Melhuish
5% 8%

3% 12%
6%

16%

Location of Shelby County in Tennessee.

7 |
a i]

pith

weeeeee= eee mee eneng

SHELBY COUNTY

MEMPHIS

——

i]
1
0
1
i]
i)
i]
i]
i]
i]
i]
i]
a
]
i]
1
0
i]
i
0
i]
i]
‘]
i]
i]
i]
a
0
i]
i]
t
0
1]
1
a
1
i]
1
i]
i]
0
1
i]
i]
0
i]
i]
0
i]
1]
i]
1]
1]
i]
i]
i]
1
H
-1.3km '

eee ewww eee ene ee ee ee eee wee ee ee eres eee eee eee eee wen eeeeeecoceand

Fic. 1. Location of study area, smelter (CS) and pine (P), oak (O), and baldcypress (B) trees. The 1984 wind rose
(Feb.—Dec.) in the upper left-hand corner indicates the wind was from the south 48% of the time in the Memphis,

Tennessee area (21).

4 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

TaBLe 1. Mean silicon concentration (microgram Si/gram of wood, dry weight).*
Species
Time period Baldcypress Loblolly Pine Southern Red Oak
Pre-smelter years 286.38 (10) 217.60 (5) 249.80 (5)
(1942-1952) non-sign.
Smelter years 540.55 (8) 139.11 (18) 123.60 (10)
(1953-1970) P < 0.04
Smelter-with-scrubber years 429.94 (4) 172.15 (14) 176.20 (10)
(1971-1980) P=0.01
Post-smelter years 758.79 (4) 474.54 (13) 297.10 (10)
(1981-1984) non-sign.
All wood samples 459.35 (26) 243.42 206.23
P < 0.05
Bark/cambium 5,349.75 (10) 669.50 (14) 758.00 (10)
< 0.0000
* The sample size is shown in parentheses next to the mean. The statistical significance of the difference measured among species is shown under the

baldeypress mean

1960 may be much smaller on tree A than on
tree B due to the advanced age of tree A. A
trend line or growth curve was fitted to each
ring-width graph so that the value for each
year can be interpreted as percentage of
growth. The percentages of growth derived by
fitting the growth curve or indices have a mean
approximating 1 for each sample. Indices are
comparable among trees. If both trees A and
B show reduced growth in a particular year,
they both have an index value less than 1. The
data are normalized by this curve fitting pro-
cedure and are suited to analysis of variance
(ANOVA) (22).

The INDXA computer program, developed
at the Laboratory of Tree-Ring Research, Uni-
versity of Arizona, was used to convert the
values into indices, to average the indices for
each year of each sample to yield a site chro-
nology, and to calculate the statistical param-
eters of the site chronologies. Output from this
program was checked with SPSS procedures.

Each increment core was sectioned for
chemical analysis into 5 segments: 1. pre-
smelter years (1942-1952); 2. smelter years
(1953-1970); 3. smelter-with-scrubber years
(1971-1980); 4. post-smelter years (1981-1984);
5. eambium/bark.

Chemical Analysis

The samples were analyzed for 25 elements,
including silicon, at the Northeastern Forest
Experiment Station Research Laboratory in
Berea, Kentucky. The wood samples were
placed in a drying oven for 48 hours prior to

grinding. Then a dried sample of 0.2 g was
weighed, and heated for 1 hour at 200°C and
at 600°C for 7 hours. The resulting ash was
dissolved in 25 ml of 50% HCl. The HCI mix-
ture was diluted to 50 ml with distilled water.

The samples were analyzed with a Beckman
Spectra Span 3B direct current plasma (DCP)
emission spectrometer. Quality control sam-
ples (EPA and National Bureau of Standards)
were used to check the standards of all ele-
ments before and after the wood samples were
analyzed.

RESULTS

The mean concentration of silicon detected
for the samples of all 3 species is shown in
Table 1. The mean silicon concentration of the
baldeypress samples was significantly higher
than the mean for the loblolly pine and red
oak samples for the smelter years, smelter-with-
scrubber years, and for the bark samples.

The ring-width indices chronology con-
structed for each species of this study as well
as an unimpacted upland loblolly pine and red
oak site located approximately 125 miles south-
east of the smelter is shown in Figure 2. All
chronologies show a growth decline in 1968-
1969, 1977, and the drought of 1980 (Fig. 2).
The most obvious difference in the chronolo-
gies is the sharp increase in growth which oc-
curs on the smelter-impacted loblolly pine site
between 1981-1983. Further perusal of the
chronologies in Figure 2 reveals the years in
each time period which are below the 30-year
(1953-1982) growth mean for the unimpacted

SILICON IN BALDCYPRESS AND Pines—Bowers and Melhuish 5

125
no
8
5 |00 A
i 20 Cores
<
3 0.75
=
ao
<
x
1953 1960 1970 1980 1982
150
125
©
8 100
z B
me 10 Cores
2 075
=
D
=
x
1943 1950 1960 1970 1980 1984
————l ———— |
Pre-Smelter Years melter Years Scrubber Years Post Years
150
125
o
8 100 c
E 14 Cores
i
3 075
= iy
2 Jo
x
1947 1950 1960 1970 1980 1985
es | eae)
Pre-Smelter Smelter Years Scrubber Years Post Years
Years
190 e
\
I
150
ri)
Q 1,10
mo}
i=
= le
> 070
s
fo) \
E y.
1943 1950 1960 1970 1980 1986
Se SSS ESS
Pre -Smelter Years Smeiter Years Scrubber Years Post Years
Fic. 2. Ring-width chronologies for A. the unimpacted pine-oak site showing regional growth trends (taken from

23), B. the smelter-impacted oak site, C. the smelter-impacted pine site, and D. the smelter-impacted baldcypress site.

6 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

and impacted sites. All years of the post-smelt-
er period were below the mean except on the
impacted pine site.

DISCUSSION

The silicon content of the baldcypress sam-
ples was significantly higher than for the red
oak and loblolly pine samples for 3 of the 5
time periods analyzed. The time periods in
which no significant difference was found were
the pre-smelter and the post-smelter periods
(Table 1). The silicon content of the baldcy-
press samples was not significantly greater for
the post-smelter samples because of the high
concentration for the loblolly pine samples. The
loblolly pine samples of the post-smelter period
contained a significantly higher silicon con-
centration than any of the other loblolly pine
wood samples (P = 0.01).

The significantly higher concentration of sil-
icon for the loblolly pine wood samples of the
post-smelter period may be explained by the
growth anomaly which occurred during this
time period in the pine trees. Figure 2 shows
the site chronologies for the smelter-impacted
loblolly pine, red oak, and baldcypress sites of
this study. Also shown in Figure 2 is an un-
impacted oak-pine site chronology which can
be used for a comparison of regional growth
trends. The trees for this latter chronology are
located approximately 125 miles southeast of
the smelter. All the chronologies in Figure 2
show a growth decline in 1968-1969, 1977, and
the drought of 1980. The most obvious differ-
ence in the chronologies is the sharp increase
in growth which occurs on the loblolly pine
site between 1981-1983. This growth increase
corresponds exactly with the post-smelter pe-
riod but it is not believed to be attributable to
the cessation of smelter activity. A holding pond
was installed on the loblolly pine site in 1981
which had an irrigating effect on these trees
during a period of regional drought causing
increased silicon uptake. Tree-ring studies have
shown that common growth trends occur
throughout the eastern United States because
of regional climate and that a reduction in tree
growth is evident throughout the southeastern
U.S. from 1977 through the 1980s (24, 25). All
years of the chronologies showed growth below
the 30-year growth mean (1953-1982) for the
post-smelter period except on the impacted
pine site.

Although studies of agricultural plants have
not shown that silicon affects growth rate (9),
it is possible that growth rate affects the ac-
cumulation rate of silicon. Therefore, silicon
concentrations may not suppress or enhance
growth, but rather growth rate affects accu-
mulation of silicon. It is obvious that signifi-
cantly greater concentrations of silicon were
accumulated in the loblolly pine wood samples
during a period of released growth (Table 1
and Fig. 2). Mariaux (26) suggests that the
formation of silica grains in the wood of Ga-
boon mahogany (Aucoumea_ klaineana
Pierre)—Burseraceae of western Africa—is re-
lated to growth rate.

The other time period which did not reveal
significantly higher concentrations of silicon
for the baldcypress samples was the pre-smelt-
er period. The younger age of the trees during
this time period may partially explain the lack
of difference between the species. According
to Lewin and Reimann (9), studies have shown
that silica content varies with age in some
plants. Mature plants and older leaves have a
higher silicon content. The loblolly pine and
red oak samples did not show any trend which
could be attributed to aging but the baldcy-
press samples did show an increase in silicon
concentration with time (Table 1).

When the concentrations measured for all
the wood samples, that is, pre-smelter, smelter,
smelter-with-scrubber, and post-smelter are
averaged together, the differences in elemental
concentration due to differences in smelter ac-
tivity and growth rates are pooled together. A
significant difference was still obvious among
species (Table 1).

Although limited, the data reveal that bald-
cypress bark and wood contain higher concen-
trations of silicon than loblolly pine and red
oak. The durability of baldcypress wood as
well as the ability of this tree to tolerate long
periods of flooded soil conditions may be re-
lated to this higher silicon content.

LITERATURE CITED

1. U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1955. Agric.
Handb. 72. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington,
D.C.

2. Campbell, R. N. and J. W. Clark. 1960. Decay
resistance of baldcypress heartwood. Forest Prod. J. 10:
250-253.

SILICON IN BALDCYPRESS AND Pines—Bowers and Melhuish

3. Anderson, A. B. 1961. The influence of extractives
on tree properties. J. Inst. Wood Sci. 8:14-34.

4. Panshin, A. J. and C. de Zeeuw. 1970. Textbook of
wood technology, Vol. 1. Structure, identification, uses,
and properties of the commercial woods of the United
States and Canada. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.

5. De Silva, D. and W. E. Hillis. 1980. The contri-
bution of silica to the resistance of wood to marine borers
(Bankia spp.). Holzforschung, Berlin, Herbert Cram 34:
95-97.

6. Ponnaiya, B. W. X. 1951. Studies in the genus Sor-
ghum. The cause of resistance in Sorghum to the insect
pest Antherigona indica M. Madras U. J. B 21:203-217.

7. Gallum, R. L., R. Ruppel, and E. H. Everson. 1966.
Resistance of small grains to the cereal leaf beetle. J. Econ.
Entomol. 59:827-829.

8. Jones, L. H. P. and K. A. Handreck. 1967. Silica
in soils, plants, and animals. Pp. 107-149. In A. G. Norman
(ed.) Advances in agronomy, Vol. 19. Academic Press, New
York.

9. Lewin, J. and B. E. F. Reimann. 1969. Silicon and
plant growth. Ann. Rey. Plant Phys. 20:289-304.

10. Patrick, W. H., Jr. and R. D, Delaune. 1972. Char-
acterization of the oxidized and reduced zones in flooded
soil. Soil Science Soc. America Proc. 36:573-576.

11. Okuda, A. and E. Takahashi. 1965. The role of
silicon. Pp. 123-146. In The mineral nutrition of the rice
plant. Proc. Symp. Intern. Rice Res. Inst.; 1964 February;
Los Banos, Laguna, Philippines. Johns Hopkins Press, Bal-
timore, Maryland.

12. Dickson, R. E. 1987. Personal communication.
Letter dated June 18, 1987, North Central Forest Exper-
iment Station, Rhinelander, Wisconsin.

13. Ponnamperuma, F. N. 1965. Dynamic aspects of
flooded soils and the nutrition of the rice plant. Pp. 295-
328. In The mineral nutrition of the rice plant. Proc. Symp.
Intern. Rice Res. Inst.; 1964 February; Los Banos, Laguna,
Philippines. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Maryland.

14. Bowers, L. J. and J. H. Melhuish, Jr. 1987. Ele-
mental analysis of red oak and loblolly pine growing near
an inactive chromium smelter. Pp. 231-245. In Sixth cen-
tral hardwood conference; 1987 February 24-26; Knox-
ville, Tennessee.

~l

15. Baes, C. F., If] and H. L. Ragsdale. 1981. Age-
specific lead distribution in xylem rings of three tree gen-
era in Atlanta, Georgia. Environ. Pollut. Ser. B 2:21-35.

16. Lepp, N. W. 1975. The potential of tree-ring anal-
ysis for monitoring heavy metal pollution patterns. En-
viron. Pollut. 9:49-61.

17. Maeglin, R. R. 1979. Increment cores—how to
collect, handle, and use them. U.S. Department of Agri-
culture, Forest Service, Madison, Wisconsin, Res. Paper
FPL 25, pp. 1-19.

18. McLaughlin, S. D., C. F. Baes, III, R. K. McConathy,
L. L. Sigal, and R. F. Walker. 1983. Interactive effects
of acid rain and gaseous air pollutants on natural terrestrial
vegetation. National acid precipitation assessment pro-
gram effects research review February 21-25, 1983:1-18.

19. Baes, C. F., II. 1984. Personal communication.
Letter dated October 11. Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

20. Stokes, M. A. and T. L. Smiley. 1968. An intro-
duction to tree-ring dating. The University of Chicago
Press, Chicago.

21. Sobel, J. A. 1984. Wind rose data. Dept. Geogr.,
Memphis St. Univ., Memphis, Tennessee.

22. Matalas, N. C. 1962. Statistical properties of tree
ring dating. Publ. Intern. Assn. of Sci. Hydrol. 7:39-47,

23. Bowers, L. J. and W. H. Patrick, Jr. 1983. Tree
ring study. Pp. v-l-v-16. In Evaluation of the effects of
Corps projects on the East Fork floodplain, Tombigbee
River. W. H. Patrick, Inc. contract DACWO1-82-C-0149.
Mobile District, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

24. Fritts, H. C., G. R. Lofgren, and G. A. Gordon.
1979. Variations in climate since 1602 as reconstructed
from tree rings. Quat. Res. 12:18-46.

25. Bowers, L. J., J. G. Gosselink, W. H. Patrick, Jr.,
and E. T. Choong. 1985. Influence of climatic trends on
wetland studies in the eastern United States which utilize
tree ring data. Wetlands 5:191-199.

26. Mariaux, A. 1980. Formation of silica grains in
wood as a function of growth rate (Aucoumea klaineane,
tree structure). Intern. Assoc. of Wood Anatom., Leiden,
Netherlands 1:140-142.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 8-14

The Sphaeriacean Clams (Mollusca: Bivalvia) of Kentucky

BRANLEY ALLAN BRANSON

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT
Keys to the 13 species of sphaeriacean clams known from Kentucky are presented; most species are
illustrated by photographs. Comments on habitat requirements and distribution are included, and search
recommendations for 6 species not yet reported from Kentucky are presented.

INTRODUCTION

One of the most neglected segments of the
Kentucky aquatic fauna is the sphaeriacean
mollusks. Most generally, surveys of aquatic
faunas either completely ignore these small
clams or mention them by genus only. This
hiatus is an unfortunate commentary on the
status of our knowledge in the Commonwealth.
Because of their well-developed mechanisms
for passive dispersal and excellent adaptive
features, sphaeriid clams are nearly cosmo-
politan in distribution (1). In spite of that, the
distribution patterns of these mollusks in Ken-
tucky remain poorly understood, and some
species—Pisidium dubium, for example (2)—
have not been reported since early in the 1900s.
Some species that almost certainly occur in
Kentucky waters have not been reported at all.
This dearth of information is entirely the result
of inadequate collecting and/or proper iden-
tification and reporting.

Most of the information on sphaeriaceans in
Kentucky has been reported in a few publi-
cations. Bickel (3) summarized the literature
through 1967, although Heard (4) implied the
occurrence of several species that were not in-
cluded in Bickel’s list, as did Herrington (5)
and Burch (6). Since publication of the Bickel
(3) checklist, several papers have discussed the
distribution of various sphaeriacean clams in
Kentucky, including the introduced Asian clam
Corbicula (7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14). Two
families (Sphaeriidae and Corbiculidae), 3
genera (Sphaerium, Pisidium and Corbicula)
and 13 species are presently known from the
state.

Another reason for the lack of published rec-
ords for the Commonwealth is the dearth of
easily accessible literature with special em-
phasis on the Kentucky fauna. Thus, this paper

presents a key, augmented by photographs of
most species, in an attempt to stimulate more
interest in this important segment of our aquat-
ic fauna.

KEY TO KENTUCKY
SPHAERIACEAN CLAMS
(modified from Burch 1975)

la. Valves very coarsely sculptured; lateral
teeth of hinges serrated
bee niente Gate ian Aeeie Family Corbiculidae . . .
Corbicula fluminea (Mueller 1744)
(Figs. 1, 2)

b. Valves not so heavily sculptured; lateral
teeth of hinges smooth
MAME A nteme cee phere Family Sphaeriidae .. . 2

2a. Beaks (umbos) of shell closer to anterior

end than posterior (sometimes nearly cen-
tral); shells not seed-like ................ 3

b. Beaks (umbos) of shell closer to posterior

end than anterior (sometimes nearly cen-
tral); shells often seed-like
3a. Shell usually distinctly mottled with black;
each valve with only 1 cardinal tooth (see
notes at end of article)
elias Eupera cubensis (Prime 1865) (Fig. 3)

b. Shell usually not mottled; 2 cardinal teeth

in 1 valve, 1 in the other ............... 4
4a. Adult shell relatively coarsely striate (8-

9 striae per linear mm) ................ 5
b. Adult shell relatively smoothly striate (12

or more striae per linear mm) ........... i
5a. Adult shell with nearly evenly dispersed

striace ae oe Sphaerium simile (Say 1816)
b. Adult shell with irregularly dispersed

SULA G eee aiauececens cher seve dtd ceee 6

6a. Shell somewhat inflated; surface (exclud-
ing striae) even; striae nearly as strong on
beaks as rest of shell
.... Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck 1818)
(Fig. 4)

b. Shell compressed; surface rather uneven;

10a.

lla.

FINGERNAIL CLAMS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 9

striae much weaker on beaks than rest of
shell
.... Sphaerium fabale (Prime 1852) (Fig. 5)
Shells relatively large (more than 8 mm

imple pth) eae tee eran heh veya say 8
Shells smaller (less than 8 mm in length)
ET Taree eee oeeestae wisiicver ss cyemenene chee segeiens 12
. Shells with prominent beaks (often cap-
like), more or less distinctly raised above
therdorsalisuntacemee mr ane aerate 9
Shell beaks neither prominent nor raised
above the dorsal surface ...........-... 11

a. Height of shell three-fourths or less the

Sphaerium (Musculium) transversum
(Say 1829) (Fig. 6)
Height of shell nearly equal to length ...10
Shell more or less oval in outline, its dorsal
margin nearly straight; posterior margin
meets dorsal one at nearly a 90° angle;
striae very fine
Sphaerium (Musculium) partumeium
(Say 1822) (Fig. 7)
Shell more or less elongate in outline, its
dorsal margin more rounded; posterior
margin meets dorsal one at an angle
greater than 90°; striae relatively coarse
Sphaerium (Musculium) lacustre
(Mueller 1774) (Fig. 8)
Shell nearly rectangular in outline ....
Sphaerium rhomboideum (Say 1822)
(Fig. 9)

length

Shell rounded in outline
Beye Sphaerium corneum (Linnaeus 1758)
(Fig. 10)

. Posterior end of shell forms virtually a

90° angle with dorsal margin .........
5 red othe Re Sphaerium partumeium
Posterior end of shell forms an obtuse an-
gle with dorsal margin

a. Beaks of shell very prominent and raised

above the dorsal surface .............
5 Oe ca ae ene ee Re Sphaerium lacustre
Beaks of shell not prominent, only slightly
raised above the dorsal surface
5 eA EORTC TCE Sphaerium corneum

. Shell relatively large, 6 mm or more in

ereatestulength aes eases jersey aes
ic SAE ES Pisidium dubium (Say 1816)
Shell smaller, less than 6 mm in greatest

lengthier cre hie ste eecesshieersla wey: 15
. Cardinal teeth centrally located; shell

somewhat inflated; beaks moderately

SOMNNNANE ovidecamovarasonmous eed cee 16

Cardinal teeth more anteriorly placed
(near anterior cusps); shell not inflated;
beaks not prominent
..Pisidium casertanum (Poli 1791) (Fig. 11)

16a. Surface of shell more or less glossy, finely
striate (30 or more striae per linear mm),
without strongly developed ridges on the
beaks
.... Pisidium variable Prime 1852 (Fig. 12)
b. Surface of shell dull with coarser striae
(less than 30 striae per linear mm), with
well-developed ridges on beaks
Pisidium compressum Prime 1852
(Fig. 13)

ANNOTATIONS

Corbicula fluminea, since it was first re-
ported from Kentucky (15, 16, 17, 18), has
rapidly invaded many Commonwealth drain-
ages, including the Ohio, Kentucky, Licking,
Green, and Cumberland rivers. Populations of
this noxious clam are sometimes enormous.

Eupera cubensis is a coastal plains species
that favors sluggish streams and ponds. This
small, distinctive clam is often attached to moss,
rootlets, and twigs in the water by means of
byssal threads. It has not been reported from
Kentucky but should be sought in Ballard,
Hickman, Carlisle, Fulton, and adjacent coun-
ties. Eupera singleyi Pilsbry 1889 is a synonym
(5, 6).

Sphaerium simile has been reported from
Kentucky as S. sulcatum (Lamarck 1818) (3,
8), a synonym according to Burch (6). It was
first reported from the Cumberland River
drainage (2) in Kentucky but has in the interim
been reported from the Tygarts Creek (7),
Cumberland (8), Kentucky (9), Dix (10), Rough
(13), and Licking (14) river drainages. The
habitat is small lakes and backwaters of creeks
and rivers with sand bottoms.

Sphaerium striatinum is the most wide-
spread fingernail clam in the state, from the
westernmost streams (8, 13) to the easternmost
(9). This is a stream species that occupies sandy
to rocky riffles. It is the most abundant sphae-
riid species in Salt River (19).

Sphaerium fabale, only recently reported
from Kentucky (9), enjoys a relatively wide
distribution in the state (9, 10, 11, 13). The
habitat is stream gravel, never fine sand or
backwaters.

Sphaerium transversum, one of the largest
sphaeriids (up to 15 mm in length), is mostly
a lowlands species in lakes, ponds, swamps, and
backwaters of streams. Although widespread
in the state, after being first reported in 1900

Fics. 1-5. 1. Corbicula fluminea. Scale = 8.5 mm. 2. Corbicula fluminea, internal, showing serrated lateral teeth.
Scale = 8.5 mm. 3. Eupera cubensis. Note mottling. Scale = 3.5 mm. 4. Sphaerium striatinum. Scale = 10 mm. 5.
Sphaerium fabale. Scale = 9.5 mm.

FINGERNAIL CLAMS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 11

8 9

Se

Fics. 6-9. 6. Sphaerium transversum. Scale = 9.5 mm. 7. Sphaerium partumeium. Scale = 8 mm. 8. Sphaerium
lacustre. Scale = 7.5 mm. 9. Sphaerium rhomboideum. Scale = 8 mm.

ily TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

2)

Fics. 10-13. 10. Sphaerium corneum. Scale = 6.5 mm. 11. Pisidium casertanum. Scale = 3.5 mm. 12. Pisidium
variable. Scale = 4.5 mm. 13. Pisidium compressum. Scale = 3.5 mm.

FINGERNAIL CLAMS IN KENTUCKY—Branson 13

(2) there were no additional reports until 1962
(5), and that by range implication. We (8, 9,
14) have found it common in the western half
of Kentucky, less common in the east (9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14), although Taylor (7) reported a
thriving population in Tygart’s Creek. The
preferred habitat is mud.

Sphaerium partumeium has not been re-
ported from Kentucky since 1900 (2). Thus,
our record from Ballard County (14) was of
interest. The habitat is nearly entirely in mud-
bottomed lakes, ponds, and backwaters of
streams.

Sphaerium lacustre was implied by range
in Kentucky (4), but the only record with exact
locality data is from a small, heavily vegetated
lake in Madison County (9). The preferred
habitat is in the mud of ponds and lakes and,
occasionally, in the backwaters of large streams
(5).

Sphaerium rhomboideum, another species
preferring the mud of ponds and lakes and
backwaters of streams (5), was reported from
the Dix River drainage in 1981 (10), later (14)
from a muddy backwater of Townsend Creek
in Bourbon County (14).

Sphaerium corneum, at present known only
from Slate Creek in Bath County (9), is a Eu-
ropean exotic of sporadic occurrence in the
United States (5). It prefers soft, sandy mud in
the backwaters of streams and ponds and lakes
(5).

Pisidiwm dubium has not been reported from
Kentucky since 1900 (2), doubtless because of
inadequate collecting. This is a very small
(maximum length about 9.0 mm) species, al-
though large for the genus. The habitat is mud
in large, sluggish creeks.

Pisidium casertanum was reported from the
Ohio River at Louisville (18), and this re-
mained the only record from the state until
our recent report from Townsend Creek, Bour-
bon County (14). The shell seldom measures
larger than 4.0 mm in length and 3.3 mm in
height, usually smaller. The species is adapt-
able to many kinds of habitats (5), although it
prefers mud-bottomed ponds and lakes.

Pisidium variable is known from Buck
Creek in Pulaski County (8), the only record
for Kentucky. The preferred habitat is soft, silt
mud in still water (5).

Pisidium compression is known only from

some mud-bottomed ponds in Madison County
(9), although it doubtless is widely distributed
in such environments elsewhere. An abun-
dance of aquatic vegetation appears to be a
habitat requirement.

DISCUSSION AND SUGGESTIONS
FOR FURTHER WoRK

The relationships of the Kentucky sphaeriid
fauna are mixed. Eupera (when found), of
course, is a representative of the coastal plains
fauna, being distributed from southern Texas
to central North Carolina and Florida (4, 5, 6)
and Oklahoma (20). The clam should be sought
in waters of the Purchase Area. Pisidium is
principally a northern complex of species;
Sphaerium (ss) is most abundant in the Great
Lakes region; the subgenus Musculium is prin-
cipally southern (4). Thus, Kentucky must be
thought of as an intergradation zone between
2 areas of speciation, and its fauna is a reflec-
tion of that position, modified, perhaps, by var-
ious phases of migration during Pleistocene
times.

At least 3 additional species ought to be
sought in Kentucky waters. One is Sphaerium
occidentale (Prime 1856). This species has been
reported from all the states surrounding Ken-
tucky (6); it lives in silt and mud in swamps,
roadside ditches, and ponds with an abundance
of decaying vegetation (5). Another species that
should be sought is Sphaerium securis (Prime
1852), since it, too, has been reported from all
surrounding states (6). The habitat is fine sand
of ponds, lakes and rivers (5). Finally, Pisidium
adamsi (Prime 1851), a rather large species (7
mm or more) that lives in muck and decaying
vegetation of lakes, ponds, and the backwaters
of rivers (5), has been reported from all the
states surrounding Kentucky. Two additional
species that may be in Kentucky are Pisidium
nitidum Jenyns 1832 (practically transconti-
nental) and P. punctatum Sterki 1895, known
from Ohio, Pennsylvania, Virginia and Ten-
nessee (6).

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I greatly appreciate the criticisms and sug-
gestions of Dr. Guenter Schuster, Eastern Ken-
tucky University, during preparation of this
article.

14 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

LITERATURE CITED

1. Mackie, G. L. 1979. Dispersal mechanisms in
Sphaeriidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia). Bull. Amer. Malacol.
Union 45:17-21.

2. Price, S. F. 1900. Mollusca of southern Kentucky.
Nautilus 14:75-79.

3. Bickel, D. 1967. Preliminary checklist of Recent
and Pleistocene Mollusca of Kentucky. Sterkiana 28:7-20.

4. Heard, W. H. 1963. Survey of the Sphaeriidae
(Mollusca: Pelecypoda) of the southern United States. Proc.
Louisiana Acad. Sci. 26:102-120.

5. Herrington, H. B. 1962. A revision of the Sphae-
riidae of North America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda). Misc.
Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 118:1-74, 7 pl.

6. Burch, J. B. 1975. Freshwater sphaeriacean clams
(Mollusca: Pelecypoda) of North America. Malacol. Pub.,
Hamburg, Michigan.

7. Taylor, R. W. 1980. Freshwater bivalves of Tygart
Creek, northeastern Kentucky. Nautilus 94:89-91.

8. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1971. Annotated
distribution records for Kentucky Mollusca. Sterkiana 43:
1-9.

9. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1981. Distributional
records for gastropods and sphaeriid clams of the Kentucky
and Licking river and Tygart Creek drainages. Brimleyana
7:137-144

10. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1981. The gas-
tropods and sphaeriacean clams of the Dix River system,
Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 42:54-61.

11. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1982. The Gas-
tropoda and sphaeriacean clams of Red River, Kentucky.
Veliger 24:200-204.

12. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1982. Molluscan
distribution records from the Cumberland River, Ken-
tucky. Veliger 24:351-354.

13. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1983. Gastropod
and sphaeriacean clam records for streams west of the
Kentucky River drainage, Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad.
Sci. 44:8-12.

14. Branson, B. A., D. L. Batch, and S. M. Call. In
press. Distribution of aquatic snails (Mollusca: Gastrop-
oda) in Kentucky with notes on fingernail clams (Mollusca:
Sphaeriidae;Corbiculidae). Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 48:
62-70.

15. Sinclair, R. M. and B. G. Isom. 1961. A prelimi-
nary report on the Asiatic clam Corbicula in Tennessee.
Stream Poll. Cont. Bd. Tennessee. Dept. Publ. Health 1961:
1-31.

16. Bates, J. M. 1962. Extension of the range of Cor-
bicula fluminea within the Ohio drainage. Nautilus 76:
35-36.

17. Keup, L. W., B. Horning, and W. M. Ingram. 1963.
Extension of range of Asiatic clam to Cincinnati reach of
the Ohio River. Nautilus 77:18-21.

18. Bickel, D. 1966. Ecology of Corbicula manilensis
Philippi in the Ohio River at Louisville, Kentucky. Ster-
kiana 23:19-24.

19. Rosewater, J. 1959. Mollusks of the Salt River,
Kentucky. Nautilus 73:57-63.

20. Branson, B. A. 1981. The sphaeriacean pelecypods
of Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 61:1-7.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 15-20

Identification of Eggs, Larvae, and Early Juveniles of the
Slabrock Darter, Etheostoma smithi, from the
Cumberland River Drainage, Kentucky

Tuomas P. SIMON

Large Rivers Larval Research Station, P.O. Box 727, Grayslake, Illinois 60030

ABSTRACT

Specimens of larval to early juvenile Etheostoma smithi from Ferguson Creek, Kentucky, are described
with emphasis on meristic, morphometric, and pigment characteristics. Adhesive eggs are attached to the
underside of slab rocks in shallow upstream pools which are guarded by an attendant male. Egg diameters
of E. smithi ranged from 1.9 mm to 2.4 mm. Larva hatched at 6.1 mm TL and possessed 15 preanal
myomeres and between 19 and 21 postanal myomeres. Pigmentation of newly hatched larvae is limited to

the mid-ventral yolk sac and mid-ventral postanal myosepta. Larvae have a large, spherical yolk sac,
precocious fin-ray development, and yolk sac absorption after first fin-ray development similar to other larval

Catonotus.

INTRODUCTION

The slabrock darter, Etheostoma smithi, is
found sporadically in tributaries of the lower
Cumberland River basin from the mouth of
the river in Kentucky upstream to Caney Fork,
Tennessee. It also occurs in the lower Tennes-
see River below the Duck River (1, 2, 3).

Information on larval fishes is limited within
the tribe Etheostomatini. Larval and early ju-
venile characteristics have been described for
several species of the subgenus Catonotus, in-
cluding E. flabellare, E. kennicotti, and E.
squamiceps (4, 5, 6, 7); however, no meristic
or morphometric information is available for
larvae and early juveniles of E. smithi. Page
and Burr (8), within the context of a life history
study, provided information on early life his-
tory stages, including egg incubation, larval
development, and illustrations of a newly
hatched larva, a 3-day-old larva, and an 8-day-
old juvenile. The present paper describes larval
and early juvenile characteristics with empha-
sis on meristic, morphometric, and pigmen-
tation features. Diagnostic characters will be
evaluated for separation from sympatric species
of Catonotus.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Material Examined.—Etheostoma smithi:
Kentucky: Livingston County: Ferguson Creek,
INHS 88476 (13), INHS 62624 (4), INHS 68351
(70), INHS 68354 (2), INHS 68352 (2), INHS
(2), LRRC 00344 (5). Tennessee: Wilson

QEQ

58353

County: unnamed creek 1-% mi N Martha,
INHS 84181 (12).

The reference collection of larvae was raised
from aquarium-spawned adults from Fergu-
son Creek, Livingston County, Kentucky
(Cumberland River drainage). Adults were
collected, acclimated, and induced to spawn,
and eggs were incubated in enamel pans (9)
at temperatures of 13°C and 21°C by the IIli-
nois Natural History Survey.

A total of 45 eggs and 105 larval and early
juvenile slabrock darters were examined after
preservation in 10% formalin. Preanal myo-
meres included those anterior to a vertical line
drawn from the posterior portion of the anus,
while postanal myomere counts included a
urostylar element. All myomeres were counted
utilizing polarized light. After formation, fin
rays were enumerated following methods in
Hubbs and Lagler (10); methods of counting
head canal pores followed Hubbs and Cannon
(11).

Morphometric characteristics were ex-
pressed as per cent total length (TL) unless
otherwise noted, and methods of measuring
follow Simon (7). Specimens used for vertebral
counts were initially preserved in 10% for-
malin then transferred to isopropy! alcohol,
cleared and stained using the method of
Fritzsche and Johnson (12), and stored in glyc-
erine. Illustrations were delineated following
guidelines outlined in Faber and Gadd (13).
For brevity, this description is presented in
telegraphic style.

16

Morphometry of Etheostoma smithi larvae and early juveniles grouped by selected intervals of total length (N = sample size). Characters expressed

TABLE 1.

=|
ine)
s
3
Y
S)
=
BS
s
[4
o
Qa
S|
1S
a5
<
>
vo
ae)
ime)
z
sS
So)
=I
si
cS
Za
OD
i=]
a
os
Ga
=
3
Ss
a
OD
i=]
ee)
“3
iS a
ie} J
bed e
ne
S =
o eS
12) =
- 2
o o
jor) J
a
i}
<
i)
i=
5
4

peduncle
44+ 0.6

6.8

Greatest
17.5 + 4.6

16.8 + 1.1

Body
10: 2°2E RES:
11.9 + 0.9

Head
12;4 E101

16/05 1)

Head

Eye’

Snout*

Preanal

Standard

interval TL

TRANS.

6.1-7.4

+ 0.8

15.1 + 0.5
15.0 + 0.8

84.2

7.6-12.6
13.0-16.0
16,1-19.8

20.0-25.5

86.0 + 2.1

34
28
26

74+ 0.4

Lil = 0:8
17.0 + 0.9
15.9 + 0.3

12.9 + 0,7

13.2

+ 0.8

13.8 + 1.1

49.7 + 2.6 TOO RaE el

84.6 + 16

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

0.9

+

83.3 + 1.4

+05

al

12:5 = 0.2

a

13.7 + 0.

ie

24.8 + 0.

84.6 + 1.6

3

25.9-26.4

’ Proportion expressed as per cent head length

TABLE 2. Selected meristic values and size (mm total
length) at the apparent onset of development for Etheos-
toma smithi.

Attribute/event Etheostoma smithi

VIU-X/12-15

Dorsal fin spines/rays

First rays formed 7.0 mm
Adult complement formed 7.6 mm
Anal fin spines/rays II/8-11
First rays formed 7.0 mm
Adult complement formed 7.4mm
Pelvic fin spines/rays 1/5
First rays formed 7.6 mm
Adult complement formed <9.0 mm
Pectoral fin rays 11-13
First rays formed 6.1 mm
Adult complement formed 7.6 mm
Caudal fin rays* viii-xiii, 7-8 + 6-7,
vili—xii
First rays formed 6.1 mm
Adult complement formed 9.0 mm
Lateral series—scales 42-55
Myomere/vertebrae 34-36/34-35
Preanal myomeres 15
Postanal myomeres 19-21

* Secondary rays expressed in roman numerals.

RESULTS
Eggs

Eggs were spherical, translucent, adhesive,
and averaged 2.2 mm in diameter (8). In the
present study, eggs from Ferguson Creek, Livy-
ingston County, Kentucky, ranged from 1.9
mm to 2.4 mm (N = 45, ¥ = 2.2 mm). Mature
eggs of the slabrock darter were spherical, de-
mersal, and adhesive. Eggs contained trans-
lucent yolk, a single oil globule, a narrow peri-
vitelline space, an unsculptured chorion, and
were unpigmented. Eggs were attached to the

underside of slab rocks in shallow upstream
pools (1, 8, 14, 15, 16).

Larvae

Morphology.—Characteristics of length and
depth of slabrock darter larvae and early ju-
veniles are presented in Table 1. The lengths
at initial formation of selected structures are
summarized. At 6.1 mm TL (newly hatched):
well-developed pectoral fins with 9 incipient
rays; yolk sac large, spherical (ca. 31.4% SL;
33.5% TL); yolk amber, with a single anterior
oil globule, and distinct vitelline vein network;
head not deflected over yolk sac; eyes oval.
First fin rays formed pectoral and caudal si-
multaneously (6.1 mm). Notochord flexion, oc-

IMMATURE SLABROCK DaARTER IN KENTUCKY—Simon 17

RIG

curring after first caudal fin ray formation;
spinous and soft dorsal, and anal fin rays form-
ing; incipient dorsal and anal fin margin par-
tially differentiated; and pelvic buds formed
anterior to dorsal fin origin preceding com-
plete yolk absorption (7.0 mm). Anal fin mar-
gin completely differentiated; yolk absorbed
(7.4 mm). Spinous dorsal fin origin situated
over preanal myomere 4, soft dorsal origin over
preanal myomere 15 (7.0-7.6 mm). Dorsal fin
completely differentiated; average predorsal
length 36.0% SL (range: 29.5-45.0% SL); first
pelvic fin rays formed; entire finfold absorbed
(7.6 mm). No swim bladder formed; gut
straight; caudal fin truncate (11.6 mm). In-
fraorbital, and lateral head canals forming (11.9
mm). Scales present in posterior half of caudal
peduncle at 12.1-13.3 mm. Supraorbital, su-
pratemporal, and preoperculomandibular head
canals formed (14.5 mm). Nape, prepectoral,
cheek, opercle, and breast unscaled; belly scaled
(14.7 mm). Infraorbital canal complete with
10 pores extending to mid-orbit; squamation
complete (15.6 mm). Preoperculomandibular
canal completely formed, pores 10 (15.8 mm).
Lateral line began forming (ca. 16.8 mm). In-

Etheostoma smithi, slabrock darter (newly hatched larva) 6.1 mm TL, Ferguson Creek, Kentucky. a. lateral;
b. ventral.

fraorbital completely formed with retrogres-
sion to interrupted conditions of 1 pore pos-
terior and 3 pores anterior (26.4 mm).
Meristics.—Preanal myomeres 15, postanal
myomeres 19-21 (N = 11, ¥ = 19.6), total
myomeres 34-36. Total vertebrae 33-34 (N =
5, ¥ = 33.6), including one urostylar element.
Scales in lateral series 42-55 (N = 40, ¥ = 48.1).
Fin-ray counts and length at appearance are
presented in Table 2.
Pigmentation.—Newly hatched larva
sparsely pigmented; eyes pigmented; mela-
nophores limited to posterior cerebellum; mid-
ventral yolk sac, anus, and postanal myomeres
5, 9, 12, 15, and 17 (6.1 mm; Fig. 1). Throat
pigmentation evident extending into isthmus
(7.0 mm). Cranial melanophore intensity in-
creasing with stellate melanophores outlining
optic lobe and operculum (7.4 mm); additional
pigmentation at postanal myomeres 5 alter-
nating every second or third myosepta poste-
riorly mid-ventrad, and at base of caudal pe-
duncle (7.4 mm; Fig. 2a). Melanophores on
nape, and beneath spinous dorsal and soft dor-
sal incipient finfolds (7.6 mm). Future preor-
bital and postorbital bars forming; breast me-

18 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

Fic. 2.

lanophores becoming subdermal; ventral
pigmentation near throat and lepidotrichia of
anal fin; 7 areas of dorsal melanophores and
11 lateral blotches forming (7.7-10.3 mm; Fig.
2b). Cranial pigment on snout, ventral oper-
culum, anterior optic lobe and cerebellum; me-
lanophores on prepectoral and base of caudal
peduncle; 8 dorsal saddles formed; 11 distinct
lateral blotches; 2 ventral saddles; melano-
phores on spinous dorsal fin forming mid-stripe;
soft dorsal, anal, and caudal fin pigmentation
restricted to proximal third of fins (10.5-12.0
mm, Fig. 3a). A single line of pigment ex-
tending between orbit from anterior optic lobe
to mid-nares; melanophores distributed in
epaxial operculum, scattered hypaxially on
postanal area and entire postcaudal base; 13
elliptical to oval lateral blotches; 8 dorsal sad-
dles; melanophores at distal end of soft dorsal
and also concentrated at anterior base of soft
dorsal; 3 diagonal stripes in caudal fin (12.2-
14.9 mm). Juvenile pigmentation consists of a
preorbital and postorbital bar, suborbital tear
drop may only be weakly formed; melano-
phores concentrated on cerebellum, optic lobe,
and ventral mandible. A series of 10-13 mid-
lateral elongate, elliptical blotches, and 6 or 8

Etheostoma smithi, slabrock darter larva, Ferguson Creek, Kentucky. a. 7.4 mm TL; b. 10.3 mm TL.

dorsal saddles; 3 or 4 mid-ventral saddles con-
nect with mid-lateral blotches in area of caudal
peduncle; spinous dorsal with scattered me-
lanophores; soft dorsal fin with melanophores
at distal end; caudal fin with 3 distinct diagonal
stripes. Scattered melanophores sometimes in
pectoral fins, no pigmentation in pelvic or anal
fins (15.0-18.8 mm). Distinct humeral spot,
and melanophores present at base of lepido-
trichia interdigitation with pterigiophores of
anal fin; spinous dorsal with melanophores con-
centrated into an anterior basal blotch at com-
pletion of interval (18.9-26.4 mm; Fig. 3b).

DISCUSSION

The habitat of E. smithi includes small creeks
with bedrock slab pools in Ferguson Creek (8),
gravel bottom pools in the Duck River, and
variable habitat, usually pools with either sand,
gravel, or bedrock substrate in the lower Cum-
berland River (3). Reproductive behavior was
previously studied in Ferguson Creek, Ken-
tucky (8). Spawning occurs from late April to
mid-June (3, 8), with greatest activity during
May, when water temperatures ranged from
15 to 20°C (8). Adhesive eggs are attached to
the underside of slab rocks, guarded by atten-

IMMATURE SLABROCK DARTER IN KENTUCKY—Simon 19

Fic. 3.
juvenile.

dant male, in groups of only 1 or 2 eggs. Balon
(17) classified fishes in this reproductive guild
as speleophils (B.2.5), while Page (18) grouped
known species of Catonotus as clusterers. Bal-
on’s classification is based on adult spawning
behavior, site of egg placement, and larval re-
spiratory structures. Page based his classifica-
tion on adult egg spawning site selection. Eggs
incubated at 13°C hatched in 29.5-30.5 days,
while eggs at 21°C hatched in 12.5-13.5 days
(8). Larval and early juvenile food sources in-
cluded chironomids and ephemeropterans, co-
pepods, trichopterans, cladocerans, ostracods,
and amphipods (8). Larvae are demersal, usu-
ally remaining in close association with the
substrate. Page and Burr (8) found age-0 E.
smithi to occupy slab pools; however, many
still were found in non-slab pools and slab rif-
fles.

Etheostoma smithi is sympatric with E.
kennicotti and E. squamiceps throughout its
range (15). Previous descriptions of larval and
early juvenile E. kennicotti and E. squamiceps
were available from Illinois tributaries of the

Etheostoma smithi, slabrock darter, Ferguson Creek, Kentucky. a. 11.9 mm TL larva; b. 18.9 mm TL early

Ohio River (6, 7). The separation of larval E.
smithi from other sympatric Catonotus was
facilitated since it possesses 15 preanal myo-
meres, while E. kennicotti and E. squamiceps
have 16 preanal myomeres. Postanal myomere
counts in E. smithi were also higher ranging
from 19 to 21 while E. kennicotti and E. squa-
miceps range between 18 and 19. Newly
hatched E. smithi were more sparsely pig-
mented with melanophores limited to the mid-
ventral yolk sac and mid-ventral postanal
myosepta. Larvae of E. kennicotti can be dif-
ferentiated by the more spherical, larger yolk
sac and smaller head length/TL from E. squa-
miceps. Etheostoma squamiceps has melano-
phores distributed postanally, while E. ken-
nicotti has melanophores limited primarily to
the yolk sac (7).

Larval characteristics of the subgenus Ca-
tonotus, previously diagnosed by Simon (6, 7),
were shared by E. smithi. Larvae possessed
large, spherical yolk sacs (yolk sac length/SL =
0.32-0.42); well-developed pectoral fins; pre-
cocious fin-ray development; and yolk sac ab-

20 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

sorption after initial fin-ray development. Ca-
tonotus larvae also have either 15 or 16 preanal
myomeres; a complex vitelline vein network
on the ventral yolk sac; and a complete su-
praorbital canal retrogressing to adult inter-
rupted conditions during juvenile develop-
ment.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Special thanks to Lawrence M. Page, Illinois
Natural History Survey, for providing speci-
mens and for his encouragement and profes-
sional guidance in my studies of the tribe Ethe-
ostomatini. I would also like to thank my wife
Beth Simon for preparation of all figures and
for her support and encouragement. Manu-
script format has been clarified through dis-
cussions with Lee A. Fuiman, Dunstaffnage
Marine Research Laboratory, Oban, Scotland;
and Daniel J. Faber, National Museum of Can-
ada. Collection designation refers to the Illinois
Natural History Survey (INHS) and Large
Rivers Research Collection (LRRC), respec-
tively.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Page, L. M. and M. E. Braasch. 1976. Systematic
studies of darters of the subgenus Catonotus (Percidae),
with the description of a new species from the lower Cum-
berland and Tennessee River systems. Occas. Pap. Mus.
Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas 60:1-18.

2. Page, L. M. 1980. Etheostoma smithi Page and
Braasch, slabrock darter. P. 694. In D. S. Lee et al. (eds.)
Atlas of North American freshwater fishes. North Carolina
State Mus. Nat. Hist., Raleigh.

3. Braasch, M. E. and R. L. Mayden. 1985. Review
of the subgenus Catonotus (Percidae) with descriptions of
two new darters of the Etheostoma squamiceps group.
Occas. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas 119:1-83.

4. Cooper, J. E. 1979. Descriptions of eggs and larvae
of fantail (Etheostoma flabellare) and rainbow (E. caeru-
leum) darters from Lake Erie tributaries. Trans. Am. Fish.
Soc. 108:46-56.

5. Auer, N. A. 1982. Identification of larval fishes of
the Great Lakes basin with emphasis on the Lake Michigan

drainage. Great Lakes Fishery Commission, Ann Arbor,
Michigan 48105. Special Pub. 82-83:1-744.

6. Simon, T. P. 1985. Descriptions of larval Percidae
inhabiting the Upper Mississippi River basin (Osteichthy-
es: Etheostomatini), M.S. Thesis. Univ. Wisconsin-La-
Crosse. 117 pp.

7. Simon, T. P. 1987. Descriptions of eggs, larvae, and
early juveniles of the stripetail darter, Etheostoma ken-
nicotti (Putnam) and spottail darter, E. squamiceps Jordan
(Percidae: Etheostomatini) from tributaries of the Ohio
River. Copeia 1987:433-442.

8. Page, L. M. and B. M. Burr. 1976. The life history
of the slabrock darter, Etheostoma smithi, in Ferguson
Creek, Kentucky. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes 99:
1-12.

9. Strawn, K. 1956. A method of breeding and raising
three Texas darters. Part If. Aquarium Journal 27:11, 13-
14, 17, 32.

10. Hubbs, C. L. and K. F. Lagler. 1958. Fishes of
the Great Lakes region. The Univ. Michigan Press, Ann
Arbor.

11, Hubbs, C. L.and M.D. Cannon. 1935. The darters
of the genera Hololepis and Villora. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool.
Univ. Michigan 30:1-93.

12. Fritzsche, R. A. and G. D. Johnson. 1979. Striped
bass vs. white perch; application of a new morphological
approach to ichthyoplankton taxonomy. Pp. 19-29. In R.
Wallus and C. W. Voightlander (eds.) Proc. Workshop
Freshwater Larval Fish. Tennessee Vall. Author., Norris.

13. Faber, D. J. and S. Gadd. 1983. Several drawing
techniques to illustrate larval fishes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
112:349-353.

14. Page, L. M. and D. W. Schemske. 1978. The effect
of interspecific competition on the distribution and size of
darters of the subgenus Catonotus (Percidae: Etheos-
toma). Copeia 1978:406-412.

15. Page, L. M. 1983. Handbook of darters. T.F.H.
Publications, Neptune, New Jersey.

16. Kuehne, R. A. and R. W. Barbour. 1983. The
American darters. The Univ. Press of Kentucky, Lexing-
ton.

17. Balon, E. K. 1975. Reproductive guilds of fishes:
a proposal and definition. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 32:821-
864.

18. Page, L. M. 1985. Evolution of reproductive be-
haviors in percid fishes. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 33:
275-295.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 21-25

Fishes of Murphy’s Pond, a Cypress Swamp in
Western Kentucky

Tom J. Timmons

Hancock Biological Station, Department of Biological Sciences,
Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 42071

ABSTRACT

Twenty-seven species of fishes were collected from Murphy’s Pond from 1984 to 1986. Seven additional
species have been reported from previous collections. The Kentucky distribution of 4 (Esox niger, Fundulus
dispar, Lepomis marginatus, L. symmetricus) is restricted to extreme western Kentucky, and 1 (Ictalurus
nebulosus) is poorly represented in state collections. Three species from Murphy’s Pond have been listed as
threatened (Erimyzon sucetta) or endangered in Kentucky (Fundulus dispar, Lepomis marginatus). The
greatest percentage of fish biomass in Murphy's Pond consisted of predators such as Amia calva, Esox niger,
Micropterus salmoides, and catfishes (Ictalurus melas, I. natalis, I. nebulosus). Amia calva stomachs con-
tained mostly crayfish, but also fish and amphibians, while those of Esox niger and Micropterus salmoides

contained only fishes.

INTRODUCTION

Murphy’s Pond is a natural cypress swamp
in western Kentucky that may have a species
composition of fishes similar to that which it
had when it was formed. Cypress swamps, like
other wetlands, have disappeared in many areas
in the past century. Despite their value as wild-
life habitat and ability to retain flood waters
and thus prevent downstream flooding, they
have been drained and cleared for farmland.
Even wetland areas designated as nature pre-
serves, such as Murphy’s Pond, may be threat-
ened by lowered water tables caused by chan-
nelization projects outside the preserve.

The objectives of this study were to deter-
mine the species of fishes present in Murphy's
Pond and their relative abundance. This is the
first intensive survey of the fishes of Murphy's
Pond. Past fish collections were made in Mur-
phy’s Pond by Smith (1) as part of his survey
of Obion Creek, and fishes were collected in
1980 by the Kentucky Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources with the fish toxicant ro-
tenone (2). Two recent additions to the fish
fauna of Kentucky were first found in Mur-
phy’s Pond: Fundulus dispar, formerly con-
sidered a subspecies of F. notti (3), and Le-
pomis marginatus (4).

Stupy AREA

Murphy’s Pond is located adjacent to Obion
Creek near the northeast corner of Hickman
County in western Kentucky (Fig. 1). The pond
and surrounding land was deeded to Murray

21

State University by the Nature Conservancy
in 1975. A large area south and southwest of
Murphy's Pond along Obion Creek is also
swamp and was sampled during this study.
Fish were collected in the adjacent beaver pond
and Obion Creek since during floods they may
be a source of fishes for Murphy’s Pond. Stream
fishes may not stay or survive long in Murphy's
Pond, but their presence in adjacent waters
explains their occasional presence. The area
sampled most frequently outside of Murphy’s
Pond is referred to as the beaver pond, since
beavers are active in the swamp and maintain
a long dam. The beaver pond floods the region
of the old Obion Creek channel. The beaver
pond has a firm bottom that allows wading and
seining, whereas Murphy’s Pond has a soft bot-
tom that prevents effective seining. The chan-
nelized section of Obion Creek west and south-
west of Murphy's Pond was occasionally
sampled. The channelized section is shallow
(<1 m and often <0.3 m), narrow (4-5 m
wide), with no riffles, few pools, and has a sand
substrate.

METHODS

Fishes were collected from June 1984 to Au-
gust 1986 using gill nets, seines, hoop nets,
trotlines, and with the fish toxicant rotenone.
Experimental gill nets with many different
mesh sizes were used to sample as wide a va-
riety of species and sizes as possible. Rotenone
was used in 2 small areas (<0.01 hectare) of
shallow water. Rotenone was difficult to use

22 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

Little

eS

~_ a. me
su > Old channel _=—

— ot

HWY
307

Fic. 1.

effectively because there were no areas where
a block net could be placed to keep fish within
the sampled area. Only small samples were
desired from the pond in order to minimize
the impact on the ecosystem. Hoop nets and
trotlines were occasionally fished. Stomachs
from piscivorous fishes were examined to de-
tect prey species that were missed in other
collections. Fishes were collected in Obion
Creek by seining and in the beaver pond with
the same methods described for Murphy’s

creek

Map of Murphy’s Pond and surrounding drainage.

Pond. Fishes from all 3 areas were preserved
and placed in the Murray State University Ich-
thyological Collection at the Hancock Biolog-
ical Station. Dissolved oxygen was measured
monthly by Dr. C. D. Wilder, Director of Re-
search in Murphy’s Pond.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The fish species composition of Murphy’s
Pond appeared to be typical of cypress swamps
as described by Pflieger (5) for fishes in the

FISHES IN WESTERN KENTUCKY—Timmons

Lowland faunal region of the Mississippi River
drainage. Twenty-seven species of fishes were
collected in Murphy’s Pond from 1984 to 1986
(Table 1). Seven additional species have been
reported from previous collections (1, 2, 3).
Four of the species (Esox niger, Fundulus dis-
par, Lepomis marginatus, and Lepomis sym-
metricus) are restricted to extreme western
Kentucky, and one (Ictalurus nebulosus) is
poorly represented in collections in Kentucky
(5). The most common fishes in Murphy's Pond
were: Amia calva, Esox americanus, E. niger,
Notemigonus crysoleucas, Ictalurus melas,
Aphredoderus sayanus, Fundulus olivaceus,
Gambusia affinis, Centrarchus macropterus,
Elassoma zonatum, Lepomis gulosus, L. mac-
rochirus, and L. symmetricus. The above list
is not in order of relative abundance. Species
diversity was lower than in a river drainage
system because the pond is small, and the di-
versity of habitats is low. Murphy's Pond was
difficult to sample because the bottom in the
shallow areas was extremely soft and made
wading difficult and seining ineffective. The
abundance of vegetation, including cypress
trees and roots, provided cover for fishes when
seining was attempted, and only allowed short
seine hauls that were easily avoided by the fish.
Gill nets and traps could be set in a few large,
open pools, but much of the swamp was too
thickly vegetated to set nets. Some pools filled
with filamentous algae or macrophytes that
impeded sampling during the summer.

The greatest percentage of biomass of fishes
in Murphy’s Pond was of predators such as
Amia calva, Esox niger, Micropterus sal-
moides, and catfishes (Ictalurus melas, I. na-
talis, I. nebulosus). Stomachs from 15 Amia
calva, which ranged in length and weight from
36 cm (0.4 kg) total length to 74 cm (3.6 kg),
were examined for food items. Seventy-five
per cent of the stomachs with food had cray-
fish, 2 fish had Siren sp., and 3 had fish (Cen-
trarchus macropterus and Ictalurus sp.) Stom-
achs from 16 Esox niger, from 26 cm (0.2 kg)
to 53 cm (1.2 kg), were examined. One-half
the stomachs were empty, and the remainder
had fishes (Erimyzon sp., Aphredoderus say-
anus, Lepomis sp., L. gulosus, and Pomoxis
sp.). Five examined largemouth bass stomachs
contained crayfish, Aphredoderus sayanus, L.
macrochirus, and L. symmetricus.

Many species of fishes were less common

bo
[s)

TaBLE 1. Occurrence of fish species at Murphy’s pond
and adjacent areas.

Obion

Creek
Mur- by Mur-
phy’s Beaver phy’s
Species Pond pond Pond
Amia calva xX x
Lepisosteus oculatus xX xX
Dorosoma cepedianum A
Esox americanus X xX xX
Esox niger xX xX
Ctenopharyngodon idella A
Cyprinus carpio xX Xx
Notemigonus crysoleucas X X
Notropis lutrensis A xX
Pimephales vigilax xX
Semotilus atromaculatus xX
Erimyzon oblongus A
Erimyzon sucetta X Xx
Ictiobus cyprinellus Xx xX
Ictiobus niger A
Minytrema melanops x
Ictalurus melas xX
Ictalurus natalis xX xX x
Ictalurus nebulosus x
Noturus gyrinus X xX
Aphredoderus sayanus x x
Fundulus dispar C
Fundulus olivaceus xX x xX
Gambusia affinis Xx x xX
Centrarchus macropterus xX x
Elassoma zonatum x xX
Lepomis cyanellus xX xX xX
Lepomis gulosus xX x
Lepomis humilis B
Lepomis macrochirus xX xX X
Lepomis marginatus X X
Lepomis megalotis A xX
Lepomis symmetricus xX x
Micropterus punctulatus A
Micropterus salmoides Xx xX xX
Pomoxis annularis xX
Pomoxis nigromaculatus X x
Etheostoma gracile X xX x
A = collected with the fish toxicant rotenone by the Kentucky Department
of Fish and Wildlife Resources in 1980 (2)
B = Smith (1)

C = Branson (3)

than those listed above, but are probably per-
manent residents of Murphy’s Pond. These in-
clude: Lepisosteus oculatus, Cyprinus carpio,
Erimyzon sucetta, Ictalurus natalis, I. nebu-
losus, Noturus gyrinus, Lepomis marginatus,
Micropterus salmoides, Pomoxis annularis, P.
nigromaculatus, and Etheostoma gracile. A
few species were represented by the collection
of a single fish in Murphy’s Pond: Ictiobus
cyprinellus, Minytrema melanops, and Le-
pomis cyanellus.

24 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

By late summer, some areas of Murphy's
Pond had a dense covering of floating algae
and oxygen was low (C. D. Wilder, pers.
comm. ). In August, Cyprinus carpio collected
in nets were in extremely poor condition with
frayed fins. Poor water quality may limit the
suitability of Murphy’s Pond as habitat for some
species abundant in Obion Creek.

Several species collected from Murphy’s
Pond by earlier investigators were not found
in this study. Fundulus dispar was collected
in 1972 in a channel draining into Murphy’s
Pond (3), but has not been collected again in
Kentucky except near Reelfoot Lake (6). Smith
(1) collected Dorosoma cepedianum and Le-
pomis humilis in Murphy's Pond in 1968.
McLemore (2) collected the grass carp (Cteno-
pharyngodon idella), Notropis lutrensis, Ic-
tiobus niger, and Micropterus punctulatus in
1980. The grass carp has been widely intro-
duced in the southeastern United States to
eliminate aquatic plants in farm ponds. No-
tropis lutrensis and Micropterus punctulatus
probably gained access from Obion Creek dur-
ing high water and are not permanent resi-
dents of Murphy’s Pond. McLemore also re-
ported Erimyzon oblongus and Lepomis
megalotis. Erimyzon oblongus may have been
based on misidentified E. sucetta. I found E.
sucetta in Murphy’s Pond. The Lepomis meg-
alotis were either strays from Obion Creek,
where they are common, or they were L. mar-
ginatus, which is sometimes confused with L.
megalotis.

The species composition of the beaver pond
was basically similar to that in Murphy’s Pond
(Table 1). However, 4 species (Minytrema
melanops, Ictalurus melas, I. nebulosus, Po-
moxis annularis) were absent in collections
from the beaver pond, but continued sampling
probably would have yielded these species.
None of the species taken by earlier collectors
(absent in my collections from Murphy’s Pond)
were present in the beaver pond. Fishes listed
as the most common in Murphy's Pond were
also representative of the most common species
in the beaver pond.

Fishes collected in Obion Creek adjacent to
Murphy’s Pond and the beaver pond are listed
in Table 1. Most species were common to abun-
dant in collections except for Micropterus sal-
moides and Etheostoma gracile. The most
abundant species was Notropis lutrensis.

Three species from Murphy’s Pond have
been listed as threatened or endangered species
(7). Warren et al. (7) consider Fundulus dispar
and Lepomis marginatus as endangered, Er-
imyzon sucetta as threatened. Fundulus dis-
par was absent in my collections and has not
been collected anywhere in Kentucky except
Reelfoot Lake and one collection in Murphy’s
Pond in 1972. Lepomis marginatus and Eri-
myzon sucetta were common in the beaver
pond, but difficult to collect in Murphy’s Pond
because seining was ineffective. Branson et al.
(8) in 1981 considered Lepisosteus oculatus
and Lepomis marginatus as threatened species;
Fundulus dispar, Elassoma zonatum, and Le-
pomis symmetricus as species of special con-
cern; and Erimyzon sucetta as undetermined.
After a period of more thorough fish collecting
in Kentucky, Lepisosteus oculatus, Elassoma
zonatum, and Lepomis symmetricus were de-
listed by Warren et al. (7). Elassoma zonatum
and Lepomis symmetricus were abundant in
the beaver pond and Murphy’s Pond. Three
Lepisosteus oculatus were collected in the bea-
ver pond and Murphy’s Pond.

Murphy’s Pond is managed by Murray State
University and the fish fauna receives little
direct disturbance or perturbation. The great-
est probable dangers to Murphy’s Pond are
siltation and further channelization of Obion
Creek. If Obion Creek is channelized deeper,
the lower water table could lower significantly
the level of Murphy’s Pond. Much of the pond
is already shallow and a lowered water level
would greatly reduce the surface area.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Funding for this study was provided by the
Department of Biological Sciences and the
Murray State University Committee on Insti-
tutional Studies and Research. Laboratory space
was provided at the Hancock Biological Sta-
tion.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Smith, P. L. 1968. A survey of the fishes of the
Obion Creek drainage system in West Kentucky. M.S.
Thesis. Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky. 19
pp.

2. McLemore, W. 1980. Murphy’s Pond population
study. Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Re-
sources. Unpublished report.

3. Branson, B. A. 1972. Fundulus notti in Kentucky.
Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 32:76.

FISHES IN WESTERN KENTUCKY—Timmons 25

4, Burr, B. M. and R. L. Mayden. 1979. Records of
fishes in western Kentucky with additions to the known
fauna. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 40:58-67.

5. Pflieger, W. L. 1975. The fishes of Missouri. Mis-
souri Dept. Conservation.

6. Burr, B. M. and M. L. Warren, Jr. 1986. A distri-
butional atlas of Kentucky fishes. Kentucky Nature Pre-
serves Comm. Sci. and Tech. Series No. 4:1-398.

7. Warren, M. L., Jr., W. H. Davis, R. R. Hannan, M.
Evans, D. L. Batch, B. D. Anderson, B. Palmer-Ball, Jr.,

J. R. MacGregor, R. R. Cicerello, R. Athey, B. A. Branson,
G. J. Fallo, B. M. Burr, M. E. Medley, and J. M. Baskin.
1986. Endangered, threatened, and rare plants and ani-
mals in Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 47:83-98.

8. Branson, B, A., D. F. Harker, Jr., J. M. Baskin, M.
E. Medley, D. L. Batch, M. L. Warren, Jr., W. H. Davis,
W. C. Houtcopper, B. Monroe, Jr., L. R. Phillippe, and P.
Cupp. 1981. Endangered, threatened, and rare animals
and plants of Kentucky. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 42:
77-89.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 26-28

Intersampler Variability and Scouting for Larvae of the
Alfalfa Weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)

Rosert J. BARNEY AND Davip E. LEGG

Community Research Service, Kentucky State University, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

AND

CHRISTIAN M. CHRISTENSEN

Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40546

ABSTRACT

Comparisons were made among 8 samplers belonging to 4 experience groups to determine if shake-bucket
estimates of larvae of the alfalfa weevil, Hypera postica (Gyllenhal), were influenced by intersampler

variation. Although no significant difference was found in alfalfa stem lengths selected by the groups,
inexperienced samplers selected stems with greater numbers of larvae. Overestimation of pest-population

densities could result in management decision errors.

INTRODUCTION

After the realization in the 1950s that sole
reliance on insecticides was not a viable insect-
control strategy because of many unanticipat-
ed problems, e.g., insect resistance, outbreaks
of secondary pests, and pesticide residues, a
push was made in the late 1960s for insect
control via integrated pest management (IPM)
(1). The development of sampling plans which
provide accurate estimates of pest-population
densities is a crucial step in the development
of a successful IPM program. Although con-
siderable research has been directed toward
the construction of management-decision
models, little attention has been focused on the
problem of intersampler variability, which may
lead to imprecise density estimates and deci-
sion errors.

An IPM program developed for the alfalfa
weevil (AW), Hypera postica (Gyllenhal), is
based upon the number of AW larvae per al-
falfa stem found in samples taken by the shake-
bucket technique (2). This technique consists
of a sampler randomly selecting and removing
stems while walking through the field and
placing them in a plastic bucket. When the
appropriate number of stems have been col-
lected, they are shaken vigorously against the
inside of the bucket and the dislodged larvae
are counted. Although this technique is used
primarily by inexperienced scouts to make
management decisions as part of the alfalfa
IPM program of many states, including Ken-

tucky, little attention has been focused on the
influence of intersampler variability on AW
population density estimates.

The objective of this study was to determine
if intersampler variability existed in AW pop-
ulation estimates based on shake-bucket sam-
ples taken by samplers with varying levels of
AW sampling experience.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Sampling was conducted on 13 May 1987 at
a degree-day accumulation since 1 January
1987 of 620 (base 48°F [8.9°C]). A 6-yr-old,
8-ha field of “Arc’ alfalfa was chosen for the
experiment. The field was located in Anderson
County, Kentucky, and had never been sprayed
with an insecticide.

Intersampler comparisons were made among
8 samplers belonging to 4 experience groups:
2 alfalfa growers with no scouting experience,
2 county extension agents with ca. 15 hours of
in-field AW scouting experience, 1 recent
graduate with a Ph.D. in entomology but no
AW experience, and 3 professional entomol-
ogists with extensive (4-12 yr) scouting expe-
rience. Prior to sampling each grower com-
pleted a questionnaire to document their
experience scouting for AW larvae in alfalfa.

Each sampler was given 5 large paper bags
and instructed to walk through the field and
randomly select a 6-stem sample from 5 dif-
ferent 100-m* areas. The correct method of
randomly selecting and picking a stem was

SCOUTING FOR ALFALFA WEEVIL IN KeENtTucKY—Barney et al. 27

TaBLeE 1. Intersampler comparison of the number of lar-
vae per 6-stem sample selected in the same field by groups
with different levels of experience scouting for alfalfa wee-

vil larvae, Anderson County, Kentucky, 1987.“

Experience Samplers Samples x + SE
Professionals 3 15 6.9 + 1.da
County agents 2 10 6.0 + l.da
Alfalfa growers 2 10 12.1 + 2.0b
Recent graduate 1 5 19.4 + 3.2c

“Experience group means followed by the same letter are not significantly
different, planned nonorthogonal comparisons (F = 6.06; df = 7, 32; P <

0.0001)

demonstrated before the experiment began.
The bags were labelled by sampler, stapled,
and returned to the laboratory for processing.
This experiment was designed to evaluate in-
tersampler variation in the stem picking pro-
cess. The number of AW per 6-stem sample
was determined and the length of 10 stems per
sampler was measured.

The second part of the experiment was de-
signed to evaluate each sampler’s ability to
recognize and count AW larvae in buckets af-
ter a 6-stem sample had been taken. Six 6-stem
samples were taken by one professional (R.J.B.)
and the samples placed in numbered buckets.
All samplers were shown how to identify AW
larvae and distinguish them from spittlebug
nymphs which were also very abundant at this
time. Each sampler was then provided with a
numbered score sheet and asked to examine
each bucket independently and record their
estimates of weevil numbers.

The data from the pick-and-stem compar-
isons were analyzed by one-way analysis of
variance and the experience groupings were
compared with planned nonorthogonal com-
parisons. The data from the count test were
analyzed by comparing each sampler to a des-
ignated professional (R.J.B.) with a paired t-test.

TaBLeE2. Intersampler comparison of alfalfa stem lengths
selected in the same field by groups with different levels
of experience scouting for alfalfa weevil larvae, Anderson
County, Kentucky, 1987.

Experience Samplers Samples z+ SE
Professionals 3 30 23.5 + 0.6
County agents 2 20 24.2 + 0.6
Alfalfa growers 2 20 23.4 + 0.8
Recent graduate 1 10 22 80)

TaBLeE 3. Intersampler comparison of ability to identify
and count alfalfa weevil larvae in buckets by individuals
with different levels of experience scouting for alfalfa wee-
vil larvae to a professional (R.J.B.), Anderson County, Ken-
tucky, 1987.

Comparison t P.

R.J.B. x County agent #1 0.28 5 0.7926
x Professional #1 —0.42 5 0.6952
x Graduate 0.54 5 0.6109
x Alfalfa grower #1 119 5 0.2892
x County agent #2 182 5 0.2431
x Alfalfa grower #2 135 5 0.2354
x Professional #2 1.75 5 0.1398

RESULTS AND DIscUssION

The analysis of the stem picking data was
highly significant (F = 6.06; df = 7, 32; P <
0.0001) indicating that intersampler variation
existed in the number of larvae resulting from
stem selection. Planned nonorthogonal com-
parisons between experience group means
showed that as the level of scouting experience
increased the number of larvae per sample
decreased (Table 1). Shufran (3) found that an
inexperienced scout reported ca. twice as many
AW larvae from shake-bucket samples as an
experienced graduate student. This may in-
dicate that inexperienced samplers tend to se-
lect stems with more apparent feeding damage
even though they were instructed to select stems
randomly.

The intersampler variation found in the
picking test was not caused by a nonrandom
selection of stems based on stem length. There
was no significant difference (F = 1.61; df =
7, 72; P = 0.1444) in stem length measure-
ments between samplers (Table 2). Shufran (3)
also found no significant difference in stem
lengths collected by 2 scouts.

The results of the larval counting test showed
that none of the samplers, regardless of their
level of scouting experience, identified and
counted AW larvae in buckets at a significantly
different rate than the professional (Table 3).
However, it must be pointed out that the av-
erage number of larvae per bucket was less
than 4 and that the larvae were mostly large
fourth instars. A comparison of counts made
earlier in the season when a greater number
of larvae are smaller may reveal greater dif-
ferences in count numbers between experience
groups. Also, we believe that the ‘testing’ at-

28 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

mosphere of this experiment would tend to
make the samplers take more time and be more
conscientious in their counting than a scout
would be in an unsupervised situation.

Assuming that the AW-density estimates
made by the professionals and county agents
were correct, the inexperienced samplers over-
estimated the pest population density by a fac-
tor of 2-3 times (Table 1). Significant overes-
timations such as these can cause incorrect
management decisions which result in unnec-
essary applications of insecticides (4). This study
illustrates the importance of intersampler vari-
ation and the need for uniformity in sampling
techniques.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This investigation was supported in part by
a USDA/CSRS grant to Kentucky State Uni-
versity under Agreement KYX-10-85-04P.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Metcalf, R. L. and W. L. Luckmann. 1975.
duction to insect pest management. Wiley, New York.

2. Wedberg, J. L., W. G. Ruesink, E. J. Armbrust, and
D. P. Bartell. 1977. Alfalfa weevil pest management
program. Illinois Coop. Ext. Serv. Cire. 1136.

3. Shufran, K. A. 1986. The accuracy of integrated
pest management scouting observations and factors af-

Intro-

fecting the performance of scouts employed in Kentucky.
M.S. Thesis. University of Kentucky, Lexington.

4, Barney, R. J. and D. E. Legg. 1987. Accuracy of a
single 30-stem sample for detecting alfalfa weevil larvae
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and making management de-
cisions. J. Econ. Entomol. 80:512-516.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 29-31

Response of Xanthium strumarium L. to Simulated Acid Rain

Jor E. WINSTEAD AND Lisa SIMPSON STRANGE!

Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

ABSTRACT
Foliage of the common cocklebur treated with simulated precipitation of pH 4.5, 3.5 and 2.5 compared
with controls subject to artificial rain of pH 5.6 showed a reduction of dry-weight biomass between 21.8 and
27.5%. While no indication of reduced caloric content was found, significant declines in total chlorophyll
levels were detected in plants treated with regulated artificial rain of pH 3.5 and 2.5 under controlled

laboratory conditions.

INTRODUCTION

Acid-rain formation from atmospheric pol-
lutants, primarily particulate sulfates and ni-
trates, has been shown to have a significant
role in decline of productivity in numerous
types of regional flora (1, 2). The relationship
between specific compounds (SO,, NO,) re-
leased due to anthropogenic activities and acid
rain has been continually under debate (3) but
it is evident that the phenomenon is not unique
to the western hemisphere (4) and patterns of
decreasing pH in the eastern United States have
been well documented (5, 6). Notable studies
on ecosystem response to acid rain have been
done by Schofield (7), Tamm (8) and Knabe
(9). Many species of plants, including Betula
alleghaniensis Britt., Populus spp., Phaseolus
vulgaris L., and Helianthus annuus L., have
been subjected to acid-rain tests (10, 11, 12)
since the potential for vegetation damage by
acidic deposition (both wet and dry) was rec-
ognized in the late 1960s.

This study was designed to provide baseline
data on the effect of acid rain on a geograph-
ically widespread weedy species common to a
variety of habitats. Xanthiwm strumarium L.
(cocklebur) is a species that exploits disturbed
habitats. A population from east central Texas
was chosen to provide genomes that have had
little exposure to acid rain conditions in recent
years. Previous work (13) in our laboratory has
shown that this species is a good laboratory tool
particularly in regard to studies of chlorophyll
levels.

‘Permanent home address: 117 Pine Village, Bards-
town, Kentucky 40004.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Fruits of cocklebur were collected in De-
cember from Fannin County, Texas and ger-
minated under constant light and alternating
temperatures of 29-18°C (12 hr each temp.).
Seedlings were transplanted to 10- x 10- x
9-cm plastic pots using a 3:1 peat perlite mix-
ture and placed in growth chambers under the
temperature regime mentioned above. Three
different experiments were conducted using 2
different photoperiods: 16-hr light and 8-hr
dark and 12-hr light and 12-hr dark period.
Growth-chamber light intensity during the light
periods was maintained at ca. 11,000 lux. The
12-hr temperature of 29°C in each 24-hr cycle
was set to match or fit evenly within the light
period of each experiment. Since this species
is known to induce flowering under long dark
periods, it was decided to expose plants under
the longer dark cycles of 12 hr to the lower
pH of 2.5 to determine if earlier stimulation
of the flowering cycle would alter any response
in chlorophyll and biomass development to the
acidic treatment.

The 3 different experiments involved spray-
ing the foliage of 12 to 15 plants with solutions
of pH values of 2.5, 3.5 and 4.5 using a me-
chanical mister. The control of each experi-
ment was of simulated rain of pH 5.6. Simu-
lated rain solutions were prepared by standard
titration with 18 M sulfuric acid to desired pH
levels utilizing a Corning Model 21 pH meter.
The misting applications were applied on an
average of every third day providing total sim-
ulated rainfall of between 123 and 175 mm
but within each specific experiment all test and
control plants received the same misting ex-
posure within the limits of timing the misting
applications. The total applications were de-

30 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

TaBLe 1. Effect of acid-rain applications on biomass of Xanthium strumarium.
Acid rain No. of Duration of

application (pH) applications Growth chamber conditions growth period! No. of plants Avg. g fresh wt
Control of 5.6 10 16/8 light/dark 37 days 15 14.42
Test of 4.5 10 16/8 light/dark 37 days 15 10.44**
Control of 5.6 9 16/8 light/dark 33 days 15 8.70
Test of 3.5 9 16/8 light/dark 33 days 15 6:51**
Control of 5.6 9 12/12 light/dark 29 days 15 11.18
Test of 2.5 9 12/12 light/dark 29 days 12 8.74**

‘Growth periods were staggered between tests due to different planting times.
** Difference between control and test significant at 0.1 level

signed to correspond closely with anticipated
natural rainfall in Warren County, Kentucky
during the months of June, July and August
(range 4.88-6.88 inches). Hoagland’s solution
was applied in equal amounts (ca. 50 ml)’ at
regular intervals to each plant during the course
of the growing period.

To insure consistency in measuring chloro-
phylls and to avoid possible chlorophyll dete-
rioration from floral induction (and subsequent
flower development) in the group of plants
grown under the longer dark cycle of 12 hr,
all 3 experiments were terminated at the same
time. Previous experience in our laboratory
had determined that actual floral bud devel-
opment would be initiated in the Texas pop-
ulation after 30 days of the 12-hr dark cycle.
All plants were cropped at the cotyledon level
for biomass measurements (g fresh wt.). Chlo-
rophyll determinations used 5-g composite
samples (in triplicate) from 3 plants in each
test and control. Chlorophyll extraction, anal-
ysis and calculations followed that outlined by
Abdulrahman and Winstead (13).

Six plants from the control set and group
treated with simulated acid rain of pH 3.5 were
analyzed for caloric content at the end of the
growth and test period. The leaves of each of
the plants after being air dried were ground
in a Wiley Mill and 1 g samples combusted in
a Parr bomb calorimeter to determine energy
levels.

RESULTS

Pronounced effects on both biomass and
chlorophyll levels were found in plants exposed
to simulated acid rain applications. Plants ex-
posed to simulated acid rains of pH 4.5, 3.5
and 2.5 had weight reductions of 27.6%, 25.2%
and 21.8%, respectively, when compared to
controls. Statistical analysis (Student’s t-test)

showed all the reductions highly significant at
the 0.1 level.

Chlorophyll determinations from represen-
tative plants of the experiments outlined in
Table 1 showed similar patterns of chlorophyll
reductions (Table 2). The pH treatments re-
sulted in reduction of chlorophyll in all 3 ex-
periments with statistically significant (at or
near the 0.05 level) differences in plants treat-
ed with simulated rainfall of pH 2.5 and 3.5.
Percentage decreases of chlorophylls under the
treatments of pH 4.5, 3.5 and 2.5 were 7.3, 8.7
and 8.7, respectively. The longer dark period
of 12 hr did not seem to alter chlorophyll levels.

TasLe 2. Effect of acid-rain treatments on chlorophyll
levels of Xanthium strumarium.

Values in mg/g dry wt

Experiment 1 (10 applications of simulated rain of pH 4.5
and control of pH 5.6)

pH 5.6 pH 45
Sample 1 22.74 20.84
Sample 2 20.93 19.03
Sample 3 18.95 18.16
Avg. 20.87 19.34"

Experiment 2 (9 applications of simulated rain of pH 3.5
and control of pH 5.6)

H 5.6 pH 3.5
Sample 1 17.19 16.46
Sample 2 17.06 15.18
Sample 3 17.62 15.79
Avg. 17.29 15.79*"

Experiment 3 (9 applications of simulated rain of pH 2.5
and control of pH 5.6)

pH 5.6 pH 2.5
Sample 1 18.95 17.00
Sample 2 17.76 16.21
Sample 3 17.26 16.06
Avg. 17.99 16.42*°

™ Difference between control and test not significantly different
* Difference between control and test significant at 0.024 level
*» Difference between control and test significant at 0.054 level

CocKLEBUR RESPONSE TO AciD RaiIN—Winstead and Strange 31

The reduction in chlorophyll found in the plants
exposed to pH 4.5 was not statistically signif-
icant from the control set. Caloric values of
leaves were highly variable and there was no
statistically significant difference seen when
comparing the pH 3.5 test with the control.
The control group had a range of 3.5 to 4.7
keal/g/dry wt. and the test plants were deter-
mined to have a range of 3.2 to 4.7 kcal/g/
dry wt., and no further caloric measurements
were made.

Discussion

The effects of simulated acid rain, at least
on this species being investigated, indicates the
potential for reduction of biomass by influ-
encing the photosynthetic process. Primary
productivity declines of 10% in natural eco-
systems have been previously suggested to be
the result of acidic precipitation (14) and in
this study consistent reductions of biomass ex-
ceeded 20% in the tests under 3 different ex-
perimental acidic rain exposures. Accentuated
differences between the control and experi-
mental might be expected since the growth
conditions were controlled providing the best
possible habitat. In natural systems, maximum
potential biomass production may be some-
what reduced due to the fluctuations of lim-
iting factors as water, temperature and light
quality. The demonstrated reduction in chlo-
rophyll levels under the 2 more acidic treat-
ments indicates a possible mechanism of low-
ered carbon fixation and indicates the need for
further research to determine the actual phys-
iological effects of acidic moisture on leaf tis-
sue. Reductions in cuticular deposits on leaf
surfaces by acidic solutions could result in de-
creased chlorophyll production in nature since
high light intensity will interfere with chlo-
rophyll synthesis. Cytological investigations will
be required to determine the actual mecha-
nism(s) involved in reduction of photosyn-
thetic pigments.

The lack of statistically significant reduc-
tions in caloric values of leaves was not un-
expected since plant leaf material is comprised
mostly of carbohydrate. The significant re-
ductions in total biomass (if mostly carbohy-
drate) would not show a caloric difference on
a per-gram basis but a 20% reduction of total
leaf biomass obviously would contribute to a
significant reduction in total energy available

¢

when considering net productivity in a pop-
ulation of primary producers.

There has been significant public discussion
about the effects of acidic deposition (both dry
and wet) on biota in the eastern United States.
Most of the Commonwealth of Kentucky now
shows an annual average rainfall of pH of 4.2
or less (6). Power generating utilities and pub-
lic officials have made numerous calls for more
research prior to legislative controls on an-
thropogenic activities that contribute to re-
ductions in the pH of precipitation. It is hoped
that the current study provides a contribution
that documents a measure of the potential
damage to biomass production resulting from
exposure to precipitation acidic below the
norm.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Kozlowski, T. T. 1980. Impacts of air pollution on
forest ecosystems. Bioscience 30:88-93.

2. Bach, W. 1985. Forest dieback; extent of damages
and control strategies. Experientia 41:1095-1104.

3. Abelson, P. H. 1985. Air pollution and acid rain.
Science 230:617.

4. Galloway, J. N., Z. Dianwu, X. Jiling, and G. E.
Likens. 1987. Acid rain: China, United States, and a
remote area. Science 236:1559-1562.

5. Likens, G. 1975. Acidity in rainwater: has an ex-
planation been given? Science 188:957-958.

6. Kupchella, C. E. and M. C. Hyland. 1986. Envi-
ronmental science. Allyn and Bacon, Newton, Massachu-
setts.

7. Schofield, C. L. 1976. Acid precipitation: effects on
fish. Ambio 5:228-230.

8. Tamm, C. 1976. Acid precipitation: biological ef-
fects in soil and forest vegetation. Ambio 5:235-238.

9. Knabe, W. 1976. Effects of sulfur dioxide on ter-
restrial vegetation. Ambio 5:213-218.

10. Wood, T. and F..H. Bormann. 1974. The effects
of an artificial acid mist upon the growth of Betula alle-
ghaniensis Britt. Env. Pollut. 6:259-267.

1l. Evans, L. S., N. F. Gmur, and F. Delosta. 1977.
Leaf surface and histological perturbations of leaves of
Phaseolus vulgaris and Helianthus annuus after exposure
to simulated acid rain. Amer. J. Bot. 64:903-913.

12. Evans, L. S$. and T. M. Curry. 1979. Differential
responses of plant foliage to simulated acid rain. Amer. J.
Bot. 66:953-962.

13. Abdulraham, F. S. and J. E. Winstead. 1977. Chlo-
rophyll levels and leaf ultrastructure as ecotypic characters
in Xanthium strumarium L. Amer. J. Bot. 64:1177-1181.

14. Whittaker, R. H., F. H. Bormann, G. E. Likens, and
T. G. Siccama. 1974. The Hubbard Brook ecosystem
study: forest biomass and production. Ecol. Monog. 44:
233-254.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 32-34

Isolation and Identification of Non-Salmonella
Bacteria from Egg and Milk Products Screened for
Salmonella spp.

Bossy L. BOwLEs, MARTIN R. Houston,
AND Larry P. ELLIOTT

Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

AND

ALAN R. COATES

Country Oven Bakery, Bowling Green, Kentucky 42101

ABSTRACT

Egg and milk products (26 egg and 6 milk) from various food processing companies were routinely
screened for Salmonella spp. by FDA-recommended procedures. All 32 samples were determined to be
negative for Salmonella but contained gram-negative, non-Salmonella bacteria which produced typical
Salmonella reactions on selective differential agars. These bacteria were isolated and identified by morpho-
logical and biochemical characteristics as Enterobacter cloacae, Citrobacter diversus-livenea (C. koseri) and

Klebsiella pneumoniae.

INTRODUCTION

Food substances provide environments which
are rich in nutrients and under proper con-
ditions are suitable for microbial growth (1, 2).
Consequently, food substances contaminated
with pathogenic microorganisms are a serious
concern for disease control and prevention (3,
4). In view of the federal regulations prohib-
iting the occurrence of pathogenic organisms
such as Salmonella in foods, the isolation of
these organisms presents a difficult problem for
the food scientist, since a high ratio of other
bacteria compared to Salmonella spp. exists
(5, 6). The Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) has developed protocols for isolating
and identifying Salmonella spp. These meth-
ods generally include a pre-enrichment step
that provides damaged organisms the oppor-
tunity to repair physiological lesions and a se-
lective enrichment step that allows the Sal-
monella spp. to achieve numbers comparable
to closely related non-pathogenic bacteria. Se-
lective differential agars are used to determine
biochemical and colony-form characteristics of
Salmonella (5).

In this laboratory, egg and milk samples rou-
tinely tested for Salmonella were found to con-
tain gram-negative, non-Salmonella bacteria
which produced typical Salmonella reactions

on media recommended by the FDA. Em-
ploying biochemical and morphological tests,
the characteristics and subsequent identifica-
tion of these bacteria were determined.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Materials.—Media employed for pre-en-
richment, selective enrichment, selective plat-
ing and biochemical screening were purchased
from DIFCO Laboratories (Detroit, MI). The
API 20 Enterobacteriaceae Identification Sys-
tem (API 20E: Analytab Products, Plainview,
NY) was employed for identification of the
isolates.

Samples.—A total of 32 samples (26 egg and
6 milk) obtained by the Country Oven Bakery
(Bowling Green, KY) from various food pro-
cessing companies was employed in this in-
vestigation. The samples were screened for
Salmonella spp. according to FDA-approved
procedures (5).

Media and Biochemical Tests.—Lactose
broth was used for pre-enrichment, and tetra-
thionate and selenite broths were used for se-
lective enrichment. Bismuth sulfite (BS), hek-
toen enteric (HE) and _ xylose lysine
desoxycholate (XLD) agars were used for se-
lective plating. Triple sugar iron (TSI) and ly-
sine iron (LIA) agars were used for biochem-

NON-SALMONELLA FROM EGG AND MILK Propucts—Bowles et al. 33

TaBLE l. Bacteriological screening of food products for typical Salmonella reaction on selective differential media.
Typical reactions
Number of Z
Food products samples Bs! HE? XLD* TSI4 LIAS

Dried whole eggs 11 4 0 0 0 0
Egg white 1 1 0 0 0 0
Whole eggs 1 1 0 0 0 0
Fortified whole eggs 1 1 0 0 0 0
Frozen eggs 5 2 0 0 1 0)
Dried egg whites 5 1 0 0 1 0
Egg white solids 2 0 0 0 NA NA
Dairy whey 2 1 0 0 0 0
Sweet dairy whey 1 0 0 0 NA® NA
Non-fat dried milk 3 1 0 0 0 0

! Bismuth sulfite

? Hektoen enteric

* Xylose lysine desoxycholate.

* Triple sugar iron

5 Lysine iron agar

© Not applicable; screening of sample ended with negative growth or no growth on BS, HE and XLD

ical screening. Samples were then evaluated as
either negative or typical on BS, HE, XLD,
TSI or LIA media.

Isolation and Identification of Non-Sal-
monella Species. —Typical salmonella-like
colonies from selective differential media were
transferred to the medium upon which the
positive reaction was produced to reproduce
the original results. The resulting growth was
streaked for isolation on nutrient agar (NA)
plates and incubated at 37°C for 24 + 2 hr.
These isolates were identified by their cellular
morphology, gram reaction, and biochemical
characteristics using the API 20E system.

RESULTS

The 32 egg and milk samples were negative
for Salmonella organisms. Typical Salmonella
reactions were produced by non-Salmonella
bacteria in 12 of the 32 samples (Table 1). Egg
products (10 samples) were found to contain
83.3% of the non-Salmonella bacteria isolated
and identified compared to the milk products
tested; 38.5% of the egg samples contained bac-
teria which expressed Salmonella-like charac-
teristics when cultured on bismuth sulfite agar.
No apparent differences in the occurrence of
non-salmonella bacteria were found in the food
products obtained from the different compa-
nies.

All typical Salmonella reactions were ob-
served on BS agar. The selective enrichment
broths tetrathionate and selenite did not inhibit
the growth of these non-Salmonella organisms.
Seven of the 12 typical reactions were attrib-

uted to bacteria subcultured from selenite broth
to BS agar, and 5 were subcultured from tetra-
thionate broth to BS agar plates.

Bacterial cultures exhibiting typical Sal-
monella reactions were identified as Entero-
bacter cloacae, Citrobacter diversus-levinea
(C. koseri) (7), and Klebsiella pneumoniae
(Table 2). Of the 12 samples producing typical
Salmonella reactions, 92% were identified as
E. cloacae.

DISCUSSION

The results of this investigation indicate that
during various phases of processing, egg and
milk products receive and/or retain gram-neg-
ative, non-Salmonella bacteria which produce
typical reactions on selective differential me-
dia during routine screening for Salmonella
organisms. These findings are significant in that
typical Salmonella reactions by non-Salmo-
nella organisms in various food products can
increase the time required for screening. If the
same types of egg and milk products from all
commercial food suppliers harbor a similar
percentage (37.5%) of bacteria capable of elic-
iting a false-positive Salmonella reaction on BS
agar, a significant waste of analytical time and
supplies becomes a reasonable assumption.
Furthermore, analysis of large numbers of food
samples or samples requiring rapid-screening
results can become cumbersome and difficult
for food scientists.

According to Sinell (8), microbial popula-
tions found in food products are dependent
upon the product composition and environ-

34 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

TABLE 2. Identification of non-Salmonella bacteria in egg and milk food products screened for Salmonella.
API 20E System
Sample number Food product Reference number Identification
2 Dried whole eggs 3 105 773 Enterobacter cloacae
3 Dried whole eggs 3 105 773 Enterobacter cloacae
7 Egg whites 3 144 733 Citrobacter diversus-levinea*
8 Dried whites 3 105 773 Enterobacter cloacae
9 Whole eggs 3 105 573 Enterobacter cloacae
10 Fortified whole eggs 3 105 573 Enterobacter cloacae
1] Frozen eggs 3 105 773 Enterobacter cloacae
13 Frozen eggs 3 105 773 Enterobacter cloacae
22 Dried whole eggs 3 305 573 Enterobacter cloacae
24 Dried whole eggs 3 305 773 Enterobacter cloacae
29 Non-fat dried milk 3 305 573 Enterobacter cloacae
82 Dairy whey 5 215 773 Klebsiella pneumoniae

* Currently recognized as C. koseri in Bergey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology

mental conditions. Tetrathionate and selenite
broths as selective enrichment media are effi-
cient in growth enhancement of Salmonella.
The results of this investigation indicate that
these broths do not sufficiently inhibit non-
Salmonella bacteria in the mixed microbial
populations of the food products tested. Rhodes
et al. (9) investigated the effect of incubation
temperature on the growth kinetics and of se-
lective enrichment broths for Salmonella en-
richment. The selectivity of tetrathionate, sel-
enite and Muller-Kauffman tetrathionate broths
was increased at elevated temperatures (42°C).
In recent years, many rapid microbial tests for
Salmonella detection have been developed;
however, the conventional method having FDA
approval, used in this study, is widely em-
ployed. To decrease the time required for Sal-
monella detection (4-7 days) in the presence
of bacteria such as those isolated in this study,
the modification of existing tests (2) or devel-
opment of more sensitive techniques (1, 10, 11,
12, 13) would be economically advantageous
for food processing laboratories.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Ibrahim, G. F., M. J. Lyons, R. A. Walker, and G.
H. Fleet. 1986. Rapid detection of Salmonella in foods
using immunoassay systems. J. Food Prot. 49:92-98.

2. Walker, A. P. 1981. A note on the inhibition of
Pseudomonas aeruginosa by a modification of brilliant
green agar for improved Salmonella isolation. J. Appl.
Bacteriol. 51:405-408.

3. Anonymous. 1986. Food and Drug Administration,
Department of Health and Human Services. Code of Fed-
eral Regulations No. 21, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C.

4, Anonymous. 1986. Animal and plant health and
inspection service, Department of Agriculture. Code of
Federal Regulations No. 9, U.S. Government Printing Of-
fice, Washington, D.C.

5. Andrews, W. H., P. L. Poelma, and C. R. Wilson.
1984. Isolation and identification of Salmonella species.
Pp. 7.01-7.18. In Bacteriological analytical manual, 6th
ed. Association of Analytical Chemists, Arlington, Virginia.

6. Silliker, J. H. and D. A. Gabis. 1973. ICMSF meth-
ods studies. I. Comparison of analytical schemes for de-
tection of Salmonella in dried foods. Can. J. Microbiol.
19:475-479.

7. Krieg, N. R. (ed.) 1984. Bergey’s manual of sys-
tematic bacteriology, Vol. 1. Williams & Wilkins, Balti-
more.

8. Sinell, H. J. 1980. Interacting factors affecting mixed
populations. Pp. 215-221. In Ed. committee, Microbial
ecology of foods, Vol. 1. Factors affecting life and death
of microorganisms, ICMSF. Academic Press, New York.

9. Rhodes, P., L. B. Quesnel, and P. Collard. 1985.
Growth kinetics of mixed culture in Salmonella enrich-
ment media. J. Appl. Bacteriol. 59:231-237.

10. Cerqueira-Campos, M., P. IL. Peterkin, and A. N.
Sharpe. 1986. Improved immunological membrane filter
method for detection of food-borne Salmonella strains.
Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 52:124-127.

ll. Ibrahim, G. F. 1986. A review of immunoassays
and their application to Salmonellae detection in foods. J.
Food Prot. 49:299-310.

12, LaRoche, R. N., V. Desai, B. Friedman, and B.
Swaminathan. 1981. Field evaluation of the membrane
filter-dise immuno-immobilization technique in the de-
tection of Salmonella in egg products. Poultry Sci. 60:
2265-2269.

13. Richter, E. R. andG. J. Banwart. 1982. Evaluation
of an x-ray microprobe technique as a possible aid to detect
salmonellae. Can. J. Microbiol. 28:650-653.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 35-36

A Counterexample in Difference Ring Ideal Theory

CHARLES H. FRANKE

Department of Mathematics, Statistics, and Computer Science,
Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

An example is given of a principal, prime, difference ideal which has no m-basis.

INTRODUCTION

The notation and terminology are as in (1,
pp. 82-94). In particular, if R is a difference
ring then R{x} is the difference ring generated
by R and x, and if F is a difference field then
F(x) is the difference field generated by F and
x. If S is a subset of the difference ring R then
[S] is the difference ideal generated by S and
{S} is the perfect difference ideal generated
by S. If T is a subset of R then T’ is the set of
all elements products of powers of transforms
of which are in T. If we define T(0) = T and
T(n) =[T(n — 1)]' then {T} is the union of the
ascending chain T(n). A basis for a set S in a
difference ring R is a finite subset T of S such
that {T} = {S}. T is an m-basis for $ if T(m) =
{S}.

The purpose of this paper is to exhibit a
perfect difference ideal which has a basis but
does not have an m-basis. This answers a ques-
tion posed in (1, p. 94). It is shown that in this
example the ring R is not a Ritt difference ring,
i.e., R does not satisfy the ascending chain con-
dition on perfect difference ideals. Therefore,
it is still possible that every ideal in a Ritt
difference ring has an m-basis.

RESULTS

Assume that C is a difference field with the
identity transform. Define sequences x"), R"’,
and F\ as follows. Choose x° and x,” alge-
braically independent over C with x,'? = x.
Define R° = C{x}, and F® = C(x). For
i > 0, choose x“ transcendental over F’~) and
define x‘) = (x®-) + x,"—-)/x®, Define RY =
RO-Y {xO} FO = FO-Y (x) and RB as the union
of the R". Since each x") satisfies the difference
equation y. = y, each element of R satisfies
that equation. Therefore, R\ is the ring ob-
tained from C by the oridinary algebraic ring
adjunction of the x" and x," for 0 <j Si.
We note further that R“ is a subring of the

35

quotient ring of R°~) [x] with respect to the
powers of x",

We show that the ideal {x‘°} has no m-basis.
It is clearly sufficient to show that some basis
is not an m-basis. Define S$ = [x] and S°+) =
[S®’]. (The notation here differs from that in
(1).) Define T” = [x®, ..., x]. The proof is
completed by showing by induction that S‘?
T”. This is true by definition, for i = 0.

If j > Oand S6-) = T5- then x!—) € §0-1).
Therefore, xx, € S0-), x9 € $0 and TW s
S“). The proof of the converse inclusion uses a
representation of the elements of R in a ca-
nonical form.

Define R = C[X, Y"] to be the polynomial
ring over C in a double sequence of algebra-
ically independent elements. Define R* to be
the set of all Q € R with the following property.
If i > 0 and M is a monomial of Q then M
does not contain both X" and Y. Ifa €R, Q€
R* and a = Q(x", x,")) then Q is called a
canonical expression of a. By repeated use of
the relations x‘?x,") = (x°~) + x,"")), one may
obtain a canonical expression for each element
of R. Since x"? is transcendental over F"~!), it
is easy to see that the expression is unique.

If S° ¢ T° then S°~!" ¢ T" so there is an a
¢ T” with a € SS). Thus there are integers
pand q so that a?a,? € S'~"). Choose the largest
integer t with X“Y or Y. appearing effectively
in the canonical expression of a. Consider the
mapping o of R' into F'” defined by

o(x) = o(x,) = O if i < j,

a(x) = x9, a(x) = 0,

a(x) = x) g(x, ) = [x"-) + a(x®—))]
4 ON) Ae Se

We show that o is an algebraic specialization
of R“ by proving that the restriction of o to
R® is a specialization of R“ for 0 <i St. This
is clear for i = O. If it is true for i — 1 then,

36 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

since x“) is transcendental over F°~!), o induces
a specialization of I = R°~) [x].

For i < j, to extend o from I to R° it is
sufficient to show that if P € C[X“), Y“], 0 <
k < i, and P(x), y)) = 0 then P vanishes
when each x‘) and y‘*) is replaced by zero. If
this were not the case, then some such P would
have a non-zero constant term and {x‘°)} would
contain an element of C and be equal to R.

For i = j, since o can be extended uniquely
to the quotient ring of I with respect to the
powers of x", « can be extended to its subring
R(i).

Since o(a*)o(a,") = 0, and the range of a is
contained in F(t), either o(a) = 0 or o(a,) = 0.
Since (aPa,"),; = a%a,P is also in S°~) and not
in T(j), we can assume o(a?) = 0. Assume that
Q is the canonical expression for a. Define Q
to be the polynomial obtained from Q by sub-
stituting 0 for each X“, y <i <j, and each
YOUS a < j. From Q(x", x,)) = a we obtain
Qi, o(x)] = o(a) = 0. Next we see that Q
is Rau aaity Zero.

If Q is written as a polynomial in X“ and
Y we obtain a relation 0 = DY A(x),
o(x,)x(0k +- BYH(x, o(x))(xt-) +.
x," )k(x-k). Since x" is transcendental over
F-), each coefficient vanishes and Q(x",
o(x,"-)), X®, YY) = 0, Each A® and B® can
be written as polynomials in X"~) and Y"~”.
Continuing in this way, we conclude that Q is
identically zero, Q € C[X, Y,..., XY, YJ
and a € T). This ance the proof.

We show that R is not a Ritt difference ring
in the case where C is the complex numbers

with the identity transform. The necessary
modifications of the proof for other cases are
discussed at the end.

Define S = C(j) where j is transcendental
over C and j, = —j.

For each n = 0 define 0 from R to S as
follows: 0™(c) = e for c € C, if k < n then
A) (x) = A(x) = 27] where p = 1 — (44),
and q = 2"), aM(x™) = —AaM(x) = 25]
where r = (2" — 1)/2", if k > n then 0'™(x) =
A(x) = 0),

0) preserves each relation x‘+!x,
x,‘") + x") since both sides are mapped to zero
when k =n and both sides are mapped to
2(2°j2) where p = (2§ — 1)/2* and q = 2"~-*-))
when k <n. Therefore 0 extends to a dif-
ference homomorphism from R to S and
ker(™) isa Dene reflexive difference ideal in
R. Define a(n) = A ker(0). Clearly a is an

j=n
increasing sequence of perfect difference ide-
als. Further, x,‘ — x‘ is in the kernel of a‘)
for k # n. Therefore x,‘") — x'" is in a(n + 1)
but not in a(n), and the chain is strictly as-
cending.

(k+1) —

The complex numbers were used in the proof
as a matter of convenience. Since ker(d\)) =
[x = x(9) x,™ + x(n), all and
a(n) = [x, eat x9). Aiea x) — xin) a sim-
ilar proof can be constructed for arbitrary C.

xn

LITERATURE CITED

1. Cohn, R. M.
New York.

1965. Difference algebra. Interscience,

Further distribution of Mustela nivalis in Kentucky—
Six least weasel skulls (Mustela nivalis) were recovered
from barn owl pellets collected in February 1983 at 2 sites
in Madison County, Kentucky. Five skulls were contained
in pellets collected from the attic of a home in Richmond,
Kentucky, approximately 1.5 km from the northern city
limits. The area north of the city consisted of rolling pas-
ture and farmland. The remaining skull was collected in
barn-owl pellet debris from a tree cavity, located on a
small farm at the southeast corner of Richmond, 150 m
from the intersection of SR 25 and SR 876. This area was
characterized by rolling pastureland and was surrounded
by shopping centers to the south and east and residential!
areas to the north and west.

The pellets and pellet debris were soaked in a sodium
hydroxide solution (Schueler, Bird Banding 43:142, 1972)
to dissolve the hair and isolate the crania for easier iden-
tification. The length of the skulls ranged from 29 to 31
mm and the widths from 13 to 14 mm. The skulls exhibited
complete sets of adult teeth.

The occurrence of least weasels in the diets of barn owls
has been documented in Ohio by Phillips (Auk 68:239-
241, 1951) and Takacs and McLean (Ohio J. Sci. 82:5,
1982). The range of Mustela nivalis includes southern
Ohio (Hall, Mammals of North America, Wiley and Sons,
2nd ed., Vol. II, 1981), western Virginia (Handley, J. Mam-
mal. 30:431, 1949) and eastern Tennessee (Tuttle, J. Mam-
mal. 49:133, 1968). There have been 2 published reports
of the least weasel in Kentucky, one from Letcher County
(Davis and Barbour, Trans. Ky. Acad. of Sci. 40:111, 1979)
and another from Woodford County (Prather, Trans. Ky.
Acad. of Sci. 45:76, 1984). In each of these cases single
specimens were reported. The discovery of 6 skulls in
Madison County provides evidence that this species has a
wider range than previously recorded and suggests that a
sizeable population may exist in central Kentucky.

I would like to thank Robert J. [zor (Collection Manager,
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois) for
confirming the identification of the M. nivalis skulls. Thanks
are also due Dr. Gary Ritchison for his assistance. —Peter
G. David, South Florida Water Management District, West
Palm Beach, Florida 33402.

Leaf fall as an ecotypic character of Acer negundo
populations from Ohio and Mississippi—The existence
of genotypically different populations, or ecotypes, in species
of plants and animals is widely known and understood to
show strategies of survival and compatibility with habitat
variables in species that have natural distribution over a
diversity of habitats. Although one might expect differing
lengths of total growth periods in populations of plants
from shorter growing seasons compared to populations
from longer growth period habitats to be manifested in
patterns of fall coloration and subsequent leaf fall, espe-

37

cially in deciduous woody plants, there is apparently little
documentation of ecotypic patterns being expressed in
such a manner. An exception is the study of Liquidambar
styraciflua L. by McMillan and Winstead (Bot. Gaz. 137:
361-367, 1976). In that study, populations from more
northern habitats (and shorter growing seasons) showed
earlier leaf fall when geographically diverse populations
were compared under uniform laboratory conditions. Pre-
vious work on the widespread deciduous tree Acer ne-
gundo L. (boxelder) showed populational differentiation
expressed in chlorophyll levels (Greco, Winstead and To-
man, Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 43:144-146, 1980), seed
germination (Williams and Winstead, Trans. Kentucky
Acad. Sci. 34:33-36, 1972), wood fiber length (Winstead,
Amer. J. Bot. 65:811-812, 1978), and the possibility of
populational differences of seed size on a latitudinal gra-
dient in boxelder was presented by Williams and Winstead
(Castanea, 37:125-130, 1972).

Boxelder seed collections were obtained from Athens,
Ohio and Greenville, Mississippi and stratified in moist
sand at 4°C for 20 weeks prior to placement in a growth
chamber regulated with a 16-hr day length (ca. 6,000 lux)
and alternating 12-hr temperature cycles of 32/24°C with
the higher temperature programmed to fit in the middle
of the 16-hr light period. Maximum germination of the 2
populations was reached in 20 days, and 10 seedlings of
the Ohio population and 11 plants from the Greenville,
Mississippi site were potted individually in 10- x 10-cm
plastic containers in a commercial potting soil and main-
tained in the growth chamber under the above stated
conditions for 136 days. At the end of that period the
chamber’s temperature program was reduced to alternat-
ing 12-hr cycles of 27/16°C, again with the higher tem-
perature centered within the 16-hr light period. After 18
days the temperature program was lowered to a cooler
regime of 18/10°C (and the light-dark periods changed to
equal 12-hr cycles) to simulate fall and early winter con-
ditions. Seedlings were watered periodically and observed
every 2-3 days for evidence of leaf senescence and the
corresponding abcission. The time of complete defoliation
(in absence of any significant wind current in the growth
chamber) was recorded for each individual.

From the initiation of the 18/10°C temperature pro-
gram 9 of the 10 seedlings from Athens, Ohio lost all leaves
between the 34th and 36th day while 40 days elapsed
before the first individual of the Greenville, Mississippi
population was observed to be completely defoliated. After
44 days | additional plant of the more southern population
lost its leaves, which coincided with the complete leaf
dropping of the last individual from the Ohio population.
Seven of the remaining 9 seedlings from Mississippi showed
complete leaf fall between 49 and 60 days after the colder
temperature programs were started. Daily checks were
made on the last 2 plants and 1 defoliated after 66 days
and the last plant in this test completed leaf fall 72 days
from the start of the observation period. The comparisons

38 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

of these 2 widely separated populations showed that 90%
of the Ohio site progeny were completely defoliated by
36 days of treatment to cool day and cold night temper-
atures while 81% of the Mississippi population maintained
leaves up to 49 days under the same condition. Color
changes of leaves were gradual in all individual plants to
a light yellow a few days prior to the compound leaves
being lost from the stem.

These phenological differences being expressed by dif-
ferent genotypes of the same species are indications of the
physiological processes that are selected for in populations
that must survive in habitats of a shorter growing season.
Earlier cessation of growth and the biochemical changes
leading to winter dormancy and hardiness would be ex-
pected to enhance the survival of more northern popu-
lations. In the absence of shorter growing seasons and
earlier exposure to fall or winter conditions early leaf ab-
scission and fall would have little adaptive or selective
value in populations from the Mississippi River Valley as
typified by the Greenville, Mississippi progeny used in this
test.

A practical value is suggested by these findings if the
search for similar patterns were to be expanded to include
hardwood species that show foliage coloration characters
of horticultural and landscaping use. Although boxelder
has little commercial value (except for potential paper
pulp and, of course, its as yet unknown niche or functional
role in natural ecosystems) the patterns indicated in this
simple study would seem to hold promise in landscaping
public areas with genotypes from different areas that would
survive in a selected habitat. It might be possible by ju-
dicious selection to arrange plantings of trees to expand
the fall coloration and leaf dropping time and enhance
the aesthetics of commercial, public or private park type
areas. A contrary approach could also be made to reduce
the labor involvement in gathering and disposal of leaves
by selecting genotypes of several species that would show
synchronized leaf fall making it possible to only contend
with leaf disposal in a short span of time. Landscape ar-
chitects and horticulturists might well profit from an ex-
amination of the evolutionary patterns inherent in eco-
types of endemic species.—Joe E. Winstead, Department
of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
Kentucky 42101, and Anthony M. Greeo, Department of
Marine Science, University of South Florida, St. Peters-
burg, Florida 33701.

A Life-form Spectrum for Ohio—This paper presents
a life-form analysis of the native spermatophytes of Ohio.
The life-form classification we use is that of Raunkiaer
(The Life Forms of Plants and Statistical Geography, Clar-
endon Press, Oxford, 1934), based on the position of the
perennating buds or meristems relative to the surface of
the substrate. A summary of Raunkiaer’s classification and
of the use of life-form data in phytoclimatic studies is
given in Gibson (Amer. Midl. Naturalist 66:1-60, 1952),

TaBLE 1. The Normal Spectrum, the Ohio spectrum, and
available spectra for other central states.

Ph Ch H Cr Th
Normal Spectrum 46.0 9.0 260 60 13.0
Ohio Tons) GG “oO! 4 20:6) a lid
Michigan AD ae Ot Oommen 9.2
Kentucky 176 14 526 166 118
Indiana lo3 17 50:3. 1916) 13/0
Illinois 15:5) 16) S021 OSs 229)
Iowa 1448 10 486 209 142
Minnesota 13.0 30 49.0 220 13.0

McDonald (Amer. Midl. Naturalist 18:687-733, 1937), and
Thieret (Michigan Bot. 16:27-33, 1977) and need not be
repeated in full here.

Raunkiaer recognizes 5 principal life-form classes. In
order of increasing protection of the buds, these are: Class
I. Phanerophytes (Ph): meristems 25 cm or more above
the soil surface; almost all are trees and shrubs. Especially
characteristic of humid tropical forests, phanerophytes de-
crease with increase in latitude. Class Il. Chamaephytes
(Ch): meristems above the soil surface but lower than 25
cm. The Ch percentage in a flora tends to increase with
increasing latitude or elevation. This class is especially
characteristic of arctic and alpine areas. Class III. Hemi-
cryptophytes (H): buds in the surface layer of the soil. This
class tends to be dominant in temperate floras, and often
constitutes half or more of the flora in grasslands and
deciduous forests. Class IV. Cryptophytes (Cr): buds be-
neath the surface of the soil, in water, or in the substratum
under the water. Cryptophytes appear not to be the dom-
inant life-form of any particular area. Class V. Thero-
phytes (Th): annual plants, which perennate by seeds. They
are especially abundant in desert floras and in weedy com-
munities developing after native vegetation is disturbed.

As a standard of comparison with spectra of various
regions, Raunkiaer developed the “Normal Spectrum.” He
determined the life-form for each of 1,000 species ran-
domly selected from the world’s flora. Every regional spec-
trum will have, he asserted, 1 class (excluding crypto-
phytes) whose percentage is notably higher than that of
the Normal. This class can be taken as an indicator of what
he called the “phytoclimate” of the region.

Ohio has ca. 1,730 species of native seed plants (Weis-
haupt, Vascular Plants of Ohio, 3rd ed., Kendall/Hunt,
Dubuque, Iowa, 1971; T. Cooperrider and A. Cusick, pers,
comm.). For each of these we determined the life-form
through field, herbarium, and literature studies. Results
are shown in Table 1, where the life-spectrum of Ohio is
contrasted with the Normal Spectrum and with available
spectra of other central states (see Thieret, Michigan Bot.
16:27-33, 1977).

The Ohio spectrum indicates that the state’s phytocli-
mate is hemicryptophytic. The H percentage is about dou-
ble that of the Normal.

According to Raunkiaer, the life-form values that would

NOTES 39

be expected to show correlation with latitude are Ph, Ch,
and Th. Our data for Ohio are mostly in line with Raun-
kiaer. Ohio Ph is greater than that of Michigan and less
than that of Kentucky. Ohio Ch is intermediate between
Michigan and Kentucky. Finally, Ohio Th is larger than
that of Michigan; it is larger, also, than that of Kentucky,
perhaps because a greater percentage of land in Ohio is
under cultivation.

Life-form spectra have usually been compared along
north-south gradients, Michigan vs. Kentucky, for exam-
ple. But, with our Ohio spectrum, we can now compare
2 regions along an east-west line but separated by about
800 miles and in different biomes. Ohio lies in eastern
deciduous forest; Iowa, largely in grassland. The 2 areas,
however, have rather similar spectra. Remember that life-
form data refer to species in a flora, rare species having
just as much influence on a spectrum as do common or
abundant ones. Such spectra are not meant to reflect dif-
ferences in vegetation between 2 regions.

Comparison of Ohio's spectrum with that of Iowa shows,
from the former to the latter, a decrease in Ph, a decrease
in Ch, a decrease in H, and an increase in Th. Before we
attempt some explanation of these differences, let us issue
a disclaimer. The presence of small differences between
spectra is a little understood—and little investigated—
subject. We simply do not know what magnitude a dif-
ference must be to constitute an interpretable difference.
Perhaps future students of life-forms will establish guide-
lines on this subject.

The slight decrease in Ph in Iowa doubtlessly reflects
the less rich tree flora in that state, A quick check indicates
that Iowa lacks at least 45 tree species found in Ohio,
Indiana, and Illinois. We emphasize that the difference
between forested areas and grasslands is not necessarily in
the Ph percentage in the floras but in the dominance of
trees in one and of grasses and forbs in the other. The
decrease in Ch from Ohio to Iowa is attributable primarily
to the scarcity in Iowa of Ericaceae and Pyrolaceae. The
differences in H and Th between Ohio and Iowa are simply
not explainable by us. In various spectra, one can see both
small increases and small decreases in H and Th from
forested areas to grasslands. Again, what is the significance
of these differences? More study is required.

Lastly, it is clear that all of the life-form spectra pre-
sented here are dominated by H. Why sucha large number
of species with this life-form is present is open to hypothesis
formulation and testing. Hemicryptophytes may be fa-
vored in environments with marked seasonality, The mer-
istems in the soil surface may also be protected from ex-
treme physical environment factors or grazers. Thermal
advantages may also accrue in the soil surface because this
is the microenvironment where solar radiation is most di-
rectly absorbed.—James O. Luken and John W. Thieret,
Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky
University, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 40-44

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

THE SEVENTY-THIRD ANNUAL BUSINESS MEETING
OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Garrett Conference Center Auditorium
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky

6-7 November 1987

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING

The meeting was called to order at 0920, 7 November
in the Garrett Conference Center Auditorium at Western
Kentucky University. There were approximately 110
members in attendance.

In order to allow for the election and announcement of
the new officers prior to the end of the business meeting,
Dr. Elliott moved that the elections be held at this time.
The motion passed. The nominating Committee presented
the following slate of nominees:

Vice President

Debra Pearce Douglas Dahlman

Secretary
Virginia Eaton Varley Wiedeman
Treasurer

Charles Hendrickson Paul Freytag

Board of Directors

Karan Kaul
William S. Davis

Valgene Dunham
Blaine Early

There being no nominations from the floor, a motion
was made and passed to close nominations. The members
then voted by secret ballots which were collected by the
Nomination Committee for tabulation. The meeting then
proceeded with the normal order of business.

The Secretary's report was made by Dr. Creek. Due to
the delayed publication of Vol. 47(1-2) of the Transac-
tions, it was necessary to approve the minutes of the 1985
annual business meeting. Following a motion by Secretary
Creek and a second from the floor, the minutes of the 1985
annual business meeeting at Morehead University, as re-
corded in the Transactions, Vol. 47(1-2), were approved.

Following a motion by Secretary Creek and a second
from the floor, the minutes of the 1986 annual business
meeting at Lexington, Kentucky, as recorded in the Trans-
actions Vol. 48(1-2) were approved. Dr. Creek reported
that the 1988 dues must be paid by 1 February 1988 in
order to receive Vol. 49(1-2) of the Transactions.

In the absence of Dr. Taylor, the following Treasurer's
report was presented by Dr. Giesmann.

40

TREASURER 'S REPORT

Executive Committee
Kentucky Academy of Science
6 November 1987

Cash, November 4, 1986_..... $27,074.00

Receipts
SSMA ......... $ 2,400.00
Membership . 8,214.00
Library Subscriptions .... 3,844.90

Institutional Affiliations 6,100.00
Page Charges, Reprints 8,721.22
Griffith Fund... 175.00
Miscellaneous... 425.00

$24,880.12
Total cash and receipts esses

Disbursements
$ 6217.95
560.11
50.00
Postmaster. 600.92
WKB rintin 2 2s ese 4,274.36

Allen Press,
Viole Sh Nomlep ons 3,592.50

$ 9,295.84
Balance

Total cash and receipts 1987.
Total disbursements ...

Kentucky Academy of Science Foundation
KAS Endowment Fund Fall 1986................
Additional contributions..

Interest

KSA Botany Fund
Residual from 1986...
Interest 1987...
Gran tsi 98sec ne are ee

Total monies remaining

$51,954.12

$51,954.12
9,295.84

$42,658.28

$ 1,040.00
120.00
69.60

$ 1,229.60

$ 1,503.30
841.64

1,608.76

$ 736.18

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 41

Athey Memorial Fund

Residualttrorm! V986.cs ee $ 6,226.70
Interest 1987................. 4,575.42
Grants for 1987........... 11,500.00

Note: The Athey Fund is not overdrawn. The cash value
of the fund is $68,592.24 on an initial investment of
$50,000.00 leaving a net gain of $18,592.24 as of Septem-
ber 1987 since January 1985. The interest reported in other
financial reports is only current interest. The message is
that we have depleted our reserve to some extent.

Dr. Giesmann reported that the annual audit would be
done in December and presented to the Executive Com-
mittee in January and to the members in the Spring News-
letter. A motion was made and passed to accept the report.

ComMITTEE REPORTS

A. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. Dr. Branson made the
report.

The last 2 years of this editorship have been rocky ones,
and frustrating in the extreme. However, during 1987 we
have finally been able to get out the issue Vol. 46(3-4)
that had to be reprinted, as well as Vol. 47(1-2) and (3-
4) and Vol. 48(1-2) and (3-4). The 2 issues of Vol. 48 were
produced by Allen Press, and, other than a minor problem
concerning a few short-cut copies, those issues are virtually
error free. I am now accumulating articles for the March
1988 [Vol. 49(1-2)] issue which will, hopefully, appear at
the designated time.

Thus, we are essentially back on our printing schedule,
and I hope we remain that way. Authors can be confident
that their papers will appear without the long delays char-
acteristic of the last 2 years.

Production Costs.—The cost of producing Vol. 47(1-
2) at the University of Kentucky Printing Office was
$4,275.36; the cost for Vol. 47(3-4) was $4,826.45. The
total: $9,101.81. The cost of producing Vol. 48(1-2) at
Allen Press was $3,592.50; the cost for Vol. 48(3-4) was
$3,595.92. The total: $7,188.42. Of course, the difference
in production costs between the 2 presses reflects the much
smaller number of articles in Vol. 48—the direct result of
all the problems we have experienced during the last 2
years. I expect the submissions to pick up dramatically
now that we are back on track.

Volume 47(1-2) presented 8 feature articles, 1 note,
Academy Affairs, the program, abstracts of papers pre-
sented at the 1986 meeting, and News and Comments, for
a total of 78 pages. Volume 47(3-4) included 8 features,
including the long-awaited rare-and-endangered species
article, 3 notes, News and Comments, Academy Affairs,
and Index, for a total of 76 pages. Volume 48(1-2) pre-
sented 4 features, 1 note, Academy Affairs, presidential
address, program, abstracts of some papers presented at
the annual meeting, and News and Comments, for a total
of 50 pages. Volume 48(3-4) presented 6 features, News,
Academy Affairs, and the index to Vol. 48, for a total of
46 pages.

We are in need of feature-length and note-length ar-
ticles, particularly in the physical sciences, for Vol. 48(3-
4). Now is an excellent time to submit articles, for there
is plenty of time for review and revision.

A sad note: I am sorry to report that our longtime good
friend, Arly Allen, Sr., passed away in October of this year.
He will be sorely missed. The press will continue to operate
under the aegis of his son and his associates.

B. MARCIA ATHEY FUND COMMITTEE. Dr. Gies-
mann made the report in the absence of Dr. Hammond.

During 1987 there were 4 proposals submitted to the
Marcia Athey Fund requesting a total of $16,612. The
Committee, after careful consideration of the proposals
and the funds available, submitted to the Executive Com-
mittee their recommendations for funding the proposals.
The Executive Committee accepted their recommenda-
tions and voted to fund the following proposals.

1. Dr. Blaine Ferrell. “Gas Chromatographic-Mass Spec-
trometer Determination of Serotonin Level in the ‘Clock’
Region of the Cockroach (Leucophaea Maderae) Brain.”
$1,760.00.

2. Dr. Gordon Weddle. “Life History and Resource Ecol-
ogy of the Kentucky Snubnose Darter, Etheostome ra-
fenesquei.” $1,255.00.

. Dr. Paul McCormick. “Mechanisms of Benthic Algal
Succession in Streams.” $5,000.00

4. Ms. Jane Sisk. “The Psychological Types and Critical
Thinking Abilities of Presidential Awardees in Math-
ematics and Science Teaching.” $1,147.00.

oo

C. BOTANICAL GRANTS COMMITTEE. Dr. Ron Jones
made the report.

During the year, 1987, the Botanical Grants Committee
reviewed and awarded 3 grant requests. Those receiving
awards and their research are listed below.

1. Mr. Tom Bloom, Department of Biological Science,
University of Kentucky. Population ecology study of
Arabis laevigata. $383.76.

2. Mr. Richard G. Guetig, Department of Biological Sci-
ence, Eastern Kentucky University. Floristic survey of
Estill County. $500.00.

3. Mr. Jeffrey T. Grubbs, Department of Biological Sci-
ence, Murray State University. Floristic survey of Hick-
man County. $500.00.

The total amount awarded was $1,383.76.

D. SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE. Dr. Gardella
commented on the awards presented to the science fair
winners and their sponsors at the annual banquet.

E. MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE. Dr. Dahlman made the
report.

A total of 68 individuals at 37 different Colleges, Uni-
versities, State Agencies and Private Organizations were
contacted to serve as KAS Area Representatives at their
respective work places. Each was provided with KAS ap-

42 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

plication blanks, brochures, etc. A list of those individuals
is attached and appreciation is expressed to each for their
willingness to serve the Academy. The number of indi-
viduals contacted was increased over last year as the result
of information obtained from the member survey con-
ducted by President Giesmann. A total of 49 individuals
indicated a willingness to serve on the Membership Com-
mittee.

We now have a total of 4 Corporate Affiliates, 2 of which
resulted from the drive conducted late last year. President-
Elect Hettinger intends to make this an area of emphasis
during his term as President in 1988.

Formation of a collegiate level KAS program remains
in the planning stages. We expect to see more tangible
results in 1988.

Action was taken by the Board of Directors to strike the
names from the membership list of anyone in arrears of
their dues for more than 2 years. This action will be taken
beginning in 1988. The total number of members as of 3
November 1987, that have paid dues at least through 1984
is 819, Of this number, 32 have paid only through 1984,
85 have paid only through 1985, 167 have paid only through
1986, 405 have paid through 1987, 73 have paid through
1988 and 7 have paid through 1989. The remainder of the
819 are Life and Emeritus Members. It should be noted
that all individuals who have not paid their dues at least
through 1988 will NOT receive copies of the 1988 Trans-
actions. We have added 70 new members to the role since
last year’s meeting.

The Membership Committee strongly urges each mem-
ber to serve as a committee of one in the recruitment of
new KAS members.

Dr. Dahlmann also presented the following list of area
representatives for the membership committee of KAS for
1988.

Alice Lloyd College
Jerry C. Davis
Ashland Petroleum Com-
pany
William Hettinger, Jr.

Eastern Kentucky
University
Ted M. George
J. Allen Singleton
Donald L. Batch

Kentucky Geological Sur-
vey
Donald C. Haney
Kentucky State University
David E. Legg
Lees Junior College
Jonnie C. Blair
Madisonville College
Michael L. Trover
Morehead State Univer-
sity
Herbert Berry
Charles E. Mason
Steven Cody
Murray State University
Harold Eversmeyer
Tom J. Timmons
Northern Kentucky
University
Carl Slater
Debra K. Pearce
Jerry Carpenter
Owensboro Community
College
Lana K. Barrett
Paducah Community
College
William F. Beasley, Jr.
Prestonburg Community
College
Charles S. Robertson
St. Catherine College
Carolyn Clarke
Somerset Community
College
James H. Anderson
Spalding University
Sister A. A. Green

Sue Bennett College
Lynn Allen
Thomas More College
Jack Wells
Transylvania College
J. Hill Hamon
Richard D. Honey
Union College
Ron Rosen
University of Kentucky
Ronald K. Atwood
Jerry M. Baskin
Paul H. Freytag
Douglas L. Johnson
Gerald I. Roth
Sam Turco
George B. Coltharp
T. Gregory McHone
Arthur J. Nonnoman
Donald E. Sands
University of Louisville
Manuel Schwartz
Robert M. Buchanan
Paul V. McCormik
Ronald Fell
Anne V. Noland
William D. Pearson
Western Kentucky
University
Joe E. Winstead
Virginia J. Eaton
Frank Toman
Charles Hendrickson
Robert E. Simpson
Wood Hudson Cancer
Research Lab
Julia H. Carter

Bellarmine College
Thomas E. Bennett
Berea College
Thomas D. Strickler
Campbellsville College
Gordon K. Weddle
Franklin D. Cheatham
Centre College
Susan M. Studler
Cumberland College
W. Blaine Early
Dept. for Environmental
Protection
Henry H. Lyon
Division of Water
Quality-Frankfort
Ronald Houp

Dan Varney
John L. Meisenheimer
Steve Falkenburg
T. J. Kubiak
Elizabethtown Commu-
nity College
Charles C. Cantrell
Georgetown College
Thomas Seay
Hazard Community
College
Valina Hurt
Henderson Community
College
Cathy D. Hunt
Hopkinsville Community
College
Mike McClure

F. KENTUCKY JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. Mr.
Pat Stewart made the report.

Last year’s operations culminated with the annual sym-
posium being held at Eastern Kentucky University. Fifty-
seven titles were scheduled of which 50 were read. Our
other activities included Science-Bowl Competitions and
refreshments at the conclusion of our organized activities.
Science-Bowl winners included Notre Dame Academy (se-
nior high division) and Beaumont Jr. High (junior high
division).

The symposium was once again honored to have as
special guests the KAS Executive Committee. This gave
us an opportunity to show off our students who are actively
involved in scientific research. We appreciate the fact that
this was the third year for review by the KAS Executive
Committee. We hope this will continue to be an annual
part of the KJAS symposium.

Scholarships were once again offered by Cumberland

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 43

College and Western Kentucky University in conjunction
with our “Outstanding Science Graduates” program.

This year promises to be another exciting year for KJAS.
The data base has been established and we now have the
capability to send personalized letters to our clubs. Our
annual symposium is scheduled at Warren East High School
on 29 and 30 April 1988.

G. NOMINATING AND RESOLUTION COMMITTEE.
Dr. Kloek announced the results of the election for the
new officers for 1988.

Debra Pearce
Secretary: Virginia Eaton
Treasurer: Paul Freytag

Board of Directors: Blaine Early
Valgene Dunham

Vice President:

Dr. Kloek presented the following resolutions for con-
sideration by the Academy.

Whereas the Kentucky Academy of Science has greatly
enjoyed the gracious hospitality of Western Kentucky dur-
ing this 73rd Annual Meeting of the Academy, be it re-
solved that we express our deep appreciation and gratitude
to President Kern Alexander, Dean Charles Kupchella, and
Dr. Joe Winstead and others who labored on local ar-
rangements for their hard work and dedication in making
this meeting a resounding success.

Whereas our Exhibitors have added substantially to the
success of this meeting through their participation, be it
resolved that a letter of thanks be sent by the Secretary
to each participating company.

Whereas Dr. J. G. Rodriguez and his Constitution Re-
vision Committee (Drs. Ted M. George and Gary W. Bog-
gess) labored long and hard to effect improvements in our
Constitution, be it resolved that the Academy extend to
them our thanks.

Whereas President Larry A. Geismann, the other Of-
ficers, the Board of Directors, and the Committee Members
of the Academy have labored diligently throughout 1987
to make the Academy programs a success, be it resolved
that the members of the Academy extend them their grat-
itude for a job well done.

Whereas Dr. Robert O. Creek and Dr. Morris D. Taylor
have served nine years in the offices of Secretary and
Treasurer of the Academy, respectively, be it resolved that
the members of the Academy hereby express their deep
gratitude to them for their fine and faithful service.

A motion was made and passed to accept the resolutions
as presented.

H. AD HOC COMMITTEE ON SITE SELECTION. Dr.
Pearce reported that the committee has developed a man-
ual on how to organize and conduct an annual meeting.
This manual will be useful in standardizing future meet-
ings. The committee also developed a form which will be
used to screen potential annual meeting sites. The goal is
to have annual meeting sites determined 3-5 years in ad-
vance. The meeting site for 1988 will be Eastern Kentucky

Q

University and for 1989, the 75th anniversary of the Acad-
emy, the University of Kentucky will be the host.

New BusINEss

A REVISION OF THE ACADEMY CONSTITUTION AND
BYLAWS. Dr. Giesmann went over the major changes as
were highlighted in the cover letter that was sent to all
members earlier. Following a short discussion a motion
was made and passed to accept the revised Constitution
and Bylaws.

SUMMARY OF ACADEMY’S ACTIVITIES IN 1987. Dr.
Giesmann concluded his tenure as President by summa-
rizing what had been accomplished during the past year.
He discussed his theme “Service to and Through the Acad-
emy” and the goals that he had set for 1987.

The database has been started with close to 400 names
entered. He feels that it will be extremely beneficial in
obtaining names for offices and committee assignments.
Dr. Giesmann said he would continue to handle the da-
tabase information during his year as past president.

The necessity to improve the publication of the Trans-
actions was accomplished by switching back to Allen Press.
Vol. 48 (1987) was almost on schedule and Vol. 49 (1988)
will be out on time.

The ad hoc Committee on Site Selection has worked
hard on accomplishing the goal of setting up annual meet-
ing sites 3-5 years in advance. A host handbook has been
completed as well as a standardized form to be used in
determining qualifications of prospective sites. Sites have
been determined for the next 2 years with Eastern Ken-
tucky University and the University of Kentucky serving
as hosts. Future site selections should be determined by
next year,

There was a continuing effort to obtain Institutional and
Corporate Affiliations. At the present time there are 18
Institutional Affiliations and 3 Corporate Affiliations pro-
viding a total of $6,800. It is very important that these
affiliations be maintained.

The acceptance of the revised Constitution and Bylaws
by the members at this meeting has accomplished the goal
of updating the Academy’s Constitution.

Dr. Giesmann thanked everyone for their help in mak-
ing the year a success then introduced the President for
1988, Dr. William Hettinger, Jr., and presented him with
the gavel.

President Hettinger, upon accepting the gavel, ad-
dressed the Academy with the following acceptance com-
ments.

“Larry, it is my pleasure to accept this gavel and to
express my intent to carry on the exemplary traditions of
you and other recent Presidents that I have had the plea-
sure of meeting and/or working with. In particular, I am
referring to Charles Covell, last year’s President, Joe Win-
stead who preceded him, and Gary Boggess, Rod Rodri-
guez, Ted George, John Philley and Charles Kupchella, to
name a few. All have made fine contributions to the Acad-
emy and to Kentucky as well. You and they have all

44 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

worked hard to obtain greater state recognition for the
Academy, for science and education, and as these relate
to the future intellectual and economic growth of the state.
In this regard, Larry, you have especially made a number
of remarkable contributions to the Academy this year. You
have also displayed extraordinary leadership in the busi-
ness affairs of the Academy, and always in good spirit and
good humor.

I now have the distinct honor of acknowledging your
many contributions to the Academy and, as the Academy's
incoming President, to express for all of us our appreciation
and thanks for a job well done. Please accept this plaque
as a token of our high regard and thanks for a job well
done.

Now the time has come for me to assume these many
responsibilities, and I do so with a great deal of humility
and trepidation. Larry’s is a hard act to follow.

However, having had the pleasure of observing the
Academy at work these past 5 or 6 years, and how enthu-
siastically the members respond to a call for help and
assistance, I feel assured that you will all lend me a hand
in this endeavor, because I certainly will need it.

The Academy is growing yearly in its vigor and scientific
visibility in the state. I have no doubt that the role it will
play in safeguarding, stimulating and advancing the cause
of science and education, and as it also relates to economic
growth of the state, will continue to increase steadily in
the coming years.

As I’ve reflected on what goals or contributions I might
be able to make or set for this coming year, the following
thoughts arose.

1. With a new Constitution, and a new organizational
structure, there will be a need to just get the ship on course
and operating smoothly, Not only do we have a new con-
stitution but we will also lose several key officers at this
crucial time, who have been a very steadying influence
and have provided outstanding leadership over the past 9
years, namely Bob Creek as Secretary and Morris Taylor
as Treasurer. It will take time to regain the smooth op-
eration they have provided. Hopefully, not too many things
that we should do, and which they always reminded us to
do, will drop between the cracks.

2. Also, it seems to me, and as it has to those who have
come before, that we seek to obtain greater support, and
more importantly greater affiliate membership from in-
dustry and participation from industrial and governmental
scientists as well. Presently, out of more than 500 members,
we have only 14 from industry and 19 from government,
totaling about 7% participation. If government, academia
and industry are to work more closely in the future, we

need this interaction and participation. Therefore, an ob-
jective for the coming year, will be to try to gain more
industrial affiliates, (we only have 3 at this time), and to
double as a minimum, industrial and governmental mem-
bership, presentation of papers and attendance at annual
meetings.

3. It seems to me, and I know I also speak for many of
our past officers, that there is a need for the Academy to
have a home. A place that can function not only to help
our Academy grow and prosper, but one that will increase
our visibility in the state. Therefore, I plan to explore what
possibilities are open to us, to see if we might achieve such
a goal, either in the coming year, and if not, then in a
second or third year. Our new Constitution provides for
an appointed Executive Secretary, which should also help
administration of the Academy and tide us through the
periods of transition from one administration to the next.
Basically what we need are some bare essentials of a room,
a phone so that the Academy can be reached easily, a desk
and chair for our Executive Secretary and some space for
files, Academy records and copies of the Transactions, in
a central location in the state so as to properly house the
Academy. This will be another goal for the year. Any
suggestions or comments you may have, pro or con, will
be most welcomed and very much appreciated.

4, Finally, I have noted that although those sections in the
Physical, Mathematical and Computer Sciences Division
are as active as those in the Biological Sciences, and Social
Sciences and Science Education divisions at these meet-
ings, there seems to be much imbalance in papers pub-
lished in the Transactions. Id like to learn more from all
of you why this is so, and explore how we can achieve
better balance in our journal. We have outstanding papers
from the Biological Sciences and Social Science Education
divisions. Can we find a way to also encourage more con-
tributions in Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics, to name
a few, so as to achieve a better balance of representation
of the Academy in the Transactions?

Thank you again for your warm welcome and this honor
which you have bestowed on an Industrial Member of the
Academy. I look forward to this year with great enthusiasm
and encouragement and hope that I too can make a con-
tribution to the continued growth of the Academy, sci-
entifically, intellectually, spiritually and numerically.”

With the conclusion of his remarks President Hettinger
adjourned the meeting at 1020.

Robert Creek, Secretary
Kentucky Academy of Science

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 45-55

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
73RD ANNUAL MEETING

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, Kentucky

6-7 November 1987

OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY

Larry Giesmann
President
Northern Kentucky University

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
President Elect
Ashland Petroleum Co.

Richard Hannan
Vice President
Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission

Charles V. Covell, Jr.

Past President

University of Louisville
Robert Creek

Secretary

Eastern Kentucky University

Morris Taylor

Treasurer
Eastern Kentucky University

Pat Stewart
Director of Junior Academy
Warren East High School

Branley A. Branson
Editor of Transactions
Eastern Kentucky University

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Representative to A.A.A.S.
Ashland Petroleum Co.

Boarp oF DiRECTORS

Jerry Howell—1987

Ralph Thompson—1987
William Beasley, Jr.—1988
William Bryant—1988
Douglas Dahlman (chp)—1989
Gordon Weddle—1989
Larry Elliott—1990
David Legg—1990

PROGRAM Center and Environmental Sciences Build-
ing
Friday, 6 November 1987 1500-1530 Coffee Break, \st Floor Garrett Conference
Center
0830-1115 Coal and Petroleum Symposium, Room 337, 1530-1700 Plenary Session, Room 103, Garrett Confer-
Environmental Sciences Building ence Center Auditorium
1000-1200 Community College Science Faculties, Gar- 1719-1845 Social Gathering and Reception, President's
rett Conference Center, Room 103, Gar- House
rett Conference Center Auditorium 1900-2100 Annual Banquet and Awards, Garrett Con-
1000-1200 KAS Officers and Board Business Meeting, ference Center Ballroom
Garrett Conference Center, Executive 9130-9330 Hospitality Gathering, Holidome, Midtown
Dining Room Holiday Inn
1200-1600 Registration, 1st Floor Garrett Conference
Center
Saturday, 7 N bi
1200-1700 Scientific Exhibits 1st Floor Garrett Confer- ae! ast aaaae
ence Center 0800-1000 Registration, 1st Floor Garrett Conference

1300-1500

Sectional Meetings, Garrett Conference

45

Center

46 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

0800-1200 Scientific Exhibits, 1st Floor Garrett Con-
ference Center

0800-0900 Sectional Meetings, Garrett Conference
Center and Environmental Sciences Build-
ing

0910-1030 Annual Business Meeting, Room 103, Gar-
rett Conference Center Auditorium

1030-1200 Sectional Meetings, Garrett Conference

Center and Environmental Sciences Build-
ing

Symposium on Rare Plants of Kentucky,
Room 103, Garrett Conference Center Au-
ditorium

Sectional Meetings, Garrett Conference
Center and Environmental Sciences Build-

ing

1030-1600

1300-1700

PLENARY SESSION

Friday, 6 November

1530 Room 103, Garrett Conference Center Audito-

rium

Dr. William C. DeVries

Director of the Artificial Heart Pro-
gram

Humana Heart Institute International

Speaker:

ANNUAL BANQUET

Friday, 6 November

1930 Garrett Conference Center Ballroom

Mr. Thomas J. Fitzgerald
Director

Speaker:

Kentucky Governmental Accountabil-
ity Project

“Science and Politics in Environmen-
tal Policy Making”

ANTHROPOLOGY SECTION

John Hale, Chairperson, Presiding
Jim Murray Walker, Secretary
Room 104—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

1300 Reconstructing an Early Christian Population in
Portugal. John Hale, University of Louisville.
Evidence for Re-reading Petroglyphs of the Cha-
co Supernova Site. Robert Vallier, University of
Tennessee, Chattanooga.

Prehistoric Indians of Louisiana: Poverty Point
Village. Dudley Yates, Kentucky Wesleyan Col-
lege.

1310

1320

1350

1400

1410

1420

1300

1315

1330

1400

ES-1: Pryse Cave in Estill County, Kentucky. Earl
Robbins, Jr., Irvine, Kentucky.

A Nurse’s Approach to Cherokee Health Practices.
Betty Wahlstedt (sponsored by Jim Murray Walk-
er), Eastern Kentucky University.

Auras, Pyramid Power, and Other Psychic or
Paranormal Phenomena: A Scientific Appraisal.
Rose Marie Helfrich (sponsored by Jim Murray
Walker), Eastern Kentucky University.

The Unknown Native Americans. Cara E. Rich-
ards, Transylvania University.

A Social Scientist's View of U.S. Immigration at
the Turn of the Century. Joel Roitman, Eastern
Kentucky University.

A Flatlander’s Adjustment to Appalachia and
“Appalachiaphiles.” Jim Murray Walker, Eastern
Kentucky University.

Longitudinal Urban Studies in Monterrey, Mex-
ico: An Update. James F. Hopgood, Northern
Kentucky University.

A Cross-Cultural Investigation of Crime and De-
viation. Travis Eaton, Campbellsville College.
The Washington-DuBois Ideological Conflict: Re-
flections on the Development of Instruction in
Black Higher Education from 1900 to 1940. Alvin
Seales, Kentucky State University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Coffee Break
Annual Business Meeting

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION

Hal Bryan, Chairperson
Julian Campbell, Secretary, Presiding
Room 103—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

Responses of the Naturalized Shrub Lonicera
maackii to Clipping. James O. Luken, Northern
Kentucky University.

Man and the Biosphere Program: New Biosphere
Reserve Proposal for Interior Low Plateau and
Ozark Plateau Regions. Tom Forsythe, Tennessee
Valley Authority, Land Between the Lakes.
Designation of Wetlands by Weighted Averages
of Vegetation Data. George P. Johnson, Lindsey
Wilson College.

Life-Forms of Ohio Flowering Plants. James O.
Luken and John W. Thieret, Northern Kentucky
University.

Contribution to the Flora of Kentucky: Castanea
(Fagaceae). George P. Johnson, Lindsey Wilson
College.

1415

1430

1445

1500

0800

0815

0830

0845

0900
0910

1030

1045

1100

1115

1145

1200

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 47

Kentucky Crataegus: Who’s Afraid of the Big Bad
Genus? Johnnie B. Varner, Georgetown College.
Botanical Inventory of the Somerset District, Dan-
iel Boone National Forest. Julian Campbell, Uni-
versity of Kentucky, and Max Medley, University
of Louisville.

Floristic Comparison of the Appalachian Rheo-
phytic Boulder-Cobble Bar Communities on the
Cumberland, Big South Fork and Rockcastle
Rivers. Max Medley, University of Louisville, and
Julian Campbell, University of Kentucky.
Grazing-Nutrients Interactions and Their Influ-
ence on Benthic Algal Assemblages. Paul V.
McCormick, University of Louisville.

Election of Sectional Officers

Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Is Aster sericeus a Rare Plant of Kentucky? Ron
Jones, Eastern Kentucky University.

An Unusual Habitat Type for Three Rare Ken-
tucky Plants. Edward W. Chester, Austin Peay
State University.

A Preliminary Report on the Taxonomic Status of
Arabis perstellata Braun and its Varieties. Landon
E. McKinney, Vanderbilt University.

Solidago albopilosa E.L. Br.: A Species in Popu-
lation Decline. Johnnie B. Varner, Theresa Phil-
lips and Robby Hutchinson, Georgetown College.
Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

Julian Campbell, Presiding
Room 102, Garrett Conference Center

A Botanical Inventory of Shawnee Run in the
Kentucky River Palisades. Susan Moyle Studlar,
Centre College.

The Isolation and Identification of Filamentous
Fungi from Distribution Systems, Ground Waters,
and Hemodialysis Waters. Tammy J. Liles and
Ted Pass, Morehead State University.
Micropropagation of Pinus strobus L. Karan Kaul,
Kentucky State University.

Population Differentiation of Ragweed from Metal
Mine Waste Dumps. Robin Kimmerer, Centre
College.

Sulfur Accumulation in the Wood of Pinus echi-
nata Mill. from the Cumberland Plateau. Darrell
L. Ray and Joe E. Winstead, Western Kentucky
University.

Temperature Tolerance of Forest Soil Seed Banks.
Gary Wade, U.S. Forest Service, Berea, and Ralph
Thompson, Berea College.

Effects of Sodium Chloride on Beta-Hemolytic
Streptococci. Bola Fashola and Larry P. Elliott,
Western Kentucky University.

SYMPOSIUM ON RARE PLANTS
OF KENTUCKY

Co-Sponsored by the Kentucky Academy of Science

1030

1145

1300

1400

1420

1440

1500

and the Kentucky Native Plant Society
Saturday, 7 November 1987
Room 103—Garrett Conference Center

Introduction, Hal D. Bryan, Chairman, Botany
and Microbiology Section, Kentucky Academy of
Science.

I. Habitats of Rare Plants

Some Rare Plants of Wetlands in Kentucky. Max
Medley, University of Louisville.

Some Rare Plants of Kentucky's Woodlands. John
R. MacGregor, Kentucky Department of Fish and
Wildlife Resources.

Rare and Endangered Prairie Plants of Kentucky.
Mare Evans, Kentucky Nature Preserves Com-
mission.

Unglaciated Eastern U.S. Endemics of Glades,
Cliffs and Rockhouses in Kentucky, and their Geo-
graphical Distribution. Dr, Jerry M. Baskin, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Il. Ecology of Rare Plants

The Biology of Leavenworthia. Dr. Carol Baskin,
University of Kentucky.

Population Biology of a Rare Prairie Plant (Silene
regia) in Ohio and Indiana. Dr. Eric Menges, Hol-
comb Institute, Butler University.

The Ecology and Distribution of the Rare En-
demic. Stephen P. Rice and Hal D. Bryan, Divi-
sion of Environmental Analysis, Kentucky Trans-
portation Cabinet.

A Community Ecology and Life History Study of
Solidago shortii (Short’s goldenrod). David E.
Buchele, University of Kentucky.

IIL. Protection of Rare Plants

The Status of Plant Protection in Kentucky, Rich-
ard Hannan, Kentucky Nature Preserves Com-
mission.

The Plant Protection Program in Tennessee. Scott
Gunn, Tennessee Department of Conservation.
Plant Protection and the Federal Endangered
Species Act. Robert Currie, Endangered Species
Section, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

IV. Open Discussion

1520-1600

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

48
CHEMISTRY SECTION
Vaughn Vandergrift, Chairperson, Presiding
Lowell W. Shank, Secretary
Room 337—Environmental Sciences and
Technology Building
Friday, 6 November 1987

1300 Isotopic Tracer Studies of Alcohol Conver-
sion. Hossein Dabbaqh and Burton H. Da-
vis, Kentucky Energy Cabinet Laboratory.

1315 An Empirical Relation Between the Theory
of Proton Spin Lattice Relaxation and the
Stokes-Einstein Equation. Charles A. Gi-
rard and Ann Helton, Centre College.

1330 Development of An Automated Titration
System. John W. Shadrick and Jeffrey E.
Anderson, Murray State University.

1345 Dinuclear Molybdenum (II) Complexes Con-
taining 5-Alkylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-
thioate and Polydentate Ligand. Michael
L. Estes and David A. Owen, Murray State
University.

1400-1500 Recent Advances in Supercritical Fluid
Chromatography, Theory and Applica-
tions. Mustafa I. Selim, Murray State Uni-
versity.

In this 1-hour lecture presentation, the basic
theory and instrumentation of SFC will be
described with a review of some applica-
tions from literature. The author will also
describe his current research work in the
area and its significance to the instrumen-
tal and theoretical development of super-
critical fluid chromatography.

1500 Coffee Break

1530 Plenary Session. Lowell W. Shank, Secretary
Presiding.

Saturday, 7 November 1987

0815 Stochastic Dynamics of Spontaneous Nucleation.
Earl Pearson and Tony Simpao, Western Ken-
tucky University.

0830 Solid Phase Extraction Cartridges for Simazine
Analysis. Wm. D. Schulz and Steven E. Baugh,
Eastern Kentucky University.

0845 Fuel Analysis of Fire Training Facility Waste-
water. Wm. D. Schulz and Howard Mayfield,
Eastern Kentucky University.

0900 Coffee Break

0910 Annual Business Meeting

1030 Synthesis of Poly-6-amino-3-chloro-2-ben-
zo[b]thiophene Carboxylic Acid. Laychoo Lee, E.
Wheeler Conover and Larry J. Baldwind, Cum-
berland College.

1045 The Hydrolysis of 2-Fluoro-1-methylpyridinium
Iodide in Aqueous Sulfuric Acid. Meng Jia Lun
and Oliver J. Muscio, Jr., Murray State University.

1100 Chemistry Section Meeting: Election of Officers.

1115

1130

0830

0845

0900

0915

0930

0945

1000

1015
1030

1045

1100

1115

1300

Interaction of Cyanide with Cobalt(II)-Phthalo-
cyanine. H. M. King, Jr. and R. D. Farina, West-
ern Kentucky University.

Studies of the Lux Operon of Xenorhabdis lu-
minescens. Ed. B. Rucker, T. Johnston and V.
Vandergrift, Murray State University.

CoaL AND PETROLEUM SYMPOSIUM

John T. Riley, Presiding
Room 337—Environmental Science and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Coal Sulfur Forms Analysis. John T. Riley, Gary
M. Ruba and W. G. Lloyd, Western Kentucky
University.

Differential Scanning Calorimetry Studies of
Wood. Chris Howeltt, Wei-Ping Pan and John T.
Riley, Western Kentucky University.

Heat Content of Coal. Carlo Biones, Wei-Ping
Pan and Fred J. Hayes, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Co-Processing of Kentucky and Ohio Coals. K.
Tsai and L. Xu, Kentucky Energy Cabinet Lab-
oratory.

Separation and Liquefaction of Coal Macerals. R.
Keogh, S. Poe and D. Taulbee, Kentucky Energy
Cabinet Laboratory.

The Hydroliquefaction Potential of Micronized
Coal. Deborah W. Kuehn, W. G. Lloyd and Dawn
Ramsey, Western Kentucky University.
Chemical Oxidation of Micronized Coal. Rita K.
Hessley, Western Kentucky University.

Coffee break

High Performance Liquid Chromatographic
Analysis of Oil Fractions of Some Liquefied Coals.
B. Chawla and B. H. Davis, Kentucky Energy
Cabinet Laboratory.

Basic Nitrogen Compounds in Distillate Fractions
of Coal Liquids. Rita H. Hardy, Kentucky Energy
Cabinet Laboratory.

Artificial Crosslinking of Coal Extracts. Doug
Kimbler and Thomas K. Green, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Characterization of a Synthetic Coal via Analyt-
ical Pyrolysis. John W. Reasoner, Thomas K. Green
and Marcia H. Downing, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

GEOGRAPHY SECTION

C. Michael Trapasso, Chairperson, Presiding
Wilma J. Walker, Secretary
Room 338—Environmental Sciences and
Technology Building

Friday 6 November 1987

Geography and Literature: A Case Study of Two
Willa Cather Novels. James L. Davis and Nancy
H. Davis, Western Kentucky University.

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500
1530

0800

0815

0830

0845

0900
0910
1030

1045

1100

1115

1130
1145
1200
1300
1315

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 49

Kentucky as Perceived and in Reality. William
A. Withington, University of Kentucky.

Journey to Work: The 1970 and 1980 Commuting
Patterns of Kentucky Counties. Wayne L. Hoff-
man and James M. Bingham, Western Kentucky
University.

Measuring Metropolitan Activity: The Case of
Kentucky’s Largest Cities. Mark R. Bryant. Spon-
sor: James L. Davis, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

The Changing Role of Bowling Green: A Time
Series Analysis. Kenneth M. Baker. Sponsor: James
L. Davis, Western Kentucky University.

Chota; All-Black Pueblo in Ecuador. Mark Lowry
II, Western Kentucky University.

A Kaleidoscope of Colombia's Boundaries and
Frontiers. Edmund E. Hegen, Western Kentucky
University.

Exploration and Mapping of Sistema Huautia:
America’s Most Significant Vertical Cave Explo-
ration. James Harry Smith, Jr. Sponsor: Nicholas
C. Crawford, Western Kentucky University.
Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Kentucky's Center of Excellence for Reservoir
Ecology—A Geographer’s Perspective. Neil V.
Weber, Murray State University.

The Geography of Cigarette Smoking in the United
States. Edwin T. Weiss, Jr., Northern Kentucky
University.

Digital Geographic Information System Technol-
ogy for the Commonwealth of Kentucky. C. M.
Cobb, D. W. Eichert, L. A. Bartolucci and N. V.
Weber, Murray State University.

Women’s Role in the Developing World: A Case
Study. Wilma J. Walker, Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

Regional Planning in Tropical Lands. Milos Sebor,
Eastern Kentucky University.

Trans-Himalayan Settlement Factors in Nepal.
David N. Zurick. Sponsor: Wilma J. Walker, East-
ern Kentucky University.

Shifting Gears: Middle Atlantic Cities Changing
Economies. Jefferson J. Beeckler. Sponsor: James
L. Davis, Western Kentucky University.
Development of an Economic Data Information
Base: The Case of Richmond, Kentucky. David
Groth. Sponsor: Milos Sebor, Eastern Kentucky
University.

State Geographer’s Report

Election of Sectional Officers

Lunch

Geographic Alliance Report.

Temperature Extremes in Kentucky. Glen Conner
and Tony Fugate. Western Kentucky University.

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

1445

1300

1315

1330

1345

1400

1415

1430

A Comparison of Severe Historic Droughts in
Kentucky, 1854-1904. Conrad T. Moore and Glen
Conner, Western Kentucky University.

The Sinking and Resurgence of Black Lick Creek,
Auburn, Kentucky. David G. Blaize. Sponsor:
Nicholas Crawford, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

Down-Hole Video Camera: A New Tool in Ap-
plied Karst Hydrology. Philip P. Reeder and
Nicholas C, Crawford, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

Preliminary Investigation of the Association Be-
tween Radon Levels in Homes and Caves of
Bowling Green, Kentucky. James W. Webster.
Sponsor: Nicholas Crawford, Western Kentucky
University.

Statistical Sampling for Assessing Land Cover
Classification Accuracy. Burl I. Naugle and Wil-
liam C. McGuyer. Sponsor: Neil V. Weber, Mur-
ray State University.

Environmental Disruption and the Dendrochro-
nology of the White Ash. Layne Price Mason and
L. Michael Trapasso, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

GEOLOGY SECTION

Charles E. Mason, Chairperson, Presiding
Kenneth W. Kuehn, Secretary
Room 328—Environmental Sciences and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Paleontology and Stratigraphy of the Middle Si-
lurian (Niagaran) Laurel Dolomite in Kentucky.
Richard Todd Hendricks,* University of Ken-
tucky. Sponsored by Frank Ettensohn, University
of Kentucky.

Scolecodonts (annelid jaws) from the Lower New
Providence Shale Member of the Borden For-
mation; Jefferson and Bullitt Counties, Kentucky.
Jeffery T. Stewart,* Charles E. Mason and R.
Thomas Lierman, Morehead State University.
Petroleum Exploration Techniques for Fractured
Terrains in Kentucky. Shaun A. Winter* and
Kenneth W. Kuehn. Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

Coffee Break

Internal Stratigraphy of the Borden Formation
(Mississippian); Eastern and South-Central Ken-
tucky, Lawrence H. Howard,* Eastern Kentucky
University. Sponsored by Roy C. Kepferle, East-
ern Kentucky University.

A comparison of Clay Mineral Assemblages from
the Lower Borden Formation (Lower Mississip-
pian) along the East and West Flanks of the Cin-
cinnati Arch. R. Thomas Lierman,* Jeffery T.
Stewart and Charles E. Mason, Morehead State
University.

Depositional History of Murphy’s Pond; A Fresh-

50

1445
1500

1530

0815

0845

0900
0910
1030

1045

1100

1115

1500
1515

0800

0815

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

water Cypress Swamp in Hickman County, Ken-
tucky. W. Stanely Wilkerson* and Kenneth W.
Kuehn, Western Kentucky University.

Effects of Recent Volcanism Along Kilauea’s East
Rift One. Armin L. Clark, Murray State Univer-
sity,

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

*Denotes student paper.

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Adsorption of Aromatic Hydrocarbons from
Groundwater onto Quartz Sands. Janet Smith,
Murray State University.

Chesterian and Valmeyeran Stratigraphic Section
at New Entrance, Mammoth Cave, Kentucky.
Garre A, Conner, Petroleum and Engineering Ge-
ologist, Indianapolis, Indiana.

Petroleum Geology of Eastern Kentucky. Graham
Hunt, University of Louisville.

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

The Search for Jeptha Knob Iridium. C. Ronald
Seeger, Western Kentucky University, Frank Asaro
and Helen Michel, Lawrence Berkeley Lab, Uni-
versity of California, and Anne V. Noland, Uni-
versity of Louisville.

A New Look at Conodonts from the Lower New
Providence Shale Member of the Borden For-
mation; Jefferson and Bullitt Counties, Kentucky.
Charles E. Mason, R. Thomas Lierman and Jef-
fery T. Stewart, Morehead State University.
Mining Education: Is the Technical Component
Sufficient Preparation for the Job Market? Alan
D. Smith, Robert Morris College.

Geometric and Kinematic Models of Fold-Thrust
Structures, Steven I. Usdansky, Murray State Uni-
versity.

Election of Geology Section Officers

Puysics SECTION

Vincent DiNoto, Presiding
Jack Wells, Secretary
Room 350—Environmental Science and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Coffee Break
Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Physics Project for High School Students. Dewey
Beadle, Seneca High School.

Kinematics Using the PASCO Sonic Ranger. Dew-
ey Beadle, Seneca High School.

0910
1030

1045

1100

1115

1130

1145

1200
1300

1315

1330

1400

1500

1300

Air Pulse Well Pump. William G. Buckman,
Western Kentucky University.

Initial Studies of Radon Gas at Mammoth Cave
National Park with Activated Carbon Canisters.
Vincent DiNoto, Jefferson Community College,
and John Swez, Indiana State University.

Annual Business Meeting

Clustering of Galaxies. Philip Price and Suketa
Bhavsar, University of Kentucky.

A Stellar Association with Infrared and Radio Mo-
lecular Emission, Lauri Wardell and Frank O.
Clark, University of Kentucky.

Infrared Emission from Dust Surrounding Bi-Po-
lar Flows from Young Stars. Frank O. Clark, Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Microcomputer Control of the Starlight-1 Pho-
tometer for High Speed Occultation Measure-
ments. William S. Wagner, Northern Kentucky
University.

Scanning Tunnelling Microscope. P. J. Ouseph,
University of Louisville.

Preparation of High-Tc Superconductors. P. J.
Ouseph, University of Louisville.

Lunch

Non-Spherical Sm and Pm Nuclei. Bernard D.
Kern, University of Kentucky.

New Determination of Terrestrial Aerosol Char-
acteristics which Show a Smaller Depletion of
Ozone. Is the Freon Legislation Aimed at the
Wrong Culprit? James O. Manning, Cumberland
College, and Frank O. Clark, University of Ken-
tucky.

Ozone, Current Developments. Frank O. Clark,
University of Kentucky.

Teaching Conceptual Physics. Lester Evans, Tates
Creek High School, and Douglas Jenkins, Warren
Central High School.

KAPT Business Meeting

Election of Sectional Officers

PuysioLocy, BiopHysics
BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHARMACOLOGY

Nancy Alsip, Chairperson, Presiding
John J. Just, Secretary
Room 402—Enviromental Sciences and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Electrical Stimulation Effects on Atrophied Rat
Muscle. K. A. Mook and R. D. Fell, University of
Louisville.

Hormonal Modulation of Panting in the Desert
Iguana. E. C. Wurster and E. C. Crawford.
Histamine-Induced Arteriolar Dilation May Not
be Mediated by Endothelium Derived Relaxing
Factor (EDRF). P. Zhang, N. Alsip and P. Harris,
University of Louisville.

1345

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500
1515
1530

0900
0910
1030

1045

1100

1115

1130

1145

1200

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 51

Composition and Function of Urine in the De-
veloping Bullfrog. J. L. Goldsmith and J. J. Just,
University of Kentucky.

In vitro Responses to Antidiuretic in the Devel-
oping Amphibian Urinary Bladder. T. L. Powell
and J. J. Just, University of Kentucky.
Localization of Facilitated Diffusion and Active
Glucose Transport in Cysticercoids of Hyme-
nolepis diminuta. R. Rosen and G, Uglem, Union
College and University of Kentucky.

An Extract of Endophyte Infected Tall Fescue
Seed and its Effect on Laboratory Rodent Models.
D. R. Varney, Z. A. Ruhman, M. R. Siegel and P.
M. Zavos, Eastern Kentucky University and Uni-
versity of Kentucky.

Suckling of Mouse Pups from Dams Fed Tall Fes-
cue Seed, D. R. Varney, L. A. Wiles, M. R. Siegel
and P. M. Zavos, Eastern Kentucky University and
University of Kentucky.

Election of Sectional Officers

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

PuystoLocy, Biopxysics,
BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHARMACOLOGY
Nancy Alsip, Chairman
John J. Just, Secretary

BoTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY SECTION
Hal Bryan, Chairman
Julian Campbell, Secretary
T. L. Powell, Presiding

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

Isolation and Partial Characterization of Topo-
isomerase from the Hypocoty] Region of Etiolated
Soybeans. R. B. Dye and V. L. Dunham, Western
Kentucky University.

Partial Characterization of DNA Polymerase a
from Soybean (Glycine max) and Turnip (Bras-
sica rapa). D. R. Hilland V. L. Dunham, Western
Kentucky University.

The Effects of Manganese Toxicity on Isocitrate
Dehydrogenase Activity. J. W. Pfeiffer and F. R.
Toman, Western Kentucky University.

Effects of Mg** and EDTA on Microsomal UDP-
Glucuronosyltransferase Activity. R. F. Volp and
C. Dietsch, Murray State University.

Basic Molecular Biology: A Computational Edu-
cational Experience. A. K. Raby, L. L. Wheeler,
V. L. Dunham and J. Crenshaw, Western Ken-
tucky University.

Recognition Sequences: A Sequence Searching
Software Package. L. L. Wheeler, A. K. Raby, V.
L. Dunham and J. Crenshaw, Western Kentucky
University.

Closing Comments. J. J. Just, Sectional Secretary.

1300

1315

1330

1440

1500
1530

0900
0910
1030
1045
1100

1115

1130

1300

1315

SCIENCE EDUCATION SECTION

Curtis C. Wilkins, Chairperson
Earl F. Pearson, Secretary, Presiding
Room 105—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

Teaching Chemistry by Closed-Circuit Televi-
sion—Personal Observations. David R. Hartman,
Western Kentucky University.

Charles Babbage: Father of the Computer. Nor-
man W. Hunter, Western Kentucky University.
An Analysis of Student Performance in Freshman
Chemistry. Norman W. Hunter and Jeff Tim-
mons, Western Kentucky University.
Comparative Study of Environmental Education
in Britain and the United States. Ron Gardella,
Northern Kentucky University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Curtis C. Wilkins, Presiding
Saturday, 7 November 1987

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

The WKU SPAN Chemistry Program. Larry C.
Byrd, Western Kentucky University.

SPAN Chemistry—A High School Perspective.
Steve Zimmer, Warren East High School.
Science Education Section Meeting—Election of
Officers

A New Approach to Descriptive Chemistry in the
Classroom—Organization and Description. Earl
F. Pearson, Curtis C. Wilkins and Norman W.
Hunter, Western Kentucky University.

A New Approach to Descriptive Chemistry in the
Classroom—Examples., Earl F. Pearson, Curtis C.
Wilkins and Norman W. Hunter, Western Ken-
tucky University.

PsYCHOLOGY SECTION

Bruce Mattingly, Chairperson, Presiding
Robert Adams, Secretary
Room 349—Environmental Sciences and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Comprehension Monitoring in the Mildly Men-
tally Retarded: A Study on Eye Movements and
Their Relationship to Information Intake and
Evaluation, Melissa G. Whitfield, Murray State
University. Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

A Survey of the Educational Effectiveness of Mu-
seum Displays at the Woodlands Nature Center
in Land Between the Lakes. Lili A. Anderson,
Murray State University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500

1530

0800

0815

0830

0845

0900
0910
1030

1045

1100

1115

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

The Behavioral Effects of Propanolol and Isopro-
teranol in Pregnant Rats on Their Offspring. Phil-
ip J. Luecke, Murray State University. Sponsored
by Terry R. Barrett.

Examining the Stress-IIlness Model by Weighing
Life Events of Adults Over 65. Judy C. Hayes,
Murray State University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

The Effects of Task Difficulty and Practice Time
in Comparing Competence of Subjects. Michael
A. Porta, Murray State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barrett.

Effects of Positive Affect on Problem Solving Tasks.
Victoria Passaflume, Murray State University.
Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

The Effects of Chronic Propranolol Treatment on
Aggressive Behavior in Dominant and Submissive
Rats. Dana J. Jones, Murray State University.
Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

The Effect of Olfactory Stimulation on Recall.
Kenneth Foster, Murray State University. Spon-
sored by Terry R. Barrett.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Effects of Sulpiride on the Development of Apo-
morphine-Induced Sensitization. Billie Jo Hatton,
Bruce A. Mattingly and John White, Morehead
State University.

Effects of Repeated Apomorphine Treatments on
Locomotor Activity and °H-Spiroperidol Receptor
Binding in Rats. James R. Rowlett, Bruce A. Mat-
tingly and Michael T. Bardo, Morehead State Uni-
versity.

How Do I Need Thee? Let Me Count the Ways.
A Look Into Why People Need Religion. Jodi K.
Walker, Murray State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barrett.

Examining Awareness of Land Between the Lakes.
Tracy S. Bell, Murray State University. Sponsored
by Terry R. Barrett.

Coffee Break

Annual Business Meeting

Imagery Effects on Eyewitness Susceptibility to
Misleading Postevent Information. Julie M. Hicks,
Murray State University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

Auditory Hallucinations and Mental Imagery. Lori
Burkeen, Murray State University. Sponsored by
Terry R. Barrett.

Children’s Understanding and Ability to Create
Class-Inclusion Hierarchies. Brigette R. Oliver,
Murray State University. Sponsored by Terry R.
Barrett.

Do Blonds have More Fun? Bryan Bush, Murray
State University. Sponsored by Terry R. Barrett.

1145

1200
1300

1315

1330

1345

1400
1415

1430

1445

1500

1300

1320

1340

Individual Differences in Age-Related Recall Def-
icits: More Evidence. Terry R. Barrett, Murray
State University.

Evolution: Attitudes and the Effects of Exposure.
Mike Daniel, Murray State University. Sponsored
by Terry R. Barrett.

Lunch

The Relationship of Personality Characteristics and
Group Size to Perceptions of Television Violence.
M. Shannon Mackie, Ragan D. Schriver and Mar-
ia S. McLean, Thomas More College.

Alcohol Abuse Opinion Survey of College Stu-
dents and Recovering Alcoholics. Peggy D. Blan-
ton, Eastern Kentucky University. Sponsored by
Richard J. Shuntich.

The Role of Sign Stimuli in Human Aesthetic
Judgments. Jack Thompson and Tammy Day,
Centre College.

The Validity of LD/EMH Placement Tests. Tracy
Burnham, Centre College. Sponsored by Jack
Thompson.

Break

Stereotypy of a Spatial Operant and the Law of
Effect. George Hiller, Morehead State University.
Sponsored by Bruce A. Mattingly.

Assessment of Interpersonal Skills: The Interper-
sonal Problem Solving Assessment Technique. Ste-
ven G. Cody and Amy Lighthizer, Morehead State
University.

Haloperidol Blocks the Development of Behav-
ioral Sensitization to Apomorphine. John White,
Bruce A. Mattingly and James R. Rowlett, More-
head State University.

Behavioral Sensitivity to Apomorphine Following
Chromic Sulpiride Treatments. Jamison Graff,
Bruce A. Mattingly and Billie Jo Ratton, More-
head State University.

SocIOLOGY SECTION

Craig Taylor, Co-chairperson, Presiding
Reid Luhman, Co-chairperson
Room 107—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

The Politics of Water in Kentucky. Allen Single-
ton, Eastern Kentucky University.

From Closed to Open Shop: Unionization Strug-
gles in Southeastern Kentucky and the 1922 Coal
Strike. Alan Banks, Eastern Kentucky University.
Dilemmas of Feminist Practice in Rural Com-
munities. Karen Tice, Western Kentucky Univer-
sity.

Language Survival in Ethnic Stratification. Reid
Luhman, Eastern Kentucky University.

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

0900
0910

1300

1400

1415

1430

1445

1500
1515
1530

0800

0815

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 53

Saturday, 7 November 1987

Coffee Break
Annual Business Meeting

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY SECTION

Blaine R. Ferrell, Chairperson, Presiding
Barbara A. Ramey, Secretary
Room 442—Environmental Sciences and
Technology Building

Friday, 6 November 1987

Responses of the Amphipod, Gammarus pseu-
dolimnaeus, to Experimental Infections with the
Acanthocephalan, Pomphorhynchus bulbocolli.
Larry N. Gleason, Western Kentucky University.
Fishes of Murphy's Pond, a Cypress Swamp in
Western Kentucky. Tom J. Timmons, Murray State
University.

The Insect Fauna of Kentucky: A Status Report.
Charles V. Covell, Jr., University of Louisville.
Circadian Changes in Ommatidial Structure in
the Cockroach, Leucophaea madera. Becky Green,
Signe Hamlin, Rodney McCurry and Blaine Fer-
rell, Western Kentucky University.

Sensory Stimuli Involved in Eliciting Agonistic
Behavior in the Northern Fence Lizard, Sce-
loporus undulatus. Kathy Taylor and Blaine R.
Ferrell, Western Kentucky University.
Aggressive Behavior in the Cumberland Plateau
Salamander, Plethodon kentucki. Donna L. Del-
pont and Paul V. Cupp, Jr., Eastern Kentucky
University.

Development of Sequential Sampling Plans for
the Alfalfa Weevil. Robert J. Barney and David
E. Legg, Kentucky State University.

Value of Validating Decision-Making Models: Al-
falfa Weevil as an Example. David E. Legg and
Robert J. Barney, Kentucky State University.
Election of Sectional Officers

Coffee Break

Plenary Session

Barbara A. Ramey, Presiding
Saturday, 7 November 1987

Teratogenic Effects of Zinc on Developing Fat-
head Minnows, Pimephales promelas. A Prelim-
inary Report. Barbara A. Ramey, Eastern Ken-
tucky University.

Toxicological Studies on a Novel Group of Nic-
otine Alkaloids. Jeffrey H. Botkin, Davy Jones,
Deborah Scarborough, Ray Severson and Michael
Jackson, University of Kentucky.

Relationship Between Plant Age, Endophyte In-
fection and Loline Alkaloid Concentration to Aphid

Survival on Tall Fescue. Herbert Eichenseer and
Douglas L. Dahlman, University of Kentucky.

0845 — Effect of Redbud Leaf Powder and Nitrogen Con-
centration on Growth and Development of He-
liothis virescens Larvae. Douglas L. Dahlman and
Latasha Felder, University of Kentucky.

0900 Coffee Break

0910 Annual Business Meeting

1030 The Nuclear Matrix of Normal and Baculovirus-
infected Insect Cells. Kathleen H. Price and Mar-
ijo E. Wilson, University of Kentucky.

1045 Predator Response to the Escape Mechanisms of
Their Prey: Nabis roseipennis and Orius insidio-
sus versus the Green Cloverworm. Dottie J. Clem-
ents and K. V. Yeargan, University of Kentucky.

1100. An Equilibrium Model of Protistan Colonization
in Barren Aquatic Systems. Paul V. McCormick,
University of Louisville.

1115 Korean (Epidemic) Hemorrhagic Fever: Aerosol
vs. Vector-borne Transmission. Allen N. Hunt,
Elizabethtown Community College.

1130 The Life History of the Orangefin Darter Ethe-
ostoma bellum in South Fork Green River, Ken-
tucky. William L. Fisher, University of Louisville.

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE SECTION

Russel M. Brengelman, Chairperson, Presiding
John Crenshaw, Secretary

Computer Science Session
Room 204—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

1500 Coffee Break
1530 Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

0800 Use of Computers in Medicine. Sylvia Pulliam,
Western Kentucky University.

0815 Programming Applications: A Case Study in Ad-
vanced COBOL. Angela R. Keith, Elizabethtown
Community College.

0830 Using Software Engineering Principles to Develop
Computerized Instructional Software. Richard A.
Rink, Eastern Kentucky University.

0845 Computer Security: What's New. Marlene Camp-
bell, Murray State University.

0900 Coffee Break

0910 Annual Business Meeting

1030 Profiles in Pascal: Where Does the Time Go? John
Crenshaw, Western Kentucky University.

1045. An Introduction to Object-Oriented Program-
ming. John D. McGregor, Murray State Univer-
sity.

1100 A Look at Modula-2. Carol Wilson, Western Ken-
tucky University.

54 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

1115 Expert Systems. Tom Cheatham, Western Ken-
tucky University.

1130 TURBO BASIC by Borland vs. BASICA. Darrell
H. Abney and Jean P. House, Maysville Com-
munity College.

1145 Debugging PC Assembler with Public Domain
Software, Virginia Eaton, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

1200 Sectional Business Meeting

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER

SCIENCE SECTION
Russel M. Brengelman, Chairperson
John H. Crenshaw, Secretary
Mathematics Session
Carroll Wells, Presiding
Room 205—Garrett Conference Center

Friday, 6 November 1987

1300 The History and Uses of ““e.”” John Brevit, Western
Kentucky University.

1315 Statistical Process Control—Transformation of
American Industry. Linda Howard, Elizabeth-
town Community College.

1330 Some Properties of Hermite Polynomials. Joseph
Stokes, Western Kentucky University.

1345 a,b-Paired Sets of Integers. Kyle Wallace, Western
Kentucky University.

1400 The Size of Sums of Sets. Bettina Zoeller, Western
Kentucky University.

1415 Lies, Spies, AIDS, and Drugs: Mathematical Con-

sequences of Mass Testing. Barry Brunson, West-
ern Kentucky University.

1430 Compactifications of Ordered Euclidean Spaces.
Tom Richmond, Western Kentucky University.

1445. Green’s Function and Reduction of Differential
Equations to Integral Equations. Nexam Irani-
parast, Western Kentucky University.

1500 Coffee Break

1530 Plenary Session

Saturday, 7 November 1987

0800 Perpendicular Least Square Estimators. Brian An-
derson, Monroe County High School.

0815 Using a Microcomputer in Teaching Calculus. Ste-
phen Jacobs, Western Kentucky University.

0830 Math Enrichment for Gifted Middle School Stu-
dents. Hope Richards, Western Kentucky Uni-
versity.

0845 Using the Sylvester Eliminant in Row Reduction
of Matrices. B. Pauline Lowman, Western Ken-
tucky University.

0900 Coffee Break

0910 Annual Business Meeting

1030 Homotopy Lifting. Carroll Wells, Western Ken-
tucky University.

1045 Two Observations of a Single Note. James Barks-
dale, Western Kentucky University.

1100 How Long is Long? John Spraker, Western Ken-
tucky University.

1115 Sorted Integers. Glen Powers, Western Kentucky
University.

1130 Sectional Meeting for Election of Officers.

COMMERCIAL EXHIBITORS SCHEDULED FOR 1987 KAS MEETING

Over 24 Scientific, Commercial and Educational Service Companies have reserved exhibitor space in the Garrett
Conference Center for the 73rd Annual Meeting of the Academy. If you have specific equipment, publishing, textbook
or other technical needs, an examination of the following list might provide the opportunity to schedule an appointment

in advance for consultation.

Ashland Petroleum Co.
Carbon Fibers Division
Ashland, KY 41101

Bicron Corporation

12345 Kinsman Road
Newbury, OH 44065
Dixie Irrigation Company
4045 McCollums Court
Louisville, KY 40218

Eberline Instrument Corp.
P.O. Box 23087
Fayetteville, GA 30214
EG&G Ortec

100 Midland Road

Oak Ridge, TN 37830

Educational Activities, Inc.
1937 Grand Avenue
Baldwin, NY 11501

Huntington Laboratories
1658 Bristow Road
Bowling Green, KY 42101

IBM Corporation
1733 Harrodsburg Road
Lexington, KY 40504

Johnson Controls, Inc.
1808 Cargo Court
Louisville, KY 40299
Kinko's Copies

846 Old Scottsville Road
Bowling Green, KY 42101

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING

Lee Allen & Associates

8746 E. 33rd Street

Indianapolis, IN 46226

Lone Star Computer
Corporation

18601 LBJ Freeway, Suite 330

Mesquite, TX 75150

Ogle Equipment Sales

P.O. Box 23087
Louisville, KY 40223

Premium Seed & Horticulture Supply

915 E. Jefferson Street
Louisville, KY 40206

Radio Shack Computer Center
214 Greenwood Mall
Bowling Green, KY 42101

Rohn Agri Products
P.O. Box 2000
Peoria, IL 61656

Scantron Corporation
10101 Linn Station Rd., Sta. 340
Louisville, KY 40233

Sargent-Welch Scientific Company
7300 North Linder
Skokie, IL 60077

The Carpenter Lithographing Co., Inc
P.O. Box 1385

1913 Commerce Road

Springfield, OH 45504

Teacher Insurance & Annuity Assoc.
730 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017

United States Navy Engineer Officers Program

1619 Foxhaven Drive
Richmond, KY 40475
VWR Scientific
P.O. Box 66920
O'Hare AMF
Chicago, IL 60666
Watcom Products, Inc.
415 Phillip Street
Waterloo, Ontario
Canada N2L3X2
Wright Line, Inc.
7003 Chadwick Drive,
#281
Brentwood, TN 37027

Host CoMMITTEE FOR 73RD ANNUAL MEETING

Dr. Wayne Hoffman, Department of Geography /Geology
Dr. Charles Kupchella, Dean, Ogden College of Science,
Technology and Health

Dr. Rudy Prins, Department of Biology

Mr. Lynn Greeley, Ogden College of Science,
Technology and Health

Dr. Joe E. Winstead, Department of Biology

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 56-60

ABSTRACTS OF SOME PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE
1987 MEETING

ANTHROPOLOGY

A cross-cultural investigation of crime and deviance.
TRAVIS EATON, Division of Social Sciences, Campbells-
ville College, Campbellsville, KY 42718.

The following topics were addressed in this presentation:
(1) the significance of the study of crime and criminal law
to anthropology, (2) some problems of doing cross-cultural
research on crime, and (3) various contributions that can
be made by conducting multi-cultural investigations of
criminal and/or deviant behavior. Attention especially was
focused on the last of these themes. By analyzing recent
published research from a variety of disciplines (e.g., an-
thropology, criminal justice, history, political science, and
sociology), the author identified at least 10 distinct ways
in which inquiries of this type can be of both theoretical
and practical relevance.

Longitudinal urban research in Monterrey, Mexico: an
update. JAMES F. HOPGOOD, Anthropology Program,
Department of Social Sciences, Northern Kentucky Uni-
versity, Highland Heights, KY 41076.

An urban ethnographic research project begun in 1971
is continuing as a longitudinal study of sociocultural adap-
tive strategies of a sector of the urban poor and their
structural and organizational responses in Monterrey, a
major metropolitan and industrial center of over 2 million
population in Mexico's northeast. Persistence of certain
types of neighborhood associations is a continuing research
interest. Preliminary assessment of problems associated
with long-term research indicate several advantages, dis-
advantages, and constraints in such areas as tracking of
informants and maintenance of contacts, field terminology
and data definition consistency, data collection manage-
ment, and control of appropriate contextual variables,

Poverty Point, a prehistoric village. DUDLEY YATES,
Director of the Library Learning Center and Chairman,
Library and Audio Visual Services Department, Kentucky
Wesleyan College, Owensboro, KY 42302-1039.

Poverty Point is the earliest large-scale earthwork in
America and the most significant site in the Poverty Point
Culture, which existed in the lower Mississippi Valley from
about 2000 B.c. to 700 B.c. The 6,000 inhabitants con-
structed a complex village consisting of 6 rows of semi-
octagonal concentric ridges ranging from about 2,000 to
4,000 ft in diameter. West of the ridges is a gargantuan
bird-shaped mound 70 ft high, measuring 640 ft along the
wing and 710 ft from head to tail. Remarkably, these Late
Archaic people engaged in distant trading and existed on
this site for hundreds of years as a hunter-gatherer society.

56

BOTANY & MICROBIOLOGY

An unusual habitat type for three rare Kentucky plants.
EDWARD W. CHESTER, Department of Biology, Austin
Peay State University, Clarksville, TN 37044.

Three rare Kentucky vascular plants grow on mudflats
of an upland, temporarily ponded depression on the Pen-
nyroyal Plain of Christian County. The site represents the
only known Kentucky location for 2 taxa: Echinodorus
tenellus (Mart.) Buch. and Scirpus hallii Gray. The 3rd
taxon, Heteranthera limosa (Sw.) Willd., is a threatened
species scattered over the state. Within an agricultural field
and ponded in spring and early summer 1983 and 1984,
receding water levels in July and August with complete
drying in September allowed extensive colonies of the
subject taxa to develop on the silty, muddy flats. Below
normal rainfall permitted cultivation of rowcrops during
1985-1987, and no development of the species occurred.
The number of plants present during normal precipitation
years suggests an extensive seed bank. Studies elsewhere
have shown that the 1st 2 species are especially well adapt-
ed to such ephemeral, unstable habitats and that seeds
may survive for a number of years until conditions for
germination are met. Observations in future years when
rainfall is normal will probably show a return of these taxa.

Effects of sodium chloride on beta-hemolytic strepto-
cocci. BOLA FASHOLA* and LARRY P. ELLIOTT, De-
partment of Biology, Western Kentucky University,
Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Various investigations have proven beta-hemolytic
streptococci groups A, B, and C as the main causes of
streptococcal pharyngitis. The drug of choice for treat-
ment of this infection is Penicillin G. However, a common
home remedy involves the use of salt water for gargling.
Experiments were conducted to study the effects of NaCl
on beta-hemolytic streptococci groups A, B, and C. MICs
of NaCl in Tryptic Soy Broth were determined, and such
concentrations caused alterations of the ultrastructure of
the streptococci as evidenced by EM. NaCl caused con-
densation of nucleoid DNA and some loss of ribosomes
followed by dissolution of the cell contents.

The effect of grazing by the snail Goniobasis on benthic
algal assemblages in different nutrient environments. PAUL
V. MCCORMICK, Department of Biology, University of
Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292.

In this in situ experiment, stream algal assemblages were
allowed to develop on glass coverslips for 19 d under con-
ditions of enrichment with (1) phosphate, (2), nitrate, or
(3) no nutrient in 250-ml enclosures containing snail den-
sities of 0, 40, 80, 120, or 160 snails/m*. Total cell density
and community biovolume decreased monotonically with

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING 57

increased grazing in unenriched and nitrate enriched sam-
ples, whereas the response was nonmonotonic in the phos-
phate enriched environment. A transition through 3 com-
munity types along the grazing gradient was also affected
by nutrient levels: a moderately grazed community that
developed in control and nitrate enriched samples never
became dominant in phosphate enriched samples, and a
prostrate community observed at high snail densities in
other nutrient treatments showed little development in
nitrate-enriched samples.

Sulfur accumulation in the wood of shortleaf pine (Pinus
echinata Mill.) from the Cumberland Plateau of Kentucky.
DARRELL L. RAY* and JOE E. WINSTEAD, Depart-
ment of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY 42101.

Two populations of shortleaf pine from Rowan and Lau-
rel counties, Kentucky, show almost doubled sulfur ac-
cumulation in wood formed during 1982-1986 compared
to xylem produced between 1962 and 1965. Wood tissue
in the 1982-1986 growth years showed from 0.06 to 0.11
mg S/g dry wt in 12 samples from 3 different trees com-
pared to lower levels of 0.03-0.06 mg S/g in 10 samples
formed in the trees between 1962 and 1965. Higher av-
erages of sulfur (0.12-0.14 mg/g) were found in wood
representing 1957-1986 growth in a Jackson County pop-
ulation. Atmospheric sulfur deposition in Kentucky is ac-
cumulating in shortleaf pine biomass.

CHEMISTRY

Fuel analysis of fire training facility wastewater. WIL-
LIAM D. SCHULZ,* Department of Chemistry, Eastern
Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475, and HOW-
ARD MAYFIELD, RDVC, USAF Engineering Services
Center, Tyndall AFB, FL 32403.

Live-fire training is a necessary U.S. Air Force activity.
Wastewater from training pits contains unacceptable levels
of JP-4 fuel and “aqueous film forming foam” (AFFF) fire
fighting agent. Fuel and AFFF components mutually in-
terfere in analytical methods. Solid phase extraction (SPE)
C-18 cartridges were used to extract JP-4 components.
Gradient water-methanol elution isolated JP-4 components
and many AFFF components for GC-MS analysis. Fuel
separators reduce AFFF component concentration by re-
moving solubilizing agent (“butyl carbitol”) from water.
Fuel component concentrations up to 10 times pure water
equilibrium (50 mg/liter) values are still found in effluent
water.

Solid phase extraction cartridges for Simazine analysis.
WILLIAM D. SCHULZ and STEVEN F. BAUGH,* De-
partment of Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, KY 40475, and U.S. Forest Service Co-op Ed-
ucation Program, Berea, KY 40403.

Simazine herbicide is widely used in surface mine rec-
lamation. Persistence and migration under such conditions
are unknown. Studies conducted by the U.S. Forest Service

are hampered by costly and tedious standard analytical
methods. Simple, rapid, inexpensive methods for sample
clean-up and concentration, utilizing commercial “solid
phase extraction” (SPE) cartridges, have been developed.
Phenyl (poly)siloxane cartridges and methanol elution were
used for water samples. Recovery rates were greater than
90% for 0.05-5.00 ppm Simazine spiked water samples.
No interferences were present with even very dirty pond
water. Standard deviation (10%) was consistent with the
G.C. injection mode.

COAL AND PETROLEUM

Determination of compound class composition of oil
fractions of some liquefied coals by liquid chromatogra-
phy. B. CHAWLA* and B. H. DAVIS, Kentucky Energy
Cabinet Laboratory, P.O. Box 13015, Lexington, KY 40512.

A high-performance liquid chromatography method for
quantification of the compound class composition (such as
saturates, aromatics and polars) of the oil solubility class
(pentane soluble fractions of coal liquids) has been devel-
oped. The method utilizes bonded cyanosilane and ami-
nocyanosilane columns and mixtures of benzene in normal
hexane and tetrahydrofuran in methy] tertiary butyl ether
solvent systems. A Tracor LC-rotating disc flame ionization
detector was used to quantify the chromatographic peaks.
Oil fractions of parent coals, extracted coals and demin-
eralized coals of different rank liquefied at 3 temperatures
(385°, 427° and 445°C) were analyzed for the compound
class compositions. The results showed systematic trends
in the percentages of saturates, aromatics and polars with
the changes in liquefaction temperature and coal rank,
etc.

GEOGRAPHY

A comparison of severe historic droughts in Kentucky,
1854-1904. CONRAD T. MOORE* and GLEN CON-
NER, Department of Geography and Geology, Western
Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Early weather records, newspaper accounts, and other
historic documents were examined for references to severe
droughts prior to the 1930s. Of the 8 identified, infor-
mation sufficient for comparison was available for 5 oc-
curring after 1850. Four with markedly adverse agricul-
tural and social consequences resulted from a combination
of record or near-record temperatures and moderate to
substantial precipitation deficiencies. In 1904, tempera-
tures were normal, but significant precipitation deficits
from January through September followed by an extreme
lack of precipitation in October and November produced
a water famine never before experienced in the Com-
monwealth.

Perception and reality in Kentucky—1811. WILLIAM
A. WITHINGTON, Department of Geography, Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506-0027.

Kentucky throughout its post-Indian exploration and
settlement years by Virginians and others has been de-

58 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

scribed by a variety of tall tales, truths, and garbled folk
knowledge, including an early conceptualization of Ken-
tucky as an American “Eden.” This discussion uses Jedi-
diah Morse’s statement on Kentucky in his abridged 14th
edition of American Universal Geography, published Ist
in New Haven in 1789 but by 1811 in Charlestown on
Boston’s north side. The discussion examines a New En-
gland-based geographer’s understanding and perception
of a new western state—its character, resources, people
and activities—versus the reality of that time.

GEOLOGY

The paleontology and stratigraphy of the Middle Silu-
rian (Niagaran) Laurel Dolomite in Kentucky. RICHARD
TODD HENDRICKS, Department of Geological Sciences,
University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.

The Laurel Dolomite contains 6 lithologic subunits, in-
cluding a basal dolomite, a dolomitic shale, the “lower
vuggy,” the “quarrystone,” the “upper vuggy,” and an
oolite. Paleontologic investigation has shown each subunit
to possess a distinctive fossil biota. Brachiopods (Atrypa,
Meristina), rugose corals, and bryozoans predominate in
the lower 2 zones. The “lower vuggy” exhibits abundant
crinoid debris, cystoids (Caryocrinites), colonial corals, tri-
lobites, gastropods, brachiopods, and algae (Receptacu-
lites). The “quarrystone” contains trilobites (Calymene),
corals (Halysites, Heliolites), brachiopods, and bryozoans.
In contrast, the “upper vuggy”’ contains locally abundant
Pentamerus brachiopods. The oolite is marked by locally
abundant brachiopods (Fardenia) and large algal bio-
herms. In summary, lithologies and biotas appear to be
environmentally controlled, and additional work is re-
quired to understand them fully.

Petroleum geology of eastern Kentucky: Rockcastle and
Clay county areas. GRAHAM HUNT, Department of Ge-
ology, University of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292.

Recent studies of correlation of mainly K-bentonite beds
of the Mississippian Valley region suggest that a closer look
is necessary for the problems concerning the surface-to-
subsurface correlations of rocks found near the bentonitic
beds in southeastern Kentucky. Most of the potential pay
zones—the Knox Group (multi-pays), Middle and Upper
Ordovician rocks (Stones River), Silurian-Devonian (Cor-
niferous), and the Mississippian age rocks (Big Lime)—
occur near bentonitic beds. Recent drilling in the study
area indicates that at least 6 bentonitic beds of the Stones
River units are useful for local and regional correlations.

Depositional history of Murphy’s Pond, a freshwater
cypress swamp in Hickman County, Kentucky. KEN-
NETH W. KUEHN,* Department of Geography and Ge-
ology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY
42101, and W. STANLEY WILKERSON, Department of
Biology, Tennessee Tech University, Cookeville, TN 38505.

Murphy’s Pond is located within the Mississippi Em-
bayment in Hickman County, Kentucky, and occupies

about 80 acres of the Obion Creek floodplain. Its flora is
extremely diverse; an earlier survey encountered 158 taxa
in 130 genera. There has been no prior investigation of
the history of Murphy’s Pond, though some workers be-
lieve it formed as a result of the New Madrid earthquakes
of 1811-1812 a.p.

A series of 8 cores was collected for analysis and yielded
peat accumulations ranging from 4.5 cm to 12.5 cm (av-
erage 7.5 cm). Two basal peats returned radiocarbon dates
of (1) modern (post-1950) and (2) 320 + 70 years, making
1630 a.p. the most likely date of the swamp’s origin. This
establishes Murphy's Pond as pre-settlement and prece-
dent of the New Madrid earthquakes. A detailed inves-
tigation of peat palynomorphs is in progress and will es-
tablish the swamp’s floral evolution.

A comparison of clay mineral assemblages from the
lower Borden Formation (Lower Mississippian) along the
east and west flanks of the Cincinnati Arch. R. THOMAS
LIERMAN,* JEFFERY T. STEWART, and CHARLES
E. MASON, Department of Physical Sciences, Morehead
State University, Morehead, KY 40351.

This study attempts to characterize and compare clay
mineral assemblages from the lower New Providence Shale
Member of the Borden Formation, west central Kentucky,
with the Henley Bed of the lower Borden Formation in
east central Kentucky. This interval is thought to represent
offshore, clay shale deposits that accumulated basinward
of a prograding deltaic complex (Borden Formation). The
clay size minerals found include illite, kaolinite, quartz,
and chlorite in decreasing order of abundance. A statistical
comparison of samples from these 2 locations suggests an
increase in detrital kaolinite and a concurrent decrease in
illite to the northeast, towards the source area.

Scolecodonts (annelid jaws) from the lower New Prov-
idence shale member of the Borden Formation, Jefferson
and Bullitt counties, Kentucky. JEFFERY T. STEWART,*
CHARLES E. MASON, and R. THOMAS LIERMAN, De-
partment of Physical Sciences, Morehead State University,
Morehead, KY 40351.

The basal 7 m of the Borden Formation (Lower Mis-
sissippian) were examined for microfossils in Jefferson and
Bullitt counties, Kentucky. This part of the Borden, in-
formally known as the Coral Ridge interval, is included
in the New Providence Member. It is a greenish-gray,
bioturbated, clay shale interpreted as basinal deposits in
front of a prograding deltaic system. Scolecodonts were
common elements among microfossil assemblages re-
covered. About 15 single elements or partially articulated
assemblages per kilogram of processed sample were ex-
tracted from the light fractions of heavy mineral separa-
tions. Post-Devonian scolecodonts are rare, especially ar-
ticulated forms from clastic sequences, and little is known
about them. The scolecodont fauna reported herein con-
tains important data for working out assemblage taxono-
my, biostratigraphy, and paleoecology of Mississippian
scolecodonts.

PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING

Petroleum exploration techniques for fractured terrains
in Kentucky. SHAUN A. WINTER* and KENNETH W.
KUEHN, Department of Geography and Geology, and
WILLIAM G. BUCKMAN, Department of Physics and
Astronomy, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
KY 42101.

Fracture reservoirs can be detected by a combination
of remote sensing techniques. Reconnaissance mapping
entails identification of lineaments from high-altitude col-
or infrared (CIR) imagery, and topographic and geologic
maps. Statistical analysis of the resultant lineament maps
locates promising trends for detailed field evaluation. In
the field, a radiometrics device provides 2-channel graph-
ical output for radon and total radiation, which helps ver-
ify the existence of the photo-identified lineaments. Soil-
gas samples collected from locations along the radiometrics
anomalies are analyzed by gas chromatograph to deter-
mine relative concentrations of light hydrocarbons meth-
ane through butane. Results from test holes sited through
these methods indicate that remote sensing techniques can
significantly increase the probability of success in fractured
terrains.

MATHEMATICS AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE

Two observations of a single note. JAMES B. BARKS-
DALE, JR., Department of Mathematics, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

During the mid 1700s Leonard Euler characterized the
celebrated value of “e’ as the limit of a sequence [s,],
where s, = (1 + 1/n)". In this presentation, the conver-
gence of this famous sequence is established as a direct
result of either of the following 2 observations: (1) If {” >
0 on R* and 0 < a < b, then f(b) — (b — a)-f'(b) < f(a);
also, (2) If f’ > 0 on R* and 0 < a < b, then I(f, a, b) <
(b — a)-f(b), where R* denotes the set of positive real
numbers and I(f, a, b) denotes the integral of f over the
interval [a, b]. Special instances of (1) and (2) now yield
sufficient (monotone and boundedness) conditions for [s,]
to converge. Use (1) with f(t) = t™t!, a= 1 + 1/(n + 1),
b = 1 + 1/n to establish monotonicity, and use a = 1,
b= 1 + ‘én to establish boundedness. Similar applications
of (2) with f(t) = t® also yield such sufficient conditions
for the convergence of [s,,].

Profiles in Pascal: where does the time go? JOHN H.
CRENSHAW, Department of Computer Science, Western
Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Two major techniques for analyzing the computational
complexity of algorithms are: (1) a priori analysis utilizing
Big-0 notation and (2) profiling analysis in which run-time
statistics are obtained from an implemented algorithm. A
software package called PROFILE for the VAX 11/750
permits Pascal programs to be analyzed in a variety of
ways. The primary analysis technique discussed provides
the user with a table showing the names of all modules in
a program along with a count of how many times each

59

module was executed. The execution of PROFILE is trans-
parent to the user and leaves the user’s program un-
changed.

Using public domain software to debug PC assembler
programs. VIRGINIA EATON, Department of Computer
Science, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green,
KY 42101.

FSDEBUG is public domain software that has certain
advantages over the DEBUG program that comes with
PCs and PC clones. For one thing, the FSDEBUG screen
lets users see contents of memory, contents of registers,
and flag settings all at once. A second advantage is that it
lets users alternate between the FSDEBUG screen and
another screen that lets them see the output of an executing
program. A third advantage is that there are excellent
HELP screens available from within FSDEBUG. I would
recommend FSDEBUG to anyone who is learning PC as-
sembler.

Use of computers in medicine. SYLVIA CLARK PUL-
LIAM, Department of Computer Science, Western Ken-
tucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101.

Computer utilization in medicine falls into 4 main cat-
egories: administration and record-keeping activities;
high-tech, usually machine-related; clinical information
services, using database or expert systems; and research,
combining all techniques. Two fields using computers ex-
tensively are radiology and clinical pathology. Radiology
applications are usually machine-related, as Digital Image
Processing. Pathology applications are usually more rec-
ord-related, as monitoring abnormal results. Computers
are also used to perform instant calculations, often in emer-
gency medicine, pediatrics, and physicians’ offices, to de-
termine dosage and assist in decision-making. A wide range
of database services and expert systems is available for
most medical specialties.

Homotopy lifting. CARROLL G. WELLS, Department
of Mathematics, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY 42101.

A mapping p:E ~ B has homotopy lifting with respect
to a space X if given mappings f:X x O — Eand F:X x
I — B such that F(x, 0) = p(f(x)), x © X, there is a mapping
G:X x I= Esuch that f(x, 0) = G(x, 0), x © X, and p(G(x,
t)) = F(x, t), (x, t) © X x I, Homotopy lifting with respect
to the Cantor set (HLP/C) and to a sequence with 1 limit
point (HLP/S) are studied. It is proven that a mapping
has HLP/C if and only if it has HLP/C locally. Also
mappings with HLP/C will have HLP/S and mappings
with HLP/S will have HLP with respect to a point.

PSYCHOLOGY

Variables influencing adolescents’ perceptions of tele-
vision violence. M. SHANNON MACKIE,* MARIA S.
MCLEAN, and JOHN W. PORTER, Department of Psy-
chology, Thomas More College, Crestview Hills, KY 41017.

60 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

Twenty pre-delinquent adolescent subjects judged car-
toon and crime drama scenes to be more violent as harm
to the victims in the scenes increased. They judged cartoons
to be more frightening and more personally disturbing as
harm increased. There was a tendency for scenes to be
rated as more humorous when subjects viewed scenes in
a group than when alone, There was no relationship be-
tween personality, as measured by the Eysenck Personality
Questionnaire, and the subjects’ ratings. It is suggested that
violence, even in fantasy settings, should be carefully mon-
itored. The group effects observed were attributed to a
diffusion of subjects’ attention away from the violence in
the scences. These results do not support previous research
that suggests that personality variables are strongly cor-
related with perceptions of television violence.

SCIENCE EDUCATION

Teaching chemistry by closed-circuit television—per-
sonal observations. DAVID R. HARTMAN, Department
of Chemistry, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green, KY 42101.

“Biochemistry for the Health Sciences” was taught by
closed-circuit television to a group of nursing and dietetics
students in Owensboro and on campus in Bowling Green,
simultaneously. Television production equipment and
teaching techniques were examined. Student response to
this unique experience was favorable.

ZOOLOGY & ENTOMOLOGY

Aggressive behavior in the Cumberland Plateau sala-
mander, Plethodon kentucki. DONNA L. DELPONT*
and PAUL V. CUPP, JR., Department of Biological Sci-
ences, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475.

Aggressive behavior in defense of areas by means of

direct attacks and threat displays was observed in male
and female Plethodon kentucki. All intruders (N = 96)
immediately began exploring when introduced into a res-
ident’s chamber. Threat displays used by residents to deter
intruders (60.4%, N = 58) included: orientation (97.9%,
N = 94), partial head-raise (49.0%, N = 49), full head-
raise (51.0%, N = 49), open-mouth display (35.2%, N =
19), and snapping (9.3%, N = 5). Contact occurred in 38
trials (39.6%), 19 (50%) resulting in aggressive encounters
involving a biting/chasing/fleeing sequence. All contacts
made by intruding males (44.7%, N = 17) resulted in
aggressive encounters with residents always being the vic-
tor. Such behavior suggests that male and female P. ken-
tucki may be territorial.

An equilibrium model of protistan colonization in bar-
ren aquatic systems. PAUL V. MCCORMICK, Depart-
ment of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, KY
40292.

This research investigated the utility of equilibrium is-
land theory in explaining patterns of protist colonization
in isolated aquatic systems. There was no relationship be-
tween species richness and the rate of immigration, al-
though a strong positive correlation with extinction was
found. There was evidence of non-monotonicity in rate
functions over time. Although a dynamic equilibrium ap-
peared to be achieved within 8 wk, there were fluctuations
around this level that could not be explained by changes
in environmental parameters. Discrepancies between these
results and theory may be explained by: (1) initially in-
hospitable conditions resulting in a lag in immigration, (2)
decreases in microbial species richness below equilibrium
levels as a result of predation by mosquito larvae, and (3)
increases in microbial species richness above equilibrium
levels following passive dispersal of colonists by mammals.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 61-65

CONSTITUTION OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

(Adopted 8 May 1914. Revised November 1951, 1970, 1979, 1987)

ARTICLE I
NAME AND OBJECTIVES

Section 1. Name. This organization shall be known as the
Kentucky Academy of Science.

Section 2. Objectives. The objectives of the Academy shall
be to encourage scientific research, to promote the diffu-
sion of scientific knowledge, and to unify the scientific
interests of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

ARTICLE II
MEMBERSHIP

Section 1. Classes of Membership. The membership of the
Academy shall consist of Regular Members, Life Members,
Student Members, Honorary Members, Emeritus Mem-
bers, Corporate Affiliates, and Institutional Affiliates.

Section 2. Regular Members. Regular Members shall be
individuals who are interested in science and the objectives
of the Academy. Each Regular Member shall pay to the
Academy annual dues as prescribed in the Bylaws.

Section 3. Life Members. Life Members shall be members
who have paid at one time a suitable sum, or have paid
at least that sum as an endowment, as prescribed in the

- Bylaws, and are therefore relieved from further payment

of dues.

Section 4. Student Members. Student Members shall be
full-time undergraduate, or part-time or full-time grad-
uate students at a recognized institution of higher learning.
Each Student Member shall pay to the Academy annual
dues as prescribed in the Bylaws. Student Members shall
have all the rights and privileges of Regular Members but
may not hold office. No individual shall be allowed to be
a Student Member for more than five years.

Section 5. Honorary Members. Honorary Members shall
be persons who have acquired national or international
renown in science. They shall enjoy all the privileges of
active membership except holding office and shall be free
from all dues. The number of Honorary Members shall
not exceed twenty at any time.

Section 6. Emeritus Members. Emeritus Members shall be
members who have retired from active service and who
petition the Executive Committee for a change in classi-
fication. They shall enjoy the privileges of active mem-
bership except that they shall not hold office and shall be
released from payment of dues. They shall receive all
mailings except the Transactions.

Section 7. Corporate and Institutional Affiliates. Corporate
Affiliates and Institutional Affiliates shall be businesses,
industrial or academic institutions, departments of such

- corporations or institutions, or individuals who through

61

support have indicated their endorsement and espousal of
the aims and purposes of the Academy. Annual dues shall
be paid as prescribed in the Bylaws.

Section 8. Election to Membership. For election to any
class of membership, the individual should apply for mem-
bership and must have paid the first year’s dues.

ARTICLE HI
OFFICERS

Section 1. Elected Officers. The elected officers of the
Academy shall consist of President, President Elect, Vice
President, Past President, Secretary, and Treasurer.

Section 2. Appointed Officers. The appointed officers shall
be the Representative to the American Association for the
Advancement of Science (AAAS) and the National Asso-
ciation of Academies of Science (NAAS), the Editor of the
Transactions of the Academy, and the Chair of the Ken-
tucky Junior Academy of Science. An Executive Secretary
may also be appointed. These officers shall be appointed
by the President, approved by the Governing Board, and
all shall serve at the discretion of the President and the
Governing Board.

Section 3. Election of Officers. The Vice President shall
be elected annually by mail ballot and, after having served
one year, shall succeed to the office of President Elect.
The Secretary and Treasurer shall be elected for three-
year terms, the election to take place by mail ballot in the
fall of the year prior to taking office.

Section 4. Term of Office. The elected officers shall take
office on January 1 following the fall meeting and shall
hold office until their successors have been elected. Any
vacancy of an office may be filled by appointment by the
President.

Section 5. Presidential Succession. The President Elect shall
succeed the retiring President and the Vice President shall
become President Elect. If the President Elect is unable
to assume office, the Vice President shall succeed to the
presidency and both a President Elect and a Vice President
shall be elected at the fall meeting.

ARTICLE IV
GOVERNING BOARD

Section 1. Governing Board. The Governing Board shall
have the responsibility for the overall direction of the
affairs of the Academy. It shall conduct the business of the
Academy, subject to decisions on policy by membership
by mail ballot or at a meeting of the Academy. The Board
shall consist of the following: President, President Elect,
Vice President, Past President, Secretary, Treasurer, Ex-

62 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

ecutive Secretary, Editor, Representative to AAAS and
NAAS, Chair of the Kentucky Junior Academy, six Rep-
resentatives elected by the three Divisions of the Academy
(two from each Division), and two Representatives elected
from the Academy-at-large.

Section 2. Meetings. The first meeting of the new Gov-
erning Board shall be held within three months after the
adjournment of the fall meeting of the Academy, and
quarterly thereafter.

Section 3. Executive Committee. The Executive Commit-
tee shall consist of the President, President Elect, Vice
President, Past President, Secretary, and Treasurer. The
Executive Secretary and Editor shall serve on the Exec-
utive Committee in an ex officio capacity. The Executive
Committee shall execute and administer the affairs of the
Academy during intervals between scheduled meetings of
the Governing Board.

ARTICLE V
DUTIES OF OFFICERS

Section 1. President. The President shall discharge the
usual duties of a presiding officer at all general meetings
of the Academy, the Governing Board, and the Executive
Committee. The President shall stay constantly informed
on the affairs of the Academy and on its acts and those of
its officers, and shall cause the provisions of the Consti-
tution and Bylaws to be faithfully carried into effect, in-
cluding making appointments described herein.

Section 2. President Elect. The President Elect shall assume
the duties of the President in the event of the President's
disability or absence from the general meetings of the
Academy, the Governing Board, or the Executive Com-
mittee. The President Elect shall serve as Chair of the
Program Comunittee.

Section 3. Vice President. The Vice President may assist
the President and the President Elect in the discharge of
their duties. In the event that both the President and the
President Elect are unable to preside over a meeting of
the Academy, the Governing Board, or the Executive
Committee, the Vice President shall preside in their stead.
The Vice President shall also serve as Chair of the Awards
Committee.

Section 4. Past President. The Past President shall serve
as an advisor and consultant to the President in order to
provide continuity in the development and implementa-
tion of long-term policies of the Academy. The Past Pres-
ident shall serve as Chair of the Planning Committee.

Section 5. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the records
of the proceedings of the Academy, the Governing Board,
and the Executive Committee. The Secretary shall main-
tain a complete list of members of the Academy with the
dates of their election to the different classes of member-
ship and their separation from the Academy; shall coop-
erate with the President in attending to the ordinary affairs
of the Academy; shall have charge of registration of the

fall meeting; and shall have responsibility for preparation,
printing, and mailing of circulars, forms, and meeting
announcements.

Section 6. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of
all funds of the Academy, and may deposit those funds in
banks that are insured by the Federal Government, but
shall not invest them without authority from the Finance
Committee, of which the Treasurer is a member, and from
the Governing Board. The Treasurer shall keep a detailed
account of receipts and disbursements, and the account
shall be audited as provided in the Bylaws. The Treasurer
furnish a suitable corporate security bond, the pre-
mium thereof to be paid by the Academy.

shal

Section 7, Executive Secretary. The Executive Secretary
shall serve at the discretion of the President and Governing
Board, and shall have duties as directed by the President
and the Executive Committee. The Executive Secretary
shall serve as Chair of the Public Relations Committee and
shall work in concert with any officer in any manner that

benefits the Academy. In the event the Executive Secretary
is not appointed or is not able to serve, these duties fall
back to the other Officers of the Academy. If empowered
to handle financial duties, the Executive Secretary shall
furnish a suitable corporate security bond, the premium
thereof to be paid by the Academy, and shall be subject
to the same audit as the Treasurer.

Section 8. Editor. The Editor of the Transactions of the
Kentucky Academy of Science shall be appointed by the
President, serve at the discretion of the President and
Governing Board, and be assisted by an Associate Editor,
also appointed by the President. The Editor shall serve as
Chair of the Publications Committee and is responsible
for editing the Transactions and other publications of the
Academy.

Section 9. AAAS/NAAS Representative. The Represen-
tative to the American Association for the Advancement
of Science and National Association of Academies of Sci-
ence represents the Academy in AAAS matters, and shall
keep the Academy informed on AAAS and NAAS trans-
actions that may relate to the Academy activies. An al-
ternate shall also be named to serve in the event that the
the Representative is not able to serve.

Section 10. Chair of Kentucky Junior Academy of Science.
The Chair of the Junior Academy of Science is responsible
for science competitions, projects, and all activities of the
Junior Academy (a full description is found in Article XI).

ARTICLE VI
DIVISIONS

Section 1. Designation of Divisions. For representation on
various bodies of the Academy and to otherwise facilitate
the functions of the Academy, the membership shall be
grouped into three broad Divisions:

A. Biological Sciences

B. Physical, Mathematical, and Computer Sciences

C. Social Sciences and Science Education

CONSTITUTION 63

Section 2. Membership in Divisions. A member may join
any Division of individual choice but shall not belong to
' more than one Division at one time. Membership in one
Division shall not preclude participation in the program
activities of other Divisions.

Section 3. Representatives to the Governing Board. Each
Division shall elect two members as Division Represen-
tatives to the Governing Board. Each Representative shall
serve for four years, but the terms shall be staggered so
that a Representative from a given Division is elected
every two years. The Senior Representative shall serve as
~ Chair of the Division in all matters that concern the Di-
vision. In addition, two Representatives shall be elected
from the Membership-at-large.

ARTICLE VII
SECTIONS

Section 1. Organization. Sections of the Academy shall be
organized to represent the various fields, or disciplines, of
science in each Division.

Section 2. Approval. The establishment of Sections shall
be approved by the Governing Board upon recommen-
dation by the Program Committee.

Section 3. Section Officers. Each Section shall elect an-
nually a Chair and a Secretary to take office concurrently
with the Officers of the Academy.

Section 4. Program Committee. The Chairs of all the Sec-
tions shall serve collectively as the Program Committee
under the direction of the President Elect.

ARTICLE VIUI
COMMITTEES

Section 1. Standing Committees. Except where otherwise
specified below, members of the Standing Committees
shall be appointed by the President with the approval of
the Governing Board and shall serve for a term of three
years on a rotational basis. The President shall designate
the Chair of each committee at the time the committee
appointments are announced. There shall be twelve Stand-
ing Committees, namely:

1. A Committee on Membership that consists of at least
three members. The Committee shall periodically re-
view and update, if necessary, criteria and procedures
for membership and provide leadership in devising
and implementing recruitment activities.

. A Committee on Publications that consists of the Pres-
ident, the Editor and Associate Editor of the Trans-
actions, and three members from the Membership-
at-large as well as any other member(s) of the
Executive Committee appointed by the President. The
Editor shall serve as the Chair of the Committee, which
shall recommend editorial policy for the Transactions
to the Governing Board.

3. A Committee on Legislation that consists of three

members. The Committee shall be responsible for the

bo

=I

consideration of legislation that affects the scientific
interests of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the
Academy and shall recommend to the Executive Com-
mittee appropriate action to be taken.

. A Committee on Distribution of Research Funds that

consists of six members. The Committee shall be re-
sponsible for evaluating research proposals, distrib-
uting funds, and shall have accountability in the use
of research funds.

. A Committee on Science Education that consists of

six members. The Committee shall be responsible for
promoting science education in the Commonwealth,
especially in the primary and secondary schools.

). A Program Committee. The President Elect shall serve

as Chair of the Program Committee, the other mem-
bers of which shall be the Chairs of the Sections. This
Committee shall be responsible for the program of the
annual meeting and any other meetings of the Acad-
emy.

. A Committee on Awards. This Committee, consisting

of the Vice President and three other members of the
Governing Board, shall solicit and evaluate nomina-
tions for the awards of the Academy. The Vice Pres-
ident is responsible for presenting the awards.

3. A Committee on Nominations and Elections. The

Committee shall consist of three members and shall
present nominations for all officers to be elected for
the following year. Two candidates for each office shall
be nominated and presented to the membership in
appropriate form for mail balloting. Nominations of
other candidates may be written in. Ballots for Divi-
sion Representatives to the Governing Board shall be
mailed only to members having identified with that
Division. Ballots for the Representatives of the Mem-
bership-at-large to the Governing Board shall be mailed
to all members of the Academy. It shall be the further
responsibility of the Committee to canvass the mem-
bership to provide the Governing Board a list of mem-
bers interested in serving as officers or on committees.

. An Audit Committee consisting of three members.

The Committee shall conduct a yearly audit of all
financial transactions of the Academy.

. A Finance Committee consisting of the President, as

Chair, the President Elect, Vice President, Executive
Secretary, and Treasurer shall periodically review fi-
nancial policies of the Academy and make recom-
mendations to the Governing Board.

. A Planning Committee that consists of the Past Pres-

ident and three other members. The Committee shall
research meeting sites, programs, and activities for the
Academy and any other goals or objectives deemed
appropriate by the Executive Committee. The Com-
mittee shall make recommendations to the Governing
Board.

. A Public Relations Committee that consists of the Ex-

ecutive Secretary as Chair, two members from the
Governing Board, and two members from the Mem-
bership-at-large. In case there is no Executive Secre-
tary, the President shall appoint a Chair. The Com-

64 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(1-2)

mittee shall be responsible for promoting the Academy
in any appropriate manner as determined by the Ex-
ecutive Committee.

Section 2. Ad Hoc Committees. Ad hoc committees shall
be named, as required, by the President and Executive
Committee. These may include Resolutions, Local Ar-
rangements, Rare and Endangered Species, and other
committees as deemed appropriate by the President and
Executive Committee. The President shall designate the
Chair of each committee at the time the committee ap-
pointments are announced.

ARTICLE IX
MEETINGS

Section 1. Annual Meeting. The Kentucky Academy of
Science shall hold annually a fall meeting. In addition,
spring or other special sessions may be called by the Goy-
erning Board upon the written request of twenty active
members.

ARTICLE X
PUBLICATIONS

Section 1. Transactions. The Academy shall publish the
Transactions of the Kentucky Academy of Science, and
other publications, with the approval of the Governing
Board.

Section 2. Recipients. Every dues-paying member of the
Academy and each club in the Junior Academy shall re-
ceive a copy of the Transactions.

Section 3. Editor and Associate Editor. The President shall
appoint the Editor and Associate Editor of the Transac-
tions subject to the approval of the Governing Board. The
Editor and Associate Editor shall be members of the Acad-
emy.

ARTICLE XI
KENTUCKY JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Section 1. Relationship to Kentucky Academy of Science.
The Kentucky Junior Academy of Science shall be a com-
ponent of the Kentucky Academy of Science.

Section 2. Steering Committee. The President of the Ken-
tucky Academy of Science shall appoint a Steering Com-
mittee for the Junior Academy of Science consisting of
three members of the Kentucky Academy of Science and
shall designate one of the three as Chair.

Section 3. Chair. The Chair of the Steering Committee
shall direct the affairs of the Junior Academy.

Section 4. Treasurer. The Steering Committee shall des-
ignate one of its members as Treasurer of the Junior Acad-
emy. The Treasurer shall be responsible for banking all
dues paid and contributions made to the Junior Academy.

Section 5. Disbursements. Bills against the Junior Academy

shall be paid only when authorized by the Chair of the
Steering Committee.

Section 6. Audit. The Accounts of the Treasurer of the
Junior Academy shall be audited annually by a committee
of two members, one to be appointed by the President of
the Kentucky Academy of Science and one to be appointed
by the Chair of the Steering Committee.

Section 7. Annual Report. The Chair of the Steering Com-
mittee shall make an annual report to the Kentucky Acad-
emy of Science. This report shall include a statement on
major activities of the Junior Academy and a report on
the finances of the Junior Academy as prepared by its
Treasurer.

Section 8. Constitution. The Junior Academy shall operate
under a Constitution approved by the Kentucky Academy
of Science. All revisions of the Constitution of the Junior
Academy shall be referred to the fall meeting of the Ken-
tucky Academy of Science for approval.

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT OF CONSTITUTION

Section 1. Constitution. The Constitution of the Kentucky
Academy of Science may be amended by mail ballot if
approved by two-thirds of the members responding, and
if at least ten per cent of the members have voted. The
Constitution may also be amended at any regular meeting
by two-thirds of the members present, provided a notice
of said amendment has been sent to all members at least
thirty days in advance of the meeting.

BYLAWS

I. Items of Business. The following items may be included
in the order of business for general or Governing Board
meetings:

. Call to order.

. Reports of officers.

. Report of the Executive Committee.
. Reports of the Standing Committees.
. Reports of the ad hoc Committees.

. Appointment of ad hoc Committees.
. Unfinished business.

New business.

. Election of officers and representatives.
. Program.

11. Adjournment.

COMIN FM hONe

=
i=)

II. Quorums. Forty members shall constitute a quorum of
the Academy for transaction of business. Nine members
shall constitute a quorum of the Governing Board. Four
members shall constitute a quorum of the Executive Com-
mittee,

III. Membership dues. Annual membership dues for Reg-
ular Members shall be fixed by recommendation of the
Governing Board and approval of the membership by

CONSTITUTION 65

simple majority. Other categories of membership dues shall
be fixed by the Executive Committee and the Governing
Board and shall be published from time to time in Acad-
emy publications.

IV. Endowments and Life Membership. Life Membership
monies shall be credited to an endowment account. Any
member may become a Life Member by designating a
one-time donation, the sum of which is at least equal to
the life membership fee.

V. Elections. Balloting shall be by mail, allowing at least
six weeks between mailing of the ballots by the Secretary
and their return by October 15. The candidate who re-
ceives a simple majority of the ballots cast shall be declared
elected. The Committee on Nominations shall be respon-
sible for the election process.

VI. Members in Arrearage. Members who have allowed
their dues to lapse for two consecutive years, having been
notified of their arrearage by the Treasurer, shall have
their names stricken from the membership list. Members
in arrears shall not receive the Transactions.

VIL. Submitting Titles and Abstracts. All titles and/or ab-
stracts of same, intended for presentation on any program
of the Academy, must be submitted to the Section Sec-
retary or Section Chair prior to the meeting at the des-
ignated times.

VIII. Establishing Rotation. To establish a proper rota-
tional basis for terms on Standing Committees, the first
year one member shall be appointed for a three-year term,
one for a two-year term, and one for a one-year term.

IX. Representative to AAAS/NAAS. The President shall
appoint a representative to the American Association for
the Advancement of Science and the National Association
of Academies of Science. The term of appointment shall
be three years.

X. Scientific Organizations. Any scientific organization in
the Commonwealth of Kentucky in a field of science rec-
ognized by the American Association for the Advancement
of Science may affiliate with the Academy.

XI. Division and At-large Representatives to the Govern-
ing Board will be phased in over the four years following
ratification of this Constitution and Bylaws. The mecha-
nism for this phase-in will be established by the Governing
Board.

XII. Amendment of Bylaws. These Bylaws may be

amended or suspended by a two-thirds vote of the mem-
bers present at any general meeting or Governing Board
meeting, or by a two-thirds majority of members respond-
ing to a mail ballot, provided that at least ten per cent of
the members have voted.

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
ORGANIZATION

GOVERNING BOARD

President
President Elect
Vice President
Past President

x Executive
Secretary ;
i Committee
Treasurer
Executive Secretary
(ex officio)
Editor (ex officio)
Division Representatives—6
At-Large Representatives—2 Other
AAAS/NAAS Representative
Members

Chair, Kentucky Junior
Academy of Science

STANDING COMMITTEES

Membership

. Publications

. Legislation

. Research Funds

. Science Education
Program

. Awards

. Nominations and Elections
. Audit

. Finance

. Planning

. Public Relations

OMNI DA PANY

eee
Neto

AD HOC COMMITTEES

. Resolutions

. Local Arrangements

. Rare and Endangered Species
. Others

BOND

Trans. Ky. Acad, Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 66

DISTINGUISHED SCIENTIST AND
OUTSTANDING TEACHER AWARDS

Each year the Academy presents the Distin-
guished Scientist Award and awards to the
Outstanding Teacher In Science at the Col-
lege/University Level and at the Secondary
Level.

This year the recipient of the Distinguished
Scientist Award was Dr. Joseph V. Swintosky
from the University of Kentucky College of
Pharmacy and recent Dean of that College
during 1967-1987. Dr. Swintosky has been a
member of the Kentucky Academy of Science
for many years and has contributed greatly to
the scientific and intellectual growth of the
Commonwealth. Dr. Swintosky has occupied
a leadership role in pharmaceutical science in
the Commonwealth and has been instrumental
in the development of a nationally and inter-
nationally recognized College of Pharmacy at
the University of Kentucky. He holds 10 U.S.
patents for discoveries and development of new
drugs and product processes and about 30 for-
eign patents. He has authored more than 115
refereed scientific and educational journal
publications.

The award for the Outstanding Science
Teacher at the College/University Level was
given to Dr. Ray Kenneth Hammond of the

Division of Science at Centre College, Dan-
ville, Kentucky. Dr. Hammond received his
Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of
Kentucky in 1965 and began his association
with Centre College in 1972. He was noted for
his excellent teaching in both lower and upper
level undergraduate classes, for his involve-
ment with the Governor’s Scholars Program
since its inception, for his advising activities
with pre-medical students and for his teaching
at various international universities.

Mr. Robert J. Hubler, a physics teacher at
Trinity High School in Louisville, Kentucky,
was the recipient of the award for the Out-
standing Science Teacher at the Secondary
Level. Mr. Hubler holds a B.A. in Secondary
Education with a major in physics and math
from Bellarmine College and a MLS. in Sec-
ondary Education with a physics major from
Indiana University. He has been teaching at
Trinity High School since 1965. He was voted
“Teacher of the Year” by the student body at
Trinity in 1985. Among other duties, he teach-
es an Advanced Placement Physics class where
successful students can earn up to 8 college
credits at Bellarmine College.

WINNERS OF THE KENTUCKY JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
SPRING SYMPOSIUM

Section A (Senior High)
Susan Reed

Sponsor:

Sr. Mary Ethel Parrott
Notre Dame Academy
Hilton Drive

Covington, KY 41011-2796
Phone number 606-261-4300

Section C (Junior High)
Naomi Baer

Sponsor:

Ms. Michelle Waggoner
Beaumont Junior High School
2080 Georgian Way
Lexington, KY 40504

School Phone 606-277-2006
Home Phone 606-223-7972

Section B (Senior High)
Malea Darlene Keahey

Sponsor:

Mrs. Carol Alexander
Trigg Co. High School
Cadiz, KY 42211

School Phone 502-522-6072
Home Phone 502-522-8110

Section D (Junior High)
Scott Logan

Sponsor:

Ms. Ann McCroskey
North-South Junior High
1707 2nd Street
Henderson, KY 42420
Home Phone 502-826-9520

Trans. Ky. Acad, Sci., 49(1-2), 1988, 67

NEWS AND COMMENTS

ANNUAL MEETING

The 1988 meeting (74th) of the Kentucky
Academy of Science will be at Eastern Ken-
tucky University in Richmond, 4-5 November
1988. The 75th meeting (Diamond Anniver-
sary) will be hosted by the University of Ken-
tucky, site of the first meeting of the society,
in Lexington. Exact dates will be supplied in
an upcoming issue when they are confirmed
by university and academy officials.

Morton B. RYERSON FELLOWSHIP

This fellowship is established through funds
contributed by the Chicago Community Trust.
Applications are being solicited for fellow-
ships-in-residence to begin anytime in 1988.
Open to any student, with preference to grad-
uate students, the fellowship awards a monthly
stipend of $800, plus room, for any period from
2 to 9 months. Fellows are granted full and
private use of a comfortable 4-room log cabin
with kitchen, spectacularly situated amidst
floodplain, hardwood forest on the banks of
the Des Plaines River in the Edward L. Ryer-
son Conservation Area, managed by the Lake
County Illinois Forest Preserve District. Fel-
lows will be expected to conduct independent

field research on any topic relating to ecology
and/or conservation in northern Illinois for-
ests. Cooperation with a local interpretive na-
ture center is encouraged, but the research
project is paramount. Applicants should send
a 2-3 page proposal, a resume or CV, 2 letters
of recommendation, and a proposed schedule
of residency at the Ryerson Conservation Area.
Address applications and requests for infor-
mation to:

Dr. John W. Fitzpatrick, Chairman
Morton B. Ryerson Fellowship Committee
Department of Zoology

Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605

Louisville Museum of History and Science
announced on 15 June 1987 the receipt of 2
grants, a $250,000 grant from the Kresge
Foundation in Troy, Michigan, for the con-
struction of an IMAX theater on the 3rd and
4th floors, and a $75,000 grant from the Insti-
tute of Museum Services (an agency within the
National Foundation on Arts and Humanities).

i

i

Instructions for Contributors

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in
the Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of
interest to the membership will be included as received.

Manuscripts may be submitted at any time to the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by
one or more persons prior to its acceptance for publication, and once accepted, an attempt will
be made to publish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced
throughout on good quality white paper 8% x 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles
and notes see Volume 43(3—4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and
the author should retain a copy for use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used
for all measurements. The basic pattern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts.
The Style Manual of the Council of Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for
Authors of the American Institute of Physics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and
a Manual of Style (Chicago University Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and
spelling. Only those words intended to be italicized in the final publication should be underlined.
All authors must be members of the Academy.

The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, abstract, body of
the manuscript, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables with table headings, and figure legends
and figures.

1. The title page should include the title of the paper, the authors’ names and addresses, and
any footnote material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.

2. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It
should be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgments, and Literature Cited. All tables and
figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide
complete information on the material referred to. See Volume 43(3-—4) 1982 for style.

5. For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3-
4) 1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals,
and set on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 x 7 or 8 x 10 inches. Line drawings
in India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 842 x 11 inches. Pho-
tographs should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should
be numbered in Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is
strongly suggested that all contributors follow the guidelines of Alien’s (1977) “‘Steps Toward
Better Scientific Illustrations” published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all
literature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations
on the galley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered
when the galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS

Silicon content in wood and bark of baldcypress compared to loblolly pine
and southern red oak. Lynne Jordan Bowers and John H. Melhuish, Jr. 1

The sphaeriacean clams (Mollusca: Bivalvia) of Kentucky. Branley Allan
Branson). (30) 2) 80 Boo Un esc BOM MRT Saal eu ae ta Hua R tate cee eed AA Sa aa 8

Identification of eggs, larvae, and early juveniles of the slabrock darter,
Etheostoma smithi, from the Cumberland River drainage, Kentucky. Thom-
SEP SIMO oi els Ne ade ay abe Nal an eel ea ena ey sue eel Sian ea ral ea Me eR Re 15

Fishes of Murphy’s Pond, a cypress swamp in western Kentucky. Tom Jd.
Timmons ........ Pas Arar OA eel NAT ee SINE Rae MTN EAT ai Mian 21

Intersampler variability and scouting for larvae of the alfalfa weevil (Co-
leoptera: Curculionidae). Robert J. Barney, David E. Legg, and Christian
IM: Christenseny i000 (3) Sg See SISTED SN ata UP 26

Response of Xanthium strumarium L. to simulated acid rain. Joe E. Win-
stead and Lisa Simpson Strange ........ PUR neat ARIERS A Marr bts eho ee: 2 29

Isolation and identification of non-salmonella bacteria from egg and milk
products screened for Salmonella spp. Bobby L. Bowles, Martin R. Houston,

Larry P. Elliott and Alan R. Coates .............-..0- 22 e eee eens 32

A counterexample in difference ring ideal theory. Charles H. Franke ... 35
NOTES

Further distribution of Mustela nivalis in Kentucky. Peter G. David .... 37

Leaf fall as an ecotypic character of Acer nequndo populations from Ohio

and Mississippi. Joe E. Winstead and Anthony M. Greco ............. 37

A life-form spectrum for Ohio. James O. Luken and John W. Thieret ... 38
ACADEMY) AFFAIRS (le 20 i) 0) CVS EA NRE eac0U Lead geen ea) Toit BIC rac ear SE 40
PROGRAM AND ABSTRACTS, ANNUAL MEETING .................... 45
ABSTRACTS OF SOME PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 1987 MEETING ..... 56
REVISED CONSTITUTION OF THE KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE .. 61

DISTINGUISHED SCIENTIST AND TEACHER AWARDS AND K.J.A.S. SPRING
SYMPOSIUM WINNERS isc) Sco) i Spake aiaheeieatairs pelle bsircute ial eveat etal fel oan oan 66

NEWS AND COMMENTS iyo ee larvae eeiciisue asia ua) alelletale latent aan satel 67

TRANSACTIONS.
ete :...
SeNTUCKY
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCE

I
sg

Volume 49
Numbers 3-4
September 1988

ees Publication of the Academy

The Kentucky Academy of Science
Founded 8 May 1914

Governinc Boarp For 1988
Executive COMMITTEE

President: William P. Hettinger, Jr., Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41114
President Elect: Richard Hannan, Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort 40601
Vice President: Debra K. Pearce, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076
Past President: Larry Giesmann, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights 41076
Secretary: Varley E. Wiedeman, University of Louisville, Louisville 40292

Treasurer: Paul H. Freytag, University of Kentucky, Lexington 40546

Editor (ex officio): Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond 40475

Executive Secretary (ex officio): University of Kentucky, Lexington 40546

GOVERNING BoarRD

William F. Beasley, Jr. 1988 Larry P. Elliott 1990 _

William S. Bryant 1988 y David E. Legg 1990
Douglas L. Dahlman 7989 Valgene L. Dunham 1991
Gordon K. Weddle 1989 Z W. Blaine Early, Ill 1991

AAAS/NAAS Representative: William P. Hettinger, Jr., Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland i
41114 i
Director, KJAS: Joseph “Pat’’ Stewart, Warren County Board of Education, Bowling Green 42101 Yi

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS

Editor and Branley A. Branson, Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky
Chairman: University, Richmond 40475
Associate Editor: John E. Riley, Chemistry Department, Western Kentucky University, Bowling
Green 42101
Index Editor: Varley E. Wiedeman, Department of Biology, University of Louisville,
Louisville 40292
Abstract Editor: John W. Thieret, Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky
University, Highland Heights 41076
Editorial Board: Douglas L. Dahlman, (1988), Department of Entomology, University of
Kentucky, Lexington 40546
Gerrit Kloek, (1989), Department of Biology, Kentucky State University,
Frankfort 40601
James E. O’Reilly, (1990), Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky,
Lexington 40506
Steven Falkenberg, (1991), Department of Psychology, Eastern Kentucky
University, Richmond 40475
William P. Hettinger, Jr., Ashland Petroleum Company, Ashland 41114

All manuscripts and correspondence concerning manuscripts should be addressed to the Editor. Authors must be members j
of the Academy. ,

The TRANSACTIONS are indexed in the Science Citation Index. Coden TKASAT. ISSN No. 0023-0081.

Membership in the Academy is open to interested persons upon nomination, payment of dues, and election. Application _

forms for membership may be obtained from the Secretary. The TRANSACTIONS are sent free to all members in good standing. |

Annual dues are $15.00 for Active Members; $7.00 for Student Members; $20.00 for Family; $250.00 for Life Members.
Subscription rates for nonmembers are: domestic, $30.00; foreign, $30.00; back issues are $30.00 per volume.
The TRANSACTIONS are issued semiannually in March and September. Four numbers comprise a volume.

Correspondence concerning memberships or subscriptions should be addressed to the Secretary. Exchanges and corre-—

spondence relating to exchanges should be addressed to the Librarian, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40292,

the exchange agent for the Academy.

THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.

EDUCATIONAL AFFILIATES

SUSTAINING MEMBERS

UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY

MEMBER

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
MOREHEAD STATE UNIVERSITY
Murray STATE UNIVERSITY
NORTHERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
UNIVERSITY OF LOUISVILLE
WESTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY

ASSOCIATE MEMBER

ALIcE LLoyp COLLEGE
BELLARMINE COLLEGE

BEREA COLLEGE

BRESCIA COLLEGE
CAMPBELLSVILLE COLLEGE
CENTRE COLLEGE
CUMBERLAND COLLEGE
GEORGETOWN COLLEGE
KENTUCKY STATE UNIVERSITY
KENTUCKY WESLEYAN COLLEGE
SAINT CATHARINE COLLEGE

CORPORATE AFFILIATES

ALL-Rit—E Pest CONTROL

ALLTECH, INC.

INTERNATIONAL BusINESS MACHINES
UNITED CaTALystTs, INC.

SUSTAINING CORPORATE
AFFILIATES

ASHLAND OIL, INC.

TRANSACTIONS of the
KENTUCKY
ACADEMY of SCIENCE

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 69-73

September 1988
Volume 49
Numbers 3-4

Significance of Aquatic Surface Respiration in the

Comparative Adaptation of Two Species of Fishes

(Notropis chrysocephalus and Fundulus catenatus)

to Headwater Environments

MICHAEL BARTON AND KIM ELKINS

Division of Science and Mathematics, Centre College, Danville, Kentucky 40422

ABSTRACT
Rates of dissolved oxygen consumption and capacity for aquatic surface respiration were measured for 2
species of fishes, the common shiner (Notropis chrysocephalus) and the northern studfish (Fundulus ca-
tenatus), common in headwater streams of the North Rolling Fork River. While both species assumed the

body position characteristic of oxygen uptake at the water surface, the depletion of atmospheric oxygen
within a respirometer was greater for F. catenatus, suggesting a more efficient mode of surface breathing
under conditions of hypoxia. The survival times of both species were enhanced with access to atmosphere.
Different strategies for coping with hypoxic conditions in the 2 species are apparent. The northern studfish
maintains aerobic metabolic capacity through efficient aquatic surface respiration while the common shiner
may increase anaerobic metabolism under conditions of hypoxia. Both species possess the requisite physio-
logical capacities for survival in headwater stream systems subject to intermittent flow regimes.

INTRODUCTION

In freshwater environments, headwater
streams offer the opportunity to assess the range
of adaptive responses to fluctuations in the
physicochemical environment. The capacity
of an organism to adapt to such fluctuations,
especially in temperature and oxygen avail-
ability, will determine its ability to become an
integral component of headwater ecosystems.
Species that dominate headwater communities
that experience environmental fluctuation,
however, may be less successful in more stable,
more diverse downstream ecosystems where
the intensity of biotic interactions is greater (1,
2). Thompson and Hunt (3) were the first to
suggest that fishes inhabiting headwater streams
subject to intermittency of flow demonstrated
greater tolerance to fluctuations in the physi-
cochemical environment than species inhab-
iting more stable and environmentally uniform

69

downstream areas. This has been experimen-
tally verified in the comparison of tolerances
to changes in temperature, pH, and dissolved
oxygen of headwater inhabiting versus main-
stream inhabiting individuals of the same
species of cyprinids and etheostomatines (4).
During late summer and early fall, large
concentrations of fishes, chiefly cyprinids, often
are trapped in standing pools in the headwaters
of the North Rolling Fork River in central Ken-
tucky. Here, the possibility exists for the rapid
depletion of dissolved oxygen with uncertain
opportunities for replenishment before critical
levels are experienced. The purpose of this
study is to compare the oxygen uptake patterns
of 2 species of stream dwelling fishes: the com-
mon shiner (Notropis chrysocephalus) and the
northern studfish (Fundulus catenatus). A
common behavioral response of fishes exposed
to hypoxic conditions is to move to the surface
and breathe the thin film of richly oxygenated

70 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

water at the surface. The role of aquatic sur-
face respiration in facilitating the uptake of
oxygen has been studied, especially in tropical
species routinely exposed to hypoxic conditions
(5, 6, 7, 8, 9). The role of aquatic surface res-
piration as an adaptation to the physicochem-
ical conditions characteristic of headwaters was
assessed for the two species mentioned above.

THE STuDY AREA

The 2 subject species of this study were col-
lected from second order headwater streams
(10) of the North Rolling Fork River in western
Boyle County, Kentucky. The fishes of the
North Rolling Fork constitute the most diverse
ichthyofaunal community within the Salt Riv-
er Drainage of central Kentucky (11). Mod-
erate alkalinity, medium hard to hard water
of generally good quality, a substratum of
non-calcareous shales and limestone, and a cir-
cumneutral pH are all characteristics of this
drainage (11). The fishes were collected from
shallow (<0.5 m) pools with copious leaf litter
and muddy bottoms and from the margins of
small riffles.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Fishes were collected during early autumn
using a backpack electroshocker and trans-
ported in plastic buckets to the laboratory where
they were acclimated in well-aerated water in
aquaria for at least 10 days prior to experi-
mentation. A constant photoperiod of 12 hr
light: 12 hr dark was maintained.

In order to determine oxygen consumption
rates and critical dissolved oxygen levels with-
out access to an overlying atmospheric layer,
individual fishes, ranging in weight from 2.93
to 6.45 g (N. chrysocephalus) and 1.62 to 3.12
g (F. catenatus) were placed in 300 ml B.O.D.
bottles and subjected to gentle aeration for at
least 4 hr to enable acclimation of the fish to
its surroundings. Initial measurements of dis-
solved oxygen were made using an oxygen
probe (Extech #8012) connected to a pH/mv
meter (Cole-Parmer #5984-00). This probe is
designed for use with B.O.D. bottles as it min-
imizes atmospheric exchange during measure-
ments and can be left in the B.O.D. bottles
between measurements. Bottles were sealed and
held in a water bath maintained at 25°C. Hour-
ly measurements of dissolved oxygen were

made until critical levels, determined as the
point of cessation of opercular beating, were
reached. At this time, individuals were re-
moved and wet weights determined. This pro-
cedure was repeated 5 times for each species
for a total of 10 trials. This technique has prov-
en useful in other studies of small fish metab-
olism (12).

In order to assess the impact of availability
of atmospheric oxygen, a respirometer was
constructed using a glass jar 12.0 cm long with
a diameter of 7.5 cm. The cap for the jar was
fitted with the oxygen probe used in the pre-
vious procedure. Another oxygen probe (YSI
#54) was fitted through the cap such that it
was positioned in an air space of 175 ml volume
that overlaid the 300 ml volume of water with-
in the respirometer. This enabled simultaneous
measurement of dissolved oxygen, measured
as mg 1-] and atmospheric oxygen, measured
as percent of atmospheric composition and
converted to g 1-1. A pH probe was also fitted
such that changes in pH accompanying oxygen
uptake and carbon dioxide release could also
be monitored. This procedure, using the res-
pirometer and fitted probes, was again re-
peated 5 times for each species for a total of
10 trials.

RESULTS

Patterns of oxygen utilization, measured by
comparison of depletion rates of atmospheric
oxygen vs. dissolved oxygen, suggest different
strategies of adaptation to oxygen deficient
waters for F. catenatus and N. chrysocephalus.
Survival times for both species increased dra-
matically with access to atmospheric oxygen
(Table 1). Decreased oxygen consumption rates
were recorded as dissolved oxygen diminished
(Figs. 1, 2). As aquatic oxygen consumption
rates declined, differences were observed in
the rate of utilization of atmospheric oxygen
(Figs. 1, 2). After approximately 22 hr, a sharp
decline in atmospheric oxygen was recorded
in the respirometer containing F. catenatus
indicating a relatively rapid removal of oxygen
from the atmospheric compartment. Decreases
in dissolved oxygen resulted in both species
assuming a posture in which aquatic surface
respiration (ASR) would be facilitated. Fun-
dulus appeared to be more efficient at this
activity as it acquired a posture much like that
observed by Lewis (9) for poeciliids and fun-

SURFACE RESPIRATION IN KENTUCKY FisHes—Barton and Elkins Tall

TABLE 1.
headwater stream fishes.

Effect of access to surface air on mean survival times and lethal dissolved oxygen levels in 2 species of

Mean Range of Mean lethal
weight weight Mean survival D.O. level
Species n (g) time (hr) (ppm)
F. catenatus
Without surface access 5 2.72 2.30-3.12 8.4 0.52
With surface access 5 2.16 1.62-2.90 68.4 1.56
N. chrysocephalus
Without surface access 5 3.26 2.93-5.54 3.5 0.53
With surface access 5 4.66 3.04-6.45 82.0 0.80

dulids and Kramer and Mehagen (7) in their
studies of ASR in guppies. Notropis engaged
in ASR but in a much more vertical position
than that observed in Fundulus, which was
able to orient its broad, flattened head almost
parallel to the water surface. The uptake of
atmospheric oxygen, measured as a decrease
in oxygen content in the atmospheric com-
partment, was not as pronounced for N. chry-
socephalus yet the longest survival times were
recorded for this species (Table 1). Although

(mg I-!)
@
4

DISSOLVED 0,
Py
ool!

a decline in pH was noted to occur within the
respirometer during the course of the experi-
ments using the respirometer, it never ap-
proached what would be considered critical
levels.

DIscussION

Certain species of fishes are successful in-
habitants of headwater environments because
of the opportunistic mode of feeding that they
may pursue (2) or because they possess the

o
19 =
Fi a
lane
L.a6 3
; 5
}13
1.10

DISSOLVED 0, CONSUMPTION (mg I-!hr-!g-!)
=
00

12
.06
oO LS eee TF
eee2i 34 SUS. 7) es
TIME

Fic. 1.

22 30 46 S6 72 94

9 10 11

(hrs)

Mean and range of dissolved oxygen concentrations, rates of dissolved oxygen consumption, and change in

atmospheric oxygen content within the respirometer for Notropis chrysocephalus with access to surface.

72 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3—4)

28 »
124 a
25 o
= 104 a
i 22a
— 8 a
2 “K e ee:
° ”
| °
w =
5 =e oh
3 44
2 =e Ee
ie
ane:
= a a a t
o
1 364
Z -30/
& 241
a
=
a a
z
°
o,.12]
fo}
© 06
are
3 ]
2 (0) : + —e— —o— —»o— -—»
12 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 22 30 46 SG 72 94
TIME (hrs)

Fic. 2. Mean and range of dissolved oxygen concentrations, rates of dissolved oxygen consumption, and change in

atmospheric oxygen content within the respirometer for Fundulus catenatus with access to surface.

requisite physiological adaptations to enable
continual adjustments of their metabolic scope
under conditions of fluctuation in the physi-
cochemical environment. In the 2 species stud-
ied here, different modes of adaptation to
headwater environments are evident.
Cyprinid species that inhabit shallow streams
have been demonstrated to effectively opti-
mize their combined temperature/dissolved
oxygen requirements in order to balance aero-
bic metabolic needs with ambient oxygen (13).
Members of the family Cyprinidae are effec-
tive also at switching to anaerobic pathways
under conditions of oxygen deprivation (14,
15, 16). The results of this study suggest that
N. chrysocephalus may shift to increased an-
aerobic metabolism under prolonged condi-
tions of diminished oxygen availability. The
levels of atmospheric oxygen in the respiro-
meter did not exhibit as pronounced a decline
for N. chrysocephalus, suggesting a decreased
oxygen requirement with time for this species.
Studies on lactate accumulation under hypoxic

conditions would substantiate the role of an-
aerobic metabolism suggested by this investi-
gation.

Lewis (9) postulated that the small, up-
turned mouth and the dorso-ventrally flattened
head of fundulid and poeciliid fishes optimize
their capacity for ASR. Laboratory studies of
microhabitat selection have revealed that Poe-
cilia reticulata (family Poeciliidae) chose shal-
low areas of an experimental aquarium that
were closest to the air-water interface (17). Our
study verified Lewis’ observations that cypri-
nid species assume a greater inclination of body
axis while engaging in ASR and that the body
form of fundulids best accommodates this ac-
tivity. This study further substantiates the ob-
servations by several researchers that cyprin-
odontiform fishes are the best adapted
headwater species in terms of capacity for ASR
(7, 8, 9). While our study appears to attribute
the survival capacity of F. catenatus in oxygen
deficient waters to an enhanced capacity for
ASR, N. chrysocephalus appears equally

SURFACE RESPIRATION IN KENTUCKY FisHes—Barton and Elkins 73

adapted to these conditions because of its en-
hanced anaerobic capabilities. Surface dwell-
ing species that engage in ASR may be sub-
jected to greater risk of avian predation (18).
Enhanced anaerobic capacity would enable
optimization of metabolic scope in the face of
physicochemical fluctuation yet avoid the po-
tential liabilities of surface confinement during
periods of oxygen deprivation.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Financial support for the preparation of this
paper was made available by the Faculty De-
velopment Committee of Centre College.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Diamond, J. M. 1978. Niche shifts and the redis-
covery of interspecific competition. Am. Sci. 66:322-331.

2. Moyle, P. B. and J. J. Cech, Jr. 1982. Fishes: an
introduction to ichthyology. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New Jer-
sey.

3. Thompson, D. H. and F. D. Hunt. 1930. The fishes
of Champaign County—a study of the distribution and
abundance of fishes in small streams. II]. Nat. Hist. Surv.
Bull. 19:5-101.

4. Matthews, W. J. and J. T. Styron, Jr. 1981. Toler-
ance of headwater vs. mainstream fishes for abrupt phys-
icochemical changes. Amer. Mid]. Nat. 105:149-158.

5. Gee, J. H. 1986. Bouyancy control of four species
of eleotrid fishes during aquatic surface respiration. Env.
Biol. Fish. 16:269-278.

6. Kramer, D. L. 1983. Aquatic surface respiration in
the fishes of Panama: distribution in relation to risk of
hypoxia. Env. Biol. Fish. 8:49-54.

7. Kramer, D. L. and J. P. Mehagen. 1981. Aquatic
surface respiration, an adaptive response to hypoxia in the

guppy, Poecilia reticulata (Pisces: Poeciliidae). Env. Biol.
Fish. 6:299-313.

8. Kramer, D. L. and M. McClure. 1982. Aquatic
surface respiration, a widespread adaptation to hypoxia in
tropical freshwater fishes. Env. Biol. Fish. 7:47-55.

9. Lewis, W. M., Jr. 1970. Morphological adaptations
of cyprinodontoids for inhabiting oxygen deficient waters.
Copeia 1970:319-326.

10. Kuehne, R. A. 1962. A classification of streams,
illustrated by fish distribution in an eastern Kentucky creek.
Ecol. 43:608-614.

1l. Fisher, W. L. and R. R. Cicerello. 1985. Fishes of
the Rolling Fork of the Salt River, Kentucky. Trans. Ky.
Acad. Sci. 46:108-115.

12. Barton, M. G. and A. C. Barton. 1987. Effects of
salinity on oxygen consumption of Cyprinodon variegatus.
Copeia 1987:230-232.

13. Bryan, J. D., L. G. Hill, and W. H. Neill. 1984.
Interdependence of acute temperature preference and res-
piration in the plains minnow. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 113:
557-562.

14. Blazka, P. 1958. The anaerobic metabolism of fish.
Physiol. Zool. 31:117-128.

15. Cech, J. J., Jr, S. J. Mitchell, and M. J. Massingill.
1979. Respiratory adaptations of Sacramento blackfish,
Orthodon microlepidotus (Ayres), for hypoxia. Comp.
Biochem. Physiol. 63A:411-415.

16. Johnston, I. A. 1975. Anaerobic metabolism in the
carp Carassius carassius L. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 51B:
235-241.

17. Nolte, D. B. and P. H. Johansen. 1986. Laboratory
studies of microhabitat selection by the guppy, Poecilia
reticulata (Peters). J. Freshwater Ecol. 3:299-307.

18. Kramer, D. L., D. Manley, and R. Bourgeois. 1983.
The effect of respiratory mode and oxygen concentration
on the risk of aerial predation in fishes. Can. J. Zool. 61:
653-665.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 74-79

Some Stand Characteristics of Bald Cypress,
Taxodium distichum (L.), in an Oxbow Lake in
Extreme Southwestern Indiana

Tuomas R. KozeE.,! JOHN DaILeEy, JAY CRAIG,
AND KATHY WELBORN

Department of Biology, University of Southern Indiana,
Evansville, Indiana 47712

ABSTRACT

A stand of bald cypress, Taxodium distichum (L.) Richard, in Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana was
sampled for age, growth and reproductive characteristics. This stand is located in the Hovey Lake Fish and
Wildlife Area and is one of the northernmost in the middle of the T. distichum east-west range. Thirty-
three 25-m? sample plots were established and 359 trees measured for DBH. Fifty-seven specimens were
cored for age determination. Mean DBH for all trees was 251.4 + SE 36.1 mm and trees between 101 and
400 mm DBH were most frequently encountered. We counted 114 trees in the 201-300 mm size class,
making it the largest class. The smallest tree measured 30 mm DBH and the largest 1,240 mm DBH. The
mean DBH of cored trees was 183.6 + SE 13.6 mm, mean age 56.5 + SE 3.5 yr and mean growth rate
3.25 + SE 0.83 mm/yr. Mean growth rate for cored trees increased from 2.84 + SE 0.16 mm/yr in 0-100
mm DBH trees to 3.86 + SE 1.39 mm/yr in 401-500 mm DBH size class trees. Based upon regression
analysis of data from cored trees, the average age of all trees was 74.8 + SE 7.5 yr. The age of most specimens
was between 50 and 100 yr. Large numbers of 0-100 mm size class were not observed, but germination and

seedling growth are still occurring along some of the lake’s margin.

INTRODUCTION

The bald cypress, Taxodium distichum (L.)
Richard, reaches its northernmost limit of dis-
tribution in the middle of its east-west range
in southern Illinois, western Kentucky and
southern Indiana. Many isolated stands of this
tree have been lost in these areas due to habitat
modification caused by wetlands draining, silt-
ation and pollution. One stand, which has not
been lost, is located in the extreme southwest-
ern corner of Indiana in Hovey Lake, on the
Hovey Lake Fish and Wildlife Area, Posey
County, Indiana.

Taxodium distichum is most successful in
regions with fluctuating water levels. It pro-
duces seeds that apparently must germinate on
ground which is very moist but not submerged
(1). The seedlings must then reach a height
greater than the next sustained high water if
they are to become established (2). It has been
demonstrated (3) that seedlings can survive
submergence for several weeks, but will not
grow during that time. High seed production

1 Present address and reprint requests: Department of
Biology and Life Sciences, Box 20483, Savannah State Col-
lege, Savannah, Georgia 31404.

74

seems to occur in 3-year cycles (1) and must
coincide with high water which will allow seeds
to soak for 1-3 months for best germination.
An absence of reproduction has been noted in
swampy areas which are silted-in even though
mature trees are still growing there (1).

Hovey Lake was formed about 500 years
ago as a large oxbow of the Ohio River, and
it is presently contained within Hovey Lake
Fish and Wildlife Area in Posey County, In-
diana (4). Originally, the maximum depth of
the lake was about 12.3 m, but siltation grad-
ually reduced this value to approximately 1.2
m and the surface area was reduced to about
120 ha.

In 1975 the Uniontown Navigation Locks
and Dam was completed and the project, by
increasing the mean depth of the Ohio River,
backed an additional 2.2 m of water into the
lake basin. At present, Hovey Lake has a max-
imum depth of approximately 3.4 m and a
surface area of about 560 ha. It retains a nar-
row connection with the Ohio River and its
level is therefore dependent upon the mean
pool of the river.

Despite its geographic location, Hovey Lake,
like other areas of the lower Ohio River valley,
exhibits a flora and fauna with distinct south-

BaLpD Cypress IN INDIANA—Kozel et al.

73

DOA N
WNW s
Lr’|AV \
S \
NY . . oe
‘ e .
Xs
e A
\ IN
Wr ee?) >
\S e
\ ; N
\ Ss AY
x = ~ \ \ \
\@ \
" WA)
xy
e
Se Ss @
. ®
BO ss COIN
4 ee WN
© ® \
\
N
Ww
: <
) Sample _ site
\

\\ Dead trees

Live trees

oO

Fic. 1. Generalized outline map of Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana showing location of 33 25-m? sample plots,
and areas where living and dead Taxodium distichum could be found. Length of outlet and Ohio River not same scale

as lake.

ern affinities. Examples of woody species cited
by Cain (5) and observed in the present study
include: pecan, Carya illinoensis (Wang.)
Koch; overcup oak, Quercus lyrata Walt.; shu-
mard oak, Q. shumardii Buckl.; red oak, Q.
rubra L.; red maple, Acer rubrum L.; water
locust Gleditsia aquatica Marsh.; catawba, Ca-
talpa speciosa Warder; and deciduous holly,
Ilex decidua Walt.

Only 2 previous studies of T. distichum in
Hovey Lake (5, 6) are known to the authors.
This study was undertaken to determine the
present status of the bald cypress (no distinc-
tion between varieties and/or sub-species of T.
distichum was attempted here) in Hovey Lake.
Such baseline studies are necessary in ecolog-
ically important sites now subject to environ-
mental modification.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Aerial maps of Hovey Lake were used to
locate areas containing living Taxodium dis-
tichum. Grids were drawn on these maps, as-
signed numbers, and 33 sample points were
selected at random for study. The points were
then located on the lake and 25-m? sample
plots established by tagging “corner” trees (Fig.
1). Within each plot the diameter (DBH) of
every bald cypress was measured to the nearest
mm using a diameter tape.

An age-estimate of all trees measured was
made as follows. One or 2 specimens were
selected at random from each plot (total = 57
trees) and their ages were directly determined
by coring and counting rings. Increment borers
were used to obtain samples of trees up to 500

76

TABLE 1.

Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Density and frequency of Taxodium distichum sampled at Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana. Trees

grouped into 100 mm diameter size classes. N = 359. Thirty-three 25-m? plots.

Size class Number of Density
(mm) individuals (no./m?)
0-100 36 0.058

101-200 89 0.142

201-300 114 0.182
301-400 72 0.115
401-500 24 0.038
501-600 20 0.032
601-700 1 0.002
701-800 2 0.003

> 800 1 0.002

(1,240 mm tree)
Total 359 0.574

mm DBH. Whole cores (cork to past the pith)
were used to calculate growth rates. Two cores
were taken 180° apart and then averaged. Since
all of the sampling was done from canoes on
partially submerged trees, cores and DBH
measurements were made | m above the water
line. Most trees were submerged in water ap-
proximately 1 m deep. Core preparation and
age-determination methods were adapted from
standard methods (7). Cores were mounted in
clear epoxy resin, sectioned, lightly sanded,
rubbed with a small amount of vegetable oil
to make the rings more visible and examined
by means of a 30 dissecting microscope.

Linear regression analysis was then used to
demonstrate the relationship between age and
DBH and to provide a method for estimating
the age of trees greater than 500-mm DBH.
Trees were grouped into 100-mm DBH size
classes and values for the following parameters
in each calculated: numbers of individuals;
density (no./m/?); relative density; % frequen-
cy; relative frequency; mean DBH (in mm);
mean age (in yr); and mean growth (in mm/
yr).

Relative density Frequency Relative

(%) (%) frequency (%)
10.11 24.2 7.69
24.83 60.6 19.55
31.72 78.8 25.32
20.00 81.8 26.28
6.67 27.3 8.65
5.52 27.3 8.65
0.23 3.0 0.96
0.46 6.1 1.92
0.23 3.0 0.96

RESULTS

We measured 359 trees for DBH and cored
57 to determine age (Table 1). The mean DBH
was 251.4 + SE 36.1 mm. Trees with a DBH
between 101 and 400 mm were the most fre-
quently encountered. Their densities were also
greatest. One hundred fourteen trees were
measured in the 201-300 mm size class, mak-
ing it the largest size class. Size classes greater
than 400 mm were poorly represented, but 36
individuals were found in the 0-100 mm size
class. The smallest tree measured was 30 mm
DBH, and the largest 1,240 mm DBH (neither
was cored).

Trees from which cores were taken were also
arrayed into 100 mm size classes (Table 2).
The mean DBH of all cored trees was 183.6
+ SE 13.6 mm. Based upon direct counts of
growth rings from these cores the mean age in
years and mean growth rate in mm/yr were
estimated. The mean age and growth rate of
all cored trees was 56.5 + SE 3.5 yr and 3.25
+ SE 0.83 mm/yr, respectively. The mean age
of trees from the largest size class (401-500

TaBLE 2. Mean DBH (mm), mean age (yr) and mean growth (mm/yr) for 57 cored Taxodium distichum sampled
at Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana. Trees grouped into 100 mm diameter size classes. Values are means + standard

error.

Size class Number of Mean DBH Mean age Mean growth
(mm) individuals (mm) (yr) (mm/yr)
0-100 17 82.6 + 2.2 29.1 + 1.3 2.84 + 0.16

101-200 18 151.9 + 2.9 49.8 + 1.7 3.05 + 0.41

201-300 15 244.2 + 4.0 13.1 2 2/2 3.34 + 0.86

301-400 5 853.8 + 8.4 100.6 + 4.5 8.52 + 1.57

401-500 2 447.5 + 15.0 116.0 + 7.7 3.86 + 1.39

BaLD Cypress IN INDIANA—Kozel et all. Ha

480

26 So valk (Og) S755 Oss}

420

SE of slope = 0.117

953) conf... Vim.

360

-974

320

248

DBH IN MM

182

120

0 12. 25 37: 5B

of slope = 3.711 + 0.234

62. 75 87. 108 112. 125

AGE IN YEARS

Fic. 2. The relationship between DBH and age of 57 cored T. distichum. Linear regression model.

mm DBH) was 116.0 + SE 7.7 yr. The mean
growth rate of trees 0-100 mm DBH was 2.84
+ SE 0.16 mm/yr and this rate appeared to
increase gradually to 3.86 + SE 1.39 mm/yr
in the 401-500 mm size class. The small num-
ber of trees sampled in the 2 largest size classes
should be noted. It should also be noted that
the mean growth rates are estimates of all years
of tree life, and are not present growth rates.

The relationship between DBH and age for
T. distichum was determined by linear regres-
sion analysis of the cored trees (Fig. 2).

Curvilinear regression produced a slightly
higher R value (0.978), but it is believed that
the number of large trees which seem to be
responsible for the deviation from linearity is
not great enough to warrant this equation’s use.

The linear regression model was extended
to allow the age of larger (DBH) trees to be
estimated. Using this model, the age of the
1,240 mm DBH tree was estimated to be ap-
proximately 325 yr.

DISCUSSION

The average age of all measured trees, de-
termined using the regression equation, was

74.8 + SE 7.5 yr. The difference of 18.3 yr
between all specimens and cored trees is prob-
ably due to the inclusion of 24 trees over 500
mm DBH in the former group. The ages of
most T. distichum studied were between 50
and 100 yr. The germination time of these trees
is therefore placed approximately between the
years 1880 and 1930. This interval was before
the principal periods of levee and dam con-
struction along and on the Ohio River. Such
construction has the effect of reducing water
level fluctuations along the river and in Hovey
Lake. Since fluctuating water levels seem to be
necessary for the establishment of successful
stands of T. distichum, it is not surprising that
the smallest size class was not strongly repre-
sented in our samples. Sherrod et al. (8) thought
that the placement of flood control dams on
the Savannah River might inhibit T. distichum
establishment in South Carolina.

Cain (5) seems to support, and provide back-
ground for, the present observations of size
class distribution in Hovey Lake. He noticed
a”... general absence of cypress reproduction
and hence development in stands where ma-
ture trees are now dominant ...” in his 1932

78 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

EST

report, and suggested that recently completed
agricultural levees might be restricting the rise
and fall of water in the lake.

When we checked for cypress reproduction
in our sample plots no measured tree repro-
duction was found. A few seedlings less than
20 cm high were seen along short stretches of
shoreline, indicating that reproduction and
germination are still occurring. Cain (5) found
seedlings abundant only at the lake outlet, an
area not sampled in the present study. Munson
(6) did not mention seedling germination or
saplings in his report, but Spitznagle, the Prop-
erty Manager at Hovey Lake Fish and Wildlife
Area (pers. comm.) has seen both seedlings and
saplings along the perimeter of the lake’s east-
ern side. He stated that they are found in dense
willow stands which suggests that they must
be shade tolerant. Others feel that willows will
competitively exclude cypress (8, 9) and that
the latter are understory intolerant (10).

Spitznagle (pers. comm.) believes that silt
deposition, which has been very high in recent
years, provides conditions for T. distichum re-

t E pA t iw : 3 i ik usa Z i tis 4
Fic. 3. Dead bald cypress forming partial ring around outer perimeter of Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana.

population along the lake margin. This siltation
may be compensating for the lack of water
level fluctuation in some parts of the lake and
allowing germination to occur.

The effects of siltation on mature trees are
less clear. Approximately one-half the lake
shore is enclosed by a ring of dead bald cypress
(Fig. 3). The exact cause of their demise is
uncertain, but their presence is noted because
of their large numbers.

The mean growth rate of 3.25 + SE 0.83
mm/yr is slightly higher than that reported by
Mitsch and Ewel (11) for two cypress domes
in Florida receiving treated sewage and hard
groundwater (2.8-3.0 mm/yr). It is lower than
that found by Langdon (12) in Louisiana (4.6-
5.3 mm/yr). Schlesinger (13) indicated that as
cypress stands mature the above-water pro-
duction per tree increases. Our data showing
an increase in growth rate with increasing age
and size support this conclusion.

The relatively low numbers of small diam-
eter size class T. distichum and the limited
population size of seedlings noted here, and by

BALD Cypress IN INDIANA—Kozel et al. 79

others, indicates the need for further study of
these trees in habitats with artificially restrict-
ed water level fluctuations.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to express my sincere appre-
ciation to Dr. Joe P. Richardson for a critical
reading of the manuscript and to Dr. Matthew
R. Gilligan for computational assistance and
advice. Financial support for this project was
made available through the Division of Science
and Mathematics at Indiana State University
Evansville (now University of Southern In-
diana). Dr. Melvin W. Denner, Chairperson,
Division of Science and Mathematics, sup-
ported and encouraged this project.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Mattoon, W. R. 1915. The southern cypress. U.S.
Dept. Agric. Bull. 272:1-74.

2. Demaree, D. 1932. Submerging experiments with
Taxodium. Ecol. 13:258-262.

3. Welch, W.H. 1932. An ecological study of the bald
cypress in Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 41:207-213.

4. Indiana Dept. of Natural Resources, Division of Fish
and Wildlife. Hovey Lake Fish and Wildlife Area. De-
scriptive pamphlet; 8 folded pages.

5. Cain, §. A. 1935. Bald cypress, Taxodium disti-
chum (L.) Rich., at Hovey Lake, Posey County, Indiana.
Am. Midl. Nat. 16:72-82.

6. Munson, P. J. 1975. Dendrochronology. Dept. of
Anthropology, Indiana University. 12 pp. (Obtained from
D. Spitznagle, Property Manager, Hovey Lake Fish and
Wildlife Area.)

7, Cuno, J.B. 1934. Increment borer and core technic.
Jour. Forestry. 33:368-369.

8. Sherrod, C., Jr., D. E. Somers, and K. W. McLeod.
1980. Potential for bald cypress establishment in ther-
mally altered sites. J. Therm. Biol. 5:107-111.

9. McLeod, K. W. and C. Sherrod, Jr. 1981. Bald-
cypress seedling growth in thermally altered habitats. Amer.
]. Bot. 68:918-923.

10. Good, B. J. and S. A. Whipple. 1982. Tree spatial
patterns: South Carolina bottomland and swamp forests.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 109:529-536.

11. Mitsch, W. J. and K. C. Ewel. 1979. Comparative
biomass and growth of cypress in Florida wetlands. Am.
Midl. Nat. 101:417-426.

12. Langdon, O. G. 1958. Silvical characteristics of
bald cypress. USDA S.E. Forest Exp. St. Pap. 94. 7 pp.

13. Schlesinger, W. H. 1978. Community structure,
dynamics and nutrient cycling in the Okefenokee cypress
swamp-forest. Ecological Monographs 48:43-65.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 80-84

Carbofuran Effect on Alfalfa Establishment
Under No-Tillage Conditions

RoBErT J. BARNEY

Community Research Service Program, Kentucky State University,
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

AND

J. C. Parr AND B. C. Pass

Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Kentucky 40546-0091

ABSTRACT
Carbofuran granules were applied at planting to determine whether this systemic insecticide would increase
seedling establishment, growth and yield of alfalfa. Spring plantings were made in the field under no-tillage
conditions and in the greenhouse under simulated no-tillage and conventional-tillage conditions.
In the field, alfalfa measurements were often greater in treated plots but results were inconsistent and not
correlated with carbofuran rate. Pests and predators were largely unaffected. In the greenhouse, the high
rate of carbofuran increased stem height and yield under simulated no-tillage but not conventional-tillage

conditions.

INTRODUCTION

Establishment of alfalfa, using conservation-
tillage methods, is increasing in the southern
and eastern United States. Some extension per-
sonnel have included an application of car-
bofuran, a carbamate insecticide, into their
recommendations for planting under the as-
sumption that it is necessary to control the pests
which may be present in damaging numbers
under reduced tillage conditions.

Carbofuran has been reported to stimulate
growth in tobacco (1), corn (2), soybeans (3),
and alfalfa (4). One mechanism to explain
growth differences in plants treated with car-
bofuran is a response to reduced feeding pres-
sure by insects. Increased yields following re-
peated carbofuran (10G) treatments have been
found in alfalfa (5) and ladino clover (6). Each
study attributed this increase to less root injury
by the clover root curculio (CRC), Sitona his-
pidulus (F.). However, in a laboratory study
(7), dry-weight reductions of leaves, stems, and
top growth (=yield) were not significantly cor-
related with numbers of CRC.

Another hypothesis is that the insecticide or
its metabolites function as growth stimulants
within the plant. Enhanced growth and yield
of burley tobacco treated with carbofuran has
been attributed to an unknown physiological
response of the plants to the insecticide (1).

80

Our study was done to determine if the ap-
plication of carbofuran at planting would in-
crease seedling establishment, growth, and ul-
timately yield of alfalfa. The study was
conducted in 2 parts: in the presence of pests
in the field (1985 and 1986) under no-tillage
conditions and in the absence of pests in the
greenhouse (1985) under simulated no-tillage
and conventional-tillage conditions.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Field.—Field experiments were conducted
at the Spindletop Research Farm, Kentucky
Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington.
Glyphosate herbicide was applied at the rate
of 2.5 kg (AI)/ha on 10 April 1985 to a 0.14-
ha area of a 5-yr-old alfalfa stand and on 30
April 1986 to an adjacent 0.07-ha area of the
same stand to kill existing vegetation. Sixteen
plots in 1985 (7.3 by 12.2 m) and 1986 (4.9 by
9.1 m) were established in a randomized com-
plete block design (RCBD). Carbofuran gran-
ules were broadcast at 0, 1.1, 2.2, and 4.4 kg
(AI)/ha on 6 May 1985 and 7 May 1986. ‘Buf-
falo’ alfalfa was no-till planted later the same
day at the rate of 16.8 kg of seed per ha each
year.

Alfalfa stem length and density were mon-
itored in a 0.09-m? area randomly chosen in
each plot. Stem densities were measured dur-

No-TiLtL ALFALFA ESTABLISHMENT—Barney et al. 81

ing seedling establishment and _ periodically
until harvest. Yield was evaluated by harvest-
ing a 4.1-m? area (0.9 by 4.5 m strip) of alfalfa
in each plot on 23 July and 3 September 1985
and an 8.2-m? area (0.9 by 9.1 m strip) on 4
August and 7 October 1986. Harvest dates were
delayed in 1986 due to the lack of rainfall in
June (2.2 cm) and the slower growth of alfalfa.
The strip samples were weighed in the field
and a subsample was removed and sorted into
alfalfa and weed components. Subsamples were
weighed, oven dried for 24 hr at 80°C, and the
dry weight yield of alfalfa in each sample was
determined.

Pests and Predators.—Insects active on the
soil surface were monitored weekly in each
plot with a pitfall trap (8) from 14 May to 2
September 1985. Foliar-inhabiting insects were
monitored with a sweep net (38.1 cm diam)
by taking 15 sweeps per plot weekly from 4
June to 2 September 1985.

Two emergence traps (30 cm*) were in-
stalled in each plot on 21 May 1985 and 15
May 1986 to sample the emerging adult CRC.
Cages were removed at first harvest, and the
foliage and soil vacuumed with a suction sam-
pler. Four cages were also placed in the old
alfalfa surrounding the plots in 1985 and 1986
to estimate the existing CRC populations. In
addition, 2 uncaged areas per plot (0.09 m7?)
were vacuumed with a suction sampler on 29
May 1986 to collect CRC adults.

Greenhouse.—Conventional-tillage plant-
ing conditions were simulated in the green-
house in 1985 by adding unsterilized soil (be-
neath non-legume sod) from the research farm
to plastic flats (30 by 60 by 3 cm). “Apollo IT
alfalfa was planted in the flats at the field rates.
The same rates of carbofuran granules used in
the field were broadcast on the flats and then
covered with soil (2 cm). Treatments were rep-
licated 4 times.

No-tillage planting conditions were simu-
lated in the greenhouse by filling flats with non-
leguminous sod cut from the research farm.
Paraquat herbicide was applied on 6 June at
the rate of 1.1 kg (AI)/ha to kill the sod. The
same carbofuran rates as used in the field were
applied on 10 June 1985. Two furrows (2-3
cm deep and 10 cm apart) were cut lengthwise
in the dead sod within the flats. “Apollo IP
alfalfa seed was planted in the furrows. Treat-
ments were replicated 4 times. The 32 flats

were arranged on 4 tables ina RCBD and were
watered and hand-weeded as needed.

Alfalfa stem length was monitored by ran-
domly measuring 5 stems/flat each week. Stem
density was monitored periodically by count-
ing the number of stems in a designated 234-
cm? area/flat. All stems were harvested 36 and
60 days after planting and yields calculated.

The data were subjected to analysis of vari-
ance and the means separated with Duncan's
multiple range test (9) (P = 0.05) with the
general linear models procedure of the statis-
tical analysis system (10).

RESULTS

Field.—The application of carbofuran gran-
ules at planting under no-tillage conditions had
a positive effect on alfalfa stem length. Alfalfa
stems from plots receiving the high rate of
carbofuran in 1985 and all rates in 1986 were
significantly longer than alfalfa in untreated
plots at the first harvest (Table 1). This effect
was reduced by the second harvest.

Carbofuran had no effect on alfalfa seedling
establishment or survival in 1985, but had a
significant effect in 1986 (Table 1). Stem den-
sities were much lower overall in 1986 than in
1985, probably because seedlings succumbed
to the lack of soil moisture in June 1986.

The increased stem length found at the high
carbofuran rate in 1985 did not produce sig-
nificantly greater dry weight yields at either
harvest (Table 1). However, the increased stem
lengths and stem densities found in carbofuran
treated plots in 1986 did result in increased
yields, although not in proportion to the car-
bofuran rates applied. Yields were not signif-
icantly different at the delayed second harvest
in 1986 due to the large variability between
replications. Variability in 1986 was caused by
extremely dry weather and a broadleaf weed
problem which resulted in a poor, spotty al-
falfa stand.

Pests and Predators.—CRC adults were
much more abundant in 1986 than in 1985.
Only one adult CRC was found in 32 emer-
gence traps in 1985. Emergence of CRC from
cages during the first cutting period of 1986
was not reduced in carbofuran treated plots
(Table 2). Vacuum sampling in uncaged areas
on 29 May 1986 revealed significant reductions
in catches of adult CRC in plots treated with
the highest rates of carbofuran. However, 4

82 Trans. Kentucky ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

TABLE 1.
Lexington, Kentucky.

Harvest data (f + SE) for alfalfa planted under no-tillage conditions with different rates of carbofuran,

Alfalfa ster height (cm)

Alfalfa stem density /0.09 m*

Alfalfa dry weight yield (g/m?*)

Carbofuran
{kg (AI)/ha] 1985 1986 1985 1986 1985 1986
Ist Harvest
4.4 B2ut ce Qa e28i/ ceo Ba: 54.1 + 10.2a 21.5 + 42a 95.1 + 36.0a ASA 2u3.1a
2.2 28:7 2 lallb) 28:2) 22) 1:0a 47.5 + 10.3a 249 + 47a 88.9 + 13.2a 98.1 + 17.3a
ial 265 +1.0b 284 + 1.8a 42.8 +13.5a 17.2 + 5.lab 49.6 + 85a 62.8 + 23.5a
Untreated 26.5 + 1.0b 12.1 + 4.8b 62:}0\ 13a 4.0 + 2.5b 84.1 + 14.7a 3.2 + 1:8b
2nd Harvest
4.4 39.6 + 12a 31.0 + 1.3ab 51.0 + 6.7a 17.4 + 2.8a 171.9 + 54.0a 85.1 + 16.9a
2.2 386.1+09b 345 + 13a 49.5 + 12.0a 22.4 + 2.8a 156.8 + 21.0a 128.1 + 18.3a
11 B1l2) se Wie, 132/32) leSab 43.5 + 15.3a 16.9 + 2.5a 136.5 + 1l.4a 158.7 + 106.9a
Untreated 36.0 + 1.4b 27.4 + 2.0b 49.8 + 43a 2.7 + 0.6b 143.1 + 31.5a 7.9 + 4.0a
Means in columns per harvest followed by the same letter are not significantly different (P > 0.05; Duncan's [1955] multiple range test).

cages placed in alfalfa bordering the experi-
mental area were found to average 4.1 + 3.2
and 15.5 + 10.6 CRC adults per 0.09 m? during
1985 and 1986, respectively. This suggests that
the overall CRC population was reduced in
the treatment area, irrespective of treatment.

Sweep-net sampling for pests with the po-
tential to damage alfalfa seedlings revealed no
significant differences between populations of
CRC or the potato leafhopper, Empoasca
fabae (Harris), in carbofuran treated and un-
treated plots. The most abundant predaceous
insects in sweep samples were damsel bugs
(Hemiptera: Nabidae), which were negatively
affected by the carbofuran treatment during
the first cutting period.

Pitfall trap catches of CRC adults were very
small in all plots, regardless of insecticide treat-
ment. Catches of slugs were not significantly
different between plots. Predaceous ground
beetle (Coleoptera: Carabidae) adults and im-
matures were abundant in pitfall traps. Adults
of the most abundant species, Evarthrus so-

TaBLe 2. Density of clover root curculio adults at first
harvest in caged and uncaged 0.09-m* areas in no-till al-
falfa planted with different rates of carbofuran in 1986,
Lexington, Kentucky.

Carbofuran
(kg (AT)/ha] Caged Uncaged?
44 1.4 + 0.3b 0.0 + 0.0b
2.2 3.1 + 0.8ab 0.5 + 0.4b
Le 4.7 + l.da 1.6 + 0.5a
Untreated 1.7 + 0.9b 1.7 + 0.3a
Means in columns followed by the same letter are not significantly different
(P > 0.05; SAS Institute [1982])
“ Emergence traps during Ist cutting period (n = 8).
» Area sampled with a suction sampler on 29 May (n = 8)

dalis LeConte, and the immatures collectively,
were caught more frequently (though not sig-
nificantly so) in untreated plots.

Greenhouse.—Flats treated with the high
rate of carbofuran had significantly taller al-
falfa under simulated no-tillage conditions in
the greenhouse (Table 3). Although the car-
bofuran did not prevent a decline in stem den-
sity, the increased growth resulted in increased
yield at the high carbofuran rate under no-till
conditions. However, under simulated conven-
tional-tillage conditions, no effects of carbofur-
an application were apparent.

DISCUSSION

The seedbeds used in this study were old,
declining alfalfa stands which contained a res-
ident root-inhabiting CRC larval population.
Few CRC adults were collected by sweep-net,
pitfall or emergence trapping in the treatment
area, including the untreated control plots.
However, the 4 emergence traps placed in al-
falfa surrounding the treatment area contained
a high population of CRC adults (4.1 and 15.5/
trap, 1985 and 1986, respectively), and a con-
current study in another part of the old field
indicated that CRC larvae had been present
(J.C.P., unpublished data). We believe that the
resident CRC larval population was reduced
prior to the carbofuran treatment by the her-
bicide application used to kill all existing vege-
tation before no-tillage planting during 1985.
Once the existing alfalfa and clover plants were
killed the larvae may have starved before the
establishment of the new seedling root systems.
The majority of other potentially important
pests and predators, both foliage- and sub-

No-TILL ALFALFA ESTABLISHMENT—Barney et al. 83

TABLE 3.

Harvest data comparison between alfalfa planted under conventional-tillage (CONV) and no-tillage (NOTL)

conditions in the greenhouse with different rates of carbofuran, 1985, Lexington, Kentucky.

Alfalfa stem height (em)

Alfalfa stand density /flat

Alfalfa dry weight yield (g/flat)

Carbofuran
(kg (AI)/ha] CONV NOTL CONV NOTL CONV NOTL
Ist Harvest
44 14.9 + 1.2b 2213) 2.a 94.5 + 46a 70.5 + 10.6a 5.1 + 0.6a 6.8 + 1.0a
2.2 19.5 + 1.9a 17.6 + 0.7b 95.0 + 1.5a 68.5 + 4.7a 5.6 + 0.7a 4.4 + 0.6ab
iat 18.38 + 1.1b 14.3 + 3.3b 88.5 + 3.2a 56.5 + 5.4a 4.2 + 0.8a 3.6 + 1.1b
Untreated 13.8 + 1.8b 16.8 + 3.8b 93.5 + 2.8a 52.8 + 7.6a 4.6 + 0.9a 3.6 + 1.5b
2nd Harvest
44 15.1 + 1.da 21.1 + 14a 84.0 + 8.0a 73.8 + 9.0a 3.8 + 0.5a 6.3 + 1.0a
2.2 15.1 + 1.8a 14.9 + 1.0b 89.8 + 9.0a 53.5 + 11.8a 3.9 + 0.3a 3.1 + 1.0b
ial 12.2 + 0.9a 19.4 + 2.5a 89.3 + 2.6a 58.8 + 8.6a 3.7 + 0.7a 4.4 + 1.2ab
Untreated 14.2 + 2.4a 16.1 + 2.7b 89.8 + 13.6a 42.8 + 84a 3:9b-t alia Selecta 2b
Means in columns per harvest followed by the same letter are not significantly different (P > 0.05; Duncan's [1955] multiple range test)

strate-inhabiting, were also largely unaffected
by the carbofuran treatment.

An inconsistent growth response due to car-
bofuran was observed in the field, and stem
density loss was not prevented by the carbofur-
an. Grant et al. (11) arrived at the same con-
clusion using a low rate of carbofuran [1.1 kg
(AI)/ha] while establishing alfalfa into sod.
Byers et al. (12), working in conservation-til-
lage alfalfa following alfalfa, found none of
the mean alfalfa yields of plots treated with
different combinations of carbofuran [1.1 kg
(AI)/ha], herbicides, and a molluscicide to dif-
fer significantly from that of the check.

Alfalfa stem heights were greater in no-til-
lage than in conventional-tillage greenhouse
trials. The greater organic matter content of
the no-tillage flats may have slowed the leach-
ing of the carbofuran from the flats, thereby
increasing its availability for plant uptake. Also,
the bare soil of the conventional-tillage flats
would absorb much more heat in the green-
house, which could lead to hotter, drier soil
conditions and subsequently, reduction of plant
growth, regardless of carbofuran treatment.

In contrast to the tillage response observed
in stem length, stand densities were greater in
conventional-tillage trials. Stand decline in no-
tillage trials was believed to be due to com-
petition from weeds which recovered from the
herbicide treatment. Flats were hand-weeded
on a regular basis to control broadleaf weeds
but grasses were impossible to eliminate from
the sod.

In summary, an inconsistent seedling growth
response resulted from the application of car-
bofuran at the time of planting alfalfa under

no-tillage conditions. The positive response to
carbofuran in some instances may have been
due to the control of root-inhabiting CRC lar-
vae, nematodes or some other factor not sam-
pled in this study, or to the presence of plant
diseases in the unresponsive plots. A more con-
sistent positive response to carbofuran may re-
sult if the granules are placed in the furrow
with the seed. Stand establishment under no-
tillage conditions will remain erratic and un-
predictable until we have a greater under-
standing of the influence of insects, nematodes,
slugs, diseases, and field history on alfalfa seed-
ling establishment.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Thanks are extended to S. A. Barney for
technical assistance. The investigation report-
ed in this paper (No. 87-7-199) is in connection
with a project of the Ky. Agric. Exp. Stn. and
is published with approval of the director.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Pless, C. D., E. T. Cherry, and H. Morgan, Jr. 1971.
Growth and yield of burley tobacco as affected by two
systemic insecticides. J. Econ. Entomol. 64:172-175.

2. Daynard, T. B., C. R. Ellis, B. Bolwyn, and R. L.
Misener. 1975. Effects of carbofuran on grain yield of
corn. Can. J. Plant Sci. 55:637-639.

3. Mellors, W. K., A. Allegro, and A. N. Hsu. 1984.
Effects of carbofuran and water stress on growth of soy-
bean plants and twospotted spider mite (Acari: Tetranychi-
dae) populations under greenhouse conditions. Environ.
Entomol. 13:561-567.

4. Byers, R. A. and D. L. Bierlein. 1984. Continuous
alfalfa: invertebrate pests during establishment. J. Econ.
Entomol. 77:1500-1503.

5. Neal, J. W., Jr., and R. H. Ratcliffe. 1975. Clover

84 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

root curculio: control with granular carbofuran as mea-
sured by alfalfa regrowth, yield, and root damage. J. Econ.
Entomol. 68:829-831.

6. James, J. R., L. T. Lucas, D. $. Chamblee, and W.
V. Campbell. 1980. Influence of fungicide and insecti-
cide applications on persistence of ladino clover. Agron.
J. 72:781-784.

7. Dintenfass, L. P. and G. C. Brown. 1988. Quanti-
fying effects of clover root curculio (Coleoptera: Curcu-
lionidae) larval feeding on biomass and root reserves of
alfalfa. J. Econ. Entomol. 81:641-648.

8. Barney, R. J. and B. C. Pass. 1986. Ground beetle
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) populations in Kentucky alfalfa
and influence of tillage. J. Econ. Entomol. 79:511-517.

9. Duncan, D. B. 1955. Multiple range and multiple
F tests. Biometrics 11:1-42.

10. SAS Institute. 1982. SAS user’s guide: statistics.
SAS Institute, Cary, N.C.

11. Grant, J. P., K. V. Yeargan, B. C. Pass, and J. C.
Parr. 1982. Invertebrate organisms associated with al-
falfa seedling loss in complete-tillage and no-tillage plant-
ings. J. Econ. Entomol. 75:822-826.

12. Byers, R. A., J. W. Neal, Jr., J. H. Elgin, Jr., K. R.
Hill, J. E. McMurtrey, III, and J. Feldmesser. 1977. Sys-
temic insecticides with spring-seeded alfalfa for control of
potato leafhopper. J. Econ. Entomol. 70:337-340.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3—4), 1988, 85-88

Formation Constants of Transition Metal
EDTA Complexes as a Function of Temperature

Harry M. SMILEY

Department of Chemistry, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475

AND

VICKIE TRIANTAFYLLAKIS!

Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506

ABSTRACT

A spectrophotometric technique was used to obtain formation constants of ethylenediaminetetraacetic
acid (EDTA) complexes of Cr(III), Co(II), Ni(II), and Cu(II) at temperatures of 30, 40, 60, and 80°C.
Enthalpies of formation were endothermic showing the free energy to be entropy controlled.

INTRODUCTION

Although a considerable number of publi-
cations can be found related to formation con-
stants of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
(EDTA) complexes (1-4), most of them report
values at standard temperatures, with only a
few constants measured at 40°C. Temperature
dependence on these formation constants are
of interest from both a practical and thermo-
dynamic standpoint.

The formation constants of the complexes
are based on the reaction M" + Y*- > MY?~4,
where M® represents a metal ion and Y rep-
resents EDTA. From the law of mass action
the formation constant is given by:

_ [MYe4]
[M"Y*"]

If the molar concentration of the complex at
equilibrium is C,, the concentrations of the
unreacted “free” metal ion and EDTA are C,,
— C, and C, — C,, respectively, where C,,
and C, represent initial concentrations of metal
ion and EDTA. Consequently, the equilibrium
constant for the formation of the complex, K.,
is:

(1)

' This paper is part of a M.S. Thesis written by Vickie
Triantafyllakis who is currently pursuing the Ph.D. degree
in the Department of Chemistry at the University of Ken-
tucky.

85

The equilibrium concentration of the complex
is expressed by the following equation:

A Mi en@rn

C

Ic

(3)

€

c fs €m

where ¢,, and €, represent molar absorptivities
of the metal ion and the complex. Equation 3
is based on the idea that the total absorbance
at equilibrium, A,, equals the sum of the ab-
sorbances of the complex, the unreacted metal

ion, and the unreacted ligand.

A oa A. an Age ar jas (4)

In equation 4, A,, A,,*, and A,* represent
the absorbances of the complex, the unreacted
metal ion, and the unreacted EDTA, respec-
tively. At the wavelengths employed EDTA
does not absorb so equation 4 becomes:

A ry A. Te Ane (5)

Assuming the applicability of Beer’s Law and
because C,,* = C,, — C,, substitution into
equation 5 yields:

A =a eC, ale Ges Pa: €mC. (6)

which rearranges to equation 3. The spectro-
photometric technique for the determination
of K., therefore, consisted of determination of
values of Aj, €,,, and €, at 30, 40, 60, and 80°C.

However, equation 1 implies that all the
uncombined EDTA is present in the complete-
ly dissociated form Y*. At lower pH values,
though, the uncombined EDTA will also be
present also in its protonated forms HY*,
H,Y?-, H3Y!, and HyY, which vary in their

86 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-—4)

TaBLE 1. pH and a, values for reported systems.
System pH ay
Cr(II) 2.50 7.80 x 10!
Co(II) 2.20 6.14 x 10”
Ni(II) 1.80 1.33)x 10!
Cu(II) 2.40 Lolex 10%

amounts according to the pH of the solution.
To account for this fact, Flaschka (5) gave the
equation:

K sare
Kosi. (7)
ay
which can be rearranged to give the corrected
stability constant, K..,, = aq°K,,

apparent or effective stability
constant based on all the dis-
sociation forms of EDTA
which may exist at a particular
pH.
a; = 1 + K{H*] + K,K{H*P +
K\KLK{H*)P + K,KjK;K[H*}!
(8)
In ay, the “stability constants” of the “proton
complexes” of EDTA are used and are the
reciprocals of the dissociation constants in re-
verse order. Their values were calculated from
the pK of EDTA given by Schwarzenbach and
Ackermann (6):

where: K,.., =

K, = 1.828 x 10!
K, = 1.449 x 108
K, = 4.699 x 10

K, = 9.908 x 10!

The values of the hydrogen ion concentra-
tions in equation 8 were determined from pH
measurements.

EXPERIMENTAL

The pH values of the systems reported were
measured using a Fisher Accumet Model 230A
pH meter and did not vary significantly over
the reported temperature range. The mea-
sured pH values and the calculated ay values
are listed in Table 1.

TaBLE 2. Concentrations (moles/liter) of equimolar mix-
tures of metal and EDTA in all determinations.

2.00 x 10%
4.00 x 10°

Ni(II)
Cu(II)

1.00 x 107!
1.00 x 10

TaBLE3. Total absorbances (A,) of metal-EDTA systems.
Metal 30°C 40°C 60°C 80°C
Cr(III) 0.323 0.299 0.294 0.292
Co(III) 0.597 0.595 0.589 0.582
Ni(II) 0.760 0.746 0.735 0.741
Cu(II) 0.480 0.490 0.558 —

All absorbance measurements and curves
were made using a Coleman Model EPS-3T
Hitachi Ratio Recording Spectrophotometer.
For measurement of the absorbances at higher
temperatures, a Model 123-0702 Hitachi ther-
mostatted 10 mm Path Cell Holder was also
used. This attachment is composed of a ther-
mostatted cell holder and a temperature con-
troller, and can maintain a constant temper-
ature of a cell filled with sample between 30-
80°C. The temperature range accuracy is +1°C
for the temperature range of 30-50°C, and
+1.5°C for 50-80°C.

To ensure complex formation, equimolar
mixtures of the metal ion and the disodium
salt of EDTA were prepared, using deionized
water as a solvent (Table 2). The absorbance
was measured as a function of time, starting
immediately after mixing the reagents. In all
cases, with the exception of Cr(III), the absor-
bance graphs measured at different time in-
tervals were within instrumental error (i.e.,
within +0.3%) indicating a rapid complex for-
mation. The spectrum of an equal concentra-
tion of the metal ion was also recorded and
compared to the spectrum of the complex. In
this manner, total absorbances, A,, and molar
absorptivities of the metal ions, ¢,, were de-
termined at the indicated temperatures, and
the data are listed in Tables 3 and 4, respec-
tively.

To find the molar absorptivity of the com-
plex the following method was used: keeping
the concentration of the metal constant, the
EDTA amount was varied, and the absorbance
was plotted vs. the EDTA/metal concentration
ratio. The curve reaches a maximum and levels

TaBLeE 4. Molar absorptivities of the metal ions.

Metal 30°C 40°C 60°C 80°C
Cr(IiD) 10.3 10.2 9.98 9.01
Co(II) 5.14 5.11 5.08 5.05
Ni(II) 0.651 0.514 0.497 0.378
Cu(II) 8.46 7.95 7.56 —

FORMATION CONSTANTS IN TRANSITION METALS—Smiley et al. 87

TaBLE 5. Molar absorptivities of the metal-EDTA com-
plexes.

Metal 30°C 40°C 60°C 80°C
Cr(IID) 248 213 205 202
Co(II) 15.6 15.4 15.2 15.0
Ni(ID) 8.95 8.40 7.95 7.90
Cu(II) 81.0 85,2 89.0 —

off. The molar absorptivity of the complex (e,)
can be determined by extrapolation of the curve
back to the y axis. Values of molar absorptiv-
ities for the complexes are given in Table 5.
Before each measurement the instrument
was set to 100%T and 0 absorbance using both
cuvettes filled with deionized water. A curve
was then recorded to check 100% flatness. Vari-
ations on the flatness of the 100% line were
corrected by subtracting the absorbance of this
line from the absorbance curve of the sample.

DiscussION

Using the technique described above, for-
mation constants for the 4 metal complexes
were determined at the indicated tempera-
tures, and the values are listed in Table 6. From
the slopes of the plots of In K,,,, vs. 1/T neg-
ative slopes, indicating positive enthalpies of
formation, were determined. The values de-
termined for AH from the least squares de-
termination of the slopes are somewhat ques-
tionable since the correlation coefficients vary
from 0.84 to 0.99 and the standard deviations
of the slopes have higher than desired values,
with the exception of the Ni(II) system (Table
7). However, the slopes are definitely negative
indicating positive values for AH. The expres-
sion for the Gibbs free energy is

AG = AH — TAS (9)

Inspection of this equation, in conjunction with
experimental results, leads to the conclusion
that the formation of the reported EDTA com-

TaBLE7. Least squares parameters and enthalpies of for-
mation,
Correlation Std. devia- AH

System Slope coefficient tion of slope — cal/mole
Cr(ID) 1239) — 0.875 485 2,462
Co(IID) —1,401 —0.868 567 2,784
Ni(II) —4,119 —0.988 49.8 8,184
Cu(II) —1,122 —0.847 704 2,229

plexes are entropy dominated. The Gibbs free
energy, AG, must have a negative value in
order for the formation of the complex to oc-
cur. Since AH, as determined from the slope
of In K,,,, vs. 1/T, has a positive value, then
AS must have a positive value in order for TAS
to offset the positive AH, resulting in a negative
value for AG. This is not surprising since the
metal ions are hydrated to 6 water molecules
and, the formation of the complex releases these
6 molecules, resulting in a more disordered
state than that represented by the reactants.
From the slopes of the plots of In K,,,, vs.
1/T, the enthalpies of formation of the com-
plexes were determined. The values are listed
in Table 7.

The values of K,,,, reported here are con-
centration values rather than thermodynamic
values. Ideally K,,,, should be determined at
different concentrations and plotted as a func-
tion of concentration such that an extrapolated
value at infinite dilution could be obtained.
This would represent the thermodynamic val-
ue of K,,,,, since, at this condition all activity
coefficients would be unity.

The thermodynamic formation constant is
given by the expression

K= A complex (10)
ay “am

where agompless Ay, and a,, represent the activ-

ities of the complex, the unreacted ligand, and

the unreacted metal ion, respectively. Since

activity is the product of concentration and

activity coefficient, equation 10 becomes:

TaBLE 6. Apparent stability constants, K..,,, for metal-EDTA systems.

Metal 30°C 40°C
Cr(III) 1.78 x 10% 2.69 x
Co(IID, 8.40 x 10!6 5.83 x
Ni(II) 4.20 x 1016 8.25 x
Cu(II) 3.97 x 10! 3.68 x

60°C 80°C
3.16 x 10 3.29 x 10!
OX 6.48 x 101° 7.24 x 101°
1.86 x 10!” 2.96 x 10"

5.38 x 10" =

88 Trans. KeENTucKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

K= Ycomplex koe ( 1)
Vy “Ym

where y represents the activity coefficient val-
ues of the respective species. If one assumes
that the activity coefficients for the complex
and the ligand are not too different in numer-
ical value, then equation 11 takes the form:

K a Se cor (12)

Since y,,, isa fraction between zero and unity
depending upon concentration, the thermo-
dynamic value of the formation constant is
greater than K,,,,, possibly by one order of
magnitude.

Literature values for the formation constants
of the EDTA complexes of Ni(II) and Cu(ID)
at 20°C are reported by Schwarzenbach and
Freitag (1) to have values of 2.5 x 10!5 and
2.0 x 108, respectively. These values were not

determined by a spectrophotometric tech-
nique.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Schwarzenbach, G. and E. Freitag. 1951. Com-
plexions XX. Stability constants of heavy metal complexes
of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid. Helv. Chim. Acta 34:
1503.

2. Hughes, V. and A. E. Martell. 1953. Spectropho-
tometric determination of the stabilities of ethylenedi-
aminetetraacetate chelates. J. Phys. Chem. 57:694.

3. Bhat, T. R. and M. Krishnamurthy. 1962. Spectro-
photometric studies of protonated, ammino, and hydroxo
complexes of copper (II), nickel (II), and cobalt (II) ver-
senates. J. Inorg. and Nuc. Chem. 25:1147.

4. Carini, F. F. and A. E. Martell. 1954, Thermody-
namic quantities associated with the interaction between
ethylenediaminetetraacetate and alkaline earth ions. J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 76:2153.

5. Flaschka, H. A. 1959. EDTA titrations. Pergamon
Press, New York.

6. Schwarzenbach, G. and H. Ackermann. 1947.
Complexions V. Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid. Helv.
Chim. Acta 30:1798.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 89-95

Evaluation of Five Sequential Sampling Models for

Use in an Alfalfa Weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)

Integrated Pest Management Program

Davip E. LEGG AND ROBERT J. BARNEY

Community Research Service, Kentucky State University, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

This paper compares 4 precision-based and 1 fixed-error probability sequential sampling models to de-
termine which would be most suitable for use in an alfalfa weevil (AW), Hypera postica (Gyllenhal), integrated
pest management program. Field tests indicated that the precision-based models with a precision (D) of 0.3
require essentially the same average number of samples to terminate sampling as the fixed-error probability
model. However, using either of the precision-based models (D = 0.3) in an integrated pest management
program when the fixed-error probability model is desired will result in too many management errors because
they do not identify the range of population densities (i.e., intermediate zone) within which management
decisions are unreliable. One method for calculating such an intermediate zone for use with precision-based

models is discussed.

INTRODUCTION

The stem-count technique for assessing al-
falfa weevil (AW), Hypera postica (Gyllen-
hal), larva infestations was first used by Hamlin
et al. (1) and entailed removing stems within
a square-foot quadrat and extracting the larvae
in the laboratory. This technique provided ab-
solute estimates of AW larva densities but was
quite laborious. Subsequent modifications of
this technique involved collecting individual
stems over the entire alfalfa field with rec-
ommended number of stems ranging from 1
20-stem sample (2) to 10 50-stem samples (3).
These modifications have generally improved
the utility of this technique for an integrated
pest management (IPM) program. A stem-
count technique (4) is currently being used in
Kentucky's AW IPM program and involves
collecting 1 30-stem sample per field.

The 30-stem technique was recently re-
viewed (5) and was found to provide imprecise
mean-density estimates which can lead to con-
siderable management errors. This situation is
primarily caused by collecting just one sample
per field; collecting as many as 10 30-stem
samples per field can greatly reduce the per
cent of management errors but requires too
much time to be cost effective (5).

To facilitate multiple sample collecting, Legg
et al. (6) suggested collecting 1 6-stem sample
from each of several randomly selected 100-m?
subunits per field. This technique was found
to be quite efficient when compared with col-

89

lecting either 6 stems from 2,500-m? areas or
12 stems from 100- or 2,500-m? subunits per
field (6).

Using the 6-stem, 100-m? sampling tech-
nique, Barney and Legg (7) constructed 4 pre-
cision-based sequential sampling models (pre-
cision [D] is defined as the ratio of the standard
error of the mean to the mean) and have also
constructed a computer-based fixed-error
probability sequential sampling system (8).
Precision-based sequential sampling models
require that a predetermined level of precision
be reached before sampling is terminated. Pre-
cision-based models do not, however, control
the probability of misclassifying a population
density relative to an economic threshold (ET).
Fixed-error probability sequential sampling
models control the probability of misclassify-
ing a population relative to an ET but they do
not control the precision at which mean pop-
ulation densities are estimated. Fixed-error
probability models are more desirable for use
in IPM programs because they facilitate the
rapid classification of a pest population density
into high or low categories relative to an ET,
thus controlling the probability of misclassifi-
cation.

Use of the fixed-error probability sequential
sampling system of Legg and Barney (8) would
require purchasing a portable computer. Pres-
ently, this would be economically feasible only
for a select group of individuals (e.g., private
IPM consultants, industry, and scouts in special
university-sponsored IPM programs). Alter-

90 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

natively, the low-cost precision-based models
are available but little is known about their
probability of misclassifying a population den-
sity relative to an ET. To explore the possibility
of substituting precision-based sequential sam-
pling models for the fixed-error probability
model in an AW IPM program, we evaluated
each model’s performance as measured by
number of samples required for sampling ter-
mination, observed precision and mean pop-
ulation density estimates. In addition, the
probability of misclassifying a population den-
sity when using the precision-based models was
estimated over a range of population densities.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Thirteen alfalfa fields in Franklin County,
Kentucky, were selected for sampling and rep-
resented a range in stand densities and ages.
Each field was sampled weekly from 4 April
through 7 May 1987 using 4 precision-based
sequential sampling models (7), a fixed-error
probability model (8) and a comprehensive
whole-field sampling effort which served as an
experimental control (whole-field control).
Precision-based models (D = 0.2 and 0.3) were
based on the equations of Kuno (9) and Green
(10). The fixed-error probability model was
based on Iwao’s (11) equation and operated in
a BASIC program that ran on an Epson HX-
20 hand-held computer.

Order of visitation to fields within week and
the order of sampling models per visit per field
were random. The 6-stem, 100-m? sampling
technique (6-stem count technique) (6) was
used for all 5 models and the whole-field con-
trol. Briefly, the 6-stem count technique en-
tailed randomly selecting 100-m? subunits from
each field and collecting 6 stems from each
subunit. Collected stems were vigorously shak-
en into a plastic bucket (10 liter) to dislodge
large larvae. Dislodged larvae were emptied
into a white enamel tray where they were
counted. Subunits were independently and
randomly selected for each model and whole-
field control per visit per field. The 5 models
and whole-field control were used in each field
on each visit for 3 weeks except on 3 occasions
when AW densities were too low to use the
precision-based models at D = 0.2. Thirteen
fields were sampled each week providing a
total of 228 samples.

Average number of AW larvae and variance
were calculated per sampling model and whole-
field control per visit per field. Total number
of samples required for model termination was
also recorded. These statistics were used to cal-
culate precision. Dependent variables of in-
terest were mean AW densities, precision, and
required number of samples for model ter-
mination. These are important statistics in IPM-
related work.

Unlike the sequential sampling models, the
whole-field control functioned independently
of population density and hence the number
of samples required to terminate sampling was
not a response variable. To create a varying
response for this sampling method, we selected
a sample size range (n = 10-13 samples) within
which the total number of samples was ran-
domly chosen at each visit to each field. Based
on the work of Barney and Legg (7), we felt
that a minimum of 10 samples was necessary
to consistently provide mean AW population
estimates that would be more precise than those
of the precision-based models (i.e., D < 0.2).
This arrangement provided an estimate of
variance. Variances within each dependent
variable were tested for homogeneity between
the sequential sampling models and whole-field
control by calculating the s?,,a./S?min Statistic
(where s?,,,,, and s?,,;, are the largest and small-
est variances, respectively) and comparing it
with the tabulated upper 5% value (12). Data
were then transformed, when necessary, to sta-
bilize the variance. Transformations used were
x!?> and \/X for number of samples and cal-
culated precision, respectively.

Data were subjected to a split-plot analysis
of variance with sampling week (a time factor)
representing the whole plot, fields within week
being factor a, and sampling model and whole-
field control within fields being factor b. Com-
putations were facilitated by using the Linear
Analysis of Variance Procedure of STATISTIX
(13).

Orthogonal linear contrasts (14) were con-
ducted to determine the significance of 5 spe-
cific comparisons: (1) whole-field control vs. all
sequential sampling models, (2) precision-based
models vs. fixed-error probability model, (3)
precision-based models at D = 0.3 vs. preci-
sion-based models at D = 0.2, (4) Green’s pre-
cision-based models at D = 0.3 vs. Kuno’s pre-
cision-based model at D = 0.3 and (5) Green’s

SAMPLING MODELS IN ALFALFA WEEVIL CONTROL—Legg and Barney 91

precision-based model at D = 0.2 vs. Kuno’s
precision-based model at D = 0.2. Significance
of these comparisons was determined by Stu-
dent’s ¢ test. In addition, 4 nonorthogonal con-
trasts were performed to determine whether
their contribution to the sums of squares of
each dependent variable was significant: (1)
Green's and Kuno’s precision-based models at
D = 0.3 vs. the fixed-error probability model,
(2) Green's precision-based model at D = 0.3
vs. the fixed-error probability model, (3) Ku-
no’s precision-based model at D = 0.3 vs. the
fixed-error probability model and (4) Green’s
and Kuno’s precision-based models at D = 0.2
vs. the fixed-error probability model. Since
these latter comparisons were neither orthog-
onal to one another nor to the previous group
of comparisons, their significance was deter-
mined by Scheffé’s (15) F test which is de-
signed for use with arbitrary simultaneous
comparisons. Linear contrasts and related sta-
tistics were computed by the General Contrasts
Option of STATISTIX (13).

The probability of misclassifying a popula-
tion density when using the precision-based
models was determined by the methods of Bar-
ney and Legg (5). These involved collecting 5
6-stem samples for each visit to each of 4 alfalfa
fields (7) and calculating, for each visit to each
field, the variance (s?) and mean population
density (x). These statistics were then trans-
formed to the Napierian log scale (In) with
In(s?) being regressed on In(x) (16) using Bart-
lett’s (17) method (s? = 1.0124%!?""; 95% con-
fidence interval for slope = 0.37, 2.19; r° =
0.37). A computer program (18) was used to
facilitate computations of this regression. Us-
ing this relationship, the average variance can
be estimated for each mean population den-
sity. Forty-two means, selected to cover the
range (2-32) of AW larvae per 6 stems that
are usually found in the field, were substituted
individually into this equation to calculate their
respective variances. Each of the 42 selected
means and variances was then used to generate
100 sets of 3, 7, and 11 6-stem samples; thus
spanning the range of very low (3) to very high
(11) numbers of samples per population den-
sity. Each set of 6-stem samples was randomly
selected from an assumed normal distribution.
Although insect populations are rarely nor-
mally distributed, the distribution of sample
averages often conforms to the normal as the

number of samples increases (14). Averages
were calculated for each set of 3, 7, and 11
samples per population density, and compared
with each of 6 ETs that were selected to cover
the range of AW densities normally encoun-
tered in the field (3, 7, 12, 16, 21, and 26 larvae
per 6-stem sample). From these comparisons
1 of 2 possible management decisions were
made (to apply or not to apply an insecticide)
with each resulting in one of the following
situations: (1) the estimated average and the
true average were below the ET and a hypo-
thetical insecticide application was not made
(correct decision), (2) the estimated average
was greater than the ET but the true average
was less than the ET and an unnecessary in-
secticide application was made (unnecessary
spray), (3) the estimated average and the true
average were greater than the ET and an in-
secticide application was made (correct deci-
sion), and (4) the estimated average was less
than the ET but the true average was greater
than the ET and a necessary insecticide ap-
plication was not made (failure to spray). Pro-
portion of unnecessary sprays was calculated
by summing the number of unnecessary sprays
and dividing it by 100. Proportion of failures
to spray was calculated by summing the num-
ber of failures to spray and dividing it by 100.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Analysis of variance for mean AW larva es-
timates indicated that significant differences
did not occur between any of the sampling
models and/or whole-field control (F = 0.39,
P = 0.86, df = 5,124). Therefore, linear con-
trasts were not conducted for this variable.
Analysis of variance for number of samples
and precision, however, indicated that signif-
icant differences existed between some of the
sampling models and/or whole-field control
(number of samples: F = 145.5, P < 0.0001;
precision: F = 4.7, P = 0.0006; df for both
analyses = 5,124). Linear contrasts for number
of samples and precision are shown in Tables
1 and 2, from which the following conclusions
can be made: (1) average number of samples
required for terminating sampling and ob-
served precision of the sequential sampling
models was much less than that of the whole-
field control. These results were expected and
they reflect both the savings in sampling effort

92 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

realized through the use of sequential sampling
models over the whole-field control and the
lower precision associated with fewer samples.
(2) Average number of samples required to
terminate sampling was lower for the preci-
sion-based models with D = 0.3 than for the
precision-based models with D = 0.2. This re-
sult was expected since required number of
samples is less for lower precision. (3) Average
number of samples required to terminate sam-
pling and observed precision of all precision-
based models (combined) or the precision-based
models with D = 0.3 was not different from
that of the fixed-error model. Number of sam-
ples required to terminate sampling was, how-
ever, greater for precision-based models with
D = 0.2 than for the fixed-error probability
model. Interestingly, average observed preci-
sion did not differ between precision-based
models with D = 0.2 and the fixed-error prob-
ability model. These results indicate that the
precision-based models with D = 0.3 will not
require more effort, as measured by number
of samples, than the fixed-error probability
model. Also, the average precision realized
when using the fixed-error probability model
is essentially equivalent to but is more variable
than that of the precision-based models.

From the results obtained thus far it appears
that either of the precision-based models with
D = 0.3 can be substituted for the fixed-error
probability model in an AW IPM program.
However, fixed-error probability models pos-
sess an “intermediate” category that corre-
sponds to observed population densities which
are too near the ET for distinct classification
into “high” or “low” categories at the maxi-
mum allowable proportion of unnecessary
sprays and failures to spray. Precision-based
models do not have this intermediate zone.

One method of determining the interme-
diate zone for the precision-based models is to
calculate, via computer-simulated sampling
experiments, the probability of misclassifying
mean population densities for each ET at var-
ious population densities. These probabilities
can then be used to estimate, via the standard
normal curve, AW densities corresponding to
the specified proportion of unnecessary sprays
and failures to spray. Population densities be-
tween and including those associated with these
error probabilities constitute the intermediate
zone.

Probabilities of misclassifying mean A W lar-
va population densities when the estimates were
based on 3, 7, and 11 6-stem samples are shown
in Figure 1. Maximum errors (height of the
curves) occur, as expected, when population
densities are nearest the ET (5). Height of the
curves was not reduced when the number of
samples was increased from 3 to 11 but the
proportion of errors was reduced when the
number of samples was increased as mean pop-
ulation densities moved away from the ET
(width of the curves). It appears that relatively
few errors occurred at very low population
densities (3 larvae per 6-stem sample) as com-
pared with very high population densities (26
larvae per 6-stem sample). Width of the curves
increased noticeably from the lowest to highest
ET for mean estimates that were based on 3
6-stem samples but this trend was reduced when
7 and 11 6-stem samples were taken.

Curves for the normal distribution were fit-
ted to these data and the average AW larvae
per 6-stem sample corresponding to a 0.25
probability of spraying unnecessarily and a 0.20
probability of failing to spray were calculated
for each ET and each level of sample number
per mean. These values were then pooled over
sample number per mean and regressed on
their respective ETs (Fig. 2). Relationships for
controlling the number of unnecessary sprays
(bottom regression) and failures to spray (top
regression) were linear and explained 99% of
the observed variance. These equations may
now be used to calculate error zones for any
ET that is based on a 6-stem sample. Resulting
error zones, however, are valid only for AW
population estimates calculated from 11 or
fewer samples.

It is now possible to modify Kentucky’s AW
IPM program to make use of these new sam-
pling technologies. Such modification will in-
volve 4 phases: adoption of the 6-stem, 100-m?
sampling method, selection of a precision-based
model (D = 0.3), calculation of error zones,
and modification of the AW IPM recommen-
dation tables (i.e., replacing the ETs with error
zones). Implementation would be a straight-
forward process of sampling a field with the
selected model, estimating the average AW
population density, and consulting the error
zone corresponding to the correct cumulative
degree days and alfalfa growth stage. If the
average AW population density is less than the

93

SAMPLING MODELS IN ALFALFA WEEVIL CoNTROL—Legg and Barney

ss0 80=4 IIg‘0 6020 Jepow AypIqeqord 10119-paxty @0 = d S[epoul paseq-uors}oa1g

66'0 F00 =4 IIg‘0 6080 Japow AqyIqeqoid 10119-paxty 0 = C ‘[epoul paseq-uorstoaid s ouny

660 600 =a4 I1g0 0820 Jepour AqyIqeqoid Io119-paxty €0 = C ‘Jepow paseq-uorstoaid s u9e15)

00'T 000 =a I1e0 #620 [apow AqpIqeqoid so118-paxty $0 = C ‘S[apoul paseq-uolstoa1g
662F'0 80=2 FEZ ‘0 S810 20 = C ‘[epow paseq-uolstoaid s ouny 70 = C ‘[epour paseq-uolstoaid s usais
ISFI‘0 FRI=2 6080 08Z'0 §0 = ‘Jepoul paseq-uoisioaid s ouny 0 = C ‘[epou paseq-uorstoaid s usaisg,
F9TO'0 Ipt— =} 6020 F620 70 = C ‘S[epoul paseq-uorstoaig $0 = C ‘s[epow paseq-uorsioo1g
$8920 Ill =? ITg0 ZSZ'0 Jepow AyYIqeqoid 10119-paxty s[apoul paseq-uoIstoaig
F000°0 TZe- =2 $920 OST O sjepour Burdures yenuanbas [Ty [onu09 pjayq-afoyA,

d anjstyeys Z 10,0e} T 10,08} Z 10;0eY JT sojoRy

eon uotstoaid uotstoaid
uPaW uray, 4se1juor)

‘uolstoaid paasasqo aderaar Aq paimseaul se ([01]U09 pjay-afoyM) JoHa Buydures pjay-ajoym aarsuaqur ue pur (japour AyyIqeqoid
Jol1a-paxy auo puke paseq-uorstoaid imoj) sfapour Burfdures [eUanbas aay jo suoRUTqUIOD snoIIeA UBaMyaq s}se1]UOD [PUOCZOYOUOU pure [eUOSOYOQ '% AAV

1000 0> 9F9 =A DEG 09 Jepow Aytpiqeqoid 1O119-Paxl 20 = Cd ‘S[apoul paseq-uolstoa1g
¢L09°0 $L0=4 JERS 6G joepow Aytpiqeqoid IO119-paxl $0 = d ‘[Ppou paseq-uorstoaid s ouny
te0S'0 18:0 = 4 m3) 0s [apow Ayyiqeqoid 10119-paxty §°0 = C ‘[epou paseq-uorstoaid s uaaigy
CPSs oO 90T =A LEG 6G [apour AyrpIqeqoid IOII9-Paxt ©0 = C ‘sjepour paseq-uolstoa1g
Ogss'0 8l0-— =? LS r9 70 = ‘[epow paseq-uorsioaid s ouny 70 = d ‘[apouw paseq-uotstoaid s uaa)
L160°0 s9I-— =} 6G Os €0 = d Jepour paseq-uorstoaid s ouny $0 = d ‘[epowl paseq-uoistoaid s uae14)
1000'0> 8L6=7 09 6G 30 = C ‘S[epoul paseq-uolstoa1g $0 = C ‘s[apoul paseq-uolsloa1g
¢s90°0 Pi 3 7! Lg CF [apour Ayiqeqoid 1OLI9-Paxl S[Ppoul paseq-uOIsI9aIg
1000'0> 10'St =} oe VOCAL sjapow Burjdures ;euenbas [Ty [O14U09 pley-afoy MA
sajdures sajdures
jo Jequinu jo dequinu yseijuod
uray uray

‘Burjdures ayeurut19} 0) pasinbas saydures yo raquinu a8eseae Aq painseaut se (Jo1\UOo PIP9-2[/04M) Loya Burjdures pyay-afoy™ aatsuaqul ue pur ([apour AyyIqeqosd
Jo11a-paxy auo puke paseq-uorstoaid inoj) spapour Burdures [euanbas aay jo suoeUIquIOS snotIvA UaaMyaq s}seI]UOD [Buosoyjiouou pure jeuoZoyyQ “| ATAV],

94 Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

3 samples per mean

0.75

0.50

0.25

7 samples per mean

0.25};

Proportion of Management Errors

11 samples per mean

0.25}

,

0 10 20 30 40

Mean Population Density

Fic. 1. Probabilities of making alfalfa weevil (AW) man-
agement errors when comparing mean estimates (based
on 8, 7, or 11 samples) at each of 42 population densities

ao evetage AW Larva Populations

Bok Y= 0.4432 + 1,.0829x

r?= 0,99

207

Y = 0.0019 + 0,9072X

r2= 0,99

ot = =
10) 10 20 30

ET (AW larvae/6 stems)

Fic. 2. Linear regression equations for estimating the
lower (bottom regression) and upper (top regression) values
of error zones about various economic thresholds (ET).
Error zones correspond to a 0.25 maximum probability of
spraying unnecessarily or a 0.20 maximum probability of
failing to spray economically damaging alfalfa weevil (AW)
populations.

lowest value of the error zone then an insec-
ticide spray is not recommended. If the av-
erage AW population density is greater than
the largest value of the error zone then an
insecticide application or early cutting is rec-
ommended. If the average AW population
density falls within the error zone then the
larval density is too near the ET to make re-
liable decisions. Growers are thus advised that
the AW population may or may not reach eco-
nomic levels and are recommended to either
take more samples now or resample in 2 days.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This investigation was supported in part by
a USDA/CSRS grant to Kentucky State Uni-
versity under agreement KYX-10-85-04P.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Hamlin, J. C., F. W. Lieberman, R. W. Bunn, W. C.
McDuffie, R. C. Newton, and L. J. Jones. 1949. Field
studies of the alfalfa weevil and its environment. U.S. Dep.
Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 975.

2. Armbrust, E. J., H. D. Niemczyk, B. C. Pass, and M.
C. Wilson. 1969. Standardized procedures for coopera-
tive Ohio Valley states alfalfa weevil research. J. Econ.
Entomol. 62:250-251.

—_—

to six ETs: 3(-), 7 (+), 12 (*),16 (D), 21 (x) and 26 (O)
larvae per 6-stem sample. Probabilities were calculated
via computer-simultaed sampling experiments.

SAMPLING MODELS IN ALFALFA WEEVIL CONTROL—Legg and Barney 95

3. Christensen, J. B., A. P. Gutierrez, W. R. Cothran,
and C. G. Summers. 1977. The within field spatial pat-
tern of the larval Egyptian alfalfa weevil, Hypera brun-
neipennis (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): an application of
parameter estimates in simulation. Can. Entomol. 109:
1599-1604.

4. Wedberg, J. L., W. G. Ruesink, E. J. Armbrust, and
D. P. Bartell. 1977. Alfalfa weevil pest management
program. II]. Coop. Ext. Sery. Cire. 1136.

5. Barney, R. J. and D. E. Legg. 1987. Accuracy of a
single 30-stem sample for detecting alfalfa weevil larvae
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and making management de-
cisions. J. Econ. Entomol. 80:512-516.

6. Legg, D. E., R. J. Barney, and R. J. Kyrscio. 1988.
Improved sampling plans for monitoring alfalfa weevil
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) larva infestations in Ken-
tucky. J. Econ. Entomol. 81:215-219.

7. Barney, R. J. and D. E. Legg. 1988. Development
and validation of sequential sampling plans for alfalfa
weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) larvae using a 6-stem,
100 square-meter subsampling method. J. Econ. Entomol.
81:658-662.

8. Legg, D. E. and R. J. Barney. 1988. Use of portable
computers to assess insect populations in advanced inte-
grated pest management programs: alfalfa weevil as an
example. J. Econ. Entomol. 81:995-999.

9. Kuno, E. 1969. A new method of sequential sam-
pling to obtain the population estimates with a mixed level
of precision. Res. Popul. Ecol. (Kyoto) 11:127-136.

10. Green, R. H. 1970. On fixed precision level se-
quential sampling. Res. Popul. Ecol. (Kyoto) 12:249-251.

11. Iwao, S$. 1975. A new method of sequential sam-
pling to classify populations relative to a critical density.
Res. Popul. Ecol. (Kyoto) 16:281-288.

12. Pearson, E. S. and H. O. Hartley. 1966. Biometrika
tables for statisticians, Vol. 1. Cambridge Univ., Cam-
bridge, London.

13. Nimis, G. and D. Heisey.
Software, St. Paul, Minnesota.

14. Snedecor, G. W. and W. G. Cochran. 1980. Sta-
tistical methods, 7th ed. Iowa State Univ., Ames.

15. Scheffé, H. 1977. The analysis of variance. Wiley,
New York.

16. Taylor, L. R. 1961. Aggregation, variance and the
mean. Nature (London) 189:732-735.

17. Bartlett, M.S. 1949. Fitting a straight line when
both variables are subject to error. Biometrics 5:207-212.

18. Legg, D. E. 1986. An interactive computer pro-
gram for calculating Bartlett’s regression method. North
Cent. Computer Inst. Software J. 2(3):1-23.

1985. NH Analytical

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 96-100

Pollen Diet of Some Predator Mites

A. M. Artri,'! M. F. Potts, C. G. PATTERSON,

AND J. G. RODRIGUEZ

Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40546

ABSTRACT

Some commercial types of pollen (plum, pecan, pistachio, apple, kiwi fruit, almond and pear) were
compared with local corn pollen as alternate foods for Neoseiulus fallacis (Garman), an important phytoseiid
predator of orchard mites. Efficiency of food as measured against time required for development between
egg oviposition and adult emergence, as influenced by relative humidity (RH), pointed to pistachio as a
superior alternate food and 85% RH promoting the most rapid development. These same pollens were
challenged under the same RH conditions by 2 additional phytoseiids, Phytoseiulus persimilis Athias-Henriot
and Typhlodromus occidentalis (Nesbitt) and monitored for egg production as a parameter of food efficiency.
None of these pollens were nutritionally adequate to continue oogenesis beyond exhaustion of the stored-up
food reserve, from prey consumed while the predator females were in the immature stages. Other corollary
studies with N. fallacis demonstrated that locally produced tulip poplar pollen provided adequate nutrition,
and was comparable to pistachio but Zumi crab apple was superior since it sustained 11 continuous generations

without supplementation with prey.

INTRODUCTION

Phytoseiid mites have long been recognized
as an important component in the manage-
ment strategy of tetranychid mites, especially
in orchards. This family of predator mites gen-
erally develops and reproduces best when
preying on spider mites but can subsist on such
alternate foods as pollen, scale crawlers and
honeydew (1, 2). Pollens from various sources
have often proven to be acceptable and effi-
cient alternate foods for some species of phy-
toseiids, as shown by McMurtry and Rodriguez
(3) who recently reviewed the nutritional ecol-
ogy of phytoseiids.

The main objectives in this study were to
examine comparative acceptance and general
nutritional efficiency of 10 different pollens on
3 important phytoseiid predators, namely,
Phytoseiulus persimilis Athias-Henriot, Neo-
seiulus (=Amblyseius) fallacis (Garman) and
Typhlodromus occidentalis (Nesbitt). Major
emphasis was given N. fallacis, an important
predator of apple orchard mites in Kentucky.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The predatory mites, P. persimilis, N. fal-
lacis and T. occidentalis were sub-cultured
from stocks maintained in the Acarology Lab-

' Present address: Acarology Division, Faculty of Ag-
riculture, Cairo University, Giza, Egypt.

96

oratory. The prey, the twospotted spider mite
(TSSM), Tetranychus urticae (Koch), was
highly acceptable in all stages to the 3 species
of phytoseiids in our study (3). The experi-
ments were conducted under laboratory con-
ditions of 16 hr photoperiod and 27°C.

DEVELOPMENT OF N. FALLACIS

Detached bean leaves were divided into 6
sections by streaks of tree Tanglefoot® and were
placed on moist filter paper in petri dishes (90
mm diam). The dishes were in turn placed in
clear plastic containers (19 x 28 cm) contain-
ing saturated salts to provide relative humid-
ities (RH) of 75, 81, 85, 92, and 97 per cent.
In addition, water only was included in one
treatment to provide nearly 100% RH. Seven
commercial types of pollen grains, namely, al-
mond, apple, kiwi fruit, pear, pecan, pistachio
and plum (Fireman Pollen Co., Stockton, Cal-
ifornia) plus corn pollen from a local hybrid
cornfield, were individually supplied on the
leaf surface as food for the predator, N. fal-
lacis, that developed from one egg placed on
each section. The immature stages of N. fal-
lacis were transferred every 2 days to detached
bean leaves and pollen grains. Data were ob-
tained from 12 mites observed from each treat-
ment.

In a corollary study, this same group of pol-
lens were tested for their influence on longevity
of N. fallacis, adult emergence to death (N =
24).

PoLLEN Diet IN PREDATOR MitEs—Afifi et al. 97

POLLEN EFFICIENCY IN N. FALLACIS
DEVELOPMENT

In these tests, the same pollen types (except
that local tulip poplar was substituted for corn)
used previously were placed on 90-mm disks
cut from black polyethylene sheeting and di-
vided into 6 sections with Tanglefoot. One N.
fallacis egg was placed in each section and
distilled water was supplied by soaking a small
lump of filter pulp. The rearing dishes (N =
24) were maintained at 90% RH with other
conditions as described previously. Growth and
life stage development were determined.

Two other corollary tests were also con-
ducted. One test involved apple pollen and
prey fed to 2 generations of N. fallacis. In
another study, crab apple pollen (University
of Kentucky Farm) of the Zumi variety was
used as food for N. fallacis. Growth/devel-
opment, longevity, and fecundity were deter-
mined. The tests were conducted on disks cut
from black polyethylene with conditions as de-
scribed above.

STUDIES ON EGG PRODUCTION

Detached bean leaves were partitioned into
6 approximately equal parts with use of Tan-
glefoot. Newly emerged male and female N.
fallacis and T. occidentalis were offered the
same 8 pollen types and the test was repeated
4 times. Males were removed after 2 days and
the females (N = 24) were then maintained
for 15 days using the same procedures and
conditions as in the previous study. The Tan-
glefoot confinement method used successfully
for N. fallacis and T. occidentalis proved un-
suitable for P. persimilis, hence a Plexiglas®
rearing cell was used for this species. The cell
consisted of 3 Plexiglas pieces. The top and
bottom were 3 mm in thickness and 4 x 6 cm.
The middle piece had a thickness of 6 mm and
a hole 2.5 cm in diameter which together with
the bottom and top pieces comprised a cell.
The top piece was vented with a hole 0.6 cm
in diameter and covered with a cemented fine
mesh screen. Bean leaf disks (3 cm in diameter)
were placed in the rearing cells (N = 20) and
pollen grains were supplied as food. The as-
sembled cell was held together with rubber
bands. Again, rearing conditions/procedures
were as used in the studies described previ-
ously.

TaBLE 1. Comparative developmental time of N. fallacis
in days from egg oviposition to adult emergence on pollens
at varying relative humidities at 27°C (N = 12) (81 and
97% RH data not shown).

Relative humidity

Pollen type 75% 85% 92% 100%
Plum 13.3b 11.2a 125ab 13.5b
Corn 13.0b 10.72 12.2ab 13.2b
Pecan 12.6a 11.2a 11.8a 12.4a
Pistachio 11.7b =:10.0a_—:10.8ab_——-12.0b
Apple (Delicious) 13.8b 12.5a 13.4ab 14.3b
Kiwi fruit 14.0ab 12.5a 13.7ab 14.2b
Almond 13.0b 113a 12.5ab 13.7b
Pear (Bartlett) 13.2b 1l.7a = 13.0b 14.0b
L.S.D. N.S. 13 1.3 1.2

N.S. = not significant. Means followed by the same letter within a row are

not significantly different, P = 0.05; Duncan's multiple range test

A corollary study made use of tulip poplar,
a meridic diet, or a combination thereof to de-
termine their efficiency compared with TSSM
prey when fed to N. fallacis. The test proce-
dure entailed isolating N. fallacis eggs and
rearing the immatures to adults (N = 25). Egg
production was then monitored over a 28 day
period.

RESULTS
DEVELOPMENT OF N. FALLACIS

Neoseiulus fallacis fed and developed on all
pollen types and at all RH levels tested. The
effects of various pollen types on development
as influenced (from oviposition to adult emer-
gence) by RH are shown in Table 1. Generally,
the 85% RH promoted the shortest develop-
ment time, especially when compared against
75% and 100% RH (Table 1). Only in the case
of pecan and kiwi pollens were these differ-
ences, i.e., between 85% RH and the extremes,
not significant. Examining the effect of pollens
on development time, pistachio clearly was su-
perior to other pollens, accelerating rate of de-
velopment, followed by pecan or corn. Kiwi
fruit or apple were the least efficient (Table
1). In the corollary study on longevity (tabu-
lated data not given for sake of brevity), pis-
tachio pollen prolonged adult longevity to the
greatest degree, a mean of 47.8 days at 85%
RH as compared to kiwi fruit, the most likely
to shorten life, with 41.5 days. None of the
pollen types used as food during the life span
of N. fallacis proved suitable for egg produc-
tion.

98 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

TaBLE 2. Development of N. fallacis from egg to the
adult stage when fed on various pollen types at 27°C and
85% RH (N = 24).

TaBLe4. Development and fecundity of N. fallacis when
fed on Zumi crab apple pollen for 11 generations at 27°C

and 85% RH.

% Reaching

Avg. duration

Pollen type adult stage Stage in days
Pistachio 77.8a Life cycle (egg to adult) 15)
Tulip Poplar 60.0ab Pre-oviposition period 9.0
Apple (Delicious) 55.6ab Oviposition period 7.0
Pecan 48. lab (9.1 eggs/female)
Plum 29.6be Post-oviposition period 40.8
Kiwi fruit 29.6be Adult longevity 56.8
Almond 7.4e * Total number of eggs/female = 1.3.

Pear (Bartlett) 6.0c :
Control (Blank) 0.0c
Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different, P = 0.05;

Duncan's multiple range test

POLLEN EFFICIENCIES IN N. FALLACIS
DEVELOPMENT

Pistachio pollen provided the highest per
cent of individuals reaching the adult stage
(77.8%) followed by tulip poplar, apple and
pecan pollens in the moderate range while
plum, kiwi fruit, almond, and pear were the
most inefficient, ranging from 30% (plum) to
6% (pear) (Table 2). The adults were then mat-
ed and each female was isolated, and fed the
same pollen on which it had developed. Tulip
poplar pollen gave 60% of adult development
and females laid an average of 33.6 eggs during
28 days. There was no egg production in N.
fallacis when fed other pollens at this time.

When N. fallacis was fed apple pollen dur-
ing its developing stages, 56% reached adult
stage but did not produce eggs. These adults
were then supplied with spider mites and sub-
sequently an abundance of eggs were pro-
duced. F; immatures were 80% developed into
adults when fed on apple pollen. When those
female adults were once again fed spider mites
they produced eggs that resulted in emergence
of an F, generation (Table 3).

TaBLE 3. Development of N. fallacis from egg to adult
stage when fed on apple pollen over 3 generations at 27°C
and 85% RH. Spider mites were fed to the adults to obtain
eggs for the next generation (N = 18).

% Reaching
Generation adult stage
Parent generation 55.6b
F, generation 80.0a
F, generation 87.0a
Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different, P = 0.05;

Duncan's multiple range test

A corollary study involved Zumi crab apple
pollen fed to N. fallacis. Zumi crab apple pol-
len was readily accepted and N. fallacis was
successfully reared on this pollen for 11 gen-
erations (Table 4).

Ecc PRODUCTION

The oviposition study on the 3 phytoseiid
species, N. fallacis, P. persimilis and T. occi-
dentalis, involved the use of newly emerged
mated females. They were fed on the various
pollen types (see Tables 1, 2) for 15 days. This
study showed that a small quantity of eggs
were produced over the initial 2 to 3 day pe-
riod. However, females ceased to oviposit after
this initial period, indicating that the prey food
reserve built up during the immature stages
had been exhausted.

No significant differences were found among
the 8 pollen types analyzed across all humid-
ities or humidities analyzed across all pollens.
The initial egg production was the result of
the immature stages previously feeding on the
spider mites. The results of this test indicated
that these 8 pollen types, when supplied as food
for the 3 phytoseiid predators, proved to be
nutritionally deficient for oviposition. How-
ever, the pollens could sustain the mites for a
limited period. It should be noted, however,
that local crab apple (Zumi) pollen was used
in another test to successfully rear 11 gener-
ations of N. fallacis (Table 4).

A diet regimen of prey eggs was slightly
more efficient nutritionally than a diet of pro-
tonymphs. When offered a meridic diet (Table
5), development of egg to adult occurred, but
egg production did not occur. When this diet
was supplemented with tulip poplar pollen,
egg production (1.2 per day) occurred, and this

POLLEN Diet IN PREDATOR MitEs—Afifi et all. 99

TaBLE5. Composition of meridic diet, ingredientstomake TaBLe 6. Effect of diet on egg production of N. fallacis
up 100 ml. over a 28 day period (N = 25).
Nutrient 2/100 ml Avg. number
of eggs per
Honey 15 Diet female/day
Sodium caseinate 6 SD
Nutrex 2000 6 T. urticae eggs 2.7 0.52
Cholesterol 0.01 T. urticae protonymphs 2.3 0.53
Soy lecithin 0.005 Meridic diet + poplar pollen 2.1 1.88
Beta sitosterol 0.001 Tulip poplar pollen only 1.2 0.66
Ascorbic acid 0.1 Meridic diet only 0
Vitamin mixture 0.3 -
Streptomycin sulfate 0.05
Methylparaben 0.15

(0.1 ml of 10%
formalin)

Formalin

supplemented diet was superior to the pollen
alone (Table 6).

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

Neoseiulus fallacis that fed on the various
pollen types at various RH levels for its entire
life span had a developmental rate that was
generally significantly affected by the pollen
types when analyzed across all RH_ levels.
However, the effects on adult female longevity
were not significant. The mite, during larval,
protonymphal and deutonymphal stages, must
feed before developing to the subsequent stage.
Food value and acceptability can greatly in-
fluence the development of these life stages, as
was shown by feeding the various pollen types.
The 8 pollens used in the study to determine
their efficiency, as measured by egg produc-
tivity in the 3 predator species, proved to be
nutritionally inadequate. Egg production did
not occur after the initial burst of oviposition,
demonstrating that the immature stages feed-
ing on prey eggs laid down food reserves es-
sential for oogenesis but once that limited re-
serve was exhausted, oogenesis did not continue
under a pollen food regimen. The specific na-
ture of pollen adequacy, however, was appar-
ent by the comparative efficiency of Zumi crab
apple pollen that successfully produced 11 suc-
cessive generations of N. fallacis without the
benefit of spider mite prey. By the same token,
while P. persimilis and T. occidentalis ac-
cepted Zumi pollen, they did not produce eggs.

Ahlstrom and Rock (4) reported that N. fal-
lacis fed and reproduced on pollens from the
trumpet creeper vine and the tulip poplar.

Moreover, this species adapted and accepted
these pollens as food, as indicated by the in-
creasing percentage of immatures reaching
adult stage, from 55.6 in the parent generation
to 80 and 87 per cent in the first and second
generation respectively.

Phytoseiid mites vary in their ability to ef-
ficiently convert pollen food into resources for
egg production. For example, pollen grains of
castor bean, avocado, maize and carpobrotus
(Mesembryanthemum) were shown in labo-
ratory studies to have high food value for
Euseius (=Amblyseius) hibisci (Chant) and
Amblyseius limonicus Gar. MCG. (5, 6). Am-
blyseius hibisci was continuously cultured on
pollen alone, but T. occidentalis Nesbitt did
not feed on pollens (7). Phytoseiulus persimilis
and T. occidentalis failed to oviposit when fed
an artificial diet, while E. hibisci, A. largoensis
(Muma) and T. arboreus (Chant) developed
and oviposited when fed on both oak pollen
and on artificial diet (8).

When the artificial diet was combined with
tulip poplar pollen and fed to N. fallacis, the
females produced an average of 2.1 eggs per
female per day, compared to 2.3 when TSSM
protonymphs were provided as food.

It was demonstrated that the three phyto-
seiid predators, P. persimilis, N. fallacis and
T. occidentalis, can survive for a period of time
on various pollens. This is a very important
attribute for these predators, especially during
the absence of the natural prey.

Pollens vary in their chemical composition
and not all pollen types are efficient food for
phytoseiids (3). Our results also support Ken-
nett and Hamai (8) who found that neither P.
persimilis nor T. occidentalis oviposited when
fed on any food other than tetranychid mites.

Finally, although the 3 phytoseiid predators
may accept different pollens, generalizations

100

cannot be made on nutritional adequacy. Neo-
seiulus fallacis is clearly a species that can live
and reproduce on certain pollens such as Zumi
crab apple. Studies are needed to determine
why tulip poplar and Zumi crab apple pollens
are superior food and to examine techniques
of utilizing these pollens in orchards as alter-
nate foods.
Acknowledgment

The investigation reported in this paper (No. 88-7-132)

isin connection with a project of the Kentucky Agricultural

Experiment Station and is published with approval of the
Director.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Swirski, E. and N. Dorzia. 1969. Laboratory studies
on the feeding, development and fecundity of the pre-
daceous mite Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt (Acari-
na: Phytoseiidae) on various kinds of food substances. Israel
J. Agr. Res. 19:143-145.

2. Kamburov, S. §. 1971. Feeding, development and
reproduction of Amblyseius largoensis on various food
substances. J. Econ. Ent. 64:643-648.

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

3. McMurtry, J. A. and J. G. Rodriguez. 1987. Nu-
tritional ecology of phytoseiid mites. Pp. 609-644. In F.
Slansky and J. G. Rodriguez (eds.) The nutritional ecology
of insects, mites, spiders, and related invertebrates. John
Wiley & Sons, New York.

4, Ahlstrom, K. R. andG. C. Rock. 1973. Comparative
studies on Neoseiulus fallacis for azinphosmethy] toxicity
and effects of prey and pollen on growth. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 66:1109-1113.

5. McMurtry, J. A. and G. T. Scriven. 1964. Studies
on the feeding, reproduction and development of Ambly-
seius hibisci (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) on various food sub-
stances. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 57:649-655.

6. MeMurtry, J. A. and G. T. Scriven. 1965. Life his-
tory studies of Amblyseius limonicus with comparative
observations of Amblyseius hibisci (Acarina: Phytoseiidae).
Ann. Ent. Soc. Am, 58:106-111.

7. Huffaker, C. B., M. Vande Vrie, and J. A. McMurtry.
1970. Tetranychid population and their possible control
by predators. An evaluation. Hilgardia 40:391-458.

8. Kennett, C. E. and J. Hamai. 1980. Oviposition and
development in predaceous mites fed with artificial and
natural diets (Acari—Phytoseiidae). Ent. Exp. Appl. 22:
116-122.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 101-116

Distribution of Kentucky Land Snails
(Mollusca: Gastropoda)

BRANLEY ALLAN BRANSON AND DONALD L. BATCH

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Collecting in 55 counties yielded data for 19 families, 45 genera, and 138 species of Kentucky land snails
and slugs. Five species were previously unreported from the state: Vertigo rugosula Sterki, V. parvula Sterki,
Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud), Oxychilus draparnauldi (Beck), and Polygyra cereolus (Muhfeld). Ecological
and distributional information is presented for each species. A general biogeographical discussion pertaining
to the relationships of the Kentucky terrestrial gastropod fauna is presented that suggests a relationship
principally with the fauna of the southeastern United States and, to a lesser degree, with that of the midwest

and the east.

INTRODUCTION

Since publication of the principal checklists
of Kentucky land snails (1, 2), many taxonomic
and biogeographic changes have been reported
in the literature. In order to bring interested
investigators up to date, the more recent find-
ings are summarized. Hubricht (3) relegated
Glyphyalinia burringtoni Pilsbry to the syn-
onymy of G. wheatleyi (Bland) and elevated
to full generic level Megapallifera from a po-
sition of subgenus in Pallifera, Megapallifera
includes M. mutabilis (Hubricht), M. ragsdalei
(Webb), and M. wetherbyi (W. G. Binney). In
1977, Hubricht (4) found that Catinella va-
gans (Pilsbry) was probably a distinct species
rather than a synonym of C. vermeta (Say)
and described Paravitrea subtilis and Cary-
chium riparium, both from Kentucky. During
that period, Vitrizonites latissimus (Lewis) and
Vertigo clappi (Brooks and Hunt) were re-
ported from Kentucky (5), as was Glyphyalinia
raderi (Pilsbry) (6). Petranka’s (7) thesis re-
search recorded Vertigo bollesianna (Morse),
Mesomphix rugeli (Binney), and Triodopsis
dentifera (Binney) from the state. Finally, in
a much needed revision of known terrestrial
molluscan distribution in the eastern United
States, Hubricht (8) summarized the recent
family and generic changes that have been
wrought during the last 12 years. The most
important changes, affecting the Kentucky
fauna, follow: Cionella was placed in the genus
Cochlicopa and C. lubrica morseana (Doher-
ty) was elevated to full species; Vallonia per-
spectiva Sterki was reported from Kentucky;
Columella edentula (Draparnaud) was placed

in the synonymy of C. simplex (Gould); Suc-
cinea forsheyi I. Lea was reported from Ken-
tucky; Philomycus togatus (Gould) was ele-
vated to full species; Megapallifera mutabilis
(Hubricht) was reported; Pallifera secreta
(Cockerell) was resurrected as a full species, as
was Anguispira strongyloides (Pfeiffer) and A.
rugoderma (Hubricht); Discus catskillensis
(Pilsbry) was elevated to full species and H.
fimbriatus Wetherby was reported from the
state; Mesomphix globosus (MacMillan) was
reported; Paravitrea subtilis Hubricht and P.
blarina Hubricht were reported, as was Ha-
waiia alachuana Dall; Ventridens elliotti
(Redfield) was shifted into Zonitoides; and Eu-
conulus dentatus (Sterki) was resurrected and
reported from Kentucky. In the Polygyridae,
Hubricht (8) reported Polygyra troostiana I.
Lea from the state and restricted the range of
P. fatigiata (Say) to extreme western Kentucky
only; Mesodon panselenus Hubricht was re-
ported, but not M. perigraptus (Pilsbry); M.
laevior Hubricht was retained as a full species
distinct from M. appressus (Say); Triodopsis
rugosa anteridon Pilsbry was elevated to full
species; T. fraudulenta (Pilsbry) was not re-
ported; and T. hopetonensis (Shuttleworth) was
reported.

In spite of all this recent information, the
distributional data on the Kentucky terrestrial
molluscan fauna remain woefully inadequate
and incomplete. Many of the counties have not
been sampled for mollusks. Thus, this contri-
bution attempts to partially rectify this situa-
tion by presenting data from 55 Kentucky
counties, plus some data from adjacent Vir-

101

102

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

ginia and Indiana, including records for 19
families, 45 genera, and 138 species of terres-
trial snails and slugs.

COLLECTING SITES

. In leaf litter at Yeaddis, Leslie Co.; 22 October 1976.
. Ina tilled flower bed, Eastern Kentucky University,

Madison Co.; 14 November 1971.

. Top of Black Mountain, below radar tower, in

mesophytic woods, off SR 160, Harlan Co.; 13 Sep-
tember 1980.

. Lawn, State Office Building, Frankfort, Franklin Co.;

4 December 1980.

. Mesophytic woods, 150 m below summit, Black

Mountain, SR 160, Harlan Co.; 13 September 1980.

. Mesophytic woods at base of Black Mountain, SR

160, Harlan Co.; 13 September 1980.

. Moist mesophytic woods, Yahoo Falls, off SR 700,

McCreary Co.; 14 September 1980.

. Floodplains of Otter Creek, 8.2 km north of Rich-

mond, CR 1927, Madison Co.; 3 December 1970.

. At mouth of Bylew Cave, off SR 728, Edmonson Co.;

30 September 1980.

. Kentucky River Campground, open woods, Frank-

fort, Franklin Co.; 19 September 1980.

. Sparsely wooded hillside overlooking confluence of

Goose Creek and Salt River, Spencer Co.; 19 Sep-
tember 1980.

. Moist woods at Ritner Ford, McCreary Co.; 11 Oc-

tober 1980.

. Moist woods, Devil's Hollow, Devil’s Hollow Road,

Franklin Co.; 22 October 1980.

. Grassy hill at junction of SR 420 with the E-W con-

nector, Frankfort, Franklin Co.; 17 November 1980.

. Wooded ravine near entrance to Lake Cumberland

State Park, Russell Co.; 22 April 1979.

. Dry woods along Kentucky River, Boonesboro State

Park, Madison Co.; 27 September 1980.

. Bypass Cave near junction of US 60 and US 127,

Franklin Co.; 13 October 1980.

. Wooded banks of Dix River at SR 52, Boyle Co.; 11

October 1980.

. Low hillside at junction of US 420 E and W, Frank-

fort, Franklin Co.; 17 September 1980.

. Low-lying woods at Whayne’s Corner, Hickman Co.;

summer 1980.

. Grounds at Lt. Governor’s Mansion, Frankfort Co.;

17 September 1980.

. Wooded banks of Town Branch at Viley Road, Lex-

ington, Fayette Co.; 27 September 1980.

. Managed woods, Cherokee Park, Louisville, Jefferson

Co.; November 1980.

. Moist woods at High Bridge, Jessamine Co.; 6 No-

vember 1980.

. Wet woods at Hurricane Slough of Taylor Lake, But-

ler Co.; 26 September 1980.

26. Dry channel along SR 94 at Tennessee border, Fulton

Co.; 21 August 1978.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

82.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.
43.

44,

45,

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

Sl.

52.

53.

54.

55.

Rough River Dam State Park, Grayson Co.; 20 Oc-
tober 1980.

Moist woods along Boone Creek at Grimes Mill Road,
Fayette Co.; 13 September 1980.

Banks of the Kentucky River at CR 1927, Madison
Co.; 13 November 1980.

Woods along the Kentucky River at US 68, Mercer
Co.; 12 October 1980.

Woods along the Salt River at US 31E, Bullitt Co.;
8 December 1980.

Woods at Camp Nelson, Jessamine Co.; 22 October
1980.

Minor E. Clark Fish Hatchery, Morehead, Rowan
Co.; 6 September 1980.

Woods along Silver Creek at Barnes Mill crossing,
Madison Co.; 27 September 1980.

Woods at Burkesville, Cumberland Co.; 6 October
1979.

Dense woods and undergrowth, Black Mountain, 3.6
km downgrade from junction of Roberts Branch Road
with SR 934, Letcher Co.; 13 September 1980.

In tropical vegetation inside Fayette Mall, Lexington,
Fayette Co.; 6 September 1980.

Game Farm Woods, at Game Farm, Frankfort,
Franklin Co.; 4 December 1980.

Woods near fire tower just off Roberts Branch Road,
Letcher Co.; 13 September 1980.

In entrance of Steel Hollow Cave, McCreary Co.; 11
October 1980.

Woods, 6.6 km north of Elizabethtown, off I-65, Har-
din Co.; October 1980.

Bedford, Trimble Co.; 21 September 1980.

Woods along Muddy Creek at Doylesville, Madison
Co.; 16 October 1979.

Rocky hillside at junction of US 421 and CR 1211,
Franklin Co.; 20 October 1982.

Moist woods at Brooklyn Bridge, Woodford Co.; 18
September 1980.

Moist woods at Benson Creek Falls, Franklin Co.; 9
October 1980.

Falls of the Ohio River on Indiana side; September
1980.

Woods at Iroquois Hunt Club, Grimes Mill Road,
Fayette Co.; 2 November 1982.

Woods, 1.6 km above Indian Fort Theatre, Berea,
Madison Co.; 4 November 1980.

Along foundation of U.S. Post Office, Water Street,
Richmond, Madison Co.; 6 December 1980.

Wet woods, 12.8 km northwest of New Concord at
Pottertown, Calloway Co.; 11 October 1964.
Woods along Triplett Creek, 6.4 km west of More-
head on US 60, Rowan Co.; 23 October 1964.
Mouth of Eureka Cave, McCreary Co.; 19 September
1980.

Wherry Bog, 0.3 km north of Tennessee border on
US 27, McCreary Co.; 27 September 1980.
Belmont Battlefield, 1.6 km north of Columbus,
Hickman Co.; 24 December 1967.

56.

57.

LAND SNAILS IN KENTucKy—Branson and Batch

S-Tree Recreation Area forest, Jackson Co.; 4 Sep-
tember 1980.

Floodplain forest along Paint Lick Creek, 0.4 km
above mouth of Dry Run, Madison Co.; 6 October
1979.

. Moist woods off Barren Fork Road, 2.4 km north of

Whitley City, McCreary Co.; 19 September 1980.

. Laketon, Carlisle Co.; 9 September 1980.
. Dripping shale bluffs at Allen, Floyd Co.; 20 July

1980.

. In flower bed, Capital Plaza shopping center, Frank-

fort, Franklin Co.; September 1980.

. Moist woods at Indian Falls, Jessamine Co.; 30 No-

vember 1980.

. Woods along US 460 at junction with Pepper Pike,

Scott Co.; 12 October 1980.

4. Grassy woods at Central Kentucky Wildlife Man-

agement Area, Madison Co.; 6 October 1980.

. Below US 60 bridge at Otter Creek, Meade Co.; 6

October 1980.

. Woods along Muddy Creek at US 23, Ohio Co.; Sep-

tember 1980.

. Swan Lake, Ballard County Wildlife Management

Area, Ballard Co.; 30 September 1980.

. Southshore, Greenup Co.; 10 October 1980.
. Virgin forest, Lilley Cornett Woods, Letcher Co.; 14

May 1983.

. Woods just north of Raven Run Park, Fayette Co.;

2 November 1980.

. Moist woods 0.8 km above mouth of Pigeon Creek,

Edmonson Co.; 3 September 1980.

2. Sink hole 0.4 km north of Raven Run Park off Jacks

Creek Pike, Fayette Co.; 2 November 1980.

. Woods at Lock 4 of Kentucky River, Franklin Co.;

20 November 1980.

. On lawn grass at Wooten, Leslie Co.; 1 October 1983.
. Cedar glade at Simpson-Warren county line at US

31W; October 1983.

. Big Clifty Prairie, Grayson Co.; 15 September 1983.
. Wooded hills at Clay’s Ferry, below I-75 bridge,

Fayette Co.; 14 September 1980.

. Along baseboards of house, Elizabethtown, Hardin

Co.; 10 November 1980.

. Barrow ditch off SR 510, 9.6 km east of Harlan Co.

line in Letcher Co.; 22 October 1983.

. Woods 2.0 km downstream from CR 1900, Franklin

Co.; 19 September 1980.

. Wooded ravine at mouth of Little South Fork of

Cumberland River, McCreary Co.; 6 September 1981.

. Greenhouse at University of Kentucky, Lexington,

Fayette Co.; 12 March 1983.

. Wooded hillside at junction of SR 804 and 114, Letcher

Co.; 11 October 1972.

_ Streamside forest 8.0 km north of Middlesboro at US

25E crossing of Yellow Creek, Bell Co.; 20 July 1980.

. Woods at US 60 crossing of Slate Creek, Bath Co.;

25 February 1984.

86.

87.

88.

89.

90.

98.

99.

111.

112.

103

Baseboards of house, Payne Street, Lexington, Fay-
ette Co.; 8 March 1979.

Beneath flood debris along Levisa Fork of Big Sandy
River, Paintsville, Johnson Co.; 12 September 1984.
Wooded banks of Yellow Creek, 0.6 km above con-
fluence with Carr Fork Lake, Knott Co.; 28 Septem-
ber 1970.

Wooded bluffs of Laurel Lake, Breaks Interstate Park,
Virginia; 20 July 1980.

Woods at Cumberland Falls, McCreary Co.; 12 Sep-
tember 1980.

. Hickory woods at Indian Fort Theatre, Berea, Mad-

ison Co.; 11 September 1983.

. Woods along Tygarts Creek at SR 7, Greenup Co.;

5 October 1968.

. Wooded bluffs of Ohio River, 3.2 km east of Dayton

on SR 8, Campbell Co.; 8 September 1984.

. Woods along Rockcastle River at I-75, Rockcastle

Co.; 23 October 1982.

. Woods at Cumberland Gap National Historical Park

campground, Virginia; 5 October 1970.

. Dense woods below Natural Bridge, Natural Bridge

State Park, Powell Co.; 23 October 1970.

. Woods at confluence of Line Fork Creek and the

North Fork of Kentucky River, Letcher Co.; 15 April
1984.

Heavily shaded, moist ravine near entrance to Pine
Mountain State Park, Bell Co.; 23 October 1970.
Woods along Line Fork Creek at mouth of Defeated
Creek on CR 1103, Letcher Co.; 13 April 1984.

. Wooded banks of North Fork of Kentucky River, 1.2

km east of Banks on CR 1103, Letcher Co.; 13 April
1984.

. Wet woods at upper end of Lake Wilgreen, Madison

Co.; 30 April 1982.

2. Woods at mouth of Lower Howard Creek, Clark Co.;

14 April 1978.

. Woods along Middle Fork of Kentucky River, 30 km

south of Hyden on US 421, Leslie Co.; 1 April 1978.

. Floodplains of Eagle Creek, 1.6 km north of Wheat-

ley, Owen Co.; 18 October 1978.

. Woods at end of SR 211 at Licking River (Moore's

Ferry), Bath Co.; 25 February 1984.

. Moist woods 3.0 km south of Mt. Vernon off US 25,

Rockcastle Co.; 15 April 1978.

. Vegetated sinkhole at Jessamine-Woodford co. line;

27 April 1978.

. Woods along Kentucky River, 1.2 km above mouth

of Smith Creek, Jessamine Co.; 8 May 1975.

. Woods at junction of US 441 and SR 90, Cumberland

Co.; 11 April 1981.

. Woods 1.6 km south of Glencoe on Eagle Hill Road,

Owen Co.; 5 September 1984.

Woods along Fish Trap Creek, 300 m above Licking
River, Clay Wildlife Management Area, Nicholas
Co.; 16 March 1984.

Woods at junction of Laurel Fork Creek and South
Fork Road, Breathitt Co.; 20 April 1984.

104

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

. Woods along Kentucky River at old US 25 bridge,

Madison Co.; 14 October 1982.

. Lilley Cornett Woods at Line Fork Creek, Letcher

Co.; 14 April 1984.

. Moist wooded hillside, 7.3 km north of Richmond on

SR 60 (Tates Creek Road), Madison Co.; 13 Novem-
ber 1979.

. Woods along SR 353, 10.6 km south of SR 62, Bour-

bon Co.; 8 September 1984.

. Wooded slopes of Cumberland Gap, Bell Co.; 20 July

1968.

. Shores of Lake Cumberland, Pulaski Co.; 26 August

1968.

. Red River Gorge at mouth of Swift Camp Creek,

Wolfe Co.; 27 March 1971.

. Woods along Beaver Creek at Frenchburg, Menifee

Co.; 12 October 1980.

. Muddy forest floor along Davis Branch of Clear Creek

near Pine Mountain State Park, Bell Co.; 25 October
1970.

. Woods along Kentucky River at Boonesville, Owsley

Co.; 20 February 1971.

. Baseboards of a house, Harlan, Harlan Co.; 14 No-

vember 1984.

. Woods at Brassfield, Madison Co.; 29 September 1979.
. Sparse woods along Townsend Creek at Bourbon-

Harrison co. line in Bourbon Co. off US 27; 15 March
1986.

. Woods, 1.6 km west of junction of SR 111 with CR

1990 on CR 1990, Montgomery Co.; 25 March 1984.

. Woods at mouth of Grier Creek, Woodford Co.; 19

March 1984.

. Dale Hollow Lake State Park campground, Cum-

berland Co.; 11 October 1981.

. Roadside ditch at Monticello, Wayne Co.; 15 October

1982.

. Woods at end of Mallory Spring Road (of SR 594),

Madison Co.; 20 February 1984.

. Woods along Kentucky River at Valley View, SR 60,

Madison Co.; 26 August 1984.

2. Behind slaughter house at junction of Thompson Road

with Old Frankfort Pike, Lexington, Fayette Co.; 9
April 1984.

. Woods at mouth of Stratton Branch on CR 2061,

Pike Co.; 25 July 1984.

. Woods below Daniel Boone Memorial Bridge, Clark

Co.; 27 April 1984.

. Woods, 4.8 km northwest of CR 1105 crossing of

Hazel Creek, Ballard Co.; 18 May 1982.

. Wet woods along Licking River on US 60 at Bath-

Rowan co. line in Rowan Co.; 6 September 1980.

7. Lawn in Deacon Hills Estates, Richmond, Madison

Co.; 16 May 1985.

. Woods at upper end of Owsley Fork Lake, Jackson

Co.; 28 July 1984.

. Woods behind Owsley Fork Church, Owsley Fork

Road, Jackson Co.; 11 September 1982.

. Moist woods at Alum Ford at SR 700, McCreary Co.;

29 April 1984.

. Moist woods, 0.5 km south of US 27 crossing of Elk-
horn Creek, Owen Co.; 31 March 1984.

. Railroad station, Nicholasville, Jessamine Co.; 23 Oc-
tober 1980.

. Moist ravine, 9.6 km southwest of Oven Fork on US
119, Letcher Co.; 14 April 1984.

4. Woods along Four Mile Creek at South Fork Road,
Breathitt Co.; 18 March 1984.

. Hillside, 0.8 km east of I-64 on SR 22, Jefferson Co.;
31 March 1984.

. Low, open hillside, 1.6 km south of Wayne-Clinton
co. line in Clinton Co., on SR 90; 18 March 1980.

. Big Bone Lick State Park, Boone Co.; 29 November
1980.

RESULTS

In the annotated list that follows, specimens
are correlated with collecting sites by station
number. The figures in parentheses represent
the sample size in each case. The taxonomic
designations, except where noted, follow Hu-

bricht (8).

Family Helicinidae

Two genera and species of the primitive or-
der Archaeogastropoda occur in Kentucky.
These are operculated, mostly calciphilic land
snails with a propensity for moist ravines in
Kentucky, although Helicina is often found on
relatively dry, grassy hillsides.

Helicina orbiculata (Say)

Collections: 12 (1).

Although locally abundant, the distribu-
tion of this species is poorly understood in
Kentucky. It prefers sunny locations (8) but
is often found along the margins of woods.

Hendersonia occulta (Say)

Collections: 5(3), 12 (1), 15 (2), 148 (1),
146 (1).

All these sites were in moist ravines with
an abundance of decaying vegetation and
fairly deep horizon A soil. Fresh specimens
are usually pale rusty red in color, although
yellowish is not uncommon (8).

Family Carychiidae

Because of their minute size and habitat in
leaf litter and soil, the distribution of the species
of Carychium in Kentucky is poorly delineat-
ed. Furthermore, some of the species are rel-
atively difficult to distinguish, causing some
confusion in the literature. Burch and Van De-
vender (9) published excellent keys and pho-
tographs of the described species, and their

LAND SNAILS IN KENTucKy—Branson and Batch

taxonomy is followed here. Data for three
species are reported.
Carychium clappi Hubricht

Collections: 4 (12), 10 (50), 13 (7), 125 (1).

The only previously reported records for
this species in Kentucky were from Harlan
County (5, 7), and some authors (9) do not
consider the species to be distinct from C.
exile canadense Clapp.

Carychium exiguum (Say)

Collections: 10 (23), 13 (3), 16 (1), 115
(10).

Because confusion between this species
and C. exile, records from Kentucky may
be in confusion.

Carychium nannodes Clapp

Collections: 4 (9), 10 (23), 13 (7), 16 (6),
73 (9).

As our records indicate, this very slender
species is often found associated with C.
exiguum. It is one of the smallest snails in
America, measuring only 1.3-1.5 mm in

length (8).

Family Cochlicopidae

Formerly included in the family Cionellidae
(1, and elsewhere), the genus Cionella has been
placed in the synonymy of Cochlicopa with 4
species in North America (8), one of which is
known from Kentucky.

Cochlicopa morseana Doherty
Collections: 2 (9), 13 (1), 34 (1), 43 (1),

119 (2), 134 (1).

Hubricht (8) has C. lubrica (Muller) and

C. morseana as full and distinct species,
which we accept. This very secretive, wood-
lands species is often missed by general col-
lectors. The habitat is mostly in moist de-
caying wood and leaves, although it is often
found deep beneath piles of unconsolidated
rocks,

Family Valloniidae

Distributional data for these small ground-
dwelling snails is very limited for Kentucky.
Soil sieves are required for efficient collecting.
Data for 3 species are presented.

Vallonia pulchella (Miller)
Collections: 2 (2), 4 (15), 10 (61), 13 (1),

16 (1), 115 (5), 125 (18).
This small, white species prefers grassy
fields, lawns, and weedy hillsides (8), where

105

it is most easily collected by means of grad-
uated soil sieves.
Vallonia costata (Miller)

Collections: 4 (145), 10 (110), 13 (4), 16
(3), 49 (6), 91 (8).

Living in a habitat similar to the last men-
tioned, this species is often collected with V.
pulchella.

Vallonia perspectiva Sterki

Collection: 115 (2).

The only other record for this species in
Kentucky is from Mercer County (8). The
snail should be sought in heavily wooded
ravines and talus slopes.

Family Pupillidae
Since most of these small to minute, seed-
like snails are easily overlooked during col-
lecting, the poor representation in Kentucky
records is not startling. Data for 4 genera and
14 species are reported here.
Pupoides albilabris (C. B. Adams)

Collections: 24 (2), 28 (3), 29 (1), 50 (6),
115 (13), 125 (1), 187 (1).

The largest species of the family, this snail
frequents grassy areas, open hillsides, wood-
land margins, and similar habitats.

Gastrocopta armifera (Say)

Collections: 10 (2), 13 (2), 16 (1), 24 (6),
27 (1), 38 (1), 44 (1), 50 (4), 56 (1), 77
115 (69), 125 (8), 130 (1).

Found mostly in open, sunny areas, this
snail is not infrequently found in marginal
forests. Hubricht (10) separated G. clappi
(Sterki) from G. armifera, raised it to full
species level, and listed it from 3 Kentucky
counties (8). The two forms are easily dis-
tinguished by means of the characters pre-
sented by Hubricht (10): in G. armifera the
columellar lamella has a forward-projecting
lobe and the shell measures 3.7-5.0 mm in
length and 2.0-2.6 mm in diameter. In G.
clappi there is no forward-projecting lobe
on the columellar lamella and the shell is
smaller, 3.5-4.3 mm in length and 1.8-2.0
mm in diameter. There is an excellent il-
lustration of G. clappi on page 876 of Pils-
bry’s (11) monograph.

Gastrocopta contracta (Say)

Collections: 4 (7), 10 (17), 13 (6), 16 (1),
24 (1), 29 (4), 32 (5), 115 (60), 125 (9), 130
(10).

106 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

A very environmentally plastic species, G.
contracta doubtless occurs throughout Ken-
tucky.

Gastrocopta pentadon (Say)
Collections: 10 (11), 13 (4), 29 (1), 115 (3),
125 (8).
Often confused with the next species,
which is larger, this species prefers upland
woods with well-drained, calcareous soils.

Gastrocopta tappaniana (C. B. Adams)
Collections: 115 (2), 125 (1), 130 (1).
With far fewer records from Kentucky

than G. pentadon, G. tappaniana lives in
moist situations, mostly on floodplains,
around ponds and lakes, and in swamplands.

Gastrocopta corticaria (Say)
Collections: 4 (21), 10 (25), 13 (7), 115 (1).
Prior to this report, G. corticaria was
known from Clark, Jefferson, and Edmon-
son counties only. It is a moist forest species.

Gastrocopta procera (Gould)

Collections: 4 (1), 115 (4), 116 (1).

This thick-shelled snail has habitat re-
quirements similar to those of Pupoides al-
bilabris.

Vertigo rugosula Sterki

Collection: 10 (1).

Not previously reported from Kentucky,
this species prefers rather dry situations on
open hillsides.

Vertigo ovata Say
Collection: 10 (2).
The only other record for this lowland
species in Kentucky is from Edmonson
County (1).

Vertigo ventricosa (Morse)
Collections: 10 (2), 16 (2), 125 (2).
Previous records for this lowlands, mois-
ture-loving snail were from Harlan (8) and
Madison (1) counties.

Vertigo tridentata Wolf
Collections: 8 (1), 115 (5), 125 (2).
This very small snail lives in moist, low-
land situations, usually on the lower sides of
fallen leaves.

Vertigo parvula Sterki

Collection: 115 (1).

Heretofore unknown from Kentucky, this
minute species is similar to V. tridentata,
though it is much smaller, measuring about
1.5 mm in length and 0.9 mm in diameter.

According to Pilsbry (11) it is a relatively
rare species. The favored habitat is leaf litter
(8).

Vertigo gouldi (A. Binney)

Collections: 115 (1).

Of widespread but sporadic occurrence
in Kentucky, this is another small snail that
prefers leaf litter as habitat.

Columella simplex (Gould)

Collections: 4 (1), 10 (1), 27 (1), 29 (1).

This is not acommon species in Kentucky,
nor does it apparently produce large pop-
ulations where it is found in moist lowland
woods and ravines. Previously reported from
Kentucky as C. edentula (Draparnaud) (1),
a name now placed in the synonymy of C.
simplex (8).

Family Strobilopsidae

Three species of Strobilops are known from
Kentucky. We present data for one.
Strobilops labyrinthica (Say)

Collections: 45 (1), 91 (6), 145 (1).
Mostly a woodlands species with an affin-
ity for leaf litter and decaying wood.

Family Succineidae

The amber snails, of which 3 genera and 9
species have been reported from Kentucky (1,
8), is a rather difficult taxonomic group. In
most instances dissection of the reproductive
organs is required for species designation. We
report data for 2 genera and species.
Succinea ovalis Say

Collections: 3 (18), 5 (7), 8 (1), 23 (2), 32

(1), 62 (1), 113 (3), 115 (1), 134 (2), 136 (8).

This distinctive succineid is most often
found in moist woodlands or on floodplains.
Catinella avara (Say)
Collections: 29 (1), 52 (1), 83 (1), 92 (1).
The records established in Kentucky for

C. vermeta (Say) apply to C. avara (8). The

snail inhabits lowland situations, mostly

around bodies of water.

Family Philomycidae
Slugs are more often than not slighted in
regional treatments of terrestrial mollusks. They
are difficult to preserve satisfactorily and many
of them must be dissected to verify species
diagnoses. Three genera are known from Ken-
tucky.

LAND SNAILS IN KENTuCcKY—Branson and Batch

Philomycus carolinianus (Bosc)

Collections: 7 (1), 33 (1), 63 (4), 64 (2), 98

(9).

This variable slug prefers floodplains and
moist upland woods as habitat. Hubricht (8)
elevated the subspecies P. carolinianus to-
gatus (Gould) to full species.

Philomycus flexuolaris Rafinesque

Collections: 3 (1), 64 (1), 94 (1).

For many years P. flexuolaris was consid-
ered as a subspecies of P. carolinianus (11).
It is an upland congener of the latter species
(8).

Philomycus virginicus Hubricht

Collection: 7 (1).

Another uplands woods slug, this species
was previously known from Pike, Madison
(1), and Harlan (7) counties.

Philomycus venustus Hubricht

Collections: 12 (1), 60 (2), 95 (1), 96 (3),
98 (2), 114 (1), 124 (1).

This pale slug prefers moist woods as hab-
itat. Hubricht (8) placed P. bisdosus Branson
in its synonymy.

Pallifera dorsalis (A. Binney)

Collection: 3 (1).

Previously reported from Pike, Wolfe,
Powell, and Madison counties (1), this dis-
tinctive slug is most often found in leaf litter
of moist forests.

Pallifera fosteri F. C. Baker

Collections: 27 (1), 64 (2).

Hubricht (8) removed P. secreta (Cock-
erell) from the synonymy of this species, and
reported it from several Kentucky localities.

Megapallifera ragsdalei (Webb)

Collections: 13 (1), 27 (1).

This large slug prefers moist, wooded ra-
vines and streamside bluffs.

Family Discidae

The members of this family were previously
placed in the Anguispiridae (Anguispira) and
the Endodontidae (Discus) (1). The other gen-
era previously assigned to the Endodontidae
are now assigned to the families Helicodiscidae
(Polygyriscus, Helicodisus) and Punctidae
(Punctum).

Anguispira alternata (Say)

Collections: 3 (1), 8 (1), 10 (2), 13 (3), 16
(8), 22 (2), 28 (8), 29 (1), 32 (1), 43 (2), 48
(3); 80 (1), 101 (4), 102 (2), 115 (4), 119 (5).

107

This is a highly variable species, partic-
ularly with regard to the peripheral angu-
lation of the body whorl (8). Hubricht (8)
believes that, along with some of the differ-
ences in sculpturing, is the result of intro-
gressive hybridization with the next species
but it is more apt to reflect a plastic genome
and ecophenotypy.

Anguispira mordax (Shuttleworth)

Collections: 5 (1), 12 (14), 40 (8), 56 (3),
81 (1).

This heavily sculptured (rib striate) snail
is widespread in Kentucky. Breeding exper-
iments need to be accomplished to give cre-
dence to Hubricht’s (8) hypothesis of wide-
spread hybridization between A. mordax and
A. alternata.

Anguispira kochi (Pfeiffer)

Collections: 17 (3), 28 (3), 130 (1), 141 (1).

Anguispira kochi prefers undisturbed,
moist, wooded ravines. The species is not
common in Kentucky and may be worthy
of consideration for inclusion on the threat-
ened list (12).

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb)

Collections: 1 (11), 18 (4), 24 (3), 28 (1),
34 (4), 49 (1), 115 (5), 119 (7), 125 (8).

This small, heavily sculptured snail fre-
quents moist ditches and woodlands, often
in association with the next two species.

Discus catskillensis (Pilsbry)

Collection: 1 (11).

Usually found in uplands woods near logs
(8), this species was previously known from
Fulton, Daviess, and Henderson counties (8).

Discus patulus (Deshayes)

Collections: 3 (2), 10 (4), 12 (1), 13 (18),
15 (1), 16 (1), 17 (2), 23 (3), 29 (2), 56 (5),
98 (30), 99 (4), 127 (1), 189 (3), 144 (4).

One of the largest species in the genus,
D. patulus has a strong affinity for wet, de-
caying wood in upland forests.

Discus rotundatus (Miiller)

Collection: 47 (3).

This introduced species (11) has not been
found in Kentucky but doubtless occurs in
Jefferson County in the vicinity of Louis-
ville.

Family Helicodiscidae
There are at least 8 species of Helicodiscus
known from Kentucky. We present data for 2
of them.

108

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)

Collections: 28 (1), 92 (1), 98 (1), 115 (1),
125 (4).

Primarily found in woods associated with
leaf litter and decaying wood, this species is
also often found in ditches, around wooden
houses, and in trash.

Helicodiscus singleyanus (Pilsbry)
Collections: 4 (1), 28 (1), 115 (1), 125 (2).
Previously known from Floyd, Fayette,

and Jefferson counties only, this minute white
snail prefers open, grassy habitats (8).

Family Punctidae

Four species of these minute snails are known
from Kentucky (1). Punctum lamellatum Hu-
bricht has been synonymized with P. smithi
Morrison (8).

Punctum minutissimum (I. Lea)

Collections: 4 (2), 10 (15), 115 (8).

The preferred habitat is deep leaf litter,
and the species is seldom found elsewhere.
Sieves must be used to secure specimens.

Punctum vitreum H. B. Baker

Collection: 29 (1).

Known previously from Edmonson and
Spencer counties only, P. vitreum is one of
America’s smallest snails, measuring only
about 1.3 mm in diameter. The habitat is
identical to that of the last species.

Family Arionidae

Arionid slugs are Holarctic in distribution,
with native species occurring in the western
segments of North America, Asia, Europe, and
north Africa (11). There are several introduced
species of Arion in the eastern and western
United States and adjacent Canada (11). None
of these sometimes noxious species have here-
tofore been reported from Kentucky.

Arion subfuscus (Draparnaud)

Collection: 123 (2).

All arionids live in areas of relatively high
rainfall. This dull, dark-brown slug with two
indistinct black, longitudinal bands on the
mantle, was introduced into America from
central Europe (11).

Family Limacidae

Most of the dozen or more genera and large
number of species of limacid slugs are natives
of Europe and adjacent parts of Africa and

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Asia, although several species in the genera
Lehmannia, Limax, Deroceras, and Milax have
been introduced into America (11). Represen-
tatives of all these genera have been found in

Kentucky, including the single native species

Deroceras laeve.

Lehmannia valentianus (Ferussac)
Collections: 2 (8), 4 (1), 82 (4), 93 (2).
Previously reported from Bell County

only, this European exotic is widespread in
and around greenhouses. The colony on the
University of Kentucky campus is a large
one.

Limax maximus Linnaeus
Collections: 2 (4), 50 (1), 74 (1), 79 (8).
Another European exotic, this large (100

mm or more), yellowish-gray, mottled slug
is a common urban species and is often found
in large numbers at trash-dumping sites. It
can become a garden pest. The specimen
from Station 74 was melanistic.

Milax gagates (Draparnaud)

Collection: 50 (1).

This record indicates that Milax is per-
sisting in Madison County, where it was pre-
viously reported (13), the only known lo-
cality in Kentucky.

Deroceras reticulatum (Miller)

Collections: 32 (2), 50 (6), 61 (5), 64 (1),
147 (1).

Still another European exotic, this slug has
become widely distributed in North Amer-
ica through agricultural commerce. It is a
common garden pest, often in association
with the next species below.

Deroceras laeve (Miller)

Collections: 1 (1), 23 (1), 93 (2), 142 (1).

The only native limacid slug in Kentucky,
this species doubtless occurs throughout the
state in spite of the few published records.

Family Zonitidae

With the Polygyridae, the Zonitidae is one
of the most speciose molluscan families in
America. It is second to none in Kentucky,
being represented by a long list of genera and
species. However, biological and distributional
data are scanty for the small to minute species.

Nesovitrea electrina (Gould)
Collections: 13 (1), 72 (1), 85 (1).
Known previously from Jefferson and

LAND SNAILS IN KENTucKY—Branson and Batch

Daviess counties, this small, nearly trans-
parent snail frequents wet lowlands.
Nesovitrea binneyana (Morse)
Collection: 36 (1).
Previously recorded from Henderson and
Union counties, N. binneyana lives in up-
land woods in leaf litter.

Glyphyalinia cumberlandiana (Clapp)

Collections: 10 (4), 117 (2).

Only recently reported from Kentucky (5,
7, 8), this snail’s habitat is in leaf litter and
decaying wood in forested ravines, sink-
holes, and rocky, shaded hillsides.

Glyphyalinia wheatleyi (Bland)

Collections: 21 (1), 29 (1), 84 (1).

The habitat is similar to that of the last
species.

Glyphyalinia rhoadsi (Pilsbry)

Collection: 125 (4).

Only recently reported from Kentucky (8),
this beautiful little snail occurs in much of
eastern Kentucky, mostly in upland forest
litter.

Glyphyalinia indentata val

Collections: 3 (2), 29 (4), 84 (1),
(1), 99 (1), 115 (84), 117 (1), 121
(12), 126 (1), 131 (2).

Occurring in many kinds of habitats, G.
indentata is the most widespread member
of its genus. As pointed out by Hubricht (8),
G. indentata so-called is actually a complex
of very similar species awaiting monograph-
ic treatment. There are at least 3 morpho-
logically different species in Kentucky, 2 in
the eastern highlands.

85 (2), 95
(1), 125

Glyphyalinia caroliniensis (Cockerell)
Collection: 6 (1).
Mostly a species of leaf litter in the Cum-
berland Mountains.

Glyphyalinia cryptomphala (Clapp)

Collections: 9 (1), 29 (6), 56 (1), 71 (1),
115 (10).

Because the next species was for many
years considered as a subspecies of G. cryp-
tomphala (14), the distribution of both
species in Kentucky is probably confused.
The preferred habitat is leaf litter along riv-
er blufts.

Glyphyalinia solida B. Baker)

Cerone aa Pe eee ), 56 (2), 84 (3), 91
(1), 95 (2), 98 (1), 101 (3), 117 (1), 121 (1).

109

This rather large Glyphyalinia is usually
found in leaf litter and decaying wood in
ravines or on rocky hillsides.

Glyphyalinia praecox (H. B. Baker)
Collections: 99 (2), 100 (1).
A beautifully sculptured snail, G. praecox
prefers leaf litter on rocky hillsides and ad-
jacent floodplains.

Glyphyalinia sculptilis (Bland)
Collection: 12 (6).
Mostly found in upland forests in leaf lit-
ter.

Mesomphix inornatus (Say)
Collections: 3 (2), 5 (13), 6 (8), 7 (2), 8 (8),
29 (2), 53 (1), 60 (1), 89 (5), 98 (1), 104 (1),
106 (1), 112 (3), 114 (1), 119 (1).

Mesomphix rugeli (W. G. Binney)

Collections: 3 (1), 5 (5).

Thus far known only from Harlan Coun-
ty, this species is found principally on wood-
ed hillsides on relatively high mountains such
as Black and Pine mountains.

Mesomphix latior (Pilsbry)
Collections: 2 (1), 7 (1), 12 (1).
Previously known from Bell County only,
M. latior has an exceptionally flat apex. It
prefers leaf litter in upland woods.

Mesomphix perlaevis (Pilsbry)

Collections: 3 (5), 5 (4), 7 (5), 18 (1), 29
(1), 32 (3), 40 (1), 91 (4), 98 (6), 114 (1), 119
(2).

With M. inornatus one of the most abun-
dant species of the genus in eastern Ken-
tucky, this species has habitat requirements
like those of M. latior.

Mesomphix vulgatus H. B. Baker
Collections: 7 (1), 8 (1), 11 (1), 12 (1), 28
(1), 27 (1), 59 (1), 91 (2), 108 (1).
Mesomphix vulgatus, of which M. dero-
chetus Hubricht is a synonym, is somewhat
variable in coloration and sculpturing. The
specimen from Station 59 may be M. glo-
bosus (MacMillan).

Mesomphix friabilis (W. G. Binney)
Collections: 13 (5), 53 (1).
A species of floodplains and low-lying ad-
jacent bluffs, M. friabilis is often confused
with the next species.

Mesomphix cupreus (Rafinesque)
Collections: 3 (3), 6 (6), 7 (1), 18 (2), 32

110 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

(1), 56 (10), 60 (1), 102 (4), 110 (1), 119 (3),
NPAT):

This thin-shelled snail is mostly found in

the leaf litter of uplands woods.
Mesomphix capnodes (W. G. Binney)

Collection: 6 (1).

Previously known from Warren, Cum-
berland (8), and Powell and Bell (1) counties
in Kentucky, M. capnodes is usually found
in upland woods underlain by calcium rocks
(8).

Vitrizonites latissimus (Lewis)

Collections: 3 (14), 5 (5).

Although previously reported from Har-
lan County (5, 7), additional comments on
this interesting Blue Ridge Province snail are
in order. The colony is apparently a rather
large one in the mesophytic environments
of this area. However, clearcutting and/or
stripmining could easily eliminate the prop-
er habitat. The snail should be listed as of
Special Concern since this is the only pop-
ulation known in Kentucky.

Paravitrea multidentata (A. Binney)

Collection: 91 (1).

This 2.5 mm snail has an internal arma-
ture arrangement like that described for P.
m. forma lamellata H. B. Baker (14). How-
ever, shells with these oblique rows of la-
mellae (instead of the more common rows
of teeth) do not seem to be of taxonomic
importance (8).

Paravitrea placentula (Shuttleworth)

Collections: 12 (2), 58 (1).

This is one of the most common species
of Paravitrea in eastern Kentucky, mostly
in leaf litter.

Paravitrea cf. capsella of various authors

Collections: 18 (2), 27 (2), 29 (1), 95 (2),
99 (2), 115 (7), 121 (4).

Hubricht (8) has ascertained that what
most authors have been diagnosing as P. cap-
sella is actually a complex of several species
that cannot be distinguished by shell char-
acteristics alone. Hubricht (pers. comm.) is
working on a revision of the group.

Paravitrea reesei Morrison

Collection: 7 (1).

Previously known from Pike County only
(1), this small snail frequents leaf litter along
river bluffs (8). The shell is waxen white with
incised radial striations and bears within the

aperture 3 prominent teeth in a row. There
are 6 whorls.

Hawaiia minuscula (B. Binney)

Collections: 2 (1), 10 (1), 24 (1), 29 (2), 85
(1), 91 (1), 115 (13), 125 (30).

Although reported sporadically only,
mostly because of the small size, this species
is widespread in Kentucky. Since Hubricht
(8) has elevated H. alachuana Dall to full
species (Jefferson, Union, Hickman, and
Fulton counties), collectors should use cau-
tion in diagnosing specimens from western
Kentucky. The latter species is a calciphile
in leaf litter, whereas H. minuscula is a
ground-dwelling species, seldom being found
in leaf litter (8).

Gastrodonta interna (Say)

Collections: 5 (3), 6 (2), 12 (2), 18 (1), 15
(3), 24 (1), 32 (1), 56 (2), 98 (4), 103 (1), 120
(1), 128 (1), 140 (1).

A secretive species that is widespread in
the eastern half of the state in moist woods,
G. interna is one of the most easily identified
members of the family.

Ventridens collisella (Pilsbry)
Collection: 3 (5).
A lowland species that is mostly restricted
to calcium-rich soils in leaf litter (8).

Ventridens pilsbryi Hubricht

Collection: 12 (1).

Ventridens pilsbry appears to be restrict-
ed in distribution to southeastern Kentucky
counties, where it is found mostly in leaf
litter.

Ventridens theloides (Walker and Pilsbry)

Collections: 3 (2), 5 (2), 6 (6), 13 (2), 39
(4), 98 (3).

Previously known as a subspecies of V.
gularis, Hubricht (8) elevated V. theloides
to full species and relegated V. gularis nodus
Pilsbry and V. nodus Pilsbry to its synony-
my. Hence, all records published previously
under the epithet V. nodus should be re-
listed as V. theloides.

Ventridens lawae (W. G. Binney)
Collections: 39 (1), 98 (1).
Although locally abundant, this species is
not found much beyond the Cumberland
Mountains.

Ventridens lasmodon (Phillips)
Collections: 36 (1), 84 (2), 98 (34).

LAND SNAILS IN KENtucKY—Branson and Batch

Another species entirely restricted to
southeastern Kentucky, V. lasmodon prefers
leaf litter as habitat.

Ventridens gularis (Say)

Collections: 3 (1), 5 (1), 6 (3), 12 (3), 18
(2), 95 (1), 98 (18), 103 (1), 117 (9).

Widespread in Kentucky, V. gularis is
found mostly in forest leaf litter and on
floodplains.

Ventridens demissus (A. see)
Collections: 3 (28), 5 (1 me (3), 7 (1), 18
(2), 14 (1), 16 (2), 24 (2), 3 ees 40 (1), 55
(7), 75 (1), 84 (9), 95 (4), 97 (1), 98 (3), 101

(8), 115 (15), 121 (4), 136 (1), 146 (1).

The most widespread Ventridens in Ken-
tucky, V. demissus lives in many types of
habitats, from lowlands to rock hillsides.

Ventridens percallosus (Pilsbry)
Collections: 12 (2), 36 (2).
Previously known from Todd County only,
V. percallosus occupies a habitat similar to
that of V. demissus, though it is much less
common.

Ventridens ligera (Say)
Collections: 6 (1 » 8 (1), 16 (1), 23 (2), 29
(6), 46 (1), 67 (3), 92 (1), 93 (2), 117 (6).
Ventridens ligera mostly avoids slopes,
preferring weedy, wet lowlands (8).

Ventridens intertextus (A. Binney)
Collections: 6 (3), 12 (1), 8 (1), 9 (1), 24
(16), 28 (2), 52 (13), 110 (1).
The habitat is mostly woodland leaf litter
(8), but the species is often found on a sand-
stone substrate.

Ventridens suppressus (Say)
Collection: 36 (2).
Previously known from Pike and Harlan
counties (1, 8), this is another woodlands
snail with affinities for leaf litter.

Zonitoides elliotti (Redfield)

Collection: 36 (1).

Previously placed in the genus Ventri-
dens (1, 14) on the basis of shell morphology,
this odd little snail has been reassigned to
Zonitoides (8). The preferred habitat is thick
leaf litter near decaying wood.

Zonitoides lateumbilicatus (Pilsbry)
Collection: 85 (1).
Found mostly in woods on calcium-rich
soils, this species does not appear to maintain
large populations in Kentucky.

lll

Zonitoides arboreus (Say)

Collections: 8 (1), 10 (1), 16 (1), 21 (1), 36
(1), 39 (1), 50 (4), 55 (2), 115 (1), 119 (83),
125 (3).

The most widespread member of its ge-
nus, this little amber snail is found in many
types of habitats, from woodlands to flood-
plains and city gardens.

Oxychilus draparnauldi (Beck)

Collection: 132 (3).

An introduced species from Europe and
adjacent Africa, O. draparnauldi has not
previously been reported from Kentucky. In
the United States, the snail is usually found
around human habitations and disturbed
areas. The snail, measuring 15-17 mm in
diameter and 6-8 mm in height, is trans-
lucent when fresh, light tan above and paler
below, with 5% whorls, the last of which is
much wider than the others. The large um-
bilicus is contained about 6 times in the
greatest diameter (14). The snail is preda-
ceous upon invertebrate animals, including
other snails.

Striatura milium (Morse)

Collections: 10 (3), 13 (1), 29 (1).

Previously known from Edmonson Coun-
ty only, this is one of America’s smallest
snails, measuring about 1.5 mm in diameter
and 0.75 mm in height. Usually with 3
whorls, the beautifully sculptured shell is
usually found by sifting leaf litter.

Family Helicarionidae

Most of the older literature includes the
members of this family in the Zonitidae (14).
Three genera are known from the eastern
United States, Dryachloa (Florida, Alabama),
Euconulus, and Guppya. Representatives of
the last two genera occur in Kentucky.
Euconulus fulvus (Miller)

Collections: 29 (3), 115 (9).
This small, broadly domed-shaped species
is found primarily in moist leaf litter.
Euconulus chersinus (Say)
Collections: 16 (1), 29 (1), 115 (8).
Collectors should use care in identifying

this species for it is often collected with E.

trochulus (Reinhardt) and E. dentatus (Ster-

ki), especially in the western two-thirds of

the state (8).

112

Guppya sterkii (Dall)
Collections: 10 (8), 18 (1).
This minute (1.2 mm diameter, 0.7 mm
height, 3% whorls) snail is usually found in
moist leaf litter.

Family Haplotrematidae

Haplotrema concavum (Say)
Collections: 3 (1), 5 oe S (2), ie (3),
12 (3), 18 (2), 15 (1), 2
48 (1), 49 (5), 56 (3), 6 Rr aeR
89 (1), 94 (3), 95 (1), 98 (8), 99 (
115 (4), 119 (4), 121 (2).
This carnivorous snail doubtless occurs
throughout Kentucky.

Family Bulimulidae

Mostly a western-southwestern family of
snails, the Bulimulidae is represented in west-
ern Kentucky by a single species.

Rhabdotus (Bulimulus) dealbatus (Say)

Collection: 75 (12).

This relatively large, mottled, heliciform
snail lives around low vegetation and grasses.
In Kentucky, it has been reported from War-
ren and Logan counties only (1).

Family Helicidae

Cepaea nemoralis (Linnaeus)

Collections: 86 (10), 132 (2).

This pretty, banded, multicolored species,
an exotic from Europe, is known in Ken-
tucky from Boone, Fayette, and Franklin
counties (1, 15).

Family Polygyridae

Of the larger land snails, the Polygyridae is
the most speciose and widely distributed in
Kentucky.

Polygyra cereolus (Muhfeld)

Collection: 37 (5).

This Floridian snail has been widely dis-
seminated in shopping malls and green-
houses by the importation of subtropical
vegetation. The species also occurs in the
greenhouses at Eastern Kentucky Universi-
ty. It has not been previously reported from
Kentucky.

Polygyra plicata (Say)

Collections: 12 (6), 19 (1), 62
108 (2), 117 (1), 118 (18).

Mostly a species of calcium-rich forest

(5), 75 (3),

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

floors, this snail is sometimes locally abun-
dant.

Stenotrema evardsi (Bland)
Collections: 3 (6), 5 (3), 6 (2), 13 (2), 28
(2), 36 (1), 98 (5), 119 (1), 121 (2), 180 (1).
Stenotrema evardsi is widespread in leaf
litter in the eastern third of Kentucky.

Stenotrema barbatum (Clapp)
Collections: 10 (1), 29 (4), 40
105 (1), 128 (1).
Although principally a lowland, flood-
plains snail, S. barbatum is found associated
with decaying wood in eastern Kentucky.

(1), 104 (2),

Stenotrema angellum Hubricht

Collections: 18 (1), 119 (2).

Often confused with the next species be-
low, S. angellum lives in leaf litter and
around decaying logs (8), mostly on upland
slopes.

Stenotrema stenotrema (Pfeiffer)

Collections: 3 (4), 5 aA : (1), 8 iS ), 9 (
LOR (2) aN 713 Coote 4 (7), 15 (1),
(10), 48 (2), 56 (12), 75 (5), 90 (2 ; 91
99 (6), 115 (4), 117 (3), 119 (1), 121 (1),
(1).

The most abundant and widespread
member of the genus, S. stenotrema is a
highly adaptable species that is found in a
variety of habitats, from floodplains to up-
land slopes. There is considerable phenotyp-
ic variation.

),
9
),

1
2
1
4]

(
1

Stenotrema hirsutum (Say)
Collections: 12 (1), 23 (2), 40 (1), 56 (1),
91 (1), 92 (1), 98 (7), 120 (3).
This small species is found mostly in leaf
litter on well-drained slopes.

Stenotrema leai aliciae (Pilsbry)
Collections: 10 (1), 16 (1), 18 (2), 42 (1),
49 (1), 66 (1), 75 (3), 104 (2), 115 (2).
The principal habitats are in lowland sit-
uations in grass, decaying wood, and in
floodplains woods (8).

Stenotrema fraternum (Say)
Collections: 8 (1), 10 (7), 34 (1), 41 (2), 70
(2), 78 (1), 85 (2), 120 (1), 126 (1), 180 (1),
181 (1).
The specimen from Station 34 resembles
S. fraternum montanum Archer (16). In all
cases the habitat was in leaf litter and under
logs.
Mesodon rugeli (Shuttleworth)

LaNpD SNAILS IN KENTucKY—Branson and Batch

Pas 3 (9), 6 (1), 8 (8), 9 (1), 10 (3),
12 (4), 18 (2), 15 (6), 18 (6), 28 (1), 24 (1),
25 (3), 2 & ), 32 (1), 56 (3), 88 (1), 84 (3),
89 (3), 91 (4), 98 (1), 105 (1), 109 (1), 114
GQ) eas an ENE75 (AUTO 82) SLA (4) 136
(3).

Although this snail mostly frequents up-
land woods, it apparently sometimes hy-
bridizes with M. inflectus (17).

Mesodon inflectus (Say)

Collections: 5 (18), 7 (1), 8 (1), 23 (
(5), 28 (7), 32 (1), 50 (5), 51 (1), 52 (3
(8), 75 (6), 101 (26), 105 (1), 117 (2).

Contrasted with S. rugeli, M. inflectus is
principally a lowlands species, usually found
on floodplains, rocky outcrops, leaf litter,
and often in urban gardens.

Mesodon appressus (Say)

eager 4 (1), 6
(3), 13 (4), 18 (3), 24
(3), 40 (1), 4 14 ), 49
(10), 88 (12), 89 (4), 9
98 (3), 99 (4), 114 (1), 1 hy
(2), 122 (5), 130 (9), 141 (4).

A very widespread species under woody
vegetation on rocky slopes, in moist ditches,
and in urban settings, M. appressus is a vari-
able species by way of sculpture and size.
Specimens from various sites on Pine Moun-
tain are consistently smaller than average
(14.0-14.6 mm in diameter, 6.8-7.5 mm in
height) and have angular peripheries. The
base is marked by close-set, thread-like,
raised spiral striae. This form warrants ad-
ditional investigation, including the repro-
ductive anatomy. It is probably an unde-
scribed species.

Mesodon laevior Hubricht

Collection: 98 (2).

Originally described as a variant form of
M. appressus based upon specimens from
Mammoth Cave National Park, Warren and
Wayne counties (16), Hubricht officially de-
scribed the species in 1968 (2).

Mesodon perigraptus (Pilsbry)

Collections: 53 (9), 60 (2), 89 (3).

Previously known from Pike and Bell
counties in Kentucky, this distinctive poly-
gyrid prefers leaf litter in upland woods as
habitat. Hubricht (8) did not map this snail
in Kentucky (8, 19).

Mesodon wetherbyi (Bland)

2),
7

),

NNOWrH
ear Op

=
ie
co)
Ze
bo
—
=

113

Collection: 12 (2).

Known only from Pulaski, Laurel, Mc-
Creary, and Whitley counties in Kentucky
and 5 adjacent counties in Tennessee, this
snail is nowhere common.

Mesodon sayanus (Pilsbry)
Collections: 3 (13), 6 (2), 60 (1), 69 (1), 89
(1), 91 (1), 98 (2), 112 ea 14 (1), 119 (1),
122 (1).
Specimens of this woodlands species from
Black Mountain average larger than any we
have seen elsewhere.

Mesodon chilhoweensis (Lewis)

Collections: 7 (5), 140 (1).

Following extensive collecting in southern
Kentucky, this large polygyrid (regularly 40
mm in diameter) remains known from
McCreary County only (1). The center of
distribution is principally east Tennessee,
where it lives in leaf litter and around de-
caying logs. Hubricht (8) believes that the
population size is kept at low numbers by
predation from birds.

Mesodon elevatus (Say)
Collections: 10 (2), 11 (5), 12
27 (1), 31 (4), 32 (1), 110 (8).
These records double the known range of
this heavy shelled species in Kentucky. The
preferred habitat is wooded bluffs above
rivers and large creeks (8).

(1), 15 (1),

Mesodon zaletus (A. poe

Collections: a ),6 : Veet (2) Sid ie CY)
13 (2), 14 (8), 2 Se 8 (4), 32 (1 Pe 5 (19),
56 (1), 76 (3), 9 1 (2), 110 (3), 119 (1), 128

(1), 129 (2).

Another species that prefers river-bluff
forests, although found elsewhere, M. zale-
tus is sometimes confused with Triodopsis

albolabris.

Mesodon normalis (Pilsbry)

Collection: 3 (2).

First reported from Kentucky by Hu-
bricht (20) in McCreary County, this large
species has been treated as a subspecies of
M. andrewsae W. G. Binney (16). Hubricht
(8) elevated it to full species. Mesodon nor-
malis represents an extension of a Tennes-
see—North Carolina complex into Kentucky.

Mesodon downieanus (Bland)
Collections: 51 (9), 52 (9), 54 (2), 95 (8),
125K):

114

Hubricht (8) contends that he has never
seen M. downieanus north of Tennessee (re-
stricts the distribution to Tennessee and Al-
abama), preferring to call specimens from
southern Kentucky M. kalmianus Hubricht.
However, we are unable to distinguish be-
tween M. downieanus from Kentucky lo-
calities and those from Tennessee, or be-
tween M. kalmianus and M. downieanus.

Mesodon mitchellianus (I. Lea)

Collection: 87 (3).

This species’ known habitat includes low-
land meadows and floodplains (8). Mesodon
burringtoni Hubricht is a synonym. It was
previously known from Bell, Harlan, and
Nicholas counties only.

Mesodon clausus (Say)
Collections: 4 (1), 8 (2), 11 (1), 12 (1), 18
(3), 23 (3), 29 (2), 34 (1), 83 (4), 84 (1), 94
(1), 97 (2), 101 (5), 109 (1), 121 (3), 122 (8).
Found principally in moist lowland situ-
ations, M. clausus is sometimes confused with
M. downieanus.

Mesodon thyroidus (Say)

So eee 6 (2 a (5), 10 (1), 11 (1), 12
(1), 18 (6), 17 (3), 24 (1), 26 (1), 28 (1), 29
(1), 51 (2), 52 (18), 55 (3), 56 (1), 58 (1), 75
(1), 89 (3), 91 (1), 94 (1), 98 (2), 99 (1), 101
(1), 107 (1), 110 (1), 111 (2), 115 (3), 119
(2), 185 (1).

One of the most widely distributed poly-
gyrids in the Commonwealth, M. thyroidus
is found mostly in floodplain woods, but it
is not uncommon on rocky slopes and in
urban settings.

Mesodon wetherbyi (Bland)

Collection: 7 (2).

Known from Laurel, Pulaski, McCreary,
and Whitley counties only, this is another
species that represents an extension from the
Blue Ridge Province into Kentucky. It pre-
fers moist leaf litter and decaying wood as

habitat.

Triodopsis anteridon Pilsbry
Collections: 3 (8), 12 (1), 18 (8), 138 (1).
Previously reported from Kentucky as T.
rugosa anteridon, this form has been ele-
vated to full species (8). Hubricht (8) re-
stricted the range of T. rugosa Brooks and
MacMillan to its type locality in West Vir-

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

ginia. Thus, all records from Kentucky are
based upon T. anteridon.
Triodopsis fraudulenta (Pilsbry)

Collections: 8 (3), 29 (1), 35 (2), 119 (3).

Not a very common species in Kentucky,
this snail prefers leaf litter on upland slopes
for habitat.

Triodopsis vulgata Pilsbry

Collections: 8 (1), 67 (1), 121 (2).

This is a locally common snail in the leaf
litter of upland forests.

Triodopsis claibornensis Lutz

Collections: 3 (9), 5 (1), 6
(1), 98 (1).

Previously known from Whitley County,
Kentucky (1) and from two counties in ad-
jacent Tennessee (8), T. claibornensis is yet
another extension from the Tennessee fauna
into the Commonwealth.

Triodopsis discoidea (Pilsbry)

Collection: 117 (5).

The habitat of this locally common snail
is principally beneath rocks and logs on river

bluffs (8).
Triodopsis tridentata (Say)

(2), 89 (2), 95

Collections: 9 (3), AY ), 12 (2), 18 (3), 15
(1), 27 (3), 28 (5), 2 me 40 (5), 52 (15), 65
(1), 83 (1), 84 (7), 91 (19), 98 (1), 99 (3), 120

(6), 121 (8), 128 (2).

In the usual habitat—leaf litter and around
logs in upland forests (also occurs ina variety
of other situations)—T. tridentata com-
monly constitutes 45% of randomly collect-
ed polygyrids, and Mesodon appressus 30-
32%.

Triodopsis juxtidens (Pilsbry)

Collection: 99 (3).

This species was long considered as a sub-
species of T. tridentata until Hubricht (21)
elevated it to full species. The snail, rela-
tively less common than T. tridentata, is
probably widespread in Pike, Floyd, and
Letcher counties. Adult shells are around
17.5-18.5 mm in diameter, and the outer
tip of the parietal tooth is directed toward
a point above the outer lip tooth or directly
at it. However, the apertural teeth of T.
tridentata are variable in shape and size
(22).

Triodopsis tennesseensis (Walker and Pilsbry)

Collections: 9 (1), 60 (4), 87 (6), 98 (4).

LAND SNAILS IN KENTucKY—Branson and Batch

Considered to be a subspecies of T. tri-
dentata until Hubricht (23) elevated it to
full species, this snail is widely distributed
in the eastern half of the Commonwealth.

Triodopsis complanata (Pilsbry)

Collections: 8 (1), 10 (1), 18 (8), 18 (2), 56
(6), 84 (1), 91 (1), 120 (3), 133 (1), 189 (2).

This relatively large snail, which prefers
leaf litter and decaying wood on river bluffs
as habitat, is not very common in its range.
However, Hubricht (8) limited its distribu-
tion to the south side of the Cumberland
River in the vicinity of Lake Cumberland.

Triodopsis denotata (Férussac)

Collections: 7 (1), 12 (1), 18
(1), 104 (1), 119 (1), 130 (2).

Although relatively widespread in the
state, this snail does not appear to maintain
large populations.

Triodopsis fosteri (F. C. Baker)

Collections: 13 (2), 40 (4).

In Kentucky, T. fosteri is a very uncom-
mon snail, one which ought to be considered
for listing by the Rare and Endangered
Species Committee.

Triodopsis albolabris (Say)

Collections: 3 (2), 5 (3), 6 (1), 9 (1), 10 (1),
12 (1), 28 (2), 35 (6), 53 (1), 56 (2), 75 (11),
98 (2), 112 (1), 117 (2), 120 (4).

Since this species is often confused with
Mesodon zaletus, collectors should use care
in diagnosing dead specimens.

Triodopsis dentifera (A. Binney)

Collections: 3 (2), 5 (1).

Only recently reported from Kentucky (7),
this distinctive snail is known from Harlan
County only, though it doubtless occurs in
Pike and Letcher counties as well.

(2), 64 (1), 97

Triodopsis multilineata (Say)

Collections: 20 (1), 26 (7), 55 (2).

This large, beautifully banded species is
known in Kentucky from Hickman, Fulton,
Henderson, Bell, and Union counties. In dis-
tribution it is restricted to low-lying, wet
marshes, floodplains, and similar habitats.

Allogona profunda (Say)

Collections: 8 (1), 10 (7), 13 (3), 29 (1),
107 (2), 111 (2).

Nowhere very abundant in Kentucky, this
large polygyrid prefers deep leaf litter near
decaying wood as habitat.

115

DiscussION

Henderson’s (24) eastern land snail division
includes all of the contiguous states east of the
plains bordering the eastern slopes of the Rocky
Mountains. That division includes the North-
ern, Interior, Cumberland, Texan, and Aus-
troriparian provinces. Most of Kentucky lies in
the Interior Province; the southeastern corner
belongs to the Cumberland Province. The
principal gastropod affinities of the southeast-
ern section of the state is with the Great Smo-
kies-Blue Ridge sections of the Cumberland
Province, with some segments of the fauna
showing relationships with more easterly areas,
ie., through Virginia and West Virginia. Ex-
amples of the latter affinities include Philo-
mycus togatus, P. venustus, P. flexuolaris, Pal-
lifera dorsalis, Discus cronkhitei, Glyphyali-
nia rhoadsi, G. inornatus, Mesomphix rugeli,
Paravitrea multidentata, Stenotrema hirsu-
tum, Triodopsis albolabris, and T. tridentata.

Species demonstrative of the Blue Ridge-
Great Smokies relationship include Carychium
clappi, Cochlicopa morseana, Paravitrea sub-
tilis, P. placentula, P. blarina, Glyphyalinia
caroliniensis, G. rimula, G. praecox, Ventri-
dens collisella, V. theloides, V. lawae, Zo-
nitoides elliotti, Vitrinzonites latissimus, An-
guispira mordax, Mesodon wetherbyi, M.
normalis, M. kalmianus, M. appressus, Steno-
trema evardsi, Triodopsis claibornensis, Poly-
gyra plicata, and P. troostiana. Actually, the
genus Polygyra is mainly a southern group
with relatively few species extending their
ranges into the Appalachians and a short dis-
tance beyond, whereas Mesodon, Stenotrema,
and Triodopsis were evolved in the southern
United States (25).

There are other segments of the Kentucky
gastropod fauna, in addition to Polygyra (P.
pustuloides, P. leporina), that show definite
origins from southern areas. Included in this
list are the following: Glyphyalinia cryptom-
phala, G. sculptilis, Mesomphix globosus,
Ventridens demissus, Gastrodonta interna,
Stenotrema stenotrema, Mesodon rugeli, and
Mesodon perigraptus.

There is also a small segment of the Ken-
tucky fauna that has its greatest affinities with
more northerly faunas, including Carychium
exiguum, the species of Vallonia, Succinea
ovalis, Anguispira alternata (ss), Stenotrema

116 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

fraternum, Mesodon pennsylvanicus, and
Triodopsis denotata. This is, of course, a sec-
ondary relationship, compared with the pri-
mary one with the southeast.

Finally, a western—midwest relationship is
demonstrated by the presence of Anguispira
kochi, Mesomphix friabilis, Zonitoides lima-
tulus, Rhabdotus dealbatus, Stenotrema leai,
Triodopsis multilineata, and the primitive ge-
nus Allogona.

SUGGESTIONS FOR FURTHER STUDY

The southeastern section of Kentucky and
the section bordering Virginia and West Vir-
ginia are nearly unscathed by gastropod col-
lecting, particularly with regard to the Zo-
nitidae. Likewise, extreme southwestern
Kentucky, especially along the Mississippi Em-
bayment, is deserving of some concentrated
investigation. Collectors may be confident that
work in these areas will disclose a relatively
long list of terrestrial snails that have not been
reported from the Commonwealth.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors are greatly indebted to the fol-
lowing associates and students for their assis-
tance in making the extensive collections: Gary
Bastin, Rogers MacG. Branson, Hal Bryan,
Robert Butler, Peter David, John MacGregor,
Mike Mills, John Omer, David Prior, Steve Rice,
the late Morgan Sisk, Douglas Stephens, Yvonne
Thompson, Tim Towles, Mark Vogel, Melvin
Warren, and John Williams.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Branson, B. A. 1973. Kentucky land Mollusca:
checklist, distribution, and keys for identification. Bull.
Kentucky Fish Wildl. Res. 1973:1-67.

2. Bickel, D. 1967. Preliminary checklist of Recent
and Pleistocene Mollusca of Kentucky. Sterkiana 28:7-20.

3. Hubricht, L. 1976. Notes on some land snails of the
eastern United States. Nautilus 90:104-107.

4. Hubricht, L. 1977. Thirteen new species of land
snails from the southwestern United States with notes on
other species. Malacol. Rey. 10:37-52.

5. Hubricht, L., R. S$. Caldwell, and J. G. Petranka.

1983. Vitrizonites latissimus (Pulmonata: Zonitidae) and
Vertigo clappi (Pupillidae) from eastern Kentucky. Nau-
tilus 97:20-22.

6. Taylor, R. W., C. L. Counts, and S. L. Stryler. 1977.
The land snails of Carter Caves State Park, Carter County,
Kentucky. Sterkiana 65-66:37-38.

7. Petranka, J.G. 1982. The distribution and diversity
of land snails on Big Black Mountain, Kentucky. M.S.
thesis. Univ. Kentucky.

8. Hubricht, L. 1985. The distribution of the native
land mollusks of the eastern United States. Fieldiana n.s.
24:1-191.

9. Burch, J. B. and A. S. Van Devender. 1980. Iden-
tification of eastern North American land snails. Trans.
Poets Soc. 2:33-80.

10. Hubricht, L. 1972. Gastrocopta armifera (Say).
Nautilus 85:73-78.

ll. Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North
America (north of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia
Monogr. 3 II(2):i-xiviii, 521-1113,

12. Branson, B. A. 1984. Observations on Anguispira
kochi (Mollusca: Gastropoda) in Kentucky. Trans. Ken-
tucky Acad. Sci. 45:74.

13. Branson, B. A. and D. L. Batch. 1969. Notes on
exotic mollusks in Kentucky. Nautilus 82:102-106.

14. Pilsbry, H. A. 1946. Land Mollusca of North
America (north of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia
Monogr. 3 II(1):i-viii, 1-520.

15. Branson, B. A. 1985. Shell polymorphism in Ken-
tucky colonies of the exotic snail Cepaea nemoralis (Lin-
naeus) (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci.
46:81-86.

16. Pilsbry, H. A. 1940. Land Mollusca of North
America (north of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia
Monogr. 3 I(2):i-viii, 575-994, i-ix.

17. Hubricht, L. 1984. Hybridization in the land snails
of eastern United States. Gastropodia 2:20-21.

18. Hubricht, L. 1968. The land snails of Mammoth
Cave National Park, Kentucky. Nautilus 82:24-28.

19. Hubricht, L. 1976. Five new species of land snails
from the eastern United States. Malacol. Rev. 9:126-130.

20. Hubricht, L. 1950. Mesodon andrewsae normalis
(Pils.) in Kentucky. Nautilus 63:106.

21. Hubricht, L. 1953. Land snails of the southern
Atlantic coastal plain. Nautilus 66:114-125.

22. Feinberg, H. S. 1970. Variations of the aperture
teeth of Triodopsis tridentata (Say, 1816) (Polygyridae).
Ann. Rept. American Malacol. Union 36:60-61.

23. Hubricht, L. 1950. The Polygyridae of Pittsyl-
vania County, Virginia. Nautilus 64:6-9.

24. Henderson, J. 1931. Molluscan provinces in the
western United States. Univ. Colorado. Stud. 18:177-186.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3—4), 1988, 117-119

The Distribution of the Big South Fork Crayfish,
Cambarus bouchardi, with General Notes on Its Habitat

CHRISTOPHER J. O’BARA

Tennessee Cooperative Fishery Research Unit, Tennessee Technological University,
Cookeville, Tennessee 38505

ABSTRACT
The Big South Fork crayfish, Cambarus bouchardi, was originally known from 3 locations within the
Roaring Paunch Creek system, Tennessee and Kentucky. As a result of the current survey, the species is
now known from 21 locations, all within the Roaring Paunch Creek system. The species exhibited a plastic
tendency in habitat selection, occupying both moderate and small streams with diverse substrate types.

INTRODUCTION

The Big South Fork crayfish, Cambarus bou-
chardi Hobbs, is an epigean decapod endemic
to the Roaring Paunch Creek system of Scott
County, Tennessee, and McCreary County,
Kentucky. The species was originally known
from Perkins Creek (type-locality), Roaring
Paunch Creek, and an unnamed tributary of
Roaring Paunch Creek (1). Bakaletz and Bar-
clay (2) reported the species from the middle
and lower portions of Roaring Paunch Creek,
McCreary County, Kentucky, and a tributary,
Icecamp Branch, McCreary County, Ken-
tucky. Due to its restricted distribution and
possible threats from coal mining activities,
Bouchard (3) considered C. bouchardi one of
14 species of jeopardized freshwater decapods
in the United States. A lack of cover in the
form of numerous rocks was believed to be the
greatest limiting factor (3).

Cambarus bouchardi is a member of the
primitive, polytypic subgenus Veticambarus.
All 3 species are endemic to the Cumberland
Plateau Region (C. pristinus: Caney Fork sys-
tem, Tennessee; C. obeyensis: Obey River sys-
tem, Tennessee). A complete description of the
3 species can be found in Hobbs (1).

The goal of this study was to determine the
current distribution of C. bouchardi. Habitat
requirements were also examined to a limited
extent.

Stupy AREA

Sampling was conducted within the Cum-
berland River system of Tennessee and Ken-
tucky. The majority of streams sampled were
part of the Big South Fork of the Cumberland
River system, although adjacent systems, such

as Marsh Creek, Murphy Creek, Trammel
Branch, and Gum Fork, were also sampled.

The Roaring Paunch Creek system origi-
nates in northeastern Scott County, Tennessee,
and flows northwesterly into the Big South Fork
of the Cumberland River. The system is en-
tirely within the Cumberland Plateau section
of the Appalachian Plateau Physiographic
Province. The Cumberland Plateau is under-
lain by Pennsylvanian age shale, sandstone,
siltstone, and coal. Soils are of the Ramsey-
Hartsells-Grimsley-Gilpin type which are well
drained and loamy. Most of the landcover is
deciduous forest, with clusters of agricultural
and mined lands (4).

METHODS AND MATERIALS

All collections were made with an aquatic
dip net during the day. Sampling was con-
ducted from March 1986 to June 1987, pri-
marily during the period when males were of
the first form (fall and spring).

RESULTS AND DiscussION

Cambarus bouchardi was collected at 21 lo-
cations, all within the Roaring Paunch Creek
system (Table 1). Order Creek was the only
stream sampled within the Roaring Paunch
Creek system that did not contain C. bou-
chardi. Other sites sampled adjacent to the
Roaring Paunch Creek system did not yield C.
bouchardi. Similar distributional trends have
been reported, confirming that the species is
currently restricted to the Roaring Paunch
Creek system (1, 2, 5).

Within the Roaring Paunch Creek system,
the Big South Fork crayfish inhabited a wide
variety of habitats. At the stream’s confluence

117

118 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

TABLE l. Distribution of Cambarus bouchardi, 1986-1987.
Stream name Location County /state
Roaring Paunch Creek Mouth McCreary, KY
Roaring Paunch Creek Barthell McCreary, KY

Roaring Paunch Creek
Roaring Paunch Creek
Roaring Paunch Creek

Roaring Paunch Creek RPC Road

Confluence with Buncomb Br.
County Road 1470
Kingtown Road

McCreary, KY
McCreary, KY
McCreary, KY
McCreary, KY

Roaring Paunch Creek County Road 2449 Scott, TN
Roaring Paunch Creek Headwaters Scott, TN
Icecamp Branch Mouth McCreary, KY

Smith Creek
Jones Branch
Unnamed Creek
Perkins Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek
Unnamed Creek

Pine Knot Road

McCreary, KY

0.32 km W of Winfield Scott, TN
0.64 km W of Winfield Scott, TN
State Route 27 Scott, TN
County Road 2449 Scott, TN
1.56 km NE Winfield Scott, TN
0.94 km S Winfield Scott, TN
Piney Grove Church Scott, TN
0.47 km E Winfield Scott, TN
0.94 km S Winfield Scott, TN
1.25 km S Winfield Scott, TN
1.40 km S$ Winfield Scott, TN

with the Big South Fork of the Cumberland
River, stream width is 20 meters, in contrast
with headwater sites in which stream width is
less than 3 meters. Specimens were collected
from boulder runs, silt inundated pools, and
vegetative clumps in a heavily silted stream.
This is contrary to habitat preference reported
by Bouchard (3), in which large rocks were
considered a limiting factor. It appears that C.
bouchardi exhibits plasticity in its habitat se-
lection within the small- to moderate-size
streams of the Roaring Paunch Creek system.
This plasticity in habitat selection appears to
have enabled C. bouchardi to exist in severely
degraded sections of the Roaring Paunch Creek
system. Coal mining activities, especially sur-
face mines, have adversely affected most of
the tributaries, as well as Roaring Paunch
Creek. Although C. bouchardi has survived
under these adverse conditions, concern should
be given if new and possibly degrading activ-
ities are considered.

The restricted range of C. bouchardi may
be explained by the theory that the Cumber-
land Plateau was the center of origin for the
genus Cambarus. Hobbs (6) proposed this due
to the presence of the endemic primitive cray-
fish C. pristinus, C. bouchardi, and C. obey-
ensis. If C. bouchardi evolved in the Roaring
Paunch Creek system, it appears that the species
has been naturally isolated by the Big South

Fork of the Cumberland River. This is sup-
ported by the greater relative abundance of
the Big South Fork crayfish in upstream sec-
tions and its absence in the Big South Fork of
the Cumberland River in the vicinity of the
confluence with Roaring Paunch Creek.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Critical review of the manuscript by Ronald
Cicerello (Kentucky Nature Preserves Com-
mission), Richard Biggins (U.S. Fish and Wild-
life Service) and Anita Bailey (Tennessee
Technological University) were greatly appre-
ciated. This project was funded by the En-
dangered Species Office of the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. The Tennessee Cooperative
Fishery Research Unit is supported by the Ten-
nessee Wildlife Resources Agency, Tennessee
Technological University, and the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Hobbs, H. H., Jr. 1970. New crayfishes of the genus
Cambarus from Tennessee and Georgia (Decapoda, As-
tacidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 83:241-259.

2. Bakaletz, S. and L. A. Barclay. 1984. Management
plan for the Big South Fork crayfish (Cambarus bouchardi)
in the Big South Fork National River and Recreational
Area. National Park Service. Oneida, Tennessee. 29 pp.

3. Bouchard, R. W. 1976. Investigations on the status
of fourteen species of freshwater decapod crustaceans in

CAMBARUS BOUCHARDI IN TENNESSEE AND KENTUCKY—O Bara

the United States. U.S. Department of Interior, Fish and
Wildlife Service, Office of Endangered Species, Washing-
ton, D.C.

4. Gaydos, M. W. 1982. Hydrology of area 17, eastern
coal province, Tennessee and Kentucky. U.S. Geological
Survey, Nashville, Tennessee.

5. Bouchard, R. W. 1975. Geography and ecology of
crayfishes of the Cumberland Plateau and Cumberland
Mountains, Kentucky, Virginia, Tennessee, Georgia, and

119

Alabama, Part II: The genera Fallicambarus and Cam-
barus. Pp. 585-606. In J. W. Avault, Jr. (ed.) Freshwater
Crayfish: Second International Symp. Baton Rouge, Lou-
isiana.

6. Hobbs, H. H., Jr. 1965. A new crayfish of the genus
Cambarus from Tennessee with an amended definition of
the genus (Decapoda, Astacidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash-
ington 78:265-273.

Trans. Ky. Acad, Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 120-127

Comparative Attractancy of Three Phytoseiid Predator
Species to the Twospotted Spider Mite,
Tetranychus urticae Koch

A. M. Artrt,! C. G. PATTERSON, M. F. Potts,
AND J. G. RODRIGUEZ

Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40546

ABSTRACT

Eggs, immature stages, and adults of Tetranychus urticae possess volatile kairomones that are quantitatively
determined. Teneral and ovipositing females are the chief sources of these chemicals which are solvent
extractable and which strongly attract 3 species of predatory phytoseiid mites, Phytoseiulus persimilis Athias-
Hermiot, Neoseiulus fallacis (Garman), and Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt, in that order. In choice-
tube assay, extracts of ovipositing prey females or of fresh material (killed by freezing) were highly attractive
to P. persimilis in concentrations as low as 50 wg. The predator responded rapidly (within 15 min) to the

attractant in the choice tube.

INTRODUCTION

Phytoseiid mites play an important role in
the pest management of tetranychid mites in
various agroecosystems. Phytoseiids are ag-
gressive predators, although some genera or
species groups are general feeders, feeding on
such alternate foods as small arthropods, nema-
todes, pollen and fungi, as noted in the review
by McMurtry and Rodriguez (1).

Several investigators have studied phyto-
seiid behavior but only in recent years have
these studies focused on the chemical ecology
aspects of food finding. For example, conclu-
sive evidence for an attractant, ie., a kairo-
mone, was first presented by Hislop and Pro-
kopy (2), who showed that filter-paper disks
treated with extracts from silk and associated
feces of Tetranychus urticae Koch are attrac-
tive to Neoseiulus (=Amblyseius) fallacis
(Garman). Sabelis et al. (3, 4) also demonstrat-
ed arrestment responses of Phytoseiulus per-
similis Athias-Henriot to odor gradients of T.
urticae. The kairomone(s) responsible for dis-
tant attraction of P. persimilis is present on
the eggs and feces of the spider mites as well
as on the exploited leaf surface, but not on the
webbing produced by the mites. According to
de Moraes and McMurtry (5), kairomone(s)
responsible for arrestment of P. persimilis was
present in extracts from adults, eggs, and web-
bing plus excreta of Tetranychus evansi (Bak-
er and Pritchard) and T. urticae. However, in

' Present address: Acarology Division, Agriculture Fac-
ulty, Cairo University, Giza, Egypt.

work reported by Dong and Chant (6), P. per-
similis was attracted to the adult and webbing
of Tetranychus pacificus McGregor and not to
prey eggs, larvae and protonymphs.
Researchers have utilized several methods
to assay tetranychids or their products and ex-
tracts for kairomones. For example, a single
choice observation chamber has been used (2)
as has a Y-tube olfactometer (8, 4). The objec-
tives in our study were to challenge species
representives of three phytoseiid genera,
namely P. persimilis, N. fallacis, and Typhlo-
dromus occidentalis Nesbitt, with all stages of
the prey T. urticae using a two-choice tube
technique developed in this laboratory. This
would also permit us to examine the behavior
of the 3 species under comparable conditions.

MATERIALS AND METHODS
STOCK CULTURES

Phytoseiulus persimilis, N. fallacis and T.
occidentalis were taken from a stock colony
maintained on T. urticae which was cultured
on bean plants (Phaseolus vulgaris L.) in the
Acarology Laboratory at the University of
Kentucky. Females of N. fallacis and T. oc-
cidentalis were starved for 5-6 hours before
being used in the experiments. However, this
procedure was unnecessary for P. persimilis
(5, 6).

WEIGHT/NUMBER RELATION OF T. URTICAE
DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES

Fresh weights of T. urticae eggs, larvae, pro-
tonymphs, deutonymphs, adult males and fe-

120

PHYTOSEND PREDATION ON SPIDER MitEs—Afifi et al. 121
TaBLeE 1. Approximate numbers of individuals of T. urticae stages used for each treatment.
Proto- Deuto- Adult Adult

Stages/weight in ug Egg Larva nymph nymph Adult teneral ovipositing
50 49 25 14 7 7 6 3
100 98 51 28 13 13 12 a
150 147 76 42 20 20 18 10
200, 196 102 56 27 26 24 13
Number tested 520 380 320 280 200 200 245

Mean wt. (ug) each 1.02 1.96 3.54 7.51 7.61 8.33 15.10

males (teneral and ovipositing) were made us-
ing a CAHN 27 Automatic Electro Balance.
The active stages were killed by freezing for
15 minutes. The weights were obtained for
mites at every stage and the mean weights
were related to numbers of mites in each de-
velopmental stage to give a fresh weight of
mite tissue of 50, 100, 150, and 200 ug (Table
1). The weight/number relationship of all stages
of T. urticae was used for each choice test for
fresh material or extract of an organic solvent.

Tetranychus urticae eggs (2-3 days old) were
removed from bean leaves by shaking the leaves
over black filter paper and the eggs were in-
dividually collected with a fine tipped brush.
This method was used, instead of collecting
the eggs directly from the leaves, to avoid con-
tamination by silk (which sticks to the egg),
fecal matter or other materials on the leaf.
Active stages of T. urticae were sampled by
shaking infested bean leaves over black plastic
sheeting in a petri dish, killed by freezing, and
collected with a fine tipped brush.

KAIROMONE EXTRACTION

Ethanol, hexane, ether and water were used
as solvents for kairomone extraction. The ap-
propriate number of T. urticae for each de-
velopmental stage (depending on weight/
number relationship) was placed into a 5 ml
beaker with 1.0 ml solvent. The mites were
removed by filtration after 5 minutes and the
filtrate was placed into micro cells” containing
a filter paper disk (1.0 em diameter). The sol-
vent was then evaporated at ambient condi-
tions. The evaporation time varied among the
solvents. Ether and hexane required 30 min-
utes, ethanol required 1.5-2 hours while water
required 6-8 hours. The control was prepared

2 Disposo-Tray, Linbro Chemical Company, Inc., New
Haven, Connecticut.

by treating a filter paper disk with solvent mi-
nus mite extracts.

A preliminary test, with the adult females
of N. fallacis, was conducted to determine the
best solvent to be used in the extraction of
kairomones from ovipositing adult females of
T. urticae. Extracts were tested for attractive-
ness to the predators by the choice-tube tech-
nique (Table 2).

CHOICE-TUBE TECHNIQUE

The choice-tube technique used in this test
was originally used by Winston (7), modified
by Jalil and Rodriguez (8) and Wicht et al. (9)
to test the attraction of Macrocheles muscae-
domesticae to substances present in the house
fly, Muscae domesticae, and used by Rodri-
guez et al. (10) to study the attraction or re-
pellency of T. urticae and T. turkestani Uga-
rov and Nikolski to water-soluble extracts from
strawberry foliage.

Five adult females of the phytoseiid pred-
ators of standard age (3-5 days after their final
molt) were introduced into each end of the
choice tube and the ends closed by rubber stop-
pers. The fresh related weight/number of each
prey stage was put into the tube cup (test) and
fixed to the choice tube with Scotch Tape®. An
empty cup (blank) was fixed to the other side.

TaBLE 2. Attraction response of N. fallacis to solvent
extractions of 200 wg of T. urticae adult ovipositing fe-
males, in choice-tubes. (T = test extraction, B = blank-
solvent only.)

Test interval (min) and response ratio (T:B)
Solvent 15 30 45 60
Ethanol 37:13*** 85:15** 31:19 27:23
Hexane SOu Ee 34:16* 28:22 26:24
Ether 41:9*** 33:17* 30:20 27:23
Water 32:18* 32:18* 31:19 28:22

Chi-square test for each ratio
a= O00 mere OOlretape=1 0/001
Values less than 0.05 are not considered to be significant

122
7
Fresh Eggs
100 Be Egg Extract
Fresh Protonymphs
2
Oo 90
3
Ad
Pa
mo]
£
Uv
2
© 80
oO
so
Po]
<x
w
Cc
(7)
fe
o 70
a
60 :
50 100
Fic. 1.

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Y
Protonymph Extract
i Fresh Ovip. Females

GY Ovip. Female Extract

150 200
Concentration(Weight in jug)

Attraction response of Phytoseiulus persimilis to various concentrations (weight) of Tetranychus urticae eggs,

protonymphs ovipositing female, or their respective extracts measured at 15 minutes in choice tube. Chi-square test
for each choice-tube ratio: *P < 0.05, **P < 0.01, values greater than 0.05 are not considered significant.

The number of predator individuals in each
side of the choice tube was determined at 15-
minute intervals for one hour. This procedure
was repeated 5 times with each replicate (tube)
having a different group of 10 mites. After
each count, the choice tubes were rotated 180°
to avoid any chance of attraction to light.

All experiments were carried out at 25 +
2°C and 50-55% RH and under standard flu-
orescent light.

RESULTS

KaIROMONE EXTRACTION

The initial experiment, to select the best sol-
vent to extract kairomones, showed that the
phytoseiid predator, N. fallacis, was signifi-
cantly attracted to ethanol, ether, hexane and
water extracts of T. urticae adult ovipositing
females. Significant responses occurred at 15
and 30 minutes after the initiation of test. Ether
extracts gave the greatest attraction followed
by hexane, ethanol and water extracts (Table
2). Ether then became the solvent of choice
for the extractions.

ATTRACTION RESPONSE OF P. PERSIMILIS

Phytoseiulus persimilis reacted positively in
response to both fresh material and ether ex-

tracts of all stages of the spider mite T. urticae
(Figs. 1, 2). Significant positive responses oc-
curred at 15 minutes toward all stages and
concentrations except for fresh larvae (not
shown) and protonymph extract (Fig. 1). Lar-
val and protonymph extracts at the 50 wg and
100 yg levels elicited a significant response at
30 minutes. Phytoseiulus persimilis females
showed highly significant attraction at 15 min-
utes toward T. urticae eggs at high concentra-
tion such as 150 wg and 200 ug of fresh eggs
and 200 wg of ether extract. Highly significant
attraction was shown toward both fresh and
ether extracted materials at all concentrations
of T. urticae ovipositing females (Fig. 1).
Generally, the highest response values were
recorded at 15 minutes and decreased with
time (Fig. 2). No significant attraction was re-
corded at 60 minutes for any concentration of
any developmental stage of T. urticae whether
used as fresh materials or extracts. The control,
a solvent-treated filter disk without mite ex-
tracts, when compared to an untreated blank,
resulted in no attraction at any observation
period. The increase in weight (concentration)
of all T. urticae developmental stages in-
creased the attraction response of P. persimilis

PHYTOSEID PREDATION ON SPIDER Mites—Afifi et al. 123

100

o
o

ao
Oo

“
o
i
fe = +

Percent Attracted Individuals
£262526 052605

a

o

O, 9 GOOG,
CLs x

SS
RXR

N
Z

Lx
Re

50

KKK KEE LLLLL* *
es

Fresh Eggs
BJ 99 Extract
Fresh Protonymphs
Protonymph Extract
B Fresh Ovip. Females

Ovip. Female Extract

DD SNZ
30 45 60
Time of Reading in Minutes

Fic. 2. Attraction response of Phytoseiulus persimilis to 200 ug of Tetranychus urticae of eggs, protonymphs,
ovipositing female or their respective extracts as influenced by elapsed time in choice tube. Chi-square test, see Figure

1 legend.

Fresh Eggs NX Protonymph Extract
100 BY Egg Extract & Fresh Ovip. Females

Y A
Fresh Protonymphs Ovip. Female Extract

wo
o

Percent Attracted Individuals
3 3

*
*
*

RS
“e
D>
b>
“se
ee
ie
bs
ge
tr)
a GAN

100 150 200
Concentration(Weight in ug)

Fic. 3. Attraction response of Neoseiulus fallacis to various concentrations (weight) of Tetranychus urticae eggs,
protonymphs ovipositing female, or their respective extracts measured at 15 minutes in choice tube. Chi-square test,

see Figure 1 legend.

124

100

90

80

&

70

2

Percent Attracted Individuals
<

60

50 eee
15 30

Fic. 4.

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Fresh Eggs

BY Egg Extract
Fresh Protonymphs

Protonymph Extract

Ba Fresh Ovip. Females

Ovip. Female Extract

45 60
Time of Reading in Minutes

Attraction response of Neoseiulus fallacis to 200 ug of Tetranychus urticae of eggs, protonymphs, ovipositing

female or their respective extracts as influenced by elapsed time in choice tube. Chi-square test, see Figure 1 legend.

females when tested with the choice-tube
method (Figs. 1, 2).

ATTRACTION RESPONSE OF N. FALLACIS

Neoseiulus fallacis was significantly attract-
ed to both fresh and ether-extracted materials
of all stages of T. urticae (Figs. 3, 4). A weight
increase of all stages of T. urticae material
resulted in increased attraction. The greatest
attraction was recorded generally at 15 min-
utes for all stages of T. urticae and all con-
centrations. No significant responses were re-
corded for ether extracts of 50 wg of larvae,
deutonymphs and adult males at any time pe-
riod, and no significant responses were ob-
served for any stage of T. urticae or extract
concentration level at 60 minutes. No attrac-
tion was observed in the control.

ATTRACTION RESPONSE OF T. OCCIDENTALIS

Typhlodromus occidentalis showed a posi-
tive significant response to either fresh or ether-
extracted materials of all T. urticae stages. The
attraction response increased concomitantly
with weight (concentration) of T. urticae stages
(Fig. 5), and the greatest response values were
recorded at the first 15-minute count (Figs. 5,
6). No significant responses were recorded at
any time when fresh larvae and adult males
were used at the 50 wg concentration level or

for extractions of 50 ug of eggs, larvae, deu-
tonymphs and adult males. No significant re-
sponses were recorded at 60 minutes for any
mite stage or extract concentration.

DiscussION

Experiments utilizing two-choice-tube tests
illustrated that eggs, immature stages and adults
of the twospotted spider mite possess volatile
chemical(s) which attracted the three species
of phytoseiids. We have demonstrated that
these chemicals (kairomones) are attractive
quantitatively to the predators and can be ex-
tracted by organic solvents. The adult teneral
and ovipositing females of T. urticae are the
most important sources of the kairomones fol-
lowed by eggs, adult rales, and then the im-
mature stages. Increased weight increment in
spider mites (concentration) resulted in in-
creased attraction response. The 3 phytoseiid
predators demonstrate a strong attraction re-
sponse to the volatiles that emanate from the
test source. Phytoseiulus persimilis is strongly
attracted to either fresh material or extracts of
the various stages of the prey followed by N.
fallacis and T. occidentalis.

The choice-tube assay produced rapid re-
sults indicating that the kairomone(s) tested
were relatively volatile as these odors equili-

125

PHYTOSEIID PREDATION ON SPIDER MitEs—Afifi et al.

Ba Fresh Ovip. Females
GY Ovip. Female Extract

N Protonymph Extract

N Fresh Eggs
BY Egg Extract
Fresh Protonymphs

[=] i=} oO So
a

: 7}

CLLLLLLLLLL 2

o n o
S|DNPIAIPU| Ppa}9D4z}y JUBdIEq

50

200

100
Concentration (Weight in ug)

50

Attraction response of Typhlodromus occidentalis to various concentrations (weight) of Tetranychus urticae

Fic. 5.

eggs, protonymphs ovipositing female, or their respective extracts measured at 15 minutes in choice tube. Chi-square

test, see Figure 1 legend.

90

{7
Z Fresh Protonymphs

N Fresh Eggs
By Egg Extract

Ovip. Female Extract

& Fresh Ovip. Females

Protonymph Extract
Y
Y)

oO n ©
S|DNPIAIPU| Pa}004}}y JUBDIAq

KS

50

30 45 60

Time of Reading in Minutes

15

Attraction response of Typhlodromus occidentalis to 200 ug of Tetranychus urticae of eggs, protonymphs,
ovipositing female or their respective extracts as influenced by elapsed time in choice tube. Chi-square test, see Figure

Fic. 6.
1 legend.

126

brated from the test cup to the opposite (blank)
side. Positive responses were obtained within
15 minutes as indicated in Figures 2, 4, 6 and,
although data are not shown in this report for
the sake of brevity, our recorded data show
that the lower weight or concentration levels,
usually took 30-45 min to elicit an attraction
response, however weak, from the predator.
Later, the predator moved randomly about the
tube as was the case in the control.

Eggs of T. urticae proved to be a good source
of kairomones, but the eggs may have acquired
the kairomones as contaminates from webbing
or feces. Jackson and Ford (11) found that when
T. urticae egg kairomones were extracted away
with distilled water, P. persimilis consumed
about 50% the number of unwashed eggs. Also,
T. urticae eggs which were deposited on glass
plates apparently did not have kairomones (3,
4). However, T. pacificus eggs, larvae and pro-
tonymphs did not attract P. persimilis (6).

Although the immature stages of T. urticae
were a source of kairomones, our data (un-
published) showed that deutonymphal and
teneral stages were more attractive than the
protonymphal and larval stages to the three
phytoseiid species. Adult males gave a response
similar to that of the deutonymphal female
stage. Our results agree with those of Sabelis
et al. (3, 4) who used the Y-tube olfactometer
and reported that all feeding stages of T. ur-
ticae produced kairomones. Phytoseiulus per-
similis, however, did not show significant pref-
erence for disks treated with extracts of T.
evansi larvae, protonymphs, deutonymphs and
adult males at any concentration, (5), nor were
they attracted to T. pacificus eggs, larvae and
protonymphs (6).

Our data strongly indicate that the adult
teneral and ovipositing females of T. urticae
are a strong source of kairomones. Adult ovi-
positing females elicited higher attraction re-
sponses than the teneral females when either
fresh or extracted material was used. Our re-
sults generally support those of Sabelis et al.
(3, 4), who reported that P. persimilis response
to pre-oviposition females of T. urticae was
not matched by the response of any other stage.

Kairomone chemistry apparently differs
from one prey species to another, and the kai-
romone of the prey species may attract one
predator species but not another. Hoy and Smi-
lanick (12) found that T. occidentalis females

TrANs. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

are arrested in searching behavior in webbing
produced by T. urticae but only slightly by
webbing of Panonychus ulmi. Sabelis and Van
de Baan (13) showed that P. persimilis and T.
occidentalis reacted positively to the odor em-
anating from bean leaves infested by T. urti-
cae, but they did not react to the air stream
blown over apple leaves infested by P. ulmi.

Acknowledgment

The investigation reported in this paper (No. 88-7-131)
isin connection with a project of the Kentucky Agricultural
Experiment Station and is published with approval of the
Director.

LITERATURE CITED

1. McMurtry, J. A. and J. G. Rodriguez. 1987. Nu-
tritional ecology of phytoseiid mites. In F. Slansky and J.
G. Rodriguez (eds.) The nutritional ecology of insects,
mites, spiders, and related invertebrates. John Wiley and
Sons, New York.

2. Hislop, R. G. and R. J. Prokopy. 1981. Mite pred-
ator responses to prey and predator—emitted stimuli. J.
Chem. Ecol. 7:895-904.

3. Sabelis, M. W., B. P. Afman, and P. J. Slim. 1984a.
Location of distant spider mite colonies by Phytoseiulus
persimilis Athias-Henriot (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Local-
ization and extraction of a kairomone. Proc. 6th Int. Congr.
Acarol. Edinburgh, U.K. Vol. 1, pp. 431-440.

4. Sabelis, M. W., J. E. Vermaat, and A. Groeneveld.
1984b. Arrestment responses of the predatory mite, Phy-
toseiulus persimilis, to steep odor gradients of a kairo-
mone. Physiol. Entomol. 9:437-446.

5. Moraes, G. J. de and J. A. McMurtry. 1985. Chem-
ically mediated arrestment of the predaceous mite Phy-
toseiulus persimilis by extracts of Tetranychus evansi and
Tetranychus urticae. Exp. Appl. Acarol. 1:127-138.

6. Dong, H. and D. A. Chant. 1986. The olfactory
response of three species of predaceous phytoseiid mites
(Acarina: Gamasina) to a prey tetranychid species. Intern.
J. Acarol. 12:51-55.

7. Winston, P. W. 1963. Possible humidity receptor
mechanisms in the clover mite, Bryobia praetiosa Koch.
J. Insect Physiol. 9:89-103.

8. Jalil, M. and J. G. Rodriguez. 1970. Studies of be-
havior of Macrocheles muscaedomesticae (Acarina—
Macrochelidae) with emphasis on its attraction to the house
fly. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 63:738-744.

9. Wicht, M. C., J. G. Rodriguez, W. T. Smith, and M.
Jalil. 1971. Attraction to Macrocheles muscaedomesticae
(Acarina: Macrochelidae) present in the house fly Musca
domestica. J. Insect Physiol. 17:63-67.

10. Rodriguez, J. G., Z. T. Dabrowski, L. P. Stoltz, C.
E. Chaplin, and W. O. Smith, Jr. 1971. Studies on resis-
tance of strawberries to mites 2. Preference and non-pref-
erence response of Tetranychus urticae and T. turkestani
to water-soluble extracts of foliage. J. Econ. Ent. 64:383—-
387.

PHYTOSEIID PREDATION ON SPIDER MitEs—Afifi et al. 127

11. Jackson, G. J. and J. B. Ford. 1973. The feeding
behavior of Phytoseiulus persimilis Athias-Henriot (Ac-
arina—Phytoseiidae), particularly as affected by certain
pesticides. Ann. Appl. Biol. 75:165-171.

12. Hoy, M. A. and J. M. Smilanick. 1981. Non-ran-
dom prey location by the phytoseiid predator Metaseiulus
occidentalis. Different response to several spider mite
species. Entomol. Exp. Appl. 29:241-253.

13. Sabelis, M. W. and H. E. Van de Baan. 1983. Lo-
cation of distant spider mite colonies by phytoseiid pred-
ators: demonstration of specific kairomones emitted by
Tetranychus urticae and Panonychus ulmi. Entomol. Exp.
Appl. 33:303-314.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 128-120

Observations on Ascomycetes and Myxomycetes from
Eastern Kentucky

BRANLEY ALLAN BRANSON

Department of Biological sciences, Eastern Kentucky University,
Richmond, Kentucky 40475

ABSTRACT

Distributional and habitat data are supplied for 15 genera and 16 species of ascomycete and 6 genera and

6 species of myxomycete fungi in eastern Kentucky.

INTRODUCTION

During the spring and early summer of 1987,
the author conducted several field exercises for
the purpose of collecting a variety of mostly
fleshy fungi, principally in the eastern sections
of the state. Included in these collections were
representatives of 15 genera and 16 species of
ascomycetes and 6 genera and 6 species of
myxomycetes. Since there are very few pub-
lished reports for these and other fungi in Ken-
tucky, it is appropriate to publish these results.

The principal features utilized in making
diagnoses were standard ones of general mor-
phology, color, details of subterrranean parts,
microscopic anatomy of spores and other parts,
chemical reactions, and habitat.

COLLECTING SITES

Most of the specimens were secured from 3
main locations.

1. A “knob” hill area, 6.6 km east of Berea off
SR 21, in the vicinity of Indian Fort The-
atre, Madison County, Kentucky. The flat-
ter-lying land around the entrance to the
area has relatively deep, lignin-rich soil and
an open mixed forest of hickories (princi-
pally pignut), maples, ashes, and Virginia
pine; willows, hackberry and sweetgum oc-
cur along two small creeks. On the steep
knobs above the theatre area, crisscrossed
by a maintained hiking trail, are heavy
growths of tulip poplar, sugar and red ma-
ples, hickories, oaks, and some beech. On
the drier uplands there are abundant stands
of Virginia pine and cedar.

2. Big Hill, a historically important landmark
knob 16.4 km south of Kingston on U.S. 421,
extreme southeastern section of Madison
County, Kentucky. This is a very steep hill
with considerable deep, lignin-rich soil and

much fallen woody debris, rotten logs, and
moss and ferns. Tulip poplars, maples and
hickories dominate the woodlands with
scattered stands of Virginia pine and east-
ern hemlock.

3. Red River Gorge area, from the Nada Tun-

nel (SR 77) to a point 6.0 km eastward. This
is a mixed mesophytic section of Daniel
Boone National Forest in Powell County,
Kentucky. The soil is rich in lignin beneath
a canopy of tulip poplar, maples, oaks, rho-
dodendron, white pine, eastern hemlock,
many other tree species and myriad small
woody plants in the undercover. Moss and
ferns abound.

RESULTS
ASCOMYCETES

PEZIZALES. Five genera of these interesting
cup fungi were collected.

Galiella rufa (Schw.) Nannf and Korf. Sparse
fruitings were found on soil-covered wood be-
neath hickories and pines in the lowlands
around the Indian Fort Theatre location on 9
September 1987. The fertile surface of the fun-
gus was reddish-brown and the outside of the
cup was heavily covered with black “hairs”.
The species is illustrated (plate 56) by Seaver
(1) as Bulgaria rufa. I follow Pfister (2) in
assigning the name.

Sarcoscypha occidentalis (Schw.) Sacc.
Hundreds of specimens of this pretty little fun-
gus were observed on decaying wood, 27 June
1987, at the Big Hill location. The species was
discussed by Seaver (1) as Plectania occiden-
talis and placed in Sarcoscypha by Denison (3)
and Pfister (2).

Sarcoscypha conninea (Scop.) Sace. Many
specimens were found on sticks buried in mud-
dy soil on the Kentucky River bluffs near the

128

FUNGI IN EASTERN KENTUCKY—Branson

I-75 bridge, Madison County, Kentucky, 2 July
1987. This was rather late in the season for this
species, but since the early summer was cool
and wet the occurrence was not unexpected.
The fungus is illustrated in Seaver’s (1) plate
19. Denison (3) placed the species in Sarco-
scypha.

Microstoma fluccosa (Schw.) Raitviir. Many
specimens were found on dead twigs at the Big
Hill location, 27 June 1987. This shaggy, red-
cupped fungus was illustrated by Seaver (10
on plate 20).

Urnula craterium (Schw.) Fr. Two speci-
mens were found on the ground under pines
and hickories at the Indian Fort Theatre low-
lands, 9 September 1987. This was an unusual
fruiting period for the species (4).

Cheilymenia coprinaria (Cooke) Boud.
Thousands of specimens were found on semi-
dry cow dung at the Eastern Kentucky Uni-
versity dairy farm, Madison County, Ken-
tucky, 19 July 1987. Widely distributed in
North America and Europe (1), there are few
reported records for the species in our area.
Cheilymenia michiganensis Povah is a syn-
onym (2).

HELOTIALES. Representatives of 4 genera
were collected.

Chlorociboria aeruginascens (Karst.) Fenn.
Numerous specimens were found on rotten
eastern hemlock logs on a hillside above the
Nada Tunnel at the Red River Gorge site, 9
June 1987. This small to minute fungus is wide-
spread in America and Europe (5).

Bisporella citrina (Batsch) Korf. and Carp.
Abundant specimens were secured from dead
twigs and leaves on the ground in a low-lying
swale, 5.3 km east of Nada Tunnel, 9 June
1987. This bright yellow fungus is discussed
by Seaver (5) as a Helotium and illustrated on
plate 104.

Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Pers. Several speci-
mens were found in the same locality as the
last species, on dead leaves and twigs. The
species is illustrated on Arora’s (4) color plate
215.

Leotia viscosa Fries. Six specimens were re-
moved from decaying maple leaves at Levi
Jackson State Park, Laurel County, Kentucky,
3 December 1978. Arora (4) presented a color
illustration (plate 215).

Spathularia flavida Pers. A few specimens
were found growing on much-decayed wood

129

at the Indian Fort Theatre locality, 15 July
1987. Seaver (5) considered the species to be
a synonym of S. clavata (Schaeff) Sacc., but
Arora (4) indicated the reverse.
HELVELLACEAE. One genus and 2 species
were collected.

Helvella crispa (Scop.) Fr. One beautiful ex-
ample of this elfin saddle was found growing
at the base of a Virginia pine, 15 July 1987, in
the flatlands below Indian Fort Theatre. Lin-
coff (6) presented a color illustration.

Helvella elastica Bull. One specimen was
found growing on the ground below a mixture
of sugar maples and eastern hemlocks, 9 June
1987, near the eastern end of Nada Tunnel at
the Red River Gorge locality. The ellipse-
shaped spores each had a large, centrally lo-
cated oil droplet.

MORCHELLACEAE. One species was col-
lected.

Morchella angusticeps Pk. A single speci-
men of this black morel was secured from the
edge of a grove of young tulip poplars above
the Natural Bridge State Park Lodge, Powell
County, Kentucky, 8 May 1987. Sundberg and
Richardson (7) reported and color-illustrated
the species from Land Between the Lakes,
western Kentucky.

PYRENOMYCETES. Representatives of 4
genera were collected.

Cordyceps capitata (Holmsk.) Link. Two
specimens were found growing on under-
ground fungi beneath tulip poplars 0.8 km
above Indian Fort Theatre, 15 July 1987, a
typical habitat for this species (8).

Cordyceps militaris (L.) Link. A single spec-
imen was found on a partially buried insect
larva at a site 7.0 km west of Richmond via
Barnesmill Road, Madison County, Kentucky,
23 June 1987. The marginal forest along Silver
Creek consisted principally of sycamore, ma-
ples, willows, black walnut and hackberry. This
is a provisional diagnosis (see 8, 9).

Xylaria hypoxylon (L.) Grev. Many speci-
mens of this easily recognized fungus were
collected from a moss-covered, burn-scarred
log on a hillside above Nada Tunnel in the Red
River Gorge locality (9 June 1987) and from
the burned, inner surface of an old whiskey
barrel at Deacon Hills Estates, Madison Coun-
ty, Kentucky (22 July 1987).

Ustulina deusta (Fr.) Pers. Several large col-
onies of this encrusting fungus were found on

130

burned logs at the Big Hill locality, 3 July 1987.
The spore print was very black and the large
perithecia had their pores immersed in light-
colored tissues.

Hypoxylon fragiforme (Pers.) Kickx. Two
large populations were found at the Big Hill
locality on burned logs (2 July 1987) and one
population was observed on a standing beech
stump 5.8 km north of Richmond, Madison
County, Kentucky, just off SR 60, 3 November
1986.

MyYXOMYCETES

The occurrence and distribution of slime
molds in Kentucky is very poorly documented.
Representatives of 6 genera are reported here.

Arcyria incarnata (L.) Welt. A nicely dif-
ferentiated colony was found on a wet log at
the Indian Fort Theatre locality, 3 June 1987.

Brefeldia maxima (Fr.) Rost. A large colony
was found on a standing dead ash tree on the
campus of Eastern Kentucky University, Rich-
mond, Madison County, Kentucky, 28 June
1985.

Ceratiomyxa fructiculosa (Mull.) Mac. Two
colonies of this easily recognized slime mold
were found, one on a dead hackberry log in
Deacon Hills estates, Richmond (19 June 1987),
and one ona dead pignut hickory at the Indian
Fort Theatre lowlands (15 July 1987), both in
Madison County. The species was previously
reported from western Kentucky (7).

Leocarpus fragilis (Dicks.) Rost. A colony
of yellow-brown, insect-egg-like cases was
found on very rotten wood at the Indian Fort
Theatre site, 15 July 1987. Microscopic ex-
amination demonstrated the typical three-lay-
ered arrangement of this slime mold (6).

Lycogala epidendrum (L.) Fr. A small col-
ony of this interesting slime mold was found
on a dead, barkless tree trunk 7.0 km west of
Richmond, Madison County, Kentucky,

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3—4)

Barnesmill Road, 23 June 1987. The species
has also been reported from Land Between the
Lakes in western Kentucky (7).

Stemonitis splendens Rost. One small col-
ony was found on dead wood 0.3 km above
Indian Fort Theatre (15 July 1987), a site
heavily shaded by tulip poplars and beeches.
Sundberg and Richardson (7) reported the re-
lated form S. axifera (Bull.) Macbr. from Land
Between the Lakes. This slime mold is one of
the most common and is worldwide in distri-
bution.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I appreciate Dr. Ronald R. Petersen’s (De-
partment of Botany, University of Tennessee)
critical reading of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Seaver, F. J. 1928-1942. The North American cup-
fungi (operculates). Pub. by the author, New York, Lan-
caster Press, Lancaster, New York.

2. Pfister, D. H. 1982. A nomenclatural revision of F.
J. Seaver’s North American cup-fungi (operculates). Occ.
Pap. Farlow Herb. Crypt. Bot. 17:1-32.

3. Denison, W. C. 1972. Central American Pezizales.
IV. The genera Sarcoscypha, Pithya and Nanoscypha.
Mycologia 64:609-623.

4. Arora, D. 1986. Mushrooms demystified. Ten Speed
Press, Berkeley, California.

5. Seaver, F. J. 1951. The North American cup-fungi
(inoperculates). Pub. by the author, Lancaster Press, Lan-
caster, New York.

6. Lincoff, G. H. 1981. The Audubon Society field
guide to North American mushrooms. Alfred A. Knopf,
New York.

7. Sundberg, W. J. and J. A. Richardson. 1980. Mush-
rooms and other fungi of Land Between the Lakes. Ten-
nessee Valley Authority Handbook.

8. Mains, E. B. 1940. Species of Cordyceps. Mycologia
32:310-320.

9. Mains, E. B. 1947. New and interesting species of
Cordyceps. Mycologia 39:535-545.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 131-139

Isolation Techniques for Surveying the
Fungi of Stored Maize

S. A. FREY AND Davip E. Lecc!

Community Research Service, Kentucky State University, Frankfort, Kentucky 40601

ABSTRACT

Ten media were compared for isolating fungi from stored maize, Zea mays L., in Kentucky. Laboratory
tests indicated that Czapek-Dox solution containing 20% sucrose and filter paper soaked with sterilized
distilled water were among the least species-restrictive, easiest to prepare, and most economical to use for
isolation of fungi. Additional experimentation suggested that 25°C was a better incubation temperature than
30°C and that colony counts of the species present were equivalent when cultured in complete darkness or

under a 12:12 (L:D) photoperiod.

INTRODUCTION

Isolation techniques for fungi can be species
specific. Species selectivity is preferred when
recording the presence and quantity of a given
fungus. It is, however, of little use in survey-
oriented work where detection of the widest
possible species range is desired.

Many techniques for fungal isolation and
culture are available (1) but few have been
designed for extensive survey work in post-
harvest stored grains (2). Notable exceptions
are those of Mills et al. (2) who designed, tested,
and selected mycological isolation techniques
for surveying the fungi of stored rapeseed,
Brassica napus L., in western Canada.

Isolation media have also been tested for
determining the “numbers and kinds” of fungi
associated with stored maize, Zea mays L. (3).
These, however, were used with the dilution-
plating technique which later was found to be
not as effective for detecting the presence of
fungi as the whole-kernel plating technique
(4). These results were supported by Pixton et
al. (5) who used cornmeal agar and plain agar,
which Christensen did not use in his earlier
work (6, 4, 3). In contrast, Mills et al. (2) made
use of the whole kernel plating technique.

It is well known that environmental condi-
tions can significantly affect fungal growth (4).
However, experiments conducted by Mills et
al. (2) were carried out under one temperature
(25°C) in complete darkness without docu-
menting the number of kernel surface contam-

' Current address: Department of Plant, Soil and Insect
Sciences, P.O. Box 3354, University of Wyoming, Laramie,
Wyoming 82071.

inants relative to the degree of infection. Chris-
tensen (4) used a 30°C incubation temperature
because it promoted “a more rapid appearance
of most of the common species of the Asper-
gillus glaucus, A. candidus and A. flavus groups
than incubation at 25°C.” He made no mention
of or placed any importance on photoperiod.
Information concerning the amount of surface
contaminants and degree of infestation is use-
ful when determining the microbial contam-
ination of the grain.

The purpose of this paper is to compare 10
isolation media, using the whole-kernel plating
technique, in order to determine which media
would be most suitable for survey work on
stored maize in Kentucky. In addition, 2 cul-
turing temperatures, 2 photoperiod regimes,
and 2 grain surface treatments were tested for
possible influence on number of colonies per
species.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Experimental maize was grown, combine-
harvested, and shelled in 1984 and stored on
the University of Kentucky Coldstream Farm.
Approximately 25.5 kg was obtained in No-
vember of 1985, taken to Kentucky State Uni-
versity, and placed in cold storage prior to
experimentation. Experimental maize consist-
ed of broken, cracked, and sound kernels, bits
of maize cobs, stalks, and leaves, weed seeds,
and a moderate to high infestation of Tribo-
lium castaneum (Herbst) (i.e., more than 1
adult per 0.9 liter of grain). Kernels were care-
fully scrutinized for cracks or broken parts with
only sound kernels being used in this study.
Kernels were placed in an environmental

131

132

chamber and held at 27°C, 80% RH until they
had equilibrated to an 11% moisture content.

Effect of Medium, Temperature, and
Grain Surface Treatment

Half of the experimental kernels were im-
mersed in 1% sodium hypochlorite for 1 mi-
nute, followed by 2 rinses in sterilized distilled
water (sterilized maize); remaining kernels
were not rinsed in sodium hypochlorite. The
term “sterilized maize’ denotes surface dis-
infection only. Eight sterile petri dishes were
then set up for each of 10 media: plain agar
(PA), filter paper + 4.5 ml of sterilized distilled
water (FP), standard Czapek-Dox agar (CZA),
filter paper + 4.5 ml of standard Czapek-Dox
solution (CZFP), malt-salt agar (MSA) (4), filter
paper + 4.5 ml of sterilized 7.5% NaCl solution
(SFP), malt-salt agar with 18% NaCl (MSA18),
filter paper + 4.5 ml of sterilized water con-
taining 18% NaCl (SFP18), (Czapek-Dox agar
with 20% sucrose (CZA20), and filter paper +
4.5 ml of Czapek-Dox solution containing 20%
sucrose (CZFP20). Media choice was based on
those used by Mills et al. (2) as well as the
Czapek-Dox variants suggested by Christensen
(4). Four petri dishes per medium received 10
kernels each from the sterilized treatment and
the remaining 4 received 10 kernels each from
the unsterilized treatment. Two petri dishes
each of the sterilized and nonsterilized maize
were then placed in a programmed environ-
mental chamber set at 25°C, 12:12 (L:D), and
67% RH. The remainder were placed in a 30°C,
12:12 (L:D), 67% RH environmental regime.
Photoperiod was produced with fluorescent
lighting (GE F20T12-CW bulbs). The cultures
were allowed to incubate for 4 days after which
the number of colonies per species per kernel
was counted. Cultures were then incubated 3
additional days after which time the number
of colonies per species per kernel was again
counted with the newly-emerged colonies being
added to the previous count. Colonies per
species were totaled over kernels per petri dish.

Total number of colonies per petri dish were
analyzed for possible effects of temperature,
surface treatment, medium, and species that
were present (independent variables) in a com-
pletely randomized factorial analysis of vari-
ance (7). Various combinations of the inde-
pendent variables were also tested for a
significant interaction effect on number of col-

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

onies that were counted. Significance of each
independent variable by itself (main effect) or
in combination with one or more of the others
(interactive effect) was determined by the F
test (7). F values for main or interactive effects
associated with probabilities that were less than
0.05 were considered significant. Although the
complete analysis of variance was computed,
the influence of main effects, the species X
medium interaction and higher order inter-
actions involving species and media were of
primary interest; F and P values were reported
for these factors only.

Fisher’s protected least significant differ-
ence (LSD) was used to separate mean colony
responses of various levels of the main and
interactive effects. The LSD for comparing
mean colony counts of the main effects was
based on the pooled experimental error. The
LSD for comparing mean colony counts of the
interactions was based on the pooled error of
specific comparisons. Interactions were pre-
sented graphically because, by definition, they
appear as nonparallel responses of each level
of one factor over all levels of the others (8).

Effect of Photoperiod Regime

The effect of complete darkness and 12 h of
light on fungal colony count was assessed by
setting up 4 petri dishes for each of 8 isolation
media (PA, MSA, CZA20, FP, SFP, CZFP, and
CZFP20), plating 10 maize kernels per dish,
placing 2 dishes in complete darkness and 2 in
a 12:12 (L:D) photoperiod. Both photoperiod
regimes were held at 25°C and 67% RH. In-
oculated media were allowed to incubate for
4 days after which the number of colonies per
species per kernel was counted. Then the plates
were incubated 3 additional days after which
the number of colonies per species per kernel
was again counted. New colonies were then
added to those of the previous count. Colonies
per species were totaled over kernels for each
plate. Experimental maize was not rinsed in
sodium hypochlorite.

Total number of colonies per plate were ana-
lyzed for the direct effect of photoperiod on
fungal colony count. In addition, a potential
influence of photoperiod on individual fungal
species or on colony counts taken from specific
media (interactive effects) was also investigat-
ed. The experimental design was a completely
randomized factorial analysis of variance (7).

FuNGAL ISOLATION IN STORED MaizE—Frey and Legg

133

Taste 1. F and P values and degrees of freedom (df) in an analysis of variance for influence of two culturing
temperatures, two seed surface sterilization treatments, ten culturing media, and ten fungal species on fungal colony
counts.
Source of variation F value* P value df
Main effects
Temperature 1.47 0.225 1
Grain surface treatment 261.13 <0.001 1
Media 8.78 <0.001 9
Fungal species 116.32 <0.001 9
Two-factor interactions
Temperature x fungal species 6.00 <0.001 9
Grain surface treatment x fungal species 41.97 <0.001 9
Media = fungal species 5.23 <0.001 81
Three-factor interactions
Temperature x media x fungal species 1.65 0.001 81
Grain surface treatment x media x fungal species 3.14 <0.001 81

“F ratios were based on a pooled experimental error of 1.365 with 400 df. Total sums of squares was 4,405.6 with 799 df

Factors included in the analysis were photo-
period, fungal species, and isolation medium
and, of these, photoperiod and fungal species
were of sole concern; F and P values were
reported for these variables and their inter-
actions.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Effect of Medium, Temperature, and
Grain Surface Treatment

Analysis of variance (Table 1) indicated that
all main effects except temperature signifi-
cantly influenced average colony counts. Also,
the medium * species interaction and two
3-factor interactions involving medium and
species were significant. The 4-factor inter-
action was not significant.

Comparisons between average colony count
for various levels of the main effects showed
that fungal infection was low relative to the
amount of inoculum that was present (steril-
ized maize mean = 0.388 + 0.062, nonsteril-
ized mean = 1.722 + 0.147, n = 400). Analysis
for species abundance indicated that 10 species
were present and they occurred in varying
amounts (Fig. 1). Aspergillus glaucus was the
dominant species followed by A. flavus, Pen-
icillium spp., and Mucor spp.; Fusarium spp.,
A. fumigatus, A. niger, and A. clavatus oc-
curred in low but approximately equal num-
bers while A. ochraceous and A. candidus were
rarely observed. Aspergillus ochraceous and
A. candidus were subsequently dropped from
further analysis because their occurrence was
so rare that it was not possible to determine

the effect of each treatment and their inter-
actions on these species. Comparisons between
mean colony counts for the different media
(Fig. 1) indicated that no clear distinction oc-

- Mean Number of Colonies

@ ef
Umm omm § _! |

Pen Muc Fus Afu Ani Acl Aoc Aca
Species

Be Mean Number of Colonies

1eZonh

Media

Fic. 1. Average number of colonies for each of ten fungal
species (top) and isolation media (bottom). Means followed
by the same letter are not significantly different; Fisher’s
protected least significant difference.

134 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)
TABLE 2. Comparisons! of average colony counts within fungal species between isolation media, n = 8.
Average fungal colony counts per species
d Peni-
Medium? A. glaucus A. flavus fumigatus A, niger A. clavatus cillium Mucor Fusarium
PA 1.63e 3.63 0.50 0.13b 0.50ab 1.88 1.88a 1.00a
FP 2.25de 3.25 0.38 0.88a 0.50ab 2.63 1,88a 0.50ab
CZA 5.13bed 2.25 1.00 0.50ab 0.63a 2.25 1,00ab 0.75ab
CZFP 2.88cde 3.38 1.00 0.13b 0.13ab 2.00 0.88ab 0.38ab
MSA 3.38cde 2.38 0.25 0.38ab 0.13ab 1.00 1,88a 0.50ab
SFP 8.88cde 1.75 0.38 0.00b 0.00b 0.63 0.25b 0.00b
CZA20 7.50ab 2.50 0.63 0.88a 0.00b 2.50 1.13ab 0.63ab
CZFP20 6.13abe 2.25 0.13 0.37ab 0.00b 1.50 0.50ab 1.00a
‘ Means within column followed by the same letter are not significantly different; Least Significant Difference
2 Media are plain agar (PA), filter paper + 4.5 ml of sterilized distilled water (FP), standard Czapek-Dox agar (CZA), filter paper + 4.5 ml of standard
Czapek-Dox solution (CZFP), malt-salt agar (MSA) (4), filter paper + 4.5 ml of sterilized 7.5% NaCl solution (SFP), Czapek-Dox agar with 20% sucrose
(CZA20), and filter paper + 4.5 ml of Czapek-Dox solution containing 20% sucrose (CZFP20).

curred between most, excepting MSA18 and
SFP18. These media were quite species selec-
tive and effectively prevented all but A. glau-
cus from growing. Since MSA18 and SFP18
did not meet the requirement of low species
selectivity they were eliminated from further
analysis.

Analyses of the medium X species inter-
action is comprised of eight sub-figures (Fig.
2). Each sub-figure represents a different species
arranged from the most (upper left corner) to
the least abundant (lower right corner). Media
within a sub-figure are arranged by osmophilic
properties (water binding potential) and me-
dia-base within osmophilic property (agar or
filter paper). PA and FP were the least os-
mophilic (containing 0% water binding mol-
ecules by weight) while CZA20 and CZFP20
were the most (containing 21.9 and 20.4% water
binding molecules by weight, respectively).
Standard CZA and CZFP, MSA and SFP had
intermediate osmophilic properties (4.9, 3.4,
11.0, and 7.5% water binding molecules by
weight, respectively).

Specific comparisons first focused on testing
for a possible filter paper-agar influence on
mean colony counts; all possible comparisons
between mean colony counts of media within
species were then performed. Possible filter
paper-agar influence on mean colony counts
was tested within osmophilic groups for each
species. Results indicated that just 4 of 32 com-
parisons were significant and 3 of these con-
cerned the MSA-SFP osmophilic group (Fig.
2). SFP significantly enhanced colony counts
of A. glaucus but did not do so for Mucor or
Fusarium spp. These data support the findings

of Mills et al. (2) who showed that SFP pref-
erentially selects for A. glaucus. These data
also indicate that a general filter paper-agar
influence on mean colony counts did not occur.

All possible comparisons between the aver-
age number of colonies per medium for each
species were conducted in an effort to deter-
mine those media that consistently promote
the greatest colony growth over the species that
are present (Table 2). Comparisons showed that
no one medium significantly influenced mean
colony counts for A. flavus, A. fumigatus, or
Penicillium. Mean comparisons for the re-
maining five species showed that SFP was
ranked in the top group just once (for A. glau-
cus) but was associated with the bottom group
for the remaining 4 species. PA and CZFP
were statistically ranked in the top group for
isolation of 3 species (Fusarium, Mucor, and
A. clavatus) but each fell into the bottom-most
group of two species (A. glaucus and A. niger).
CZA20 was ranked in the top-most group of
three species but it fell into the bottom-most
group of A. clavatus. CZA and MSA were each
ranked in the top-most group in four species
but both appeared to hinder colony growth of
the most prevalent fungus (A. glaucus).
CZFP20 and FP were ranked in the top-most
group for isolation of four species; CZFP20 did
not appear to hinder growth of A. glaucus but
FP did. CZFP20 and FP each were ranked
into the bottom-most group just once.

While various isolation media had a wide-
ranging impact on observed number of colo-
nies across species, the performance of CZFP20
and FP most closely matched our stated char-
acteristics of the ideal survey medium. In ad-

FUNGAL ISOLATION IN STORED MaizE—Frey and Legg 135

16 5
A. glaucus A. flavus
2.5
PA FP CZACZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 0 "PA FP CZACZFP MSA SFP Cza20 CZFP20

0p) Penicillium Mucor
o
&
O ot
—t
O
©
5 TF
oO \

O PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20
1)
ue) 2 aan] 2
. Fusarium A. fumigatus
>
Zz,

1 1
eS
: \
o \
= 0 h

PA FP CZACZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 C2FP20
2 1
| A. niger A. clavatus
; q
\\
ie |

PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 $ PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP C2A20 CZFP20

Media

Fic. 2. Average number of colonies for each of eight isolation media for each of eight fungal species. Fungal species
(sub-figures) are arranged from the most (upper left corner) to the least abundant (lower right corner); media within
sub-figure are arranged by osmophilic properties (water binding potential) and media-base within osmophilic property
(agar or filter paper). Vertical bars represent the 95% least significant difference between agar-based (striped bars) and
filter paper-based (open bars) media within osmophilic grouping.

136

20

A. glaucus

FP CZA CZFP

atlloelllh

MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

10
o Penicillium
iS
Bia!
e)
O
yy
O ’ To

PA CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

re
w
se) 3
& Fusarium
=) al
ZZ
ie
(av) er
w
=

0

PA FP CZA CZFP bh SFP CZA20 CZFP20

A. niger

a

iP.

Fic. 3.

Ms
FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

10

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

PA

PA

Mucor

FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

rl (|. (b..

A. furngatus

PA

CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

0

Media

A. clavatus

Pi Wee

PA

FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

Average number of colonies for each of eight fungal species (sub-figures), eight isolation media, and two

temperature regimes (25°C [open bars] and 30°C [striped bars]) for the fungal species x media x temperature interaction.
Vertical bars represent the 95% least significant difference between temperatures at a given isolation medium and
fungal species. Note that, when significant differences occur, A. glaucus and Penicillium consistently produce more
colonies at 25°C on certain media but A. flavus consistently produces more colonies at 30°C on some media.

FUNGAL ISOLATION IN STORED MaizE—F rey and Legg 137

20 20
A. glaucus A. flavus
10 | 15}
10 | 10}
iLbballl ir t
) MO 7
PA

PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

a

10
” Penicilium Mucor
oy 10
co
¢ |
—_—
fo) 5
G4 GEN .
oO 0 iS it \\ \e |. N
PA FP CZA CZFP MSA aE CZA20 CZFP20
4
o
2@ oe 4
iS Fusarium A. fumigatus
L ltt
qv)
: a lel. UO =
; a ; N NG
PA FP CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 PA CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20

A. niger A. clavatus
3 eee | |

nl on Lo

CZA CZFP MSA SFP CZA20 CZFP20 P

o

Media

Fic. 4. Average number of colonies for each of eight fungal species (sub-figures), eight media, and two grain surface
treatments (striped bars are non-surface rinsed and open bars are rinsed with sodium hypochlorite). Vertical bars
represent the 95% least significant difference between surface sterilization regimes per medium per fungal species.
Note the substantial A. glaucus infection on most media relative to the amount of inoculum that was present; Fusarium
infection on CZFP20 and MSA, however, was very high relative to the amount of inoculum.

138

TaBLE 3. F and P values and degrees of freedom (df) in
an analysis of variance for the influence of photoperiod
regime (complete darkness and 12:12 L:D) and its inter-
action with eight media and species on fungal colony counts.

F P
Source of variation value* value df

Photoperiod regime 0.97 0328 1
Photoperiod regime < media 0.62 0.743 #7
Photoperiod regime x fungal

species 151 0149 9
Photoperiod regime x media x

fungal species 0.63 0.980 63

* F ratios were based on a pooled experimental error of 2.525 with 160 df

Total sums of squares was 2,619.0 with 319 df

dition, both are filter paper-based media which
makes them easier to prepare and less costly
to use. Also, CZFP20 and FP are on opposite
ends of the osmophilic spectrum and if both
are used on kernels drawn from the same sam-
ple they would tend to complement each other.
Thus, because of ease of preparation and os-
mophilic properties, it is concluded that
CZFP20 and FP generally were the least species
specific and enhanced colony growth more than
the other isolation techniques.

Analysis of the temperature < medium x
species interaction (Fig. 3) indicated that most
species were either unaffected by temperature
(Mucor, Fusarium, A. fumigatus, A. niger,
and A. clavatus) or growth was enhanced at
25°C on certain media (A. glaucus and Peni-
cillium). The exception, however, was A. fla-
vus for which enhanced growth (colony pro-
duction) occurred at 30°C on CZA, CZA20, and
CZFP20. These data support the findings of
Christensen and Kaufmann (9) and Christen-
sen (10) who reported that optimal growth of
A. glaucus and A. flavus are 24 and 36-38°C,
respectively. Optimum temperatures for Pen-
icillium growth is species dependent but it gen-
erally occurs at temperatures less than 30°C.
These data suggest that while no one incuba-
tion temperature was ideal for growing all fun-
gi, growth at 25°C was as good as if not better
than that at 30°C except for A. flavus.

The sterilization regime X media x species
interaction (Fig. 4) indicated that the level of
infection was quite low for all species except
A. glaucus and Fusarium and that the increase
in Fusarium colonies on MSA and CZFP20 for
the sterilized maize was the primary cause for
the interaction. The reason that Fusarium was
more prevalent in the sterilized maize may be

Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

due to an antagonistic effect of one or more of
the other fungi on Fusarium. Experiments
conducted by Chang and Kommedahl (11)
showed that Fusarium spp. growth was se-
verely inhibited by Chaetomium globosum and
Bacillus subtilis. Moreover, they found that
Fusarium roseum growth was inhibited by both
Aspergillus flavus and Penicillium spp., 2
prevalent fungi in this study.

Effect of Photoperiod Regime

Analysis of variance indicated that photo-
period did not affect general colony counts,
counts from a specific fungus (photoperiod x
species interaction), counts from a given me-
dium (photoperiod x medium interaction), or
a specific fungus growing on a certain medium
(photoperiod X species X medium interac-
tion) (Table 3). These results indicate that, for
the species present, colony growth under a 12:
12 (L:D) photoperiod is equivalent to that un-
der a 24 hr scotophase and suggest that pho-
toperiod may be unimportant to growth of fun-
gi associated with stored maize. This was
expected since fungi are achlorophyllus.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This investigation was supported in part by
a USDA/CSRS grant to Kentucky State Uni-
versity under agreement KYX-10-87-06P.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Tuite, J. 1969. Plant pathological methods. Fungi
and bacteria. Burgess, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

2. Mills, J. T., R. N. Sinha, and H. A. H. Wallace. 1978.
Multivariate evaluation of isolation techniques for fungi
associated with stored rapeseed. Phytopath. 68:1520-1525.

3. Bottomley, R. A., C. M. Christensen and W. F. Geddes.
1952. Grain storage studies. X. The influence of aeration,
time, and moisture content on fat acidity, nonreducing
sugars, and mold flora of stored yellow corn. Cereal Chem.
29:53-64.

4. Christensen, C. M. 1957. Deterioration of stored
grains by fungi. Bot. Rev. 23:108-134.

5. Pixton, §. W., S. Warburton and S. T. Hill. 1975.
Longterm storage of wheat—III: Some changes in the
quality of wheat observed during 16 years of storage. J.
Stored Prod. Res. 11:177-185.

6. Christensen, C. M. 1946. The quantitative deter-
mination of molds in flour. Cereal Chem. 23:322-329.

7. Snedecor, G. W. and W. G. Cochran. 1980. Statis-
tical methods, 7th ed. Iowa State Univ., Ames, Iowa.

8. Neter, J. and W. Wasserman. 1974. Applied linear
statistical models. Irwin, Homewood, Illinois.

FUNGAL ISOLATION IN STORED MaizE—Frey and Legg 139

9. Christensen, C.M. and H. K. Kaufmann, 1969. Grain
storage, the role of fungi in quality loss. University of
Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

10. Christensen, C. M. 1982. Storage of cereal grains
and their products. Amer. Assoc. Cereal Chem., St. Paul,
Minnesota.

11. Chang, I-Pin and T. Kommedahl. 1972. Interac-
tion among microorganisms occurring naturally and ap-
plied to pericarps of corn kernels. Plant and Disease Re-
porter 56:861-863.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 140-142

NOTES

Bat Notes from Eastern Kentucky—A fall mist-netting
investigation in eastern Kentucky produced the following
noteworthy results. Monofilament mist-nets were set at 2
sites over the Poor Fork of the Cumberland River: 1 in
Harlan County 1.5 km north of Cumberland, the other
site approximately 8 km upstream from the first in Letcher
County. A set of 3 or 4 nets was placed at each station for
2 nights (14 and 15 October, 1987), and tended until mid-
night when temperatures dropped to about 4°C,

The 2 stations in 2 nights yielded 60 bats of 5 species.
The majority of red bats, Lasiurus borealis, captured (29
of 31) were males, but 6 others escaped before their gender
was identified. All bats were marked by placing a small
nail-polish spot on a wing, but only | red bat was captured
twice.

We also captured 20 silver-haired bats, Lasionycteris
noctivagans; the sexes were equally represented. Unlike
the ubiquitous red bat, the silver-haired bat is an uncom-
mon species in Kentucky. One of us (H.D.B.) had previ-
ously collected over 200 bats, using mist-nets set over Com-
monwealth streams in summer, but had never collected a
silver-haired bat until this study. Two previous nights of
mist-netting in July 1987 at these same 2 sites on the
Cumberland River did not disclose silver-haired bats. It is
likely that the species was in migration from its northern
breeding grounds to its winter range. We have found a
few specimens hibernating in limestone caves in eastern
Kentucky. Winter surveys by JRM recorded the species
from caves in Carter, Jackson, Lee, Pulaski and Rockcastle
counties, usually only a few individuals from crevices or
found hanging in the cold areas of the caves.

Although there is evidence of sexual segregation during
summer (Barbour and Davis, Bats of America, Univ. of
Kentucky Press, 1969), the sexes apparently sometimes
migrate together. At our upstream station on the second
night of netting, we caught 15 silver-haired bats (8 females
and 7 males). Multiple captures of 2 or 3 silver-haired bats
occurred several times and both sexes were usually rep-
resented.

A single specimen of the federally endangered gray bat,
Myotis grisescens, was also captured at the downstream
site in Harlan County. This young male was taken in a
net set at water level. This is only the third record of this
species in eastern Kentucky and the first collected foraging
over a stream. The other 2 were recorded in caves in Carter
and Lee (Davis, Bat Res. News, V 10:29-30, 1969) counties
almost 2 decades previously. Since M. grisescens uses caves
in both summer and winter, this animal was probably
enroute to its winter hibernaculum. The only gray bat
hibernaculum known in Kentucky is in Edmonson County
about 300 km west of our sites. However, several smaller
colonies of gray bats are known to hibernate in abandoned
mines and caves in eastern Tennessee (Currie, USFWS,
pers. comm., 1987). There is a possibility that gray bat
hibernacula remain undiscovered in caves of the Newman
Limestone on Pine Mountain.

The other 2 species captured during the October netting
study were the big brown bat, Eptesicus fuscus, and the
little brown bat, Myotis lucifugus. Each species was rep-
resented by 2 males.

We increased our number of captures from 14 to 28 on
the second night at the Letcher County station by moving
several hundred meters upstream. Our nets at the Harlan
County station, which remained at the same site both
nights, caught only half as many bats the second night.

We appreciate the help of J. A. Roscher, R. M. Morris
and W. D. Hendricks, who assisted with the difficult task
of mist-netting on these cold evenings.—Hal D. Bryan,
Division of Environmental Analysis, Kentucky Transpor-
tation Cabinet, 419 Ann Street, Frankfort, Kentucky 40622,
and John R. MacGregor, Kentucky Department of Fish
and Wildlife Resources, Nongame Wildlife Program,
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601.

Alligatorweed, Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.)
Griseb. in Kentueky—Alligatorweed (Amaranthaceae), a
native flowering plant of eastern South America, was first
reported in the southeastern United States from Florida
in 1894 (Robertson, J. Arnold Arb. 62:267-313, 1981).
Spreading rapidly over much of the southern Atlantic and
Gulf Coastal plains, it has become a serious pest in many
southern waterways from South Carolina to Texas (Mears,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 129:1-21, 1977; Spencer and
Coulson, Aquatic Bot. 2:177-190, 1976). Infestations have
also been reported from Virginia, North Carolina, Ten-
nessee, Arkansas, and California (Weldon, USDA-ARS,
Crop Res. Div. Ser. 33-60, 41 pp., 1960). This note reports
the species from the Tennessee River shoreline in western
Kentucky and indicates its weedy potential there.

Alligatorweed is a perennial, aquatic herb with erect or
prostrate stems and hollow, buoyant internodes (Fig. 1).
It is primarily a floating plant but may be completely
terrestrial in moist soil or rooted along watercourse margins
with branches extending outward for 15 m or more on the
water surface and for up to 1 m downward into the water;
roots develop at most nodes and lateral shoots from many,
resulting in extensive mats. The flowering head is a globose
spike of 10-20 white flowers but viable seeds are rarely,
if ever, produced in the United States. Instead, reproduc-
tion is vegetative, by fragmentation, and each node is
capable of producing a new plant.

Classed as a weed because of its competitive advantage
over native plants, few species can compete successfully
with it. Also, it is extremely difficult to control due to high
tolerance to herbicides and great reproductive capacity.
Even mechanical destruction, without removal, results in
proliferation; however, biological (insect) control is prov-
ing effective (Reimer, Introduction to Freshwater Vege-
tation, AVI Publ. Co., Westport, Conn., 1984).

The presence of Alligatorweed in most waterways is
undesirable for a number of reasons. Mats impede water

140

141

Fic. 1.
Trigg County, Kentucky (APSC).

movements, restrict traffic on navigable waterways, and
hinder fishing and recreation. Also, they block drainage
and irrigation channels, thus increasing the threat of flood-
ing, and cause public health problems by increasing mos-
quito breeding areas and water pollution from decom-
position. Alligatorweed is one of several aquatic pests in
Tennessee River impoundments of northern Alabama, and
that waterway has provided a migratory route northward.
Wofford, Webb, and Dennis (Castanea 42:190-193) first

Portion of an Alligatorweed plant, drawn by Treva Myatt from Chester 87-704, collected 25 August 1987,

reported the alligator weed from the lower Tennessee Riv-
er drainage (Henry Co., Tennessee) in 1977 and herbarium
specimens at APSC, TENN, and VDB, representing later
collections, now voucher its presence from several sites
and counties there.

The only mention of the species in Kentucky botanical
literature is that of Beal and Thieret in their recent account
of Kentucky wetland plants (Kentucky Nat. Pres. Comm.,
Sci. and Techn. Ser. 5, 1986). They reported a persisting

142

stand ina Knox County (southeastern Ky.) ditch. However,
I have found it to be well-established at several points
along the eastern shoreline of Kentucky Lake, the most
downstream impoundment of the Tennessee River, in Lyon
and Trigg counties, mostly in shallow water or on mud
along bays and inlets or in small, shoreline ponds resulting
from wave-created dams.

Since Ellis, Wofford, and Chester did not include it in
their list of area plants (Castanea 36:229-246, 1971), move-
ment into western Kentucky may be recent. Extensive

CORRECTION

In the paper by Winstead and Strange, Vol. 49 (1-2),
1988, 29-31 the following corrections should be noted:

page 30, in Table 1, **Difference between control and test
significant at 0.01 level

page 30, in Results, the last sentence of the first paragraph
should read: Statistical analysis (Student's t-test) showed
all the reduction highly significant at the 0.01 level.

The error was my fault and I appreciate your help in
making the correction.—Joe E. Winstead.

Trans. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

flooding of the lower Tennessee River basin during the
spring of 1984 may well have accounted for this immi-
gration. At this point, populations are not extensive enough
to pose threats to lower Kentucky Lake water quality;
however, based on the weedy nature of the species along
the Tennessee River southward, alligatorweed is a poten-
tially troublesome species for western Kentucky water-
ways. Voucher specimens for my collections are in the
Austin Peay Herbarium (APSC).—Edward W. Chester,
Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, Tennessee 37044.

ABSTRACT

Effects of Mg?+ and EDTA on microsomal UDP-glu-
curonosyltransferase activity. R. F. VOLP and CHARLES
DIETSCH*, Chemistry Dept., Murray State University,
Murray, KY 42071. The effects of UDP-glucuronic acid
(UDPGA), EDTA, and Mg?* concentrations on UDP-glu-
curonosyltransferase activity were studied in vitro. Incu-
bations of rat liver microsomes with 0.5 mM 4-methylum-
belliferone were conducted at 37°C for various times and
stopped with 0.5 M HCIO,. The mixtures were centrifuged
and the supernatant analyzed by high performance liquid
chromatography (cyano column). The area of the 4-meth-
ylumbelliferyl glucuronide (MUG) peak was an index of
enzyme activity. Rate of MUG production depended on
UDPGA concentration (0.1-3.0 mM). Mg?* (0-20 mM)
and EDTA (0-10 mM) both affected the reaction rate.
MUG production was highest at 5-10 mM Mg?* and 1.0
mM EDTA. These results define incubation conditions for
further studies of the Mg?* dependence of the enzyme.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 143-144

NEWS AND COMMENTS

New Section of Journal—At a recent meeting, the Gov-
erning Board voted approval for the establishment of a
new section of the Transactions. This section, titled FO-
RUM, will present scientifically oriented essays that are
not the result of primary research but which are, instead,
the result of synthesis, a position taken by a writer on some

Regional Science Fair Winners—

important scientific issue, or, perhaps, a private relation-
ship between the writer and his/her science. One of these
essays (when available) will be published per issue (after
review by the Publications Committee) and will normally
run between 5,000 and 6,000 words.

KAS AWARDS
NOVEMBER 1987
Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky

Student Winner

Sponsor/Teacher

Northeast Kentucky Regional Science Fair
Ron Fiel, (606) 783-2140
Morehead State University

Suellen Hugen

1110 Park Drive
Park Hills, KY 41011
(606) 291-4158

Sr. Mary Ethel Parrott
Notre Dame Academy
Hilton Drive
Covington, KY 41011
(606) 261-4300

Southeast Regional Science Fair
Blaine Early, (606) 549-2200
Biology, Cumberland College

Mr. Clifton Johnston
Laurel County High School
1705 S. Main St.

London, KY 40741

Ms. Lawana Scoville
Laurel County High School
1705 S. Main St.

London, KY 40741

MSU Regional Science Fair
Nick Gritt, (502) 762-2311
Math, Murray State University

Ms. Darlene Keahey
P.O. Box 749
Cadiz, KY 42211
Highway #68

Carol Alexander

Trigg County High School
P.O. Box 501-A

Highway #68

Cadiz, KY 42211

(606) 522-6072

Louisville Regional Science Fair, Inc.
Curtis H. Hannum
2013 Lauderdale Rd
Louisville, KY 40205

Ms. Rebecca Katherine Kelley
Rte. 5, Box 326

Bardstown, KY 40004

(505) 348-4416

Miss Cari (Wilson) Small
(Miss Williams’ parents)
4 Chavalier Court
Elizabethtown, KY 42701
(502) 765-2817

143

144

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Southern Kentucky Regional Science Fair
Gail Miller, Director
(Warren Central High School)
559 Morgantown Rd
Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 842-7302

Elizabeth “Libby” Haines
Russelville High School
Russelville, KY

(502) 746-8421

Announcement of Kentucky EPSCoR 1988 Regional
Universities Visiting Scholars—The review of proposals
submitted for the 1988 Regional Universities Visiting
Scholars Program is now complete. Of the 15 proposals
submitted, eight awards have been offered and accepted:

—Dr. Karen R. H. Hackney and Dr. Richard L. Hackney,
Physics and Astronomy, Western Kentucky University,
“UBV Photometry of Very Young Stellar Objects Iden-
tified from the IRAS Survey” and “Spatially-Resolved
CCD Photometry of Reflection Nebulae Accompanying
Very Young Embedded Stars,” $9,741. Host Faculty:
Dr. Frank O. Clark, Physics and Astronomy, UK.

—Dr. Tom Morgan Hughes, Computer Science, Kentucky
State University, “Application of Artificial Intelligence
to Underground Mine Ventilation Management,”
$10,427. Host Faculty: Dr. Andrzej M. Wala, Mining
Engineering, UK.

—Dr. Donald L. Jackson, Physics and Astronomy, Murray
State University, “Resistance Changes in Necturus An-
trum Due to Changes in Tonicity,” $10,373. Host Fac-
ulty: Dr. Gasper Carrasquer, Medicine, U of L.

—Dr. Robin Kimmerer, Biology, Centre College, “Gyne-
cological Differentiation in Reproductive Strategy of the
Bryophyte Tetraphis Pellucida,” $10,073. Host Faculty:
Dr. David Wagner, Forestry, UK.

—Dr. James Ora Manning, Mathematical Sciences, Cum-
berland College, “Determination of Atmospheric Aero-
sol Properties,” $9,128. Host Faculty: Dr. Frank O. Clark,
Physics and Astronomy, UK.

—Dr. David L. McNeely, Biological and Environmental
Science, Morehead State University, “The Effect of Pre-
dation by Smallmouth Bass on Shelter Use by Mottled
Sculpins and Crayfish,” $8,915. Host Faculty: Dr. An-
drew Sih, School of Biological Sciences, UK.

—Dr. Clifford B. Sowell, Economics and Business, Berea

Steve Meridith
Russelville High School
Russelville, KY
(512) 746-8421

College, “A Cost of Adjustment Model of Excess Reserve
Accumulation,” $9,324. Host Faculty: Dr. Frank Scott,
Economics, UK.

—Dr. Brent C. White, Psychobiology, Centre College,
“Urinary Cortisol Assessment and Social Behavior in
Captive Woolly Monkeys,” $10,421. Host Faculty: Dr.
Joseph M. Steffen, Biology, U of L.

We look forward to working with this group of investi-
gators during the coming summer and we are confident
that the Kentucky EPSCoR Regional Visiting Scholars Pro-
gram will continue to be a success.

Southeast Raptor Management Symposium—The
meeting will be held in Blacksburg, Virginia, 14-16 Sep-
tember 1988. The Department of Fisheries and Wildlife
Sciences at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Uni-
versity is hosting this symposium. Proceedings of the sym-
posium will be published as part of the Federation’s Sci-
entific and Technical Series.

For more information, contact the National Wildlife
Federation, Institute for Wildlife Research, 1400 Sixteenth
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036-2266 or call (703) 790-
4268.

Important Publication—White, K. D., J. L. Smoot, J.
K. Jackson and A. F. Choquette. 1987. Surface water-
quality assessment of the Kentucky River Basin, Kentucky:
project description. U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Rept. 87-
234: 39 pages.

Resignations from the Governing Board.—Two of our
fine officers have recently resigned their positions because
of excellent professional opportunities outside Kentucky.
One of these is Dr. David E. Legg (Governing Board), and
the other is Dr. Virginia Eaton (Secretary). We shall miss
both of these fine professionals.

Editor Appointed Foundation Professor—Y our editor
was informed of this honor by President Hanley Funder-
burk, Eastern Kentucky University, in May 1988.

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 145-150

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

WILLIAM HETTINGER

Dr. William Hettinger
1988, President, KAS

As has been pointed out by our Presidents over the years,
it is customary for the incoming President to address the
members in this first or spring newsletter of the Academy.
Somehow this conjures up images of spring rites, flowers,
new green grass and such other pleasant thoughts associ-
ated with springtime. However, as I sit here in my office
on a cold, blustery, gray winter's day in January, with the
temperature approaching 0 degrees Fahrenheit, I must

confess, I have difficulty getting into the spirit of such
thoughts. Only the pervading thought that perhaps I might
somehow slip down to Florida for a few days in late Feb-
ruary, helps me get into the proper frame of mind for this
letter.

As is also customary for the President, this letter enables
me to comment on the accomplishments of the Academy
over the past year, the highlights of the annual meeting,

145

146

to express appreciation for all of the many accomplish-
ments and contributions of so many dedicated people, and
especially your past President, Larry Giesmann, officers
and board members of the Academy, and Joe Winstead
and Charles Kupchella and co-workers who arranged for
and provided such a fine outing for our annual meeting.

It also gives the incoming President the opportunity to
set some new goals and objectives for the coming year.

The Academy continues to grow and prosper under the
energetic leadership of a continuing string of most capable
Presidents, stretching back, at least, as far as my memory
serves me, over the almost eleven years of my residence
in Kentucky, and membership in the Academy. These
Presidents, without exception have been outstanding, and
the growth in membership, the activities of the Academy,
and its present financial status, all are testimony to their
contributions.

Before I review the progress and accomplishments of
the Academy for the past year, and the contribution of so
many, however, I'd like to reflect a bit on the various goals,
objectives and purposes of the Academy as they have been
expressed over the years, as they are expressed today in
these more recent accomplishments, and as they impact
on my goals for the coming year, and those longer range
goals which others coming after us will form and seek to
achieve.

The Academy means many things to each of us, and
undoubtedly each of these things may be more important
to one individual member, and less to another, or be dif-
ferent, one from another.

The objectives and purpose of the Academy, as set forth
in our Constitution in early discussions at the onset of the
Academy, and even in our latest brochure, is as follows,
and I quote: “The objectives of the Kentucky Academy
of Science are to encourage scientific research, to promote
the diffusion of scientific knowledge, and to unify the
scientific interests of the Commonwealth of Kentucky. Note
that scientific interests can be interpreted to encompass
not only academic interests, but industrial and govern-
mental interests as well.

The Kentucky Academy of Science appears to serve its
members and the citizens of Kentucky through activities
in harmony with its objectives. Specifically, its aims are:
(1) to achieve effective and stimulating communication
among all scientists within a discipline and between dis-
ciplines in the Commonwealth, (2) to provide a forum for
the presentation and publication of scientific work, and
which work may also be of specific significance to the
Commonwealth, (3) to foster the interaction of science
with other sectors in seeking solutions to major social, eco-
nomic and environmental problems, (4) to interest the
youth of the Commonwealth in science, to encourage them
to consider science as a profession and hopefully to practice
that profession within the Commonwealth, (5) to provide
advisory assistance to the Commonwealth, as well as to
local governments, in areas of science and technology.

The Academy certainly intends to recognize, encourage,

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

honor and inspire scholarship, intellectual excellence and
stimulating research in the pursuit and understanding of
nature, and all of its ramifications. It also serves and seeks
to encourage interaction of its members with their peers,
in stimulating discussion, exchange of information and
reporting of scientific information acquired by diligence,
hard work, curiosity and dedicated research inquiry. This
is accomplished in many ways, and including fellowship
in the Academy and the establishment of close interaction
with one’s associates dedicated to the same area of inquiry.
Hopefully, the Academy can also convey the spirit of ad-
venture, the excitement of pioneering discovery, the step-
ping off into the unknown, all of which are associated with
stimulating research, and professional involvement.

Fortunately, in an Academy such as ours, there is also
great opportunity to become exposed and acquainted with
other areas of interest and to gain a broader perspective
and interaction with the world of science and technology.
This is also how the Academy functions and can inspire.
In this way, the Academy seeks to also encourage inter-
action of geologists with psychologists, biologists with phys-
icists, botanists with chemists, anthropologists with math-
ematicians and combinations and permutations thereof.

Generally speaking, only in an Academy of Science, and
in the smaller state organization, is such association and
interaction possible, and we are all proud of this. For
example, have you ever taken the time at an Academy
annual meeting, to change your diet, so to speak, and
attend some papers in an all together different field? This
fall, I decided to do so. Not only did I attend some excellent
papers in chemistry and the symposium on coal liquefac-
tion, but I decided to also try to attend some others outside
of my field. I had a perfectly delightful and scientifically
stimulating time listening to several papers on anthropol-
ogy, psychology, geology and biology. It seemed to me
unfortunate that there was so little time to do this, but
what time I did spend, was most stimulating, scientifically
speaking, and I truly thirsted for more. I couldn't help but
wish the annual meeting would last at least another day,
so that I could do more of this.

The Academy also provides an opportunity to listen to
speakers of national recognition, and by holding our meet-
ings at a different university or college each year, it enables
each of us to become better acquainted with the many
excellent educational and research facilities of the state,
and the professionals associated therewith. Industrial site
visits are also possible, and enable the academic scientist
to become acquainted with the world of industrial science
and the industrial scientist, upon which so much economic
progress depends. I still receive favorable comments on
the meeting held at Ashland in 1982, when for the first
time, many academic scientists had an opportunity to learn
and observe how their industrial counterparts live. Perhaps
we can do it again some time, or find another industrial
site for a similar meeting.

The Academy has also clearly sensed the importance of
recognizing the role of industrial science and technology

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

in the Commonwealth and, therefore, the importance of
encouraging participation by industry and industrial sci-
entists. This is manifested in the encouragement I have
received in becoming active in the Kentucky Academy,
the visit to an industrial site for one of our annual meetings,
and the continuing efforts in recent years by our presidents
to introduce the industrial affiliate membership concept.
Here again, we witness the Academy growing in stature
and broadening its base and interests.

The Academy and the Junior Academy also stand for
ecxellence in education, and here is another role and func-
tion of the Academy to encourage and provide leadership
in the state in seeking, obtaining and maintaining excel-
lence in advanced scientific education and research in our
high schools, colleges and universities.

There is a tremendous role opportunity for the Junior
Academy in promoting science in the state. Today we have
16 senior or junior high schools participating in the Junior
Academy program, and another 68 have been active at
one time or another. However, this is but a small fraction
of 284 senior highs, 31 junior highs, and 118 non-public
high schools in the state that could participate, and here
is where our increased support of Pat Stewart and his
committee could have great impact. Pat, and Herb Leo-
pold before him, have had outstanding accomplishments
with a minimum of resources and assistance. What an
exciting opportunity exists here, if we can intensify their
efforts by one means or another.

Herb is also drafting a plan and proposal for a Collegiate
Academy, and informed me that he hopes to have it ready
for presentation to the board sometime later in the spring,
hopefully, before the April 29th board meeting.

Over the past recent years, the Academy has also begun
to direct its attention to the welfare and health of science
and science education, especially at the graduate level in
Kentucky, both as they relate to education, and as they
also relate to enhancing the social, economic and cultural
welfare of the state by means of science and technology.
This interest led our Academy to greater interaction at the
top level of government in such activities as the Kentucky
Tomorrow program and later the EPSCoR program. The
EPSCoR program not only seeks to stimulate and enhance
scientific effort at the level of graduate university research,
but to a degree, has sought to tie elements of this basic
research program to long-term implications for potential
industrial spin off as well. Dr. Charles Kupchella has re-
viewed the history of the EPSCoR program in the 1986
spring newsletter.

By leadership from the Academy, including Kupchella,
Boggess, Rodriguez, and Winstead, to name a few, a bal-
anced ad hoc committee of governmental, academic and
industrial representatives fashioned a program for the NSF
EPSCoR challenge, with an eye to government support of
sound and exciting basic academic research, but with at
least a long-range, potential implication for industrial en-
hancement as well. Dr. Charles Kupchella has so eloquent-
ly reviewed the plight of science and technology in Ken-

147

tucky on pages 59-62 of the Transactions, March 1986
(vol. 47), and the need for an effort such as the EPSCoR
program to give the scientific community a much needed
stimulus.

So we see an Academy gradually flexing its strength and
injecting leadership into the mainstream of social and tech-
nical leadership in the Comonwealth. To a degree, this is
a relatively new role for the Academy.

In the recent past, there has also been expressed the
view that the Academy is made up, overwhelmingly, of
biological scientists, although a review of the presidents of
the past ten years tends to contradict that concern. Four
of the last ten Presidents, myself included, have been from
sections in the physical, mathematical and computer sci-
ence division. Certainly the biological sciences are to be
congratulated for their efforts to enhance and strengthen
the growth of the Academy, but with the new constitution’s
emphasis on scientific balance, a new dedication to in-
crease participation by members of the physical, mathe-
matics and computer science division, and social sciences
and science education division, should bring about an even
stronger Academy.

With these comments as background, I'd like to now
comment on some of the goals I outlined for this coming
year and why I believe they are important and in harmony
with the trends and direction in which the Academy ap-
pears to be heading.

(1) Greater Visibility for the Academy

To further assure that our voice may be heard at the
level of government and industry as it relates to support
of University Research, we need to achieve greater visi-
bility. It is still surprising to me to note how little is known
about the Academy by even those who might be expected
to know.

In the past, for those dedicated to enhancing the role
of science and technology in the state, there has generally
been the belief and conviction that if the level of scientific
activity and quality could be lifted, that economic devel-
opment and growth would surely follow. It was and is
believed that improved educational programs, both at the
lower levels of education and at the college, university and
graduate school levels, would result in producing a more
highly trained and educated work force, making Kentucky
more attractive to business and industry, and hopefully,
high technology.

More recently, although it is still considered high prior-
ity to promote both education and economic development,
the emphasis appears to be shifting, and to perceive that
these objectives can better be achieved by stressing eco-
nomic development, which in turn will generate funds by
which to enhance education.

The problem is not unlike one that is so frequently also
observed in industrial America. Corporations seeking to
accelerate or assure growth have frequently introduced
the so-called “corporate” research laboratory for the avowed
purpose of generating new and more innovative products,
no longer forthcoming from the “quick fix” approach found

148

at the divisional level. Frequently, however, they have
created this function without providing for a commercial
development arm by which to exploit these developments.

Other firms have created the so-called “commercial de-
velopment” department, in a technically based company,
without providing for strong technical support. In either
situation, the effort is usually doomed, unless both are
created simultaneously, and further, that top management
provides strong leadership and support over a long period
of effort, preferably over several consecutive administra-
tions.

So too in government, if a state is to grow and prosper
in modern America, especially in the face of stiff com-
petition from other states and nations, and long head starts
of surrouriding states, then strong economic and devel-
opment leadership must be harnessed closely with out-
standing scientific leadership, and with full support and
encouragement of government, if it is to succeed in achiev-
ing some industrial impact. Playing “catch up” requires
even greater effort than that required for just keeping
even.

This seems to be the sum and substance of the situation
in Kentucky, how to harness outstanding academic per-
formance with economic development and government
encouragement, so that they are all pulling together, and
it is gratifying to note the zeal with which the Academy
has sought to support such a troika concept of close inter-
action of government, industry and economic develop-
ment, and academia over the past 15 years or so. Some-
times we have appeared to slide backward, only to pick
ourselves up and again move forward. But the steadying
gradual progress of the Academy in this endeavor is evi-
dent to any who would care to study it, and the EPSCoR
program is the first symbolic small victory in this effort.

It is for this reason that many of us have concluded that
if we are to make the next leap forward and make an even
greater contribution, it is required that we achieve greater
visibility in the community.

To my mind, to achieve greater visibility, and to assert
our avowed role, we need a home, one that implies sta-
bility, strength and to a certain extent, power. Today the
Academy is even hard to find, let alone be recognized.
We are like a homeless waif. The records of the President,
from one President to the next, can, and are often trans-
ferred in a cardboard box.

Several years ago, I reviewed information on the 44
academies that form the National Association of Acade-
mies of Science. Twenty-seven had a permanent address,
most could be reached easily by phone or letter, and 21
had a permanent executive secretary, and/or executive-
director. We have discussed the need for such a home for
some time. Now is the time to act. To achieve such a goal
requires financial support and a good location. By means
of an increase in membership (target 1,000 members), and
academic and industrial affiliate memberships, and a re-
view of our projected income and budget for 1988, it is
now possible to foresee that such a goal is attainable, and

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

I and your officers will be giving this goal our attention
this year.

We also are working hard on public relations. J. G. (Rod)
Rodriguez, a former President of the Academy, has gra-
ciously and generously volunteered his services as execu-
tive secretary of the Academy, and the board has approved
my nomination of him to that post. As you know, among
many other improvements, the new constitution defines
and creates the office of executive secretary, subject to
appointment by the president, and approval by the board.
Among his other responsibilities as executive secretary, the
constitution appoints him Chair of Public Relations, and
Rod will, therefore, also be working energetically on this
assignment this year to improve our public image and
relations. We badly need more and better press coverage,
especially for the annual meeting.

The Academy has also sought to get the speakers bureau
going to assist in bringing recognition to the Academy.
However, to date it is stalled out, and needs rejuvenation.
Can it be that no one has asked us to speak about the
Academy? Again, we need a means to let the public know
that we are here, and would like to talk about our efforts
and interests.

Finally, with regard to this goal, I am pleased to inform
you that one small step in our progress toward reaching
the goal of a permanent site for the Academy has already
been taken. The Academy, with the cooperation of the
EPSCoR office, does now have a post office box address
(P.O. Box 22313), a zip code (Lexington 40522), and a
telephone number (606-257-4902). So you see, small but
finite progress is being made.

(2) Broader Participation in the Transactions

In my discussions with both academic and industrial
scientists, there has been skepticism expressed as it relates
to the small number and quality of papers published in
the Transactions, but even more importantly, the narrow-
ness of coverage. This year we will seek your help to
encourage greater participation by the physical science,
mathematics and computer sciences division and the social
science and science education division, not only at the
annual meeting where it is already very good, but more
importantly, in publishing in the Transactions. We need
much better participation in order to achieve a balanced
publication. Your President-elect, Mr. Richard Hannan,
in his assignment as program chair, plans to encourage
greater emphasis on publications by the secretary and chair
of each section so as to help us encourage publication in
the Transactions. Branley Branson and members of the
editorial committee are also committed to seeking and
encouraging broader publication participation in the
Transactions.

(3) Greater Interaction with Industrial and Govern-
mental Scientists

For the many reasons already discussed and for many
other reasons which could be mentioned, I have also set
as a goal to at least double the number of industrial and
governmental scientist members, and to increase the num-

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS

ber of industrial affiliates. There is a great disparity in the
number of industrial and governmental scientists relative
to academic scientist members, and this problem reflects
either a disinterest or reluctance on the part of industrial
scientists to become active, or more appropriately, and
significantly, it bespeaks of the low level of industrial re-
search in the Commonwealth, relative to other more tech-
nically successful states. Here we have again a reminder
of our problem. Except for a few islands of excellence, we
do not have a strong, high technology industrial sector,
compared with surrounding states. As we seek to enlist
industrial affiliates in this effort, perhaps this too will help
enhance our upward struggle to enhance the welfare and
economy of the state.

(4) Introducing the New Constitution

A final objective, as mentioned in my short acceptance
speech last November, had to do with my concerns for
implementing the new constitution. But this concern ap-
pears unfounded. The new Executive Committee and Gov-
erning Board met for our first business meeting of the year
on January 23, and appears to be off to a great start.
Everyone, and including committee chairs, have dug in
with great enthusiasm, and give promise of leading the
Academy to another great year.

Having said all of that, I would like to return to a review
of progress and accomplishments over the past year and
acknowledgment of all of those who were so intimately
involved.

Our outgoing President, Larry Giesmann, is to be highly
complimented for the many accomplishments of last year.
His theme for the year, “Service to and Through the Acad-
emy , was most successful.

His goal to achieve approval for a revised constitution,
which constitutional revision was undertaken by an ad hoc
committee chaired by former Academy President, J. G.
(Rod) Rodriguez, and including two other former Presi-
dents, Ted George and Gary Boggess as committee mem-
bers, was most successful, and is now in place. It is a
significant improvement over the old constitution and pro-
vides the Academy with a document which the officers,
governing board, and members can understand and follow.
It also provides for a more understandable election pro-
cedure, and better distribution of scientific disciplines on
the governing board. This achievement of a new consti-
tution was a a most significant accomplishment of the ad
hoe committee and of the many past presidents, as well
as those who proposed and supported this effort.

A second most useful achievement of Larry’s adminis-
tration was the initiation and development of a member-
ship database which provides the Academy with much
needed information in a host of areas, including a mem-
ber’s areas of expertise, educational background and in-
terest, interest in committee activities and much other
valuable information for ready retrieval. This system is
now up and operating, most of it due to personal effort
on Larry’s part. His wife confided to me the many nights
when she looked for him at three in the morning, she

149

found him intensely involved in incorporating this infor-
mation into his computer. This database promises to be-
come one of our most valuable assets.

Other activities and accomplishments of last year in-
cluded a study to streamline accounting procedures by
Paul Freytag, Alan Reed and Manuel Schwartz, and the
formation of a committee to improve long-range planning
for our annual meetings lead by Debra Pearce and assisted
by Frank Howard, Gerrit Kloek and Joe Winstead. The
handbook prepared by this committee should be most valu-
able for planning and hosting our annual meeting.

Membership again increased last year due to the efforts
of Doug Dahlman and his committee. As of January 15
of this year, there were 573 members paid through 1987-
88, 50 life members and 24 emeritus members, for a total
of 647. There were an additional 179 members in arzears
for two years or more, but very likely many of these will
catch up on their dues this year. If half return, this could
bring us to 736 by mid year. I have set as a challenge,
membership goal of 1,000 for 1989, our 75th year.

The number of university affiliates remained steady at
an impressive level of eight universities and fourteen col-
leges. Industrial affiliates have now risen from three to five
and are targeted for additional increases. They represent
a great long-range potential for increasing funding and
support. Income from both of these sources continues to
grow and represents a key base for financial soundness of
the Academy.

Under the guidance of Branley Branson, Editor, and
the Editorial Committee, our printing problems were fi-
nally resolved, and the Transactions are now also back on
schedule and look very nice.

Overall, as noted in the treasurer’s report presented at
the Academy business meeting, the Academy has begun
to achieve a sound financial position, and can begin to
look forward to using this asset to further accelerate the
activities and accomplish the goals set forth in our con-
stitution. Because of this, the next few years show promise
for exciting and significant contributions by the Academy
to the scientific, educational and industrial climate in and
for the Commonwealth.

Perhaps this letter could go on describing other progress
during the year, and because so many people should and
could be recognized for their many contributions. But
because of space limitations, I'd like to express my thanks
to all of you, both the named and the unnamed, the thanks
and gratitude of your past President, Larry Giesmann, the
entire executive committee and the governing board for
all you have done.

In closing, I would also like to express my thanks to all
of the individuals who have agreed to chair and/or serve
in the coming year on the many committees and ad hoc
committees defined and described by the new constitution.
Your willingness to serve was most gratifying to me, and
I am most grateful for it. I trust that in the days ahead,
with your help and with the help, guidance and wisdom
of the governing board and officers of the Academy, that

150

we will not only keep this momentum going, but accelerate
to even greater accomplishments. There is much to be
done in the state and I am excited as to the ability of your
Academy to make things happen.

My theme for the coming year is “Enhancing Academy
of Science Recognition in the Commonwealth.” I want
you to know that I am very grateful for the honor bestowed
upon me, and proud to be serving as your President. With
your help and support, I look forward to another exciting

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

and rewarding year, with a continuing escalation of ac-
complishments. Please plan to attend the annual meeting,
November 4 and 5, at Eastern Kentucky University, Rich-
mond, Kentucky, and please be thinking and planning for
that big 75th annual meeting at the University of Kentucky
in 1989.

Have a good spring and summer and see you at Eastern
in the fall!

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 151-159

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

President Hettinger takes this opportunity to thank all the individuals listed below for unstintingly accepting the
committee assignments. He especially thanks those individuals for shouldering chairperson responsibilities.

KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
GOVERNING BOARD AND COMMITTEES—1988
DIRECTORY

GOVERNING BOARD

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President Treasurer

William P. Hettinger, Jr. Paul H. Freytag

Ashland Petroleum Company Dept. of Entomology

P.O. Box 391 University of Kentucky
Ashland, KY 41114 Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 329-4650 (606) 257-7452
President-Elect Secretary

Richard R. Hannan Varley E. Wiedeman

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission Dept. of Biology

Rt. 4, Bald Knob Rd. University of Louisville
Frankfort, KY 40601 Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 564-2886 502-588-5943

Vice President Editor—Ex Officio

Debra K. Pearce Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Science Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University Eastern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076 Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 572-5362 (606) 622-1537

Past President Executive Secretary—Ex Officio
Larry A. Giesmann J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Biological Sciences Dept. of Entomology
Northern Kentucky University University of Kentucky
Highland Heights, KY 41076 Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 572-5110 or 572-5304 (606) 257-4902

GOVERNING BOARD

William F. Beasley, Jr. (1988) David E. Legg (1990)

Dept. of Biology Community Research Service
Paducah Community College Kentucky State University
Paducah, KY 42002 Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 442-6131 (502) 227-6582

William S. Bryant (1988) Valgene L. Dunham (1991)
Dept. of Biology Dept. of Biology

Thomas More College Western Kentucky University
Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017 Bowling Green, KY 42101
(606) 341-5800 (502) 745-3696

Douglas L. Dahlman (1989) W. Blaine Early, [I (1991)
Dept. of Entomology Dept. of Biology

University of Kentucky Cumberland College
Lexington, KY 40546-0091 Williamsburg, KY 40769
(606) 257-4962 (606) 549-2200

151

152

Gordon K. Weddle (1989)
Dept. of Biology
Campbellsville College
Campbellsville, KY 42718
(502) 465-8158

Larry P. Elliott (1990)

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6002

William R. Falls (1989)
Dept. of Physical Sciences
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351
(606) 783-2913

Estel M. Hobbs (1990)
Ashland Petroleum Co.
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114
(606) 329-5485

K. Grant Taylor (1990)
Dept. of Chemistry
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6798

Douglas L. Dahlman (1988)
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

Gerrit Kloek (1989)

Dept. of Biology
Kentucky State University
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6066

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

AAAS/NAAS Rep

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Ashland Petroleum Company
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114

(606) 329-4650

Director, KJAS

Warren Co. Board of Education
806 Kenton Street

Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 781-5150

MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE

Chair

Douglas L. Dahlman
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

James Murray Walker (1988)
Dept. of Anthropology
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1648 or 622-1644

Richard R. Hannan (1991)

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission
Rt. 4, Bald Knob Rd.

Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-2886

Burtron H. Davis (1991)
Ky. Energy Cabinet Lab
3572 Iron Works Pike
P.O. Box 13015
Lexington, KY 40512-3015
(606) 252-5535

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS

Editor and Chair

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Associate Editor

John T. Riley

Chemistry Dept.

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6020

Index Editor

Varley E. Wiedeman
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
(502) 588-5943

James E. O'Reilly (1990)
Dept. of Chemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506
(606) 257-7077

Steven Falkenburg (1991)
Dept. of Psychology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1105

Joe E. Winstead (1989)

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6004

Charles E. Kupchella (1990)
Odgen College of Sci. & Tech.
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-4448

Leonard K. Peters (1991)
Graduate School Research Ofc.
University of Kentucky

105 Kinkaed Hall

Lexington, KY 40506-0057
(606) 257-8316

John Hale, Chp.

Dept. of Anthropology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5555

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 153

Abstract Editor

John W. Thieret

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-6390

President

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Ashland Petroleum Company
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114

(606) 329-4650

COMMITTEE ON LEGISLATION

Chair

Gary W. Boggess (1988)
College of Science
Murray State University
Murray, KY 42071
(502) 762-2886

President

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Ashland Petroleum Company
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114

(606) 329-4650

President-Elect

Richard R. Hannan

Ky. Nature Preserves Com.
407 Broadway

Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-2886

Past President Ex Officio
Larry A. Giesmann

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5304 or 572-5110

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Chair
President-elect
Richard R. Hannan
Rt. 4, Bald Knob Rd.
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 564-2886

Sectional Officers
ANTHROPOLOGY—A

James Murray Walker, Sec.
Dept. of Ant/Soc/Swk
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1648

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY—B

James O. Luken, Chp.

Dept. of Biology

Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5110

Lowell Shank, Chp.

Dept. of Chemistry

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-4986

Wilma J. Walker, Chp.
Dept. of Geography

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1418

Kenneth W. Kuehn, Chp.
Dept. of Geography & Geology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-3082

Raymond C. McNeil, Chp.
Dept. of Physical Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5100

PHYSIOLOGY, BIOPHYSICS, BIOCHEMISTRY, AND

John J. Just, Chp.
Dept. of Biology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506
(606) 257-8786

Curtis C, Wilkins, Chp.
Dept. of Chemistry

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6236

Robert A. Adams, Chp.
Dept. of Psychology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1105

CHEMISTRY—C

GEOGRAPHY—D

GEOLOGY—E

PHYSICS—F

SCIENCE EDUCATION—H

PSYCHOLOGY—I

George P. Johnson, Sec.
Dept. of Biology
Lindsey Wilson College
Columbia, KY 42728
(502) 384-2126 Ext. 231

William D. Schulz, Sec.
Dept. of Chemistry

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1463

James L. Davis, Sec.

Dept. of Geography & Geology
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-0111

Charles T. Helfrich, Sec.
Dept. of Geology

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1277

Jack Wells, Sec.

Dept. of Physics

Thomas More College
Crestview Hills, KY 41017
(606) 344-3364

PHARMACOLOGY—G

Ron Rosen, Sec.

Union College

Box 479

Barbourville, KY 40906
(606) 546-4151

Michael N. Howard, Sec.
701 E. Main Street
Lexington, KY 40502
(606) 281-0100 Ext. 240

Jack G. Thompson, Sec.
Dept. of Psychology
Centre College
Danville, KY 40422
(606) 236-5211

J. Allen Singleton, Chp. & Sec.
Political Science Dept.
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-2287

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

SOCIOLOGY—J

ZOOLOGY AND ENTOMOLOGY—K

Barbara A. Ramey, Chp.
Dept. of Biology
Eastern Kentucky Univ.
Richmond, KY 40475
(606) 622-1543

John H. Crenshaw, Chp.
Dept. of Computer Science
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6216

Carroll G. Wells, Chp.

Dept. of Mathematics
Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-0111, Ext. 6218

Dibakar Bhattacharyya, Chp.
Dept. of Chemical Engineering
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506
606-257-2794

COMPUTER SCIENCE—L

MATHEMATICS—M

ENGINEERING—-N

Robert Barney, Sec.
Plant & Soil Science
Comm. Research Service
Kentucky State Univ.
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 227-6000

Richard Rink, Sec.

Dept. of Math, Stats, Com. Sci.
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1935

Russel M. Brengelman, Sec.
UPO 1222

Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351

(606) 783-2178

Kimberly A. Ward, Sec.

Dept. of Chemical Engineering
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506
606-257-4956

COMMITTEE ON DISTRIBUTION OF RESEARCH FUNDS

KAS FOUNDATION BOTANY FUND

KAS FOUNDATION MARCIA ATHEY FUND

Ralph L. Thompson (1988)
Dept. of Biology

Berea College

Berea, KY 40403

(606) 986-9341

Paul H. Freytag (1989)
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-7452

Chair

William S. Bryant (198
Dept. of Biology
Thomas More College
Ft. Mitchell, KY 41017
(606) 341-5800

8)

William S. Davis (1988)
Dept. of Biology
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-5937

William S. Wagner (1989)
Dept. of Physical Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5414

155

156

TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Ray K. Hammond (1990)
Division of Science
Centre College

Danville, KY 40422
(606) 236-5211

James O. Luken
Dept. of Biology

Mary Sue Coleman (1990)
Dept. of Biochemistry
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-00840
(606) 233-5443

Northern Kentucky University

Highland Heights, KY 41076

(606) 572-5110

Manuel Schwartz (1988)
Dept. of Physics
University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292
(502) 588-6787

Ted M. George (1989)

Dept. of Physics

Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1521

Joseph P. “Pat” Stewart (1988)
Warren Co. Board of Education

806 Kenton Street
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 781-5150

Douglas L. Dahlman (1990)
Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4962

SCIENCE EDUCATION COMMITTEE

Chair

Ron Gardella (1988)

Dept. of Education

Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5237 or 572-5229

W. Blaine Early, III (1989)
Dept. of Biology
Cumberland College
Williamsburg, KY 40769
(606) 549-2200, ext. 382

Jonathan Bushee (1990)

Dept. of Physical Science
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5405

James J. Dyar (1990)
Department of Biology
Bellarmine College

Louisville, KY 40205

(502) 452-8211

COMMITTEE ON AWARDS

Chair

Vice President

Debra K. Pearce

Dept. of Biological Science
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5362

Valgene L. Dunham (1989)
Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-3696

ACADEMY AFFAIRS 157

COMMITTEE ON NOMINATIONS, ELECTIONS AND RESOLUTIONS

Chair (1988)

John C. Philley

College of Arts & Sciences
Radar Hall—212
Morehead State University
Morehead, KY 40351
(606) 783-2045

Manuel Schwartz (1989) J. G. Rodriguez (1990)
Dept. of Physics Dept. of Entomology
University of Louisville University of Kentucky
Louisville, KY 40292 Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(502) 588-6787 (606) 257-4902

AupITt COMMITTEE

Chair (1988)

Alan W. Reed

East 80 Estates
Columbia, KY 42728
(502) 384-4555

Modesto del Castillo (1989) Gordon K. Weddle (1990)
Dept. of Science Dept. of Biology
Elizabethtown Comm. College Campbellsville College
Elizabethtown, KY 42701 Campbellsville, KY 42718
(502) 769-2371 (502) 465-8158

FINANCE COMMITTEE

Chair

President

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Ashland Petroleum Company
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114

(606) 329-4650

President-Elect Vice President

Richard R. Hannan Debra K. Pearce

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission Dept. of Biological Science
Rt. 4, Bald Knob Rd. Northern Kentucky University
Frankfort, KY 40601 Highland Heights, KY 41076
(502) 564-2886 (606) 572-5362

Executive Secretary Treasurer

J. G. Rodriguez Paul H. Freytag

Dept. of Entomology Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091 Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902 (606) 257-7452

PLANNING COMMITTEE

Chair

Debra K. Pearce (1988)

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5362 or 572-5110

158 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49(3-4)

Past President

Larry A. Giesmann

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Northern Kentucky University
Highland Heights, KY 41076
(606) 572-5304 or 572-5110

Robert O. Creek (1990)
Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1539

Joe E. Winstead (1989)

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6004

J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902

COMMITTEE ON PuBLIC RELATIONS

Chair

Executive Secretary

J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902

Valgene L. Dunham (1988)
Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-3696

Joseph P. “Pat” Stewart (1989)
Warren Co. Board of Education
806 Kenton Street

Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 781-5150

Charles V. Covell, Jr. (1989)
Dept. of Biology

University of Louisville
Louisville, KY 40292

(502) 588-5942 or 588-6771

Joe E. Winstead (1988)

Dept. of Biology

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101
(502) 745-6004

Semi AD Hoc ComMitTEE—JR. ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Chair

Joseph P. “Pat” Stewart
Warren Co. Board of Education
806 Kenton Street

Bowling Green, KY 42101

(502) 781-5150

Herbert Leopold (1988)
Box 173

Smith’s Grove, KY 42171
(502) 563-5731

Charles Hendrickson (1989)
Dept. of Chemistry

Western Kentucky University
Bowling Green, KY 42101

J. Truman Stevens (1988)
Dept. of Education
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4253

Sister Judith Averbeck (1989)
Notre Dame Academy
Hilton Drive

Covington, KY 41011

(606) 261-4301

Ann M. Hoffelder (1989)
Dept. of Chemistry
Cumberland College
Williamsburg, KY

(606) 549-2200, Ext. 4319

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

Ap Hoc CoMMITTEE ON RARE AND ENDANGERED SPECIES

Jerry M. Baskin

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40406-0225
(606) 257-8770

Donald L. Batch

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1818

Branley A. Branson

Dept. of Biological Sciences
Eastern Kentucky University
Richmond, KY 40475

(606) 622-1537

Wayne H. Davis

Dept. of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506-0225
(606) 257-1828

John MacGregor

Ky. Fish and Wildlife Resources
Arnold L. Mitchell Building

#1 Game Farm Road
Frankfort, KY 40601

(502) 564-5448

Paul H. Freytag

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-7452

Richard R. Hannan

Ky. Nature Preserves Commission

407 Broadway
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502) 564-2886

Max Medley

1386 S. 3rd St.
Louisville, KY 40208
(502) 588-6771

Melvin Warren, Jr.

Dept. of Zoology

Southern Illinois University
Carbondale, IL 62901
(618) 536-2314

Ap Hoc ComMITTEE ON LONG RANGE ACADEMY SITE SELECTION

Joseph V. Swintosky
College of Pharmacy
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-1571

Resource Members
Gary W. Boggess
Charles V. Covell, Jr.
Larry A. Giesmann
Charles E. Kupchella
Joe E. Winstead

Executive Secretary

J. G. Rodriguez

Dept. of Entomology
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40546-0091
(606) 257-4902

AND IMPLEMENTATION COMMITTEE

William P. Hettinger, Jr.
Ashland Petroleum Company
P.O. Box 391

Ashland, KY 41114

(606) 329-4650

159

Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 49(3-4), 1988, 160-164

Abstract, 142
Academy Affairs, 40-55, 151-159
Acer negundo, 37
leaf fall as ecotypic character of,
37
populations from Ohio and Mis-
sissippi, 37
A. rubrum, 75
Acid rain, simulated, 29
response of Xanthium strumar-
ium to, 29-31
AFIFI, A. M., 96, 120
Alfalfa establishment, 80-84
carbofuran effect on, 80-84
under no-tillage conditions, 80-84
Alfalfa weevil, 26-28, 89-95
integrated pest management pro-
gram, 89-95
sampling models, 89-95
larvae of, 26-28
Alligatorweed, 140-142
in Kentucky, 140-142
Allogona, 116
A. profunda, 115
Almond, 96, 97
Alternanthera philoxeroides, 140-
142
in Kentucky, 140-142
Amblyseius hibisci, 96, 99
A. largoensis, 99
Amia calva, 21, 23
Anguispira, 107
A. alternata, 107, 116
A. kochi, 107, 116
A. mordax, 107, 115
A. strongyloides, 101
Anguispiridae, 107
Anthropology, 56
Aphredoderus sayanus, 23
Apollo II alfalfa, 81
Apple (Delicious), 96, 97
Arcyria incarnata, 130
Arion subfuscus, 101, 108
Arionidae, 108
Ascomycetes, 128-130
from eastern Kentucky, 128-130
Aspergillus candidus, 131, 133
A. clavatus, 133, 138
A. flavus, 131, 133-134, 138
A. fumigatus, 133-134, 138
A. glaucus, 131, 133-134
A. niger, 133, 138
A. ochraceous, 133
Assembler programs, 59
using public domain software to
debug PC, 59

Bacillus subtilis, 138
Bald cypress, 1, 74

silicon content of, 1-7
BARKSDALE, JAMES B., JR., 59
BARNEY, ROBERT J., 26, 80, 89

INDEX TO VOLUME 49

BARTON, MICHAEL, 69
BATCH, DONALD L., 101
Bate notes, 140
from Eastern Kentucky, 140
BAUGH, STEVEN F., 57
Beetle, , ~edaceous ground, 82
Betula alleghaniensis, 29
Bisporella citrina, 129
Borden Formation, 58
comparison of clay mineral as-
semblages from, 58
scolecodonts from, 58
Botany and Microbiology, 56
BOWERS, LYNNE JORDAN, 1
BOWLES, BOBBY L., 32
BRANSON, BRANLEY ALLEN, 8,
101, 128
Brassica napus, 131
Brefeldia maxima, 130
BRYAN, HAL D., 140
BUCKMAN, WILLIAM G., 59
Bugs, damsel, 82
Bulgaria rufa, 128
Bulimulidae, 112
Bulimulus dealbatus, 112
Bullitt County, 58

Cambarus bouchardi, 117-119
C. obeyensis, 117-118
C. pristinus, 117-118
Capaea nemoralis, 112
Carabidae, 82
Carbofuran effect, 80-84
on alfalfa establishment, 80-84
under no-tillage conditions, 80-84
Carya illinoensis, 75
Carychiidae, 104
Carychium clappi, 105, 115
C. exiguum, 105, 115
C. exile, 105
C. exile canadense, 105
C. nannodes, 105
C. riparium, 101
Catalpa speciosa, 75
Catinella avara, 106
C. vagans, 101
C. vermeta, 101, 106
Catonotus, 15
Centrarchus macropterus, 23
Ceratiomyxa fructiculosa, 130
Chaetomium globosum, 128
CHAWLA, B., 57
Cheilymenia coprinaria, 129
C. michiganensis, 129
Chemistry, 57
teaching by closed-circuit televi-
sion, 60
CHESTER, EDWARD W., 56
Chlorociboria aeruginascens, 129
CHRISTENSEN, CHRISTIAN M.,
26

160

Cincinnati Arch, 58
comparison of clay mineral as-
semblages from, 58
Cionella, 101
Citrobacter diversus-levinea, 33, 34
C. koseri, 33, 34
Clams, Sphaeriacean, 8
of Kentucky, 8-14
Coal and Petroleum, 57
COATES, ALAN R., 32
Cochlicopa, 101
C. lubrica, 105
C. lubrica morseana, 101
C. morseana, 105, 115
Cochlicopidae, 105
Coleoptera, 26, 82, 89
Columella edentula, 101, 106
C. simplex, 101, 106
Computers, use in medicine, 59
CONNER, GLEN, 57
Constitution of the Kentucky Acad-
emy of Science, 61-65
Corbicula fluminea, 8-10
Corbiculidae, 8
Cordyceps capitata, 129
C. militaris, 129
Corn, 96, 97
Crab apple, 98
CRAIG, JAY, 74
Crayfish, 23, 117
Big South Fork, 117
distribution of, 117
CRENSHAW, JOHN H., 59
Crime and deviance, 56
cross-cultural investigation of, 56
Ctenopharyngodon idella, 23, 24
CUPP, PAUL V., JR., 60
Curculionidae, 26, 89
Cypress swamp, 21-25
Cyprinus carpio, 23, 24

DAILEY, JOHN, 74
Darter, slabrock, 15-20
from the Cumberland River
drainage, 15
identification of eggs, larvae, and

early juveniles, 15
DAVID, PETER G., 37
DAVIS, B. H., 57
DELPONT, DONNA L., 60
Deroceras, 108
D. laeve, 108
D. reticulatum, 108
DIETSCH, CHARLES, 142
Difference ring ideal theory, 35
Discidae, 107
Discus, 107
D. catskillensis, 101, 107
D. cronkhitei, 107, 115
D. patulus, 107
D. rotundatus, 107
Distinguished Scientists award, 66

Dolomite, Laurel, 58
Middle Silurian, 58
(Niagaran), 58
paleontology and stratigraphy of,

Dorosoma cepedianum, 23, 24
Droughts, in Kentucky, 57

comparison of, 57
Dryachloa, 111

EATON, TRAVIS, 56
EATON, VIRGINIA, 59
Echinodorus tenellus, 56
Ecotypic character, 37
of Acer negundo, 37
EDTA, transition metal complexes,
85-88
as a function of temperature, 85-
88
Elassoma zonatum, 23, 24
ELKINS, KIM, 69
ELLIOTT, LARRY P., 32, 56
Empoasca fabae, 82
Endodontidae, 107
Enterobacter cloacae, 33, 34
Eptesicus fuscus, 140
Erimyzon oblongus, 23, 24
E. sucetta, 21, 23, 24
Esox americanus, 23
E. niger, 21, 23
Etheostoma flabellare, 15-19
E. gracile, 23, 24
E. kennicotti, 15-19
E. squamiceps, 15-19
E. smithi, 15-20
from Cumberland River drain-
age, 15
identification of eggs, larvae, and
early juveniles, 15
Euconulus, 111
E. chersinus, 111
E. dentatus, 101, 111
E. fulvus, 111
Eupera, 13
E. cubensis, 8, 9
Euseium hibisci, 99
Evarthrus sodalis, 82

Fagaceae, 2
FASHOLA, BOLA, 56
Ferguson Creek, 15
Fishes, 21
of Murphy’s Pond, 21-25
FRANKE, CHARLES H., 35
FREY, S. A., 131
Fuel analysis, 57
of fire training facility wastewa-
ter, 57
Fundulus catenatus,'69
adaptation to headwater environ-
ments, 69-73
aquatic surface respiration of, 69-

73
F. dispar, 21, 23, 24
F. notti, 21

INDEX TO VOLUME 49

F. olivaceus, 23
Fungi of stored maize, 131-139
isolation techniques for surveying,
131-139
Fusarium spp., 133-134, 138
F. roseum, 138

Galiella rufa, 128

Gambusia affinis, 23
Gastrocopta armifera, 105

G. contracta, 105, 106

G. corticaria, 106

G. pentadon, 106

G. procera, 106

G. tappaniana, 106
Gastrodonta interna, 110, 115
Gastropoda, 101

Geography, 57

Geology, 58

Gleditsia aquatica, 75
Glyphyalinia burringtoni, 101
. caroliniensis, 109, 115

. cryptomphala, 109, 115

G. cumberlandiana, 109
G. indentata, 109
G. inornatus, 115
G. praecox, 109, 115
G. raderi, 101

G. rhoadsi, 109, 115
G

G

G

G

G

aa

. rimula, 115
. sculptilis, 109, 115
. solida, 109
. wheatleyi, 101, 109
oniobasis, 56
effect of grazing by, 56
effect on benthic algal assem-
blages, 56
GRECO, ANTHONY M., 38
Ground beetle, predaceous, 82
Guppya, 111
G. sterkii, 112

Haplotrema concavum, 112

Haplotrematidae, 112

HARTMAN, DAVID R., 60

Hawaiia alachuana, 101, 110

H. minuscula, 110

Helianthus annuus, 29

Helicarionidae, 111

Helicidae, 112

Helicina orbiculata, 104

Helicinidae, 104

Helicodiscidae, 107

Helicodiscus, 107

H. parallelus, 108

H. singleyanus, 108

Helotales, 129

Helotium, 129

Helvella crispa, 129

H. elastica, 129

Helvellaceae, 129

Hemiptera, 82

Hendersonia occulta, 104

HENDRICKS, RICHARD TODD,
58

161

Heteranthera limosa, 56
Hickman County, 21, 58
Homotopy lifting, 59
HOPGOOD, JAMES F., 56
HOUSTON, MARTIN R., 32
Hovey Lake, 75

HUNT, GRAHAM, 58
Hypera postica, 26, 89
Hypoxylon fragiforme, 130

Ictalurus melas, 21, 23, 24
I. natalis, 21, 23
I. nebulosus, 21, 23, 24
Ictiobus niger, 23
Ilex decidua, 75
Intersampler variability, 26
Isolation techniques, 131-139
for surveying the fungi of stored
maize, 131-139

Jefferson County, 58

Kentucky plants, 56

unusual habitat type, 56
Kiwi fruit, 96, 97
Klebsiella pneumoniae, 33, 34
KOZEL, THOMAS R., 74
KUEHN, KENNETH W., 58, 59

Land snails, 101-116
distribution of in Kentucky, 101-
116
Lasionycteris noctivagans, 140
Lasiurus borealis, 140
Laurel Dolomite, 58
Middle Silurian, 58
(Niagaran), 58
paleontology and stratigraphy of,
58
Leafhopper, potato, 82
LEGG, DAVID E., 26, 89, 131
Lehmannia, 108
L. valentianus, 108
Leocarpus fragilis, 130
Leotia lubrica, 129
L. viscosa, 129
Lepisosteus oculatus, 23, 24
Lepomis cyanellus, 23
L. gulosus, 23
humilis, 23
macrochirus, 23
marginatus, 21, 23
megalotis, 23, 24
L. symmetricus, 21, 23, 24
LIERMAN, R. THOMAS, 58
Life-form spectrum, 38
for Ohio, 38
Limacidae, 108
Limax, 108
L. maximus, 108
Liquified coals, 57
determination of compound class
composition of, 57
oil fractions of, 57

L.
L.
L.
L.

162 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADAMY OF SCIENCE, 49(3-4)

Livingston County, 15

Loblolly pine, 1, 2

Longitudinal urban research, 56
in Monterrey, Mexico, 56

LUKEN, JAMES O., 39

Lycogala epidendrum, 130

MACGREGOR, JOHN R., 140

MACKIE, M. SHANNON, 59

MASON, CHARLES E., 58

Mathematics and Computer Sci-

ence, 59

MAYFIELD, HOWARD, 57

McCORMICK, PAUL V., 56, 60

McLEAN, MARIA S., 59

Megapallifera, 101

M. mutabilis, 101

M. ragsdalei, 101, 107

M. wetherbyi, 101

MELHUISH, JOHN H., JR., 1

Mesembryanthemum, 99

Mesodon andrewsae, 113

. appressus, 101, 113-115

. burringtoni, 114

. chilhoweensis, 113

. clausus, 114

downieanus, 113, 114

elevatus, 113

. inflectus, 113

kalmianus, 114, 115

laevior, 101, 113

mitchellianus, 114

normalis, 113, 115

panselenus, 101

pennsylvanicus, 116

. perigraptus, 101, 113, 115

. rugeli, 112, 115

. sayanus, 113

. thyroidus, 114

. wetherbyi, 113-115

. zaletus, 113, 115

Mesomphix capnodes, 110

M. cupreus, 109

derochetus, 109

. friabilis, 109, 116

. globosus, 101, 115

. nornatus, 109

. latior, 109

. perlaevis, 109

_ rugeli, 101, 109, 115

. vulgatus, 109

Micropterus punctulatus, 23, 24

M. salmoides, 21, 23, 24

Microstoma fluccosa, 129

Milax, 108

M. gagates, 108

Minytrema melanops, 23, 24

Mites, predator, 96-100
pollen diet of, 96-100

Mollusca, 101

MOORE, CONRAD T., 57

Morchella angusticeps, 129

Morchellaceae, 129

Mucor spp., 133-134, 138

RES ESESESESSSESEEEEEE

S=ESESEEE

Murphy’s Pond, 21-25, 58
depositional history of, 58
fishes of, 21-25
Mustela nivalis, 37
distribution in Kentucky, 37
Myotis grisescens, 140
M. lucifugus, 140
Myxomycetes, 128-130
from Eastern Kentucky, 128-130

Nabidae, 82
Neoseiulus fallacis, 96, 120, 124
N. (=Amblyseius) fallacis, 120
Nesovitrea binneyana, 109
N. electrina, 108
New Providence shales, 58
scolecodonts from, 58
News and Comments, 67, 143-144
Non-Salmonella bacteria, 32
isolation and identification of, 32-
34
from egg and milk products, 32-
34
Note, single, 59
observations of, 59
Notemigonus crysoleucas, 23
Notes, 37-39, 140-142
Notropis chrysocephalus, 69
adaptation to headwater environ-
ments, 69-73
aquatic surface respiration of, 69-
73
N. lutrensis, 23, 24
Noturus gyrinus, 23
Nyssa sp., 2

Oak, overcup, 75
red, 75
Shumard, 75
O’BARA, CHRISTOPHER J., 117
Obion Creek, 21
Oryza sativa, 1
Outstanding Teacher award, 66
Overcup oak, 75
Oxychilus draparnauldi, 101, 111

Paleontology and stratigraphy, 58

of Middle Silurian (Niagaran)
Laurel Dolomite, 58

in Kentucky, 58

Pallifera, 101

P. dorsalis, 107

P. fosteri, 107

P. secreta, 101

Panonychus ulmi, 126

Paravitrea blarina, 101, 115

P. capsella, 110

P. multidentata, 110, 115

P. placentula, 110, 115

P. reesei, 110

P. subtilis, 101, 115

PARR, J. C., 80

Pascal, profiles in, 59

PASS, B. C., 80

PATTERSON, C. G., 96, 120
PC assembler programs, 59
using public domain software to
debug, 59
Pear (Bartlett), 96, 97
Pecan, 75, 96, 97
Penicillium spp., 133-134, 138
Perception and reality, 57
in Kentucky, 57
Petroleum exploration techniques,
59
Petroleum geology, 58
of Eastern Kentucky, 58
Pezizales, 128
Phaseolus vulgaris, 29, 120
Philomycidae, 106
Philomycus carolinianus, 107
P. carolinianus togatus, 107
P. flexuolaris, 107, 115
P. togatus, 101, 115
P. venustus, 107, 115
P. virginicus, 107
Phytoseiid predator species, 120-127
Phytoseiulus persimilis, 96, 120,
122-128, 126
Pimephales vigilax, 23
Pine, loblolly, 2
shortleaf, 57
Pinus echinata, 57
sulfur accumulation in wood of,
57
P. taeda, 2
Pisidium adamsi, 13
casertanum, 9, 12, 13
compressum, 9, 12
. dubium, 9, 13
. nitidum, 13
. punctatum, 13
. variable, 9, 12, 13
Pistachio, 96, 97
Plants, Kentucky, 56
unusual habitat type, 56
Plectania occidentalis, 128
Plethodon kentucki, 60
aggressive behavior in, 60
Plum, 96, 97
Poaceae, 1
Poecilia reticulata, 72
Poeciliidae, 72
Pollen diet, 96-100
of some predator mites, 96-100
Polygyra cereolus, 101, 112
P. fatigiata, 101
P. plicata, 112, 115
P. pustuloides, 115
P. troostiana, 101, 115
Polygyridae, 112
Polygyriscus, 107
Pomoxis annularis, 23, 24
P. nigromaculatus, 23
Populus spp., 29
PORTER, JOHN W., 59
Posey County, Indiana, 75
Potato leafhopper, 82

na MaMa Maca!

POTTS, M. F., 96, 120
Poverty Point, 56
a prehistoric village, 56
Predaceous ground beetle, 82
Presidential Address, 145-150
Profiles in Pascal, 59
Protozoan colonization, 60
in barren aquatic systems, 60
equilibrium model of, 60
Psychology, 59
PULLIAM, SYLVIA CLARK, 59
Punctidae, 107, 108
Punctum, 107
P. lamellatum, 108
P. minutissimum, 108
P. smithi, 108
P. vitreum, 108
Pupillidae, 105
Pupoides albilabris, 105
Pyrenomycetes, 129

Quercus falcata, 2
Q. lyrata, 75

Q. rubra, 75

Q. shumardii, 75

Rabdotus (Bulimulus) dealbatus,
112, 116

RAY, DARRELL L., 57

Red oak, 75

RODRIGUEZ, J. G., 96, 120

Salamander, 60
aggressive behavior in, 60
Cumberland Plateau, 60
Salmonella spp., 32
Sarcoscypha conninea, 128
S. occidentalis, 128
SCHULZ, WILLIAM D., 57
Science education, 60
Scirpus hallii, 56
Semotilus atromaculatus, 23
Sequoia sempervirens, |
Shortleaf pine, 57
sulfur accumulation in wood of,
57
Shumard oak, 75
Silicon content, 1
compared to loblolly pine, 1
compared to southern red oak, 1
in wood and bark, 1
of baldcypress, 1
Simazine analysis, 57
solid phase extraction cartridges
for, 57
SIMON, THOMAS P., 15
Simulated acid rain, 29
response of Xanthium strumar-
ium to, 29
Single note, 59
observations of, 59
Sirena sp., 23
Sitona hispidulus, 80
SMILEY, HARRY M., 85

INDEX TO VOLUME 49

Snail, 56
effect of grazing by, 56
effect on benthic algal assem-
blages, 56
Snails, Kentucky land, 101-116
distribution of, 101-116
Spathularia clavata, 129
S. flavida, 129
Sphaeriacean clams, 8
of Kentucky, 8-14
Sphaeriidae, 8
Sphaerium corneum, 9, 12, 13
. fabale, 9, 10
. lacustre, 9, 13
. occidentale, 13
. partumeium, 9, 13
rhomboideum, 9, 11, 13
. securis, 13
. simile, 8, 9
. striatinum, 8-10
. sulcatum, 9
. (Musculium) lacustre, 9
. (M.) partumeium, 9, 11
. (M.) transversum, 9, 11
Stemonitis axifera, 130
S. splendens, 130
Stenotrema angellum, 112
S. barbatum, 112
S. evardsi, 112, 115
S. fraternum, 112, 116
S. f. montanum, 112
S. hirsutum, 112, 115
S. leai, 116
S. 1. aliciae, 112
S. stenotrema, 112, 115
STEWART, JEFFERY T., 58
STRANGE, LISA SIMPSON, 29
Streptococci, beta-hemolytic, 56
effects of sodium chloride on, 56
Striatura milium, 111
Strobilops labyrinthica, 106
Strobilopsidae, 106
Succinea forsheyi, 101
S. ovalis, 106, 115-116
Succineidae, 106
Sulfur accumulation, 57
in wood of shortleaf pine, 57

Taxodiaceae, |
Taxodium distichum, 1, 74
Teaching chemistry, 60
by closed-circuit television, 60
personal observations, 60
Television violence, 59
adolescents’ perception of, 59
variables influencing, 59
Tetranychus evansi, 120
T. pacificus, 120, 126
T. urticae, 120-127
THIERET, JOHN W., 39
TIMMONS, TOM J., 21
TRIANTAFYLLAKIS, VICKIE, 85
Tribolium castaneum, 131
Triodopsis albolabris, 115

163

. anteridon, 114

claibornensis, 114, 115

. complanata, 115

denotata, 115-116

. dentifera, 101, 115

discoidea, 114

fosteri, 115

fraudulenta, 101, 114

hopetonensis, 101

juxtidens, 114

. multilineata, 115-116

rugosa anteridon, 101, 114

. tennesseensis, 114

. tridentata, 114, 115

. vulgata, 114

Tulip poplar, 97

Twospotted spider mite, 120-127

Typhlodromus occidentalis, 96, 120,
124-125

T. urticae, 99

SSVSisl Sisis yal el Sis Slt

UDP-glucuronosyltransferase activ-
ity, 142
effects of Mg?* and EDTA on, 142
Urnula craterium, 129
Ustulina deusta, 129

Vallonia, 115

V. costata, 105

V. perspectiva, 101, 105
V. pulchella, 105
Valloniidae, 105
Ventridens collisella, 110, 115
. demissus, 111, 115

. elliotti, 101

. gularis, 111

. g. nodus, 110

. intertextus, 111

. lasmodon, 110, 111
lawae, 110, 115
ligera, 111

nodus, 110
percallosus, 111
pilsbryi, 110
suppressus, 111
theloides, 110, 115
ertigo bollesianna, 101
clappi, 101

gouldi, 106

. ovata, 106

. parvula, 101, 106

. rugosula, 101, 106

. tridentata, 106

. ventricosa, 106
Veticambarus, 117
Vitrizonites latissimus, 101, 109, 115
VOLP, R. F., 142

ddd ddddddedicrddd<<

Weasel, least, 37

distribution in Kentucky, 37
Weevil, alfalfa, 26-28
WELBORN, KATHY, 74
WELLS, CARROLL G., 59
WILKERSON, W. STANLEY, 58

164 TRANS. KENTUCKY ACADAMY OF SCIENCE, 49(3-4)

Wilson County, Tennessee, 15
WINSTEAD, JOE E., 29, 38, 57
WINTER, SHAUN A., 59
WITHINGTON, WILLIAM A., 57

Xanthium strumarium, 29
response to simulated acid rain,
29-31

Xylaria hypoxylon, 129
YATES, DUDLEY, 56

Zea mays, 131
Zonitidae, 108
Zonitoides, 101
Z. arboreus, 111

Z. elliotti, 111, 115

Z. lateumbilicatus, 111

Z. limatulus, 116

Zoology and Entomology, 60

'
iy

Instructions for Contributors

Original papers based on research in any field of science will be considered for publication in
the Transactions. Also, as the official publication of the Academy, news and announcements of
interest to the membership will be included as received.

Manuscripts may be submitted at any time to the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed by
‘one or more persons prior to its acceptance for publication, and once accepted, an attempt will
be made to publish papers in the order of acceptance. Manuscripts should be typed double spaced
throughout on good quality white paper 8% x 11 inches. NOTE: For format of feature articles
and notes see Volume 43(3-4) 1982. The original and one copy should be sent to the Editor and
the author should retain a copy for use in correcting proof. Metric and Celsius units shall be used
for all measurements. The basic pattern of presentation will be consistent for all manuscripts.
The Style Manual of the Council of Biological Editors (CBE Style Manual), the Handbook for
Authors of the American Institute of Physics, Webster’s Third New International Dictionary, and
a Manual of Style (Chicago University Press) are most useful guides in matters of style, form, and
spelling. Only those words intended to be italicized in the final publication should be underlined.
All authors must be members of the Academy.

The sequence of material in feature-length manuscripts should be: title page, abstract, body of
the manuscript, acknowledgments, literature cited, tables with table headings, and figure legends
and figures.

1. The title page should include the title of the paper, the authors’ names and addresses, and
any footnote material concerning credits, changes of address, and so forth.

2. The abstract should be concise and descriptive of the information contained in the paper. It
should be complete in itself without reference to the paper.

3. The body of the manuscript should include the following sections: Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results, Discussion, Summary, Acknowledgments, and Literature Cited. All tables and
figures, as well as all literature cited, must be referred to in the text.

4. All references in the Literature Cited must be typewritten, double spaced, and should provide
complete information on the material referred to. See Volume 43(3—4) 1982 for style.

5. For style of abstract preparation for papers presented at annual meetings, see Volume 43(3-
4) 1982.

6. Each table, together with its heading, must be double spaced, numbered in Arabic numerals,
and set on a separate page. The heading of the table should be informative of its contents.

Each figure should be reproduced as a glossy print either 5 x 7 or 8 x 10 inches. Line drawings
in India ink on white paper are acceptable, but should be no larger than 8% x 11 inches. Pho-
tographs should have good contrast so they can be reproduced satisfactorily. All figures should
be numbered in Arabic numerals and should be accompanied by an appropriate legend. It is
strongly suggested that all contributors follow the quidelines of Allen’s (1977) “‘Steps Toward
Better Scientific Illustrations” published by the Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas 66044.

The author is responsible for correcting galley proofs. He is also responsible for checking all
literature cited to make certain that each article or book is cited correctly. Extensive alterations
on the galley proofs are expensive and costs will be borne by the author. Reprints are to be ordered
when the galley proofs are returned by the Editor.

CONTENTS

Significance of aquatic surface respiration in the comparative adaptation
of two species of fishes (Notropis chrysocephalus and Fundulus catenatus)
to headwater environments. Michael Barton and Kim Elkins .......... 69

Some stand characteristics of bald cypress, Taxodium distichum (L.) in an
oxbow lake in extreme southwestern Indiana. Thomas R. Kozel, John Dail-
ey, Jay Craig, and Kathy Welbom ................. 000 e eee e eens 74

Carbofuran effect on alfalfa establishment under no-tillage conditions.
Robert J. Barney, J. C. Parr, and B.C. Pass ...............0..000. 80

Formation constants of transition metal EDTA complexes as a function of
temperature. Harry M. Smiley and Vickie Triantafyllakis ............. 85

Evaluation of five sequential sampling models for use in an alfalfa weevil
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) integrated pest management program. David

E. Leqq.and'Robert J: Barney)\2) oe ea oe ae ee ele oe Rie) leas 89
Pollen diet of some predator mites. A. M. Afifi, M. F. Potts, C. G. Patterson,

and ING ROGKIQUEZ Hei ie se NN a Cee ee enact eu ya! COA eval en Aa) Cokie a Vp a aot 96
Distribution of Kentucky land snails (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Branley Allan
Branson and Donald L. Batch ............... 0000 cee eee 101
The distribution of the Big South Fork crayfish, Cambarus bouchardi, with
general notes on its habitat. Christopher J. O’Bara ................. 117
Comparative attractancy of three phytoseiid predator species tothe two-
spotted spider mite Tetranychus urticae Koch. A. M. Afifi, C. G. Patterson, .—
M. F. Potts, and J. G. Rodriquez ............... PHAT ENN ee Breeose ic 120
Observations on ascomycetes and myxomycetes from eastern Kentucky.
Branley Allan: Branson) 33265 83/5, \od see 3 = Sesh oue ee 8 oie ae Fas eee 128
Isolation techniques for surveying the fungi of stored maize. S. A. Frey

and! DavidiE\Legq 2b cel tote he NCO eh eee RE 131

NOTES
Bat notes from eastern Kentucky. Hal D. Bryan and John R. MacGregor 140

Alligatorweed, Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb. in Kentucky.
Edward |W: i Chesteny, isso i asiea nies camara dean aiicta in esiretrse/e pal ketene eon 140

ERRATA ee el ante el RASTA he 0 SUN A NUR oa Gr oi TON 142
Correction for, ‘Response of Xanthium strumarium L. to simulated acid
rain.”’ Joe E. Winstead and Lisa ae Strange. An abstract

NEWS AND COMMENTS ............ ee 143
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS icine Wuioracic san abst tice heen ie etter saat al eRe wears eaewar 145
ACADEMY/AFFBAIRG (ioe ie ieeiriiaes ei iiiicnate lolleieaselelinins pallets ane shearer ea en eMe lt med etenett 151
jy) B) Sd, OR eneM A ens ORE NAMM ea INL Tesh Sunn eRe ECR ia h MEL SCM ea cBos Hr bbd ctlanda i'd jaicre 160
Instructions to Contributors................5.......2.... Inside Back Cover

207 SK* 2304
07/27/95 198115 =

Ch
unt

J=E WS 2G = Qy2Gy = SS 2 Gy: N
= 2 % E Nosteey = G 5 ING E
i ee eat Es a ee E

a :
Ws Sa pyvydid_ LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMJILSNI_NVINOSHLINS ” Sa I

uw 7 e ECAC uw AS uw

we = . ts fy a « 4 QE w

< cat a = < 4 ANS <x

a S ne “GY = aa S =

z 3 5 ae: © z ©
Sa 2 i y = im = a
AN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES

Ls S La Se S i 5 Gy
yO = Neg 5 =) E es)
ZA > = SX = 2 = ee
4 (ae - XS - cal aa 2

5; 3 WY 2 r o r

cS = rr) z=

WS SZlyvVYedIT_ LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31

AN

NVINOSHLINS S31uVvudl

SS
NVINOSHLINS

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NWINOSHLIWS

IAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
LIBRARIES SMITHSONI

> Zz 2 ” ; 2
(7) uJ ,
we g g - Via?
aa 25 a < G7 fra
Z, = a “N SS = [om GY fo =
S o =, 3 cal oy
WS SJIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sal
g a 5 = g a
je) pa oO - 2) = Xx i) /
= = Eg a = 2 WS §E GF
=) > 2 ID y > > a Ve RY D>als
= 2 2 a \
wn m ] n tip m on m & a ‘
ee nw z j no = 2) SS
IAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
Zz a7) z 77) Ze eee n z
< = < = BERR SS < ¥
3 5 gl fy 8 3 2 NG z
g 5 Pdf 2 By 2M 8 B |
= Z “yy cS z E Y 2 E
= > : = > = 3S S
7) 2 7) ae 7) es a

a, - »
INS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SZ

= we. ¢Y Z = o =| xe /9
z : EGU 3 < a | < (
o hey BN
0 = an “YG = ca = a X
Nie z a ° z an} 2 3
HAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES INS
i z rade z ia z a
iP ii(sa) = o s = wo = Y oO
Yy, 7 = Ps) Lea, iS Ee] = Ci 2
ZA E = SSA ce a E @ ke >
-° aid E Sed ASS = Fd Eee ‘of PIA, ant
= = w = i
INS SAIUVUAIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS, Sal
= ff = = ation Se ue = i
= z = z = yy = =o |
g z 8 : 8 Whe = 3 A
2, E Z = CA ER No Z2y3
> >" >
= a eS Fait Peeaadl bles a g
WAN INSTITUTION _NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
pallies poe ul ane ul Sry” a PX, Wis é
y Aly Ny 4 bis 4 f Ns Z A
%, 3 [WD = 3 Ww = (AM) = KMD = GZz.2 &

eo %-, xr J 0G, 6 WS oO \a =) AN (avec
2 Gy, = ws2 We 2 SN 2 Gt SZ
= Z = On oc, > s x > anise = =
Zz wn Zs (f) 1s Ps Y”) a

17 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS saluvaugiq Li

_— = w — —
a a) as ws Z a ies 2

\ tn | me as af ig = we =A Ss we zl

) 5 EY, LP Fi < = le = |

2) Cos < Ga (= ow (om (=
= 5 “dy eal Fae) = a fal
: zi = = 5 -

elie

IN NOILALILSNIT NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Ni
g = ies E pres 5
= ‘a E ee = 2 =

a) wy = ou 5 s, i)

| r= > = > = > = |
2) = n = an” = a)
= wo c= o = 7) z

11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAtYvVyedIT_L|
ie : n” pA ” (22) az wn P Zz
< = 5 < = <

x 8 2 Ng 3 YY, 5 = Z

oman) a ~ Wd. a WB a w a
ae N fe) 2 BN 0 WY, = fe) ac
Big Z NWze 7 = z. =
= AN > XX >’ = > =
7) 2 2 7) za no.

IN NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS saiuvudiy LIBRARIES INSTITUTION N

s

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA

— WAsrd
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

17 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIlYVyudIT L

Vosny
saruvugi
INSTITUTION
saluvugit
INSTITUTION

WY

; Ba f°
INSTITUTION

ON NOILNLILSNI SSIYVYAIT_ LIBRARIES t

we

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
NS

NVINOSHLINS S3luYvudl]
NVINOSHLINS S3Iu¥vVuald

NVINOSHLIWS
RS
SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
GL:

1177 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvudia L

= a ey a EN =
= <i = < a * AW < =
e a Ge c eZ e G
a ae, = ej a si
— faa} Ge, iy =_ (aa) ae ‘i cO —
3 Eye 2 g 5 S a 2
ON NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3!1Y¥VvVYus!I1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION _
= UE > z= lm rs i =
2 o < a S 2
= . be =
> a IN 5 a = a
F S SS E . = = =
D = WY 5 = ae = &
= Ch Wg Me Oo z a z
ITT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNINVINOSHLINS,,SA1NVU EIT L
a = ae 2) eae net = Vie <
a : Sj Zi SR = Zz = Zz
v a5 ; te Y
wo NN G 5 NS Ag 2 Yh 5
Fp: Te ¥ o Ae a SQN OO 25 [o) Ses
EAN 2 E WQvy 2 = 20 Fie
2 6S 2 8 3 : 3
ON NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | f
Zz = P = oF
uJ Cy (7) 3 uJ ANSTITUD a1 LJ ; “50 NO WwW
= & ©) = & © wn Le pare Uy wn 5 24. as
»! Ge ®&. = AR? AR! GYe.2 RP *

3 9088 01304 3328